Power Distribution and Control Assemblies Volume 3

Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 3 Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Volume 3:
Power
Distribution
and Control
Assemblies
Eaton Corporation
Electrical Sector
1111 Superior Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44114
United States
877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)
Eaton.com
© 2010 Eaton Corporation

All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. CA08100004E / MSC
December 2010
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies 3
Tab 1—Medium Voltage Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1
Tab 2—SPD, Power Conditioning,
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-1
Tab 3—Motor Control Centers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-1
Tab 4—Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-1
Tab 5—Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies . . . . . . V3-T5-1
Tab 6—Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . . . . . V3-T6-1
Tab 7—Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-1
Tab 8—Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-1
Tab 9—Metering Devices, Protective Relays,
Software and Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-1
Tab 10—Power System Studies, Field Services
and Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A1-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A2-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A3-1
www.TechnicalBooksPDF.com
Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.
Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
● Reliability—maintain the ● Efficiency—minimize ● Safety—identify and
appropriate level of power energy usage, operating mitigate electrical hazards
continuity without costs, equipment footprint to protect what you value
disruption or unexpected and environmental impact most
downtime
Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
● Volume 1—Residential ● Volume 7—Logic Control, ● Volume 12—Aftermarket,
and Light Commercial Operator Interface and Renewal Parts and Life
(CA08100002E) Connectivity Solutions Extension Solutions
● Volume 2—Commercial (CA08100008E) (CA08100014E)
Distribution (CA08100003E) ● Volume 8—Sensing ● Volume 13—Counters,
● Volume 3—Power Solutions (CA08100010E) Timers and Tachometers
Distribution and Control ● Volume 9—Original (CA08100015E)—Available
Assemblies (CA08100004E) Equipment Manufacturer in electronic format only
● Volume 4—Circuit (CA08100011E) ● Volume 14—Fuses
Protection (CA08100005E) ● Volume 10—Enclosed (CA08100016E)—Available
● Volume 5—Motor Control Control (CA08100012E) in electronic format only
and Protection ● Volume 11—Vehicle and ● Volume 15—Solar Inverters
(CA08100006E) Commercial Controls and Electrical Balance of
● Volume 6—Solid-State (CA08100013E) System (CA08100018E)
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
● The Consulting Application ● The Eaton Power Quality
Guide (CA08104001E) Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com i
Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton's products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit”.
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com
Medium Voltage Busway
1.1 Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

Nonsegregated Phase 600V—
Bus Run Section
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2
1
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2 1
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3 1
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
1
Learn
1
Online
1
End View
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com V3-T1-1
1.1 Medium Voltage Busway
Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus
Contents
1 Nonsegregated Phase 600V, 10 kV BIL–5 kV, 60 kV BIL–15 kV,
95 kV BIL–38 kV, 170 kV BIL
Description Page
1 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
1
1
Typical 5/15 kV Bus Run Section End View
1
1
1
1
1
1 Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions
1 Eaton’s nonsegregated phase
bus runs are designed for use
Ease of Installation Construction Conductors
on circuits whose importance Because of its compact Enclosures are fabricated from All conductors are 100%
1 requires greater reliability dimensions, relative light 11-gauge aluminum, and are conductivity copper bars.
than power cables provide. weight and user-friendly welded for maximum rigidity. Bus joints are made by solidly
1 Typical of such applications design, nonsegregated phase
bus is easily installed. The
11-gauge steel and stainless
steel are options. Removable
bolting the bus bars together
with splice plates on each
are the connections from
1 transformers to switchgear
assemblies in unit
inherent rigidity of the design
permits hanging rods to be
covers are secured with bolts
for ease of access when
side. All joint surfaces are
silver-plated to ensure
spaced approximately every making joints and subsequent maximum conductivity
1 substations, connections
from switchgear assemblies 4 ft (1.2m) for indoor bus and periodic inspection. through the joint. Tin-plating
to rotating apparatus, and runs, and allows supporting is also available. After bolting,
1 tie connections between frames to be spaced
approximately every 8 ft
Enclosures are painted with
a baked-on polyester powder
each standard joint is covered
by a preformed, flame-
switchgear assemblies. coat paint system resulting
1 Nonsegregated phase (2.4m) for outdoor runs.
Standard length of bus in a very durable finish with
retardant insulating boot,
providing full insulation for
bus is an assembly of bus uniform thickness and
run sections is 100 inches bus conductors. These
1 conductors with associated
connections, joints and (2540 mm) or less. gloss. This cosmetically boots are easily removable
pleasing finish minimizes for inspection of the joints at
1 insulating supports confined
within a metal enclosure
Short-Circuit Force
Withstand Ability
the risk of problems in harsh
environments. The standard
any future time.
without interphase barriers.
1 The conductors are adequately Nonsegregated phase
bus runs in 600V, 5 kV
color is ANSI-61 light gray,
and special paint colors are
Temperature Rise
The bus will be capable
separated and insulated from available upon request.
1 each other and ground by and 15 kV are designed
to withstand three-phase Stainless steel hardware
of carrying rated current
continuously without
insulating bus supports. Each option is available.
and phase-to-ground short- exceeding a conductor
1 conductor for 2400V service
and above is insulated with a circuit current of 78 kA rms Expansion joints are supplied temperature rise of 65°C
fluidized bed epoxy coating asymmetrical (132 kA peak) in all straight bus runs at above an outside ambient
1 throughout that reduces the for 10 cycles and 50 kA rms approximately 50 ft (15.2m) temperature of 40°C, as
possibility of corona and symmetrical for 2 seconds. intervals to allow for the required by ANSI Standard
1 electrical tracking. Momentary 4-cycle withstand
ratings up to 158 kA peak
expected expansion when the C37.23.
conductors are energized and
1 (98.8 kA rms asymmetrical)
are also available. For 27 kV
are carrying rated current.
nonsegregated phase bus A variety of terminations is

1 runs, short-circuit withstand available to accommodate
ratings of 64 kA rms most termination
1 asymmetrical (108 kA peak) requirements. Bus runs can
be terminated with flexible
for 10 cycles and 40 kA rms
1 symmetrical for 2 seconds
are standard.
shunts, potheads, porcelain
bushings, or conductor stub
ends for connection to riser
1 bars in switchgear assemblies.
V3-T1-2 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com
1.1
Standards and Technical Data and Specifications
Certifications 1
The metal-enclosed bus
runs are designed for 600V,
Available Nonsegregated Bus Ratings per ANSI/IEEE Standard C37.23-1987
Rated Momentary
1
Rated Short-Time
5 kV, 15 kV, 27 kV and 38 kV
1
Short-Circuit Short-Circuit
service in accordance with Withstand Current Withstand Current
Rated Rated Power Impulse Rated
ANSI C37.23. 600V, 5 kV and Maximum Power Frequency Withstand Continuous (kA rms Symmetrical) 10 Cycle
15 kV bus is available with Voltage Frequency Withstand 1 Min. (1.2 x 50 microsec) Current kA rms 1
continuous current ratings of kV rms Hz Dry kV rms kV Peak Amperes 2 Sec. 1 Sec. 1 kA Peak Asym.
1200, 2000, 3000, 3200 or
4000A. 27 kV and 38 kV bus
0.635 60 2.2 10 1200 49 69 132 2 78 2 1
2000
is available in 1200 and
2000A continuous ratings.
3000
4000 1
5000
Tests 0.635 60 2.2 10 1200 63 89 170 100.8 1
The design of nonsegregated 2000
bus runs has been tested per 3000
3200 1
ANSI C37.23. Certification of
momentary current testing,
impulse testing and heat rise
4.76 60 19 60 1200
2000
49 — 132 78
1
3000
are available upon request. 4000
5000
1
Seismic Application
Bus run assemblies are 4.76 60 19 60 1200
2000
63 — 170 100.8
1
designed to meet Uniform 3000
Building Code (UBC) and
California Code Title 24 for
3200 1
8.25 60 36 95 1200 41 — 111 66
Seismic Zones 4, 3, 2A, 2B,
1 and 0. Complete guidelines
2000
3000
1
for proper supports are 4000
provided on each seismic 5000 1
specified order. 8.25 60 36 95 1200 63 — 170 100.8
2000
3000
1
Additional Information
1
3200
● Technical Data: 15 60 36 95 1200 48 — 130 77
TD01702001E 2000
● Brochure: BR01702001E 3000 1
4000
1
● Final Fit Program: 5000
SA01702001E 15 60 36 95 1200 63 — 170 100.8
Consulting Application
1
● 2000
Guide, CA08104001E 3000
3200
27 60 60 125 1200 40 — 108 64 1
2000
38 60 80 170 1200
2000
40 — 104 64 1
1
3000
3200
4000
5000
1
Notes
1 This is a value calculated from 2 second short-circuit current withstand rating based on relationship l2t = constant.
2 For 600V application, 4-cycle momentary current withstand rating up to 158 kA peak (98.8 kA rms asymmetrical) is also available.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Medium Voltage Nonsegregated Phase Bus—Standard Configurations

1
W W W
1 C 1 2 3 C 1 1 2 2 3 3 C 1 2 3 1 2 3
Bus CL Bus CL Bus CL
1
H H H
1 Optional CL Optional CL Optional CL

Ground Bus Ground Bus Ground Bus
1 Layout 1 Layout 2 Layout 3
1
Bus Duct Rated 49 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Seconds
1 Average
Phase-Phase Optional Weight
1 Wire
Voltage
(kV) 1
Ampere
Rating
Layout
Number Width Height
Conductor
Centerline
Conductor
Size
Conductor
Spacing
Bracing
Supports 2
Ground
Bus
Per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3
Standards
Listing
1 Aluminum Enclosures
3 0.635/5/15 1200 1 20.00 17.38 8.13 (1) 0.5 x 3 5.38 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 38 (17) CSA
0.635/5/15 3000 1 20.00 17.38 8.13 (1) 0.5 x 8 5.38 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 68 (31) CSA
1 0.635/5/15 3200 1 20.00 17.38 8.13 (1) 0.5 x 8 5.38 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 68 (31) —
1
1 4 0.635/5/15 1200 4 26.00 17.38 8.13 (1) 0.5 x 3 5.38 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 48 (22) CSA
0.635/5/15 3200 4 26.00 17.38 8.13 (1) 0.5 x 8 5.38 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 88 (40) —
1 0.635 4000 5 35.75 17.38 8.13 (2) 0.5 x 6 4.00 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 127 (58) —
1 Steel Enclosures (Steel, Stainless Steel and Galvanized Steel)

1 4 0.635/5/15
0.635/5/15
1200
2000
4
4
26.00
26.00
17.38
17.38
8.13
8.13
(1) 0.5 x 3
(1) 0.375 x 6
5.38
5.38
Glass polyester
Glass polyester
0.25 x 2
0.25 x 2
72 (33)
84 (38)
CSA
CSA
1 0.635 4000 5 35.75 17.38 8.13 (2) 0.5 x 8 4.00 Glass polyester 0.25 x 2 188 (85) —
1 Notes
1 All phase conductors above 635V are fully insulated with epoxy insulation for the rated maximum voltage. Epoxy insulation is available at 600V as an option.
1
2 Optional poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy bracing supports are available. Consult factory.
3 Add 3 lbs to the weights shown when using poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy support bracing.
For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1.1
Medium Voltage Nonsegregated Phase Bus—Standard Configurations
1
W W
C 1 2 3 N C 1 1 2 2 3 3 N N 1
Bus CL H Bus CL H
1
Optional
Ground Bus
CL Optional
Ground Bus
CL 1
Layout 4 Layout 5 1
1
Bus Duct Rated 63 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Seconds
Phase-Phase
Average
Weight
1
1
Voltage Ampere Layout Conductor Conductor Conductor Bracing Ground Per Foot Standards
Wire (kV) 1 Rating Number Width Height Centerline Size Spacing Supports 2 Bus Lbs (kg) 3 Listing
1
Aluminum Enclosures
1
0.635/5/15 3200 1 20.00 17.38 8.13 (1) 0.5 x 8 5.38 Glass polyester 0.25 x 3 78 (35) — 1
4 0.635/5/15
0.635/5/15
1200
2000
4
4
26.00
26.00
17.38
17.38
8.13
8.13
(1) 0.375 x 6
(1) 0.375 x 6
5.38
5.38
Glass polyester
Glass polyester
0.25 x 3
0.25 x 3
61 (28)
61 (28)
—
—
1
0.635 4000 5 35.75 17.38 8.13 (2) 0.5 x 6 4.00 Glass polyester 0.25 x 3 128 (58) — 1
Steel Enclosures (Steel, Stainless Steel and Galvanized Steel)
1
0.635/5/15
0.635/5/15
2000
3000 1
1 20.00
20.00
17.38
17.38
8.13
8.13
(1) 0.375 x 6
(1) 0.5 x 8
5.38
5.38
Glass polyester
Glass polyester
0.25 x 3
0.25 x 3
68 (31)
89 (40)
—
—
1
1
1
0.635 4000 5 35.75 17.38 8.13 (2) 0.5 x 6 4.00 Glass polyester 0.25 x 3 188 (85) — 1
1
Notes
1 All phase conductors above 635V are fully insulated with epoxy insulation for the rated maximum voltage. Epoxy insulation is available at 600V as an option.
2 Optional poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy bracing supports are available. Consult factory.
3 Add 3 lbs to the weights shown when using poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy support bracing.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
27 kV/38 kV Nonsegregated Phase Bus—–Standard Configurations

1
W W W
1 C 1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3
Bus CL H Bus CL Bus CL
1 H H
1 Ground Bus CL
CL CL
Ground Bus Ground Bus
1 Layout 8 Layout 9 Layout 10
1 27 kV Bus Rated up to 108 kA Peak Momentary, 40 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Second

1 Rated Rated
Enclosure
Material
Enclosure
Size (Inches)
Number
of Bars Ph-Ph
Insulating
Supports Optional
Approx.
Average Listing
Maximum Cont. Ph and Bus Ground Weight
1 Wire
Type
Voltage
kV 1
Current
Amperes
Layout
No. Std. Opt. W H C
Size, Cu
(Inches) 1
Spacing
(Inches) Std. Opt. 2
Bus, Cu
(Inches)
per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3 CSA UL
1 3 27 1200 8 Aluminum — 30.00 21.13 10.00 (1) 0.25 x 4 7.00 4 5 6 0.25 x 2 37 (17) Yes No
27 2000 8 Aluminum — 30.00 21.13 10.00 (1) 0.50 x 4 7.00 4 5 6 0.25 x 2 49 (22) Yes No
1 27 1200 8 — Steel 30.00 21.13 10.00 (1) 0.25 x 4 7.00 4 5 6 0.25 x 2 37 (17) Yes No
1
27 2000 8 — Steel 30.00 21.13 10.00 (1) 0.50 x 4 7.00 4 5 6 0.25 x 2 49 (22) Yes No
1 38 kV Bus Rated up to 104 kA Peak Momentary, 40 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Second
1 Rated Rated
Enclosure
Material
Enclosure
Size (Inches)
Number
of Bars Ph-Ph
Insulating
Supports Optional
Approx.
Average Listing
Maximum Cont. Ph and Bus Ground Weight
1 Wire
Type
Voltage
kV 1
Current
Amperes
Layout
No. Std. Opt. W H C
Size, Cu
(Inches)
Spacing
(Inches) Std. Opt. 2
Bus, Cu
(Inches)
per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3 CSA UL
1 3 38 1200 9 Aluminum — 40.25 21.50 11.00 (1) 0.25 x 4 10.50 Epoxy — — 0.25 x 3 61 (28) Yes No
38 2000 10 Aluminum — 40.25 21.50 11.00 (1) 0.38 x 4 10.50 Epoxy — — 0.25 x 3 89 (40.4) Yes No
1 38 1200 9 — Steel 40.25 21.50 11.00 (1) 0.25 x 4 10.50 Epoxy — — 0.25 x 3 88 (40) No No
38 2000 10 — Steel 40.25 21.50 11.00 (1) 0.38 x 4 10.50 Epoxy — — 0.25 x 3 116 (53) No No
1 Notes
1
1 All bus bars for applications above 600V are fully insulated with fluidized epoxy coating for the rated maximum voltage.
2 Check with Eaton for availability.
3 Add 3 lbs to the weights shown when using poly/porcelain or epoxy insulating supports in place of glass polyester.
1 4 Glass polyester.
5 Polyester/porcelain.
1 6 Epoxy.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.1
Nonsegregated Phase Bus Electrical Properties and Watt Loss Data
Electrical Properties
1
Rated Cont.
Wire
Max.
Voltage
Rated
Current
Conductor (Copper)
Thick Width
Enclosure
Size
μOHM/PH/FT
DC 60 Hz
μμF/PH/FT
Cap to Grd
1
1
Type kV Ampere No./Ph Inch Inch Phase Arrang. Material W x H (Inches) R 20°C R XL Z = R+jXL Cg
3 0.635/5/15 1200 1 0.50 3.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 20.00 x 17.38 5.5 7.1 49.8 50.3 2.2
0.635/5/15 2000 1 0.38 6.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 20.00 x 17.38 3.7 4.7 37.0 37.3 4.4 1
0.635/5/15 3000 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 20.00 x 17.38 2.1 2. 31.1 31.3 5.9
0.635/5/15 3200 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 20.00 x 17.38 2.1 2.7 31.1 31.3 5.9 1
3 0.635/5/15 4000 2 0.50 6.00 1-1-2-2-3-3 Aluminum 35.75 x 17.38 1.4 1.8 35.6 35.6 5.9
0.635/5/15 5000 2 0.50 8.00 1-1-2-2-3-3 Aluminum 35.75 x 17.38 1.0 1.3 32.9 32.9 7.8
1
0.635/5/15 1200 1 0.50 3.00 1-2-3 Steel 20.00 x 17.38 5.5 7.1 49.8 50.3 2.2
1
0.635/5/15 2000 1 0.38 6.00 1-2-3 Steel 20.00 x 17.38 3.7 4.7 37.0 37.3 4.4
3 0.635/5/15 3000 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3 Steel 20.00 x 17.38 2.1 2.7 31.1 31.3 5.9 1
0.635/5/15 3200 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3 Steel 20.00 x 17.38 2.1 2.7 31. 31. 5.9
0.635/5/15 4000 2 0.50 8.00 1-1-2-2-3-3 Steel 35.75 x 17.38 1.0 1.3 32.9 32.9 7.8 1
1
0.635/5/15 5000 2 0.50 8.00 1-2-3-1-2-3 Steel 35.75 x 17.38 1.0 1.3 14.6 14.6 7.4
4 0.635/5/15 1200 1 0.50 3.00 1-2-3-N Aluminum 26.00 x 17.38 5.5 7.1 49.8 50.3 1.5
0.635/5/15 2000 1 0.38 6.00 1-2-3-N Aluminum 26.00 x 17.38 3.7 4.7 37.0 37.3 3.1
1
0.635/5/15 3000 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3-N Aluminum 26.00 x 17.38 2.1 2.7 31.1 31.3 4.1
0.635/5/15 3200 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3-N Aluminum 26.00 x 17.38 2.1 2.7 31.1 31.3 4.1 1
0.635 4000 2 0.50 6.00 1-1-2-2-3-3-N-N Aluminum 35.75 x 17.38 1.4 1.8 35.6 35.6 4.9
4 0.635/5/15 1200 1 0.50 3.00 1-2-3-N Steel 26.00 x 17.38 5.5 7.1 49.8 50.3 1.5 1
0.635/5/15
0.635/5/15
2000
3000
1
1
0.38
0.50
6.00
8.00
1-2-3-N
1-2-3-N
Steel
Steel
26.00 x 17.38
26.00 x 17.38
3.7
2.1
4.7
2.7
37.0
41.1
37.3
41.2
3.1
4.1
1
0.635 3200 1 0.50 8.00 1-2-3-N Steel 26.00 x 17.38 2.1 2.7 41.1 41.2 4.1 1
0.635 4000 2 0.50 8.00 1-1-2-2-3-3-N-N Steel 35.75 x 17.38 1.0 1.3 32.9 32.9 6.6
3 27 1200 1 0.25 4.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 30.00 x 21.00 8.3 10.6 51.6 52.7 1.7 1
27 2000 1 0.50 4.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 30.00 x 21.00 4.1 5.3 24.8 25.4 1.7
27 1200 1 0.25 4.00 1-2-3 Steel 30.00 x 21.00 8.3 10.6 51.6 52.7 1.7
1
3
27
38
2000
1200
1
1
0.50
0.25
4.00
4.00
1-2-3
1-2-3
Steel
Aluminum
30.00 x 21.00
40.25 x 21.50
4.1
8.3
5.3
10.6
24.8
61.3
25.4
62.3
1.7
2.0
1
38 2000 2 0.38 4.00 1-2-3 Aluminum 40.25 x 21.50 4.1 5.3 59.0 59.2 2.0 1
38 1200 1 0.25 4.00 1-2-3 Steel 40.25 x 21.50 8.3 10.6 61.3 62.3 2.0
38 2000 2 0.38 4.00 1-2-3 Steel 40.25 x 21.50 4.1 5.3 59.0 59.2 2.0 1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors
and Harmonic Filters
2.1 Surge Protection and Power Conditioning
Industrial Surge Protection Products
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5 2
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . V3-T2-7
SPD Series for Mounting External to Electrical Distribution Equipment V3-T2-11 2
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
2
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21 2
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25 2
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36
2
2.2 Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-38
2
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 2
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems V3-T2-55
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems V3-T2-58
2
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-63
2
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor Correction Units . . . . . . V3-T2-67
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—NEMA 1 Enclosure V3-T2-71 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V3-T2-1
2.1 SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning
Contents
2 Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection
Description Page
2 Introduction
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5
2 SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-7
2 SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-11
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16
2 CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21
2 SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25
2 Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36
2
2
2
2 Introduction
2 Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection Critical Load Protection Commercial and Light
● SPD Series for Integration SPD Series Sidemount Units Series filtering and surge Industrial Surge Protection
2 into Electrical Distribution Specification grade surge protection for critical single- Eaton’s SPV series is a
Equipment protective devices for phase loads. commercial grade and light
2 ● SPD Series for Mounting installation external to ● Current ratings up to 60A
industrial surge protective
device (SPD) that combines
External to Electrical electrical distribution
● 120 and 240 Vac units
2 Distribution Equipment equipment.
● 24 and 48 Vdc units
surge suppression
components and EMI/RFI
SPD Series Integrated Units filtering, providing effective
2
● DIN mounting available on
Specification grade surge some models protection for sensitive
protective devices installed Up to 80 kA of peak surge electronic loads.
2
●
within Eaton’s electrical protection Surges (also known as

assemblies. ● Most AC units are UL 1449 transients), due to lightning,
2 3rd Edition and UL 1283 utility grid switching,
5th Edition listed switching of external/internal
2 inductive or capacitive loads,
and other sources, travel on
2 power line conductors
throughout the electrical
2 distribution system, causing
system operating problems
and equipment downtime.
2 SPD Series Sidemount Unit
2
2
2
2
SPD Series Integrated Unit
2
2
SPV Series
2 AEGIS Products
V3-T2-2 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
2.1
Surge Protection for Sub-Panel and OEM Applications
In today’s business Panelboards with Integrated
2
environment that calls for 24 Surge Protective Devices
hours a day, 7 days a week ● Available in standard and 2
uptime and reliability, Eaton’s custom configurations
CVX050 and CVX100 surge ● Ratings: 2
protective devices (SPDs) ● 120/240 Vac, single-
ensure that a customer’s
investment in equipment and
phase, three-wire 2
● 208Y/120 Vac, three-
processes is protected from
the damaging effects of phase, four-wire 2
voltage transients. Designed ● 480Y/277 Vac, three-
for installation on service phase, four-wire 2
entrance, branch panels or ● 600Y/347 Vac, three-
individual equipment phase, four-wire (other Surge Protective Devices can be
Integrated within a variety of Eaton
2
disconnects, the CVX050/100 voltage configurations Electrical Assemblies
provides enhanced surge
protection for mission-critical
are available) 2
● Copper bus
2
applications.
● 12, 18, 24, 30, 36 and
42 circuits
● Bolt-on branch breakers 2
● A full range of factory
installed modifications 2
and accessories
● Fully rated or series rated 2
Power Conditioning
2
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) Electronic Voltage
The sag ride-through (SRT) Regulator (EVR) 2
is a power conditioner that The electronic voltage
corrects voltage sags to regulator (EVR) is designed 2
maintain uptime and to meet the needs of
productivity. customers who experience 2
voltage regulation problems
due to brownout conditions
from their electric utilities.
2
2
2
2
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) 2
2
Facility-Wide Power Protection Solutions 2
A facility-wide protection The most accepted design methodology is based on two concepts: 2
approach should be
employed to address power
quality issues. This approach
1. Ensure proper grounding conditions exist.
All forms of power protection/conditioning
2. Surge protection should be installed
at key distribution panels and
2
minimizes overall lifecycle
costs and optimizes facility
rely on good grounding, bonding and
earthing practices.
critical loads.
2
uptime. The following is a
recommended design 2
approach for implementing
facility-wide Eaton power 2
protection solutions.
2
2
Application Description
2
2 Application Recommendations for Surge Products
2 Application Type Eaton’s Surge Product Features and Competitive Advantages

Light Commercial
2 Design build SPD Series integrated units Ideal package for any commercial facility
Chain stores SPD Series sidemount units Cost-effective, reliable protection using the SPD Series or SPV units
2 Small facilities SPV units
SP1 units
2 CVX units
Large Projects
2 Including: SPD Series integrated units in panelboards, switchboards, Able to meet competitors’ surge protection specifications
MCCs, switchgear, busway and automatic transfer switches
2
Commercial Increased surge protection performance by using integrated SPD Series units
Government SPD Series sidemount units Wall space savings by using integrated SPD Series units
SPV units
2
Schools Quick-ship capabilities from Eaton assembly satellites and service centers
Institution AEGIS units for critical load applications Power conditioning capability for a wide variety of applications
Power conditioners (EVR and SRT units)
2
Military
Industrial
2 Including: SPD Series integrated units in panelboards, switchboards,

MCCs, switchgear, busway and automatic transfer switches
Increased surge protection performance by using integrated SPD Series units
Small and large facilities Wall space savings by using integrated SPD Series units
2 WWTP SPD Series sidemount units

SPV units
MCCs with SPD Series units installed protect drives from damage
AEGIS products protect expensive critical loads from harmful damage
2 AEGIS units for critical load applications such as PLCs,

robotics applications, etc.
EVR units correct voltage regulation problems
SRT units correct voltage sag problems
Power conditioners (EVR and SRT units)
2 OEM
2 Any OEM customer including:

Integrators
SPD Series integrated units
SPD Series sidemount units
Years of experience in a variety of OEM applications
Application assistance and recommendations
2 Medical equipment
Automation and control
SPV units
SP1 units
Small footprint enables integration in a variety of applications
Ability to meet customized requirements
2 CVX units
AEGIS units for critical load applications
2 Telecommunications
Including: Panelboards and automatic transfer switches with integrated SPD Series units Ability to meet customized requirements
2 Cellular sites SPD Series sidemount units Application assistance and recommendations
Microwave SPV units
2 PCS SP1 units
Paging systems CVX units
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Contents
SPD Series Sidemount Units
Description Page
2
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 2
Product Overview
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-7
2
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-11 2
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18 2
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23 2
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36
2
Learn
Online
2
2
2
Product Overview 2
Product Description Features, Benefits and Functions 2
Eaton’s SPD series surge A complete offering of ● Uses self-protected metal Safety Features
protective devices are the sidemount units designed oxide varistor (MOV) ● All units use self-protected 2
latest and most advanced for mounting external to technology metal oxide varistor
UL® 1449 3rd Edition certified
surge protectors. Units are
electrical distribution
equipment is also available.
● Three feature package technology (MOV) as their 2
options core surge suppression
available integrated within
Eaton electrical assemblies,
Application of SPD Series
units throughout a facility
● True protection status
indicators report the status
component. Usage of this
technology ensures safe
2
including panelboards, will ensure that equipment operation when the unit is
switchboards, motor is protected with the safest
of the protection elements,
not the status of the subjected to abnormal 2
control centers, switchgear, and most reliable surge applied power conditions such as
automatic transfer switches
and bus plugs.
protective devices available.
SPD Series units are available
● Available integrated temporary overvoltage or 2
within the following high fault current
in all common voltages and
configurations and also Eaton electrical assemblies: conditions. Under such
conditions, the self-
2
in a variety of surge current panelboards, switchboards,
capacity ratings from 50 motor control centers, protected MOVs are
removed from the circuit 2
through 400 kA. Three switchgear, automatic
quickly and safely before a
feature package options are transfer switches and
bus plugs potentially unsafe condition 2
also available to choose from, can occur
ensuring the proper unit is
available for a variety of
● 10-year warranty (15-year
warranty with registration)
● SPD Series units contain 2
no replaceable parts such
SPD Series Integrated Units applications. as surge modules, fuses, 2
or surge counter memory
backup batteries. This
prevents potential arc flash
2
and shock hazards, as the
units require no periodic 2
service or user intervention
after installation 2
● Integrated versions of the
unit are factory installed 2
and sidemount versions
are factory sealed. These
important safety measures
2
further enhance user
safety 2
2
2
Three Feature Package Standard Feature Package Side-By-Side Comparison of the SPD Series’ Available
2 Options Available The standard feature package Feature Packages
The SPD Series provides includes all of the features
2
Standard with
users with the option of found in the basic feature Feature Package Comparison Basic Standard Surge Counter
selecting between three package, plus an audible alarm
■ ■ ■
2
Surge protection using self-protected
feature packages. These with silence button, EMI/RFI MOV technology
feature packages are the filtering, and a form ‘C’ relay
Dual-colored protection status indicators ■ ■ ■
2 basic, standard and standard
with surge counter. The
contact that can be used for
remote annunciation of the
for each phase
proper feature package SPD’s status. The audible Dual-colored protection status indicators ■ ■ ■
2 can be selected based on alarm activates and the form for the N-G protection mode
the requirements of the ‘C’ relay contact changes state Audible alarm with silence button ■ ■
2 application or specification. when any loss of protection is Form ‘C’ relay contact ■ ■
A side by side comparison of detected or a fault condition
■ ■
2
EMI/RFI filtering, providing up to 50 dB of
the individual features found exists with the unit. Should
noise attenuation from 10 kHz to 100 MHz
in each package is below. such a condition occur, the
Surge counter with reset button ■
2 Basic Feature Package
audible alarm can be silenced
by pressing the silence button.
The basic feature package is The EMI/RFI filter provides up Standards and Certifications Technical Data
2 perfect for applications where
basic, cost-effective, safe and
to 50 dB of noise attenuation ● Integrated versions of and Specifications
over the range of 10 kHz the unit are UL 1449 20 kA nominal discharge
2
●
reliable surge protection is through 100 MHz.
required, but budgets don’t 3rd Edition recognized current (In) rating
allow for extra, additional Standard with Surge components for the (maximum rating
2 features. Rather than Counter Feature Package United States and Canada, assigned by UL)
sacrifice performance or The standard with surge covered by Underwriters ● 50 through 400 kA surge
2 safety due to cost, SPD counter feature package Laboratories certification
and follow-up service
current capacity ratings
Series units with the basic includes all of the features ● 200 kA short-circuit current
2 feature package provide you
with high-performing surge
found in the standard feature
package plus a six-digit surge
● Sidemount versions are
UL 1449 3rd Edition listed
rating (SCCR)
devices and are also
2 protection without sacrificing counter with a reset button.
safety or reliability. The basic The surge counter indicates CSA approved
feature package provides the ongoing count of the
2 the same level of surge number of surges the unit has
protection and safety been exposed to and stores
2 provided by the standard and them in nonvolatile memory.
Should power to the SPD
standard with surge counter
2 feature packages minus
some of the features found in
Series unit be completely
interrupted, the surge counter
will recall and display the
2
them. The package contains
dual-colored protection status surge count prior to the
LEDs that report the true interruption when power is
2 status of the protection in restored. Unlike many surge
each phase/mode. All four- protectors, the SPD Series’
2 wire plus ground units also
contain an additional set of
surge counter memory
feature does not require a
2 dual-colored protection status
LEDs that report the status
backup battery that would
require periodic replacement
of the protection in the in order to achieve its
2 neutral/ground mode. memory functionality.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Contents
SPD Series Unit Integrated within an Eaton Panelboard
Description Page
2
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5
Distribution Equipment
2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-8
V3-T2-8 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-10 2
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
2
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
2
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-30
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36 2
2
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical Distribution Equipment 2
Product Description Application Description 2
Eaton’s SPD Series surge The SPD Series is available as The Integrated SPD
protective devices are the an integrated device within Performance Advantage 2
latest and most advanced the following Eaton electrical Installation conductor length
UL 1449 3rd Edition certified
surge protectors. SPD Series
assemblies: is the single most important
factor related to an SPD’s
2
● Panelboards
units are available in all
common voltages and ● Switchboards
performance. Performance
decreases as the connected 2
configurations, and also in ● Motor control centers conductor length increases.
a variety of surge current ● Switchgear Integrating the SPD within the 2
capacity ratings from electrical assembly provides
Automatic transfer
2
●
50 to 400 kA. the best possible surge
switches
protection by keeping
● Bus plugs installation conductor lead
lengths as short as possible.
2
Features, Benefits In this installation, the SPD Series
and Functions Integrating the SPD within
an electrical assembly can
is mounted directly to the panelboard’s
bus bars. This type of installation
2
● Uses thermally protected decrease let-through will provide the best possible surge
metal oxide varistor (MOV)
technology
voltages by hundreds of volts, protection by minimizing the
connected lead length.
2
providing you with the best
● Three feature package
options
possible surge protection for 2
sensitive electronic loads.
● 10-year warranty
Remote Display Mounting 2
Option Available
The SPD Series offers the 2
option of mounting its display
remotely from the device. 2
This is useful for applications
where OEMs or other
integrators would like to
2
embed the unit within a piece
of equipment and still be able 2
to view its display.
2
The SPD Series is also available as an
integrated unit interfaced via a circuit
2
breaker resident in the electrical
assembly. This installation keeps
connected lead lengths short while
2
providing a means of disconnecting
power to the unit quickly and easily. 2
Standards and Certifications

2 ● UL 1449 3rd Edition
recognized component
2 for the United States
and Canada, covered by
2 Underwriters Laboratories
certification and follow-up
2 service
● UL 1283 (Type 2
2 SPDs only)
2
2
2 Catalog Number Selection
2 SPD Series Units Mounted Internal to Electrical Distribution Equipment
2 SPD 250 480D 2 J

2 Series Application—Integrated Units 2
kA Rating
2 SPD = Surge protective device
050 = 50 kA per phase Voltage Code
A = Panelboards (PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E), direct bus mounted
B = Switchgear (includes remote display)
080 = 80 kA per phase 240S = 120/240 single split-phase C = Panelboards (PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4), switchboards,
2 100 = 100 kA per phase
120 = 120 kA per phase
208Y = 120/208 wye (4W+G)
220Y = 127/220 wye (4W+G)
busway
J = Motor control centers
2
160 = 160 kA per phase 400Y = 230/400 wye (4W+G)
200 = 200 kA per phase 480Y = 277/480 wye (4W+G)
250 = 250 kA per phase Feature Package
600Y = 347/600 wye (4W+G)
240D = 240 delta (3W+G)
480D = 480 delta (3W+G)
1 = Basic
2 = Standard
600D = 600 delta (4W+G) 3 = Standard + surge counter
2 240H = 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) on ‘B’ phase 1
2 Notes
1 Please consult the factory for 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) applications with high leg on ‘C’ phase.
2
2 Units used in PRL1a, 2a, 3a and 3E panelboard applications are available in 50–200 kA ratings only. Use the ‘C’ option for
PRL1a, 2a, 3a and 3E panelboard applications when unit is connected through a circuit breaker.
Example: SPD250480D2J = SPD Series, 250 kA per phase, 480D voltage, standard feature package, motor control center application.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Technical Data and Specifications
2
SPD Series Specifications 2
Description
Surge capacity ratings available
Specification
50, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 250, 300, 400 kA per phase
2
Nominal discharge current (In) 20 kA (maximum rating assigned by UL) 2
Short-circuit current rating (SCCR) 200 kA
SPD type Basic feature package = Type 1 (can also be used in Type 2 applications) 2
Standard and standard with surge counter feature packages = Type 2
Single split-phase voltages available 120/240 2
Three-phase wye system voltages available 120/208, 127/220, 230/400, 277/480, 347/600
Three-phase delta system voltages available 240, 480, 600
2
Input power frequency
Power consumption (basic units):
50/60 Hz
2
208Y, 220Y, 240S, 240D and 240H voltage codes 0.5W 2
400Y, 480Y and 480D voltage codes 1.1W
600Y and 600D voltage codes 1.3W 2
2
Power consumption (standard and standard with surge counter units):
208Y, 220Y, 240S, 240D and 240H voltage codes 0.6W
400Y, 480Y and 480D basic voltage codes 1.7W
2
600Y and 600D voltage codes 2.1W
Protection modes Single split-phase L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L 2
Three-phase wye L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L
Three-phase delta L-G, L-L 2
Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV):
Three-phase high-leg delta L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L
2
240S, 208Y, 220Y and 240H MCOV 150 L-N, 150 L-G, 150 N-G, 300 L-L 2
400Y and 480Y MCOV 320 L-N, 320 L-G, 320 N-G, 640 L-L
600Y MCOV 420 L-N, 420 L-G, 420 N-G, 840 L-L 2
240D MCOV 320 L-G, 320 L-L
480D MCOV 640 L-G, 640 L-L
2
600D MCOV
Ports
840 L-G, 840 L-L
1
2
Operating temperature –40°F through 122°F (–40°C through 50°C) 2
Operating humidity 5% through 95%, noncondensing
Operating altitude Up to 16,000 ft (5000m) 2
2
Seismic withstand capability Meets or exceeds the requirements specified in IBC 2006, CBC 2007 and UBC Zone 4
Form C relay contact ratings 150 Vdc or 125 Vac, 1A maximum
Form C relay contact logic Power ON, normal state—NO contact = open, NC contact = closed
Power OFF or fault state—NO contact = closed, NC contact = open
2
EMI/RFI filtering attenuation Up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
50–200 kA Integrated Units
2 Mounting 0.22 3x Bus Mounting
8.80
2
(5.6)
(223.5)
4.40
(111.8)
2 Bus 0.34
0.19
(4.8)
4x Mounting 0.04
(1.0)
2.02 2.02
(51.2) (51.2)
(8.6)
2 0.95 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL
(24.1) NEUTRAL NEUTRAL
2 5.40
CAUTION
Mounting
FORM “C” CONTACTS

(137.2)
2 3.42
(86.9)
SPD Series
Surge Protective Device
4.66
3.42 (118.4)
2 (86.9)
GROUND TORQUE
NEU/GND
36 IN. LBS.
SURGE SURGE GROUND
2 SURGE
GROUND
SURGE GROUND
2 2.52 3.42 0.22

0.26 4x Mounting
(64.0) (86.9) (5.6)
(6.6)
Terminals
2
3.45 4x #10–32 x 0.38 DP
(87.6) 8.74 Brass Terminals
(222.0)
2 9.50
(241.3)
2
250–400 kA Integrated Units
2 Mounting
8.80
2 4x Mounting (223.5)
2.52 3.42
2 (64.0)
GROUND
(86.9)
GROUND
2
SURGE SURGE
SPD Series
SURGE GROUND Surge Protective Device
SURGE
36 IN. LBS.
NEU/GND GROUND
3.42 Mounting
TORQUE
2 (86.9) 3.42 CAUTION 5.40

FORM “C” CONTACTS
(86.9) (137.2)
2 4.66
(118.4)
2
TORQUE
NEU/GND
36 IN. LBS.
1.71
NEUTRAL NEUTRAL
(43.4)
2
NEUTRAL NEUTRAL
4.85 Terminals 0.22

4x Mounting
2 (123.2) 8.74
(222.0)
(5.6)
5.78 9.50 4x #10–32 x 0.38 DP

2 (146.8) (241.3) Brass Terminals
2 Weights
● 50–200 kA units
2 approximately 3.5 lbs
(1.6 kg)
2 ● 250–400 kA units
approximately 7.0 lbs
(3.2 kg)
2
2
2
2.1
Contents
Eaton SPD Series Sidemount Unit Mounted Externally to an Eaton Panelboard
Description Page
2
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 2
2
Electrical Distribution Equipment 2
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-12
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-13 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-14
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16 2
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
2
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
2
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
2
2
SPD Series for Mounting External to Electrical Distribution Equipment 2
Product Description Features, Benefits Standards and Certifications 2
Eaton’s sidemount versions and Functions ● UL 1449 3rd Edition
of the SPD Series surge ● Uses self-protected metal listed device 2
protective devices are the oxide varistor (MOV) ● Canadian Standards
latest and most advanced
UL 1449 3rd Edition listed
technology Association (CSA) 2
● Three feature package ● UL 1283 (Type 2
surge protectors. Application
of SPD Series units
options SPDs only) 2
● 15-year warranty
throughout a facility will
ensure that equipment is 2
protected with the safest and
most reliable surge protective
devices available. Units are
2
All SPD Series sidemount units come
available in all common
voltages and configurations,
prewired and include a factory-
installed conduit interface,
2
and also in a variety of surge making installation very easy.
current capacity ratings from 2
50 through 400 kA. Three
feature package options are 2
also available to choose from.
2
2
All SPD Series units are factory sealed,
ensuring that the user/installer has
2
no potential of coming into contact
with harmful voltages present
inside the unit. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Catalog Number Selection

2
2 SPD Series Units for Mounting External to Electrical Distribution Equipment
2 SPD 250 480D 2 K

2 Series Application—Sidemount Units
SPD = Surge protective device kA Rating K = NEMA 1 enclosure
2 050 = 50 kA per phase Voltage Code L = NEMA 1 flushmount enclosure 2
080 = 80 kA per phase 240S = 120/240 single split-phase M = NEMA 1 enclosure with internal disconnect
208Y = 120/208 wye (4W+G)
220Y = 127/220 wye (4W+G)
N
O
=
=
NEMA 4 enclosure
NEMA 4 enclosure with internal disconnect
160 = 160 kA per phase 400Y = 230/400 wye (4W+G) P = NEMA 4X enclosure (stainless steel)
480Y = 277/480 wye (4W+G)
600Y = 347/600 wye (4W+G)
Q = NEMA 4X enclosure with internal disconnect
(stainless steel)
2
300 = 300 kA per phase 240D = 240 delta (3W+G)
400 = 400 kA per phase 480D = 480 delta (3W+G)
600D = 600 delta (4W+G) Feature Package
2 240H = 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) on ‘B’ phase 1 1 = Basic

2 = Standard
3 = Standard + surge counter
2
Notes
2 1 Please consult the factory for 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) applications with high leg on ‘C’ phase.
2 NEMA 1 flushmount units are available in 50–200 kA ratings only.
2 Example: SPD250480D2K = SPD Series, 250 kA per phase, 480D voltage, standard feature package, housed in NEMA 1 enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
2
SPD Series Specifications
Description Specification
2
Surge capacity ratings available 50, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 250, 300, 400 kA per phase 2
Nominal discharge current (In) 20 kA (maximum rating assigned by UL)
Short-circuit current rating (SCCR) 200 kA 2
SPD type Basic feature package = Type 1 (can also be used in Type 2 applications)
Standard and standard with surge counter feature packages = Type 2 2
Single split-phase voltages available 120/240
Three-phase wye system voltages available 120/208, 127/220, 230/400, 277/480, 347/600 2
Three-phase delta system voltages available
Input power frequency
240, 480, 600
50/60 Hz
2
Power consumption (basic units): 2
400Y, 480Y and 480D voltage codes 1.1W 2
600Y and 600D voltage codes 1.3W
Power consumption (standard and standard with surge counter units):
2
2
400Y, 480Y and 480D basic voltage codes 1.7W
600Y and 600D voltage codes 2.1W 2
Protection modes Single split-phase L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L
Three-phase wye L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L 2
2
Three-phase delta L-G, L-L
Three-phase high-leg delta L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L
Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV):
2
240S, 208Y, 220Y and 240H MCOV 150 L-N, 150 L-G, 150 N-G, 300 L-L
400Y and 480Y MCOV 320 L-N, 320 L-G, 320 N-G, 640 L-L 2
600Y MCOV 420 L-N, 420 L-G, 420 N-G, 840 L-L
240D MCOV 320 L-G, 320 L-L 2
480D MCOV
600D MCOV
640 L-G, 640 L-L
840 L-G, 840 L-L
2
Ports 1 2
Operating temperature –40°F to 122°F (–40°C to 50°C)
Operating humidity 5% through 95%, noncondensing 2
Operating altitude Up to 16,000 ft (5000m)
Seismic withstand capability Meets or exceeds the requirements specified in IBC 2006, CBC 2007 and UBC Zone 4
2
Enclosure dimensions and weights Refer to figures on Pages V3-T2-14–V3-T2-15 for enclosure dimensions and weights
2
Form C relay contact ratings 150 Vdc or 125 Vac, 1A maximum
Form C relay contact logic Power ON, normal state—NO contact = open, NC contact = closed
Power OFF or fault state—NO contact = closed, NC contact = open
2
EMI/RFI filtering attenuation Up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
2 50–200 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, 50–200 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Flushmount Enclosure,
Weight = 6.8 lbs Weight = 6.8 lbs
2 7.28
7.28
(184.9) 1.00
2 5.27 Flushmount Panel (184.9) 1.00
(25.4)
(133.9) (4) #8–32 Flat Hd Screws 5.27 (25.4)
(133.9)
2
2 10.48
(266.2)
12.05
(306.1)
8.00
2 12.05
(306.1)
10.48
(266.2)
11.25
(285.8)
(203.2)
11.25
0.68
2
0.68 (285.8)
5.24 (17.3) 5.24 (17.3) 14.00
(133.1) (133.1) (355.6)
2
Ø0.20
Ø0.20 (Ø5.1)
(Ø5.1)
2
0.78
2.00 (19.8) 5.00
(50.8) 7.47 0.40 3.48 0.11 0.40
2.00 (127.0)
0.78 (189.7) (10.2) (88.4) (2.8) (10.2)
2
3.48 7.47
(19.8) (50.8) 4.41 0.98
(88.4) 1.76 (189.7)
4.41 (112.0) (24.9)
(44.7) 11.00
2 (112.0) (279.4)
2 250–400 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure,

Weight = 13.5 lbs 50–400 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure with Internal
Disconnect, Weight = 14.7 lbs
2 5.47
1.00
(25.4)
9.14
2
(138.9) 6.69
(169.9) (232.2)
2
12.05
2 (306.1) 10.48
(266.2)
11.25
12.30
(312.4)
0.66
(16.8)
11.50
(285.8)
2 5.24
0.67
(17.0)
2.61
(66.3)
10.73
(272.5)
(292.1)
(133.1)
2
Ø0.20
2
2.00
(Ø5.1) 7.47 2.75 Ø0.20
0.78 (50.8) 0.40
5.76 (189.7) 0.78 (69.9) (Ø5.1) 11.14
(19.8) (10.2) (19.8) (283.0)
2
(146.3) 5.76
6.69
(169.9) (146.3)
6.55
2 (166.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2
50–200 kA Units in a NEMA 4 or 4X Rated Enclosure, 50–400 kA Units in a NEMA 4 or 4X Rated Enclosure with 2
Weight = 14.6 lbs Internal Disconnect, Weight = 27.5 lbs
2
13.50 SPD Series
2
SPD Series Surge Protective Device
Surge Protective Device (342.9) 12.75
12.50
(317.5) 11.75 11.98 (323.9)
2
(298.5) (304.3)
12.28
10.98 3.12 (311.9)
(278.9) 11.28 (79.2)
5.49
(286.5)
0.65 Surge Protective Device
0.65
(16.5)
Surge Protective Device
SPD Series 2
(139.4) SPD Series
(16.5)
0.76 3.36 10.18 Ø0.33

2
(85.3) (258.6) (Ø8.4)
2
2.60 (19.3)
0.76 6.00 7.68 12.47
(19.3) (66.0) Ø0.33 (316.7)
(152.4) (195.1)
5.39 8.65 (Ø8.4)
(136.9) (219.7) 2
250–400 kA Units in a NEMA 4 or 4X Rated Enclosure, 2
Weight = 14.6 lbs
2
10.98
SPD Series
Surge Protective Device 2
11.28
(278.9)
12.50
(286.5)
11.75 2
(298.5)
2
(317.5)
5.49 0.65 Surge Protective Device
(139.4) (16.5) SPD Series
2
2
4.10 6.00
0.76 Ø0.33
(104.1) (152.4)
(19.3) 7.68 8.65 (8.4)
2
(195.1) (219.7)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contents
2 SPV
Description Page
2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
SPV Surge Protective Device
2 Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-17
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-17
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-17
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
2 SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
2 AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
2
2
2 SPV Surge Protective Device Features Standards and Certifications
2 SurgePlane™ technology UL 1449 3rd Edition Listed
● ●
Product Description to ensure reliability and ● UL 1283 Listed
Eaton’s SPV series is a many pieces of equipment, performance by using a
2 commercial grade and light including computers, low impedance copper
●
●
CSA TIL I-11B
CSA C22.2 No.8
industrial surge protective programmable logic platform
2 device (SPD) that combines
surge suppression
controllers, and other
commonly used electrical and
● Compact design to enable
close mounting to
2 components and EMI/RFI
filtering, providing effective
electronic equipment. Surges
can wreak havoc on
equipment
protection for sensitive equipment, causing
2 electronic loads. Surges (also catastrophic failures, process
● Parallel hybrid filter
technology
known as transients), due to interruptions and premature
2 Individually fused surge
●
lightning, utility grid aging leading to failure. The
switching, switching of application of SPDs can suppression components
Status indicator lights to
2
●
external/internal inductive or mitigate problems with
capacitive loads, and other sensitive electronic monitor supply power,
sources, travel on power line equipment, keeping the surge suppression
2 conductors throughout the equipment and the related component status
electrical distribution system, processes up and running and fusing
2 causing system operating reliably without disruption ● Can be remotely monitored
problems and equipment or damage due to surge- using Form C contacts
2 downtime. Use of the SPV
units can prevent these costly
related events. ● Audible alarm
● Ideal for OEM panel
In addition to externally
2 occurrences and equipment
damage. Available with six generated surge events, such
●
applications
50 through 200 kA surge
surge current capacity as lightning and grid switching,
2 ratings, the SPV can be equipment is also susceptible
to damage by internally ●
current capacity ratings
Contains no replaceable
installed on the main of light
2 generated surges. In fact, the parts or items that require
commercial buildings, on any periodic maintenance
subpanel in a facility and in majority of surges are
generated internally by ● 10-year warranty
2 any control panel to protect
sensitive electronic commonly used items, such
as fluorescent lighting ballasts, Eaton is the leading supplier
2 equipment.
light dimmers, photocopiers, of power protection
technology to a number of
Application Description fax machines and variable
Fortune 500 companies. We
2 The ever-increasing use of frequency drives. This further
reinforces the necessity for have applied our extensive
microprocessors and other experience in power quality
2 sensitive electronic
equipment has increased the
facility-wide surge protection
applied at all stages of the and have included a number
electrical distribution system, of innovative features in the
2 necessity for facility-wide
surge protection. These from the electrical service development of the Eaton
SPV series.
sensitive electronic entrance down to the single-
2 components are used within phase loads.
2.1
2
SPV 2
SPV 050 400D 2 K 2
Surge Rating Voltage Code
Display
Enclosure 2
050 = 50 kA/phase See table below K = NEMA 1
080 = 80 kA/phase
100 = 100 kA/phase
2 = Standard
(LED/audible alarm)
R = NEMA 3R
2
120 = 120 kA/phase
160 = 160 kA/phase
200 = 200 kA/phase
2
2
SPV Voltage Codes
Dimensions
Voltage Code
Nominal Voltages
(Use These Codes to
Complete the Model Number)
120/208
240V
230/400
499V 1
277/480
480V SPV—NEMA 1 2
120/240 single/split-phase (3W plus G)
Three-phase wye (4W plus G)
240S
208Y
—
400Y
—
480Y
0.40
(10.2) 2.60 2.60
2
2
(66.0) (66.0)
Three-phase delta (3W plus G) 240D 400D 480D
Technical Data and Specifications 2

SPV 11.55 2
Description SPV050 SPV080 SPV100 SPV120 SPV160 SPV200 (293.4)
Surge current 50 kA 80 kA 100 kA 120 kA 160 kA 200 kA

2
per phase 10.75 10.00
Surge current 25 kA 40 kA 50 kA 60 kA 80 kA 100 kA

(273.0) (254.0) 2
per mode
Filter attenuation 0–40 dB 0–40 dB 0–40 dB 0–40 dB 0–40 dB 0–40 dB 2
(MIL-STD-220A
at 100 kHz)
2
Circuit Surge- Surge- Surge- Surge- Surge- Surge-
construction Plane Plane Plane Plane Plane Plane R.0.10
(2.54) 2
UL 1449 3rd Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Pls.
Edition Listed
UL 1283 Listed Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
1.25
Nominal discharge
current (ln) 2
20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA (31.8) 5.00
(127.0)
2
cUL Listed Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
Enclosure
NEMA 1 Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard 2
NEMA 3R Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
Short-circuit current 42 kA 42 kA 42 kA 42 kA 42 kA 42 kA Notes
2
rating (SCCR) 3
2
1 Contact factory for other configurations: Applicable for 220/380 and 240/415 system voltages.
2 208Y, 240S, 240D, 400Y and 480Y units rated 10 kA I .
Warranty 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years n
3 5 kA SCCR for 400D and 480D.
Physical Specifications 2
2
Operating temp range –40ºC to +60ºC
Altitude < 13,000 ft (4000m) 2
Dimensions 5.00 x 11.55 x 2.60 inches (127.0 x 293.4 x 66.0 mm)
Weight 3.5 lbs (1.6 kg) 2
2
2
Contents
2 CVX050/100
Description Page
2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
2 CVX050/100
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-19
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-20
2 AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
2 Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
2
2 CVX050/100
2 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits Standards and Certifications
With over two decades of Eaton’s CVX050 and CVX100 and Functions ● UL 1449 3rd Edition for
2 experience in the surge SPDs protect electronic ● Advanced surge path surge protective devices
suppression industry and equipment from damaging technology for high fault ● CE marked
2 extensive R&D initiatives,
Eaton is considered a world
transients. These units are
suitable for medium and low
current capacity, low
impedance, high frequency
● Vibration tested IEC
60255-21-1 and -2
2 leader in surge protective
device (SPD) manufacturing.
exposure level applications
that require cost-effective, ●
design
Rugged NEMA® 4X (IP65)
All of Eaton’s products are high quality system
2 manufactured in an ISO® protection including: ●
enclosure
Large diameter, self-
9001:2000 and ISO 14001 Note: CE, CSA and UL on
2
● Residential/small business protected metal oxide
certified facility. AC unit only.
● Light industrial varistors provide long life
Eaton’s CVX050/100 models and fail-safe operation
2 are rugged, cost-effective,
●
●
Light commercial
Branch panel protection
● LED monitoring of each
high-quality SPDs that feature phase
2 self-protected MOVs that ● OEM applications ● Wide range of voltage
eliminate the failure applications from
2 characteristics of standard
metal oxide varistors. This
100 to 600 Vac and
48 and 125 Vdc
2 technology results in a fail-safe
device that monitors the
● 5-year free replacement
warranty
status of the metal oxide disk
2 and disconnects itself from the
Optional Features
power system when the disk
2 External mounting feet
●
is approaching breakdown.
The CVX050/100 is easy
2 to install adjacent or even
internal to electrical
2 equipment. When installing an
SPD in a retrofit environment,
2 it is important to mount the
device as close to the
2 electrical equipment as
possible. Keep the wiring (lead
length) between the electrical
2 equipment and SPD as short
as possible, and twist or wire
2 tie the conductors together
to reduce the wire’s
2 impedance factor.
2.1
2
CVX050/100 2
CVX 050 - 240S 2
Per Phase Peak Configuration and Voltage Ranges 2
Surge Current
2
230L = Single-phase—200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277 Vac
050 = 50 kA 480L = Single-phase—480 Vac
100 = 100 kA 240S = Split-phase—100/200, 110/220, 120/240 Vac
240H
208Y
= Three-phase high leg delta—120/240 Vac
= Three-phase wye (star)—100/174, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220 Vac 2
480Y = Three-phase wye (star)—220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480 Vac
600Y
240D
= Three-phase wye (star)—305/525, 347/600 Vac
= Three-phase delta—200, 208, 220, 230, 240 Vac
2
480D = Three-phase delta—380, 400, 415, 440, 480 Vac
600D = Three-phase delta—525, 600 Vac (600D available in 50 kA only) 2
048DC = Direct current—48 Vdc 1
125DC = Direct current—125 Vdc 1
2
CVX050/100 Model Specifications 2
Peak kA per phase 50, 100
2
Peak kA per mode
Nominal discharge current
50
20 kA 1
2
Short-circuit current rating 100 kA 2
Single-phase voltages 200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277, 380, 400, 440, 460, 480 Vac
Split-phase voltages 100/200, 110/220/ 120/240 Vac 2
2
High leg delta voltages 240 Vac
Wye system voltages 100/175, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220, 220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480, 305/525, 347/600 Vac
Delta system voltages 200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 380, 400, 415, 440, 480, 525, 600 Vac
2
Direct current Voltage 2 48 Vdc, 125 Vdc
Input power frequency 47–420 Hz (50/60 Hz typical) 2
Protection modes Single-phase: L-N, N-G, L-G
Split-phase: L-N, N-G, L-G, L-L
High leg delta: L-N, N-G, L-G, L-L, H-N, H-G, H-L
2
2
Wye: L-N, N-G, L-G, L-L
Delta: L-G, L-L
Direct current 1 (DC): L-L, L-G
Number of ports 1 2
Specific energy 100 kJ/Ohm
Weight ≈2.0 lbs (1.0 kg) 2
Operating temperature
Vibration tested
–13°F (–25°C) to +140°F (+60°C)
IEC 60255-21-1 and IEC 60255-21-2
2
Notes 2
1 480L, 600D and 600Y units rated 10 kA I .
n
2 DC models only available in 50 kA.
2
2
2
2
2
2
CVX050/100 Voltage Ratings

2
System Nominal MCOV UL 1449-3 VPR 1
2 Model Configuration System Voltage L-L L-N L-G N-G L-L L-N L-G N-G
CVX050
2 230L Single-phase two-wire + ground 200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277 — 320 640 320 — 1200 1200 1200
480L Single-phase two-wire + ground 380, 400, 440, 460, 480 — 550 1100 550 — 1800 4000 1800
2 240S Split-phase three-wire + ground 100/200, 110/220, 120/240 300 150 300 150 1200 700 1200 800
2
208Y Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground 100/175, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220 300 150 300 150 1200 700 1200 800
2 600Y
240D
Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground
Three-phase delta three-wire + ground
305/525, 347/600
200, 208, 220, 230, 240
840
640
420
—
840
320
420
—
2500
2000
1500
—
2500
1200
1500
—
2 240H
480D
Three-phase high leg delta
240
380, 400, 415, 440, 480
300
1100
150
—
150
550
640
—
1500
3000
700
—
1200
1800
700
—
2 600D
048DC
Direct current
525, 600
48 Vdc 2
1100
130
—
—
700
65
—
—
3000
—
—
—
2500
—
—
—
2 125DC Direct current 125 Vdc 2 288 — 144 — — — — —

CVX100
2 230L Single-phase two-wire + ground 200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277 — 320 320 320 — 1200 1200 1200
480L Single-phase two-wire + ground 380, 400, 440, 460, 480 — 550 550 550 — 1800 1800 1800
2 240S Split-phase three-wire + ground 100/200, 110/220, 120/240 300 150 150 150 1200 700 800 700
2 480Y Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground 220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480 640 320 320 320 1800 1200 1200 1200
600Y Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground 305/525, 347/600 840 420 420 420 2500 1500 1500 1500
2 240D Three-phase delta three-wire + ground 200, 208, 220, 230, 240 640 — 320 — 1800 — 1200 —
240H Three-phase high leg delta 240 300 150 150 150 1200 700 700 700
2 480D Three-phase delta three-wire + ground 380, 400, 415, 440, 480 1100 — 550 — 3000 — 1800 —
2 Dimensions
CVX050/100 Standard Dimensions

2
Conduit Fitting
2
5.67 (144.0) 0.75 (19.0) Internal
4.75 (120.6) Taper Pipe Threads
4.17 (106.0)
2
2
4.75 (120.6)
3.39 (86.1)
2
2.37 (60.2)
2
A A
2 Lid Removed 1.00 (25.4)
2
3.55 (90.2)
2 0.17 (4.3)
(4) Mounting Holes
Under Lid
2
2 Section A-A
2 Mounting Hole Shafts
Dimensions are in Inches (mm)

2 Notes
2
1 UL 1449 3rd Edition VPR (voltage protection rating) test environment: All tests performed with 6-inch lead length, positive polarity.
2 DC units available in 50 kA only. Voltages shown are the maximum suggested operating voltages and are not UL certified.
2.1
Contents
SP1 Surge Protective Device
Description Page
2
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 2
2
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18 2
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-22 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-22
V3-T2-23
2
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
2
2
2
SP1 Surge Protective Device 2
Product Description Features Standards and Certifications 2
Eaton‘s SP1 is a UL 1449 3rd Installation and operation of ● Type 1 SPD capable of ● UL 1449 3rd Edition-listed
Edition-listed surge protective the SP1 is simple. The unit installation on either the device 2
device that provides reliable, comes pre-wired with 24.00 line or the load side of the
cost-effective surge
protection. This Type 1 SPD
inches of 10-gauge wire and
is mounted via the half-inch
service entrance
disconnect
2
is capable of being installed
on either the line or the load
nipple that is molded into its
enclosure. Wall or DIN rail
● 20 kA nominal discharge
current rating (In) on most
2
side of the service entrance mounting can also be models
disconnect, and can be used accomplished with the ● 50 kA per phase surge 2
as a replacement for devices addition of an optional kit. current capacity
formerly known as secondary
surge arresters or lightning
When powered, the unit‘s
● Compact footprint— 2
light-emitting diode (LED)
4.80-inch L x 2.90-inch W x
arresters, which could not be
manufactured after UL 1449
indicator reports the status of
the protection elements and 2.50-inch D 2
3rd Edition went into effect is active when all of them are ● Pre-wired with 24.00
on September 29, 2009. The intact and providing inches of 10-gauge wire 2
unit is available in many protection. Any loss of ● Half-inch nipple molded
common voltages and protection is signaled when into enclosure enables 2
configurations. Multiple the LED extinguishes. quick and easy mounting
mounting options coupled
with a compact footprint
● Optional kit enables wall or 2
DIN rail mounting
enables installation of the
SP1 in a wide range of
● Two-year warranty 2
applications, including panel-
boards, loadcenters, pump 2
panels, control cabinets, and
other electrical assemblies 2
and applications.
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
SP1
2 SP1 - XXXX
2
Series Voltage Code
2 050 = 50 kA 240S = 120/240V single split-phase
100 = 100 kA 208Y = 120/208 wye
2 480Y
600Y
= 277/480 wye
= 347/600Y wye
2
240D = 240 delta
SP1MNTGKIT = optional wall or DIN rail mounting kit 480D = 480 delta
(order separately—not included with SP1 unit) 600D = 600 delta
2
2 Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
SP1
SP1
2 Description Ratings
1/2" (12.7)
1.35
Surge current capacity per phase 50 kA
(34.3)
2 Nominal discharge current (In) 20 kA for SP1-240S, 208Y, 480Y,
240D and 480D
Straight Pipe Thread
2 Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

10 kA for SP1-600Y and 600D
200 kA .79 (20.1)
2 SPD type
System voltages available (Vac)
Type 1 (can also be used in Type 2 applications)
2 Single split-phase 120/240

Three-phase wye 120/208, 277/480, 347/600
2 Three-phase delta 240, 480, 600
3.95
Protection modes (100.3)
2 Single split-phase and three-phase wye L-N, L-L
Three-phase delta L-G, L-L
2 Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV)
SP1-240S and SP1-208Y 150 L-N, 300 L-L
2 SP1-480Y 320 L-N, 640 L-G
2.89 2.46
SP1-600Y 420 L-N, 840 L-G
2 SP1-240D 300 L-G, 300 L-L
(73.4) (62.5)
SP1-480D 640 L-G, 640 L-L

2 SP1-600D 840 L-G, 840 L-L
2
Input power frequency 50/60 Hz
Enclosure rating NEMA 4
2 Operating temperature
Operating humidity
–20°C to 50°C (–4°F to 122°F)
5–95%, noncondensing
2 Operating altitude
Agency certification and approvals
Up to 16,000 ft (5000m)
UL 1449 3rd Edition Listed device
2 Warranty 2 years
2 ANSI/UL 1449 3rd Edition Voltage Protection Ratings

Protection Mode
2 Catalog Number L-N L-G L-L
SP1-240S 600 N/A 1000
2 SP1-208Y 600 N/A 1000
SP1-480Y 1200 N/A 2000
2 SP1-600Y 1500 N/A 2500
2
SP1-240D N/A 1000 1000
SP1-480D N/A 2000 2000
2 SP1-600D N/A 2500 2500
2.1
Contents
Description Page
2
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 2
2
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18 2
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-24
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-24
V3-T2-24
2
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
2
Surge Protection for Light Commercial and 2
UL 508A Panel Applications
2
Product Description Features, Benefits and Standards and Certifications 2
The SP2 provides basic Functions ● UL 1449 Third Edition Type
surge protection for light ● Ease of installation— ● Voltage-specific models 1 SPD File No. E109835, 2
commercial electrical Compact design allows protect electrical systems cULus
systems and OEM equipment
requirements. The SP2 is
for easy installation on an
electrical panel or meter
and equipment, improving
performance by more than
● Built in an ISO 9001 facility 2
● Flammability rating UL 94VO
available in the most popular
voltage and system
socket, or integrated into
control cabinets
110% over “one-size-fits-
all” economy surge
● Designed and tested in 2
configurations and delivers accordance with:
arresters
Type 1 UL 1449 Third
2
●
superior surge protection ● IEEE C62.41.1

Edition listed SP2s are ● Compact enclosure takes
using MOV thermal easily selected and up less space and can be ● IEEE C62.41.2
disconnect technology
that eliminates the need
installed on the loadside installed in tight spaces ● IEEE C62.43-2005 2
or lineside of the service ● Can be used on single- ● IEEE C62.45-2002
for additional overcurrent
protection.
entrance overcurrent phase, split-phase, wye, ● IEEE C62.48-2005 2
protective device delta, and high-leg delta ● IEEE C62.62-2010
Application Description ● Thermal disconnect
technology eliminates the
systems 2
By providing surge ● All SP2 devices are
protection, the SP2 can need for additional
overcurrent protection
individually marked with a
serial number for easy
2
suppress the transients that
Compact UV-resistant tracking and identification
2
●
are prevalent throughout the
power distribution system to NEMA 4X enclosure for ● Two-year warranty
indoor or outdoor
support reliable operations in
applications including: applications 2
● LED status indicators
● HVAC systems provide surge protection 2
● Control panels status at a glance—green
● Automation cabinets when good, red to replace 2
● Pumping systems
● Lighting systems 2
● Commercial facilities
● Food processing 2
● Warehouses
● Retail facilities 2
Manufacturing operations
2
●
2
2
Product Selection
2
2 SP2
2 Nominal
System
Maximum Continuous
Operating AC Voltage System
Voltage
Protection Connection Catalog
Voltage (MCOV) Type Ratings (VPR) Points Number
2 120 150 Single-phase, two-wire 700 L–N 2 SP2-120
2
240 320 Single-phase, two-wire 1200 L–N 2 SP2-240
120/240 150 Split-phase, three-wire 700 L–N, 1200 L–L 3 SP2-240S
2 240 320 Three-phase delta, three-wire + ground 1200 L–G, 2500 L–L 4 SP2-240D
480 550 Three-phase delta, three-wire + ground 1800 L–G, 3000 L–L 4 SP2-480D
2 120/208 150 Three-phase wye, three-wire + ground 700 L–G, 1200 L–L 4 SP2-208Y
277/480 320 Three-phase wye, three-wire + ground 1200 L–G, 2500 L–L 4 SP2-480Y
2 347/600 420 Three-phase wye, three-wire + ground 1500 L–G, 2500 L–L 4 SP2-600Y
2
Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions
2 SP2
SP2 Enclosure
2 Description
Markets
Specification
Light commercial and UL 508A panels 1.06 (26.9)
Diameter
2 Product warranty 2 years
System types Single, split, delta, and wye 1.69
2 Nominal system voltage 120, 208, 240, 480, 600 Vac 3.38
(42.9)
(85.9)
2
Installation Two-, three-, four-wire 1.69
(42.9)
Maximum continuous operating AC voltage Matched to nominal voltage
2 MCOV 150–550 Vac (see table above) 2.06 2.06

(52.3) (52.3)
L–N protection Yes (single-phase units)
2 L–L protection Yes
4.13
(104.9)
L–G protection Yes (three-phase units)
2 Protection Surges and transients
3.19
(81.0)
2 SCCR
Nominal discharge current (8 x 20 μs) In
200 kA
10 kA
4.06
(103.1)
2 Maximum discharge current (8 x 20 μs) Imax 45 kA per phase

¾" NPS
Response time tA <25 ns
2 Voltage protection ratings (VPRs) See table above
0.87
(22.1)
Overcurrent device (if required by local code) Circuit breaker or fuse sized to protect wires per
2 local codes
Frequency 50/60 Hz
2 Operating status / fault indication One bi-color LED—green (good) / red (replace)
2 Conductor gauge/length
Mounting
10 AWG stranded copper / 18 inches
Chase nipple (¾” NPS)
2 Enclosure rating NEMA 4X—UL 94-5VA

Degree of protection (installed state) IP20 (finger-safe)
2 Install location Indoor/outdoor
Circuit location Lineside/loadside
2 Standards / agency information UL 1449 Third Edition Type 1 Listed SPD—
cULus, RoHS compliant
2 Operating temperature –40°C to +65°C
2 Maximum operating altitude

Weight
12,000 feet
17 oz (476g)
2.1
Contents
AEGIS Solutions
Description Page
2
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 2
2
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18 2
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23 2
AEGIS Powerline Filters
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-26
V3-T2-27
2
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-27
V3-T2-28
2
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-30
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36 2
2
AEGIS Powerline Filters 2
Eaton AEGIS™ Series line By providing surge protection No matter where transients Why Should Sensitive Electronic
filters and surge protectors and line filtering, AEGIS originate, the application of Loads be Protected? 2
are specifically designed to devices can suppress the AEGIS Series devices will PLC manufacturers and
protect sensitive electronics
from hazards that exist within
noise and transients
prevalent throughout the
help protect sensitive
electronic equipment
service technicians 2
recommend the use of power
a facility. The AEGIS Series
hybrid filter reacts instantly to
power distribution system to
support reliable operations in
including: line filters and surge
suppressors to prevent
2
changes in voltage regardless applications including:
● Programmable logic
downtime and equipment
of phase angle or polarity. In
● Instrumentation
controllers (PLCs)
damage due to surges and 2
comparison to other line ● Scanning devices electrical line noise. Studies
filters, this technology
provides a higher level of
● Water treatment facilities ● Automatic teller machines have shown that failure to 2
● Pulp and paper operations (ATMs) protect sensitive electronic
suppression, reliability and
life expectancy.
● Refrigeration and heating
plants
● Cash registers loads costs American
manufacturing and
2
● Alarm systems
● Petrochemical and refinery ● Microprocessor-controlled
commercial and service
industries over $39 billion per 2
● Food processing ● OEM products year in lost time and revenue.
● Textiles ● Robotics Preventing these losses is a 2
● Automotive assembly ● CAD/CAM systems major cost-saving
● Manufacturing operations ● Control equipment opportunity. 2
● Medical electronics and
devices 2
AEGIS Series devices are
available in a variety of
2
common voltages and
configurations. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Features, Benefits and Functions

2 ● Compact design with ● Five- to ten-year warranty
multiple mounting options standard dependent on
2 ● Meets new UL safety model; warranty extended
standards for surge and an additional five years if
2 filtering protection registered
● AC models available with The breadth of the AEGIS
2 up to 80 kA surge current Series’ features, options and
capacity ratings configurations ensures that The AEGIS PH Series Protects Critical The AEGIS PV Series Protects Critical
2 ● DIN rail mounting available the correct unit is available
for all critical electrical
Loads up to 20A Loads up to 5A
on most models
2 ● Contains no replaceable
applications, including control
panels, security systems,
parts or items that require measurement systems,
2 periodic maintenance lab equipment and other
● Alarm contact available point-of-use applications.
2
AEGIS Summary
2 Specifications PH PV CF CN
2 Voltage 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac

24/48 Vdc
120/240 Vac
24/48 Vdc
2
Current range 3–20A 1–5A 10–60A 30A
DIN mounting Yes Yes Yes 1 No
2 UL 1283 5th Edition & UL 1449 3rd Edition Yes Yes Yes 2 Yes 2
Filtering Yes Yes Yes No
2 EMI/RFI filtering attenuation at 100 kHz 75 dB 50 dB 40 dB N/A
L to G, L to N & N to G protection modes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Peak kA per phase / mode 60/30 40/20 80/40 80/40
2 UL nominal discharge current (In)

UL voltage protection rating (VPR) L–G / L–N 3
5 kA
330/400
5 kA
330/400
5 kA
500/500
5 kA
500/500
2 Short-circuit current rating (SCCR) 5 kA 5 kA 10 kA 10 kA

Alarm contacts Yes No Yes 4 No
2 Standard warranty / registered warranty (years) 10/15 10/15 5/10 5/10
Communication line protection (UL 497A) No No Yes 4 No
2
2 AEGIS PH and PV Series Hybrid Powerline Filters
2 Three-Wire Design has Normal and Common Mode Protection (L-N, L-G, N-G)
Primary High Series High Secondary Status Optional
2 Surge
Protection
Frequency
Capacitor
Blocking
Inductors
Performance
Tracking Filter
Surge
Protection
Indicator
Lights
Form C
Contacts 5
2 Power
Input Power
Output
2 L Normal Normal LED Form C L
Mode Mode
2
N N
2
2 G
Common
Mode
Common
Mode G
2 Notes
1 Optional on 10A and 30A models only.
2 2 120 Vac models only.
3 Ratings shown for 120 Vac models, other voltages listed in Technical Data.
2
4 Optional on 30A and 60A models only.
5 Available on the PH Series only.
2.1
● UL 1449 Third Edition 2
UL 1283 Fifth Edition
2
●
● Built in an ISO® 9001
●
facility
Designed and tested in
2
2
accordance with:
● IEEE® C62.41.1
AEGIS Products
IEEE C62.41.2
2
●
● IEEE C62.43-2005
● IEEE C62.45-2002
2
● IEEE C62.48-2005
IEEE C62.62-2010 2
2
2
AEGIS
2
AG 2
Product 2
Family/OEM
AG Protection/Filtering Voltage Amperage Options 2
PH = Premium hybrid 120 = 120 Vac 03 = 3A DIN mount standard
protection with filtering 240 = 240 Vac 05 = 5A
10 = 10A 2
15 = 15A
20 = 20A 2
PV = Premium protection 120 = 120 Vac 01 = 1A DIN mount standard
with filtering 240 = 240 Vac 03 = 3A
05 = 5A 2
CF = Critical protection 120 = 120 Vac 10 = 10A DIN = DIN mount 1
with filtering 240 = 240 Vac
024 = 24 Vdc
30 = 30A
60 = 60A
CP = Compact 2 2
RJ = Telcom protection
2
048 = 48 Vdc and Form C status
contacts 3
CN = Critical protection 120 = 120 Vac 30 = 30A
without filtering 240 = 240 Vac
024 = 24 Vdc
2
2
048 = 48 Vdc
Notes
1 Only available for 10A CF version.
2 Only available for 10A, 120V CF version.
2
3 Only available for 30A and 60A CF version.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2 AEGIS PH and PV
2 Specifications
PH 120 Vac
3, 5, 10, 15, 20A
PH 240 Vac
3, 5, 10, 15, 20A
PV 120 Vac
1, 3, 5A
PV 240 Vac
1, 3, 5A
2 DIN mounting Yes Yes Yes Yes

UL 1283 5th Edition and UL 1449 3rd Edition Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Filtering Yes Yes Yes Yes
EMI/RFI filtering attenuation at 100 kHz 75 dB 75 dB 50 dB 50 dB
2 L–G, L–N and N–G protection modes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 Peak kA per phase/mode

UL nominal discharge current (In)
60/30
5 kA
60/30
5 kA
40/20
5 kA
40/20
5 kA
2 UL voltage protection rating (VPR) L–G / L–N / N–G 330/400/330 600/700/600 330/400/330 600/700/600
MCOV 150 275 150 275
2 Short-circuit current rating (SCCR) 5 kA 5 kA 5 kA 5 kA
Alarm contacts Yes Yes No No
2 Standard warranty / registered warranty (years) 10/15 10/15 10/15 10/15
2 Communication line protection (UL 497A) No No No No
2 AEGIS CF
2 CF 24 Vdc CF 48 Vdc CF 120 Vac CF 240 Vac
Specifications 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 30A 60A 10A 10A 30A 60A
2 DIN mounting Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes No No Yes 1

UL 1283 5th Edition and — — — — Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — — —
2 UL 1449 3rd Edition
UL 1283 4th Edition — — — — — — — — — Yes Yes Yes
2 Filtering Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
EMI/RFI filtering attenuation 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB 40 dB
at 100 kHz
L–G, L–N and N–G Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
2 protection modes
Peak kA per phase/mode 6/2 6/2 20/6 20/6 30/10 40/20 80/40 80/40 30/10 24/8 56/24 56/24
2 UL nominal discharge N/A N/A N/A N/A 3 kA 5 kA 5 kA 5 kA 3 kA N/A N/A N/A
current (In)
2 UL voltage protection rating N/A N/A N/A N/A 500/500/500 500/500/500 500/500/500 500/500/500 900/800/900 N/A N/A N/A
(VPR) L–G / L–N / N–G
2 MCOV 30 30 50 50 150 150 150 150 275 275 275 275
Short-circuit current 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
2 rating (SCCR)
Alarm contacts No No No No No No No No No No No No
2 Standard warranty / 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10
registered warranty (years)
2 Communication line No No No No No No Yes 1 Yes 1 No No Yes 1 Yes 1
protection (UL 497A)
2 Note
1 Optional.
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
AEGIS CN
24 Vdc 48 Vdc 120 Vac 240 Vac
2
Specifications
DIN mounting
30A
No
30A
No
30A
No
30A
No
2
UL 1283 5th Edition and UL 1449 3rd Edition — — Yes — 2
UL 1283 4th Edition — — — Yes
Filtering No No No No 2
2
EMI/RFI filtering attenuation at 100 kHz N/A N/A N/A N/A
L–G, L–N and N–G protection modes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Peak kA per phase/mode 20/6 46/20 80/40 56/24
2
UL nominal discharge current (In) N/A N/A 5 kA N/A
UL voltage protection rating (VPR) L–G / L–N / N–G N/A N/A 500/500/500 N/A 2
MCOV 30 50 150 275
Short-circuit current rating (SCCR) 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 2
2
Alarm contacts No No No No
Standard warranty / registered warranty (years) 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10
Communication line protection (UL 497A) No No No No
2
2
Maximum EMI/RFI Attenuation—MIL-STD-220
Maximum
Attenuation
2
2
Model 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz 100 MHz Frequency
AGPH120AG 30 dB 74 dB 76 dB 37 dB 36 dB 101 dB at 0.5 MHz
AGPV120AG 27 dB 56 dB 55 dB 36 dB 28 dB 66 dB at 0.085 MHz 2
AGCF12010-CP 16 dB 35 dB 62 dB 40 dB 50 dB 68 dB at 1.25 MHz
AGCF12010-DIN 16 dB 35 dB 56 dB 29 dB 51 dB 66 dB at 0.7 MHz 2
AGCF12010 17 dB 35 dB 64 dB 33 dB 51 dB 64 dB at 1.0 MHz
2
2
Let-Through Voltages Based on IEEE Std. C62.62-2010 Testing Waveforms 1
2
Test Impulse
AEGIS Series
AGPH120AG AGPV120AG AGCF12010 AGCF12010-DIN AGCF12010-CP AGCF12030AGx AGCF12060AGx AGCN12030
2
IEEE Category A
100 kHz ring wave
25V 30V 150V 300V 300V 150V 90V 400V 2
6000V, 200A
IEEE Category B 35V 40V 330V 400V 400V 330V 230V 500V
2
2
100 kHz ring wave
6000V, 500A
IEEE Category B 360V 370V 470V 480V 460V 460V 450V 460V
combination wave 2
6000V, 3000A
(UL 1449-3 VPR)
2
Note
1 All tests conducted on 120 Vac units.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contents
2 Sag Ride-Through (SRT)
Description Page
2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
2 CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-31
2 Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-31
V3-T2-32
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-35
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
2
2 Product Description
Eaton’s sag ride-through is Today’s industrial and large Depending on the proximity Regularity of Voltage Sags
2 the first of its kind. commercial electricity to the fault, which can be EPRI conducted a two-year
customers are becoming hundreds of miles away, study of power quality levels
The SRT power conditioner
2 prevents expensive
more sensitive to power
disturbances and are
the voltage during the sag
is typically 40%–90% of
on distribution systems in the
electrical downtime. The United States. A variation
2 SRT represents Eaton’s
demanding better electric
quality. However, the quality
nominal utility voltage. The
operation of circuit breakers,
event was recorded every
time the voltage dropped
state-of-the-art solution to of power grids is not fuses and reclosers limits below 90% of the nominal.
2 today’s power conditioning
challenges.
significantly improving. most sags to less than The results are shown below.
Customers still experience 15 cycles.
2 The Problem—Voltage Sags
power quality problems
Voltage sags are experienced
A typical distribution system
customer experiences about
that affect plant operations
and Brownouts 10 to 20 times more
2 The ability of a plant to
and profitability.
frequently than complete
50 events per year when the
voltage drops below 90%,
ride-through voltage sags Deep, Single-Phase Sag outages. However, voltage and only about two events
2 can have a significant
Input A Input A Input A
sags are equally disruptive per year when the voltage
impact on operations and to sensitive equipment. drops below 30% of nominal.
2
600
competitiveness. In the 400 The utility study concluded
United States, voltage sags Voltage Sags
200 that sags represented almost
2 cost billions of dollars in 0
-200
1. Fault occurs on all of the events experienced
lost production, interruption, -400 Generation
the transmission
at a typical facility.
or distribution
damaged materials, retooling
2
-600 system
and scrap. In addition, Events per Year
End
sags can cause: increased Users
2 operating costs, the need Definition of Voltage Sag
A voltage sag is a sudden,
Transmission
6
for product reworks, safety Distribution
2 hazards, equipment damage

and/or failure, reduced
momentary decrease in
supply voltage. It can last 2. Creates a sag
5
4
product quality, increased from a cycle to several Feeder
2
event for all
Breakers users on the 3
clean-up, additional labor seconds. Voltage sags are End system
User 2
costs, increased scrap most often caused by faults
2 material and costs associated on the electrical transmission
End User
1
with investigations into or distribution system. They

60
2
30
–7
the problem. can be caused by lightning 50 0 0 5 4

– –2 –1 3
6–
–4
2 1
0
strikes, animal contact, 20 10 6

0
10
2 starting of large motors

or an internal fault within
a customer’s facility.
2
2
2.1
Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions
2
Industries and Applications Sag Correction Using the SRT Continuous Regulation
Affected by Sags The SRT is a high The Sag Ride-Through is an 2
Key industries: Equipment or processes: performance, inverter- active voltage conditioner.
● Semi-conductor ● Manufacturing process
based voltage conditioning This means it will constantly 2
device developed to provide respond to voltage sags and
manufacturers controllers
● Communications ● Variable speed drives
protection to sensitive loads
against commonly occurring
swells in the +/–10% range
with a regulated output in the
2
Steel mills Robotics
2
● ●
voltage sags. +/–1% range. The SRT can be
● Petroleum and chemical ● Motor conductor applied to the main service
The SRT monitors the entrance, at branch locations
processing Telephone systems
2
●
incoming supply voltage and or in front critical loads. The
● Health care ● HID lighting when it deviates from the SRT provides an outstanding
Paper mills
2
●
● HVAC controls nominal voltage level, the return on investment. It
● Automotives ● Medical equipment SRT achieves voltage delivers operation productivity
conditioning by injecting the
●
●
Textile
Printing
● Computers
appropriate correction voltage
that is just not possible with
traditional tap switching or
2
in series with the power ferroresonant technologies.
● Plastics supply. The SRT provides an The SRT consists of a voltage 2
● Other manufacturing extremely fast reaction time source inverter, bypass circuit
and subcycle response to sag
events that would otherwise
and an injection transformer 2
Block Diagram of the SRT Active Voltage Conditioner connected in series between
cause loads to drop out. the incoming utility supply
and the load, as shown in
2
The SRT is designed for low
voltage systems (600 to 208,
three-phase) and is also
the figure below. For the
standard sag correcting 2
model, the injection
3-Phase Compensating
offered in medium voltage
applications from up to 50 transformer consists of a 2
Voltage boost component. The SRT
MVA. Installation is simple
3-Phase
Secondary
Injection
3-Phase and the SRT provides monitors the incoming supply 2
Utility Load customers with a new voltage and when it deviates
2
Supply Distribution Primary Transformer Voltage
Transformer solution to improve from the nominal voltage
productivity and reduce level the SRT inserts an
SRT Input
Bypass Circuit downtime for sag related
problems.
appropriate compensating
voltage using the IGBT 2
SRT Output inverter and series injection
The SRT meets the transformer. Energy is 2
Voltage Source stringent requirements sourced from the supply
Inverter of the Semi-F47 standard;
a key requirement for SAG
during this time. This 2
regulates the load voltage
correction in the semi-
conductor industry.
to its nominal value,
thus eliminating voltage
2
disturbances from the utility
● Complete correction
supply affecting the load. 2
of single-phase voltage
sags down to 63% for
30 seconds
2
Partial correction of three-
2
●
phase sags down to 50%

for 30 seconds
● Correction of utility voltage 2
unbalance (from network
side of transformer) 2
● Attenuation of voltage
flicker 2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2 SRT2
2 SRT2 1200 480 A A – TC

2 Load kVA, 30% Load kVA, 40% Options
0150 0600 1500 0150 0600 1500 Voltage Frequency Correction Blank = None
2 0200
0300
0800
1000
2000
2400
0225
0300
0750
0900
1800 208
480
A = 60 Hz A = 40% (+10/–40%)
B = 30% (+10/–30%)
TC = Terminal cabinet 2
B = 50 Hz 1
2
0400 1200 0450 1200 600
Three-phase/three-wire
2 Notes
1 For 50 Hz international applications, consult factory.
2 2 Terminal cabinet required on all units 200 kVA and larger except when a bypass is required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
2
SRT Specifications
Description Specifications
2
Load Capacity 2
Capacity (kVA) 150 kVA to 50 MVA (as specified per model)
Displacement power factor of connected load 0–1, leading or lagging 2
Crest factor for rated kVA 2.0 at 100% of rated load for continuous operation (including up to 10% voltage correction)
Overload—30 seconds 150% with up to 10% of voltage correction
2
Input Supply
2
Nominal supply voltage 208/480/600V, 60 Hz three-phase, three-wire plus ground (higher system voltages supplied to requirement up to 36 kV)
Maximum supply voltage 110% of nominal supply voltage 2
Minimum three-phase supply voltage
Running 50% of nominal supply voltage 2
2
Starting 1 75% of nominal supply voltage
Minimum single-phase-to-ground supply voltage 2
Running 25% of nominal supply voltage
2
Starting 1 63% of nominal supply voltage
Efficiency of system 98–99% 2
Output Supply
Nominal voltage (V) 208/480/600V, 60 Hz; three-phase, three-wire plus ground (higher system voltages supplied to requirement) 2
Three-phase balanced correction
Single-phase-to-ground correction 2
+30% for at least 30 seconds for 100% correction
+45% for at least 30 seconds; +10% continuous three-phase correction (all models). Consult factory for specialist correction requirements.
2
Voltage regulation ±1% up to 10% continuous three-phase correction ±2.5% at 30% three-phase correction 2
Response (to sag event) Initial sag correction applied within 1 ms, remainder over the next cycle
Response to swell event ±1% up to a 10% continuous three-phase correction with initial swell correction applied within 1 ms, remainder over the next cycle 2
Bypass
Nominal power SRT rating (kVA)
2
Maximum overload capacity (in bypass):
2
For 10 minutes (%) 125
For 1 minute (%) 150 2
For 600 milliseconds (%) 700
For 100 milliseconds (%) 1000 2
2
Transfer time 3
Inverter to bypass (ms) <0.5

Bypass to inverter (ms) <40–750
2
Environmental
Operating temperature 32°F to 104°F (0 to 40°C); 122°F (50°C) maximum with 20% load derating 2
Cooling Forced ventilation
Capacity derating with elevation –1.2% every 100m above 1000m 2
Humidity
Warranty
<95%, noncondensing
1 year
2
Notes 2
1 If SRT has tripped (offline) due to below threshold input voltages, it cannot be restarted until the system voltage is at least this % of the nominal.
2 Single-phase-to-ground fault occurring on the utility side of a delta-wye distribution transformer.
3 The SRT provides continuous correction and only transitions to and from bypass when manually starting and stopping or under fault or overload conditions. The transition from bypass to inverter
2
2
takes up to 750 ms. The autoresettable bypass mode of operation includes an additional 5-second delay allowing time for the fault to clear.
2
2
2
2
2 System Capacities
2 Model Number
Load Capacity at Normal
Voltage 480V (kVA)
Fault
Capacity (kVA)
System
Efficiency (%)
System Dissipation
(Worst Case) (kW)
Airflow
(mm3/min)
2 40% Correction
SRT20150480AA 150 40 97.55 3.8 18
2 SRT20225480AA 225 40 97.77 5.2 18
SRT20300480AA 300 40 98.00 6.1 18
2 SRT20450480AA 450 40 98.22 8.0 36
2
SRT20600480AA 600 40 98.44 9.8 36
SRT20750480AA 750 40 98.44 12.2 54
2 SRT20900480AA 900 40 98.55 13.2 54

SRT21200480AA 1200 40 98.55 18.1 72
2 SRT21500480AA 1500 50 98.77 20.22 90
SRT21800480AA 1800 50 98.88 22.11 108
2 30% Correction
2 SRT20150480AB
SRT20200480AB
150
200
40
40
98.55
98.55
2.85
3.80
18
18
2 SRT20300480AB 300 40 98.66 5.20 18

SRT20400480AB 400 40 98.88 6.10 18
2 SRT20600480AB 600 40 99.00 8.00 36
SRT20800480AB 800 40 99.11 9.80 36
2 SRT21000480AB 1000 40 99.11 12.20 54
2 SRT21200480AB 1200 40 99.33 13.20 54

SRT21500480AB 1500 40 99.22 18.10 72
2 SRT22000480AB 2000 50 99.33 20.20 90

SRT22400480AB 2400 50 99.44 22.11 108
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.1
Dimensions
SRT2, SRT and SRTS 2
Model Number
Cabinet Dimensions
Height Width Depth
2
SRT2 40% Correction 2
SRT20150480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
SRT20225480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8) 2
2
SRT20300480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
SRT20450480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
SRT20600480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
2
SRT20750480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 96.00 (2438.4) 96.00 (2438.4)
SRT20900480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 96.00 (2438.4) 96.00 (2438.4) 2
SRT21200480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 126.00 (3200.4) 96.00 (2438.4)
SRT21500480AA 85.00 (2159.0) 126.00 (3200.4) 96.00 (2438.4) 2
SRT21800480AA
SRT2 30% Correction
85.00 (2159.0) 126.00 (3200.4) 96.00 (2438.4)
2
SRT20150480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8) 2
SRT20200480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
SRT20300480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8) 2
SRT20400480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
SRT20600480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32.00 (812.8)
2
SRT20800480AB
SRT21000480AB
85.00 (2159.0)
85.00 (2159.0)
64.00 (1625.6)
96.00 (2438.4)
32.00 (812.8)
32.00 (812.8)
2
SRT21200480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 96.00 (2438.4) 32.00 (812.8) 2
SRT21500480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 126.00 (3200.4) 96.00 (2438.4)
SRT22000480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 126.00 (3200.4) 96.00 (2438.4) 2
2
SRT22400480AB 85.00 (2159.0) 126.00 (3200.4) 96.00 (2438.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contents
2 Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) Tap Changer
Description Page
2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
2 CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
2 Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR)
V3-T2-30
2 Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-37
V3-T2-37
2
2
2 Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR)
2 Product Description Features and Benefits
Eaton’s Electronic Voltage Brownouts The Solution ● Coordinated with standard
2 Regulator (EVR) is the ideal In the United States, most Prior to installing an expensive thermal-magnetic breakers
solution for keeping your facilities have sufficient solution, Eaton encourages to allow motor starts
2 facility and equipment up and
running during brownouts,
voltage regulation. However,
in some U.S. locations and
customers to monitor
incoming voltage to
● Optional 50 kA or 100 kA
per phase surge protection
2 undervoltage conditions and
other power problems. The
many developing countries,
regulation problems occur
determine if voltage
regulation is a problem.
● Input frequency range
operation from 57–63 Hz
EVR can significantly reduce because of overstressed The local utility may also be
2 the costs of equipment utility distribution systems. able to provide information
● Integral manual rotary
maintenance bypass
damage and downtime on voltage expected at
2 when these situations occur.
The state-of-the-art design
In some cases, due to the
excessive demand on the
the facility.
switch standard on 50 to
500 kVA units and optional
on smaller units
2 provides rapid response time, utility system, voltage may Using a meter, it can quickly
high efficiency, high inrush be below 10% of nominal be determined if a voltage ● Not affected by load power
current capability, and (–10%) during the day. This regulation problem or factor. Can operate
2 operating advantages condition is called a voltage brownout condition exists. effectively in low-load
exclusive to Eaton. regulation or brownout. The appropriate solution applications due to “unique
2 The EVR maintains a tightly
Customers may notice dim
lights and reduced power.
would be an EVR. EVRs can
be installed at the service
leakage reactance”
technology
2 regulated output voltage by
automatically activating the
During the evening, voltage
may rise above 10% of
entrance, branch panel or
at critical loads.
● Fail-safe bypass circuit,
isolation transformer
appropriate transformer tap nominal (+10%) because
2 through a silicone controlled large facilities and loads are Eaton’s EVR is a solid-state and overtemperature
protection
rectifier (SCR). Tap changer shut down. This shutdown tap changing power
2 Less than 1% THD
●
response time is initiated at reduces the power demand conditioner designed to
one cycle, ensuring rapid on the grid and results in a protect against brownouts ● Optional Standard and
2 and precise regulation. voltage increase. and long duration voltage Premium metering to
Switching at zero current regulation problems. monitor voltage, current,
enables noise reduction The IEEE defines voltage frequency, power, energy,
2 during tap transitions. regulation as overvoltage PF with minimum
or undervoltage. Voltage and maximum, and
2 regulation events last from
a few minutes to many
communication capabilities
2 hours with voltage varying

by ±20%. Long-term
regulation problems differ
2 from short duration sags and
dips, which are much deeper
2 voltage drops.
2.1
2
EVR
2
EVR XXX XXXX XXXX X X XX X
2
kVA Ratings and Dimensions Options 2
Weight BTUs/ Dimensions in Inches (mm) B = Bypass switch 1
kVA
010 440
Lbs hr
1,025
Bypass
Optional
Metering
No
(W x D x H)
30.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (767.1 x 563.9 x 736.6)
M1 = Standard metering (IQ 130)
M2 = Premium metering (IQ 150) 2
Nominal Input
2
010 520 1,205 Optional Yes 44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6)
015 465 1,540 Optional No 30.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (767.1 x 563.9 x 736.6) Voltage Surge Protection
015 700 1,540 Optional Yes 44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6) (Delta Input:
X = No
2
025 700 2,560 Optional Yes 44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6) L, L, L, G)
S = Yes
030 720 3,090 Optional Yes 44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6) 208D = 208
045 950 4,600 Optional Yes 44.30 x 45.90 x 29.00 (1125.2 x 1165.9 x 736.6) 240D = 240
050
075
1,176
1,575
7,332
9,514
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
66.00 x 29.00 x 35.50 (1676.4 x 736.6 x 901.7)
76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
400D = 400
480D = 480
Frequency
A = 60 Hz
2
2
100 2,014 11,833 Yes Yes 76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7) 600D = 600 B = 50 Hz
125 2,137 14,748 Yes Yes 76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
150 2,240 17,698 Yes Yes 76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
Nominal Output
225
300
3,300
4,000
23,000
30,750
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
77.40 x 56.00 x 41.50 (1966.0 x 1422.4 x 1054.1)
77.40 x 56.00 x 41.50 (1966.0 x 1422.4 x 1054.1)
Voltage
(Wye Output:
2
500 5,500 51,250 Yes Yes 77.00 x 72.40 x 48.40 (1955.8 x 1839.0 x 1229.4)
2
L, L, L, N, G)
208Y = 120/208
400Y = 230/400
480Y = 277/480
600Y = 347/600
2
2
2
EVR Specification (10 to 500 kVA)
Feature Description
2
Technology
Input voltages
Electronic tap changer
208–600V, three-phase (three-wire)
2
Input voltage range
Output voltage
+10% to –23% of nominal rated input
±3% of nominal
2
Response time
Frequency
1/2 cycle
60 Hz, ±3%
2
Efficiency
Line regulation
97% typical
Output is ±3% of nominal for input variations of +10% to –23% of nominal
2
2
Load regulation Output is maintained within 3% of nominal from no load to full load
Correction time Output will be corrected to within ±3% of nominal in 1.5 cycles or less
2
Harmonic distortion Less than 1.0% added to the output waveform under any dynamic linear loading conditions
presented to the line regulator
Noise attenuation
Common mode
Normal mode
146 dB
3 dB down at 1000 Hz, 40 dB/decade to below 50 dB with resistive load
2
Turn-on characteristics
Overload rating
When energized, voltage overshoot will be less than 5% of nominal for 1 cycle or less
1000% for 1 cycle and 200% for 10 seconds
2
Ambient rating
Monitoring
–10° to 40°C
Three green LEDs (phase power on indication), one red LED (alert indication)
2
2
Surge protection (optional) CVX 50 kA SPD device 50 kVA and below, CVX 100 kA SPD device 75 kVA and above
Input breaker MCCB rated 125% of full rated current
2
Bypass switch Normal and bypass selector
Metering (optional) Standard metering (IQ 130)—voltage and current with minimum and maximum
Premium metering (IQ 150)—voltage, current, frequency, power, energy, PF, with minimum
and maximum, communications capabilities 2
Warranty 1-year parts
Notes 2
1 Bypass is standard on 50 kVA and larger units and an option on 45 kVA and smaller units. The ‘B’ is not included in the part number for
units 50 kVA and larger. 2

All weights are approximate. Monitor option includes main input circuit breaker.
Refer to PAD for pricing and availability. 2
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering
Contents
2 Capacitor Cell With M12 Threaded Mounting Bolt, Washer, Nut
Description Page
2 Product Overview
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-39
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-40
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
2 UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
2 Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-55
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63
2 Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor

Correction Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
2 NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71
2
2
2 Product Overview
Eaton’s power factor There are several reasons When capacity becomes a Harmonic Filtering
2 correction capacitors and to correct poor power factor. problem, the choice of a As the world becomes more
harmonic filters are an The first is to reduce or solution will be dependent dependent on electric and
2 essential part of modern
electric power systems.
eliminate a power factor
penalty charged by the utility.
upon the size of the increase
needed. Like all power
electronic equipment, the
likelihood that the negative
2 Power factor correction
capacitors are the simplest
Another reason is that your
existing transformer is, or
quality solutions, there
are many factors that need
impact of harmonic distortion
increases dramatically. The
and most economical shortly will be, at full capacity to be considered when efficiency and productivity
2 means of increasing the and installing power factor determining which solution gains from these increasingly
capacity of any power correction capacitors can will be best to solve your sophisticated pieces of
2 system, minimizing energy
losses and correcting load
be a very cost-effective power factor problem. equipment have a negative
solution to installing a brand side effect…increased
2 power factor. In addition,
power factor penalties can
new service. Depending on
the amount of power factor
harmonic distortion in the
power lines. The difficult
be reduced and power quality correction (kVAR that needs
2 can be greatly enhanced. to be injected into the
thing about harmonic
distortion is determining the
electrical system to improve cause. Once this has been
2 the power factor) and the determined, the solution
dynamic nature of the load, can be easy. Passive and
2 a fixed or switched capacitor
bank may be the best
active harmonic filtering
equipment will mitigate
2 solution. specific harmonic issues,
and correct poor power
2 factor as well.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Product Selection
2
Capacitor Cell Chart Harmonic Rated Capacitor Cell Chart
1543PCRMA
Voltage kVAR Part Number Voltage kVAR Part Number
2
240 1.5 643PCRMA 240 12.5 12X23PHRMA 2
240 2 8B43PCRMA 480 15.0 1543PHRMA
240 2.5 1043PCRMA 480 25.0 2543PHRMA 2
240 3 12X43PCRMA 600 12.3 12A63PHRMA
240 4 423PCRMA 600 14.7 14S63PHRMA
2
240 5 2043PCRMA 600 16.7 16S63PHRMA
2
240 6.3 6B23PCRMA Note
240 7.5 7X23PCRMA kVAR rating standard. NEMA kVAR tolerance is +15% to 0%. Part number shown is for
three-phase units. Up to 5 kVAR at 480V—fast-on terminals are standard. Above 5 kVAR at 480V
2
240 8.3 8B23PCRMA (and on all other voltages)—sigut terminals are standard. For dimensions and weights,
240 10 1023PCRMA
see following page. 2
2
240 12.5 12X23PCRMA
240 15 1523PCRMA
240 16.7 16S23PCRMA
2
240 17.5 17X23PCRMA
480 1.5 1X43PCRMA 2
480 2 243PCRMA
480 2.5 2X43PCRMA 2
480
480
3
4
343PCRMA
443PCRMA
2
480 5 543PCRMA 2
480 6 643PCRMA
480 7.5 7X43PCRMA 2
480 8.3 8B43PCRMA
480 9 943PCRMA
2
480 10 1043PCRMA
2
480 12.5 12X43PCRMA
480 15 1543PCRMA 2
480 18 1843PCRMA
480 20 2043PCRMA 2
2
480 25 2543PCRMA
480 30 3043PCRMA
600 5 563PCRMA
2
600 7.5 7X63PCRMA
600 10 1063PCRMA 2
600 12.5 12X63PCRMA
600 15 1563PCRMA 2
600
600
17.5
20
2063PCRMA
2563PCRMA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
2 Capacitor Cell Chart Harmonic Rated Capacitor Cell Chart
2 Part Number Depth Height Weight in Lbs (kg) Part Number Depth Height Weight in Lbs (kg)
643PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 7.90 (200.7) 1.1 (0.5) 12X23PHRMA 3.50 (88.9) 15.30 (388.6) 3.3 (1.5)
2 8B43PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6) 1543PHRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
1043PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6) 2543PHRMA 3.50 (88.9) 15.30 (388.6) 3.3 (1.5)
2 12X43PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 9.40 (238.8) 1.8 (0.8) 12A63PHRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2 423PCRMA
2043PCRMA
3.10 (78.7)
3.50 (88.9)
7.90 (200.7)
12.30 (312.4)
1.1 (0.5)
2.6 (1.2)
14S63PHRMA
16S63PHRMA
3.50 (88.9)
3.50 (88.9)
15.30 (388.6)
15.30 (388.6)
3.3 (1.5)
3.3 (1.5)
2 6B23PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6)

7X23PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6) Capacitor Cell
2 8B23PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 9.40 (238.8) 1.8 (0.8)
1023PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6)
2 12X23PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2 1523PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)

16S23PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 15.30 (388.6) 3.3 (1.5)
2 17X23PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 15.30 (388.6) 3.3 (1.5)

1X43PCRMA 2.10 (53.3) 5.00 (127.0) 0.7 (0.3) Height
2 243PCRMA 2.50 (63.5) 5.50 (139.7) 0.9 (0.4)
2
2X43PCRMA 2.50 (63.5) 5.50 (139.7) 0.9 (0.4)
343PCRMA 2.50 (63.5) 5.50 (139.7) 0.9 (0.4)
2 443PCRMA 2.50 (63.5) 6.50 (165.1) 0.9 (0.4)

543PCRMA 2.50 (63.5) 6.50 (165.1) 0.9 (0.4)
2 643PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 7.90 (200.7) 1.1 (0.5) M12
7X43PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 7.90 (200.7) 1.1 (0.5) 16+1
2 8B43PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6)
2 943PCRMA
1043PCRMA
3.10 (78.7)
3.10 (78.7)
9.40 (238.8)
9.40 (238.8)
1.3 (0.6)
1.3 (0.6)
Depth
2 12X43PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 9.40 (238.8) 1.8 (0.8)
1543PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 9.40 (238.8) 1.8 (0.8)
2 1843PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2043PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2 2543PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2 3043PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 15.30 (388.6) 3.3 (1.5)

563PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6)
2 7X63PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6)

1063PCRMA 3.10 (78.7) 9.40 (238.8) 1.3 (0.6)
2 12X63PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 9.40 (238.8) 1.8 (0.8)
2
1563PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2063PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 12.30 (312.4) 2.6 (1.2)
2 2563PCRMA 3.50 (88.9) 15.30 (388.6) 3.3 (1.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Contents
UNIPUMP
Description Page
2
Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-38 2
UNIPUMP
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-42 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-43
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 2
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-55 2
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63
2
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67 2
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71 2
2
2
UNIPUMP 2
Product Description Features, Benefits and Functions 2
Non-fused capacitors for
outdoor irrigation and oil field Configuration ● Design: Self-healing
metallized high crystalline
● Ceramic discharge
resistors: Reduce residual
2
installations. ● Outer case: Heavy, No. 14
● Designed expressly for
gauge steel finished with
durable powder coat finish.
polypropylene with ramp
metallization film. Total
voltage to less than 50 volts
within one minute of 2
outdoor pumping Integral strap mounting losses less than 0.45 watt de-energization. Selected
applications bracket with keyhole at top per kVAR. (Dielectric for 20-year nominal life. 2
● Pole or wall mounting for pole or wall installation. losses less than 0.2 watt Exceeds NEC requirements
● Small, light-weight No knockouts per kVAR) ● Capacitor operating 2
enclosure for easy ● Ramp metallization: temperature: -40°F
installation Capacitor Cells Provides thicker film at
higher current density
(–40°C) to +115°F (+46°C) 2
● SO-WA type flexible cable ● Terminals: Insulated ● Case: Weatherproof
facilitates installation
(4-conductor)
finger-safe terminals rated
for 3 kVAC withstand
areas, allowing for reduced
internal losses, lower
aluminum housing 2
● Warranty: The longest
operating temperatures
● Gland-type weatherproof
bushings
● Dielectric fill: Dry-type
cells use soft organic and longer life expectancy.
in the industry—five full
years of warranty on
2
polymer resin—Resinol Also prevents chain
● Strong outer case
● Eliminates potential for
reaction breakdown by
capacitor cells
2
Application Description limiting propagation of Standards and Certifications
corona/partial discharge/
Outdoor irrigation and oil electrochemical oxidation
film vaporization ● UL and CSA listed 2
● Pressure sensitive
and gas field pumping. ● Excellent heat dissipation
● Flash point: +444°F
interrupter: Built-in, three-
phase pop-up interrupter
2
(+229°C) design. UL recognized.
● Fire point: +840°F Removes capacitor from 2
(+449°C) line before internal
pressure can cause case 2
rupture. Bulged capacitor
cell top provides easy
visual indication of
2
interrupter operation
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
2 UNIPUMP UNIPUMP
2 kVAR
Rated
Current
Case
Size
Cable
Size
Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)
Catalog
Number
2 240 Vac
2 4.8 AA 14.0 10.0 (4.5) 223JMR
2 2.5 6.0 AA 14.0 10.0 (4.5) 2X23JMR

3 7.2 AA 14.0 10.0 (4.5) 323JMR
2 4 9.6 AA 14.0 11.0 (5.0) 423JMR
5 12.0 AA 14.0 11.0 (5.0) 523JMR
2 6 14.4 BB 12.0 15.0 (6.8) 623JMR
2 7.5 18.0 BB 12.0 15.0 (6.8) 7X23JMR

480 Vac
2 2 2.4 AA 14.0 10.4 (4.7) 243JMR

2.5 3.0 AA 14.0 10.4 (4.7) 2X43JMR
2 3 3.6 AA 14.0 10.4 (4.7) 343JMR
2
4 4.8 AA 14.0 10.4 (4.7) 443JMR
5 6.0 AA 14.0 10.4 (4.7) 543JMR
2 6 7.2 AA 14.0 10.6 (4.8) 643JMR

7.5 9.0 AA 14.0 10.6 (4.8) 7X43JMR
2 10 12.0 AA 14.0 10.8 (4.9) 1043JMR
12.5 15.0 BB 12.0 15.0 (6.8) 12X43JMR
2 15 18.0 BB 12.0 15.0 (6.8) 1543JMR
2 17.5
20
21.0
24.0
BB
BB
8.0
8.0
15.8 (7.2)
16.8 (7.6)
17X43JMR
2043JMR
2 25 30.0 BB 8.0 16.8 (7.6) 2543JMR

600 Vac
2 5 4.9 AA 14.0 10.8 (4.9) 563JMR
7.5 7.4 AA 14.0 10.8 (4.9) 7X63JMR
2 10 9.8 AA 14.0 10.8 (4.9) 1063JMR
2 12.5 12.3 AA 12.0 15.0 (6.8) 12X63JMR

15 14.7 BB 12.0 15.8 (7.2) 1563JMR
2 17.5 17.2 BB 8.0 16.8 (7.6) 17X63JMR

20 19.6 BB 8.0 16.8 (7.6) 2063JMR
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Dimensions
UNIPUMP UNIPUMP Dimension Chart 2
Ø 0.44
(11.2)
Size Code A B C D
2
AA 11.00 (279.4) 14.20 (360.7) 12.60 (320.0) 13.20 (335.3)
Ø 0.88
1.84
(46.7)
(22.4) BB 14.00 (355.6) 17.10 (434.3) 15.50 (393.7) 16.10 (408.9) 2
1.75 2
(44.5)
2
2
2
D C
A 2
2
2
1.45
2
2
(36.8)
0.50 0.75 Ø 0.44

(12.7) (19.1) (11.2) 2
1.50
(38.1)
5.15
2
2
(130.8)
0.07
(1.8)
1.55
(39.4)
2.56
2
2
(65.0)
1.98
(50.3)
2
2
2
B
2
2
1.75 2
(44.5)
2
5.00
(127.0)
2
2
2
2
2
Contents
2 UNIPAK
Description Page
2 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-38
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
2 UNIPAK
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-45
2 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-45
2 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-52
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-53
2 AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-55
2 AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58
2 AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
V3-T2-63

2 Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71
2
2 UNIPAK
2 Product Description Application Description
Designed for power factor
2 UNIPAK Filter—
Harmonic Filtering
Harmonic Rated Capacitor Cells correction in plants
● Standard voltage rated experiencing harmonics
2 Harmonic filter systems for
low voltage, heavy-duty
capacitor cells designed for
higher dielectric strength
problems due to high
amounts of nonlinear loads.
applications. and with added ability to
2 withstand stress caused
● Reduce harmonics and
by dv/dt voltage transients
2 ●
correct power factor
Tuned for maximum
caused by harmonics
● Better suited for harmonic
2 efficiency in reducing
harmonic currents
applications than higher
voltage rated cells
associated with nonlinear
2 load environments (such as UNIPAK with Harmonic Rated
VFDs) Capacitor Cells
2 ● Two-enclosure design ● Standard capacitor
isolates capacitors from systems using harmonic
2 high-temperature operating rated capacitor cells UNIPAK with Optional Air Filter
reactors, and allows for ● For use in moderate
2 flexible installation
harmonic environments
● Twenty-year life design where engineering
2 ● Five-year cell warranty/one-
year reactor warranty
supervision allows in place
of harmonic filter designs
2 ● Three-phase cell capacitor
construction. Three-phase
● Provides future conversion
capability into a harmonic
2 interrupter system filter design due to facility
growth or increased
nonlinear load levels
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
● Five-year warranty ● Cover: “L” shaped Capacitor cells ● Capacitor operating 2
on capacitor cells gasketed cover with temperature: -40°F (-40°C)
Terminals: Insulated finger-
2
●
● Designed for heavy-duty multiple fasteners provides safe terminals rated for 3 to +115°F (+46°C)
applications front opening for ease of kVAC withstand ● Case: Weatherproof
● Twenty-year life design installation and service ● Dielectric fill: Dry-type aluminum housing 2
● Ground terminal: cells use soft organic ● Warranty: The longest
2
● Indoor/outdoor service
Furnished inside case polymer resin—Resinol in the industry—five full
● Wall (up to 180 kVAR)
and floor-mounted
● Power terminal lugs: ● Eliminates potential for years of warranty on
units available Large size provided for corona/partial discharge/ capacitor cells 2
easy connection electrochemical
● Fuse protection standard
● Blown-fuse indicating
● Fusing: oxidation Reactors
● Tuning: Tuned to 4.7
2
lights standard
● Size Code A1: Three ● Excellent heat
● Quick lead-times
midget-type fuses
with 100,000 ampere
dissipation
●
harmonic order
Detuning: Reactor
2
● Flash point: +444°F
Harmonic filters available
2
●
interrupting capacity (+229°C) designs can be detuned
● Slim profile allows reduced ● Size Code A2 and upon request to 4.2nd to
● Fire point: +840°F
footprint, conserving protect capacitors against
valuable floor space
larger: Three slotted-
blade type fuses with
(+449°C)
alternate harmonics 2
● New capacitor 200,000 ampere ● Design: Self-healing ● Construction: 100%
configuration leads interrupting capacity; metallized high crystalline copper windings for cool 2
to cooler operating Fuses mounted on polypropylene with ramp operating temperatures;
conditions, extending stand-off bushings or metallization film. Total
losses less than 0.45 watt
designed operating
temperature rise less
2
capacitor life fuse blocks; solderless
Configuration
connectors for easy
hookup of incoming line
per kVAR. (Dielectric
losses less than 0.2 watt
than 80ºC. Open frame
construction with 220ºC 2
conductors per kVAR) insulation system
Outer case: Heavy, No. 14
2
●
gauge steel finished with ● Fuse indicating lights: ● Ramp metallization: ● Thermal sensors: One
durable powder coat finish. Red, neon blown-fuse Provides thicker film at per phase, self-resetting
Wall mounting flanges indicating lights are higher current density thermistors provide 2
and floor mounting feet. protected by transparent areas, allowing for reduced reactor over-temperature
Elimination of knockouts weatherproof guard internal losses, lower
operating temperatures
protection and indication 2
permits indoor/outdoor ● Reactor indicating light:
Options:
2
●
use. Manufactured to and longer life expectancy. Thermal overload indicating
NEMA requirements 1, ● No fuses Also prevents chain light activates when
reaction breakdown by
3R and 12 Air filters for units
2
●
reactor temperature
● Elevated floor mounting with enclosure limiting propagation of reaches 180ºC
sizes C2, D1 and E1 film vaporization
2
feet allow access for ● Warranty: One-year
easy maintenance ● Pressure sensitive replacement of reactors
Note: NEMA 12 enclosure interrupter: Built-in, three-
standard for enclosure sizes phase pop-up interrupter Standards and Certifications 2
A1 to C1. design. UL recognized. ● UL and CSA listed
Removes capacitor from
line before internal
2
pressure can cause case
rupture. Bulged capacitor 2
cell top provides easy
visual indication of 2
interrupter operation
● Ceramic discharge 2
resistors: Reduce residual
voltage to less than 50 volts
within one minute of
2
de-energization. Selected
for 20-year nominal life. 2
Exceeds NEC requirements
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
UNIPAK Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Banks
2
2 UNIPAK 240 Vac UNIPAK
Rated Shipping Weight Part
2 kVAR Current Enclosure in Lbs (kg) Number
1 2.4 A1 18 (8) 123PMURF
2 1.5 3.6 A1 18 (8) 1X23PMURF
2
2 4.8 A1 19 (9) 223PMURF
2.5 6 A1 19 (9) 2X23PMURF
2 3 7.2 A1 19 (9) 323PMURF

4 9.6 A1 20 (9) 423PMURF
2 5 12 A2 29 (13) 523PMURF
6 14.4 A2 29 (13) 623PMURF
2 7.5 18 A2 30 (14) 7X23PMURF
2 8
10
19.2
24
A2
A2
31 (14)
31 (14)
823PMURF
1023PMURF
2 12.5 30 A2 32 (14) 12X23PMURF

15 36 A2 33 (15) 1523PMURF
2 17.5 42 B1 44 (20) 17X23PMURF
2
20 48 B1 45 (20) 2023PMURF
22.5 54 B1 46 (21) 22X23PMURF
2 25 60 B1 46 (21) 2523PMURF
30 72 B1 47 (21) 3023PMURF
2 32.5 78 B1 47 (22) 32X23PMURF
35 84 B1 48 (22) 3523PMURF
2 40 96 C1 64 (29) 4023PMURF
2
42.5 102 C1 65 (30) 42X23PMURF
45 108 C1 66 (30) 4523PMURF
2 50 120 C1 68 (31) 5023PMURF

60 144 C1 69 (31) 6023PMURF
2 70 168 C2 99 (45) 7023PMURF
75 180 C2 100 (46) 7523PMURF
2 80 192 C2 101 (46) 8023PMURF
2 90
100
216
240
C2
C2
103 (47)
104 (47)
9023PMURF
10023PMURF
2 120 288 D1 133 (60) 12023PMURF

140 336 D1 137 (62) 14023PMURF
2 150 360 D1 140 (64) 15023PMURF
2
160 384 E1 175 (80) 16023PMURF
180 432 E1 182 (83) 18023PMURF
2 200 480 E1 189 (86) 20023PMURF
Notes
2 Multiply the 240 Vac kVAR rating by 0.75 to calculate the kVAR value at 208 Vac.
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard. Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory.
2 Other ratings available, consult factory.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-53.
2 Part Numbers:
PMURF—three fuses + three lights
2 PMURN—non-fused
2.2
480 Vac UNIPAK
UNIPAK
2
kVAR Enclosure Current in Lbs (kg) Number
1.5 A1 1.8 17 (8) 1X43PMURF
2
2 A1 2.4 18 (8) 243PMURF
2
2.5 A1 3 18 (8) 2X43PMURF
3 A1 3.6 19 (9) 343PMURF 2
4 A1 4.8 19 (9) 443PMURF
5 A1 6 19 (9) 543PMURF 2
2
6 A1 7.2 19 (9) 643PMURF
7.5 A1 9 20 (9) 7X43PMURF
8 A1 9.6 20 (9) 843PMURF
2
9 A1 10.8 20 (9) 943PMURF
10 A1 12 20 (9) 1043PMURF 2
12.5 A2 15 29 (13) 12X43PMURF
15 A2 18 29 (13) 1543PMURF 2
17.5
20
A2
A2
21
24
30 (14)
31 (14)
17X43PMURF
2043PMURF
2
22.5 B1 27 44 (20) 22X43PMURF 2
25 A2 30 32 (15) 2543PMURF
27.5 B1 33 44 (20) 27X43PMURF 2
30 B1 36 44 (20) 3043PMURF
32.5 B1 39 45 (20) 32X43PMURF
2
35 B1 42 45 (20) 3543PMURF
2
37.5 B1 45 46 (21) 37X43PMURF
40 B1 48 46 (21) 4043PMURF 2
42.5 B1 51 47 (21) 42X43PMURF
45 B1 54 47 (22) 4543PMURF 2
2
50 B1 60 48 (22) 5043PMURF
55 B1 66 48 (22) 5543PMURF
60 B1 72 48 (22) 6043PMURF
2
65 C1 78 64 (29) 6543PMURF
70 C1 84 65 (30) 7043PMURF 2
75 C1 90 65 (30) 7543PMURF
80 C1 96 66 (30) 8043PMURF 2
85
90
C1
C1
102
108
68 (31)
68 (31)
8543PMURF
9043PMURF
2
100 C1 120 68 (31) 10043PMURF 2
120 C1 144 68 (31) 12043PMURF
125 C2 150 99 (45) 12543PMURF 2
140 C2 168 100 (46) 14043PMURF
150 C2 180 101 (46) 15043PMURF
2
160 C2 192 103 (47) 16043PMURF
2
180 C2 216 104 (47) 18043PMURF
Notes 2
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard.
Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory. 2
Other ratings available, consult factory.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-53. 2
Part Number
PMURN—non-fused 2
2
480 Vac UNIPAK, continued

2 UNIPAK
2 200 D1 240 137 (62) 20043PMURF
2 225 D1 270 140 (64) 22543PMURF

250 E1 300 170 (77) 25043PMURF
2 300 E1 360 175 (80) 30043PMURF
350 E1 420 182 (83) 35043PMURF
2 400 E1 480 189 (86) 40043PMURF
2 Notes
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard.
2 Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory.

2
Part Number
2 PMURN—non-fused
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
600 Vac UNIPAK
UNIPAK
2
5 A1 4.9 19 (9) 563PMURF
2
7.5 A1 7.4 19 (9) 7X63PMURF
2
10 A1 9.8 20 (9) 1063PMURF
12.5 A1 12.3 20 (9) 12X63PMURF 2
15 A2 14.7 29 (13) 1563PMURF
17.5 A2 17.2 29 (13) 17X63PMURF 2
2
20 A2 19.6 30 (14) 2063PMURF
22.5 B1 22.1 44 (20) 22X63PMURF
25 A2 24.5 31 (14) 2563PMURF
2
27.5 B1 27.0 44 (20) 27X63PMURF
30 B1 29.4 45 (20) 3063PMURF 2
32.5 B1 31.9 45 (20) 32X63PMURF
35 B1 34.3 46 (21) 3563PMURF 2
37.5
40
B1
B1
36.8
39.2
46 (21)
47 (21)
37X63PMURF
4063PMURF
2
42.5 B1 41.7 47 (22) 42X63PMURF 2
45 B1 44.1 48 (22) 4563PMURF
50 B1 49.0 48 (22) 5063PMURF 2
55 C1 53.9 64 (29) 5563PMURF
60 C1 58.8 64 (29) 6063PMURF
2
65 C1 63.7 65 (30) 6563PMURF
2
70 C1 68.6 65 (30) 7063PMURF
75 C1 73.5 66 (30) 7563PMURF 2
80 C1 78.4 68 (31) 8063PMURF
85 C1 83.3 68 (31) 8563PMURF 2
2
90 C1 88.2 68 (31) 9063PMURF
100 C1 98.0 68 (31) 10063PMURF
120 C2 117.6 99 (45) 12063PMURF
2
125 C2 122.5 100 (46) 12563PMURF
140 C2 137.2 101 (46) 14063PMURF 2
150 C2 147.0 103 (47) 15063PMURF
160 D1 156.8 135 (61) 16063PMURF 2
180
200
D1
D1
176.4
196.0
137 (62)
140 (64)
18063PMURF
20063PMURF
2
225 D1 220.5 143 (65) 22563PMURF 2
250 E1 245.0 170 (77) 25063PMURF
300 E1 294.0 175 (80) 30063PMURF 2
350 E1 343.0 182 (83) 35063PMURF
400 E1 392.0 189 (86) 40063PMURF
2
Notes 2
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard. Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory
Other ratings available, consult factory
2
Part Numbers:
2
PMURN—non-fused
2
2
2
UNIPAK—with Harmonic Cells

2
2 Harmonic Cells Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Systems with Harmonic Cells
2
Rated Case Shipping Weight Catalog
kVAR Current Size in Lbs (kg) Number
240V
2 15 36 B1 38.4 (17) 1523HURF
2 25 60 B1 38.4 (17) 2523HURF

30 72 C1 55.2 (25) 3023HURF
2 50 120 C1 57.6 (26) 5023HURF

60 144 C2 100.8 (46) 6023HURF
2 75 180 C2 104.4 (47) 7523HURF
2
100 240 D1 136.8 (62) 10023HURF
125 300 E1 189.6 (86) 12523HURF
2 480V
15 18 A2 25.2 (11) 1543HURF
2 25 30 B1 37.2 (17) 2543HURF
30 36 B1 38.4 (17) 3043HURF
2 50 60 B1 39.6 (18) 5043HURF
2 60
75
72
90
C1
C1
52.8 (24)
55.2 (25)
6043HURF
7543HURF
2 100 120 C1 57.6 (26) 10043HURF

125 150 C2 100.8 (46) 12543HURF
2 150 180 C2 104.4 (47) 15043HURF
200 240 D1 136.8 (62) 20043HURF
2 250 300 E1 186.0 (84) 25043HURF
2 300 360 E1 189.6 (86) 30043HURF

600V
2 15 14.7 B1 37.2 (17) 1563HURF

25 24.5 B1 38.4 (17) 2563HURF
2 30 29.4 B1 39.6 (18) 3063HURF
2
50 49 C1 55.2 (25) 5063HURF
60 58.8 C1 57.6 (26) 6063HURF
2 75 73.5 C2 100.8 (46) 7563HURF

100 98 C2 104.4 (47) 10063HURF
2 125 122.5 D1 136.8 (62) 12563HURF
150 147 D1 136.8 (62) 15063HURF
2 200 196 E1 186.0 (84) 20063HURF
2 250 245 E1 189.6 (86) 25063HURF
Notes
2 Fused with blown-fuse indication standard.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
UNIPAK Low Voltage Fixed Harmonic Filters
2
Harmonic Filters Fixed UNIPAK Harmonic Filters 2
Reactor Reactor Combined
Rated Case Shipping Weight Cabinet Shipping Weight Shipping Weight Catalog 2
kVAR Current Size in Lbs (kg) Case Size in Lbs (kg) in Lbs (kg) Number
240V 2
15 36 B1 48.4 (22.0) R 90.0 (40.9) 138.4 (62.8) 15232HMURF
25 60 B1 48.4 (22.0) R 105.0 (47.7) 153.4 (69.6) 25232HMURF 2
30
50
72
120
C1
C1
65.2 (29.6)
67.6 (30.7)
R
R
110.0 (49.9)
130.0 (59.0)
175.2 (79.5)
197.6 (89.7)
30232HMURF
50232HMURF
2
60 144 C2 110.8 (50.3) R 160.0 (72.6) 270.8 (122.9) 60232HMURF 2
75 180 C2 114.4 (51.9) R 185.0 (84.0) 299.4 (135.9) 75232HMURF
100 240 D1 146.8 (66.6) R 240.0 (109.0) 386.8 (175.6) 100232HMURF 2
125 300 E1 199.6 (90.6) S 280.0 (127.1) 479.6 (217.7) 125232HMURF
150 360 E1 220.0 (99.9) S 280.0 (127.1) 500.0 (227.0) 150232HMURF
2
480V
2
15 18 A2 35.2 (16.0) R 90.0 (40.9) 125.2 (56.8) 15432HMURF
25 30 B1 47.2 (21.4) R 105.0 (47.7) 152.2 (69.1) 25432HMURF 2
30 36 B1 48.4 (22.0) R 110.0 (49.9) 158.4 (71.9) 30432HMURF
50 60 B1 49.6 (22.5) R 130.0 (59.0) 179.6 (81.5) 50432HMURF 2
2
60 72 C1 62.8 (28.5) R 160.0 (72.6) 222.8 (101.2) 60432HMURF
75 90 C1 65.2 (29.6) R 185.0 (84.0) 250.2 (113.6) 75432HMURF
100 120 C1 67.6 (30.7) R 240.0 (109.0) 307.6 (139.7) 100432HMURF
2
125 150 C2 110.8 (50.3) R 280.0 (127.1) 390.8 (177.4) 125432HMURF
150 180 C2 114.4 (51.9) S 280.0 (127.1) 394.4 (179.1) 150432HMURF 2
200 240 D1 146.8 (66.6) S 330.0 (149.8) 476.8 (216.5) 200432HMURF
250 300 E1 196.0 (89.0) T 570.0 (258.8) 766.0 (347.8) 250432HMURF 2
300
600V
360 E1 199.6 (90.6) T 575.0 (261.1) 774.6 (351.7) 300432HMURF
2
15 14.7 B1 47.2 (21.4) R 90.0 (40.9) 137.2 (62.3) 15632HMURF 2
25 24.5 B1 48.4 (22.0) R 90.0 (47.7) 153.4 (69.6) 25632HMURF
30 29.4 B1 49.6 (22.5) R 105.0 (49.9) 159.6 (72.5) 30632HMURF 2
50 49 C1 65.2 (29.6) R 110.0 (59.0) 195.2 (88.6) 50632HMURF
60 58.8 C1 67.6 (30.7) R 130.0 (72.6) 227.6 (103.3) 60632HMURF
2
75 73.5 C2 110.8 (50.3) R 160.0 (84.0) 295.8 (134.3) 75632HMURF
2
100 98 C2 114.4 (51.9) R 185.0 (109.0) 354.4 (160.9) 100632HMURF
125 122.5 D1 146.8 (66.6) S 240.0 (127.1) 426.8 (193.8) 125632HMURF 2
150 147 D1 146.8 (66.6) S 280.0 (127.1) 426.8 (193.8) 150632HMURF
200 196 E1 196.0 (89.0) T 330.0 (149.8) 526.0 (238.8) 200632HMURF 2
2
250 245 E1 199.6 (90.6) T 570.0 (258.8) 769.6 (349.4) 250632HMURF
Notes
Fused with blown-fuse indication standard.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Wiring Diagram
2
Filter Schematic with Wiring Interconnects
2
Power Lines from Disconnect
2
Lugs
2
Fuses
2
2 Reactor
2
2
Lugs
Interconnects (Provided by Customer) a
2 Lugs
2 Capacitor Bank
2 Note
1 Refer to NEC.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Dimensions
Reactor Cabinet Reactor Cabinet 2
Case Size Height Width Depth
R 24.75 (628.7) 20.00 (508.0) 18.13 (460.5) 2
S
T
25.00 (635.0)
31.00 (787.4)
24.25 (616.0)
25.00 (635.0)
20.25 (514.4)
32.75 (831.9)
2
2
2
2
Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Banks and Fixed Harmonic Filters
Case A1, A2 Case B1 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
UNIPAK Enclosures 2
2
Case Size A B D E F H L X1 X2 X3 Y Z
A1 5.30 (134.6) 8.50 (215.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.80 (96.5) 10.60 (269.2) 17.30 (439.4) 6.80 (172.7) 2.00 (50.8) N/A N/A 7.70 (195.6) 7.20 (182.9)
A2 6.00 (152.4) 8.50 (215.9) 5.60 (142.2) 4.50 (114.3) 13.30 (337.8) 22.30 (566.4) 6.80 (172.7) 2.30 (58.4) N/A N/A 7.70 (195.6) 7.20 (182.9)
2
B1 11.10 (281.9) 10.10 (256.5) 5.80 (147.3) 9.60 (243.8) 15.70 (398.8) 25.30 (642.6) 8.50 (215.9) 4.10 (104.1) 4.50 (114.3) N/A 9.30 (236.2) 8.80 (223.5)
Legend: 2
A = Total depth
B = Total width 2
D = Height of removable front cover
E = Depth of feet 2
F = Height of middle mounting hole in wall bracket
H = Total height 2
L = Width without feet and brackets
X = Depth between front and rear mounting holes in inches
Y = Width between floor mounting holes
2
Z = Width between wall bracket mounting holes
2

2
Case C1, C2 Case D1, E1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 UNIPAK Enclosures
Case
2 Size A B D E F H L X1 X2 X3 Y Z
C1 10.60 (269.2) 12.10 (307.3) 7.10 (180.3) 9.10 (231.1) 16.20 (411.5) 26.30 (668.0) 10.40 (264.2) 3.40 (86.4) 1.10 (27.9) 3.60 (91.4) 11.30 (287.0) 10.70 (271.8)
2 C2 12.00 (304.8) 19.30 (490.2) 16.90 (429.3) 9.50 (241.3) 16.30 (414.0) 36.00 (914.4) 17.70 (449.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 3.80 (96.5) 18.30 (464.8) 18.00 (457.2)
D1 16.80 (426.7) 19.30 (490.2) 16.90 (429.3) 14.60 (370.8) N/A 36.00 (914.4) 17.70 (449.6) 5.10 (129.5) 2.40 (61.0) 5.00 (127.0) 18.30 (464.8) N/A
2 E1 22.30 (566.4) 24.40 (619.8) 16.80 (426.7) 19.50 (495.3) N/A 36.00 (914.4) 22.70 (576.6) 6.50 (165.1) 4.40 (111.8) 5.00 (127.0) 22.40 (569.0) N/A
2 Legend:
A = Total depth
2 B = Total width
D = Height of removable front cover
2 E = Depth of feet
F = Height of middle mounting hole in wall bracket
2
H = Total height
L = Width without feet and brackets
X = Depth between front and rear mounting holes in inches
2 Y = Width between floor mounting holes
Z = Width between wall bracket mounting holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Contents
AUTOVAR 300
Description Page
2
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 2
Capacitor Systems
2
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-57
2
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58
2
V3-T2-63
2
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit— 2
2
2
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems 2
Product Description Features 2
Automatically switched
power factor correction Configuration Controller Contactor 2
systems for low voltage ● Cabinet: Wall mounting 12 ● Digital display of power ● Fully rated for capacitor
applications. gauge steel with ANSI 61
gray, NEMA 1 (gasketed)
factor and number of
energized banks
switching up to 60 kVAR
at 600V
2
● Wallmount design is
Power line interconnect: Visual indication of Integral pre-charge/pre-
2
● ● ●
ideal for minimum space
Rugged, power distribution insufficient kVAR to reach insertion module standard.
requirements
block connection target power factor The contactor reduces
● Programmable to ● Fusing: 200,000 ampere ● LCD backlight display damaging switching 2
automatically add/subtract transients. This provides
interrupting capacity Capacitors disabled in
2
●
capacitor banks to maintain safety and durability for
provided on all three phases steps within 35 ms of main
preset target power factor the system:
of each bank. Blade-type power interruption
● Heavy-duty, three-phase
capacitor construction
fuses mounted on insulator ● Harmonic measurement
● Lessens the chance 2
stand-offs with blown-fuse up to 19 harmonic and of disrupting sensitive
● Five-year warranty of cells indicating lights alarm (THDV) electronic equipment
2
● Blown-fuse lights: Blown- ● Automatic detection and
● Reduced inrush current
Service entrance power
fuse indicating lights for
each phase and stage
correction of CT and phase extends the life of the
capacitor cells
2
factor correction installations polarity
located on the door
requiring precise ● Door interlock: Door
● Automatic detection of Additional Features 2
maintenance of target connected steps
interlock automatically ● Optional molded case
power factor in a very
small footprint. disengages capacitors.
● Maximum 14 output steps circuit breaker rated 2
Power continues to be ● Provides protection 65 kAIC at 480V and 600V
provided to the unit until against overvoltage,
overtemperature and
● Personnel ground fault 2
the disconnect is open interruption provides
● Exhaust fans: Provide
●
harmonic overload events
Advanced control features
protection in case of 2
ventilation. Dust filtering accidental contact with
included
●
available
Optional communications ●
control power and ground
NEMA 3R weatherproofing
2
●
capability (C option controller)
Standard metering capability Standards and Certifications 2
● UL/CSA listed
●
●
Voltage
Current (sensed phase
and recognized 2
●
only)
Frequency
2
● Active power (kW)
2
● Reactive power (kVAR)
● Apparent power (kVA) 2
Product Selection
2
2 Wallmounted Wallmounted Switched Capacitor Banks—Low Voltage Applications 1
Switched Capacitor
2 Bank
kVAR
Step x
kVAR
Rated Current
Amperes
Case
Size 2
Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)
Catalog
Number
2 240 Volt
25 5x5 60 J 217 (98.5) 25MCSR2313
2 50 5 x 10 120 J 255 (115.8) 50MCSR2313

75 5 x 15 180 J 260 (118.0) 75MCSR2313
2 100 5 x 20 240 J 270 (122.6) 100MCSR231
125 5 x 25 300 J 292 (132.6) 125MCSR231
2 150 5 x 30 361 J 314 (142.6) 150MCSR231
2 480 Volt
50 5 x 10 60 J 200 (90.8) 50MCSR4313
2 75 5 x 15 90 J 210 (95.3) 75MCSR4313

100 5 x 20 120 J 210 (95.3) 100MCSR4313
2 125 5 x 25 150 J 240 (109.0) 125MCSR4313
2
150 5 x 30 180 J 240 (109.0) 150MCSR4313
175 5 x 35 210 J 260 (118.0) 175MCSR431
2 200 5 x 40 241 J 270 (122.6) 200MCSR431

225 5 x 45 270 J 290 (131.7) 225MCSR431
2 250 5 x 50 300 J 292 (132.6) 250MCSR431
300 5 x 60 361 J 310 (140.7) 300MCSR431
2 600 Volt
2 50
75
5 x 10
5 x 15
48
72
J
J
200 (90.8)
210 (95.3)
50MCSR6313
75MCSR6313
2 100 5 x 20 96 J 210 (95.3) 100MCSR6313

125 5 x 25 120 J 240 (109.0) 125MCSR6313
2 150 5 x 30 144 J 240 (109.0) 150MCSR6313
175 5 x 35 168 J 260 (118.0) 175MCSR631
2 200 5 x 40 192 J 270 (122.6) 200MCSR631
2 225 5 x 45 216 J 290 (131.7) 225MCSR631

250 5 x 50 240 J 292 (132.6) 250MCSR631
2 300 5 x 60 288 J 310 (140.7) 300MCSD631
2 Options
2 Description Option Code
2 Current transformer—multi-tap, split core current transformer (3000:5A) 3 TX2

Hands-off auto switch—provides manual control to connect or disconnect capacitor stages regardless of controller output H
2 Remote alarm relay—relay for a remote alarm to indicate inability to reach target power factor A
Molded case circuit breaker (65 kAIC at 480V) M
2 Weatherproofing (NEMA 3R) W
2 Communicating controller C
Notes
2 1 Other ratings available, please consult factory.
2 For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-57.
2 3 A current transformer with a 5 ampere secondary is required to operate an automatic capacitor bank. Rating based on service entrance ampacity.
For other ratios, please consult factory.
2
2
2.2
Dimensions
Enclosure J 2
Front View Side View
2
On/Off 0.63
Switch (16.0) 2
Power
Factor
2
Controller
2
2
Keylock
Handle
A 2
Blown
Fuse 2
Lights
2
29.88
(759.0)
2
36.00
(914.4)
2
2
0.63
(16.0)
B
2
Enclosure J
Description Height A Depth B 2
Without MCCB
With MCCB
36.00 (914.4)
60.00 (1524.0)
14.00 (355.6)
14.00 (355.6)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contents
2 AUTOVAR 600
Description Page
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
2 UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44
V3-T2-55
2 Capacitor Systems
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-59
2 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-60
V3-T2-61
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-62
V3-T2-63
2 Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor

2 NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71
2
2 AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems
2 Product Description Features
Programmable to ● Heavy-duty, three-phase ● Fusing: UL recognized, ● Exhaust fans: Two fans
2 automatically add/subtract capacitor construction 200,000 ampere per cabinet provide thermal
capacitor banks to maintain ● Five-year warranty of cells interrupting capacity protection. Dust filtering
2 preset target power factor.
Configuration
provided on all three
phases of each bank.
provided
● Ease of expansion:
2 Service entrance power
● Cabinet: 12 gauge steel
with ANSI 61 gray, powder
Blade-type fuses mounted
on insulator stand-offs
Capacitor stage nests are
self-contained and can be
factor correction installations Blown-fuse lights: Blown- added in the field. Two
2
●
coat finish. Lift bolts
requiring precise standard, NEMA 1 fuse indicating lights are on bolts mount the nest in the
maintenance of target the door located close to field. Control wire plugs
2 Power line interconnect:
●
power factor. individual fuses to facilitate connect to factory
Rugged, copper bus bar
connection with access tracing of cleared fuses standard wire harness on
2 provided for top or bottom ● Push-to-test: Allows the left side of the cabinet
entry. Bus bars are braced testing of door-mounted ● Ease of replacement:
2 for 65 kAIC at 480V. All blown fuse indicating lights Cells can be easily
individually replaced by
internal power wiring ● AutoLocate: When door is
2 connections from bus are
laid out on a most direct
open and bus energized,
fuse circuit automatically
removing the mounting
bolt and lifting out of the
basis with minimum nest without removal of
2
checks for cleared fuses.
bends for ease of If a fuse has cleared, the any other components
troubleshooting. Clear light at the fuse comes on
2 barrier limiting access to for easy troubleshooting
live parts included standard ● Door interlock: Door
2 ● Modular tray design: interlock automatically
Capacitor banks arranged turns off control circuit
2 in modular trays with
capacitors, fuses, blown-
when engaged. Power
continues to be provided
2 fuse indicating lights, and
contactors grouped in a
to the unit until disconnect
is open
logical, easily understood
2 layout. This permits easy
access, quick identification
2 of operating problems and
ease of expandability
2
2
2
2.2
Controller Contactor
● Digital display of power ● Fully rated for capacitor 2
factor and number of switching up to 60 kVAR
energized banks at 600V 2
● Visual indication of ● Integral pre-charge/pre-
insufficient kVAR to reach insertion module standard. 2
target power factor The contactor reduces
● LCD backlight display damaging switching
transients. This provides
2
● Capacitors disabled in
steps within 35 ms of main safety and durability for
the system:
2
power interruption
Lessens the chance of
2
●
● Harmonic measurement
up to 19 harmonic and disrupting sensitive
alarm (THDV)
● Reduced inrush current 2
● Automatic detection and
extends the life of the
correction of CT and phase
polarity capacitor cells Modular Step Nest Assembly
2
Automatic detection of
2
●
Additional Features
connected steps ● Optional molded case AUTOVAR 600—Interior View
Maximum 14 output steps
2
●
circuit breaker, rated 65
● Provides protection kAIC at 48V and 600V
against overvoltage,
overtemperature and
● Personnel ground fault
interruption provides
2
harmonic overload events
● Advanced control features
protection in case of
accidental contact with 2
available control power and ground
● Optional communications ● Control wiring—standard 2
capability (C option controller) NEC color-coded modular
● Standard metering capability bundles with quick 2
● Voltage disconnect feature for ease
● Current (sensed phase
of troubleshooting or ease
of expendability
2
only)
● Frequency
● Optional digital metering 2
● Reactive power (kVAR) 2
2
● Apparent power (kVA) Bottom Entry Location
Factory Pre-Wired for Future Expansion

2
2
● UL/CSA listed 2
and recognized
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
2
Floor-Mounted Switched Capacitor Banks—Low Voltage Applications
2
2 Floor-Mounted 240 Vac
Switched Capacitor Step x Rated Current Enclosure Shipping Weight Catalog
2 Bank
kVAR kVAR Amperes Size in Lbs (kg) Number
75 3 x 25 180 L 644 (292.4) 75TPCSR231
2 100 4 x 25 214 L 692 (314.2) 100TPCSR231
2
125 5 x 25 300 L 740 (336.0) 125TPCSR231
150 6 x 25 316 L 788 (357.8) 150TPCSR231
2 200 8 x 25 481 L 884 (401.3) 200TPCSR231

250 10 x 25 600 L 944 (428.6) 250TPCSR231
2 300 12 x 25 720 L 1022 (464.0) 300TPCSR231
350 7 x 50 844 KK 1616 (734.0) 350TPCSR231
2 400 8 x 50 965 KK 1704 (774.0) 400TPCSR231
2
480 Vac
2 Step x Rated Current Enclosure Shipping Weight Catalog
kVAR kVAR Amperes Size in Lbs (kg) Number
2 150 3 x 50 180 L 632 (287.0) 150TPCSR431
2 200 4 x 50 240 L 676 (306.9) 200TPCSR431

250 5 x 50 300 L 720 (326.9) 250TPCSR431
2 300 6 x 50 360 L 764 (346.9) 300TPCSR431
350 7 x 50 420 L 808 (366.8) 350TPCSR431
2 400 8 x 50 480 L 852 (386.8) 400TPCSR431
2 450
500
9 x 50
10 x 50
540
600
L
L
896 (406.8)
944 (428.6)
450TPCSR431
500TPCSR431
2 550 11 x 50 660 L 984 (446.7) 550TPCSR431

600 12 x 50 720 L 1022 (464.0) 600TPCSR431
2 660 11 x 60 792 L 1010 (458.5) 660TPCSR431
700 7 x 100 840 L 1616 (734.0) 700TPCSR431
2 720 12 x 60 864 L 1050 (476.7) 720TPCSR431
2 800 8 x 100 960 KK 1704 (774.0) 800TPCSR431

840 14 x 60 1008 L 1690 (767.7) 840TPCSR431
2 900 9 x 100 1080 KK 1792 (814.0) 900TPCSR431

1000 10 x 100 1200 KK 1888 (857.0) 1000TPCSR431
2 1100 11 x 100 1320 KK 1966 (893.0) 1100TPCSR431
2
1200 12 x 100 1440 KK 2044 (928.0) 1200TPCSR431
Notes
2 Other ratings and step configurations available, please consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
600 Vac
Floor-Mounted
Capacitor Bank Step x Rated Current Enclosure Shipping Weight Catalog
2
kVAR kVAR Amperes 1 Size in Lbs (kg) Number
150 3 x 50 144 L 632 (287.0) 150TPCSR631
2
200 4 x 50 192 L 676 (306.9) 200TPCSR631
2
250 5 x 50 240 L 720 (326.9) 250TPCSR631
300 6 x 50 288 L 764 (346.9) 300TPCSR631 2
350 7 x 50 336 L 808 (366.8) 350TPCSR631
400 8 x 50 384 L 852 (386.8) 400TPCSR631 2
2
450 9 x 50 432 L 896 (406.8) 450TPCSR631
500 10 x 50 480 L 944 (428.6) 500TPCSR631
550 11 x 60 528 L 984 (446.7) 550TPCSR631
2
600 12 x 50 576 L 1022 (464.0) 600TPCSR631
660 11 x 60 634 L 1010 (458.5) 660TPCSR631 2
700 7 x 100 672 L 1616 (734.0) 700TPCSR631
720 12 x 60 692 L 1050 (476.7) 720TPCSR631 2
800
840
8 x 100
14 x 60
768
1008
KK
L
1704 (774.0)
1690 (767.7)
800TPCSR631
840TPCSR631
2
900 9 x 100 864 KK 1792 (814.0) 900TPCSR631 2
1000 10 x 100 960 KK 1888 (857.0) 1000TPCSR631
1100 11 x 100 1056 KK 1966 (893.0) 1100TPCSR631 2
1200 12 x 100 1152 KK 2044 (928.0) 1200TPCSR631
2
Options 2
Description Option Code 2
Current transformer—multi-tap, split core current transformer (3000:5A) 2
Hands-off auto switch—provides manual control to connect or disconnect capacitor stages regardless of controller output
TX2
H
2
Remote alarm relay—relay for a remote alarm to indicate inability to reach target power factor A 2
Weatherproofing (NEMA 3R) W 2
Communicating controller C
IQ 250 solid-state meter 3 Q
2
Notes 2
1 Other ratings and step sizes available, please consult factory.
2 A current transformer with a 5 ampere secondary is required to operate an automatic capacitor bank. Rating based on service entrance ampacity.

2
2
3 Not available with weatherproofing option.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
2
Enclosure L Front View
2 (Note: Fans are 38.50 (Note: Fans are 26.25
Vertical Toward (977.9) (666.8)
2 Back of Enclosure) Side by Side)
Fans Fans
2 1
Ground
2 2
Lug
2
DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE
PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C
CAUTION
DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING
2 3
11.75
(298.5)
71.25
(1809.8) 75.00
(1905.0)
2
2
46.00
(1168.4)
2
2
3.00
2 (76.2)
2 Filter Tray
6.00
(152.4) 13.00
Legend
(330.2)
2 1. Controller
2. On/Off Switch 25.00
0.438 ø Mounting Holes
2 per Channel
3. Blown Fuse Indicator Lights (635.0)
2
Enclosure KK Front and Side Views
2 Fans 78.25 Fans 26.25
2
(1987.6) (666.8)
(Note: Fans are (Note: Fans are

2 1
Vertical Towards
Back of Enclosure)
Side by Side)
Ground
2 2
Lug
2 PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C

DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE
CAUTION
DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING
71.25
2
3
(1809.8) 75.00
11.75
(298.5) (1905.0)
2
46.00
2 (1168.4)
2
2 0.438 ø
3.00
(76.2)
Mounting Holes
2 2 per Channel
13.00
2 Legend
1. Controller
Filter Tray Filter Tray
6.00
(330.2)
2. On/Off Switch (152.4)

25.00
2 3. Blown Fuse Indicating Light (635.0)
2.2
Contents
AUTOVAR Filter
Description Page
2
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 2
V3-T2-55 2
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter
V3-T2-58
2
V3-T2-64
2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T2-65
V3-T2-66 2
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67 2
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71 2
2
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter 2
Automatically switched ● Efficient modular design ● Power line interconnect: ● Push-to-test: Allows
harmonic filter/ power for short lead-times, ease Rugged, copper bus bar testing of door-mounted 2
factor corrections systems. of maintenance and ease connection with access blown fuse indicating lights.
● Programmable to
of future expansion provided for top or bottom
entry. Bus bars are braced
● AutoLocate: When door is 2
automatically add/subtract
● Heavy-duty, three-phase open and bus energized,
filter banks to maintain capacitor construction with
reliable, threaded terminal
for 65 kAIC at 480V. All
internal power wiring
fuse circuit automatically
checks for cleared fuses.
2
preset target power factor connections from bus are
connections If a fuse has cleared, the
● Filter steps tuned for ● Cool operating, 100% laid out on a most direct light at the fuse comes on 2
maximum efficiency in basis with minimum bends for easy troubleshooting
copper wound, thermal
reducing harmonic
currents in three-phase protected reactors are for ease of troubleshooting.
Clear barrier limiting
● Door interlock: Door 2
sized up to 150% of rated interlock automatically
environments with heavy
nonlinear loads capacitor current access to live parts included
standard
turns off control circuit 2
when engaged. Power
Modular tray design:
2
●
Application Description Configuration continues to be provided
● Operation: AUTOVAR Capacitor banks arranged to the unit until disconnect
Service entrance power in modular trays with
factor correction installations
requiring precise maintenance
harmonic filters are
designed to be sized the capacitors, fuses, blown- ●
is open
Exhaust fans: Two
2
same as any power factor fuse indicating lights, and
2
of target power factor in fans per cabinet provide
correction unit. In most low contactors grouped in a thermal protection.
three-phase, nonlinear, high logical, easily understood
harmonic environments. voltage applications where Dust filtering provided
harmonics are generated layout. This permits easy
access, quick identification
● Ease of expansion: 2
by nonlinear loads, Capacitor stage nests are
no harmonic audit is
necessary to design the
of operating problems and
ease of expandability self-contained and can be 2
added in the field. Control
Fusing: UL recognized,
2
●
AUTOVAR filter because wire plugs connect to
it is already designed 200,000 ampere factory standard wire
for typical harmonic interrupting capacity
spectrums at the kVAR provided on all three
harness on the left side
of the cabinet 2
size specified phases of each bank.
Ease of replacement:
2
●
● Cabinet: 12 gauge steel Blade-type fuses mounted
on insulator stand-offs Cells can be easily
with ANSI 61 gray, powder individually replaced by
coat finish. Lift bolts ● Blown-fuse lights: Blown-
fuse indicating lights are on
removing the mounting 2
standard, NEMA 1 bolt and lifting out of the
the door located close to
individual fuses to facilitate
nest without removal of 2
any other components
tracing of cleared fuses
2
2
Controller Reactors Additional Features Standards and Certifications

2 ● Digital display of power ● Tuning: Reactors tuned ● Optional molded case ● UL/CSA listed
factor and number of to the 4.7th harmonic circuit breaker rated and recognized
2 energized banks order (nominal 5th). 65 kAIC at 480V and 600V
● Visual indication of This provides maximum ● Personnel ground fault
2 insufficient kVAR to reach effectiveness in reducing interruption provides
target power factor harmonic currents in protection in case of
2 ● LCD backlight display three-phase systems
with harmonics caused
accidental contact with
● Capacitors disabled in control power and ground
2 steps within 35 ms of main ●
by six-pulse devices
Detuning: Reactor
● Control wiring—standard
NEC color-coded modular
power interruption
designs can be detuned
2 ● Harmonic measurement upon request to 4.2nd to
bundles with quick
disconnect feature for
up to 19 harmonic and protect capacitors against ease of troubleshooting
2 alarm (THDV) alternate harmonics or ease of expendability
● Automatic detection and ● Windings: 100% copper
2 correction of CT and phase
polarity
windings for minimal
temperature rise under
2 ● Automatic detection of
connected steps
load
● Thermal overload
2 Maximum 14 output steps
●
protection: Each reactor
● Provides protection includes three normally
2 against overvoltage, closed, auto reset
overtemperature and thermostats that
harmonic overload events open at 180°C. When
2 ● Advanced control features thermostats engage,
available the contactor opens
2 ● Optional communications ● Insulation: 220°C
capability (C option controller) insulation system
2 ● Standard metering capability ● Warranty: One-year
replacement of reactors
● Voltage
2 ● Current (sensed phase
only)
2 ● Frequency
2 ● Reactive power (kVAR)
AUTOVAR Filter—Reactor Cabinet
2 Apparent power (kVA)
●
Contactor
2 ● Fully rated for capacitor
switching up to 60 kVAR
2 at 600V
● Integral pre-charge/pre-
2 insertion module standard.
The contactor reduces
2 damaging switching
transients. This provides
2 safety and durability for
the system:
Lessens the chance of
2
●
disrupting sensitive
2 ● Reduced inrush current
extends the life of the
2 capacitor cells
2
2
2
2
2.2
Product Selection
2
Low Voltage Switched Harmonic Filters
2
Floor-Mounted Floor-Mounted Switched Harmonic Filters—Low Voltage 2
Switched Harmonic Step x Rated Current Enclosure Shipping Weight Catalog
Filter
kVAR kVAR Amperes 2 Size 34 in Lbs (kg) Number 2
480 Vac
200 4 x 50 240 L 1438 (652.9) 200THFSR431 2
2
250 1 5 x 50 300 L 1634 (741.8) 250THFSR431
300 6 x 50 360 KK or L + L 1830 (830.8) 300THFSR432
350 7 x 50 420 KK or L + L 2026 (919.8) 350THFSR432
2
400 8 x 50 480 KK or L + L 2222 (1008.8) 400THFSR432
450 9 x 50 540 KK or L + L 2371 (1076.4) 450THFSR432 2
500 10 x 50 600 KK or L + L 2525 (1146.4) 500THFSR432
550 1 11 x 50 660 KK or L + L 2750 (1248.5) 550THFSR432 2
600 1
600 Vac
12 x 50 720 KK or L + L 2830 (1284.8) 600THFSR432
2
300 6 x 50 288 KK or L + L 1830 (830.8) 300THFSR632 2
350 7 x 50 336 KK or L + L 2026 (919.8) 350THFSR632
400 8 x 50 384 KK or L + L 2222 (1008.8) 400THFSR632 2
450 9 x 50 432 KK or L + L 2371 (1076.4) 450THFSR632
500 10 x 50 480 KK or L + L 2525 (1146.4) 500THFSR632
2
2
550 1 11 x 50 528 KK or L + L 2750 (1248.5) 550THFSR632
600 1 12 x 50 576 KK or L + L 2830 (1284.8) 600THFSR632
2
Options 2
Description Option Code
2
Current transformer—multi-tap, split core current transformer 5 TX2
Hands-off auto switch—provides manual control to connect or disconnect capacitor stages regardless of controller output H 2
Remote alarm relay—relay for a remote alarm to indicate inability to reach target power factor A
2
Weatherproofing (NEMA 3R) W
2
Communicating controller C
IQ 250 solid-state meter 6 Q 2
Notes
1 Enclosures for 550 and 600 kVAR at 480 and 600V will be one double-door section wide if circuit breakers are required (enclosure size KK). Enclosure for 250 kVAR at
2
2
480V will be one double-door section wide if a circuit breaker is required.
2 Other ratings available, please consult factory.
3 L + L under enclosure size denotes two size L enclosures—one for the capacitors, one for the reactor case.
4 For KK enclosure design, change the last digit of the catalog number to 1. For example, 500THFSR431.
5 A current transformer with a 5 ampere secondary is required to operate an automatic capacitor bank. Rating based on service entrance ampacity.
2
2
6 Not available with weatherproofing option.

2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
2
Enclosures L + L Front and Side Views
2 (Note: Fans are 89.00 26.25
Vertical Toward (2260.6) (Note: Fans are (666.8)
2 Back of Enclosure) 38.50
(977.9)
38.50
(977.9)
Side by Side)
2
Fans Fans
(Note: Fans are (Note: Fans are Ground

2 1
Side by Side) Vertical Towards
Back of Enclosure)
Lug
2 2
Fans
Fans
DANGER DANGER
2
HIGH VOLTAGE HIGH VOLTAGE
PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C
CAUTION CAUTION
DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING BEFORE SERVICING 71.25 75.00
(1809.8) (1905.0)
2
3
11.75
(298.5)
2
2
46.00
(1168.4)
2 12.00
(304.8) 3.00
2 (76.2)
2 6.00
(152.4)
Legend
13.00
2 1. Controller
2. On/Off Switch Filter Tray
Power Wire
Interconnect Filter Tray (330.2)
0.438 ø
Mounting Holes
3. Phase A, B and C Blown Conduit 25.00 2 per Channel
2 Fuse Indicating Lights (635.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Contents
Transient-Free Power Factor Correction System
Description Page
2
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 2
V3-T2-55
2
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . . V3-T2-63 2
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-68 2
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-69
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-69 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-70
2
2
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor Correction Units 2
Transient-free statically The FTA and FTE units ● Motor starting Rating based on Service
switch capacitor units are employ a fast or real-time ● On-site generation support Entrance Ampacity. For other 2
available in two models. response, and include the ● Spot welding ratios, please consult factory.
The FTE model is a real-time
ability to switch larger steps
without creating significant
● Wind turbines ● Startup and 2
transient-free system, used ● Other dynamic loads Commissioning by
to compensate extremely
line noise. These relatively
maintenance-free units reside factory trained personnel 2
rapid loads within one Three current transformers is required for proper
in a smaller footprint and are
cycle of operation (typically
5–20 msec).
ideal for use in applications
with a 5 ampere secondary
are required to operate this
operation and warranty
of this system
2
such as flicker control, large
capacitor bank.
The FTA model is a fast motor starting, bus voltage
stabilization, fault ride-
2
transient-free system, used
to compensate any loads
within 3–4 seconds.
through solutions, power
factor correction and
2
many more.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Application Example—Spot Welding

2 Spot Welding (Auto Manufacturer)
2
230
2
L1-Voltage (V)
220
2
2 210
1800
Without With
2
L1-Current (A)
2
1400
2 1000
2
L1-Q (kVAR)
300
150
2
0
2
21:33:38 :40 :42 :44 :46 :48 :50 :52 :54 :56 :58 :00 :02 :04 :06 :08
2
2 Features, Benefits and Functions
2 ● Transient-free capacitor
group switching, using
● Unique SCAN feature
reduces capacitor
FTE unit includes all of the
above, plus:
2 electronic switching
elements ●
duty cycles
Remote control of
● Reduces voltage flicker and
voltage sag
2 Simultaneous connection/ compensation systems
●
disconnection of all available via LAN

● Provides network reactive
required steps or Ethernet power support
2 ● Consistent capacitor values ● Integrated three-phase
● Offers voltage control
and stable filter network analyzer: options
2 characteristics ● Measures all power
● Harmonic filtration parameters on each
2 ● Three independent phase (V, I, kW,
control modes: kVAR, kVA)
2 ● Power factor control ● Measures voltage and
● Voltage control current harmonics to
2 ● Load sharing with
the 63rd harmonic
another compensation
2 system connected to
the same transformer
2
2 Standards and Certifications
2 Enclosure
● EMC—EN50081-2, ● Safety—EN61010-1,
2 EN50082-2, EN55011,
EN61000-4-2/3/4/5, ●
EN60439-1, EN60204
UL 508
ENV50204, ENV50141
2 ● CE Mark—73/23/EEC am.
● CSA
93/68, 98/37/EC art. 4(2)

2
2
2
2.2
2
TFSS
2
FTA 100 6 2 480 P14 N12 - M3 - COM 2
2
Model Optional
FTE = Real-time balanced Number of Groups Percent Reactory (Tuning) Enclosure 1 COM = Communications Card 2
FTEUN 4 = Real-time unbalanced Maximum 12 P14 = 14% (2.67th order) N1 = NEMA 1 RS-485/Modbus
FTA
FTES
=
=
Fast acting
Motor starting systems
Switching Sequence
P7 = 7% (3.8th order)
P567 = 5.67% (4.2nd order)
N12 = NEMA 12
N3R = NEMA 3R Optional
2
FTER 5 = Grid fault ride-through systems P49 = 4.9% (4.5th order) Measurement Levels 3
1 = 1:1:1:1
2 = 1:2:2:2 M2 2
Total Power in kVAR 3 = 1:2:4:4 System Voltage M3
Typical in steps of 50 kVAR
beginning with 100 kVAR
480 = 480V
600 = 600V
M4
2
690V or above = MV 2
2
Product Configurations 2
Network voltage Capacitor group Acquisition time
configurations 2
● 210–690V ● FTE—5–20 ms for a
● Engineered solutions
up to 15 kV
● Up to 12 groups per
one controller ●
50 Hz network
FTE—4–16 ms for a
2
Frequency
● Switching sequence:
● 1:1:1:1 (all equal) ●
60 Hz network
FTA—1–4 second
2
45–55 Hz for 50 Hz maximum
2
● ● 1:2:2:2 (half group)
network ● 1:2:4:4 (quarter, half
55–65 Hz for 60 Hz
2
●
groups)
network
2
Notes
1 All models are CE approved. Please notify if UL or cUL is required.
2 MV units require:
2
2
A correctly sized and specified step-up transformer
MV and LV interconnection, switching and protection
3 All systems are offered with Measurement Level 1 (f, I, V, kW, kVAR, kVA, PF) and no communications card. The measurement levels can be upgraded to Measurement Level 2 (adds THD I and THDV),
Measurement Level 3 (adds waveforms, I and V harmonics) and Measurement Level 4 (adds event log).
4 Balanced system employs two-phase switching, unbalanced system employs individual three-phase switching.
2
2
5 For motor start and grid fault ride-through solutions, please consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions
2 Transient-Free Reactive Power Compensation Systems— Transient-Free Reactive Power Compensation Systems—
Real-Time Transient-Free Systems—480 Vac Fast Transient-Free Switching Systems—480 Vac
2
Compensate Rapid Loads Within One Cycle
2 (Typically 5–20 ms)—Standard 6% Inductors—
Detuned to 245 Hz (4.08th Harmonic)
Compensate Any Load Within 3–4 Seconds—Standard 6%
Inductors—Detuned to 245 Hz (4.08th Harmonic)
2 Catalog
Number Width Depth Height
Catalog
Number Width Depth Height
2 FTE15652480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA15652480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE18752480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA18752480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE21974480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA21974480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE25052480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA25052480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE26274480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA26274480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE31252480
FTE37552480
31.50 (800.1)
31.50 (800.1)
23.60 (599.4)
23.60 (599.4)
82.70 (2100.6)
82.70 (2100.6)
FTA31252480
FTA37552480
31.50 (800.1)
31.50 (800.1)
23.60 (599.4)
23.60 (599.4)
82.70 (2100.6)
82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE43774480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA43774480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE45031480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA45031480 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE60661480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA60661480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE687112480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA687112480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE75061480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA75061480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE825112480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA825112480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE90061480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA90061480 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE112591480 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA112591480 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE135091480 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA135091480 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE1500121480 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA1500121480 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2
FTE1800121480 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA1800121480 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 Compensate Rapid Loads Within One Cycle

(Typically 5–20 ms)—4.5% Inductors— Compensate Any Load Within 3–4 Seconds—4.5%
Tuned to 282 Hz (4.7th Harmonic) Inductors—Tuned to 282 Hz (4.7th Harmonic)
2 Catalog Catalog
Number Width Depth Height Number Width Depth Height
2 FTE15652480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA15652480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE18752480T
FTE21974480T
31.50 (800.1)
31.50 (800.1)
23.60 (599.4)
23.60 (599.4)
82.70 (2100.6)
82.70 (2100.6)
FTA18752480T
FTA21974480T
31.50 (800.1)
31.50 (800.1)
23.60 (599.4)
23.60 (599.4)
82.70 (2100.6)
82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE25052480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA25052480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE26274480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA26274480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE31252480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA31252480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE37552480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.07 (2100.6) FTA37552480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE43774480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA43774480T 31.50 (800.1) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE45031480T
FTE60661480T
31.50 (800.1)
63.00 (1600.2)
23.60 (599.4)
23.60 (599.4)
82.70 (2100.6)
82.70 (2100.6)
FTA45031480T
FTA60661480T
31.50 (800.1)
63.00 (1600.2)
23.60 (599.4)
23.60 (599.4)
82.70 (2100.6)
82.07 (2100.6)
2 FTE687112480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA687112480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE75061480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA75061480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE825112480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA825112480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2
FTE90061480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA90061480T 63.00 (1600.2) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE112591480T 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA112591480T 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE135091480T 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA135091480T 94.50 (2400.3) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
FTE1500121480T 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA1500121480T 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2 FTE1800121480T 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6) FTA1800121480T 126.00 (3200.4) 23.60 (599.4) 82.70 (2100.6)
2.2
Contents
Harmonic Correction Units—NEMA 1 Enclosure
Description Page
2
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 2
V3-T2-55 2
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63 2
2
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67
NEMA 1 Enclosure 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-72
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-72 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-74
2
2
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—NEMA 1 Enclosure 2
Active Harmonic Filters and Functions ● UL/CSA approved
(Harmonic Correction Units— Unlike passive filters, by Advantages 2
HCUEs) provide dynamic providing dynamic correction, ● Can be sized to guarantee
harmonic correction by
actively injecting equal and
HCUEs can provide effective
harmonic correction for
specific levels of harmonic
correction, such as
2
meeting IEEE 519
opposite currents into the
customer’s electrical
varying load conditions and
harmonic spectrums up to recommended levels 2
distribution system that their rated capacity. HCUEs ● Cannot be overloaded
cancel the entire spectrum also have the secondary ● Can be expanded without 2
of harmonic currents at the benefit of providing power affecting performance
point of connection. factor correction with any ● Broad spectrum of 2
excess capacity after
Application Description cancellation (2nd to
Typical applications include
correcting all harmonic
conditions.
50th harmonic) 2
locations with large amounts ● Power factor improvement
of nonlinear loads including ● Fast action ● Easier and less expensive 2
6- and 12-pulse PWM AC ● NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 installation
variable frequency drives, enclosures available: ● Comprehensive control 2
DC drives, as well as other ● Wallmount (50 and
switch-mode power supply
equipment. This equipment
100 ampere designs) 2
● Floor-standing
can be found in water and
wastewater treatment
(300 ampere design) 2
facilities, industrial ● Touchscreen HMI
manufacturing and ● Modbus and Ethernet 2
warehousing plants, military connectivity
bases, and commercial Note: Requires at least 3% series 2
(HVAC) locations. input line reactor or equivalent
6% DC bus choke
in each AC drive for optimum
2
2
performance.
2
2
2
2

2 ● 20 kHz switching carrier frequency
2 208–480V ±10%, 600V and 690V with autotransformer

●
● 50/60 Hz +/–3 Hz frequency

2 ● Ambient temperature 0°C to +40°C enclosed
● Seismic Zone 4
2 ● Output capacity—self limited to 100% current rated
● Corrective capability—<5% TDD and near unity
2 displacement power factor
2 Harmonic Control Unit Ratings—NEMA 1 Enclosed

Total Current Watt Losses
2 Model Voltage Frequency Amperes (rms) (kw) Enclosure Type Disconnect
HCUE050D5N1 208–480 50/60 Hz 50 1.8 Wallmount/NEMA 1 —
2 HCUE100D5N1 208–480 50/60 Hz 100 3.0 Wallmount/NEMA 1 —
HCUE300D5N1 208–480 50/60 Hz 300 8.0 Free-standing/NEMA 1 X
2 HCUE050D6N1 600 50/60 Hz 39 1.8 Free-standing/NEMA 1 —
2 HCUE050D7N1
HCUE100D6N1
690
600
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
33
78
1.8
3.0
Free-standing/NEMA 1
Free-standing/NEMA 1
—
—

HCUE300D6N1 600 50/60 Hz 235 8.0 Free-standing/NEMA 1 —
2
Current Transformer Ratings 1
2 AC Line
Model Current Rating Type
2 HCUCT1000SC 1000 Split
2
HCUCT3000SC 3000 Split
HCUCT5000SC 5000 Split
2
2 Wiring Diagrams
Installation Diagram
2 Load(s)
2
Source
2 Transformer
Typical CT
Placement
2
2
2
Alternate CT
Placement HCU
2 Note
1 Current transformers are rated for 400 Hz. Two current transformers are required for three-
2 phase loads. Three current transformers are required when single-phase loads are present.
Rating based on service entrance ampacity and optional parallel operation. For other ratios,
2
please consult factory.
Startup and commissioning by factory trained personnel is required for proper operation and
warranty of this system.
2
2
2
2.2
Source CT Location Source or Load CT Location
2
Utility Transformer Utility Transformer or
or Upstream Panel Upstream Panel
2
Distribution Panel or Distribution Panel or 2
Motor Control Center Motor Control Center
2
2
2
2
2
Corrected Corrected Corrected Other Other
Load Load Load Loads Loads
2
Less than
2
25 Feet per
NEC 240-21 2
Harmonic Cancellation
HCU
and/or Power-Factor
Correction of all Loads
Three Possible
2
on Panel
HCU
Corrected
CT Locations
Shown 2
Load
2
Source or Load CT Location Load CT Location
2
Utility Transformer Utility Transformer 2
or Upstream Panel or Upstream Panel
2
Distribution Panel or
Motor Control Center Distribution Panel or
Motor Control Center 2
2
2
More than
25 Feet per
2
Other Loads Other Loads
2
NEC 240-21
Other Corrected Other
2
Loads Load Loads
Junction Box
Four Possible 2
Breaker CT Locations
or Fused
Disconnect
Shown
2
2
–
Harmonic Cancellation
and/or Power-Factor
HCU HCU Correction of a Selected
Load on Panel 2
Corrected
Load 2
2
2
Dimensions
2 Harmonic Control—NEMA 1 Enclosed Current Transformer
2 Exterior
Unit Weight
Model Internal Diameter
Model Height Weight Depth in Lbs (kg) HCUCT1000SC 4.65 (118.1)
2 HCUE050D5N1 51.80 (1315.7) 20.70 (525.8) 18.50 (469.9) 250 (113.5) HCUCT3000SC 6.50 (165.1)
HCUE100D5N1 68.70 (1745.0) 20.70 (525.8) 18.50 (469.9) 350 (158.9) HCUCT5000SC 7.50 (190.5)
2 HCUE300D5N1 74.90 (1902.5) 32.20 (817.9) 19.50 (495.3) 775 (351.9)
Auxiliary Current Transformers 2
2 HCUE050D6N1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Model Ratio Type

HCUE050D7N1
2 HCUE100D6N1 1 1 1 1 HCUCT7RL6011 600/1 Solid round core
HCUE100D7N1 1 1 1 1 HCUCT7RL1021 1000/1 Solid round core

2 HCUE300D6N1 1 1 1 1 Notes
1 Consult factory.
2
HCUE300D7N1 1 1 1 1
2 Required for parallel operation of HCU and for units with transformers. Use the same number
of auxiliary CTs as main sensing CTs.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
2
Drawings—NEMA 1 Enclosure
HCUE050 Layout Dimensions 2
The HCUE050 series offers 50 amperes of corrective current in a
convenient package. The enclosed model comes standard with a
digital interface panel for control diagnostics and programming.
2
Input fuses are included. The enclosed unit includes a removable
panel for bottom conduit entry.
2
2
HCUE050—50 Amperes, 208–480V
20.70
(525.8)
2
9.80
(249.0)
Heat Sink Opening 2
2
4.60
2
(116.8)
2
2
18.70
2
16.70
(424.2) (475.0)
2
20.60
2
(523.2)
2
5.10
(129.5)
2
HMI
2
4.00
(101.6) 67.20 68.70
(1745.0)
2
(1706.9)
5.90 2
(149.9)
2
2
2
2
2
5.30
(134.6) 2
Conduit Plate 6.30
2
(160.0)
2
5.70
6.30
(160.0)
(144.8)
2
8.90
Inlet Air Opening
2
(226.1)
5.30
(134.6) 2

2
HCUE100 Layout Dimensions
2 The HCUE100 series offers 100 amperes of corrective current in
a wallmounted NEMA 1 enclosure. The enclosed model comes
standard with a digital interface module for control, diagnostics
2 and programming. Input fuses are included. The enclosed unit
includes a removable panel for bottom conduit entry.
2
2 HCUE100—100 Amperes 208–480V
20.70
2 (525.8)
9.80 Heat Sink Opening
2 (249.0)
2
2 4.60
(116.8)
2
2 18.70
16.70
(475.0)
2 (424.2)
2
2 20.60
(523.2)
2 5.10
(129.5)
2
2 4.00
HMI
(101.6)
2
67.20 68.70
(1706.9) (1745.0)
2 5.90
(149.9)
2
2
2
2
2
5.30
2 (134.6)
2 Conduit Plate 6.30

(160.0)
2 5.70
6.30 (144.8)
2 (160.0)
Inlet Air Opening
2 5.30
8.90
(226.1)
2
(134.6)
2.2
2
HCUE300 Layout Dimensions
The HCUE300 series offers 300 amperes of corrective current
for large capacity applications. It is available in a floor-standing
2
NEMA 1 enclosure (including a door-interlocking disconnect). The
enclosed model comes standard with digital interface module 2
for control, diagnostics and programming. Input fuses are
included. The enclosed unit includes a removable panel for 2
top conduit entry.
2
HCUE300—300 Amperes 208–480V
2
32.00
(812.8)
2
23.20
(589.3) 3.10
(78.7) 2
Conduit Plate
2
6.50
(165.1)
Heat Sink Opening 2
2
2
8.00
(203.2) 21.80
(553.7)
28.90
(734.1)
17.10 2
(434.3)
2
14.80 2
(375.9)
HMI 2
5.10 2
4.00 (129.5)
(101.6) 2
7.40
(188.0)
74.80 77.10 2
(1899.9) (1958.3)
2
10.80
(274.3)
2
12.50
(317.5)
2
Inlet
Air Opening
2
2
2
0.60
24.30 4X
(617.2)
4X
0.40
(15.2)
2
(10.2)
”A“
2
14.70 2
(373.4)
Detail ”A“
Scale 1:12
2
2
Motor Control Centers
3.1 MCC Product Offering

Freedom
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
3
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3 3
Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-4
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-4 3
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T3-4
V3-T3-4
3
Accessories and Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7 3
3.2 Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard®
3
Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-8
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-9 3
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-10
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-10 3
3.3 Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets 3
Check Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
V3-T3-20
3.4 Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets

Check Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-24 3
3.5 XT and XT FlashGard 3
Freedom FlashGard
3.6 XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets 3
Check Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-36
3
Learn 3
Online
3
3
XT MCC
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
XT FlashGard MCC
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V3-T3-1
3.1 Motor Control Centers
Contents
3 Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard
Description Page
3 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-4
3 Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-4
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-4
3 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-4
Accessories and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Product Overview
3 MCC Operation Customer Manufacturing Seismic Qualification Bid Manager™
Eaton’s motor control center Solution Centers The Freedom and XT MCC One of the most exciting
3 (MCC) product line is One of the most unique families have been qualified new tools developed for
headquartered in Fayetteville, aspects of the Eaton MCC to meet the seismic the MCC product line is
3 NC. At Fayetteville, the most
progressive engineering in the
operation is the ability to
provide customized product to
requirements of both the
Uniform Building Code®
the Bid Manager program.
Bid Manager is a PC-based
3 industry can custom design
motor control for the most
meet delivery requirements
through a Customer
(UBC) and the California
Building Code (CBC) for
pricing program that is
capable of providing complete
demanding applications. Manufacturing Solution equipment operation after bills of material, front views
3 Most MCCs can be shipped Center (CMSC). There are seismic activity. This and prices for MCCs. This
six to eight weeks after nine of these facilities located equipment, along with Eaton’s program can configure an
3 receipt of a released order. throughout the U.S. serving low and medium voltage
switchgear assemblies,
MCC to meet a multitude
of specific applications and
key geographic markets.
The MCC product line also
3 offers a FAST motor control
Each CMSC has the ability to
provide standard NEMA® 1B
medium voltage starter
assemblies and low voltage
provide accurate bills of
material and front view
center (MCC) quick shipment switchboards, which meet drawings in a matter of
3 program. The program
wired product in as little as
one to three days. Please seismic requirements, moments. The program
includes integration of a provide the user with a operates on a user-friendly,
contact the facility in your
3 number of commonly used
components and assemblies
area to discuss customer complete seismic qualified Windows®-based format that
opportunities and MCC assemblies package offers the most extensive
3 in MCC applications as well
as configuration options for
support for your specific that meet CBC and IBC
requirements. Please contact
product selection found in
the industry. A complete
marketplace.
each. The FAST program also
3 includes expedited delivery of
Customer Manufacturing
your Eaton sales engineer for
more details.
line of adjustable frequency
drives and reduced voltage
customer approval drawings solid-state control, along
3 when predefined pilot/control
device configurations for unit
Solution Centers
Location Telephone
with insulated case breakers,
high ampacity molded case
3 assemblies are selected.
MCCs meeting the FAST
Atlanta 678-309-4270 breakers and automatic
Chicago 630-260-6304
transfer switches are featured
criteria are shipped within
3 4 weeks after receipt of a Cleveland 216-433-0616
in the program. Control and
distribution product can be
released order.
3 packaged in a multitude of
Dallas 817-251-6700
Denver 303-366-9949 variations. Please contact
your Eaton sales engineer
3 Hartford 860-683-4221
for more details.
Houston 713-939-9696
3 Los Angeles 562-944-6413
Portland 503-582-2700
3
3
V3-T3-2 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com
3.1
Aftermarket Products
Series 2100/ Freedom
3
XT IT. Freedom Advantage 5 Star Unitrol F10 Unitrol Type W 9800 Unitrol 11-300
3
3
3
Motor Control Center Production Years
2012–Present 2002–2011 1995–present 1992–2010 1987–1995/ 1988–1994 1972–1989 1965–1975 1956–1974 1935–1965 3
1975–1987
3
Background Aftermarket Service Product Availability
Replacement units for They are located in:
3
Over 50 years ago, Cutler- Eaton’s MCCs are
Hammer® and Westinghouse®
low voltage motor control
manufactured with high
quality structural parts
the 5-Star, Series 2100,
Advantage, 11-300, 9800, Customer Manufacturing
3
centers were introduced, designed to provide many Type W, F-10, F2100,
enabling the group mounting years of service. Freedom FlashGard,
Solution Centers
Location Telephone
3
of low voltage (600 V class) Freedom, Freedom arc-
electrical controls. This Eaton is dedicated to
providing replacement units
resistant IT., IT. FlashGard, Atlanta 678-309-4270 3
allowed for supervision XT and XT FlashGard motor Chicago 630-260-6304
and safe operation of motor
starter units, feeder tap
or add-on units to handle
additional loads for motor
control center lines may be
obtained from the Fayetteville Cleveland 216-433-0616 3
control centers manufactured manufacturing plant or any
3
units and auxiliary equipment Dallas 817-251-6700
in a flexible structure since 1935 for both the of the regionally located Denver 303-366-9949
arrangement at a Westinghouse and Cutler- Customer Manufacturing and
centralized location. Hammer product lines. Solution Centers (CMSCs).
Hartford 860-683-4221
3
Houston 713-939-9696
The following descriptions
The foundation for today’s
MCCs is a modular plug-in and needed order entry
Competitive MCC units
can be obtained from the
Los Angeles 562-944-6413 3
combination motor controller information will be useful in Fayetteville manufacturing Portland 503-582-2700
assembly with components identifying and processing a plant or CMSCs. 3
of proven electrical and vintage MCC aftermarket
mechanical integrity. These unit.
3
assemblies are enclosed 1. Motor control center
in metal structures that
prevent accidental contact
type: (11-300, Type W, MCC Renewal Parts 3
5-Star, Advantage, 9800, MCC Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
with live electrical parts. F-10, Freedom FlashGard,
Freedom, Freedom arc-
Type Dates Renewal Parts Publication 3
The MCC structure consists XT 2012–present —
resistant IT., XT and
of structural steel, horizontal
XT FlashGard) XT FlashGard 2012–present — 3
and vertical wireways for
3
conduit and load cable entry IT. 2002–2011 —
2. Class of unit
and exit, and vertical and (Non-reversing, IT. FlashGard 2007–2011 —
horizontal bus systems for
distributing power throughout
Reversing, Two Speed) Freedom 1995–present RP04304001E
3
the MCC. The starter unit 3. Service voltage Freedom FlashGard 2008–present —
consists of a rugged steel
4. Control voltage
Advantage 1992–2011 RP04304002E 3
shell (wrapper) for mounting Series 2100 1987–1995 RP04304003E
the unit components, a
combination motor starter
5. Starter size or 5 Star 1975–1987 RP04304003E 3
horsepower rating
with factory wired control, a
handle mechanism for ON/ 6. Disconnect type
Freedom Unitrol
F10 Unitrol
1988–1994
1972–1989
RP04304004E
RP04304005E
3
OFF operation, and a rigid (HMCP, Fusible)
unit door. 7. Clip size and type
Type W 1965–1975 RP04304006E
3
9800 Unitrol 1956–1974 RP04304007E
(if Fusible)
11-300 1935–1965 RP04304008E 3
8. Unit modifications
(Lights, Pushbuttons,
etc.)
3
9. Catalog Number 3
(if available)
3
3
Product Description Features, Benefits and

3 Eaton’s offering of motor Functions
3 control centers (MCCs)
features the Freedom,
Structure Design Flexibility Industrial Communications
Freedom arc-resistant, Eaton’s MCCs are Modular, framed design Eaton MCCs come with the
3 Freedom FlashGard, XT and 20.00 inches (508.0 mm) permits structure arrangement most advanced and flexible
XT FlashGard. These MCCs wide and 90.00 inches to be tailored to exactly meet industrial factory installed and
3 incorporate the newest (2286.0 mm) high with
vertical compartments having
any control requirements
with a minimum of unusable
tested communication
connectivity in the
NEMA electromechanical
3 starters in the industry along
with the most complete,
72.00 inches (1828.8 mm)
of unit mounting space in
space. Vertical compartments
are incremented for
marketplace with protocols
that include DeviceNet,
6.00-inch (152.4 mm) maximum space utilization Modbus and Modbus TCP,
3 NEMA rated package of
distribution and control increments. and unit interchangeability. EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS.
equipment. The FlashGard Compact starter and feeder Eaton smart MCCs facilitate
3 MCCs are the industry’s first
Structure depth is
16.00 inches (406.4 mm)
units provide users with the faster startup, safer working
and only MCCs designed for ability to solve demanding conditions and enhanced
or 21.00 inches (533.4 mm)
3 comprehensive arc flash
prevention.
deep front-mounted only
space requirements and still
meet all NEMA and UL®
diagnostics and monitoring.
and 21.00 inches (533.4 mm) standards. Intelligent Products
3 deep for back-to-back Eaton MCCs include
Application Description mounted units. Safety intelligent starters, soft
3 Eaton’s MCCs are custom- The unique framed design Design tested at Eaton’s starters, VFDs, meters and
made assemblies of permits the highest flexibility power laboratory to ensure feeder breakers that can
3 conveniently grouped control
equipment primarily used for
in component and structure maximum protection for
control equipment. The
all be connected to an
embedded PLC and
configuration.
3 control of motors and for
distribution of power. MCCs Accessibility
FlashGard option ensures
maximum safety for
operator interface.
are designed for three-phase, personnel working on or

3 230 V applications up to
All parts and wiring are front
accessible. Terminal blocks around the equipment.
Standards and
300 hp, or three-phase, are side mounted in each
Certifications
3 480 V applications up to 600 hp. unit. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) or
Hardwired Control
UL Listing
The Freedom FlashGard and 8.00-inch (203.2 mm) vertical With choices for 1A to 2C
Standard structures and units
3 XT FlashGard MCCs are
equipped with a state-of-
wireways separate from wiring schemes, the Eaton
MCC offers many options for are provided with UL label.
control units provide safe and
traditional or supervisory
3 the-art stab racking
mechanism (RotoTract™) that
convenient access to wiring
and conduits without de- control schemes.
Contact Eaton for details
and part numbers for CSA
provides bus isolation, stab
3
energizing any equipment. approved units.
indication and lockout
features that proactively
3 prevent the initiation of
arc flash.
3
3
3
3
Comparison of Key MCC Features and Attributes by MCC Type/Family
3 Tested and
Compact Compact Certified FlashGard
3 MCC Type/
Serves
Applications
Serves
600 V
Unit
Offering
Unit
Offering
120 Vac
Control
24 Vdc
Control
Per Arc-
Resistant FlashGard
Technology
with Test
Optional
Communications
Family 480 V and Below Applications Standard 1 Optional 1 Power Power Guidelines Technology 2 Position 23 Capability
3 Freedom ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3 Freedom Arc-Resistant ■
Freedom FlashGard ■
■
■
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
3 XT ■ ■ ■ ■
XT FlashGard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3 Notes
1 Compact offering has size 1 and 2 FVNR starter units in 1X and size 3 and 4 in 2X. Add 1X to each for FVR versions.
3 2 FlashGard technology enables stabs to be retracted from and engaged onto the vertical bus while the unit's door is closed.
3 FlashGard test position enables control power to be delivered to the unit while its stabs are removed from the vertical bus
3 (no line power present within unit).
3.1
3
Aftermarket MCC Starter Buckets 3
FZ 206E E A S C12 P57 3
MCC Type Modification Codes 3
Catalog Codes Starter Type Service CPT See tables on Page V3-T3-6
F = Free-standing NEMA 1
FZ = Freedom
See tables on Page V3-T3-6 Voltage Space
Option Code
C10 = Separate source
control fuse
3
A = 120 V Control
3
FK = Advantage B = 208 V Voltage S = Standard C12 = 100 VA for sz. 1–2
FS = Series 2100/5 Star C = 240 V A = 120 V height C13 = 150 VA for sz. 3–4
FD = Freedom Unitrol D = 380 V B = 208 V C = Compact
FR = F10 Unitrol
FT = Type W
E = 480 V
F = 575 V
C = 240 V
D = 380 V
X = Oversized 3
FN = 9800 Unitrol
3
E = 480 V
FJ = 11-300 F = 575 V
FM = IT.
3
SZ = FlashGard
GD = ITE 5600
GE = GE 7700/8000
AB = Allen-Bradley Centerline
SQ = Square D Model 6 3
SS = Furnas 89
3
Aftermarket MCC Feeder Buckets/Units 3
FZ F 1 D S 12 3
MCC Type Unit Size 3
Catalog Codes Device Type Trip or Clip 12 = 12”
FZ = Freedom
FK = Advantage
F = HFD Unit Type Trip or Clip
Rating (Left
Rating (Right
Feeder) Dual
14
18
= 14”
= 18” or 18-2/3”
3
J = HJD 1 = Single
3
FS = Series 2100/5 Star K = HKD Disconnect Feeder) Unit Only 24 = 24”
FD = Freedom Unitrol L = HLD 2 = Dual Disconnect A = 15 M= 125 28 = 28”
FR = F10 Unitrol Z = Fusible B = 20 N = 150 30 = 30”
FT = Type W
FN = 9800 Unitrol
Switch C = 25
D = 30 1
P = 175
Q = 200 1
36
48
= 36”
= 48” 3
FJ = 11-300 R = 225
3
E = 40
FM = IT. F = 50 S = 250
SZ = FlashGard G = 60 1 T = 300 1
3
GD = ITE 5600 H = 70 W= 350
GE = GE 7700/8000 J = 80 X = 400
AB = Allen-Bradley Centerline K = 90 Y = 500
SQ = Square D Model 6
SS = Furnas 89
L = 100 1 Z = 600 1 3
3
Aftermarket Service
Eaton’s MCCs are The following descriptions 3. Service voltage Note 3
manufactured with high and needed order entry 1 Fusible disconnect sizes.
quality structural parts information will be useful in 4. Control voltage
3
designed to provide many identifying and processing a 5. Starter size or
years of service. vintage MCC aftermarket
unit.
horsepower rating 3
Eaton is dedicated to 6. Disconnect type
providing replacement units 1. Motor control center (HMCP, Fusible) 3
or add-on units to handle type (refer to MCC types
additional loads for motor
control centers manufactured
listed above for both
starter and feeder units)
7. Clip size and type
(if fusible)
3
since1935 for both the
Westinghouse and Cutler- 2. Class of unit (non- 8. Unit modifications (lights, 3
reversing, reversing, pushbuttons, etc.)
Hammer product lines.
two speed)
9. Catalog number 3
(if available)
3
3
Aftermarket MCC Starter types Common Modifications

3 Abbreviated list of common modification codes
Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Combination Starter—
3 HMCP Disconnect Note: Please contact your local Service Center for all available
modifications and to learn which modifications will work for your
Maximum Horsepower HMCP Starter aftermarket needs.
3 NEMA
Size 208 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 600 V
Ampere
Size
Class
Code
Modification Option
3 1 0.50 0.33 1 1 1.50 3 206A Codes Description
1 1 1 2 3 3 7 206B B10 Breaker shunt trip—120 V
3 1 3 3 5 7.50 7.50 15 206C B11 Breaker auxiliary switch—1NO/1NC
3
1 7.50 7.50 10 10 15 30 206D B19 Breaker auxiliary switch—2NO/2NC
2 10 15 25 25 30 50 206E C10 Control fuse wired for separate source in lieu of CPT
3 3 25 30 50 50 50 100 206H C11 Control fuse/disconnect for separate source in lieu of CPT
4 40 50 75 100 100 150 206L C12 CPT 100 VA for size 1 and 2 starters, fused
3 C13 CPT 150 VA for size 3 and 4 starters, fused
Full-Voltage Reversing Combination Starter— C18 Full capacity CPT for size 5 starters, fused
3 HMCP Disconnect
M12 Mini elapsed time meter
Maximum Horsepower HMCP Starter
3 NEMA
Size 208 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 600 V
Ampere
Size
Class
Code
M16 IQ 200 Meter with three CTs
O19 Overload relay heater/heater pack
3 1 0.50 0.33 1 1 1.50 3 216A O20 CEP7 solid-state overload relay—size 1

1 1 1 2 3 3 7 216B P10 Red ‘RUN’ light
3 1 3 3 5 7.50 7.50 15 216C P11 Green ‘STOPPED’ light
1 7.50 7.50 10 10 15 30 216D
3
P15 Red ‘RUN’ Push-to-Test light
2 10 15 25 25 30 50 216E P16 Green ‘STOPPED’ Push-to-Test light
3 3
4
25
40
30
50
50
75
50
100
50
100
100
150
216H
216L
P20 Special function light
P32 ‘START/STOP’ pushbutton
3 P35 ‘ON/OFF’ pushbutton
Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Combination Starter—
P36 ‘FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP’ pushbutton
3 Fusible Disconnect
Maximum Horsepower Fuse Starter
P38 ‘FAST/OFF/SLOW’ pushbutton
3 NEMA
Size 208 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 600 V
Ampere
Size
Class
Code
P41
P50
Special function pushbutton
‘ON-OFF’ selector switch
3 1
2
7.50
10
7.50
15
10
25
10
25
15
30
30
50
204D
204E
P53 ‘START-STOP’ selector switch
P55 ‘FORWARD-REVERSE’ selector switch
3 3 25 30 50 50 50 100 204H P56 Special function 2-position selector switch
4 40 50 75 100 100 150 204L
P57 ‘HAND-OFF-AUTO’ selector switch
3 P58 ‘LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE’ selector switch
Full-Voltage Reversing Combination Starter—
3 Fusible Disconnect P59 ‘FAST-OFF-SLOW’ selector switch
Maximum Horsepower Fuse Starter P60 ‘HIGH-OFF-LOW’ selector switch
3 NEMA
Size 208 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 600 V
Ampere
Size
Class
Code
P61 Special function 3-position selector switch
R24 D15 four-pole control relay
3 1 7.50 7.50 10 10 15 30 214D
S11 1NO-1NC starter auxiliary contacts
2 10 15 25 25 30 50 214E
3
S22 2NO-2NC starter auxiliary contacts
3 25 30 50 50 50 100 214H
T10 Pull-apart type terminal blocks (standard on all vintages except Type W
4 40 50 75 100 100 150 214L and 11-300)
3 U10 Surge suppressor on coil
3 U11 Type SIS control wire

U14 Wiremarkers—sleeve type on all control wire
3 U17 Wiring diagram inside starter unit door
3
3
3
3.1
Accessories and Options
3
Control and Distribution FlashGard Remote FlashGard Locking
Equipment Packaging Racking Accessory Accessory 3
Eaton’s MCCs provide the
best packaged solutions for 3
the control needs of today’s
users. Structural characteristics
allow the user to select a
3
complete package of control
and distribution equipment in 3
a minimum amount of space.
The ability to package a wide 3
range of solid-state products,
including SVX9000 drives,
S811+ soft starters and PLCs
3
Remote Racking Accessory FlashGard Locking Accessory
meet the most demanding
user process needs. The
● Performs RotoTract racking ● Locks out RotoTract 3
option to provide high safely behind NFPA arc operation during
ampacity molded case flash boundaries maintenance 3
breakers gives the user ● 120 Vac motor driven ● Allows operation of
the flexibility to minimize ● Mounts to RotoTract FlashGard units by
authorized personnel only
3
switchboard or switchgear mechanism
structures and thereby saves
valuable space and reduces
● Wired pendant station ● Heavy-gauge steel
construction
3
for “rack-in”/”rack-out”
design costs. Additional
safety accessories are
operation
3
● Momentary jog Automatic Insulation
available such as Motorguard
(automatic insulation tester),
● Mounting offset bracket
to clear device panel
Tester (Motorguard) 3
Voltage Vision (voltage
presence indicator),
Voltage Presence Indicator 3
FlashGard remote racking
(VoltageVision™)
accessory and FlashGard
locking accessory. Other
3
packaged products, including
automatic transfer switches 3
and panelboards, again
reduce space requirements 3
and save time and money on
equipment and installation
costs. A motor load terminal
3
block that enables quick
connect/disconnect of 480 V Automatic Insulation Tester 3
(Motorguard)
power is available as standard
on the Freedom FlashGard as
Voltage Presence Indicator
(VoltageVision) ● “Meggers” equipment 3
well as the XT and XT ● Hardwired voltage detector motor insulation to
FlashGard MCCs. This connected to load side continuously monitor
integrity of insulation for
3
feature is optional on the of disconnect
Freedom and Freedom arc-
resistant MCCs.
● Enables operator to
the period that the
equipment is de-energized 3
“pre-verify” voltage
Applies 500 Vdc potential
3
●
presence with unit
door closed at current-limited, operator-
safe maximum amperage
● Installable in a 30 mm
pilot device knockout
of 200 microamperes 3
● Alarms upon detection
● Dual redundant circuitry
for reliability
of a threshold leakage 3
to ground current
● Phase insensitive ● Visual alarm indication and 3
lockout; Form C contact
available for remote
alarm status
3
3
3
3
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications
Contents
3 Freedom Arc-Resistant Motor Control Center
Description Page
3 Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-9
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-10
3 Application Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-18
Product Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-19
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Freedom Arc-Resistant Motor Control Center
An arc flash is a dangerous Temperatures can reach In continuation with the
3 condition associated with the 35,000 °F, which is three legacy of Eaton’s leadership
explosive release of energy times hotter than the in arc flash safety products,
3 caused by an electrical arc
due to either a phase-to-
temperature of the sun.
These excessive
the Freedom arc-resistant
motor control center (MCC)
3 ground or a phase-to-phase
fault. This fault can result
temperatures cause the air
and metal in the path of the
is designed to provide
personnel with increased
from many factors, including arc to expand and explode, protection from the dangers
3 dropped tools, accidental creating an arc blast. of arc flash hazards. This
contact with electrical Throughout the world, arc enhanced version of Eaton’s
3 systems, buildup of
conductive dust, corrosion
flash threatens personnel flagship Freedom MCC
safety, and companies face includes additional features
3 and improper work
procedure. An arc-flash event
lost man-hours, lawsuits,
fines, equipment damage,
specifically designed to
contain the arc blast energy
releases a tremendous facility downtime and lost should an arc flash event
3 amount of energy in the form production. be triggered within the
of thermal heat, toxic fumes, assembly. The Freedom arc-
3 pressure waves, blinding resistant MCC has a Type 2
light, sound waves and accessibility rating, meaning
3 explosions that can result in
serious injury, including
that arc-resistant designs or
features are present on the
3 critical burns, collapsed lungs,
loss of vision, ruptured
front, back and sides of the
assembly. This Type 2 rating
eardrums, puncture wounds translates to enhanced safety
3 and even death. around the entire perimeter
of the MCC should an arc
3 flash event occur.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Features and Benefits
3
No Exhaust Plenums or Roof Flaps Required
Eaton’s arc-resistant Freedom MCC requires no exhaust 3
plenums or roof flaps. This aids in the ease of installation, as
additional clearance or venting ductwork is not required above 3
the assembly.
12 Gauge Steel Doors, Side Sheets and Back Sheets

3
Usage of 12 gauge steel on all MCC doors, side sheets and back
sheets serve to increase the structural integrity of the MCC and
3
aid in the containment of arc blast energy, further enhancing
personnel safety should an arc flash event occur. 3
3
4 Inch Sections
A four-inch section is added to the first and last structures of the 3
MCC lineup, regardless of the number of structures. These
sections increase the structural integrity of the MCC lineup, 3
further ensuring it can withstand the arc blast energy.
Front View of Structure 3
3
Enhanced Door Hinges and Latches
3
Hinges and door latches play a vital role in the containment of
arc blast energy during an arc flash event. The design and
implementation of enhanced door hinges and latches on the
3
Freedom arc-resistant MCC serves to keep doors closed and
latched securely during an arc flash event, further preventing the 3
propagation of arc blast energy toward personnel. As an
additional measure, the quantity of door hinges and latches 3
applied to the MCC unit doors has also been increased.
3
3
Insulated Horizontal and Vertical Buses
Insulation of the horizontal and vertical buses aids in the
3
prevention of arc flash incidents. When an arc flash incident
does occur, the insulation serves to prevent further propagation 3
of the arc fault throughout the entire MCC. Automatic vertical
bus shutters are included. 3
3
3
Isolation Barriers Between Adjacent Structures
Isolation barriers placed between adjacent structures serve to 3
isolate the arc blast energy to a single area within the MCC.
3
3
3
3
Rear View of Structure with
Back and Side Sheets Removed 3
3
3
Standards and Certifications Technical Data and Specifications

3 Eaton’s Freedom arc-
resistant MCC has been
3 tested and verified per the Specifications
criteria found in the Institute
3 of Electrical and Electronics
Item Description
Engineers (IEEE) guideline Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC

3 C37.20.7 titled “IEEE Guide
for Testing Metal-Enclosed
Applicable guidelines and standards Tested and verified per IEEE guideline C37.20.7 and CSA standard 22.2 No. 0.22-11
Agency approvals UL and cUL per UL 845
3 Switchgear Rated Up to 38 kV
for Internal Arcing Faults.” Voltage rating 600 V maximum
3
Interrupting rating Maximum 65 kA at 480 V and 600 V
The MCC also meets the
criteria found in Canadian Arc duration rating 100 mS
3 Standards Association (CSA)

standard C22.2 No. 0.22-11,
Accessibility type 1 Type 2 (contains arc-resistant protection designs or features on the front, sides, and rear of the equipment)
Main incoming breaker (required) 2500 A frame
titled “Evaluation Methods
3 for Arc Resistance Ratings of
1200 A–2500 A trip range), 80% rated
1200 A frame
Enclosed Electrical (400 A–1200 A trip range), 80% rated
3 Equipment.” This standard Structure environmental ratings NEMA 1, 2, 12 and 3R available
was originally published in
3 2012 and is currently the only
official North American
Structure depth
Horizontal bus
21 inches
Minimum 800 A, maximum 2500 A 2
3 standard or guideline that

contains low voltage MCCs
Vertical bus Maximum 1200 A
Bus insulation Horizontal and vertical buses both insulated
within the scope of coverage.
3 CSA C22.2 No. 0.22-11 was Available Units, Assemblies and Options
based in large part on the Interrupting devices 3 Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers and motor circuit protectors
3 guidelines and testing criteria
Main breakers 4 2500 A frame (800 A–2500 A range)
found in IEEE C37.20.7. 1200 A frame (320 A–1200 A range)
3 Starters NEMA size 1–5 full voltage non-reversing (FVNR), full voltage reversing (FVR) and multi-speed
All overload options available, including bimetallic and solid-state
3 Feeders Maximum 400 A, 80% rated
3
Variable frequency drives (VFDs) Maximum 200 hp
Clean power drives 1 Maximum 200 hp
3 Soft starters Maximum 200 hp

Other units and Relay panels
3 assemblies available Relay structures
Meters
Transformers
3 Panelboards
Transfer switches
Surge protective devices
3 Power factor correction capacitors
Active harmonic correction units
3 Communications Communications on all major fieldbus protocols, including Modbus, Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet,
and PROFIBUS
3 Notes
1 Freedom arc-resistant MCCs containing clean power drives carry a Type 1 accessibility type (contains arc-resistant protection designs
3 on the front).
2 2500 A maximum with 65 °C temperature rise bus, 2000 A maximum with 50 °C temperature rise bus.
3
3 Fused switches and air circuit breakers not available.
4 An incoming main breaker is required to be configured in the lineup. Incoming main lugs, fused switches and air circuit breakers not available
as main devices.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Incoming Line
3
Incoming Line—
Main Lugs Only 12 Incoming Line—Main Circuit Breaker 14 3
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3
Bus
Rating X-Space Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant
Frame Size Circuit and Freedom FlashGard Enclosure
3
600 2 (Amperes) Breaker Type Unit Size Width
3
150 HFD 2 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0)
4
FDC 2 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0) 3
800 3 225 HFD 2 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0)
4 FDC 2 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0) 3
6 2
3
250 HJD 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
1000 4 JDC 2 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
6
8
400 HKD 2
KDC 2
30.00 (762.0)
30.00 (762.0)
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
3
1200 5 CHKD 25 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
3
6 CKDC 25 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
1600 12 600 HLD 2 24.00 (609.6) 9jk 20.00 (508.0) 3
2000 12 LDC 2 24.00 (609.6) 9jk 20.00 (508.0)
2500 12 CHLD 235 24.00 (609.6) 9jk 20.00 (508.0) 3

CLDC 235 24.00 (609.6) 9jk 20.00 (508.0)
3200 3 12
800 HMDL 2 30.00 (762.0) 9k 20.00 (508.0) 3
CHMDL 235
NGH 467
48.00 (1219.2) 9k
42.00 (1066.8) 9k
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
3
NGC 267 42.00 (1066.8) 9k 20.00 (508.0)
3
NGH-C 3678 72.00 (1828.8) 9 20.00 (508.0)
NGC-C 267 72.00 (1828.8) 9 20.00 (508.0) 3
1200 NGH 467 42.00 (1066.8) 9k 20.00 (508.0)
NGC 267 42.00 (1066.8) 9k 20.00 (508.0) 3
NGH-C 234678 72.00 (1828.8) 9 20.00 (508.0)
NGC-C 2367 72.00 (1828.8) 9 20.00 (508.0) 3
3
1600 RGH 467 72.00 (1828.8) 9l 20.00 (508.0)
RGC 267 72.00 (1828.8) 9l 20.00 (508.0)
RGH-C 24678
RGC-C 2678
72.00 (1828.8) 9l
72.00 (1828.8) 9l
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
3
2000 RGH 467
267
72.00 (1828.8) 9l 20.00 (508.0) 3
RGC 72.00 (1828.8) 9l 20.00 (508.0)
RGH-C 24678 72.00 (1828.8) 9l 20.00 (508.0) 3
RGC-C 2678 72.00 (1828.8) 9l 20.00 (508.0)
2500 RGH 467 72.00 (1828.8) 9kl 24.00 (609.6) 3
RGC 267 72.00 (1828.8) 9kl 24.00 (609.6)
Notes
3
1 Table common to Freedom, Freedom arc-resistant and Freedom FlashGard.
2 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant MCC. 3
3 NEMA 1 gasketed only.
4 An NGH or RGH main breaker is required in the Freedom arc-resistant MCC. The NGH requires a complete vertical section (72 inches) in the 3
Freedom arc-resistant MCC only.
5 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating. Digitrip™ 310 LS is required and included in the price.
6 Digitrip 310+ LSI is standard and included in the pricing.
3
3
7 Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ARMS) available. Requires Digitrip 310+ ALSI or ALSIG.
8 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating.
9 Fixed assembly. Not available with FlashGard RotoTract assembly.
j Add 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) for top entry of incoming cables.
k Install at top for cable top entry or at bottom for bottom cable entry.
3
3
l The main breaker requires the complete vertical section. The rear is unusable.
3
Structure Modifications
3
3
Structure Modifications Neutral Bus (Bottom) Incoming Line Metering Surge Protective Device—
Description Ampere Rating X-Space
Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect
3 Enclosure 300 Freedom,
Freedom Three feature packages are
NEMA 1 gasketed 600 or 800 Arc-Resistant available to choose from.
3 NEMA 12—dust-tight 1000
Meter
and Freedom
FlashGard
Individual features vary by
package.
NEMA 3R front-mounted only 1200
3 NEMA 3R front and rear 1 1600
IQ 130/140/150 2 X-Space
IQ 250/260 2 Freedom,
3 NEMA 3R walk-in 1 2000
IQ DP-4130 2
Freedom
Arc-Resistant
NEMA 3R tunnel 1 2500
IQ Analyzer 2 Surge Current and Freedom
3 Space heater 3200 13
Power Xpert 2
Per Phase FlashGard
Thermostat 2250/2260/2270 100 kA 3
3 Bottom plate Power Xpert 3
Model SPD 4
4000/6000/8000 120 kA 3
3
Channel sills
Model SPD 45
12.00-inch (304.8 mm) pull box
160 kA 3
3 100 kA bus bracing 1 Model SPD 4
Vertical Bus 200 kA 3
3 600 A
Model SPD 4
250 kA 3
800 A
3 1200 A
Model SPD 6
300 kA 3
3 Horizontal Ground Bus

300 A copper
Model SPD
400 kA 3
3
Model SPD
600 A copper
800 A copper Notes
3 Standard Structures
1 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.
16.00-inch (406.4 mm) front-mounted only 1 2 Labyrinth barrier with automatic shutter
3 21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front-mounted only

is standard on the Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.
3 21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front and rear 1 3 Available NEMA 1 gasketed
enclosures only.
Main Horizontal Bus—65°C Rise 1 4 Optional integral IQ 200 Meter in 3X unit
3 600 A copper 1 for 100 kA–200 kA.

5 Recommended for branch entrance.
800 A copper
3 1200 A copper
6 Recommended for service entrance.
3
1600 A copper
2000 A copper
3 2500 A copper
3200 A copper 1
3 Vertical Bus Barrier
Labyrinth barrier with shutters 2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Combination Starters
3
Circuit Breaker Starters 1 Fusible Disconnect Starters 1 Contactor Only Units
Circuit Breaker Starters
(HMCP) Non-Reversing X-Space X-Space X-Space 3
(F206) 1 Freedom and Freedom and Freedom and
X-Space
Size
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant FlashGard Size
Resistant FlashGard Size
Resistant FlashGard
3
Freedom and
Size
Resistant FlashGard
Full Voltage Reversing (F216) Full Voltage
Non-Reversing (F204)
Circuit Breaker (F208) 3
1 3 3 1 2 2
1 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3
2 2 2 3
2 2 2 2 2 3
3 4 4 3 3 3
3 3 3 4 5 5
3 4 4
4 3 4
3
4 6 6
3
4 3 4 2S1W (F946) 5 6 7
5 6 7 5 10 11
1 4 4 6 9 9
3
6 9 9 Full Voltage Reversing (F214)
2 4 5 Fusible (F209) 5
1 4 4
3 6 7 1 2 3
Compact Circuit Breaker
Starters (HMCP) 4 6 8
2 4 4
2 2 3 3
3 5 5
Non-Reversing (F206)
3
2S2W (F956) 3 4 4
4 8 10
X-Space 1 4 4 4 6 6
Fusible Non-Reversing
Size
Freedom and
Freedom Arc-Resistant
2 4 4 2S 1W (F944) 5 10 11
3
3 5 5 1 4 4 Notes
1 1
4 5 7 2 4 5 1 All starter configurations use the 3
2 1 Freedom contactor as standard.
Reduce Voltage Auto
3
3 6 6 It is possible to order the starter
3 2 Transformer (F606) 2
4 10 10 configuration with the A200 contactor,
4 2 3 8 9 which may affect X space.
4 8 9
Fusible Non-Reversing
2S 2W (F954)
2 Must be located at bottom.
3 24.00 inches (609.6 mm) wide.
3
Compact Circuit Breaker 3
3
5 12 12 1 4 4 4 28.00 inches (711.2 mm) wide.
Starters (HMCP) Reversing 5 Not available in Freedom arc-
64 12 12 2 4 5
(F216) resistant MCC.
X-Space
Vacuum Starters (V206)
Non-Reversing
3 5 6 3
Freedom and 4 8 10
Size Freedom Arc-Resistant 4
5
3
6
4
7
3
1 2
2 2
6 8 9
3
3 3
4 3 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Starter Modifications
3
3
Control Options Industrial Communications 3
Description Networked-enabled The industrial network is
components in MCCs prewired throughout the
3 Selector switch 2/3—Pos.
eliminate up to 90% of the MCC and factory tested for
Push-to-test light 6 V transformer control wiring versus conformance.
3 Tx indicating light—standard traditional hardwired designs.
Auxiliary switch—in breaker
3 Mini meters
Motor Control Communication Options
AMM Device DeviceNet Modbus PROFIBUS EtherNet/IP Modbus TCP
3 VMM
ETM
C306 Over Load C441K C441N C441S C441R C441R
3 Relay surge suppressor

C440 Over Load
C441 Over Load
C441K
C441K
C441N
C441N
C441S
C441S
C441R
C441R
C441R
C441R
Timer—pneumatic
3 Timer—solid-state
SVX Drives OPTC7 OPTC2 OPTC3 OPTCI OPTCI
Feeders C441K C441N C441S C441R C441R
Relay—AR—600 V two-pole
3 Relay—general purpose 300 V
S811+ Soft Starter Via gateway Resident in S811+ Via gateway C441V C441V
3 Standard solid-state overload relay 12

NEMA size 1–3
S811+ Soft Starters with Integral Bypass
3 NEMA size 4–6
X-Space X-Space
Freedom Freedom Freedom
3 Maximum hp and Freedom Arc-Resistant FlashGard Maximum hp Freedom FlashGard
1.15 Service Factor—Standard Duty 1.15 Service Factor—Severe Duty
3 20 2 3 10 2 3
3 40
60
2
3
3
4
25
40
2
3
3
4
3 75 3 4 50 3 4
125 6 7 75 6 7
3 150 6 7 100 6 7
3
200 6 7 125 6 9
300 4 9 9 150 9 10
3 350 4 9 9 200 9 10
450 4 12 12 250 4 9 10
3 500 4 12 12 300 4 9 10
600 4 12 12 350 4 9 10
3 700 4 12 5 12 450 4 12 5 12
3
S811+ Control Options 6 S811+ Power Options 6 Notes
3 Description NEMA Bypass Contactor
1 Feature Overload provides same features
as standard model plus ground fault,

3 Pump control Size 1 stall/jam protection, selectable trip class
—10, 15 and 20.
MOV protection Size 2 2 Size 4 units require additional 6-inch
3 Size 3 (152.4 mm) (1X) space.

3 This table is common for Freedom,
Size 4
3 Size 5
Freedom arc-resistant and Freedom
FlashGard MCCs.
3 Size 6
Size 7
MCC.
5 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide,
3
rear is unusable, bottom exit only.
6 Options apply to both HMCP and
breaker models.
3
3
3
3.2
Motor Isolation Contactors SVX9000 Adjustable SVX9000 Adjustable SVX9000 Options
Sizes
Frequency Drives— Frequency Drives— Description
3
Plug-in Units NEMA 1 Non-Plug-in Units NEMA 1
1 (480 V Maximum) Constant/
Variable Torque Rated 1
(480 V Maximum) Constant/
Variable Torque Rated
DeviceNet communications
3
2 PROFIBUS communications
3 X-Space X-Space Modbus RTU 3
Freedom and Freedom and Modbus TCP
4
5 hp
Resistant FlashGard hp
Resistant FlashGard EtherNet/IP 3
2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
6
7
3
5
3
4
6
7
40
50
9
9
9
9
(40–75 VT hp) 3
MMX Adjustable
7.5 4 7 60 9 9 (100–150 VT hp) 3
10 4 7 75 2 9 9 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
Frequency Drives—NEMA 1
(480 V Maximum) 15 4 7 100 12 12
(200–250 VT hp)
3
X-Space 20 6 10 125 12 12
Freedom, Freedom Arc- 25 6 10 150 12 12
(300–400 VT hp) 3
3
Resistant and Freedom (500–600 VT hp) 3
hp FlashGard 30 6 10 200 12 12
Input line fuses (40–150 VT hp) 3
3
1 2 250 3 12 12
2 2
SVX9000 Options 300 3 12 12
Input line fuses (200–250 hp) 3
Input line fuses (300–400 hp) 3
3
Description 400 3 12 12
3 3
5 3
DeviceNet communications 500 3 12 12 Active Harmonic Correction 3
PROFIBUS communications for AC Drives
3
600 3 12 12
7.5 3
Modbus RTU 700 3 12 12 X-Space
10 3
3
Modbus TCP Freedom and
Note: Consult Eaton’s Consulting Freedom Arc- Freedom
MMX Drive Options EtherNet/IP Application Guide for complete Description Resistant FlashGard
Description 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter (3 hp) details on Drive/ Option Assembly
Dimensions. 50 A harmonic 12 4 12 4 3
3% load reactor 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter correction
5% load reactor
(5–15 hp)
Note: SVX9000 Non-Plug-in Units
with HMCP disconnect, 3% input 100 A harmonic 12 4
correction
12 4 3
2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter line reactor, 3% output line
Three contactor bypass
(20–30 hp) reactor, door mounted Keypad,
CPT. 18-Pulse Clean Power
3
Input line fuses (3–30 hp)
Drives—NEMA 1, (480 V
RFI filter (3–30 hp)
Note: VT—Variable Torque drives
are capable of producing 200% Maximum) Variable Torque 3
starting torque for 10 seconds Rated 5
and are rated for 10 seconds, X-Space 3
and are rated 110% overload hp Inches (mm) Wide 6
for 1 minute.
Note: CT—Variable Torque drives
100 12, 40.00 (1016.0) 3
3
are capable of producing 200% 150 12, 40.00 (1016.0)
starting torque for 10 seconds 200 12, 60.00 (1524.0)
and are rated for 10 seconds,
and are rated 150% overload
for 1 minute.
250 3 12, 60.00 (1524.0)
3
300 37 12, 60.00 (1524.0) 7
400 3 12, 60.00 (1524.0) 7 3
500 37 12, 106.00 (2692.4) 7
Notes
3
3
1 SVX9000 plug-in units with HMCP
disconnect, 3% input line reactor,

3% output line reactor, door-mounted
keypad, CPT.
2 X-space for 75 hp CT rated drive is 12X.
3
3
MCC.
4 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm)
wide structure.
5 Includes 5% input line reactor, 18-pulse
3
rectifier, delta differential transformer.
6 X-space shown is common for both 3
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard MCCs.
7 Extra space required for bypass
contactor, consult factory. 3

3
Feeders
3 Note: FlashGard RotoTract
assembly available on circuit
3
Fusible Disconnect— Fusible Disconnect—
breakers 400 A and below. Fusible Switch 5 Dual Fusible Switch 45
3
X-Space Amperes Freedom X-Space
Circuit Breaker Freedom
30 2
X-Space Amperes Freedom FlashGard
3 Freedom and 30 or 60 2 3 60 3
Freedom Arc- Freedom 30 2
100 3 3
3 Amperes Resistant FlashGard
200 6 5 Notes
Standard Circuit Breakers
1 HFDE breakers with RMS 310+ electronic
3 HFD 50 1 2 2
400
600
6
8
7
8
trip unit available in 80 AF and 225 AF in
HFD 100 1 2 2 2X space.
3 HFD 150 1 2 2
2 Fixed assembly, no RotoTract.
3 NGH breaker requires a full structure
(12X) in the Freedom arc-resistant MCC.

3 HJD 250
HKD 400
3
4
3
5
4 Not available in Freedom FlashGard.
3 HLD 600 4 42 MCC.
NGH 1200 7 3 72
3 6.00-Inch (152.4 mm)
Circuit Breakers
3 EG125 1 N/A
JG250 1 N/A
3 Dual HFD Circuit Breakers
3
50/50 2 4
50/100 2 4
3 100/100 2 4
4
100/150 2
3 150/150 2 4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
NEMA 3R Drives Panelboards
3
Constant/Variable Torque Panelboards Panelboards
Rated (480 V Maximum) (240 V Maximum) 14 (480 V Maximum) 14 3
3
Horsepower X-Space, Width 1 Circuits X-Space Circuits X-Space
1.5 5X, 24.00 (609.6) 18 4 14 6
2 5X, 24.00 (609.6) 30 5 26 8 3
3 5X, 24.00 (609.6) 42 6 32 8
5 5X, 24.00 (609.6) 42 10 3
7.5 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
10 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
3
15 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
Automatic Transfer Switches
3
20 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
25 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
Open Transition Three-Pole Only
3
30 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
40 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
Ampere Rating Unit Width Inches (mm) X-Space 1 3
100 5 20.00 (508.0) 6
3
50 12X, 32.00 (812.8)
60 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 150 5 20.00 (508.0) 6
3
75 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 100 20.00 (508.0) 8
100 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 150 20.00 (508.0) 8
125 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 225 20.00 (508.0) 8

3
150 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 300 20.00 (508.0) 8
200 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 2 400 24.00 (609.6) 6 12 3

600 24.00 (609.6) 6 12
800 24.00 (609.6) 6 12 3
Transformers
1000
1000
24.00 (609.6) 6
44.00 (1117.6) 7
12
12
3
Transformers 13
Primary and
1200 44.00 (1117.6) 7 12 3
Primary Secondary 1600 44.00 (1117.6) 8 12
kVA
Breaker Only Breakers
X-Space X-Space 2000 44.00 (1117.6) 8 12 3
Single-Phase Notes
1 X-space shown is common for Freedom, Freedom arc-resistant and Freedom FlashGard MCCs.
3
3 4 4
2 Extra space required for bypass section. Consult factory.
5 4 4 3 Must have primary breaker. Must be located at bottom of structure. 3
4 Space for MLO. Branch breakers included.
7.5 4 4
10 4 4
5 Manually operated switch:
NTVS = Electronically operated non-automatic.

3
3
15 6 6 6 MTVX = Single handle manual operation.
6 Requires 21.00-inch (533.4 mm) deep structure.
20 6 6 6 7 Requires 37.00-inch (939.8 mm) deep structure, flush at the rear. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.
25 6 6 6 8 Requires 42.00-inch (1066.8 mm) deep structure. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.
3
30 6 6 6
45 6 7 8 3
Three-Phase
96 6 6 3
15 6
25 6
6
6
6
6
3
30 6 6 6 3
45 6 6 6
3
3
3
3
Application Guide
3
3
Motor Circuit Protector Selection Guide 1 Circuit Breaker Application Chart
Maximum Horsepower Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
3 NEMA 200 V 208 V 230 V 380 V 460 V 575 V HMCP Frame Frame Rating (Amperes) 208/240 V 480 V 600 V
1 — — — 3/4 3/4 1 3 Standard Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers
3 3/4 1 1 2 2 3 7 HFD 150 65 65 25
2 2 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 HJD 250 65 65 25
3 5 5 5 10 10 10 30 HKD 400 65 65 35
3
7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — — 50 HLD 600 65 65 35
2 — — — — — 15 30 NGH 1200 65 65 35
3 10 10 10 15 20 25 50 RGH 2500 65 65 50
— — 15 25 25 — 70 High Interrupting Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers
3 3 — — — — — 30 50 FDC 150 100 100 35
15 20 20 30 40 50 100 JDC 250 100 100 35
3 25 25 30 50 50 — 150 KDC 400 100 100 50
3 4 40
—
40
—
40
50
60
75
100
—
100
—
150
250
LDC
NGC
600
1200
100
100
100
100
50
50
3 5 50 50 60 — 125 150 250 RGC 2500 100 100 65

75 75 75 150 200 200 400 Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers
3 — — 100 — — — 600 HFD/CL 150 100 100 100
3
6 150 150 200 300 350 400 600 HFD/CL 225 100 100 100
— — — — 400 — 1200 NBTRIPAC 300–800 100 100 100
3 Magnum DS Air Circuit Breakers

MDS-608 800 65 65 65
3 MDS-C08 800 100 100 100
MDS-616 1600 65 65 65
3 MDS-C16 1600 100 100 100
3
MDS-620 2000 65 65 65
MDS-C20 2000 100 100 100
3 MDS-632 3200 65 65 65
MDS-C32 3200 100 100 100
3 Notes
1 Suitable for use with NEMA Design B and D (high efficiency) motors.
3 Circuit breakers can be supplied with optional CPT and optional shunt trip.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.2
Individual CPT Sizes
Starter Size Standard Transformer (VA) Maximum Size in Standard Unit (VA)
3
FVNR, FVR, 2S2W
3
1, 2 100 150
1, 2–6 100 100 3
3, 4 150 250
5, 6 500 500 3
4 150 250
5 150 250 3
6 250 350
RVAT 3
3, 4 150 250
5, 6 500 500 3
2S1W
1, 2, 3, 4 200 250 3
5, 6 500 500
Vacuum 3
3
4 150 250
5 150 250
6 250 350
3
Product Specifications 3
Structure
● NEMA 1, 2, 3R or
Units
● Freedom Motor Starters: ● Motor load terminal block ● 10250T 30.5 mm heavy-
3
●
12 enclosure
Copper horizontal bus
● NEMA size 1–7 4 is standard on FlashGard
MCC and optional on ●
duty oiltight pushbuttons
Surge protection:
3
● Bimetallic overload relay
Freedom and Freedom
●
600–3200 A 1
Fully rated copper vertical
● Single-phase protection arc-resistant
● SPD Series
(100–400 kA)
3
● Class 10 and 20 ● Compact units available
●
bus 600–1200 A
Isolated vertical bus barrier
protection ● Soft Starters:
● Energy monitoring: 3
● Widest heater range ● IQ 100 (amperes, volts)
3
standard on Freedom with fewest styles in
● S811+ (20–800 hp) 6
MCCs ● IQ 250 (adds, Hz,
the industry ● Adjustable Frequency watts, PF)
Optional insulated
3
●
● Optional solid-state Drives: ● IQ 260 (adds THD,
horizontal bus and/or overload relays
insulated labyrinth
● MMX (1–10 hp) Contact I/O)
vertical bus on Freedom ● HMCP with combination ● SVX9000 (2–700 hp) 7 ● IQ Analyzer (adds 3
MCCs starter ratings of 65 kAIC trending, waveform
● K-Switch visible blade
● Optional isolating barriers and 100 kAIC at 480 V 5 fused disconnect: 8 display) 3
between structures 2 ● Plug-in units up to 400 A ● Power Xpert (adds high-
● 30–800 A
● Insulated horizontal bus ● Handle mechanism with ● 100 kAIC at 600 V
end metering, power
quality analysis, open
3
and insulated labyrinth positive trip indication
vertical bus is standard on
Freedom arc-resistant and
● Side-mounted positive communications and
Web server gateway) 3
latch terminal block
3
Freedom FlashGard MCCs Notes
● Heavy-duty spring 1 800–2500 A copper horizontal bus
operated quarter-turn
3
available in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
door latches 2 Isolating barriers standard in Freedom
arc-resistant MCC.
● 65 kA and 100 kA bus
bracing 3
3 65 kA bus bracing available in Freedom
arc-resistant MCC. 100 kA not available.

3
3
4 NEMA size 1–5 motor starters available
in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.

5 Starter combination ratings 65 kAIC
maximum in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.

6 20–200 hp S811+ soft starters available
3
in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
7 2–200 hp SVX9000 drives available in 3
Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
8 Fused disconnects not available in
Freedom arc-resistant MCC

3
3
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets
Contents
3 Freedom and Freedom FlashGard
Description
3 Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Motor Control Center Takeoff Check Sheet
3 Customer/Job Name Neg No. Bus Rating and Options
3 Horizontal bus 600/800/1200/1600

MCC Model 21-inch deep structure only 2000/2500/3200
3 Freedom Freedom FlashGard Bus plating Silver (AG)/tin (SN)

Service 60 Hz 208 V/230 V/480 V/575 V Bus temp rise 50 °C/65 °C
3 Service 50 Hz 380 V/415 V Insulated horizontal bus
3
DC 125 V/250 V Vertical bus 600/800/1200
Three-wire/four-wire Ground bus 300/600/800
3 Structure Configuration Location Top/bottom

16-inch front mount 21-inch front mount Vertical ground bus Lugs: incoming/each end
3 21-inch front and rear mount Neutral bus (4 W only) Half/full/lug pad
42-inch front mount back-to-back Bus bracing 42K/65K/100K
3 32-inch front mount back-to-back Vertical bus barrier STD Glastic sheet
3 NEMA 1A/2DP/12/3RNWI/3R aisle/3R tunnel

Enclosure Modifications Incoming Line Metering
Labyrinth with/without shutter
3 Space heaters (150 W) 120 V/240 V IQ 130/140/150

Channel sills CBC/IBC seismic qualified IQ 250/260
3 Thermostat Split proof IQ DP-4130
Bottom plates Split rear cover IQ Analyzer
3 Corner structure Vertical section barrier Power Xpert 2250/2260/2270
3 8-inch vertical wireway Special paint color (adder) Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000
ABS Certification Incoming Protection
3 Handle extensions (“two meter rule”) SPD Series surge protective device
Top hat (certain sections) 12-inch/18-inch/24-inch Incoming Line MLO/Breaker/Switch
3 Top hat (all sections) 12-inch/18-inch/24-inch Cable—top/bottom/bus duct
3
Main trip: LS/LSI/LSG/LSIG/other
Crimp lugs Screw type lugs
3 Main tie main (MTM) Auto throw over

Kirk key Service entrance (SUSE)
3
3
3.3
MCC Spec Review Checklist, continued
3
Breaker Options
Aux. contacts (1NO 1NC) (2NO 2NC)
Control Power
Size 1 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.
3
LS/LSI/LSIG/LSG trip units Size 2 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.
3
Under voltage release Shunt trip Size 3 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max.
Panelboards Size 4 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max. 3
14/18/26/30/32/42 count 1-pole/2-pole/3-pole Size 5 250 VA (Std)/300 VA max.
Starter Disconnect Type Size 6 250 VA (Std)/300 VA max. 3
HMCP/TM. bkr./fusible
NEMA wiring class
Separate source power
Auxiliary Starter Contacts
3
1A/1B/2B/1C/2C/1S/2S NO 1/2/3/4 NC 1/2/3/4 3
If any type “C” choose MTB location: Control Devices
Master terminal blocks (MTBs) top/bottom/relay structure
Pushbutton 1 unit/2 unit/reset VoltageVision 3
Terminal Blocks
3
Selector switch 2pos/3pos/4pos Motorguard
Side latch pull apart (Std) (2x7-point)
Light—Std Xfmr/PTT/LED bulb Motor load block
Spare points = ______% (call DSE) Front utility (call DSE)
Nameplates: Black with White Letters / White with Black Letters
On/off run/stop
3
Mini ETM Panel ETM
Starter OL Types
Bimetallic (C306) Advanced solid-state (C441)
AMM (mini/panel) VM (mini/panel) 3
Riley transducer (Loop/Self Pwr)
Solid-state (C440)
CTs for remote metering 3
Plug-In Starter Bucket Unit Features
3
Ground fault
# 16 MTW wire Coil surge suppression
IP relay—size 1/2/3/4/5/6 Voltage
3
# 14 SIS wire Blown fuse indicators
Relays 300 V or 600 V Timers
# 14 MTW Ground fault relays
Communications
Wiremarkers each end
DeviceNet direct Modbus RTU 3
Ring wire lugs control Riley current sensor
EtherNet/IP Power Xpert Gateway
Spade wire lugs Heater packs
Modbus TCP PROFIBUS DP 3
Ring power wire lugs
Wiring diagram on door
S811+ Soft Starters
Isolation contactor MOVs
3
3
SIS power wire Vacuum contactors
Pump control software Bypass starter
VFDs SVX/MMX/CPX
EMI/RFI Line fuses 3
3
dV/dT filter 600 ft or 1000 ft 3-contactor bypass
Harmonic Correction Unit
50 A/100 A
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Component Count Sheet

3 FVNR Starters FVR Starters Two Speed, One Winding Two Speed, Two Winding
3 Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity
3 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
3 4 4 4 4
3
5 5
6 6
Fusible Feeders
3 7 Single Quantity Dual Quantity
30 A 30/30
3 Feeder Breakers 60 A 60/60
3
Single Quantity Dual Quantity 100 A
50 A 50/50 200 A
3 100 A 100/50 400 A

150 A 100/100 600 A
3 225 A 150/100 800 A
250 A 150/150 1200 A
3 400 A
3 600 A
800 A
Future Space
Starter Circuit Protection Size Quantity
3 1200 A
HMCP Thermal Magnetic 2X
1600 A
3 2000 A
HMCPE 3X
Fusible 4X
2500 A
3 3200 A
3 Relay Panels
Size Quantity
VFDs
3 HP Quantity Type
2X
3X
3
1.5 CT/VT
4X
2 CT/VT
5X
3 3
5
CT/VT
CT/VT 6X
3 7.5 CT/VT 7X
8X
10 CT/VT
3 20 CT/VT 9X
25 CT/VT 10X
3 30 CT/VT 11X
40 CT/VT 12X
3 50 CT/VT
3 60
75
CT/VT
CT/VT
3 100 CT/VT
125 CT/VT
3 150 CT/VT
200 CT/VT
3 250 CT/VT
300 CT/VT
3 400 CT/VT
3
500 CT/VT
600 CT/VT
3 700 CT/VT
3.3
Component Count Sheet, continued
3
Soft Starters
HP Quantity Duty Cable Exit
3
20 Std/severe
40 Std/severe 3
60 Std/severe
75 Std/severe
3
125 Std/severe
3
200 Std/severe
300 Std/severe Top/bottom 3
350 Std/severe Top/bottom
3
3
Transformers 3
3
Single-Phase Quantity Three-Phase Quantity
3 kVA 9 kVA
5 kVA 15 kVA 3
7.5 kVA 25 kVA
10 kVA 30 kVA 3
15 kVA 45 kVA
20 kVA 3
25 kVA
30 kVA
3
45 kVA 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets
Contents
3 Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC
Description
3 Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Motor Control Center Takeoff Check Sheet
3 Customer/Job Name Neg No. Bus Rating and Options
3 Horizontal bus 800/1200/1600/2000/2500

MCC Model Bus plating Silver (AG)/tin (SN)
3 Freedom Arc-Resistant Bus temp rise 50 °C/65 °C

Service 60 Hz 208 V/230 V/480 V/575 V Insulated horizontal bus
3 Service 50 Hz 380 V/415 V Vertical bus 600/800/1200
3
Three-wire/four-wire Ground bus 300/600/800
Structure Configuration Location Top/bottom
3 42-inch front mount back-to-back 21-inch front mount Vertical ground bus Lugs: incoming/each end
NEMA 1A/2DP/12/3RNWI Neutral bus (4W only) Half/full/lug pad
3 Enclosure Modifications Bus bracing 65K
Space heaters (150 W) 120 V/240 V Vertical bus barrier Labyrinth with shutter
3 Channel sills CBC/IBC seismic qualified Incoming Line Metering
3 Thermostat
Bottom plates
Split proof
Split rear cover
IQ 130/140/150
IQ 250/260
3 Corner structure Vertical section barrier IQ DP-4130

8-inch vertical wireway Special paint color (adder) IQ Analyzer
3 ABS Certification Power Xpert 2250/2260/2270
Handle extensions (“two meter rule”) Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000
3 Top hat (certain sections) 12-inch/18-inch/24-inch Incoming Protection
3 Top hat (all sections) 12-inch/18-inch/24-inch SPD Series surge protective device
Incoming Line
3 Breaker
Cable—top/bottom
3 Main trip: LS/LSI/LSG/LSIG/other
3
Main tie main (MTM) Auto throw over
3 Kirk key Service entrance (SUSE)
3
3
3.4
MCC Spec Review Checklist, continued
3
Breaker Options
Aux. contacts (1NO 1NC) (2NO 2NC)
Control Power
Size 1 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.
3
LS/LSI/LSIG/LSG trip units Size 2 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.
3
Under voltage release Shunt trip Size 3 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max.
Panelboards Size 4 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max. 3
14/18/26/30/32/42 count 1-pole/2-pole/3-pole Size 5 250 VA (Std)/300 VA max.
Starter Disconnect Type Separate source power 3
HMCP/TM. bkr.
NEMA wiring class
Auxiliary Starter Contacts
NO 1/2/3/4 NC 1/2/3/4
3
1A/1B/2B/1C/2C/1S/2S Control Devices 3
If any type “C” choose MTB location: Pushbutton 1 unit/2 unit/reset VoltageVision
Selector switch 2pos/3pos/4pos Motorguard 3
Terminal Blocks
3
Light—Std Xfmr/PTT/LED bulb Motor load block
On/off run/stop
Mini ETM Panel ETM
3
AMM (mini/panel) VM (mini/panel)
Starter OL Types
Bimetallic (C306) Advanced solid-state (C441)
Riley transducer (Loop/Self Pwr) 3
CTs for remote metering
Solid-state (C440)
Ground fault 3
Plug-In Starter Bucket Unit Features
3
IP relay—size 1/2/3/4/5/6 Voltage
# 16 MTW wire Coil surge suppression
Relays 300 V or 600 V Timers
3
# 14 SIS wire Blown fuse indicators
Communications
# 14 MTW Ground fault relays
DeviceNet direct Modbus RTU
Wiremarkers each end
EtherNet/IP Power Xpert Gateway 3
Ring wire lugs control Riley current sensor
Modbus TCP PROFIBUS DP
Spade wire lugs Heater packs
S811+ Soft Starters 3
Ring power wire lugs
Wiring diagram on door
Isolation contactor
Pump control software
MOVs
Bypass starter
3
3
SIS power wire Vacuum contactors
VFDs SVX/MMX/CPX
EMI/RFI
dV/dT filter 600 ft or 1000 ft 3-contactor bypass 3
3
50 A/100 A
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3 FVNR Starters FVR Starters Future Space
3 Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity Starter Circuit Protection Size Quantity
HMCP Thermal Magnetic 2X
3 2 2
HMCPE 3X
3 3
3
4X
4 4
3
5 5
Relay Panels
Size Quantity
3 Feeder Breakers 2X
Single Quantity Dual Quantity
3 50 A 50/50
3X
4X
3
100 A 100/50
5X
150 A 100/100
6X
3 225 A 150/100
7X
250 A 150/150
8X
3 400 A
9X
600 A
3 800 A
10X
11X
3 1200 A
1600 A
12X
3 2000 A
2500 A
3
3 VFDs
HP Quantity Type
3 1.5 CT/VT
2 CT/VT
3 3 CT/VT
5 CT/VT
3 7.5 CT/VT
3
10 CT/VT
20 CT/VT
3 25
30
CT/VT
CT/VT
3 40 CT/VT
50 CT/VT
3 60 CT/VT
75 CT/VT
3 100 CT/VT
125 CT/VT
3 150 CT/VT
3 200 CT/VT
3 Two Speed, One Winding Two Speed, Two Winding
3
Size Quantity Size Quantity
1 1
3 2 2
3 3
3 4 4
3
3.4
3
Soft Starters
HP Quantity Duty Cable Exit
3
20 Std/severe
40 Std/severe 3
60 Std/severe
75 Std/severe
3
125 Std/severe
3
200 Std/severe
3
Transformers
3
3 kVA 9 kVA
3
5 kVA 15 kVA
7.5 kVA 25 kVA 3
10 kVA 30 kVA
15 kVA 45 kVA 3
20 kVA
25 kVA
3
30 kVA 3
45 kVA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications
Technical Data
3 and Specifications
3 Incoming Line
3 Incoming Line—
Incoming Line—Main Circuit Breaker 1
Main Lugs Only 1
3 Bus Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Rating X-Space Frame Size Circuit XT and XT FlashGard Enclosure
3 600 2
(Amperes) Breaker Type Unit Size Width
3 150 HFD 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0)

3 4 FDC 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0)
225 HFD 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0)
3 800 3
4 FDC 18.00 (457.2) 20.00 (508.0)
3 6 250 HJD
JDC
30.00 (762.0)
30.00 (762.0)
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
1000 4
3 6 400 HKD 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
8 KDC 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)

3 1200 5
CHKD 3 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
CKDC 3 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0)
3 1600
6
12
600 HLD 24.00 (609.6) 689 20.00 (508.0)
3 2000 12
LDC
CHLD 23
24.00 (609.6) 689
24.00 (609.6) 689
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
2500 12
3 3200 2 12
CLDC 23 24.00 (609.6) 689 20.00 (508.0)
800 HMDL 30.00 (762.0) 69 20.00 (508.0)
3 CHMDL 23 48.00 (1219.2) 69 20.00 (508.0)
NGH 45 42.00 (1066.8) 69
3
20.00 (508.0)
NGC 45 42.00 (1066.8) 69 20.00 (508.0)
3 NGH-C 2457 72.00 (1828.8) 6 20.00 (508.0)

NGC-C 245 72.00 (1828.8) 6 20.00 (508.0)
3 1200 NGH 45 42.00 (1066.8) 69 20.00 (508.0)
NGC 45 42.00 (1066.8) 69 20.00 (508.0)
3 NGH-C 2457 72.00 (1828.8) 6 20.00 (508.0)
3 1600
NGC-C 245
RGH 45
72.00 (1828.8) 6
72.00 (1828.8) 6j
20.00 (508.0)
20.00 (508.0)
3 RGC 45 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)

RGH-C 457 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)
3 RGC-C 457 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)
2000 RGH 45 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)
3 RGC 45 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)
3 RGH-C 457 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)

RGC-C 457 72.00 (1828.8) 6j 20.00 (508.0)
3 2500 RGH 45 72.00 (1828.8) 69j 24.00 (609.6)

RGC 45 72.00 (1828.8) 69j 24.00 (609.6)
3 Notes
3
1 Table common to XT and XT FlashGard.
2 NEMA 1 gasketed only.
3 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating. Digitrip™ 310 LS is required and included in the price.
3 4 Digitrip 310+ LSI is standard and included in the pricing.

5 Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ARMS) available. Requires Digitrip 310+ ALSI or ALSIG.
3
6 Fixed assembly. Not available with FlashGard RotoTract assembly.
7 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating.
8 Add 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) for top entry of incoming cables.
3 9 Install at top for cable top entry or at bottom for bottom cable entry.
j The main breaker requires the complete vertical section. The rear is unusable.
3
3.5
Structure Modifications
3
Structure Modifications Neutral Bus (Bottom) Incoming Line Metering Surge Protective Device—
Description Ampere Rating X-Space
Units with Circuit Breaker 3
Disconnect
Enclosure 300
Meter
XT and
XT FlashGard Three feature packages are 3
NEMA 1 gasketed 600 or 800 available to choose from.
NEMA 12—dust-tight 1000
IQ 130/140/150
IQ 250/260
2
2
Individual features vary by
package.
3
NEMA 3R front-mounted only 1200
NEMA 3R front and rear 1600
IQ DP-4130 2 X-Space 3
IQ Analyzer 2 Surge Current XT and
NEMA 3R walk-in 2000
Power Xpert 2
Per Phase XT FlashGard
3
NEMA 3R tunnel 2500 2250/2260/2270 100 kA 3
Space heater 3200 1 Power Xpert 3
Model SPD 2
3
Thermostat 4000/6000/8000 120 kA 3
Bottom plate
Model SPD 23
3
160 kA 3
3
Channel sills Model SPD 2
12.00-inch (304.8 mm) pull box 200 kA 3
3
100 kA bus bracing Model SPD 2
Vertical Bus 250 kA 3

Model SPD 4
600 A
300 kA 3
3
800 A Model SPD
1200 A 400 kA 3 3
Model SPD
Horizontal Ground Bus
300 A copper Notes
3
3
1 Available NEMA 1 gasketed
600 A copper
enclosures only.
800 A copper 2 Optional integral IQ 200 meter in 3X unit
Standard Structures for 100 kA–200 kA.

3 Recommended for branch entrance.
3
16.00-inch (406.4 mm) front-mounted only
3
4 Recommended for service entrance.
21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front-mounted only

21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front and rear
3
Main Horizontal Bus—65°C Rise
600 A copper 3
800 A copper
1200 A copper 3
3
1600 A copper
2000 A copper
2500 A copper
3
3200 A copper
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Combination Starters Starter Modifications

3
Control Configurations Available with XT and
3
Circuit Breaker Starters Fusible Disconnect Starters
X-Space X-Space
XT FlashGard FVNR Starters 1
3 Size XT XT FlashGard Size XT XT FlashGard Configuration Control Devices
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Full Voltage Non-Reversing 12 Hand/off/auto selector switch
3
Start and stop pushbuttons
1 1 2 1 2 3 Running and stopped lights
2 1 2 2 2 3 Overload trip light/reset button
3 3 2 3 3 4 4 22 Hand/off/auto selector switch
3
4 2 4 4 5 6 Running light
3
3 Hand/off/auto selector switch
Full Voltage Reversing Full Voltage Reversing
Running and stopped lights
3 2 2 3 2 3 4 4 Hand/off/auto selector switch
Running light
3 3 4 3 5 6
3 4 3 4 4 8 9
5
Overload trip light/reset button
Hand/off/auto selector switch
3 5 7
2S1W Non-Reversing
8 5 12
2S1W Non-Reversing
12
62
3
Running and stopped lights
2 3 4 2 3 4 7 Start and stop pushbuttons
3 3 4 5 3 4 5 Running light
3
4 4 5 4 5 6
8 Start and stop pushbuttons
2S2W Non-Reversing 2S2W Non-Reversing Overload trip light/reset button
3 1 3 4 1 3 4
Control Configurations Available with XT and
2 3 4 2 3 4
XT FlashGard FVR Starters 1
3 3 3 4 3 5 6
Configuration Control Devices
4 4 5 4 6 7
3 12 Forward/reverse/off/auto selector switch
Forward, reverse, and stopped lights
Contactor Only Units
3
X-Space 2 Forward/reverse/off/auto selector switch
3
Size XT XT FlashGard Forward and reverse lights
Circuit Breaker
3 Forward/reverse/off/auto selector switch
3 1 1 2 Overload trip light/reset button
2 1 2 52 Forward, reverse, and stop pushbuttons
3 3 2 3 Forward and reverse lights
4 2 4
3 5 5 6
4 Forward, reverse, and stop pushbuttons
3 Fusible Disconnect
1 2 3
Notes
1 Additional configurations available. The device panel on XT MCC starter units can support
3 2 2 3 up to three pilot/control devices plus an overload trip light/reset button. The device panel on
XT FlashGard starter units can support up to five pilot/control devices plus an overload trip
3 4 4 light/reset button.
3 4 5 6
2 Configuration available on XT FlashGard only.
5 9 10
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.5
3
Industrial Communications
3
1
Networked-enabled In the XT and XT FlashGard

components in MCCs MCCs, the base
eliminate up to 90% of the communications protocols 3
control wiring versus available are Modbus TCP
traditional hardwired designs. or EtherNet/IP. If a different 3
The industrial network is protocol is required to link the
prewired throughout the
MCC and factory tested
MCC with an external device
such as a DCS, SCADA
3
for conformance. system or PLC, a gateway
will be installed within 3
the MCC.
3
Motor Control Communication Options
Device EtherNet/IP Modbus TCP 3
C440 Overload
SVX Drives
C441V
OPTCI
C441V
OPTCI
3
Feeders C441V C441V 3
S811+ Soft Starters C441V C441V
3
S811+ Soft Starters with Integral Bypass 3
X-Space X-Space
Maximum hp XT XT FlashGard Maximum hp XT XT FlashGard 3
3
1.15 Service Factor—Standard Duty 1.15 Service Factor—Severe Duty
20 2 3 10 2 3
40 2 3 25 2 3
3
60 3 4 40 3 4
75 3 4 50 3 4 3
125 6 7 75 6 7
150 6 7 100 6 7 3
200
300
6
9
7
9
125
150
6
9
9
10
3
350 9 9 200 9 10 3
450 12 12 250 9 10
500 12 12 300 9 10 3
600 12 12 350 9 10
700 12 2 12 450 12 2 12
3
3
S811+ Control Options 3 S811+ Power Options 3
3
Notes
1 This table is common for both XT and
Description NEMA Bypass Contactor
XT FlashGard MCCs.
Pump control Size 1 2 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide,
rear is unusable, bottom exit only.

3
MOV protection Size 2
3
3 Options apply to both HMCP and
Size 3 breaker models.
3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
3
Size 7
3
3
3
Motor Isolation Contactors SVX9000 Options SVX9000 Options Feeders

3 Sizes Description Description Note: FlashGard RotoTract
assembly available on circuit
3 1 Modbus TCP Modbus TCP breakers 400 A and below.
2 EtherNet/IP EtherNet/IP
3 3 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter (3 hp) 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
Circuit Breaker
(40–75 VT hp) X-Space
4 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
3 5
(5–15 hp) 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(100–150 VT hp)
Amperes XT XT FlashGard
2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter Standard Circuit Breakers

3 MMX Adjustable
(20–30 hp) 2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(200–250 VT hp)
HFD 50 2 2
Frequency Drives—NEMA 1 Input line fuses (3–30 hp) HFD 100 2 2
3 480 V Maximum RFI filter (3–30 hp)
(300–400 VT hp)
HFD 150 2 2
X-Space HJD 250 3 3
3 XT and XT SVX9000 Adjustable
(500–600 VT hp) HKD 400 4 5
hp FlashGard Frequency Drives— HLD 600 4 47
3 1 2
Non-Plug-in Units NEMA 1 Input line fuses (40–150 VT hp)
NGH 1200 7 77
480 V Maximum Constant/ Input line fuses (200–250 hp)
EGH 125 1 2
3 2 2 Variable Torque Rated Input line fuses (300–400 hp)
JGH 250 1 2
3 3 X-Space
3 5 3
hp XT
XT
FlashGard
Active Harmonic Correction HKD 400 4 5
7.5 3
for AC Drives HLD 600 5 57
3 10 3
40 9 9 X-Space
Fusible Disconnect—
50 9 9 XT
Fusible Switch
3 MMX Drive Options
60 9 9 Description XT FlashGard
X-Space
75 2 9 9 50 A harmonic 12 3 12 3
3 Description correction Amperes XT XT FlashGard
100 12 12
3% load reactor 100 A harmonic 12 3 12 3 30 or 60 2 3
125 12 12
3 5% load reactor
150 12 12
correction 100
200
3
6
3
5
Three contactor bypass
3
200 12 12 18-Pulse Clean Power 400 6 7
250 12 12 Drives—NEMA 1, 480 V 600 8 87
SVX9000 Adjustable Maximum Variable Torque
3 Frequency Drives—
300
400
12
12
12
12
Rated 4 Notes
Plug-in Units NEMA 1 1 SVX9000 plug-in units with HMCP
X-Space
3 480 V Maximum Constant/
Variable Torque Rated 1
500 12 12 hp Inches (mm) Wide 5
disconnect, 3% input line reactor,
3% output line reactor, door-mounted
600 12 12 keypad, CPT.
100 12, 40.00 (1016.0)
3 X-Space
XT
700 12 12
150 12, 40.00 (1016.0)
2 X-space for 75 hp CT rated drive is 12X.
3 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm)
3
hp XT FlashGard Note: Consult Eaton’s Consulting 200 12, 60.00 (1524.0) wide structure.
Application Guide for complete 4 Includes 5% input line reactor, 18-pulse
3 3 6 details on Drive/ Option Assembly 250 12, 60.00 (1524.0)
rectifier, delta differential transformer.
3 5 4 7 Dimensions.
Note: SVX9000 Non-Plug-in Units
300 12, 60.00 (1524.0) 6 5 X-space shown is common for both XT
7.5 4 7 and XT FlashGard MCCs.

400 12, 60.00 (1524.0) 6
3
with HMCP disconnect, 3% input 6 Extra space required for bypass
10 4 7 line reactor, 3% output line 500 12, 106.00 (2692.4) 6 contactor, consult factory.
reactor, door mounted Keypad, 7 Fixed assembly, no RotoTract.
15 4 7
3 20 6 10
CPT.
Note: VT—Variable Torque drives
are capable of producing 200%
3 25 6 10
starting torque for 10 seconds
30 6 10 and are rated for 10 seconds,
3 and are rated 110% overload
for 1 minute.
Note: CT—Variable Torque drives
3 are capable of producing 200%
starting torque for 10 seconds
3 and are rated for 10 seconds,
and are rated 150% overload
for 1 minute.
3 Note: In the XT and XT FlashGard
MCCs, the base communications
3 protocols available are Modbus
TCP or EtherNet/IP. If a different
protocol is required to link the
3 MCC with an external device such
as a DCS, SCADA or PLC, a
gateway will be installed within
3 the MCC.
3.5
NEMA 3R Drives Panelboards
3
Constant/Variable Torque Panelboards Panelboards
Rated (480 V Maximum) (240 V Maximum) 14 (480 V Maximum) 14 3
3
X-Space, Width Circuits X-Space Circuits X-Space
Horsepower Inches (mm) 1
18 4 14 6
3
1.5 5X, 24.00 (609.6)
30 5 26 8
2 5X, 24.00 (609.6)
42 6 32 8
3 5X, 24.00 (609.6)
42 10 3
5 5X, 24.00 (609.6)
7.5 12X, 24.00 (609.6) 3
10 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
15 12X, 24.00 (609.6)
Automatic Transfer Switches
3
20
25
12X, 24.00 (609.6)
12X, 24.00 (609.6) Open Transition Three-Pole Only
3
30 12X, 24.00 (609.6) Ampere Rating Unit Width Inches (mm) XT and XT FlashGard X-Space 3
40 12X, 24.00 (609.6) 100 5 20.00 (508.0) 6
50 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 150 5 20.00 (508.0) 6 3
60 12X, 32.00 (812.8)
3
100 20.00 (508.0) 8
75 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 150 20.00 (508.0) 8
100 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 225 20.00 (508.0) 8
3
125 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 300 20.00 (508.0) 8
150 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 400 24.00 (609.6) 6 12 3
200 12X, 32.00 (812.8) 2
600 24.00 (609.6) 6 12
800 24.00 (609.6) 6 12 3
Transformers 1000
1000
24.00 (609.6) 6
44.00 (1117.6) 7
12
12
3
Transformers 3 1200 44.00 (1117.6) 7 12 3
Primary and 1600 44.00 (1117.6) 8 12
Primary Secondary
Breaker Only Breakers 2000 44.00 (1117.6) 8 12 3
kVA X-Space X-Space
Single-Phase
Notes
1 X-space shown is common for both XT and XT FlashGard MCCs.
3
2 Extra space required for bypass section. Consult factory.
3
5
4
4
4
4
3 Must have primary breaker. Must be located at bottom of structure. 3
4 Space for MLO. Branch breakers included.
7.5 4 4 5 Manually operated switch:
NTVS = Electronically operated non-automatic.

3
10 4 4
3
MTVX = Single handle manual operation.
15 6 6 6 6 Requires 21.00-inch (533.4 mm) deep structure.
7 Requires 37.00-inch (939.8 mm) deep structure, flush at the rear. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.
6
3
20 6 6 8 Requires 42.00-inch (1066.8 mm) deep structure. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.
25 6 6 6
30 6 6 6
3
45 6 7 8
Three-Phase 3
96 6 6
15 6 6 6 3
25 6
30 6
6
6
6
6
3
45 6 6 6 3
3
3
3
Application Guide
3
3
Motor Circuit Protector Selection Guide 1 Circuit Breaker Application Chart
Maximum Horsepower Interrupting Rating
3 NEMA 200 V 208 V 230 V 380 V 460 V HMCP Frame Rating (kA Symmetrical Amperes)
Frame (Amperes) 208/240 V 480 V
1 — — — 3/4 3/4 3
3 3/4 1 1 2 2 7
Standard Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers
E125H 125 65 65
2 2 2 3 5 15
3 5 5 5 10 10 30
J250H 250 65 65
HKD 400 65 65
3
7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 — — 50
HLD 600 65 65
2 — — — — — 30
3
NGH 1200 65 65
10 10 10 15 20 50
RGH 2500 65 65
— — 15 25 25 70
3 3 — — — — — 50
High Interrupting Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FDC 150 100 100
15 20 20 30 40 100
3 25 25 30 50 50 150
JDC 250 100 100
KDC 400 100 100
3 4 40
—
40
—
40
50
60
75
100
—
150
250
LDC 600 100 100
3
NGC 1200 100 100
5 50 50 60 — 125 250
RGC 2500 100 100
75 75 75 150 200 400
3 — — 100 — — 600
Magnum DS Air Circuit Breakers
MDS-608 800 65 65
3 MDS-C08 800 100 100
MDS-616 1600 65 65
3 MDS-C16 1600 100 100
3 MDS-620
MDS-C20
2000
2000
65
100
65
100
3 MDS-632 3200 65 65
MDS-C32 3200 100 100
3 Notes
3
1 Suitable for use with NEMA Design B and D (high efficiency) motors.
Circuit breakers can be supplied with optional shunt trip.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.5
Product Specifications
3
Structure Units
● NEMA 1, 2, 3R or ● XT and XT FlashGard ● Motor load terminal block ● Surge protection: 3
12 enclosure motor starters: is standard on both the XT ● SPD Series
● Copper horizontal bus ● NEMA size 1–5 and XT FlashGard MCCs (100–400 kA) 3
600–3200 A ● NEMA rated XT ● 6.00-inch (1X) size 1 and 2
Energy monitoring:
3
●
● Fully rated copper contactor FVNR starters, 12.00-inch
vertical bus 600–1200 A (2X) size 3 and 4 FVNR ● IQ 100 (amperes, volts)
● C440 overload relay
● Optional isolating barriers ● Single-phase protection
starters, add 1X for
FVR versions
● IQ 250 (adds, Hz,
watts, PF)
3
between structures ● Class 10 and 20
● Insulated labyrinth vertical protection
● Optional communications
without increasing unit
● IQ 260 (adds THD,
Contact I/O)
3
bus is standard on the
footprint
XT MCC HMCP with combination IQ Analyzer (adds
3
● ●
● Insulated horizontal bus starter ratings of 65 kAIC ● Soft Starters: trending, waveform
and 100 kAIC at 480 V display)
S811+ (20–700 hp)
3
●
and insulated labyrinth
vertical bus is standard ● Plug-in units up to 400 A ● Power Xpert (adds high-
● Adjustable Frequency
on XT FlashGard MCCs end metering, power
Handle mechanism with
3
●
Drives: quality analysis, open
● Heavy-duty spring positive trip indication ● MMX (1–10 hp) communications and
operated quarter-turn Side-mounted positive
3
●
door latches latch terminal block

● SVX9000 (2–700 hp) Web server gateway)
● 65 kA and 100 kA bus K-Switch visible blade
3
●
bracing disconnect:
● 30–800 A
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets
Contents
3 XT and Freedom XT FlashGard
Description
3 XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 XT and XT FlashGard Motor Control Center
Takeoff Check Sheet
3
Customer/Job Name Neg No. Bus Rating and Options
3 Horizontal bus 600/800/1200/1600
3 MCC Model 21-inch deep structure only 2000/2500/3200

XT XT FlashGard Bus plating Silver (AG)/tin (SN)
3 Service 60 Hz 208 V/230 V/480 V Bus temp rise 50 °C/65 °C

Service 50 Hz 380 V/415 V Insulated horizontal bus
3 Three-wire/four-wire Vertical bus 600/800/1200
3
Structure Configuration Ground bus 300/600/800
16-inch front mount 21-inch front mount Location Top/bottom
3 21-inch front and rear mount Vertical ground bus Lugs: incoming/each end
42-inch front mount back-to-back Neutral bus (4W only) Half/full/lug pad
3 32-inch front mount back-to-back Bus bracing 42K/65K/100K
NEMA 1/2DP/12/3RNWI/3R aisle/3R tunnel Vertical bus barrier STD labyrinth with shutter
3 Enclosure Modifications Incoming Line Metering
3 Space heaters (150 W) 120 V/240 V

Channel sills CBC/IBC seismic qualified
IQ 130/140/150
IQ 250/260
3 Thermostat Split proof IQ DP-4130

Bottom plates Split rear cover IQ Analyzer
3 Corner structure Vertical section barrier Power Xpert 2250/2260/2270
8-inch vertical wireway Special paint color (adder) Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000
3 ABS Certification Incoming Protection
3 Handle extensions (“two meter rule”) SPD Series surge protective device
Top hat (certain sections) 12-inch/18-inch/24-inch Incoming Line MLO/Breaker/Switch
3 Top hat (all sections) 12-inch/18-inch/24-inch Cable—top/bottom/bus duct

Main trip: LS/LSI/LSG/LSIG/ALSI, ALSIG/
3 other
3 Main tie main (MTM) Auto throw over
Kirk key Service entrance (SUSE)
3
3
3.6
XT and XT FlashGard Motor Control Center
Takeoff Check Sheet, continued 3
Breaker Options Control Power Source 3
3
Aux. contacts (1NO 1NC) (2NO 2NC) Single 24 Vdc power supply per 3 structure
shipping split
LS/LSI/LSIG/LSG trip units
3
Dual redundant 24 Vdc power supplies per
Under voltage release Shunt trip
3 structure shipping split
Panelboards
External 24 Vdc power supply
14/18/26/30/32/42 count 1-pole/2-pole/3-pole
Auxiliary Starter Contacts 3
Starter Disconnect Type
HMCP/fusible
NO 1/2/3/4
Communications
NC 1/2/3/4
3
NEMA wiring class
1A/1B/2B/1C/2C/1S/2S
EtherNet/IP Other protocol via gateway 3
Modbus TCP
HMCP/TM. Bkr./fusible
S811+ Soft Starters 3
If any type “C” choose MTB location:
3
Isolation contactor MOVs
Pump control software Bypass starter
Terminal Blocks
VFDs SVX/MMX/CPX
3
EMI/RFI Line fuses
dV/dT filter 600 ft or 1000 ft 3-contactor bypass 3
Starter OL Types
Solid-state (C440)
50 A/100 A 3
Solid-state (C440) with ground fault 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3 FVNR Starters FVR Starters Two Speed, One Winding Two Speed, Two Winding
3 Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity Size
1
Quantity
3 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
3 4 4 4 4
3
5 5
Fusible Feeders
3 Feeder Breakers Single Quantity
Single Quantity 30 A
3 50 A 60 A
3
100 A 100 A
150 A 200 A
3 225 A 400 A
250 A 600 A
3 400 A 800 A
600 A 1200 A
3 800 A
3 1200 A
1600 A
Future Space
Starter Circuit Protection Size Quantity
3 2000 A
HMCP 2X
2500 A
3 3200 A
Fusible 3X
4X
3
VFDs
3 HP Quantity Type
Relay Panels
Size Quantity
1.5 CT/VT
3 2 CT/VT
2X
3 CT/VT 3X
3 5 CT/VT 4X
7.5 CT/VT 5X
3 10 CT/VT 6X
20 CT/VT
3 25 CT/VT
7X
8X
3
30 CT/VT
9X
40 CT/VT
10X
3 50
60
CT/VT
CT/VT
11X
12X
3 75
100
CT/VT
CT/VT
3 125
150
CT/VT
CT/VT
3 200 CT/VT
250 CT/VT
3 300 CT/VT
350 CT/VT
3 400 CT/VT
450 CT/VT
3 500 CT/VT
600 CT/VT
3 700 CT/VT
3
3.6
3
Soft Starters
hp Quantity Duty Cable Exit
3
20 Std/severe
40 Std/severe 3
60 Std/severe
75 Std/severe
3
125 Std/severe
3
200 Std/severe
3
3
Transformers 3
3
3 kVA 9 kVA
5 kVA 15 kVA 3
7.5 kVA 25 kVA
10 kVA 30 kVA 3
15 kVA 45 kVA
20 kVA 3
25 kVA
30 kVA
3
45 kVA 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Low Voltage Switchgear
4.1 Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed

Magnum DS Switchgear
Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-2
4
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-2 4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-5
4
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-5 4
4
4.2 Primary and Secondary Unit Substations
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7
4
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-8
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4.1 Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed
Contents
4 Magnum DS Switchgear with Molded Case Circuit Breaker Feeder Section
Description Page
4 Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed
Features—Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-3
4 Features—Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-3
Features—Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-4
4 Magnum DS Switchgear—Trip Units . . . . . . . . V3-T4-5
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-5
4 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-5
4
4
4
4
4
4 Cross-Reference Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits
and Functions
4 Eaton’s Electrical Sector has
an organization dedicated to
Eaton’s Magnum DS
Switchgear is backed by
Switchgear is used in the
protection, controlling and Standard Finish—The light
the support of current and 50 years of power circuit monitoring of low voltage
4 vintage switchgear breakers breaker and switchgear distribution systems. Although
gray paint finish (ANSI 61)
uses a modern, completely
and parts that date as far back development that have set used as “standalone” automated and continuously
4 as the 1950s. These include industry standards for quality, distribution assemblies, they monitored electrostatic
the Magnum™ DS, DSII, DS reliability, maintainability and are quite often incorporated powder coating. This
4 and DB families.
For more information,
extended operating life. into secondary unit
substations so that the
continuously monitored
system includes spray
Magnum DS Switchgear is an
4 refer to YES Catalog No.
CA08105000E or call assembly of metal enclosures
equipment can be located
more closely to the point of
de-grease and clean, spray
rinse, iron phosphate spray
1-800-BKR-FAST (257-3278). housing power circuit power usage. Magnum DS
4
coating spray rinse, non-
breakers, and normally Switchgear is ideally suited chemical seal, oven drying,
Available in NEMA® 3R include control and to applications calling for electrostatic powder spray
4 walk-in and non-walk-in
configurations.
measuring devices such as
relays, instruments, meters
all types of industrial, paint coating and oven curing.
commercial and utility users
and the necessary power bus
4 work and control wiring for
having distribution systems
rated 600 volts or below,
Integral Base—The rugged
formed base greatly increases
AC systems applications up the rigidity of the structure
4 to 600 volts.
200,000 amperes or below
bus bracing, and 10,000 and reduces the possibility
amperes or below of damage during the
4 continuous loads. installation of the equipment
and is suitable for rolling,
4 jacking and handling. A lifting
angle is permanently welded
4
into the bus compartment
structure for increased
strength.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4.1
Heavy-Duty Door Hinges— Four-Position Drawout— Bus Ampacities—Vertical Glass-Reinforced Polyester
Each breaker door is mounted Breakers can be in connected, and cross bus ratings in Stand-Off Insulation 4
with hinge pins. Removal of test, disconnected or Magnum DS are 2000, System—Glass-reinforced
the door is easily removed position. The 3200, 4000, 5000 and polyester has been used on 4
accomplished by just lifting breaker compartment 6000 amperes. In addition, both low and medium voltage
the hinge pin. This allows
easy access to the breaker
door can be closed in
the connected, test and
8000 and 10,000 amperes
continuous cross bus ratings
switchgear for decades.
By combining this industry-
4
internal compartment for
inspection and maintenance.
disconnected positions. are also available. proven material with our
other insulation materials, 4
Closing Spring Automatic Bus Bracing—Unique a total system providing
Rear Cover/Doors—
In Magnum DS Switchgear,
Discharge—Mechanical
interlocking automatically
vertical bus configuration
provides an optional short-
exceptional mechanical and 4
dielectric withstand strength,
standard rear covers with
captive hardware are the
discharges the closing springs
when the breaker is removed
circuit withstand rating of
150,000 amperes without the
as well as high resistance to 4
heat, flame and moisture, is
bolt-on type. They are split from its compartment. need for preceding current
into two sections to facilitate limiting fuses. Standard
produced. Substantial testing
to demonstrate accelerated
4
handling during removal and bracing is 100,000 amperes. effects of heating and cooling
installation. Optional rear The U-shaped bar is the heart on the mechanical and 4
doors are also available. of the Magnum DS vertical dielectric properties of this
Through-the-Door Design—
bus. This configuration
provides a much higher
system prove it to provide 4
The following functions may superior performance for
be performed without the
mechanical strength. To
further demonstrate the
decades of trouble-free
operation.
4
need to open the circuit strength and rigidity of this
breaker door: levering the
breaker between positions,
bus system, it has been Features—Wiring 4
verified through testing to Cable Compartment—
operate manual charging
system and view the spring
withstand 85,000 amperes The cable compartment gives 4
short-circuit for a full ample room for terminating
charge status flag, close
and open breaker, view and Breaker Cell
60 cycles. the power cables. Removable 4
adjust trip unit, and read the Silver Plating—Bolted, top roof sheets allow for easy
breaker rating nameplate. Breaker Inspection—
When withdrawn on the
silver-plated copper main conduit hub installation. The
floor of the cable compartment
4
buses are standard. The
is open to allow cable entry
rails, breaker is completely
accessible for visual
plating is over the entire
length of the bar, not just at from underground duct 4
inspection; tilting is not banks. Optional floor plates
necessary. The rails are
the joints. Optional tin-plated
copper buses are available. are available. 4
permanent parts of every
breaker compartment. Bus Joints—All joints are
bolted and secured with
Lug Pad—The lugs are
located on the breaker run- 4
Interference interlocks are backs to accommodate lug
supplied on breakers and
Belleville-type spring washers
for maximum joint integrity. orientations at a 45° angle 4
in compartments where the These washers reduce the to reduce the bending radius
compartments are of the potential of joint hardware of the cable needed for 4
same physical size to ensure loosening during the making the connections,
that an incorrect breaker
cannot be inserted.
change of joint temperature thus reducing installation
and maintenance time.
4
associated with variations
Mechanical setscrew
Through-the-Door Design
Features—Bus
of the loads. As an option,
maintenance-free hardware type lugs are standard. 4
Front Accessible—When Buses and Connections— Optional NEMA two-hole
the door is open or removed, Vertical and cross bus ratings
can be provided.
compression lugs are 4
each breaker compartment in Magnum DS Switchgear Full Neutral—For four-wire available as an option.
provides front access to are based on a UL® and ANSI applications, the neutral bus
is rated 100% of main bus
4
isolated, vertical wireways, standard temperature rise
primary disconnects, cell
current transformers and
of 65°C above a maximum
ambient air temperature
rating as standard.
4
Ground—A ground bus is
other breaker compartment
4
of 40°C.
furnished for the full length of
accessories for ease of field
the switchgear assembly and
wiring and troubleshooting
field connections.
is fitted with terminals for
purchaser’s connections.
4
4
4
4
4
Control Wireway— Control Wire Marking— Features—Breaker Arc Chute—There are three
4 An isolated vertical wireway Each wire is imprinted with Contacts—The Magnum DS basic means of extinguishing
is provided for routing of ink cured under ultraviolet has silver tungsten moving an arc: lengthening the arc
4 factory and field wiring in light for durability and for contacts and silver graphite path; cooling by gas blast or
each switchgear section. easy identification by the stationary contacts. The contraction; and deionizing or
4 Breaker secondary terminal
blocks are mounted as
user. The enhanced solvent
resistance and durability
contacts provide a long- physically removing the
conduction particles from
wearing, low-resistance joint.
4 standard above each circuit
breaker. The terminal blocks
of the aerospace-grade UV
cure ink has been tested
The contacts are protected
from arcing damage even
the arc path.
are rated 30 amperes and for severe environments. The DE-ION® principle is
4 will accept bare wire, ring The imprinting is made
after repeated interruptions
by the “heel-toe” action that
incorporated in all Magnum
DS circuit breakers. This
or spade terminals for wire periodically along the length causes the integral arcing
4 size ranges of #22 to #10. of the wire, with the ends contacts to mate before the
makes possible faster arc
extinction for a given contact
Extruded loops are punched being imprinted more main contacts part. The travel, and ensures positive
4 in side sheets of the vertical
wireway to allow securing
frequently. The point of
origin, wire designation
arcing contacts then part last, interruption and minimum
striking the arc away from contact burning.
4
of customer control wiring and point of destination are the main contacts.
without the use of adhesive imprinted in the following Levering Mechanism—
wire anchors. format: <origin zone/wire The main contacts are of the The worm gear levering
4 name/destination zone>. butt type and are composed mechanism is self-contained
Each device has a uniquely of a multiplicity of fingers to on the breaker drawout
4 designated zone. “<”
indicates the direction of
give many points of contact
without alignment being
element and engages slots
in the breaker compartment.
4 the wire origination and “>”
indicates the direction of
critical. A removable crank is used to
lever the breaker between
the wire destination. As an
4 option, wire marking can be
the connected, test and
disconnected positions.
made using sleeve type or
4 heat shrink sleeve type. Mechanical interlocking is
arranged so that levering
4 cannot be accomplished
unless the breaker is in
the opened position.
4 Control Wire Marking
Protection During Levering
4 Secondary Terminal
Compartment Door—
Operation—When levering
the breaker between
The customer’s secondary Magnum DS Breaker Contacts
4 terminal connections are (Arc Chutes Removed) the connected, test and
disconnected positions, the
located behind a separate Stored-Energy Mechanism— operator is protected from
4
Control Wireway
door providing access to A cam-type closing mechanism contact with live parts by
Control Wire—Standard these connections without closes the breaker. It receives the breaker door.
4 wire is Type SIS insulated
stranded copper, extra
the need to open the breaker
compartment door.
its energy from a spring that
can be charged by a manual
4 flexible No. 14 AWG
minimum.
Shipping Split Connection— handle on the front of the
breaker or by a universal
At each shipping split, the
4 control connections are made electric motor.
with plug-in terminal blocks Release of the stored energy
4 rated 600 volts, 40 amperes.
The terminal blocks interlock
is accomplished by manually
depressing a button on
mechanically without
4 removing the line or load
the front of the breaker or
electrically energizing a
connections. This method releasing solenoid.
4 of making the shipping split
control connections increases
4 the speed of installation and
reduces the potential of Levering Magnum DS Breaker
incorrect connections.
4
4
4
4
4
4.1
True Two-Step Stored Electrically Operated Trip Functions—Magnum Standards and
Energy Closing— Breakers—Electrically DS trip units provide the Certifications 4
This sequence is required to operated breakers are maximum in flexibility and
charge and close the breaker. equipped with a spring are available in the following Magnum DS Switchgear
assemblies have undergone
4
charging motor and configurations: LSI, LSIG
The breaker closing springs an extensive seismic
are charged either through
electrically operated spring
release and shunt trip coils.
and LSIA (ground fault alarm
only). In each case, either qualification program. The 4
the manual-charging handle test program utilized ANSI
or by the optional charging
The breaker manual charging
handle can be used to charge
the short delay or the
instantaneous function (not standard C37.81, the Uniform 4
motor. The breaker is the closing springs when both) may be defeated. This Building Code® (UBC) and
mechanically interlocked to
prevent closing of the breaker
power is not available to the reduces the need for spare the California Building Code
(CBC) as a basis for the test
4
charging motor. breaker inventories and
until the closing springs are
fully charged. Provisions for Padlocking—
provides maximum utilization program. The assemblies
have been tested and 4
of interchangeable breakers.
All breakers include provision qualified to exceed these
With the closing springs fully for padlocking open to requirements. 4
charged, the breaker can then prevent electrical or manual Options
be closed by pressing the
manual close pushbutton on
closing. This padlocking
Special Designs
Magnum DS Switchgear
conforms to the following
4
can secure the breaker
the breaker, or by the optional standards: CSA®, ANSI
spring release coil through a
in the connected, test or
disconnected position
The Magnum DS design
allows Eaton to provide C37.20.1, C37.51, and UL 4
remote electrical signal. special solutions to meet Standard 1558, and is built
This means that the energy
by preventing levering of
the breaker. our customer’s needs. For in an ISO® certified facility. 4
example, as shown below,
required to open the breaker
is always prestored following
Ease of Inspection and
Maintenance—Magnum DS
here we embedded molded
American Bureau of Shipping
(ABS) certification is also 4
a closing operation. case circuit breakers into a available.
“Stored energy” is energy
breakers are designed for
maximum accessibility and
switchgear lineup for a
customer. Contact Eaton for details
4
the utmost ease of inspection
held in waiting, ready to open
or close the breaker within and maintenance.
and part numbers for
CSA-approved units. 4
five cycles or less. The
unique cam and spring design
Magnum DS Switchgear—
Trip Units
4
provides necessary energy
for a single close-open Digitrip® RMS Trip Unit—
The Digitrip RMS trip units
4
sequence, as well as the
energy for multiple charge-
close operations such as
feature a dependent curve
that is depicted in the
Product Selection 4
Refer to TD01901001E
nameplate by a blue shaded
this possible sequence:
charge-close-recharge-open- area of the trip curve. The
for application data.
4
close-open. dependent curve affords Contact Eaton for
The closing springs are

better protection flexibility. configurations, pricing 4
Additionally, all of the trip and availability.
Magnum DS Switchgear with Molded
interlocked with the breaker
racking mechanism to ensure
units have, as standard,
thermal memory, 50/60 Hz
Case Circuit Breaker Feeder Section 4
that the closing springs Refer to TD01901001E for
4
operation and thermal
are discharged before the self-protection at 90°C. application data.
breaker can be removed
from the compartment. Digitrip RMS Integral
Microprocessor-Based
4
Manually Operated
Breakers—Manually operated
Breaker Overcurrent Trip
Systems—These systems 4
breakers are equipped with a provide maximum reliability
manual charging handle to with true rms sensing as 4
charge the closing springs. standard, gives excellent
Manual closing and tripping
pushbuttons are utilized to
repeatability, and requires 4
minimum maintenance.
operate the breaker. Remote
closing and tripping can be
No external control source
is required for its protective
4
accomplished by installing functions.
optional electric spring 4
release and shunt trip coils.
The breaker closing springs 4
must be charged manually,
then remote closing and
tripping signals can be sent
4
to the breaker.
4
4

4
Product Specifications
4 Refer to Section 16426A of the
Product Specification Guide.
4
4 Available Bus Ratings
Cross Bus Bus Bracing Vertical Bus
4 Ampacity kA Ampacity
2000 100, 150, 200 2000
4 3200 100, 150, 200 3200
4
4000 100, 150, 200 4000
5000 100, 150, 200 5000
4 6000 100, 150, 200 —

8000 100, 150, 200 —
4 10,000 100, 150, 200 —
4 Vertical section bus is sized Note: In addition to the available

per main cross bus maximum bus bracings shown above, the
rating or by ANSI C37.20.1 bus has been tested for short-
4 Section 7.4.13 Table 11 to a circuit values of 85,000 amperes
for a full 60 cycles.
maximum of 5000 amperes.
4
4 Ratings of Magnum DS Breakers
Ratings, rms Symmetrical Amperes
4 Interrupting Rating 1 Short-Time Rating
Breaker Type Frame Amperes 208–240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts 208–240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts
4 MDS-408 800 42,000 42,000 42,000 42,000 42,000 42,000
4
MDS-608 800 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000
MDS-808 800 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000
4 MDS-C08 800 100,000 100,000 100,000 85,000 85,000 85,000

MDS-616 1600 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000
4 MDS-816 1600 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000
MDS-C16 1600 100,000 100,000 100,000 85,000 85,000 85,000
4 MDS-620 2000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000
4 MDS-820
MDS-C20
2000
2000
85,000
100,000
85,000
100,000
85,000
100,000
85,000
85,000
85,000
85,000
85,000
85,000
4 MDS-632 3200 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000

MDS-832 3200 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000
4 MDS-C32 3200 100,000 100,000 100,000 85,000 85,000 85,000
MDS-840 4000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000
4 MDS-C40 4000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000
4 MDS-850 5000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000

MDS-C50 5000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000
4 MDS-860 6000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000 85,000

MDS-C60 6000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000
4 Note
4
1 200 kA available; contact Eaton.
4
4
4
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations
4.2
Contents
MVS Primary Switch and Low Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
Description Page
4
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations 4
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-8
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Unit Substations Secondary Unit Substations Eaton’s unit substations Advantages of Unit Substations 4
Most switchgear assemblies ● Liquid-filled or dry-type follow the system concept ● Complete coordination,
are configured as unit transformer of locating transformers as
close as practicable to areas of
both mechanical and 4
substations. ● Transformer kVA 112.5 electrical
A unit substation, as referred through 3750 load concentration at usage
voltages, thus minimizing
● Extreme flexibility with wide 4
to in this publication, is ● Low voltage—208, 240, choice of components and
the lengths of secondary
defined as a coordinated 480 or 600V distribution cables and buses.
ratings to meet exact
application requirements
4
assembly consisting of This concept provides several
Primary Unit Substations Optimum safety to
4
●
three-phase transformers basic advantages, such as:
with high-voltage incoming ● Liquid-filled or dry-type operators
● Reduced power losses
line sections and an assembly transformer Modern design
4
●
of low voltage distribution ● Transformer kVA 500 ● Improved voltage ● Meets all applicable ANSI,
sections. through 20 MVA regulation
● Low voltage—2400V ● Improved service
IEEE®, NEMA and UL
standards 4
Liquid-Filled Transformers through 24.5 kV continuity
● Mineral oil ● Reduced likelihood of Features, Benefits 4
● FR3 Unit substations may be faults
● BIOTEMP®
indoor or outdoor, with a
selection of high voltage
● Increased flexibility
and Functions 4
Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
● Silicon ● Minimized installation
4
incoming sections, a choice primary unit substations and
of transformer types and an expense TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
Dry-Type Transformers arrangement of switchgear to ● Elimination of the need for unit substations.
● VPI suit the application. vaults due to availability of 4
● VPE non-flammable types of
● RESIBLOC® transformers Options 4
● Efficient space utilization Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
● Cast coil
primary unit substations and
TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
4
unit substations.
4
4
4
4
4
4
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations
Standards and Technical Data

4 Certifications Product Selection and Specifications
4 Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
Unit substations are
engineered to order and
Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary have multiple configurations. TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
4 unit substations. Contact Eaton for unit substations.
configurations, pricing
4 Contact Eaton for details
and availability. Product Specifications
Refer to Section 16312 of the
4 CSA-approved units. Product Specification Guide
for primary unit substations
4 and Section 16311 of
the Product Specification
Guide for secondary unit
4 substations.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
5.1 AMPGARD Motor Control

Arc Resistant AMPGARD
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-2
5
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-2 5
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-4 5
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T5-5
V3-T5-6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5.1 Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
AMPGARD Motor Control
Contents
5 AMPGARD Motor Control Assembly with Main Breaker, SC 9000 AFD,
RVSS and Two-High FVNR
Description Page
5 Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-4
5 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 Eaton’s AMPGARD® medium
voltage starter family provides
AMPGARD starters are
equipped with current limiting
SC 9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD)
This newest member of Eaton SVX9000 line of low
flexibility never before power fuses to interrupt the
5 available. Rated at 2200– short-circuit faults shown
the AMPGARD family was
designed for maximum
voltage drives for a reliable,
easy-to-use system that
15,000 volts up to 8000 hp, below. The contactor and flexibility in the control of does not require time spent
5 they are the first starters fuses are completely medium voltage motors. in learning new software.
designed as integrated, coordinated. The SC 9000™ combines In addition, the SC 9000
5 complete units precisely
matched to motor ratings, Squirrel Cage Motor Starters: innovative technology with can interface with many
the reliable design and control systems, such
Starters for squirrel cage
5 and engineered to provide
component-to-component motors are available in full or
construction the industry
has come to expect of the
as Modbus®, Ethernet,
DeviceNet™, CANbus®
circuitry and front accessi- reduced voltage designs in all
and PROFIBUS® DP.
5
AMPGARD products. Rated
bility of all components ratings. Full voltage starters
at 2400 volts up to 2500 hp
and terminals. AMPGARD are available one-high or two- In an industry first, the
and 4160 volts up to 4500 hp,
5 starters are used in a variety of high in a factory-assembled
structure. Electromechanical
the SC 9000 delivers the SC 9000 can be placed in a
lineup with other AMPGARD
industrial process applications, smallest footprint in the
reduced voltage starters are
5 such as pulp and paper,
petrochemical, HVAC (chillers), available in either reactor or
industry. The standard
24-pulse phase shifting
and Eaton motor control
products on a common bus
autotransformer type. Both known as AMPGARD
5 where proper control and
protection of the motor and provide closed transition
isolating transformer and
rectifier minimizes any Medium Voltage Integrated
system are critical to the from reduced to full voltage. harmonic noise sent back Control Gear. Now, all types
5 user. AMPGARD has been See table on Page V3-T5-6
for application data.
on to the supply. of motor starters, load break
the industry leader in medium switches, integrated AFDs,
5 voltage motor control for over The SC 9000 is a fully
integrated, three-line-in—
AFD synchronous transfer
control, AFD bypasses, and
60 years in these applications,
three-line-out, plug-and-play main and feeder breakers can
5 and our starters have been
designed with that experience product that includes highly be integrated into a single line.
behind them. reliable AMPGARD medium The Integrated Control Gear
5 voltage components on capabilities and reliable
the input (isolation switch, design make the SC 9000
5 power fuses and SL vacuum
contactor), isolating
the perfect choice for speed
control in industries such as
transformer, rectifier, inverter
5 and controls. The SC 9000
petrochemical, water/waste
water, utility, HVAC, pulp and
uses the same keypad and paper, and many more.
5 programming software as the
5
5
5
5.1
Reduced Voltage Solid-State The MBA comprises a metal- ● All new low voltage 2200–7200 volts at ratings
Starters: Offered as an enclosed drawout vacuum wireway. Low voltage of 400 and 800 amperes, 5
alternative to traditional circuit breaker section that is wire is isolated from and 15 kV at 250 amperes.
reactor or auto-transformer integrally connected via main the medium voltage
The 400 ampere contactor
5
type reduced voltage starter, bus to the balance of the compartment, and
interrupting rating is the
the AMPGARD RVSS allows
the user to fine-tune starting
AMPGARD starter assembly
it protects.
customer terminal blocks
are accessible through the highest in the industry at 5
8500 amperes, allowing for
parameters to meet a wide
variety of unique load The main bus configuration ●
low voltage control panel
Easily accessible low
higher levels of coordination 5
conditions. The onboard is in the same top-mounted with power fuses. The
voltage panel completely
user-friendly microprocessor location as on all AMPGARD
assemblies, allowing for ease isolated from the medium
800 ampere contactor has
an interrupting rating of
5
provides the ability to select voltage compartment that
the proper combination of of installation with adjacent
sections and addition for offers generous device
12,500 amperes, also the
highest in the industry. 5
initial current, maximum mounting space
future sections.
current and ramp time,
resulting in smooth, stepless
● Standard viewing window Note: For full starter/contactor
horsepower ratings and other
5
Front aligned, rear aligned, for visual verification of
load acceleration while
5
or front and rear aligned with technical data (including power
isolation switch operation
minimizing mechanical shock fuse coordination), refer to Tab 13,
back-to-back starters are ● Optional remote operator
to system components. Medium Voltage Power
available.
The AMPGARD RVSS is
for isolation switch allows
user to open and close
Contactors.
5
The main breaker is the
Motor Protective Relay:
available as a standalone
starter or can be incorporated
industry-leading Type VCP-W
drawout vacuum circuit
switch while remaining
outside the equipment When a motor protective 5
into a lineup with other flash boundary relay is required, the
AMPGARD starters. Adding
breaker, which provides the
performance our customers Ease of Installation: Current
AMPGARD starters are 5
to an existing AMPGARD expect. provided with the MP-3000
installation is easy via a
Lead-time is dramatically
limiting fuses, contactor
assembly and isolating switch
or MP-4000 microprocessor-
based motor protective relay
5
simple splice kit. Starters are
assembly are easily removed
available in 400 ampere and
720 ampere frame sizes.
reduced, typically 50% less
than the industry norm. from the enclosure; line and
as standard. This package
offers benefits like a 20-cycle 5
Our single-source approach load terminals are completely voltage sag ride-through,
Arc-Resistant AMPGARD: has cut delivery time from accessible from the front. UL 1053 certification for 5
When specified, AMPGARD months to weeks. The Standard structures are 36.00 ground fault sensing that is
is available in special arc-
resistant construction. Two
extended waiting period W x 92.00 H x 30.00 in D
(914.4 W x 2336.8 H x 762.0
internal to the relay, arm/ 5
between order placement disarm capability, a drawout
ratings are available: 30 kA
and 50 kA. Both designs have
and delivery has been
eliminated.
mm D) including a 12.00 in
(304.8 mm) top-mounted
case option, Intel-I-Trip
overload protection for
5
been tested and verified to main bus compartment. The
meet the requirements of Other Motor Starters: main bus compartment is
custom curve setting to
precisely match your motor’s 5
IEEE® C37.20.7 for Type 2B Starters for wound rotor top, side and front accessible, requirements, and optional
construction. Type 2B
construction is defined as
and multispeed motors are
available. However, each
making maintenance and PowerNet™ or Modbus 5
lineup extensions easy. communications capability.
arc-resistant at front, back
and sides of the enclosure
application must be reviewed
for proper motor protection Ease of Maintenance: 15 kV Starter: A 15 kV rated 5
with the low voltage and operation. Refer to All components are front AMPGARD starter is available
compartment door open. the factory for pricing and accessible, facilitating with the same features and 5
All types of 400 ampere and equipment details. routine inspection or parts capabilities as described
800 ampere starters, as well replacement. Isolation switch
life is 10,000 operations.
for the 7.2 kV rated starter. 5
as 24-inch wide incoming The starter is supplied with
Features, Benefits
cable sections are available
in arc-resistant construction. and Functions Vacuum Contactor: a 250 ampere vacuum
contactor and three power
5
The Type SL vacuum
5
Main Breaker AMPGARD, Personnel Safety: A positive contactors were designed fuses (maximum 250E)
SC 9000 AFD, LBS Load mechanical isolating switch and engineered specifically for for motors rated to 5000
Break Switches are not with visible disconnect horsepower. These starters
available in arc-resistant completely grounds and
use in AMPGARD starters.
They are self-supporting, may be supplied with the 5
construction. Consult Eaton isolates the starter from compact, bolt-in or stab-in Eaton InsulGard™ relay for
for more details. the line connectors with a
mechanically driven isolating
three-pole contactors. The partial discharge detection. 5
Main Breaker AMPGARD contactors utilize a solid-state
(MBA): The MBA is the
shutter, leaving no exposed
high voltage. Additional
control board, allowing the 5
industry’s first truly user maximum flexibility to
safety features include:
integrated medium voltage change control voltages and
dropout times in the field,
5
metal-enclosed main breaker ● Isolated cable entry for
and starter assembly
combination.
added safety. The starters
and cables are completely
simply by adjusting DIP
switch settings. To permit 5
application matching of the
5
isolated from each other
by steel barriers starter to the motor rating,
contactors are available for
5
Low Voltage and High Voltage Compartments Standards and

5 Certifications
5 1/4-Turn Door Latch UL and CSA Certification
Top and Bottom AMPGARD starters are
5 Indicating Lights Start/Stop Pushbutton designed, assembled and
(when specified) tested to meet all applicable
5 standards. AMPGARD meets
ANSI, NEMA® and IEC
5 standards, and is UL, CSA,
MP-3000
(when specified) cUL® and KEMA third-party
certified. The major
5 Low Voltage
Access Door
components, i.e., contactor,
isolating switch, fuses,
5 MP-3000, MP-4000,
IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer,
5 DP-4000 Meter
(when specified)
are UL recognized.
UL or CSA labeling of a
5 specific starter requires
review to ensure that all
5 requested modifications and
auxiliary devices meet the
5 Isolated Low Voltage Control Panel appropriate standards. Refer
to factory when specified.
5 Contact Eaton for details

5 Isolation Switch
CSA-approved units.
5
Viewing Window
5
Note: Isolation Switch Mechanism
Locks Medium Voltage Door
Closed in ON Position Seismic Certification
5 AMPGARD starters are
seismically tested and
seismically qualified, and
5 exceed requirements of both
the International Building
5 Code (IBC) and California
Building Code Title 24.
5 Reference Information
5 AMPGARD Brochure
●
BR02003002E
5 AMPGARD RVSS Brochure

●
Optional Stab-In Contactor, Bolted Main Fuses
and Optional Blown Fuse Indicator BR02003001E
Technical Data
5
●
TD02003001E
Renewal Parts
5
●
RP.48J.01.T.E
● AMPGARD Main Breaker
5 PA48D01SE
● 15 kV AMPGARD
5 Technical Data
TD02003002E
5 ● Remote Operator
PA02003002E
5 ● Arc-Resistant AMPGARD
SA02003003E
5 ● 720A RVSS
PA02000001E
5
5
5.1
Product Selection
5
AMPGARD RVSS AMPGARD RVSS 5
Description
Catalog
Number 5
400 ampere RVSS
720 ampere RVSS
SP10B4B
SP10B8S
5
5
5
5
5
5
Main Breaker Main Breaker AMPGARD 5
AMPGARD Catalog
Description Number
5
1200A, 250 MVA Main Breaker BLR12
2000A, 350 MVA Main Breaker BLR23 5
3000A, 350 MVA Main Breaker BLR33
5
5
5
5
15 kV Starter with 15 kV Starter 5
InsulGard
5
Catalog
Description Number
5
13.8 kV FVNR Starter S210B2SBB
13.8 kV Autotransformer Starter S610B2SBB
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

5
5 Main Breaker AMPGARD
5 Description
Ratings
Amperes Volts Horsepower
5 Main breaker 1200, 2000 and 3000 2200 to 7200 —

Starters 400 and 800 2200 to 7200 Up to 8000
5 Starters 250 10,000–15,000 Up to 5000
5
Starting Characteristics
5 Starter % Motor % Motor % Line
Type Voltage Current Current % Torque
5 Reactor Reduced Voltage
5
80% tap 80 80 80 64
65% tap ➀ 65 65 65 42
5 50% tap 50 50 50 25
Autotransformer Reduced Voltage
5 80% tap 80 80 67 64
65% tap 1 65 65 45 42
5 50% tap 50 50 28 25
5
Interrupting Capacity—kVA
5 NEMA Class E2
5 Starter Maximum
Horsepower 2300 Volt 4600 Volt 6600 Volt
5 3000
5000
200,000
1,190,000
—
—
—
—
5 5500 — 400,000 —
8000 — — 570,000
5 Note
1 Factory set on 65% tap.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
6.1 Medium Voltage Switch—MVS

Outdoor Medium Voltage Switch
6
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-3 6
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3
6
6.2 Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB
6
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-5
6
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-5
6.3 Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB 6
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T6-6
V3-T6-7
6
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-7 6
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-7
6.4 Unitized Power Centers—UPC 6
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-8 6
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-8
6
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-9
6
6.5 OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-10
6
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
V3-T6-11
6
6
6
6
6
6.1 Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS
Contents
6 Outdoor Medium Voltage Switch—MVS Cable Connection to
Liquid-Filled Transformer
Description Page
6 Medium Voltage Switch—MVS
6 Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-3
6 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-3
6 An Eaton
Green Solution
6
6
6
6
6
6 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions
6 Eaton’s MVS load interrupter
switchgear is a metal-
MVS switchgear provides
safe, reliable switching and
Quick-make, quick-break
mechanism: A reliable heavy-
Interlocked for safety:
Mechanical interlocks prevent
enclosed assembly consisting fault protection for medium duty coil spring mechanism closing the switch when the
6 of a switch, bus and fuses. voltage circuits where high drives the switch blades at compartment door is open, or
duty cycle operation is high speed into either the the opening of the door when
6 MVS switchgear is available
in one or more vertical
not needed. open or the closed position. the switch is closed.
The speed of operation is
6 section assemblies. The Single switch and Safety under fault
●
independent of the person
three-pole switch will transformer primary operating the switch. conditions: The switch,
interrupt its rated load current Duplex switch depending upon the rated
6
●
with its quick-make, quick- ● Selector switch Direct drive mechanism: voltage, is available with
break mechanism. Optional A metal-to-metal direct drive three or four fault-closing
6 Automatic transfer control
●
fuses ensure short-circuit mechanism eliminates chains operations with ratings
protection at all times. or cables that may break or up to 61,000 amperes rms
6 need adjusting. asymmetrical, exceeding
the industry standards one
DE-ION® arc interruption: time operation.
6 DE-ION arc chambers and
spring-loaded auxiliary blades Safety barrier: A hinged
6 ensure fast load current
interruption and eliminate
solid metal barrier with a
perforated metal viewing area
6 arcing damage to the
main contacts.
shields the disconnect switch
when the compartment door
is opened.
6 Positive switch position
indication: Red and green Short-circuit protection:
6 multilingual (English/Spanish/
French) labels located directly
A full range of Eaton fusing
options is available for short-
on the switch operating circuit protection.
6 mechanism give visual
Eaton's SF6-free
indication of switch position.
6 switchgear: Eaton medium
voltage switchgear use
vacuum switches combined
6 with solid insulation material.
This environmentally-friendly
6 technology avoids the use of
SF6 as an insulation gas.
6
6
6
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS
6.1
Indoor Medium Voltage Switch—MVS Bus Connection to
Dry-Type Transformer 6
6
Hinged Internal
Switch Barrier 6
Inspection
DE-ION Arc
Interrupters
6
Window
6
Located Behind
Switch Barrier
Operating
Handle
(Mounted in
Access Door)
Switch Drive
Mechanism
6
Interlock 6
Fuses 6
High Dielectric 6
Insulation Used
Between Switch
Phases and 6
Ground on
15 kV Only 6
6
Standards and Reference Information
Certifications See Consulting Application 6
MVS switchgear meets or Guide for detailed list of ratings
exceeds IEEE® C37.20.3 as it and options. For renewal parts,
see CA08105001E.
6
applies to metal-enclosed
switchgear.
6
Either Underwriters Product Selection
Laboratories® (UL) or Contact Eaton for pricing. 6
Canadian Standards
Association® (CSA) listing is
available for MVS switchgear in Technical Data 6
and Specifications
many configurations, with a
number of options. ● Rated maximum voltage 6
classes of 5, 15, 27 and
MVS switchgear is available
seismically qualified to meet
38 kV 6
● Rated impulse levels, kV
the requirements of the
Uniform Building Code® BIL: 60, 95, 125, 150 6
(UBC), California Title 24 and ● Continuous and load-break
BOCA® requirements in many ratings: 600 amperes 6
configurations with a number available at all voltage
of options. classes; 1200 amperes
available at 5 and 15 kV
6
● Designs available in indoor
and outdoor non-walk-in
6
●
configurations
Manual or motor operated
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB
Contents
6 Indoor Medium Voltage Switch and Fixed Breaker—MSB
Description Page
6 Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB
6 An Eaton
Green Solution
6
6
6
6
6
6 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits
and Functions
6 Eaton’s MSB switchgear
is an integrated assembly
Applications include ground
fault protection, primary and/ ● Visible isolation
of a visible load-break or secondary switching, and
6 disconnect switch, fixed- protection on unit substations,
● Fully rated fixed vacuum
circuit breaker
mounted vacuum circuit automatic transfer switching
6 breaker, and control devices at medium voltage levels,
●
●
Electrical operation
No fuses
that are integrated electrically capacitor switching, high
6 and mechanically for
circuit protection. All
duty cycle and tight system
coordination protection.
● Improved coordination
capability
6 major components are
manufactured by Eaton, MSB switchgear can also be
● Improved transformer
protection
establishing one source an economic benefit in single-
6 of responsibility for the ended substations because
it may allow the customer
●
●
Ground fault protection
Capacitor switching
equipment and ensuring
6 high standards in quality, to eliminate the secondary
main protection and
● High switching duty cycle
coordination, reliability and ● Integral overcurrent
switching device.
6 service. MSB switchgear
would typically be used
protection
● Low resistance ground Eaton's SF6-free
6 where both cost and
protection are important
schemes switchgear: Eaton medium
● Single-ended substation voltage switchgear use
design parameters.
6 ●
designs
Overcurrent protection
vacuum switches combined
with solid insulation material.
6 This environmentally-friendly
technology avoids the use of
SF6 as an insulation gas.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6.2
Standards and Product Selection
Certifications Contact Eaton for pricing.
6
MSB switchgear meets or
exceeds IEEE C37.20.3 as it
6
Technical Data
switchgear.
and Specifications 6
● Rated maximum voltages
CSA listing is available for
MSB switchgear in many
of 4.76–15 kV 6
● Continuous current ratings
configurations with a number
of options.
up to 1200 amperes 6
● 25 and 40 kA rms
MSB switchgear is available
symmetrical short-circuit
interrupting capacity
6
Uniform Building Code,
6
California Title 24 and
BOCA requirements in ●
configurations
Single vertical section and
6
many configurations with
6
transformer primary
a number of options. configurations
Lineups consisting of MSB
6
●
and MVS vertical sections
6
Reference Information
See Consulting Application 6
Guide for detailed list of ratings
and options. For renewal parts, 6
see CA08105001E.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB
Contents
6 Indoor Metal-Enclosed Drawout Vacuum Breaker—MEB
Used as Main for Two Fused Switches
Description Page
6 Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB
6
6
6
6
6
6
6 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits
and Functions
6 Eaton’s MEB switchgear is
a metal-enclosed assembly
MEB can be applied as the
primary main device and ● Fully rated drawout
of single high drawout VCP-W integrated with fused feeder
6 vacuum circuit breakers and switches in a lineup of fused ●
vacuum circuit breaker
Electrical operation
control devices that are MVS switchgear.
6 integrated electrically for
Applications include ground
● Improved coordination
capability
circuit protection. (For
6 fault protection, primary Improved transformer
●
drawout vacuum breaker
metal-clad switchgear, and/or secondary switching, protection
and protection on unit
6 type VacClad-W, see Ground fault protection
●
Volume 3, Tab 7) All substations, automatic

transfer switching at medium
● Capacitor switching
major components are
6 manufactured by Eaton, voltage levels, capacitor
switching, high duty
●
●
High switching duty cycle
Integral overcurrent
establishing one source
6 of responsibility for the cycle and tight system
coordination protection.
protection
equipment and ensuring
6 high standards in quality,
coordination, reliability and
MEB switchgear can also
be an economic benefit in
6 service. single-ended substations
because it may allow the
6 customer to eliminate the
secondary main protection
and switching device.
6 ● Low resistance ground
6 ●
schemes
Single-ended substation
6 ●
designs
Overcurrent protection
6
6
6
6
6
6
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB
6.3
6
MEB switchgear meets or
exceeds IEEE C37.20.3 as it
6
Technical Data
switchgear.
● Rated maximum voltages
CSA listing is available for
MEB switchgear in many
of 4.76 and 15 kV 6
● Continuous current rating
configurations with a number
of options.
of 1200 or 2000 amperes 6
● Short-circuit current
MEB switchgear is available
ratings up to 38 kA rms
symmetrical
6
Uniform Building Code,
6
California Title 24 and
BOCA requirements in ●
configurations
Single vertical section and
6
many configurations with
6
transformer primary
a number of options. configurations
Lineups consisting of
6
●
MEB vertical sections and

MVS vertical sections
6
See Consulting Application 6
and options. For renewal parts, 6
see CA08105001E.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Unitized Power Centers—UPC
Contents
6 Indoor Unitized Power Centers
Description Page
6 Unitized Power Centers—UPC
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Bottom Cable Entry and Top Cable Entry
6 Product Description Features, Benefits Standards and

and Functions Certifications
6 Eaton’s Unitized Power
Centers combine an MVS The primary disconnect Power transformer core and
primary disconnect switch,
6 a ventilated dry-type
switch is a manually
operated, two-position,
coil assemblies meet all
applicable IEEE/ANSI/NEMA®
transformer and Pow-R-Line 4 quick-make, quick-break standards.
6 secondary distribution type MVS. Distribution class
devices in a compact, surge arresters protect the
6 factory-assembled integral
unit. These self-contained
transformer from surge
See Consulting Application
voltages, and current limiting
6 units provide maximum kVA
in minimum space, and
fuses protect against fault
currents. Insulated cable
and options.
their unitized construction
6
passes through a steel
simplifies installation. barrier to connect the switch Product Selection
to the transformer.
6 Other advantages include:
The power transformer is of a
Contact Eaton for pricing.
● Front accessibility
6 ● Against-the-wall mounting
ventilated, dry-type, core-
form construction. Standard
● Dimensions consistent Class 220°C insulation allows
6 with standard doorways normal operation at 150°C
● Liberal space for primary temperature rise above a
6 and secondary cables 30°C nominal ambient and
● Molded case circuit a 40°C peak ambient.
6 breaker or fusible switch The secondary distribution
secondary distribution section consists of group
6 mounted Series C® molded
case circuit breakers or FDP-
6 W fusible switches separated
from the transformer by steel
6 barriers. Additional vertical
sections may be added for
additional low voltage
6 distribution.
6
6
6
6
Unitized Power Centers—UPC
6.4
● Indoor enclosure only ● Insulation:
6
● Maximum primary
voltages:
● Class H 220°C rise
(standard)
6
●
●
3 kV through 15 kV
Three-phase, 60 Hz,
● 150°C, 115ºC and 80°C
rise available
6
delta primary Fan cooling available
6
●
● Primary BIL: to increase kVA rating

by 331/3%
● Voltages not exceeding
2.5 kV maximum— ● Taps: ±(2) 2.5% FCAN 6
and FCBN
●
20 kV BIL
Voltages above 2.5 kV ● Secondary voltages: 6
up to 7.2 kV maximum— 208Y/120 volts—
6
●
30 kV BIL four-wire
● Voltages above 7.2 kV up ● 240 volts—three-wire
to 15 kV maximum— ● 480Y/277 volts— 6
60 kV BIL four-wire
● Transformer: ● 575 volts—four-wire 6
● 12.5–1000 kVA Secondary BIL: 10 kV BIL
6
●
● Winding material,
copper type,
ventilated dry 6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
Contents
6 OEM Fusible Switches
Description Page
6 OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
6
6
6
6
6
MVS-C Switch
6
6 MVS-C switches are open
frame switches that must
MVS-C switches can be
applied in suitable enclosures
Plug & Play™: The switch
and operating mechanism
Safety under fault
conditions: The switch,
be mounted in a suitable for many switching duties install as a single entity. No depending upon the rated
6 enclosure for the OEM whether manual or automatic handle and chains or cables to voltage, is available with
market. Eaton’s MVS-C load operation is specified: mount and adjust. Improves three or four fault-closing
6 interrupter switches are
● Transformer primary
productivity in assembly operations with ratings up
available in many ratings. reducing overall cost. to 61,000 amperes rms
6 When properly applied, they
will provide safe, low-cost ●
switching
Transformer secondary Quick-make, quick-break
asymmetrical, exceeding
the industry standards
switching mechanism: A reliable heavy-
6 switching where occasional
or infrequent disconnecting ● Power distribution duty coil spring mechanism
one-time operation.
means is desired. The switching drives the switch blades at Fuse mountings: Complete
6 three-pole switch, with its high speed into either the open
or the closed position.
three-phase fuse mounting
quick-make, quick-break assemblies or fuse live
6 mechanism, will interrupt DE-ION arc interruption:
parts are available that
are fully compatible with
its rated load current. DE-ION arc chambers and MVS-C switches. The fuse
6 spring-loaded auxiliary blades mountings are intended for
ensure safe, fast load current use with Eaton’s fuses.
6 interruption and eliminate
arcing damage to the
6 main contacts.
Positive switch position
6 indication: Red and Green
multilingual (English/Spanish/
6 French) labels located directly
on the switch operating
mechanism give visual
6 indication of switch position.
6 Interlocked for safety:

When properly installed to MVS-C Fuse Mounting
utilize the built-in design
6 feature, mechanical interlocks Direct drive mechanism:
prevent closing the switch A metal-to-metal direct drive
6 when the enclosure door is mechanism eliminates chains
or cables that need adjusting
open, or opening the door
6 when the switch is closed.
As an alternate interlock
or break.
6 method, key interlock

provisions are included.
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
6.5
6
● MVS-C switches meet or
exceed ANSI C37.22
6
Technical Data
ratings
● UL and CSA recognized
component listing services
● Rated maximum voltage
are available for 5 and classes of 5, 15, 27 and 6
15 kV manual and motor 38 kV
operated MVS-C switches ● Rated impulse levels, kV
BIL: 60, 95, 125, 150
6
● Continuous and load-break
ratings: 600 amperes
6
available at all voltage
classes; 1200 amperes 6
Reference Information available at 5 and 15 kV
For renewal parts, see
● Rated momentary and fault 6
close currents, 40 and
CA08105001E.
61 kA rms asymmetrical; 6
40 kA available at all voltage
classes; 61 kA available at 6
5, 15 and 27 kV
● Manual, motor or shunt-trip
operated
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Medium Voltage Switchgear
7.1 Introduction
Indoor Type VCP-W Metal-Clad
Switchgear Assembly (5/15 kV shown)
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-2
7
7.2 Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear 7
Product Overview
7
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4 7
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-5
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 7
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
7
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-7 7
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-7
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-7 7
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-7
7
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8 7
7
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8
7
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-9
7.3 High Resistance Grounding System

7
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T7-21
V3-T7-22
7
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-26
7
Learn 7
Online
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.1 Medium Voltage Switchgear
Introduction
Contents
7 Indoor Type VCP-W Metal-Clad Switchgear Assembly (5/15 kV shown)
Description
7 Product Selection Guide
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7 Product Offering Chart—Metal-Enclosed 1
7 Description MVS MEB MSB UPC Mini-MVS

Voltage 5, 15, 27, 38 kV 5, 15 kV 5, 15 kV 5, 15 kV 5 kV only
7 Operation duty cycle Low High High Low Low
Enclosure Indoor, outdoor aisleless Indoor, outdoor aisleless Indoor, outdoor aisleless Indoor only Indoor, outdoor aisleless
7 Listed UL®, CSA® — — — UL, CSA
7 Assembly standards ANSI/IEEE®, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,

C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
ANSI/IEEE, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
ANSI/IEEE, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
— ANSI/IEEE, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
CSA 22.2 #31 2 CSA 22.2 #31 CSA 22.2 #31 CSA 22.2 #31 2
7 Circuit breaker type N/A VCP-W VCP-TR (5, 15 kV), VCP-W 27 kV N/A N/A
Circuit breaker mounted N/A Drawout Fixed N/A N/A
7 Seismically rated Zone 4 to Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
California Building Code Title 24
7 BIL ratings 60 kV (5 kV) 60 kV (5 kV) 60 kV (5 kV) 60 kV (5 kV) 60 kV (5 kV)
7 95 kV (15 kV)
125 kV (27 kV)
95 kV (15 kV) 95 kV (15 kV)
125 kV (27 kV)
95 kV (15 kV)
7 150 kV (38 kV)

Main bus ratings 800, 1200A (5/15/27/38 kV) 800, 1200A (5/15 kV) 800, 1200A (5/15/27 kV) N/A N/A, cable in, cable out application
7 Breaker ratings N/A 1200A (5/15 kV) 600, 800, 1200A (5/15/27 kV) N/A N/A
Overcurrent protective device Yes (fused) Yes Yes Yes (fused) Yes (fused)
7 Short-circuit Per fuse IC 29, 41, 63 kA (5 kV) 16, 20, 25, 40 kA (5/15 kV) Per fuse IC Per fuse IC
interrupting capacity
7 18, 28, 37, 63 kA (15 kV) 25 kA (27 kV)
Conduit entry Top or bottom Top or bottom Top or bottom Top or bottom Top or bottom
7 Notes
1 Additional products not shown include medium voltage transfer, high resistance ground and low profile switchgear.
7 2 Listings are voltage dependant. See individual product sheets for detail.
7
7
7
7
Introduction
7.1
Product Offering Chart—Metal-Clad 1
Description MVA Standard Narrow Design MVA Arc Resistant
7
Voltage 5, 15, 27, 38 kV 5 kV 5, 15, 27, 38 kV
7
Operation duty cycle High High High
Enclosure Indoor (5–38 kV) Indoor only Indoor only 7
Outdoor aisleless (5–27 kV) Outdoor aisle
Outdoor aisle (5–15 kV) 7
Listed
Outdoor common aisle (5–15 kV)
UL, CSA UL, CSA CSA only
7
Assembly standards ANSI/IEEE, C37.04, C37.06, C37.54,
C37.20.2, C37.55, CSA 22.2 #31 2
ANSI/IEEE, C37.04, C37.06, C37.54,
C37.20.2, C37.55, CSA 22.2 #31 2
ANSI/IEEE, C37.04, C37.06, C37.54,
C37.20.2, C37.20.7, C37.55, CSA 22.2 #31 2
7
Circuit breaker type VCP-W VCP-W ND VCP-W
7
Circuit breaker mounted 5 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option Drawout 5 kV only 5 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option
15 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option 15 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option 7
27 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option 27 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option
38 kV direct roll-in breakers 38 kV direct roll-in breakers 7
Seismically rated Zone 4 to
California Building Code Title 24
Yes Yes Yes
7
7
BIL ratings 60 kV (5 kV) 60 kV (5 kV only) 60 kV (5 kV)
95 kV (15 kV) 95 kV (15 kV)
125 kV (27 kV) 125 kV (27 kV)
7
170 kV (38 kV) 170 kV (38 kV)
Main bus ratings 1200, 2000, 3000, 4000A (5 kV) 1200A (5 kV only) 1200, 2000, 3000A (5 kV) 7
1200, 2000, 3000, 4000A (15 kV) 2000A, 3000A 1200, 2000, 3000A (15 kV)
1200, 2000A (27 kV) 1200, 2000A (27 kV) 7
Breaker ratings
1200, 2000, 3000A depending on kA rating (38 kV)
1200, 2000, 3000A (5 kV) 1200A (5 kV only)
1200, 2000, 3000A (38 kV)
1200, 2000, 3000A (5 kV)
7
1200, 2000, 3000A (15 kV) 1200, 2000, 3000A (15 kV) 7
1200, 2000A (27 kV) 1200, 2000A (27 kV)
1200, 1600, 2500A depending on kA rating (38 kV) 1200A (38 kV) 7
Overcurrent protective device Yes Yes Yes
Short-circuit interrupting capacity 29, 41, 63 kA (5 kV) 29 kA (5 kV) 37 kA (5 kV) 3
7
33 kA (8.25 kV) —
7
18, 28, 37, 63 kA 37 kA (15 kV) 3
16, 22, 25, 40 kA 25 kA (27 kV) 3 7
16, 21, 25, 32, 40 kA (38 kV) 25 kA (38 kV) 3
40, 50, 63 kA (5 kV) 3 7
7
40, 50, 63 kA (15 kV) 3
25, 40 kA (27 kV) 3

25, 40 kA (38 kV) 3
7
Conduit Entry Top or bottom Top or bottom Top or bottom
Notes 7
1 Additional products not shown include medium voltage transfer, high resistance ground and low profile switchgear.
2 Listings are voltage dependant. See individual product sheets for detail.
3 Ratings are arc ratings, not interrupting capacity.
7
7
7
7
7
7
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Contents
7 VCP-W Breaker
Description Page
7 Product Overview
7 Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
7 26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear . V3-T7-7
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8
7 An Eaton
7 Green Solution
7
7
7
7
7 Product Overview
Eaton has been manufacturing Maintenance requirements Eaton’s VCP-W metal-clad
7 metal-clad switchgear for over are minimized by the use switchgear with type VCP-W
50 years, and vacuum circuit of enclosed long-life vacuum breakers provides
7 breakers for over 30 years.
Tens of thousands of Eaton
vacuum interrupters. When
maintenance or inspection
centralized control and
protection of medium voltage
7 vacuum circuit breakers,
used in a wide variety of
is required, the component
arrangements and drawers
power equipment and circuits
in industrial, commercial and
applications, have been allow easy access. The utility installations involving
7 setting industry performance VCP-W’s light weight generators, motors, feeder
standards for years. simplifies handling and circuits, and transmission
7 With reliability as a
relocation of the breakers. and distribution lines.
fundamental goal, Eaton’s The VCP-W meets or VCP-W switchgear is
7 engineers have simplified the exceeds all applicable ANSI, available in maximum voltage
VCP-W switchgear design to NEMA® and IEEE design ratings from 4.76 kV through
7 minimize problems and gain standards, and additionally 38 kV, and interrupting ratings
trouble-free performance. offers many outstanding as shown on Page V3-T7-11.
7 Special attention was given to
material quality and
safety features.To ensure
reliability and quality,
VCP-W offers a total design
concept of cell, breaker and
7 maximum possible use
was made of components
the testing of VCP-W
switchgears has been
auxiliary equipment, which
can be assembled in various
proven over the years in extensive. UL and CSA listed combinations to satisfy user
7 Eaton switchgear. switchgear is available for application requirements.
5 and 15 kV. CSA is available Two-high breaker
7 for 27 and 38 kV. arrangements are standard
up to 15 kV. One-high
7 arrangements can be
furnished when required.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.2
7
Endurance Front Accessible Mechanism PowerNet—Integrated Flexibility
High power laboratory tests Front accessible mechanism Monitoring Protection and
Control Communications System
PowerNet is flexible in 7
prove VCP-W breakers are is standard on all VCP-W that it can include those
capable of 50 to 200 full fault breakers. Medium voltage VCP-W
switchgear is ideally
assemblies, such as VCP-W 7
current interruptions. switchgear, that are desired
Space Savings
Front Accessible CTs (5–38 kV) suited for Eaton’s unique
PowerNet system.
in a distribution system...
but PowerNet can be easily
7
Up to 12 CTs per breaker can
Up to 50% floor space
reduction over previous
be mounted for easy access. PowerNet is the unique
system that, for the first time,
upgraded as new assemblies
are added. In essence, a 7
designs. Drawout Auxiliary customer determines the
Compartments
ties together multiple devices
in electrical distribution requirements for a building’s 7
Vacuum Interrupter, Up to four drawers per systems in a wide variety electrical distribution system,
Current Transfer Conductor vertical section can be of buildings and plants. and Eaton provides the 7
Eaton’s stiff-flexible design equipped with CPTs or VTs PowerNet system to fit
eliminates sliding/rolling
contacts in the main
up to 15 kV. Primary isolation
shutters are standard.
PowerNet uses the
proven, INCOM™ chip for
those specific requirements.
7
Environmentally-Friendly
7
conductor, which provides highly reliable, two-way
excellent electrical and Fluidized Bed Epoxy communications (even in Eaton’s medium voltage
thermal transfer, and long Bus Insulation noisy industrial environments) switchgear uses vacuum
vacuum interrupter life. Excellent track resistant and between the master control switches combined with 7
flame retardant properties. unit and system devices via solid insulation material.
Grounded Steel Safety Shutters a twisted pair of conductors.
Communications wires
This environmentally-friendly 7
Prevents accidental contact Standardized technology avoids the use of
with live primary voltage Functional Designs
Shortens order cycle time.
can be extended up to
10,000 feet (3.04m) from
SF6 as an insulation gas, and
can offer a lower total cost of
7
connections when breaker
the master control unit
7
is withdrawn. ownership over the complete
Protective Relays without repeaters...and as life cycle of your medium
Breaker Rails many as 1000 compatible voltage equipment.
On 5–27 kV units, the breaker
A full scope of protective
relays designed to meet all devices, installed in various 7
application requirements is assemblies, can be on the
can be withdrawn on rails for
inspection and maintenance available to provide the PowerNet system. 7
without the need for a utmost in system and
separate lifting device. component protection. One
Easy Installation
Installation is uncomplicated
7
such multipurpose relay
and devices are connected,
Direct Roll-In Beakers
5–27 kV switchgear is
system is Eaton’s Digitrip™
FP-5000. FP-5000 enhanced daisy chain style, via the 7
capabilities include auto- twisted pair conductors. All
available with direct roll-in
breakers. Direct roll-in throwover schemes, voltage assemblies and devices are 7
and current protection, standard Eaton equipment
breakers can be supplied
in two-high configurations and communication. This when PowerNet compatible
devices are ordered as part of
7
with fully interchangeable microprocessor-based
breakers. Rails or a special circuit protective, control
and monitoring relay system
an assembly. The assemblies
(with compatible devices built 7
direct roll-in lift pan can
in) are prewired, pretested
be used if desired to
withdraw upper breakers
includes devices 50, 51,
50N, 51N, 50G, 51G and and delivered complete. 7
86, plus cause and magnitude
for inspection.
of trip, integral test and 7
Reduced Breaker Weight programming, ampere
525 Ibs (238 kg) maximum demand, high load alarm, 7
through 27 kV vs. 2450 Ibs non-volatile set points, self-
(1112 kg) in a comparable testing and communications
capabilities. The Digitrip is
7
air-magnetic design for ease
of handling. capable of being monitored
and controlled through 7
PowerNet™, DeviceNet™,
Reduced Breaker Maintenance
Vacuum interrupter requires
Ethernet and Web PONIs. 7
Refer to Volume 3, Tab 9 for
only periodic check for
contact erosion. Integral wear
further information. 7
indicator provided. No contact
adjustments are required. 7
7
7
Options and Accessories Technical Data

7 and Specifications
Supplemental Devices Ground and Test Device Standard Accessories
7 Maximum voltages:
●
The ground and test device is ● One test jumper ● 4.76 kV, 8.25 kV, 15 kV,
a drawout element that may ● One levering crank 27 kV, 38 kV
7 be inserted into a metal-clad ● One maintenance tool
switchgear housing in place ● Interrupting ratings:
One lifting yoke (5–38 kV)
7
●
of a circuit breaker to provide ● 4.76 kV:
access to the primary circuits ● Two sets of rails (5–27 kV) 250 MVA (29 kA)
7 to permit the temporary One turning handle
●
350 MVA (41 kA)
connection of grounds or (5th wheel, 38 kV) 500 MVA (63 kA)
testing equipment to the
7 high voltage circuits. High Optional Accessories
● 8.25 kV:
500 MVA (33 kA)
potential testing of cable or ● One transport dolly
7 15 kV:
●
phase checking of circuits (5–27 kV)
are typical tests that may be 500 MVA (18 kA)
● One portable lifter 750 MVA (28 kA)
7 performed. The devices are
insulated to suit the voltage
(5–27 kV) 1000 MVA (37 kA)
rating of the switchgear and
● One test cabinet 1500 MVA (63 kA)
7 World-Class VCP-W Vacuum Circuit
Breakers are Designed with a V-Flex will carry required levels of ● One electrical levering ● 27 kV:
Nonsliding Current Transfer System short-circuit current. device (5–27 kV) 16 kA, 22 kA,
7 Before using ground and test
● One ramp for lower 25 kA, 40 kA
breaker (5–27 kV) ● 38 kV:
7 devices, it is recommended
that each user develop
● One manual or electrical 16 kA, 25 kA,
31.5 kA, 40 kA
detailed operating procedures ground and test device.
7 consistent with safe Electrical ground up to
15 kV only
2300 MVA (35 kA)
operating practices. Only ● Continuous current:
7 qualified personnel should ● One hi-pot tester circuit breakers
be authorized to use ground ● One offset manual ● 1200A, 2000A, 3000A
7 and test devices. racking device (5 and 15 kV)
Manual and electrical ground ● 4000A forced cooled
7 and test devices are available. (5 and 15 kV)
These devices include six ● 1200A, 2000A, (27 kV)
7 studs for connection to
primary circuits. On the
● 600A, 1200A, 1600A,
200A, 2500A (38 kV)
7 manual device, selection and
grounding is accomplished
● 3000A forced cooled
(38 kV)
by cable connection. On
7 the electrical-type device, ● Continuous current:
grounding is accomplished main bus
7 by an electrically operated ● 1200A, 2000A, 3000A,
grounding switch. 4000A (5 and 15 kV)
7 ● 1200A, 2000A, (27 kV)
● 1200A, 2000A, 2500A,
7 3000A (38 kV)
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.2
Contents
Typical Indoor Assembly with a Breaker Withdrawn on Rails
Description Page
7
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8 7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear 7
26-inch wide VCP-W and Functions At the heart of the new
switchgear was designed for Functionality is the name For installations requiring switchgear line is Eaton’s 7
use in instances where floor of the game. Available 2000A main breakers with world-class VCPW-ND
space requirements would
not allow the industry
configurations include
breaker over breaker,
1200A feeders, lineups can be
built with standard 36-inch
“Narrow Design” vacuum
circuit breaker. The 26-inch
7
standard 36-inch (914.4 mm)
wide switchgear.
one or two auxiliaries over
breaker, breaker over one
(914.4 mm) wide main breaker
cubicles and 26-inch (660.4
(660.4 mm) wide offering
includes breakers and gear 7
or two auxiliaries, or up mm) wide feeders. that are rated for use on 5 kV,
Application Description to four auxiliaries in one The main bus connections 250 MVA, 1200A, 60 kV BIL 7
Typical applications include vertical section. are 100% compatible with maximum systems. Main
not only new construction,
but also replacement In addition to the tremendous
standard 36-inch (914.4 mm) bus ratings of up to 2000A
are available.
7
wide vertical sections. As a
floor space saving offered by
switchgear for installations
previously equipped with the 26-inch (660.4 mm) wide
result, add-ons to existing
installations can be simply and
The 26-inch (660.4 mm) wide 7
26-inch (660.4 mm) wide design, a savings in the VCP-W switchgear meets or
airbreak devices. This new height of the switchgear is
rapidly performed without
costly system modifications
exceeds ANSI, NEMA and 7
line of switchgear has also also available. Where height IEEE design standards. UL
and transition sections.
proven very popular is an issue, such as an
outdoor powerhouse or in a
and CSA listed switchgear is
also available.
7
among Generator Control
manufacturers where 5 kV,
250 MVA, 1200A applications
mobile power container, the
standard 95-inch (2413 mm) 7
height can be reduced to an
are commonplace.
80-inch (2032 mm) tall model 7
with a single-high breaker
with one auxiliary and/or 7
control cubical. In addition,
the low-profile structure is
designed to accommodate
7
Voltage Transformers that
are front mounted. Shallow- 7
depth versions are also
available for applications 7
where depth is an issue.
Contact your local Eaton 7
representative for more
information on special
dimensional requirements.
7
7
7
Contents
7 Typical Indoor Switchgear Unit
Description Page
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear . V3-T7-7
7 38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7 38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
7 Product Description Features, Benefits Standards and Certifications
This member of the Eaton’s and Functions Both ANSI and IEC designs
7 VCP-W switchgear family Both ANSI and IEC versions Ease of service is another are designed and tested at
was designed for use in offer 40 kA rms symmetrical benefit. All 38 kV switchgear the factory to be corona-free.
7 applications with distribution
voltages at 38 kV maximum.
momentary short-circuit,
80 kV 1 minute withstand,
units are equipped with roll-
on-the-floor vacuum circuit
In addition, optional arc-
resistant designs can
7 Application Description
170 kV BIL ratings as
standard, and both feature a
breakers that provide both
unprecedented mobility and
be specified to comply
with EEMAC G-14-1 for
Typical applications include revolutionary interface design ready accessibility to the Accessibility Types A and B.
7 not only new construction, that permits crossover and breaker cell. Levering-in
CSA listed switchgear is
but also replacement for older transition bus connections mechanisms for breaker
7 airbreak, minimum oil or
SF6 switchgear. This line is
to adjacent sections without installation employ an
also available.
the need for a transition innovative ball-screw bearing
7 available in two basic versions:
one designed specifically for
section. Standard dimensions
of this 170 kV BIL gear is
drive that can be operated
by a single technician.
domestic and export ANSI
7 applications (VCP-W), with a
42 inches wide x 100 inches
tall x 128.8 inches deep The 38 kV line can be
continuous current range of (1066.8 mm wide x 2540 mm equipped with a variety of
7 600–2500A; and one built for tall x 3270.3 mm deep), optional features to enhance
system protection and
export only IEC applications making the VCP-W offering
7 (W-VAC) for continuous
current ranges of 630–2500A.
the smallest in its class. monitoring. Eaton’s Digitrip
FP-5000 microprocessor-
Safety has been thoroughly based trip system, IQ
7 addressed in the design of the Analyzer and the PowerNet
38 kV VCP-W. On all standard communications system are all
7 units, shutters can be available with the 38 kV metal-
independently padlocked to clad switchgear.
7 prevent inadvertent energizing
during maintenance. Where
7 needed, fully rated feeder
earthing switches are also
available.
7
7
7
7
7
7.2
7
7
Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis, Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1)
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
Rated Values
50 VCP-W
25
50 VCP-W
40
50 VCP-W
50
50 VCP-W
63
75 VCP-W
40 7
Maximum voltage (V) (kV rms)
Power frequency (Hz) 1
4.76
60
4.76
60
4.76
60
4.76
60
8.25
60
7
Insulation level
Power frequency withstand voltage (1 min.) (kV rms) 19 19 19 19 36
7
Lightning impulse withstand voltage (1.2 x 50 ms) (kV peak) 60 60 60 60 95
7
Continuous current (A rms) 2 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000 7
Short-circuit ratings (reference C37.04-1999 and C37.06-2009
except as noted 3) 7
Symmetrical interrupting circuit (l) (kA rms sym) 4 25 40 50 63 40
DC component (%DC) (%) 5 50 50 44 55 50 7
total) 6
7
Asymmetrical interrupting current (lt) (kA rms asym 31 49 59 80 49
Closing and latching current (2.6 x l) (kA peak) 65 104 130 164 104
Short-time withstand current (rms) 7 25 40 50 63 40
7
Transient recovery voltage parameters are based on TD-4
Peak voltage (E2) = (uc) (kV peak)
Time to peak (T2 = t3 x 1.137) (msec)
8.2
50
8.2
50
8.2
50
8.2
50
14
59
7
TRV rise time (t3) (msec) 44 44 44 44 52 7
RRRV = uc/t3 (kV/msec) 8 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.27
Interrupting time (ms, cycles (60 Hz)) 50, 3 50, 3 50, 3 50, 3 50, 3 7
7
Operating duty (duty cycle) O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO
Mechanical endurance (no-load operations) 9j 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
Capacitance current switching capability
(reference C47.04a-2003, C37.06-2009 and C37.09a-2005) 7
Cable-charging current (class, A rms) C2, 3–10 C2, 3–10 C2, 3–10 C2, 7.5–25 C2, 7.5–25
Isolated shunt capacitor bank current (class, A rms) C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 7
75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000
75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600 75–1600
7
Back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current (class, A rms) C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 C2, 75–630 7
75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000 75–1000
Inrush current (kA peak) 6

75–1600
6
75–1600
6
75–1600
6
75–1600
6
75–1600
7
Inrush frequency (kHz) 0.8
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.8
0.5
7
7
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Out-of-phase switching
Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms) 7 7 7 7 12
Current = 0.25 x l (kA rms) 6.3 10 12.5 15.8 10
7
Notes
1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no 6
7
The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (It) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA
de-rating.
2 4000A fan cooled rating is available for 3000A circuit breakers. 7
rms asym total.
Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both two seconds 7
3 These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000. for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and
4 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum
8
C37.06-2009.
RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E2/T2.
7
symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current.
7
5 Based on the standard DC TIME constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and 9 Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening.
the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the j All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit
assumed minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz). breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations.
7
7
7
Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis, Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1), continued
7 Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
7 Rated Values
75 VCP-W
50
150 VCP-W
25
150 VCP-W
40
150 VCP-W
50
150 VCP-W
63
7 Maximum voltage (V) (kV rms)

Power frequency (Hz) 1
8.25
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
7 Insulation level
Power frequency withstand voltage (1 min.) (kV rms) 36 36 36 36 36
7 Lightning impulse withstand voltage (1.2 x 50 ms) (kV peak) 95 95 95 95 95

Continuous current (A rms) 2 1200 1200 3 1200 1200 1200 3
7 2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000
3000
2000 3
3000 3
7 Short-circuit ratings (reference C37.04-1999 and

C37.06-2009 except as noted 3)
Symmetrical interrupting circuit (l) (kA rms sym) 4 50 25 40 50 63
7 DC component (%DC) (%) 5 44 50 50 44 55
Asymmetrical interrupting current (lt) (kA rms asym total) 6 59 31 49 59 80
7 Closing and latching current (2.6 x l) (kA peak) 130 65 104 130 164
7 Short-time withstand current (rms) 7 50 25 40 50 63

Transient recovery voltage parameters are based on TD-4
7 Peak voltage (E2) = (uc) (kV peak) 14 28 3

25.7
25.7 25.7 28 3
7
Time to peak (T2 = t3 x 1.137) (msec) 59 75 75 75 75
TRV rise time (t3) (msec) 52 66 66 66 66
7 RRRV = uc/t3 (kV/msec) 8 0.27 0.42

0.39
0.39 0.39 0.42
7 Interrupting time (ms, cycles (60 Hz)) 50, 3 50, 3 50, 3 50, 3 50, 3
Operating duty (duty cycle) O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO
7 Mechanical endurance (no-load operations) 9j 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

Capacitance current switching capability
7 (reference C47.04a-2003, C37.06-2009 and C37.09a-2005)
Cable-charging current (class, A rms) C2, 7.5–25 C2, 7.5–25 C2, 7.5–25 C2, 7.5–25 C2, 7.5–25
7 Isolated shunt capacitor bank current (class, A rms) C2, 75–630

75–1000
C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600 C1, 75–1000 C1, 75–1600 C1, 75–1600 75–1600
7 Back-to-back capacitor switching
7 Capacitor bank current (class, A rms) C2, 75–630

75–1000
C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600 C1, 75–1000 C1, 75–1600 C1, 75–1600 75–1600
7 Inrush current (kA peak) 6 6 6 6 6
Inrush frequency (kHz) 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
7 Out-of-phase switching
Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms) 12 22 22 22 22
7 Current = 0.25 x l (kA rms) 12.5 6.3 10 12.5 15.8
Notes
7 1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no 6 The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (It) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA
de-rating. rms asym total.
7 2 4000A fan cooled rating is available for 3000A circuit breakers.
3 These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000.
7 Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both two seconds
for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and
C37.06-2009.
7
4 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum
8 RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E2/T2.
symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current.
5 Based on the standard DC time constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and 9 Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening.
7 the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the
assumed minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz).
j All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit
breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations.
7
7
7
7.2
Available VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, Per ANSI Standards 12
Circuit Breaker Type
7
50 VCP-WND
250
50 VCP-W
250
50 VCP-W
350
50 VCP-W
63
75 VCP-W
500
150 VCP-W
500
150 VCP-W
750
150 VCP-W
1000 7
7
Identification
Nominal voltage class kV 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 7.2 13.8 13.8 13.8
Nominal three-phase MVA class 250 250 350 — 500 500 750 1000
7
Rated Values
Voltage 7
Rated maximum voltage V kV rms 4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 8.25 15 15 15
Rated voltage range factor K 3 1.24 1.24 1.19 1.0 1.25 1.30 1.30 1.30 7
Insulation level—rated withstand test voltage
Normal frequency kV rms 19 19 19 19 36 36 36 36 7
1.2 x 50 μsec. impulse kV crest 60 60 60 60 95 95 95 95
Current 7
Rated continuous current at 60 Hz amp 4 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
— 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 7
— 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Rated short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV)—I kA rms 3 29 29 41 63 33 18 28 37 7
Rated transient recovery voltage
Rated crest voltage —E2 kV crest 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 15.5 28 28 28 7
Rated time to crest—T2 μs
Rate of rise of recovery voltage kV/μs 5
50
0.2
50
0.2
50
0.2
50
0.2
60
0.29
75
0.42
75
0.42
75
0.42
7
Rated interrupting time cycles 6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
7
Rated permissible tripping delay—Y sec. 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Rated reclosing time ms 8 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 7
Related Required Capabilities
Rated maximum voltage divided by K—V/K kV rms 3.85 3.85 4.0 4.76 6.6 11.5 11.5 11.5 7
Current values
K times rated short-circuit current 3 7
Maximum sym. interrupting capability—KI kA rms 36 36 49 63 41 23 36 48
Three-second short-time current carrying capability—KI kA rms 36 36 49 63 41 23 36 48 7
(momentary) 9
7
Closing and latching capability
2.7K times rated short-circuit current—2.7 KI kA crest 97 97 132 170 111 62 97 130
1.6K times rated short-circuit current—1.6 KI kA rms asym. j 58 58 78 101 66 37 58 77
Asymmetry Factor for VCP-W Breakers (S) k 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.27 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 7
Notes
E 7
1 For capacitor switching, refer to Page V3-T7-14. 5 RRRV = 1.137 ------2
T2
7
2 5 and 15 kV circuit breakers are UL listed. 27 and 38 kV breakers are not UL listed.
3 For three-phase and line-to-line faults, the symmetrical interrupting capability at an 6 Three-cycle rating available, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
operating voltage 7 Tripping may be delayed beyond the rated permissible tripping delay at lower values of
V
current in accordance with the following formula: 7
( )
Isc = (Rated Short-Circuit Current) 2
Vo (K Times Rated Short-Circuit Current)
7
T (seconds) = Y Short-Circuit Current Through Breaker
But not to exceed KI.
Single line-to-ground fault capability at an operating voltage The aggregate tripping delay on all operations within any 30-minute period must not exceed
Isc = 1.15
V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current) 8
the time obtained from the above formula.
For reclosing service, there is No De-Rating necessary Eaton’s VCP-W family of circuit
7
Vo
breakers. R = 100%. Type VCP-W breaker can perform the O-C-O per ANSI C37.09; O-0.3s-
The above apply on predominately inductive or resistive three-phase circuits with
CO-15s-CO per IEC 56; and some VCP-Ws have performed O-0.3s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO;
all with no derating. Contact Eaton for special reclosing requirements.
7
normal-frequency line-to-line recovery voltage equal to the operating voltage.
7
9 For higher close and latch ratings, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
4 4000A continuous rating is available for 5/15 kV. 3000A continuous rating is j Included for reference only.
available for 38 kV. Contact Eaton for details. k Asymmetrical interrupting capability = “S” times symmetrical interrupting capability,
both at specified operating voltage. 7
7
7
7
Available VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, Per ANSI Standards, continued 12
7 Circuit Breaker Type
7 150 VCP-W
63
270 VCP-W
750
270 VCP-W
1000
270 VCP-W
1250
270 VCP-W
40
7 Identification
Nominal voltage class kV 13.8 27 27 27 27
7 Nominal three-phase MVA class — — — — —

Rated Values
7 Voltage
Rated maximum voltage kV rms 15 27 27 27 27
7 Rated voltage range factor K 3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
7 Normal frequency kV rms 36 60 60 60 60
1.2 x 50 μsec. impulse kV crest 95 125 125 125 125
7 Current
Rated continuous current at 60 Hz amp 4 1200 600 600 600 1200
7 2000 1200 1200 1200 2000
3000 2000 2000 2000 —
7 Rated short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV)—I kA rms 3 63 16 22 25 40
7 Rated transient recovery voltage

Rated crest voltage —E2 kV crest 28 51 51 51 51
7 Rated time to crest—T2 μs

Rate of rise of recovery voltage kV/μs 5
75
0.42
105
0.55
105
0.55
105
0.55
105
0.55
7 Rated interrupting time cycles 6 5 5 5 5 5

Rated permissible tripping delay—Y sec. 7 2 2 2 2 2
7 Rated reclosing time ms 8 300 300 300 300 300
7 Rated maximum voltage divided by K—V/K kV rms 15 27 27 27 27
7 Current values
K times rated short-circuit current 3
Maximum sym. interrupting capability—KI kA rms 63 16 22 25 40
7 Three-second short-time current carrying capability—KI kA rms 63 16 22 25 40
7
Closing and latching capability (momentary) 9
2.7K times rated short-circuit current—2.7 KI kA crest 170 43 60 68 108
1.6K times rated short-circuit current—1.6 KI kA rms asym. j 100 26 35 40 64
7 Asymmetry Factor for VCP-W Breakers (S) k 1.27 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
7 Notes
1 For capacitor switching, refer to Page V3-T7-14. 6 Three-cycle rating available, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
7 2 5 and 15 kV circuit breakers are UL listed. 27 and 38 kV breakers are not UL listed.
3 For three-phase and line-to-line faults, the symmetrical interrupting capability at an
7 Tripping may be delayed beyond the rated permissible tripping delay at lower values of
current in accordance with the following formula:
( )
operating voltage 2
7 Isc =
V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
T (seconds) = Y
(K Times Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Short-Circuit Current Through Breaker
Vo
7
The aggregate tripping delay on all operations within any 30-minute period must not exceed
But not to exceed KI. the time obtained from the above formula.
Single line-to-ground fault capability at an operating voltage 8 For reclosing service, there is No De-Rating necessary for Eaton’s VCP-W family of circuit
7 Isc = 1.15
V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
breakers. R = 100%. Type VCP-W breaker can perform the O-C-O per ANSI C37.09; O-0.3s-
CO-15s-CO per IEC 56; and some VCP-Ws have performed O-0.3s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO;
Vo
7 But not to exceed KI.
The above apply on predominately inductive or resistive three-phase circuits with
9
j
For higher close and latch ratings, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Included for reference only.
7
normal-frequency line-to-line recovery voltage equal to the operating voltage. k Asymmetrical interrupting capability = “S” times symmetrical interrupting capability,
4 4000A continuous rating is available for 5/15 kV. 3000A continuous rating is both at specified operating voltage.
available for 38 kV. Contact Eaton for details.
7 5
E2
RRRV = 1.137 ------
T2
7
7
7
7.2
Available VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, Per ANSI Standards, continued 12
7
380 VCP-W
16
380 VCP-W
21
380 VCP-W
25
380 VCP-W
32
380 VCP-W
40 7
7
Identification
Nominal voltage class kV 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5
Nominal three-phase MVA class — — — — —
7
Rated Values
Voltage
38 38 38 38 38
7
Rated maximum voltage kV rms
Rated voltage range factor K 3 1.0 1.65 1.0 1.0 1.0 7
Normal frequency kV rms 80 80 80 80 80
7
1.2 x 50 μsec. impulse kV crest l 170 l 170 l 170 l 170 l 170 l
Current 7
Rated continuous current at 60 Hz amp 4 600 1200 600 600 600
1200 2000 1200 1200 1200 7
1600 — 1600 1600 1600
2000 — 2000 2000 2000 7
7
— — — 2500 2500
Rated short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV)—I kA rms 3 16 21 25 31.5 40
Rated transient recovery voltage
7
Rated crest voltage —E2 kV crest 71 71 71 71 71
Rated time to crest—T2 μs 125 125 125 125 125 7
Rate of rise of recovery voltage kV/μs 5 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64
Rated interrupting time cycles 6 5 5 5 5 5 7
7
Rated permissible tripping delay—Y sec. 7 2 2 2 2 2
Rated reclosing time ms 8 300 300 300 300 m

7
Rated maximum voltage divided by K—V/K kV rms 38 23 38 38 38
Current values 7
K times rated short-circuit current 3
Maximum sym. interrupting capability—KI kA rms
Three-second short-time current carrying capability—KI kA rms
16
16
35
35
25
25
31.5
31.5
40
40
7
Closing and latching capability (momentary) 9
2.7K times rated short-circuit current—2.7 KI kA crest 43 95 68 85 108
7
1.6K times rated short-circuit current—1.6 KI kA rms asym. j 26 56 40 51 64
7
Asymmetry Factor for VCP-W Breakers (S) k 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Notes 7
1 For capacitor switching, refer to Page V3-T7-14. 6 Three-cycle rating available, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
2 5 and 15 kV circuit breakers are UL listed. 27 and 38 kV breakers are not UL listed. 7 Tripping may be delayed beyond the rated permissible tripping delay at lower values of 7
3 For three-phase and line-to-line faults, the symmetrical interrupting capability at an current in accordance with the following formula:
operating voltage
T (seconds) = Y ( (K Times Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Short-Circuit Current Through Breaker )
2
7
V
Isc = (Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Vo
The aggregate tripping delay on all operations within any 30-minute period must not exceed
the time obtained from the above formula.
7
Single line-to-ground fault capability at an operating voltage 8 For reclosing service, there is No De-Rating necessary for Eaton’s VCP-W family of circuit
V
breakers. R = 100%. Type VCP-W breaker can perform the O-C-O per ANSI C37.09; O-0.3s- 7
Isc = 1.15 (Rated Short-Circuit Current) CO-15s-CO per IEC 56; and some VCP-Ws have performed O-0.3s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO;
Vo
But not to exceed KI. 9
For higher close and latch ratings, refer to Page V3-T7-14. 7
The above apply on predominately inductive or resistive three-phase circuits with j Included for reference only.
4
normal-frequency line-to-line recovery voltage equal to the operating voltage.
4000A continuous rating is available for 5/15 kV. 3000A continuous rating is
k Asymmetrical interrupting capability = “S” times symmetrical interrupting capability, 7
both at specified operating voltage.
7
available for 38 kV. Contact Eaton for details. l ANSI standard requires 150 kV BIL. All 38 kV ratings are tested to 170 kV BIL.
m Type 380 VCP-2 40 circuit breaker is not rated for rapid reclosing.
5
E2
RRRV = 1.137 ------
7
T2
Extra Capability Type VCP-WC Ratings (Symmetrical Current Basis)

7 Rated Values
50 VCP-W 25C 50 VCP-W 40C 50 VCP-W 50C 50 VCP-W 63C 75 VCP-W 50C
7 Voltage
Maximum voltage V kV rms 5.95 5.95 5.95 5.95 10.3
7 Voltage range factor K 1 1 1 1 1

Insulation level—withstand test
7 Power frequency (1 min.) kA rms total 24 24 24 24 42
Lighting impulse 1.2 x 50 μs kV peak 75 75 75 75 95
7 Continuous current at 60 Hz A rms 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
7 3000 4 3000 4 3000 4 3000 4 3000 4
7 Short-circuit current
Sym. interrupting at voltage (Isc) kA rms total 25 40 50 63 50
7
% DC component (Idc) 50 75 57 62 57
75 — 57 — 57
7 75 — 52 — 52
Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms 31 58 64 83 64
7 36 — 64 — 64
36 — 62 — 62
7 Closing and latching capability kA peak 97 139 139 175 139
7 Short-time current for 3 seconds kA rms 1

Interrupting time ms 2
25
50
40
50
50
50
63
50
50
50
7 Maximum permissible tripping delay sec. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs 3 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 0.9
7 0.9 0.9 0.9 — 0.9
0.8 0.8 0.8 — 0.8
7 Capacitor switching ratings
General purpose—isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms 400 and 630 630 5 630 5 250 630 5
7 1000 5 1000 5 1000 5 — 1000 5
7 Definite purpose—back-to-back capacitor switching

250 250 250 — 250
7
Capacitor bank current A rms 400 and 630 630 6 630 6 200, 1600 7 630 6
1000 6 1000 6 1000 6 200, 1600 7 1000 6
7 — — — 200, 1600 7 —
Inrush current kA peak 20 and 20 15 15 7.7 15
7 18 18 18 7.7 18
— — — 7.7 —
7 Inrush frequency kHz 6.5 and 5.5 3.5 3.5 465 3.5
7 2.7
—
2.7
—
2.7
—
465
465
2.7
—
7 Mechanical Endurance—No-Load Operations 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
7 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
7 Notes
1 Except as noted. 6 Breaker tested to 1270A back-to-back switching for momentary load
2 Three cycles. (thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
7 3 Contact Eaton for higher RRRV or for more information. 7 C37.04.a-2003 Class C2 at 15 kV.
4 4000A FC rating available.
38 kV, 2500A and 3000A WC breakers are not rated for rapid reclosing.
7 5 Breaker tested to 2700A single bank switching for momentary load
(thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
7
7
7.2
Extra Capability Type VCP-WC Ratings (Symmetrical Current Basis), continued
7
Rated Values
150 VCP-W 25C 150 VCP-W 40C 150 VCP-W 50C 150 VCP-W 63C 270 VCP-W 25C
7
Voltage
Maximum voltage V kV rms 17.5 17.5 17.5 15 27
7
Voltage range factor K
1 1 1 1 1
7
Power frequency (1 min.) kA rms total
Lighting impulse 1.2 x 50 μs kV peak
42
95
42
96
42
95
42
95
60
125
7
Continuous current at 60 Hz A rms 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
7
2000 2000 2000 2000 1600
3000 4 3000 4 3000 4 3000 4 — 7
Short-circuit current
Sym. interrupting at voltage (Isc) kA rms total 25 40 50 63 25 7
% DC component (Idc) 50 75 57 62 75
75 — 57 — — 7
75 — 52 — —
Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms 31 58 64 83 36 7
36
36
—
—
64
62
—
—
—
—
7
Closing and latching capability kA peak
1
97 5 139 139 175 85 7
Short-time current for 3 seconds kA rms 25 40 50 63 25 6
Interrupting time ms 2 50 50 50 50 50 7
Maximum permissible tripping delay sec. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs 3 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.1 7
7
0.9 0.9 0.9 — —
0.8 0.8 0.8 — —
Capacitor switching ratings
General purpose—isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms 400A and 630 7 630 78 630 78 250 400
7
1000 78
250 7
1000 78
250 7
1000 78
250 7
—
—
—
—
7
Definite purpose—back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current A rms 400 and 600 7 630 79 630 79 200, 1600 j 400
7
1000 79 1000 79 1000 79 200, 1600 j —
7
— — — 200, 1600 j —
Inrush current kA peak 20 and 20 15 15 7.7 20 7
18 18 18 7.7 —
— — — 7.7 — 7
7
Inrush frequency kHz 6.5 and 5.5 3.5 3.5 465 4.2
2.7 2.7 2.7 465 —
Mechanical Endurance—No-Load Operations

—
10,000
—
10,000
—
10,000
465
10,000
—
5000
7
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 — 7
5000 5000 5000 5000 —
Notes 7
1 Except as noted. 7 Capacitor switching ratings are proven at 15 kV. For sealed interrupters at high altitudes,
2 Three cycles.
8
switching voltage is not de-rated. 7
3 Contact Eaton for higher RRRV or for more information. Breaker tested to 2700A single bank switching for momentary load
4 4000A FC rating available.
5 Close and latch current for 1200A Type 150 VCP-W 25C is proven at 15 kV. 9
(thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
Breaker tested to 1270A back-to-back switching for momentary load 7
For sealed interrupters at high altitudes, switching voltage is not de-rated. (thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
6 2.5 seconds. j C37.04.a-2003 Class C2 at 15 kV. 7
7
7

7 Rated Values
270 VCP-W 32C 270 VCP-W 40C 380 VCP-W 16C 380 VCP-W 25C 380 VCP-W 32C 380 VCP-W 40C
7 Voltage
Maximum voltage V kV rms 27 27 38 38 38 38
7 Voltage range factor K 1 1 1 1 1 1

7 Power frequency (1 min.) kA rms total 60 60 80 80 80 80
Lighting impulse 1.2 x 50 μs kV peak 125 125 170 170 170 170
7 Continuous current at 60 Hz A rms 1200 1200 600 600 600 1200
1600 1600 1200 1200 1200 2000
7 — — 1600 1600 1600 2500
7 —
—
—
—
2000
—
2000
—
2000
2500
3000FC 4
—
7 — — — — 3000FC 5 —
Short-circuit current
7 Sym. interrupting at voltage (Isc) kA rms total 31.5 40 16 25 33.1 40
% DC component (Idc) 55 50 75 65 57 63
7 Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms 40 49 23.3 34.0 42.5 53.5
Closing and latching capability kA peak 100 112 50 75 91 107
7 Short-time current for 3 seconds kA rms 1 31.5 f 40 g 16 25 31.5 8 40
7 Interrupting time rms 2

Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.
50
2.0
50
2.0
50
2.0
50
2.0
50
2.0
50
2.0
7 Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs 3 1.1 1.1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
— — 0.7 0.7 0.7 —
7 — — 1.3 1.3 0.7 —
— — — — 1.3 —
7 — — — — 0.7 —
7 — — — — 1.3 —
Notes
7 1 Except as noted.
2 Three cycles.
7
3 Contact Eaton for higher RRRV or for more information.
4 2500A FC to 3000A.
5 2000A FC to 3000A.
7 f 1.6 seconds.
g 1 second.
7 8 2.5 seconds.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.3
7
Rated Values, continued

270 VCP-W 32C 270 VCP-W 40C 380 VCP-W 16C 380 VCP-W 25C 380 VCP-W 32C 380 VCP-W 40C
7
Capacitor switching ratings
General purpose—isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms 400 400 250 250 250 —
7
— — 250 250 250 —
7
— — 250 250 250 —
— — 250 and 1000 250 and 1000 250 and 1000 — 7
— — — — — —
— — — — 250 and 1000 — 7
Definite purpose—back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current A rms 400 400 250 250 250 — 7
7
— — 250 250 250 —
— — 250 250 250 —
— — 250 and 1000 250 and 1000 250 and 1000 —
7
— — — — — —
— — — — 250 and 1000 — 7
Inrush current kA peak 20 20 20 20 20 —
— — 20 20 20 — 7
—
—
—
—
20 and 20
—
20 and 20
—
20 and 20
—
—
—
7
— — — — 20 and 20 — 7
Inrush frequency kHz 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.4 —
— — 4.4 4.4 4.4 — 7
7
— — 4.4 4.4 4.4 —
— — 5 and 5 5 and 5 5 and 5 —
— — — — — —
7
— — — — 5 and 5 —
Mechanical Endurance—No-Load Operations 5000 5000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 7
7
Note
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
High Resistance Grounding System
Contents
7 C-HRG Free-Standing NEMA 1 Unit
Description Page
7 High Resistance Grounding System
7 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-23
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-26
7
7
7
7
7
7
4200V (Maximum) 4200V (Maximum)
7 Where continuity of service is
a high priority, high resistance
This member of Eaton’s MV
metal-clad switchgear family Delta Systems Wye Systems
grounding can add the safety has actually been around To add high resistance To add high resistance
7 of a grounded system while for many years. The free- grounding to an ungrounded grounding to a wye-
minimizing the risk of service standing C-HRG provides delta-connected system, connected system, resistors
7 interruptions due to grounds. a standalone unit that a neutral point must be are placed across the
The concept is a simple one: can be added to existing created. Three single- secondary of a grounding
7 provide a path for ground
current via a grounding
installations. The C-HRG is
used to protect an electrical
phase transformers can be
interconnected in a wye-
transformer whose primary
is placed in series with the
7 transformer (with adjustable
resistance across its
distribution system from
damaging transient
broken delta configuration
to provide such a neutral
neutral-to-ground connection
of the power source. The
secondary) that limits the overvoltages caused by point. The transformers resistors are chosen to limit
7 current magnitude and a ground faults. It also provides and grounding resistors are the current to a maximum
monitor to determine when a means to locate the ground chosen to limit the ground value of 6A.
7 an abnormal condition exists. fault, therefore extending the current to a maximum value
of 6A. Note: Per 1993 NEC® 250.5b,
life of the distribution system. exception No. 5, line-to-neutral
The ground current path is
7 provided at the point where Ratings and Configurations Note: The neutral point may not loads may not be connected to
a system in which the neutral
the service begins, by placing be used to serve phase-to-neutral
The C-HRG MV is offered
7 a predominantly resistive at the 5 kV class rating. It
loads. Also, this technique may
be applied on wye-connected
is resistance grounded. Also, if
the system has two switchable
impedance in the connection can be applied to delta or sources when the neutral point is sources not permanently
7 from system neutral to
ground. Control equipment
wye ungrouped three-wire not conveniently accessible from connected to the bus, two
wye-type grounding systems
distribution systems. the service entrance location.
7 continuously measures This method is shown in the are required as shown on
ground current; a relay detects illustration shown on Page V3-T7- Page V3-T7-24.
when the current exceeds a 24. One delta high resistance
7 predetermined level. An alarm grounding would ground the 5 kV
alerts building personnel that a system.
7 ground exists. The system
has built-in fault tracing means
7 to assist in finding the source
of the ground. A 120 Vac
7 supply (remote) is required for
control power for the system.
7
7
7
7
7.3
Ground Current Detection Indication and Alarm Circuits Test Circuit Locating a Ground Fault
Any time a system is When a fault is detected, A test circuit is provided to The current pulses can be 7
energized, a small ground an adjustable time delay is allow the user to quickly noted with a clamp-on
current called the “capacitive provided to override determine that the system ammeter when the ammeter 7
charging current” will be transients. When the time is working properly. The test is placed around the cables or
observed. For medium delay has been exceeded, circuit will operate only under conduit feeding the fault. The 7
voltage (4200V and below) the green “normal” light will normal conditions—it will not operator tests each conduit or
systems, this naturally
occurring current is typically
turn off, the red “ground
fault” light will turn on, and
allow testing if the system is
sensing a fault. The test
set of cables until the pulsing
current is noted. By moving
7
3A or less. the ground alarm contacts
will transfer. If equipped
operation does not simulate
an actual system ground
the ammeter along the
conduit, or checking the 7
When one phase becomes with the optional alarm horn, fault. It does, however, test conduit periodically along its
grounded, additional current
above the charging level will
it will sound. the complete controls of the length, the fault can be traced 7
fault indication and pulsing to its origin. The fault may be
flow. As all ground current
must flow through the
The grounding transformer
secondary breaker must be
circuitry. The system then located at the point where 7
reacts as it would under the pulsing current drops off
grounding resistor/grounding closed for the system to be
transformer assembly, an operational. Should this
actual system ground
conditions —lights transfer,
or stops.
7
ammeter in this circuit will breaker be opened at any If little or no change in the
7
alarm contacts transfer and
read the total amount of time, the system will signal the (optional) horn sounds. pulsing current is noted along
ground current. By placing a ground fault condition as a the entire length of a conduit,
a current-sensing relay in
series with the ammeter, the
fail-safe feature. The breaker
must be closed to clear the
Pulser Circuit then the fault may be in the
connected load. If the load is
7
The pulser circuit offers a
current relay can be adjusted
to pick up at a level in excess
alarm signal. convenient means to locate
the faulted feeder and trace
a panelboard, distribution
switchboard or motor control 7
of the capacitive charging When the fault is cleared, center, repeat the process of
current, thus indicating the the current/voltage relay will
reset. If the reset control is
the fault to its origin. The
pulser is available any time checking all outgoing cable 7
abnormal condition. a fault has been detected. groups and conduits to find
Alternatively, an optional
set on “auto,” the lights will
return to “normal” on, The pulse intervals are the faulted feeder. If the fault 7
controlled by an adjustable is not found in an outgoing
voltmeter-relay can be “ground fault” off, and the
connected across the ground alarm contacts will recycle timer. The “pulse” feeder, the fault may be
internal to that equipment.
7
grounding resistors. The re-transfer. If the reset light flashes on and off,
voltage across the resistors control is set on “manual,” corresponding to the
on-off cycles of the pulser
Note: It may not be possible to
precisely locate faults within a
7
is proportional to the amount the lights and relay contacts
of ground current. The
voltmeter-relay’s pickup
will remain latched until the
operator turns the reset
contactor. The pulser
contactor switches a bank
conduit. The ground current may
divide into many components, 7
of resistors on and off, depending on the number of
adjustment is set above the
capacitive charging current,
control to “reset.” The lights
and ground alarm contacts thus allowing a momentary cables per phase, number of
conduits per feeder, and the
7
to the desired detection level. will then return to normal. increase in the ground current
7
number and resistance of each
The system can be reset only (approximately a ground point along the conduits.
In both current and voltage if the fault has been cleared. 4A current pulse above the The resulting currents may be too
detection methods, the
ground current ammeter During a fault, the optional
ground current). small to allow detection or may
take a path that the ammeter
7
provides a direct reading of alarm horn can be silenced at cannot trace. An important note
the total actual ground any time by using the “alarm to keep in mind is that while the 7
current present in the system silence” pushbutton. It will pulser can greatly aid in locating
at that time. It will be helpful not re-sound until either the a fault, there may be certain
conditions under which the
7
to periodically note the system is reset, or the re-
pulses cannot be readily traced,
ammeter’s reading: a trend
toward higher values may
alarm timer expires. The re-
alarm timer is activated by
and other test procedures 7
(megohm, high-potential, etc.)
indicate the need for
equipment maintenance, and
the “alarm silence” control. If
the horn has been silenced
may be needed.
7
hence reduce the occurrence but the fault has not been
of unplanned shutdowns. cleared, the timer will run. 7
It has a range of 2–48 hours.
When the timer times out, 7
the horn will re-sound,
alerting maintenance
personnel that the fault
7
has not been cleared.
7
7
7
7
Sequence of Operations
7
Normal Test Ground Fault
7 ● Green “normal” light on Turn and hold the system When the sensing circuit
● Red “ground fault” light off control switch in the “test” detects a fault, the green
7 ● White “pulse” light off position. This mode will test “normal” light will turn off
the control circuitry only. and the red “ground fault”
System control switch in
7
●
It will bypass the sensing light will turn on. The ground
“normal” position circuit and cause the green current ammeter will indicate
● Reset control switch in
7 either “auto” or “manual”
“normal” light to turn off and
the red “ground fault” light
the total ground current.
To use the pulser, turn the
to turn on. The pulser will be system control switch to
7 activated as well. The white “pulse.” The pulser contactor
“pulse” light will turn on and will cycle on and off as
7 off as the pulser contactor controlled by the recycle
closes and opens. However, timer relay. Use the clamp-on
7 the ground current ammeter
will not display the total
ammeter to locate the faulted
feeder. Open the feeder and
ground current, including the
7
clear the fault. If the reset
incremental pulse current. control switch is in the
When ready, return the “manual” position, turn it to
7 system control switch to “reset” to reset the sensing
“normal.” The pulser will circuit. (If reset control is in
7 stop. If the reset control is in
the “manual” position, turn it
“auto,” it will reset itself.)
When ready to restore service
7 to “reset” to reset the fault
sensing circuit. The red
to the load, close the feeder.
Return the system control
“ground fault” light will turn to “normal.”
7 off, and the green “normal”
light will turn on. Test mode
7 is not available if the system
is detecting a ground. The
7 sensing circuit will disable
the test circuit.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.3
Features, Benefits and Functions Standards and
When a ground fault occurs When the ground current Certifications 7
on an ungrounded system,
high transient voltages can
exceeds a predetermined level,
the built-in alarm relay alerts
The system shall be
completely assembled, wired
7
occur, which may cause more building personnel that a and tested at the factory in
frequent equipment failures ground fault exists. In accordance with NEMA and 7
than if the equipment were addition, the C-HRG MV UL requirements. A certified
grounded. These transient “safe ground” system has production test report shall be 7
overvoltages, as high as four a built-in fault pulsing as a shipped with the unit.
times the normal voltage,
reduce the life of the system’s
means to assist in finding the
source of the ground fault
7
insulation resulting in: without interrupting service.
7
● Motor failure ● Current sensing
● Transformer failure ground fault detection
(2–10A pickup/
7
● Coil failure
● Electronic equipment ●
0.5–20 second delay)
Ground current
7
failure
7
transformer (10/10 ratio)
● Cable insulation failure ● Control circuit pull
By using a high resistance fuseblock
ground system, many ● Ground current ammeter 7
facilities can gain the benefit (0–10A, 1% accuracy)
of a grounded system ● Indicating lights: 7
without impairing the
Red (ground fault)
7
●
continuity of service to their
equipment. The concept ● Green (normal)
behind high resistance White (pulse)
7
●
grounding is to provide a path ● Adjustable pulsing timer

for the ground current to flow
while limiting its magnitude ●
(0–10 seconds)
Tapped resistors
7
by using a resistor. The
ground current path is
(limits primary current
to 3–6A) 7
provided at the point where
Three-position selector
7
●
service begins. Control
equipment continuously switch (normal, pulse, test)
● Control switch for manual
monitors the magnitude
of the ground current. or automatic reset 7
● Ground fault contacts
(1NO/1NC) 7
● Shorting terminal block
for ground current CT 7
● UL label
● Wiremarkers 7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

7 A C-HRG High Resistance Grounding Assembly can be completely described by an 8-digit catalog number: MVRG-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
7
High Resistance Grounding Systems
7
MVRG F X D D N L T S
7
7
Enclosure Type Wiremarkers
Free-standing enclosure for mounting Marks all internal wiring for ease
grounding transformer and resistors of maintenance.
7 internally.
F = Free-standing NEMA 1
Fault Sensing S = Standard wrap-on
T = Tube/heat shrink type
Current sensing
7
R = Free-standing NEMA 3R outdoor Voltage sensing
Voltage sensing Indicating Lamps
Service Voltage C = Overcurrent relay
7
Standard lights are industrial, oil-tight,
W = 4200V, 60 Hz V = Single set point voltmeter relay transformer type. Optional are the same
X = 2400V, 60 Hz D = Indicating voltmeter only type lights except with a push-to-test
7 Y = 3300V, 60 Hz
Audible Alarm
feature.
T = Transformer type incandescent lamps
X = Push-to-test transformer type
7
System Neutral Point Alarm contacts are standard
Choose wye when the neutral point of on all assemblies.
the power source is accessible for direct N = No audible alarm Loss of Control
7 connection to grounding transformer.
Choose delta when there is no neutral or
L = Alarm horn with
re-alarm timer
Power Alarm
A relay is connected across
when neutral is not accessible.
7
the customer’s 120 Vac
W = Wye supply.
D = D (wye broken delta N = No relay
7 grounding transformer) L = Alarm relay with
1NO and 1NC
7 Example: MVRG-FWWCLLTS defines a free-standing NEMA 1 enclosure, 4200V/60 Hz, wye-connected system,
7 current-sensing control scheme, alarm horn with re-alarm timer, alarm relay with 1NO and 1NC, transformer type
incandescent lights, wrap-on wiremarkers.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.3
7
General System Ratings and Features
Provide a high resistance ● Top and bottom cable Provide a UL-labeled high- ● Tapped resistors 7
grounding system as a means entry areas resistance grounding system (across neutral forming
to provide a path
for ground current via a
● Phase and neutral equal to Eaton catalog
number _________ for use on
transformer secondary,
limiting primary current
7
terminals accept #4 AWG
resistance that limits the
current magnitude. While
to 500 kcmil a system with a short-circuit
capacity of __kA at ____ volts. ●
to 3–6A)
Three-position selector
7
● Ground terminal accepts
monitoring the ground The structure shall be a [free-
current, the system must be
wire sizes from #4 AWG
to 500 kcmil. Ground bus is standing NEMA 1] [free- ●
switch (normal, pulse, test)
Indicating lights:
7
able to determine when an standing NEMA 3R]. The
abnormal condition exists.
1/4-inch (6.35 mm) x 2-inch
(50.8 mm) copper system neutral point shall
Red (ground fault)
Green (normal) 7
Once the abnormality is be provided by [the power
The powder paint is applied White (pulse)
7
●
detected, the system shall transformer’s wye neutral
alert building personnel that to the parts point] [wye-broken delta
electrostatically. Metal
Components and
a ground exists. The system
shall be suitable for 5000V surfaces are prepared by
grounding transformers].
The ground current shall be
Connections 7
spray cleaning and Phase and neutral terminals
maximum service, and detected with [an overcurrent
designed and tested for that phosphatizing. The powder
paint is a polyester
relay] [a single set point
shall accept #4 AWG to 500
kcmil wire. Ground terminals
7
voltage class in accordance voltmeter relay]. [An alarm
with the latest standards of urethane. The standard
color is ANSI 61, light gray.
horn with re-alarm timer is
shall accept wire sizes from
#8 AWG to 500 kcmil. Ground 7
NEMA and UL. required.] [An alarm to
The paint is applied to a bus shall be 1/4-inch (6.35 mm)
● Tapped resistors supply thickness of 1.5 mil
indicate the loss of control
power is required.] The
x 2-inch (50.8 mm) copper. 7
primary ground current ● Appropriate current limit #4 AWG wire shall be used for
7
indicating lights shall
between 3 and 6A in drawout type fuses are all internal connections from
be [transformer-type
1A increments provided. The chassis is the neutral point to ground.
incandescent lamps] [push-to-
● Pulse current is an mechanically interlocked test transformer type lamps].
Control connections shall be
a minimum of #14 gauge. All
7
additional 4A. (pulse with a secondary circuit Control wiring shall be
control wire insulation shall
currents of a lower
magnitude may be difficult
breaker to prevent its
withdrawal under
marked using [wrap-on type]
[heat-shrink sleeve type]
be type SIS. All control wiring 7
to detect) load conditions shall be labeled at each end.
● Pulse timer is adjustable ● Resistors are grid type to
wiremarkers. [A portable
clamp on detector with 1/2/5/
Wiring within the resistor 7
assembly shall be rated for
from 3 to 60 pulses provide the maximum area 10/20A scales, a shorting
per minute for heat dissipation switch and a storage case is
200°C service. 7
● Time delay for current ● No. 4 AWG wire is used for required]. Structure
sensing relay is 0.5 to internal connections from In addition to the components The unit shall be free- 7
20 seconds with a 2 to the neutral point to ground. standing and house the
7
specified, the following shall
10A pickup. Time delay Control connections are a be supplied with each resistor bank within an
for voltage sensing relay is minimum of #14 gauge. system: isolated section of the
1 to 60 seconds All control wires insulation
is type SIS ● Ground current
structure. Access to the 7
● “Pull-type” fuse resistor shall be via a bolted-
disconnects are supplied
for control equipment
● Recommended spare
parts list ●
transformer (10/10 ratio)
Control circuit disconnect
on cover. The rear cover shall
be removable. The structure
7
protection shall provide top and bottom
7
● Steel pocket on the inside switch (fused)
● All exterior nameplates are of the door is provided to ● Ground current ammeter cable entry points. Lifting
fastened with stainless hold drawings and manuals (0–10A, 1% accuracy) angles shall be provided to
steel screws
Note: The C-HRG units can
● Control switch for manual
facilitate the installation of the 7
Nameplates are 2-ply unit. The structure shall be
● or automatic reset
with 3/16-inch (4.8 mm)
be applied on any three-wire
distribution system, regardless ● Ground fault contacts
suitable for moving on rollers
and shall be skidded for
7
lettering. The nameplate of the manufacturer of the (1NO/1NC) for
size is 1-inch (25.4 mm) distribution equipment or
source power transformer.
customer use
shipment in a manner
suitable for handling by 7
x 2-1/2-inch (63.5 mm). ● Shorting terminal block a forklift.
White background with
black lettering is standard
for ground current CT 7
All steel parts (except for
● Adjustable pulsing timer
(0–10 seconds)
plated parts) shall be
thoroughly cleaned and
7
phosphatized prior to the
application of the light gray 7
ANSI No. 61 finish. A pocket
is required on the inside of 7
the control compartment
door to store drawings
and manuals.
7
7
Wiring Diagram
7
7 HRG—High Resistance Grounding System
7 Wye HRG
7 51N
7
7 59
7
Utility
7 Delta HRG
7 59
7 Wye HRG
7 Generator
59
7
Bus Bus
7
Duct Duct 51
51N
7
7 5 kV Switchgear
7
7
Conduit
7 Cable
Bus
Duct
7
To MCC To Power
7 Circuit
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7.3
Circuit Diagrams
7
Ungrounded Wye System (with standard current and Ungrounded Delta System (with standard current and
optional voltage relay fault detectors) optional voltage relay fault detectors)
7
H3 X3
7
H3 X3 X0
X1 H1
H1 H2 X1
H2 X2 X2
Ungrounded To
Ungrounded
To
7
Wye Distribution Delta
7
Distribution
Circuits Circuits
X0
7
7
5 kV - CLE
Fuses 5 kV - CLE
Fuses
[1]
7
Control
7
Mechanical
Mechanical
Power
Interlock
Interlock
Transformer
3-Auxiliary
Control 7
Power
Secondary
Secondary
Transformers 7
Circuit Short
Circuit
7
B Breaker B Circuit B B Short-Circuit
T.B. Breaker T.B.
Option
CT 10/10A
CT 10/10A
59 59 7
C
4
C
4
7
3A 3A
Grounding Resistor
7
Grounding Resistor
4A 4A AM
AM
Pulsing Resistor
Pulsing Contactor
Pulsing Contactor
Pulsing Resistor
5A 5A
6A 6A 7
5IN 5IN 7
Ground Ground
7
Current Current
Adjustment Adjustment 7
Optional
Optional
Detector
Detector
Voltage
Voltage
T.B. T.B.
Current
Detector
Current
Detector
7
20A 20A 7
To
Remote Control
Fuses
120V
To
Remote Control Fuses
120V 7
Alarm Circuit 60 Hz Alarm Circuit 60 Hz
7
20A 20A
Supply Supply
Optional Optional 7
G R W G R W 7
Normal Alarm Pulsing Audible
Alarm
Normal Alarm Pulsing Audible
Alarm 7
7
7
7
7
Dimensions
7
NEMA 1 Free-Standing
7 36.00
(914.4)
7
7
7
7
40.00
7 (1016) Vent
7 3.50
7
(88.9)
Primary Conduit
7 Entrance
3.62
7
2.00 (50.8) Diameter (91.9)
8.50 Knockout
(215.9) for Secondary
7 Conduit Entrance
7 1.50
(38.1)
3.76 3.25
7
(95.6) (82.6)
Plan View
7 92.00
(2336.8)
0.81
7 (20.6)
0.81
7
0.562 (14.3) Diameter (4)
(20.6)
7
7 2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
7
7.12
7 (180.9)
7
3.75
(95.3)
Primary Conduit
7
3.50
(88.9) Conduit Entrance
7
3.75
1.75 (95.3)
36.00 (44.5)
7 (914.4)
9.38
2.75
(69.9)
Front View
(238.3)
7 3.75
(95.3)
7 3.00
(76.2)
Secondary Conduit
Entrance
2.75
7 (69.9)
Floor Plan
Network Protectors
8.1 Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design

CM52 Network Protector
Network Protectors—CM52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2
8
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2 8
Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2 8
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T8-3
V3-T8-3
8
8.2 Network Relay 8
Network Relay—MPCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
8
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4 8
8
8.3 Network Protector Aftermarket
Network Protector Rebuild and Parts Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5 8
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
V3-T8-5
Rebuild Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5
Quick Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5 8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8.1 Network Protectors
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design
Contents
8 CM52 Network Protector
Description Page
8 Network Protectors—CM52
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8 Network Protectors—CM52
Network protectors are Network protectors are Eaton’s Type CM52 is or submersible enclosures,
8 special self-contained air mainly used by utilities designed for improved safety, completely cover the
power breaker units having around the world. They are higher quality, ease of needs of the network
8 a full complement of current,
potential and control
configured in either a spot
or grid network. Most
maintenance and inventory
reduction.
protector industry
● Deadfront 4-position
8 transformers, as well as
relay functions to protect the
installations of network
protectors are in under-
drawout breaker helps
protect the user from
integrity of the low voltage ground vaults and require accidental contact with live
8 network bus. The network a submersible enclosure. circuits and makes
protector can be in NEMA® Commercial applications maintenance and
8 housing, submersible
housing, or suitable for
also exist for customers that
require highly reliable, stable
troubleshooting easier
8 mounting within a low

voltage switchgear assembly.
power. These applications
typically use a NEMA
Several network protector enclosure and are configured
8 models exist including the in a spot network. Some
CM52, CMD and CM-22. examples of commercial
8 The most recent model, the users are government
CM52 network protector, is buildings, hospitals,
8 highlighted in the following
paragraphs.
universities and industrial
plants.
CM52—Highlight of Relay Module
8 ● Standardized breaker
Deadfront, Drawout Breaker
elements throughout
8 entire electrical ratings ● More diagnostics through
allow for the use of the Indicating Diagnostic
8 common parts and
accessories
Module (IDM)
8 ● Smaller breaker element is

less than half the weight of
8 ●
existing network designs
The CM52 is the first
8 network protector to pass
10 kV BIL, giving an
additional measure of
8 safety and performance
● Ratings of 800–6200A,
8 216–600V, internal or
external fuses and NEMA Indicating Diagnostic Module (IDM)
8
Network Protectors
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design
8.1
● Front-mounted test points Options This device is internal to the energized bus work while
give easy access and quick Network Protector and can be the door is still closed to the 8
test cable connection Arc Flash remotely activated usually “test” position either through
● Color-coded Teflon® wiring through a switch mounted at an external pendant or 8
for easier troubleshooting the vault entrance or through through communications.
communications. This will
enable the “ARMS” device
8
on all CM52s in a spot
network. Once activated, 8
the NPARMs places the
protectors in a sensitive 8
mode, sensing both forward
and reverse current 8
directions. This device will
actuate in 3–4 ms and call for
all CM52 breakers to trip if a
8
fault is sensed on an adjacent Remote Racking System
Color-Coded Wiring
network protector or collector 8
● The CM52 breakers are all bus. It has been shown that Standards and Certifications
wired the same regardless this device limits the total ● Meets or exceeds the 8
of system voltage (216V, incident energy to less than standards in IEEE®
480V and 600V) 8 cal/cm2. C57.12.44 8
● 3NO and 3NC dry contacts ● The CM52 Network
are standard as spare VaultGard™ Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System™ Indicating
Remote Racking System
The CM52 Network Protector
Protector is UL labeled and
approved in the NEMA
8
Diagnostic Module
The CM52 Network Protector
is also available with an
integral remote racking
housing at all ratings
8
is available with the NPARMs system. The system remotely
module (Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System).
racks the breaker off the 8
8
8
CM52 Ratings Comparison Table—Ratings Tested at 600V
8
Continuous Current Breaker Element CM52 Interrupting CM52 Close and IEEE/ANSI Interrupting IEEE/ANSI 1 Close and
Rating (Amperes) Width in Inches (mm) Rating (kA) Latch Rating (kA) Rating (kA) Latch Rating (kA)
8
800 17.00 (431.8) 42 35 30 25
1200 17.00 (431.8) 42 35 30 25 8
1600/1875 17.00 (431.8) 42 35 30 25
2000 17.00 (431.8) 42 35 35 35 8
8
2500/2825 22.00 (558.8) 65 45 60 40
3000 22.00 (558.8) 65 45 60 40
3500 35.00 (889.0) 85 65 60 40
8
4500 35.00 (889.0) 85 65 60 40
6200 2 35.00 (889.0) 85 65 Product not defined Product not defined 8
Notes
1 Close and latch ratings apply only to spring close and stored energy mechanisms. The CM22 does not have a close and latch rating. 8
2 Open frame only, tested at 500V.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8.2 Network Protectors
Network Relay
Contents
8 MPCV Communications Relay
Description
8 Network Relay—MPCV
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8 Network Relay—MPCV
8 Type MPCV Network Protector

Communications Relays for
Factory or Field Installation Communications Capability
Eaton can factory mount Each MPCV relay has the ● Through auxiliary inputs on
216V and 480V Systems
8 ● Eaton’s programmable
MPCV relays on new network
protectors...or personnel can
capability of communicating
information and allowing
the MPCV relay, operators
can monitor other vault
MPCV network relay brings easily field mount them on control over a shielded twisted environment parameters
8 the proven performance these existing network pair communications wire. such as transformer top oil
of microprocessor-based protectors: Communications can be temperature, water in the
8 technology to new network
● Eaton Types CM52, CMD,
provided by a Web-enabled network vault, fire alarm or
protectors...or those interface or direct DNP 3.O network enclosure pressure
8 already in service
regardless of age ●
CM-22 or CMR-8
General Electric® Types
to SCADA systems. Eaton
has multiple choices for
● Event trending, threshold
alarms and e-mail
or manufacturer MG-8, MG-9 or MG-14
8 ● The MPCV contains
communication interfaces
such as VaultGard for total
forwarding
Field installation is ● Multiple MPCVs can
industry exclusive features vault communications,
8 such as:
accomplished without breaker
modification or any rewiring of
NPView- simple Web server
be connected together
either as a daisy chain,
● Gull Wing Trip or DNPMINT.
8 Characteristic
the breaker control harness.
MPCV relays operate on 216V For localized access, the
T-configuration or a
combination.
● Remote Protective and 480V systems. Relay MPCV relay has the capability
8 Close potential transformers are of wireless communication,
● Anti-Pumping Algorithm required for 480V applications. monitoring and control with
8 ● With the MPCV, you can the Eaton wireless products.
select the characteristic
8 The MPCV is built for the
●
curves to monitor and harshest environments,
control the network with an operation
8 protector through Eaton
products such as the
temperature of –40°F
(–40°C) up to 257°F
8 VaultGard, DNPMINT
and NPView
(125°C). The MPCV is MPCV Communications Relay
for Eaton Network Protectors
housed in a 0.25-inch
8 (6.35 mm) thick solid cast
brass can
8 Access and display

●
information from the MPCV

such as: voltage, current,
8 power, power factor,
date and time stamped
8 trip events, internal
temperature and operations
8 counter of breaker MPCV Communications Relay for
General Electric Network Protectors
Network Protectors
Network Protector Aftermarket
8.3
Contents
Rebuild Program
Description
8
Network Protector Rebuild and Parts Program 8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Network Protector Rebuild and Parts Program 8
Parts Rebuild Services Quick Ship 8
● Renewal parts for all Eaton’s Electrical Sector Eaton can build and ship
network protector models: is setting the standard of brand new CM-22 or CMD 8
● Eaton, Westinghouse®: reliability with a reconditioning network protectors in 4 to
CM-22, CMD, CM52 and process that involves total
breaker and enclosure
6 weeks.
8
CMR-8
● General Electric: MG-8,
MG-9 and MG-14
disassembly, material
specific component cleaning, 8
detailed inspection and state-
● 24-hour shipment when
required for parts in stock
of-the-art testing, all done to 8
uniform documented
specifications. 8
Eaton offers a CM52 retrofit
breaker for legacy CMD and 8
GE Network Protectors. The Retrobuild Before Retrobuild After
breaker can be installed in 8
existing network protector
enclosures without having to
remove the enclosure from
8
the vault or having to remove
the secondary cable 8
connections, saving both
time and money. Parts 8
8
Parts
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Metering Devices, Protective Relays,
Software and Connectivity
9.1 Power Xpert Architecture
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-2
9
9.2 Monitoring Software and Reporting 9
Power Xpert® Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14
9.3 Metering Devices 9
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-21
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-30 9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
9
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-66 9
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76 9
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87 9
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100 9
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121 9
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134 9
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
9.4 Protective Relays 9
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162 9
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-180
9
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
9
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-204 9
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217 9
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-221
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226 9
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250 9
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
9
9.5 Connectivity Options 9
Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-272 9
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . V3-T9-276
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power 9
Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-279
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-284
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285 9
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287 9
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
9
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-293 9
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-297
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299 9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—November 2013 www.eaton.com V3-T9-1
9.1 Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture
Contents
9 Power Xpert Architecture
Description Page
9 Power Xpert System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-3
Power Xpert Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-4
9 Level 0—Small System with Smart Hardware . V3-T9-8
Level 1—Using Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . V3-T9-9
9 Level 2—Power Xpert Software . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-11
Level 3—Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems (EESS)
9 Customized Software Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-13
9 An Eaton
Green Solution
9
9
9
9
9 Introduction
9 Enabling Power Power Xpert Meters Support for Existing
System Management Power Xpert Meters provide Power Xpert Software PowerNet Systems
9 Eaton’s Power Xpert measurement of the critical Professional Edition Power Xpert is directly
Architecture (PXA) provides a elements found in power Geared toward end users, compatible with existing
9 complete hardware/software
solution to manage your
systems, including voltage,
power, current, transients,
with built-in support for Eaton
power distribution products
PowerNet™ systems
v.3.32 and higher. All
9 entire power system. Power
Xpert Architecture consists
harmonics or even time.
Power Xpert Meters
such as switchgear, UPSs,
breakers, PDUs, RPPs,
communications hardware
devices such as NetLink,
of Power Xpert Meters, provide Web-enabled meters, relays, VFDs and EMINT, MINT II and EPONI
9 Gateways, Switches communications for use MCCs among others. can be connected to Power
and Software. through a Web browser or Xpert Software through the
9 Power Xpert devices are
with the Power Xpert
Software or third-party
Eaton products connect with
the software directly via an
PowerNet server for
configuration of the INCOM™
devices that can provide by Ethernet connection, while
9 themselves, or facilitate for
monitoring systems.
legacy devices use a Power
communication devices.
others, Ethernet network Power Xpert Gateways Xpert Gateway to Web-
9 protocols to communicate Power Xpert Gateways are enable their communications.
with your critical infrastructure capable of Web-enabling A subset of third-party meters
9 components. Power Xpert
devices provide the intelligent
electrical devices contained in and devices are supported as
electrical gear via a standard standard via the gateway
9 hardware connectivity layer
to allow Web-enabled
Web-browser on the Ethernet
network. Standard on-board
connection.
communications throughout
9 the power system.
Web pages eliminate the
need for any customer
Power Xpert Software
Enterprise Edition
programming or software.
9 Power Xpert Software
Geared toward advanced
power users, system
integrators and enterprises
9 Power Xpert Software is a
comprehensive solution for
with heterogeneous device
spectrum and system
9 system-level management of
your power infrastructure via
developers who can take
advantage of the included
a Web-browser. Power Xpert
9 Software provides a clear
SNMP and Modbus®
integration development
picture of what is happening
9 at a component, device and
utilities.
system level. ● Extensive support for
9 Because no two organiza-
third-party devices via
standard SNMP and
tion’s needs are the same,
9 Power Xpert Software is
●
Modbus TCP protocols
Large variety of ready
available in two editions:
9 made third-party drop
in drivers
V3-T9-2 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—November 2013 www.eaton.com
Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
9.1
Power Xpert System
See Notes on Page V3-T9-4. 9
9
Power Xpert System Overview
9
Web Browser g h
a
Email
(WAN) e
Data f
Waveform
Data Capture and Acquisition
9
(SMTP) Export Trending
1 Power Xpert Software i 3rd Party HMI
9
(csv) Software
Internet b Network Time Server
Web Browser
(LAN)
c NTP
9
HTTP d Modbus TCP/IP
k
BACnet/WS+ 2 Power Xpert Power Power Xpert
9
Meter Xpert 3 Ethernet Switch
Power Xpert j Power

Xpert
l
4000/6000/8000 Meter
2000
m
9
Gateway
Ethernet
9
4
Switch BACnet/WS+
PXG 400
Power Xpert 5 Power Xpert

Motor Controls Gateway 600 Power Distribution r Gateway 400
o p q
9
PXG 400
Advantage
PXG 400
n
Central
Single Monitoring
Port Unit
Device
Server
s 18 w/WPONI IQ 130/140/150
15 Meters
6
IQ Analyzer
9
ATS
Meter w/PONI Card
STS
21 IT. Cover
Controls
16 7
9
PDU IQ 250/250
IQ DP-4000
GEN & CTRL t

Meters
Meter w/PONI Card 9
CRAC 8 IQ 220/230
Advantage
22 IT. S811
Critical Power
Distribution & Cooling
Soft
Starter
19 Starter
EOLTR 17
Meters
9 DT-1150
9
20
SVX9000
InsulGard Trip Unit
23 Eaton
PDU u
MVX9000
Drive Relays 9
Breaker Interface
IT. MCC EOLR Advantage
10
9
Module w/PONI Card
MCC
11 OPTIM T rip Unit
3rd Party Motor
24 Eaton Freedom Relays
UPS MCC
EOLRT
9
# Product Name Page Reference 12 MP-3000/4000
1 Power Xpert Software V3-T9-14

FP-4000/5000
Motor/Protection
9
2 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 V3-T9-30, V3-T9-49 Relays
9
3rd Party
Protective 13 Central Energy Dislay
3 Power Xpert 6-Port Ethernet Switch V3-T9-272 Relays w/PONI Display
4 Power Xpert Gateway 600 V3-T9-259
5 Power Xpert Gateway 400 V3-T9-259 9
Power
6 IQ Analyzer V3-T9-79 Sentinel Meter
7 IQ DP-4000 V3-T9-87
3rd Party
PQ Meters 14 9
8 IQ 220/230 Series Meters V3-T9-93 Energy
9 Digitrip DT1150 V3-T9-260 EOLR
EOLRT
Sentinel Meter 9
10 Breaker Interface Module V3-T9-293
11 OPTIM Trip Unit V3-T9-263
EOLR 9
12 MP-3000/MP-4000/MD-3000 V3-T9-188, V3-T9-198, V3-T9-204,
DT-3000/FP-4000/FP-5000 V3-T9-207, V3-T9-180, V3-T9-172 9
13 Central Energy Display V3-T9-5 MV Starter MV Switchgear LV Switchgear
14 Energy/Power Sentinel V3-T9-112 Ethernet Network 9

15 IQ 130/140/150 Meter V3-T9-66 QC Port Network
INCOM Network
16 IQ 250/260 Meter V3-T9-60
EOLR
RS-485 Network
End of line resistor
9
17 InsulGard™ Relay V3-T9-264
18 Advantage Central Monitoring Unit V3-T9-5
EOLTR End of line termination resistor
9
19 Advantage Starter w/WPONI —
20 SVX9000/MVX9000 Drive — 9
21 IT. Cover Control —
22 IT. S811 Soft Start — 9
23 Eaton PDU w/PXGX1000 Card V3-T9-276
24 Eaton PDU w/PXGX2000 Card V3-T9-279 9
Power Xpert Architecture—Notes

9 a. Simple Mail Transfer d. Modbus TCP/IP— g. Waveform Capture— k. BACnet/WS+ —
Protocol (SMTP)— Modbus TCP/IP over The ability to capture Is based upon the
9 Device events and Ethernet is available a waveform and/or protocol specification
periodic data log file on the following export the waveform developed by the
9 attachments are sent Power Xpert as a standard ASHRAE standards
to users in the form of products: Power comtrade file format group as an
9 an e-mail from the
following Power Xpert
Xpert Software,
Power Xpert Server
is available on the
following products:
Addendum c to
Standard 135-2004.
9 products: Power
Xpert Software,
Core Software, Power
Xpert Meters 2000/
Power Xpert Meters
4000/6000/8000. Reference: [BACnet—
Power Xpert Meters 4000/6000/8000, A Data
9 2000/4000/6000/ Power Xpert Gateway
h. Waveform Acquisition
and Export—The Communication
8000, Power Xpert 600 and Power Xpert ability to acquire a Protocol for Building
9 Gateway 600 and Gateway Cards 1000/ waveform from Automation and
Power Xpert Gateway 2000 Series. Modbus another device that Control Networks.
9 Cards 1000/2000
Series.
register maps are
available online at
natively captures a Public Review Draft,
ASHRAE Standard.
waveform internally
9 b. Hyper Text Transfer
Protocol (HTTP)—
www.eaton.com/
powerxpert.
and then export that
waveform in a
BSR/ASHRAE
Addendum c to ANSI/
ASHRAE Standard
9 Web browser access
is available on the
e. Data Export—Data
files consist of
standard comtrade
file format is 135-2004. First Public
following Power Xpert metered data and supported by the Review. Released:
9 products: Power event log information following devices: October 22, 2004.
Xpert Software, that is exported from PXG600 (provides 32 pages. Copyright
9 Power Xpert Meters the meter, gateway or data acquisition and (c) American
Society of Heating,
2000/4000/6000/ software in the form comtrade conversion
Refrigerating and
9 8000, Power Xpert
Gateway 600 and
of a .csv (comma
separated variable)
for: IQ Analyzer,
DT1150 and FP5000). Air-Conditioning
Power Xpert Gateway Engineers, Inc.
9
file. Supported Note: The Power Xpert Meters
Cards 1000/2000 products are: Power 4000/6000/8000 also export
August 30, 2004.]
Series. Xpert Gateway natively captured waveforms as This draft shows proposed
9 c. Network Time Server PXG600, PXGX1000, comtrade file format. changes to the current
(NTP)—Network Time PXGX2000, Power BACnet standard.
9 Protocol (Client-side) Xpert Meters 2000/
4000/6000/8000
i. Third-Party HMI
Software Integration— Note: Eaton has extended this
is available on the protocol addendum with a (+) to
9 and Power Xpert Is achieved through
following Power Xpert signify the addition of an “event-
Software. the Modbus TCP/IP driven” behavior to the existing
products: Power
interface on all Power
9 Xpert Software,
Power Xpert Meters
f. Data Trending—
Viewing trended data
Xpert devices. If
“polled” data acquisition model.
This allows optimization in
PowerNet software is communications between Power
2000/4000/6000/ in a standard Web
9 8000, Power Xpert browser interface in
utilized in the system,
then an OPC Server
Xpert devices and Power Xpert
Software.
Gateway 600 and the form of a graphed
9 Power Xpert Gateway line for one or more
is available.
Cards 1000/2000 data points is available j. Proprietary Serial
9 Series. for the following
products: Power
Device Protocols over
Ethernet—The ability
to communicate with
9 Xpert Gateway
PXG600, PXGX1000, third-party equipment
PXGX2000, Power is achieved through a
9 Xpert Meters 2000/ Power Xpert Gateway
4000/6000/8000 via Modbus 485 or
9 and Power Xpert Modbus Serial.
Software.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.1
l. CEC o. PXG600A COM2 t. PXGX1000 Card—
(Communications Port—Is used to Is used to connect 9
Expansion Card communicate on a an Eaton PDU (Power
PXMCE-B)—This card Modbus RS-232/485 Distribution Unit) or 9
must be ordered as network or on an RPP (Remote Power
an option on the
Power Xpert Meters
Eaton QC-Port (IT)
bus. The user may
Panel) to an Ethernet
network. Available
9
4000/6000/8000 to
provide Ethernet
choose between a
DB-9 or terminal strip
interfaces are: HTTP
(Web) SNMP, SMTP 9
connectivity for use connector to connect (e-mail), Modbus TCP/
with a Web browser, up to 32, RS-45 serial IP and BACnet/WS+. 9
interface to Power devices. u. PXGX2000 Card—
Xpert Software or p. PXG600A COM1 Is used to connect 9
third-party HMI Port—Is used an Eaton UPS to an
software. to communicate on a Ethernet network. 9
m. Ethernet Switch— Modbus RS-232/485 Available interfaces
The Eaton Ethernet
Switch provides
network or on an
Eaton QC-Port (IT)
are: HTTP (Web)
SNMP, SMTP (e-mail),
9
9
connectivity between bus. A terminal strip Modbus TCP/IP and
Power Xpert devices connector is provided BACnet/WS+.
on a common for this interface. Up
subnetwork. The to 32 devices may Important Note: When
connecting multiple Modbus
9
6-port version of be connected to
the switch shown
provides (6) RJ-45
this port. RTU devices to either a
multiport terminal server or 9
q. PXG600A INCOM a Power Xpert Gateway 400/
network ports. As
an option, 1 or 2 of
Port—Is used to 600 over an RS-485 daisy 9
communicate on an chain network, the baud rate,
these ports can be
substituted to be
Eaton INCOM device
network only. Up to
data frame (stop bits, data 9
ST-Type Fiber bits and parity), byte order
64 devices may
connections. be connected to
(standard or reversed) and
physical wiring (two-wire or
9
n. Single-port Device this port.
9
four-wire) must be the same
Server—Is a device r. PXG400 Ports—The for all devices connected.
that is used to add ports on the PXG400
network connectivity
to a single serial
operate the same as 9
on the PXG600;
device. These device
servers offer a single
however, there is
only one RS-232/485
9
RS-232/485 serial port
to connect a variety
port to be used for
Modbus or QC-Port.
9
of serial devices
including meter s. PONI (Product
Oriented Network
9
devices, UPS, PDU,
Interface)—Is used
Static Switch,
Automatic Transfer to connect the 9
Advantage Central
Switch, generators,
Computer Room Air Monitoring Unit (18), 9
Conditioners, and the Breaker Interface
other commercial, Module (10), and the
Central Energy
9
industrial or business
automation Display (13),an IQ
Analyzer (6),and the 9
equipment. The
IQ DP-4000 (7) to an
serial ports use
standard RJ-45 or INCOM network. 9
DB-9 connectors for
convenient cabling, 9
and optional adapters
are available as well. 9
9
9
9
9
Power Xpert Architecture Power Xpert Meters Power Xpert Gateways Power Xpert Software
9 Deployment Levels Power Xpert Meters 2000/ Power Xpert Gateways are Power Xpert Software, an
4000/6000/8000 offer Eaton intelligent communication integral part of the overall
9 1. Web Browser monitoring
for a single device customers a new level of devices that Web-enable one Power Xpert Architecture, is a
accessibility to the critical or more electrical devices comprehensive solution for
9 2. Web Browser monitoring
for multiple devices
information required to so they become visible to system-level management
manage their electrical a browser on an Ethernet of your power infrastructure
9 3. Web Browser monitoring distribution system. The
meter’s embedded Web
network. The Power Xpert
Gateways are capable of
via a Web-browser, from
any desktop, on one screen.
with centralized
9 management server includes real-time
circuit information in both
providing communications
conversion from one network
Power Xpert Software is
designed to take the
4. Customized Web-based numeric and graphical visual field bus protocol to an complexity out of managing
9 graphics and third-party formats that can be viewed other—for example, INCOM your power system and
device support on its local display or through to Ethernet. provides a clear picture of
9 Power Xpert Architecture
a Web browser via the
Power Xpert Gateway
what is happening at a
Internet or a customer’s component, device and
devices are a key component
9 Hardware/Software
Products
intranet.
in the Power Xpert
system level. Power Xpert
Software provides insight into
The Power Xpert Meters Architecture. They allow a
9 Power Xpert hardware/
software products were
4000/6000/8000 are the user to optimize their existing
cost savings and downtime
prevention. For detailed
benchmark for intelligent investment in Eaton’s information on Power
developed to provide a highly
9 intuitive local user interface
Web-enabled power quality
metering instruments. The
communicating devices such
as IQ Meters, Digitrip™
Xpert Software, see
that simplifies complex real- Page V3-T9-14.
9 time data into meaningful
meters include high-speed
sampling and measurement
Breaker Trip Units, Protective
and Overload Relays and IT.
information. At a glance, a
of the critical elements, Motor Starters. They can
9 user can quickly determine
if a critical parameter in their
(i.e., voltage, power, current, also extend state-of-the-art
transients or harmonics), connectivity to third-party
9 power system, (such as
voltage, current or kWH),
in a facility’s power system. devices that communicate
See Page V3-T9-21 for using Modbus RTU protocol
falls within or outside of an
9 acceptable operational range.
detailed information on the
Power Xpert Meters.
over an RS-485 field bus.
See Page V3-T9-259 for
9 Power Xpert devices provide
the intelligent hardware
All Power Xpert Meters
detailed information on the
Power Xpert Gateways.
provide a standard
connectivity layer to
9 allow Web-enabled
communications protocol
for easy integration into
communications over an
9 Ethernet TCP/IP network.
other systems.
These devices can act as
9 standalone Web servers or as
part of a coordinated system
9 with Power Xpert Software
consolidating and analyzing
the combined system data.
9 The Power Xpert Meter family
and the Power Xpert Gateway
9 family are microprocessor-
based, Web-enabled,
9 communicating devices
from Eaton that make up the
9
Power Xpert Architecture.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.1
Configuration Guidelines 9
With Power Xpert devices
(sophisticated, Web-
Configuration Guidelines
Application Implementation
9
enabled, high-definition
9
Categories Level Description Details
communications) and a
Small/Smart 0 Web browser access directly to an individual Power Easy configuration to enable Web browser monitoring
simple Web browser,
9
Hardware Xpert device, i.e., Power Xpert Meter or Eaton UPS w/ for a single or small amount of Eaton devices, without
users can interrogate single installation optional Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 card coordination between devices.
devices directly, groups of installed.
devices connected through
gateways, or connect
Medium 1 Web browser access to multiple Eaton devices and Easy setup to enable Web browser monitoring for 9
installation third-party Modbus RTU devices through the Power multiple Eaton devices, as well as third-party devices
through software managing
multiple devices and
Xpert Gateway and/or Power Xpert Gateway Cards. that support Modbus RTU. Each Power Xpert Gateway/
Gateway Card acts as a standalone Web server. 9
gateways. Using the Eaton
9
Sophisticated 2 Web browser access to multiple Eaton and third-party Full suite of tools available to monitor overall system
system, users are free to installation devices through Power Xpert Software. Devices health. Power Xpert provides complete control over
combine ways in which connect to Power Xpert Software by means of either centralized alarm notification, reporting and escalation.
they view their devices.
Applications generally fall
direct Web-enabled cards installed inside or via Power
Xpert Gateways. Includes device views for Eaton 9
equipment as standard.
into four primary categories.
Eaton has developed an easy Tailored 3 Custom Web interface design using Eaton Electrical Integration of third-party devices and custom screens. 9
way to provide the preferred solution Services group.
solution, using the following 9
configuration deployment
strategies as example 9
application categories.
See Page V3-T9-8.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
Level 0—Small System with Smart Hardware
9 Example Applications Description Standard Features
9 Power Xpert Meter in low
voltage switchgear and UPS.
Configuration Level 0 offers
an easy means to Web-
● Real-time monitoring of
metered and alarm points
9 enable a single Eaton device
provided that it is supported
● Alarm history
● E-mail notification
by an optional Web
9 communications card that
● Communications settings
via the Web
can be installed directly into
9 the device.
9 Small Installation with Smart Hardware
9 Functions/Devices
Drawing Function Eaton
9 Symbol Description Device

Monitoring Equipment
9 MM6GWP Power Quality Meter Analyzer Power Xpert Meter

4000/6000/8000
9 MM4&P Meter Monitor and Protection IQ DP-4000

MM Meter Monitor IQ 100/IQ 200
9 SMM Sub-Metering Module IQ Energy Sentinel
Power Xpert
Overcurrent/Short Circuit Protection
9 MVTU Medium Voltage Relay (> 600V) DT-3000, FP-5000
Ethernet Switch
9 LVTU Low Voltage Trip Unit (d 600V) Digitrip RMS-810, 910,

520 MC or 1150
Digitrip OPTIM 750 or 1050
9 Motor Protection and Control
9
MPR Motor Protective Relay MP-3000
MMS Microprocessor Motor Starter IT. Starter
9 VFD Variable Frequency Drive SVX9000

Central Monitoring Panels UPS
9 BIM II Breaker Interface Module II BIM II (used with Digitrip

w/Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card
OPTIM or Digitrip RMS)
9 LDISP Local Display and Sub-network

Master
Used with IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II or with
9
Energy/Power Sentinels
Other Devices
9 ATS Automatic Transfer Switch IQ Transfer

RTD Resistance Temperature Universal RTD Module
9 ADR Addressable Relay ADRII
C Product Communication Device IPONI
9 R Resistor-End of Line Resistor
9 ■ Terminal Block
Factory Twisted Pair Wiring
IP, IN, IS Terminal Designation
IMPCABLE or
9
Belden YR29090 or
Belden 9463 Family
Field Twisted Pair Wiring IMPCABLE or
9 Belden YR29090 or
Belden 9463 Family
9 Field Ethernet Backbone CAT5 or multimode fiber
9
9
9
9.1
Level 1—Using Power Xpert Gateways
Example Applications Description Standard Features
9
Low and medium voltage
switchgear, motor control
Configuration Level 1 offers
an easy means to Web-
● Real-time monitoring of
metered and alarm points
9
centers and third-party enable multiple Eaton devices Communications settings
9
●
equipment via Modbus RTU. and third-party devices that via the Web
Recommendation: Use one support Modbus RTU. Alarm history
9
●
Power Xpert Gateway device
per electrical assembly or
● E-mail notification
switchgear sub-section. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Power Xpert Gateway

9
Functions/Devices
9 Drawing Function Eaton
Symbol Description Device
9 Monitoring Equipment
9 MM6GWP Power Quality Meter Analyzer Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

MM4&P Meter Monitor and Protection IQ DP-4000
9 MM Meter Monitor IQ 100/IQ 200

SMM Sub-Metering Module IQ Energy Sentinel
9 Overcurrent/Short Circuit Protection
9
MVTU Medium Voltage Relay (> 600V) DT-3000, FP-5000
LVTU Low Voltage Trip Unit (d 600V) Digitrip RMS-810, 910,
520 MC or 1150
9 Digitrip OPTIM 750 or 1050
Motor Protection and Control
9 MPR Motor Protective Relay MP-3000
9
VFD Variable Frequency Drive SVX9000
9 Central Monitoring Panels

BIM II Breaker Interface Module II BIM II (used with Digitrip
9 LDISP Local Display and Sub-network
OPTIM or Digitrip RMS)
Used with IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II or with
9
Master
Energy/Power Sentinels
Other Devices
9 RTD Resistance Temperature Universal RTD Module

ADR Addressable Relay ADRII
9 C Product Communication Device IPONI

R Resistor-End of Line Resistor
9 ■ Terminal Block IP, IN, IS Terminal Designation
9
Factory Twisted Pair Wiring IMPCABLE or Power Xpert
Belden YR29090 or Ethernet Switch
Belden 9463 Family
9 Field Twisted Pair Wiring IMPCABLE or
Belden YR29090 or
9 Field Ethernet Backbone

Belden 9463 Family
CAT5 or multimode fiber
9 II
F5
9
F6
Power Xpert
F7
Ethernet Switch
9 F8
9
LV Secondary Unit Substation
9 MM MM
INCOM
4&P 4&P
9
9
9
IT. MV VacClad-W Metal-Clad Switchgear
9
9
9.1
Level 2—Power Xpert Software
Example Applications Description Standard Features Optional Add-on Features 9
All Eaton devices and third- Configuration Level 2 offers Real-time monitoring of Web-based graphics editor
9
● ●
party devices that support an easy means to Web- metered and alarm points to design floor plan and
Modbus TCP and SNMP in enable and centrally manage third-party device views
Full color Web-based
9
●
addition to third-party Modbus all Eaton devices that can graphics package with ● Energy consumption
RTU devices via the Power be connected directly to an standard views for all analysis and tenant billing
Xpert Gateway. Ethernet network or via Eaton devices ● Power quality analysis and 9
a Power Xpert Gateway ● E-mail notification waveform viewing
device. Power Xpert
Software provides a rich
● Data trending and graphing ● Modbus TCP tool to import 9
register maps from various
set of standard features,
as well as premier value third-party devices 9
add-on option modules. ● SNMP tool to compile
SNMP MIB (Management 9
Information Base) files
from various third-party
devices
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9
9
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
9 Power Xpert
Ethernet Switch
9
9
9
9
9
9 Functions/Devices
Drawing Symbol Function Description Eaton Device
9 Monitoring Equipment
MM6GWP Power Quality Meter Analyzer Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
9 MM4&P Meter Monitor and Protection IQ DP-4000
9
MM Meter Monitor IQ 100/IQ 200
SMM Sub-Metering Module IQ Energy Sentinel
9 Overcurrent/Short Circuit Protection

MVTU Medium Voltage Relay (> 600V) DT-3000, FP-5000
9 LVTU Low Voltage Trip Unit (d 600V) Digitrip RMS-810, 910, 520 MC or 1150/Digitrip OPTIM 750 or 1050
Motor Protection and Control
9 MPR Motor Protective Relay MP-3000
9
VFD Variable Frequency Drive SVX9000
9 Central Monitoring Panels

BIM II Breaker Interface Module II BIM II (used with Digitrip OPTIM or Digitrip RMS)
9 LDISP Local Display and Sub-network Master Used with IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II or with Energy/Power Sentinels
Other Devices
RTD Resistance Temperature Universal RTD Module
9 ADR Addressable Relay ADRII
9
C Product Communication Device IPONI
R Resistor-End of Line Resistor
9 ■ Terminal Block
Factory Twisted Pair Wiring
IP, IN, IS Terminal Designation
IMPCABLE or Belden YR29090 or Belden 9463 Family
9 Field Twisted Pair Wiring IMPCABLE or Belden YR29090 or Belden 9463 Family
9 Field Ethernet Backbone CAT5 or multimode fiber
9
9
9.1
Level 3—Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems (EESS)
Customized Software Solutions 9
Available Applications 9
Any manufacturer’s equipment that is supported by the
EESS extensive device driver support list or request a custom 9
quotation to obtain support.
Description
9
Configuration Level 3 offers an extensive service offering for
the delivery of customized graphics and support for third-party
9
proprietary device driver support.
9
Enhanced Features
● Customized one-line diagrams to portray realistic operation 9
of the complete power distribution system
9
9
9
9
9
9
Power Distribution System One-Line Diagram
9
● Customized navigation systems to allow the operator to
navigate the software in a similar paradigm that is consistent
9
with the way they would describe their organization from a
functional or departmental standpoint 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Customized Navigation System
9
9
9
9
9
9
Monitoring Software and Reporting
Contents
Description Page
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-15
9 Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-16
9 An Eaton
Green Solution
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Power Xpert Software is the Power Xpert Software
9 fusion of key components of
PowerNet and PowerVision
provides an easy upgrade
path to allow existing
Software into a single PowerNet users to enjoy the
9 power monitoring package, benefits of power monitoring
which includes ease of through a simple Web
9 interconnectivity to a wide browser interface. It provides
range of Eaton and third-party a complete software solution
9 communicating devices. to manage your power
system. Critical components
such as metering devices,
9 protective relays, circuit
breaker trip units, motor
9 starters and uninterruptible
power supplies communicate
9 vital information about the
health and status of critical
9 infrastructure devices.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.2
Product Selection Guide
9
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition
● Geared toward end users, with built-in support for Eaton ● Geared toward advanced power users, system integrators and 9
power distribution products such as switchgear, UPSs, enterprises with heterogeneous device spectrum and system
breakers, PDUs, RPPs, meters, relays, VFDs and MCCs, developers who can take advantage of the included SNMP 9
among others and Modbus integration development utilities
● Eaton products connect with the software directly via an ● Extensive support for third-party devices via standard SNMP 9
Ethernet connection, while legacy devices use a Power Xpert and Modbus TCP protocols
●
Gateway to Web-enable their communications
A subset of third-party meters and devices are supported as
● Large variety of ready made, optional third-party drop in
drivers available
9
standard via the gateway connection
9
Power Xpert Software Features
9
Feature Sets
Professional Edition
Enterprise Edition
9
Server module ■ ■
9
Trend viewer module ■ ■
Layout manager module ■ ■ 9
Quality manager module ■ ■
Eaton device support (switchgear, UPSs, breakers, ePDUs, meters, ■ ■ 9
relays, VDFs, MCCs, etc.)
Power Xpert Gateway third-party device support ■ ■ 9
■
9
SNMP connector
Modbus connector ■
Optional third-party driver support ■
9
Custom third-party device driver support ■
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9 Feature Benefit
General
9 Web browser user interface There is no need to install a separate client piece of software on your computer. Simple and easy access via Web browser from any location in
the world.
9 Web-based monitoring capabilities Monitor all power system equipment through the Internet.
Downloadable software version updates Receive the latest enhancements and versions via downloads available from Eaton’s Web site.
9 Event Notification
Event notification via e-mail notification Receive automatic e-mails when events are triggered.
9 Event notification via pagers, text message or third- Receive alarms on event changes via pagers, text message or third-party interfaces.
party interfaces
9 Alarm state management Acknowledge, clear and close alarms through Power Xpert Software.
9 Event indicator displayed without Web page active

Alarm/event searching and filtering
The Web page you are on does not need to be active to display the event indicator.
Conveniently search and filter alarms and events to quickly find what you are looking for.
9 Waveform attached to applicable power event Waveforms captured by meters are attached to actual power events, making them easy to understand and interpret.
Web browser based waveform viewing There is no need to install a separate waveform viewer on your computer. Waveforms can be easily reviewed right in your Web browser.
9 Alarm capabilities based on device driven events Alarms and triggered events come to the software directly from the associated devices, eliminating false alarms.
Analysis and Trending
9 Graphic Trend Viewer Displays power system device measurements in an easy-to-understand graphical chart format.
9 Chart or data option selection Conveniently view the data in either spreadsheet type data format or a graphic line chart plot.
Multiple trends display Displaying multiple trends at a time helps analyze event ramifications and impact in more detail.
9 Multiple axis support Multiple trends can be plotted on multiple x and y axis, displaying pertinent time and scale information.
View multiple variables (i.e., Ia, Ib, Ic, Vab, Vbc, etc.) Multiple waveform variables can be viewed at a time, eliminating the need of changing views frequently.
9 for a single waveform
Standard COMTRADE file format support View, import and open any waveform captures in standard IEEE® (C37.111-1999) COMTRADE file format.
9 Customizable Trend Viewer look and feel The formatting of the data, and the look and feel of it can be easily customized according to user preferences.
Fixed or custom time frames Information displayed in the Trend Viewer can have either system-defined fixed or user-selected custom time frames.
9 Trend analysis capabilities Trends can be easily spotted and analyzed on screen or exported to third-party software for further analysis if necessary.
9 Data export Trend data can be easily exported to Excel for further analysis.
Custom Graphics and Layouts
9 Custom graphics development via Web browser Customized Web pages can be easily developed using a plain Web browser, eliminating the need to install a separate application
to be installed, learned and utilized.
9 Four user view example templates included as standard Easily use ‘as is’ or modify as necessary: data center, plant, hospital and geographical layout templates.
iFrame capability iFrames enable embedding browser portals into custom Web page layouts.
9 Browser Portal Widget support Browser Portal Widgets can be embedded in iFrames to accommodate streaming media feeds.
Streaming media support Multiple streaming media feeds can be embedded into a single Web page, utilizing iFrames technology.
9 Graphic object library included as standard A large object library including most common power devices is embedded within the system, enabling the user to develop mimic
screens from the start.
9 ISO® standard electrical picture objects available Add ISO standard compliant graphics to one-line diagrams or other layouts for ISO compatibility.
9 Graphic files import capability

Graphic object animation capability
Import floor plans, street maps or photographs to be used as background images or mimic objects in Web pages.
Graphics can be animated based on event and threshold changes. An object could change color, for example, when a threshold is reached.
9 Gauge object library support A multitude of gauges are provided in the standard object library to enable easy Web page custom measurement gauges design.
External Web links support Add Web links to Power Xpert Software pages, which link to any device, Web page on the Internet and network around the globe with a
9 Web user interface.
Alarm bubble-up support through several page layers Alarms can be easily bubbled-up through multiple Web pages with the folder link feature. Event can be seen on the topmost page and the
9 user can drill down for more information.
Trend object support Trend objects can be embedded into the layout, enabling viewing the data directly in the Trend Viewer.
9
9
9
9.2
Power Xpert Software, continued
Feature Benefit
9
UPS Shutdown
9
File saving during shutdown During an emergency shutdown due to an extended power failure outlasting the UPS battery, open files on the computer systems
are closed and saved in an orderly fashion.
9
Automatic, orderly and sequential shutdown All operating systems running Power Xpert Software Shutdown Agent will be shut down in an orderly and sequential fashion to
Parallel redundant UPS shutdown capability

prevent data loss.
Built-in software logic will initiate shutdown only after UPS redundancy has been lost and the last UPS is out of runtime.
9
Security and Administration 9
Windows Authentication Security Control access to Power Xpert Software via Windows® Authentication Service.
Two-tier secure system access support Access the Power Xpert Software with read or write privileges to prevent unauthorized tampering. 9
SSL Supported via OpenSSL.
Secure Web browser access (support for HTTPS) Supported via OpenSSL.
9
Time Synchronization
9
Time synchronization support for connected devices Millisecond-based timestamp support (when supported by connected device) enables understanding the sequence of rapidly occurring events.
with 1 millisecond time resolution
Export and Integration
9
Extended Excel® spreadsheet support Open report files directly in Excel. 9
SQL database query support Power Xpert uses standard SQL database format that can be queried by third-party applications for system integration and data exchange.
Logs 9
System Log The System Log gathers information on system-level events for error and security purposes.
Error Log The Error Log gathers information on errors occurred for diagnostic purposes.
9
Service
9
Eaton help desk services (1-877-ETN-CARE) Call Eaton to speak directly to a product specialist providing support for the software.
Turnkey startup service Purchase a 1, 2 or 5-day startup service package from Eaton for turnkey system installation and configuration. 9
System Backup
Power Xpert Software system backup Easily back up Power Xpert software including configurations, user views and device setups. 9
9
Documentation and Training Videos
System Administrator’s Guide Guides users on how to administer Power Xpert Software.
Power Xpert Software User’s Guide Detailed information of Power Xpert Software features and functionality along with screenshots and references.
9
Layout Manager Guide Detailed information on how to use Layout Manager’s features and functionality to create custom graphic system pages.
Quick Start Guide Takes the guesswork out of initial software installation and configuration with clear step-by-step instructions on how to get started. 9
Power Xpert Software Introduction and Training Video Learn the main features and functionality of Power Xpert Software by watching a hands-on video showing you how to install, configure
and use the software. 9
Power Xpert Reporting Introduction and Training Video Learn the main features and functionality of Power Xpert Reporting by watching a hands-on video showing you how to install and configure
reporting. Included are step-by-step instructions on how create reporting hierarchies and pull data out of different databases. 9
Note: These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and
functionality may vary depending on selected options and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and user manual for detailed specifications. 9
Communication Protocol Support

9
Communication Protocol Description 9
Dry-contact/contact closure/relay Contact closure support is enabled via various Eaton Gateway devices. Please refer to Power Xpert Software Hardware Compatibility List for details.
BACnet WS+ BACnet WS+ 9
9
Modbus RTU Modbus RTU
Modbus TCP Modbus Protocol over TCP
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol
9
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 9
INCOM Eaton Legacy Protocol
HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 9
HTTPS
SSL
Hypertext Transfer Protocol with SSL
Secure Sockets Layer
9
9
Power Xpert Reporting—the perfect complement

9 Power Xpert Reporting helps bring information from the
software together. Power Xpert Software brings together your
9 power system information from around the floor to around the
world—data and information that is invaluable. Power Xpert
9 Reporting brings all the power system information together to
compare, contrast and generally give you the big picture. Power
9 Xpert Reporting provides a standard set of reports, including:
● Data Center Efficiency Report: A summary of data center
9 infrastructure efficiency and power usage effectiveness,
including such information as temperature and humidity, and
9 energy consumption
● Greenhouse Gas Report: Captures the six offensive
9 greenhouse gasses: Carbon Dioxide, Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen
Oxide, Mercury, Methane and Nitrous Oxide broken down by
9 ●
selected locations within a facility
Utilities Report: Captures consumption of water, air, gas,
electricity and steam (WAGES)
9 ● Capacity Summary Report: The summary of top- and
bottom-loaded circuits, as well as loading details for each
9 circuit according to user-defined date/time range and facility
hierarchy location
9 ● Branch Circuit Monitoring Report: Determine branch circuit
loading levels at a glance with color-coded graphics indicating
9 loading status against capacity. Redundant sources can be
reviewed, as well as single source loads
9 ● Energy Summary Report: The summary of consumption
(kWh) and demand (kW) for a user-defined date/time range
9 ●
and facility hierarchy location
Energy Cost Allocation Report: The total energy bill dollar
9 value or a cost per kWh across a facility hierarchy for a user-
defined date/time range
9 Power Quality Report: The distribution and trend for amps,

●
volts and THD according to user-defined date/time ranges and

facility hierarchy location
9 ● Event Summary Report: Provides a Pareto chart of events
according to user-defined date/time ranges and facility
9 hierarchy location
● Joint Commission Report: Standard Joint Commission
9 compliant report supports hospital power test requirements.
It checks events, key metrics of generators and automatic
9 transfer switches (ATS) during generator testing at user-
defined date/time ranges and facility hierarchy location
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.2
Product Selection
9
Power Xpert Software 9
Description
Catalog
Number 9
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition PXS-PRO
9
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition w/ 1-day startup PXS-PROn1S 9
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition w/ 2-day startup PXS-PROn2S
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition w/ 5-day startup PXS-PROn5S 9
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition and Power Xpert Reporting PXS-PROnPXR
Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition
9
Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition
Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition w/ 1-day startup
PXS-ENT
PXS-ENTn1S
9
Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition w/ 2-day startup PXS-ENTn2S 9
Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition w/ 5-day startup PXS-ENTn5S
Power Xpert Reporting 9
9
Power Xpert Reporting—single source DB connection PXR
Power Xpert Reporting—up to 2 source DB connections PXR-2DB
9
Power Xpert Reporting—up to 25 source DB connections PXR-25DB 9
Service Packs 9
Power Xpert 1-day startup Service Pack
Power Xpert 2-day startup Service Pack
PX-1S
PX-2S
9
Power Xpert 5-day startup Service Pack PX-5S 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
Hardware Requirements Software Requirements
9 Power Xpert Software (PXS) requires a server-class machine Supported operating systems
with the following minimum hardware specifications:
9 ● Microsoft® Windows Server 2003 R2 (Standard or Enterprise)
32-bit edition
Hardware Specification
9 Processor 2.8 GHz, dual-core processor
● Microsoft Windows XP Professional (32-bit) with
Service Pack 3, 32-bit
9 Windows Server 2008 (Standard or Enterprise),

Memory 2 GB allocated for PXS (allocate 3 GB ●
of memory to a virtual machine session 32-bit or 64-bit

running PXS)
9 Windows Server 2008 R2 (Server or Enterprise),
●
Disk space required for application The PXS application itself requires 190 MB of 32-bit or 64-bit
disk storage
9
● Windows 7 Professional, Ultimate or Enterprise editions,
Disk space required for database A typical database will grow to 2 GB within a either 32-bit or 64-bit
year. If you have a large number of devices,
9 Video resolution
reserve additional storage space
1280 by 1024 pixels or higher
Software components
● IIS 5.0 or higher (must be installed prior to installing PXS; for
9 Removable media DVD RO driv Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008, this is installed
automatically)
9 You may wish to add the following hardware as well:
● Microsoft Internet Explorer® 7.0 or 8.0
● Local printer
9 ● Sound card (if sounds are assigned to specific Third-Party Software Installed
alarm conditions) The following Microsoft software is also installed during the
9 ● Modem (for remote alarm notification to machines PXS installation.
not available via your network) ● .NET Framework 3.5 SP1
9 ● Windows Installer 4.5
● C++ Runtime Library 2008
9 ● Microsoft Data Access 2.8
SQL Server 2008 Express SP2
9
●
● SQL Server 2005 Express Management Studio SP2
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
Metering Products Family
Description Page
9
Metering Products Family
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . . V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . . V3-T9-60
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . V3-T9-66
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . V3-T9-71 9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79 9
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 9
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
9
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131 9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135 9
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
9
Product Overview Features and Benefits 9
Eaton’s metering products
provide solutions needed
Greater Reliability Reduced Energy and 9
Eaton’s metering products Operating Costs
to monitor and manage all
aspects of an electrical give the ability to receive an When we think about meters When an Eaton meter is used 9
distribution system. early warning of potential and power quality, the with Eaton trip units and
When greater reliability,

problems, eliminate
unnecessary trips, isolate
common thread throughout
the basket of solutions is
relays incorporating built-in
metering capabilities, the
9
increased productivity and
significant cost savings
faults to ensure minimum
downtime and shed or
information. Collecting,
monitoring and managing data
entire electrical distribution
system can be cost- 9
are called for to remain equalize loads while a from the electrical distribution effectively managed.
competitive in today’s problem is being corrected. system can help reduce costs 9
market, Eaton’s metering for those facilities prepared to Eaton is an industry
products fit the bill. These
innovative meters and
Increased Productivity
Equipment downtime
define and analyze present leader offering a complete
integrated solution to oversee
9
electrical energy usage levels
your entire electrical
communications systems,
along with Power
resulting from voltage or
frequency variations can be
and patterns. Data provided by
Eaton’s metering products distribution system. As a 9
Management software, make very costly to an operation. global manufacturer of
it possible to successfully Monitoring power quality
comprise the data for verifying
utility bills for energy low and medium voltage 9
take control of the electrical with Eaton’s metering management and lowering electrical distribution system
distribution system. products throughout the operating costs. Deregulation equipment and components,
Eaton is an experienced
9
electrical distribution system in some geographical
Power Xpert Meters
Power Xpert Meters are
provides data to identify,
isolate and correct problems
locations permits energy innovator of metering
products that incorporate 9
users to select a utility
cutting-edge technology.
the benchmark for intelligent
Web-enabled top-quality
quickly and efficiently. provider and negotiate rate
structures. For large users These innovations result 9
metering devices for the with heavy utility bills, this from our scientific and
power system. Power Xpert may be an incentive to verify engineering expertise, 9
Meters provide measurement the utility bill, identify an physical resources and the
of the critical elements found opportunity for savings, ongoing R&D programs at
our technology centers.
9
in the power system, whether negotiate a better utility rate
that be voltage, power,
current, transients, harmonics
and apply the savings directly
to the bottom line. Users are
9
or even time. Power Xpert
Meters provide Web-enabled
also empowered to decrease
energy consumption, thereby 9
communications for use with lowering peak demand
the Power Xpert Software. charges and decreasing 9
All Power Xpert Meters operating costs.
provide a standard
communications protocol
9
for easy integration into
other systems. 9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 Metering Selection Chart
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series IQ 250/260 Series
9
9 Device Name
Accessories
9 See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number V3-T9-30 V3-T9-49 V3-T9-60
9 Electrical Parameters
9 Volts
Amperes
0.1% of RV + 0.02% FS
0.05% of RV + 0.01% FS
0.1% of RV
0.1% of RV
0.1% of RV
0.1% of RV
9 Current range (% of nominal) 0.005–20A (400%) 0.1–200% 0.1–200%

Watts 0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS 0.2% of RV 0.2% of RV
9 VARs 0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS 0.2% of RV 0.2% of RV
VA 0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS 0.2% of RV 0.2% of RV
9 PF-apparent 0.1% 0.2% of RV 0.2% of RV
9 PF-displacement 0.1% — —
Frequency ±0.01 Hz ±0.03 Hz ±0.03 Hz
9 THD-voltage 127th 40th 2345 40th 6

THD-current 127th 40th 2345 40th 6
9 Watthours ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
9
VAR-hours ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
VA-hours ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
9 Ampere-demand 0.05% of RV + 0.01% FS ±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class ±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class
Watt-demand ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
9 VAR-demand ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
VA-demand ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
9 Revenue accuracy ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1 ANSI C12.20 (0.2%) ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)
9 Individual ampere harmonics

Individual voltage harmonics
85th 7
85th 7
40th 345
40th 345
—
—
9 Interharmonics Yes — —
Minimum and/or Maximum Values
9 Volts L-L, L-N, N-G, VAUX L-L L-L, L-N L-L, L-N
Current A, B, C, N, G A, B, C, N A, B, C
9 Power Watt, VAR, VA Watt, VAR, VA Watt, VAR, VA
9 Power Factor Apparent/displacement Apparent Apparent

Frequency Hertz Hertz Hertz
9 THD Amperes/volts (L-L, L-N, AUX L-L) Amperes/volts 2345 Amperes/volts 6

Demand values kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes
9 Trend analysis 2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB 256 / 512 2 / 768 345 MB 128 KB j
k
9
Event logging 2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB 100,000 alarms/events with timestamp
Disturbance recording 2/ 48 /8 9 GB 768 MB 45 —
60 cycles per event up to 64 cycles per event 45
9 Notes Legend: PG = Programmable
9 1 Under typical operating conditions. 7 Individual values reported to 85th FS = Full scale
2 PXM 2260 only. harmonic; anti-alias filtering prevents RV = Read value
3 PXM 2270 only. higher frequencies from distorting Auxiliary voltage
9 4 PXM 2280 only.
8
readings (see IEC 61000-4-7).
PMX 6000 only.
(optional) = Provides three additional voltage inputs to the
meter: Va2, Vb2, Vc2.
5 PXM 2290 only.
Interharmonics = Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000 supported.
9
9 PXM 8000 only.
6 IQ 260 only.
j Optional.
k At computer only.
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Metering Selection Chart, continued
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series IQ 250/260 Series
9
9
Device Name 9
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
9
Other Features 9
2 / 4 1 / 8 2 GB 256 / 512 3 / 768 4 MB Standard
9
Storage 128 KB for logging, up to 8 parameters every 15
minutes for 30 days
PG output relays 5 maximum Optional (2) Form C, 5A or (4) Form A, 120 mA Optional (2) Form C, 5A or (4) Form A, 120 mA
PG analog outputs — Optional (4) 4–20 mA or (4) 0–1 mA Optional (4) 4–20 mA or (4) 0–1 mA
9
Discrete contact inputs
Analog inputs
8
—
Optional (2) or (4)
—
Optional (2) or (4)
—
9
Synch-input kW utility Via status input Via end of interval pulse with optional digital inputs Via end of interval pulse with optional digital inputs 9
Auxiliary voltage 5 Yes — —
kWh pulse initiator Yes Yes Yes 9
6
9
Waveform display Local/computer —
Waveform capture, samples/cycle Yes, 512 (4096 oversampling) Yes, up to 64 7, up to 512 8 —
Frequency distribution display — — —
9
Display type LCD 9 Red LED Red LED
Display lines/character Graphic (320 x 240 pixels) 3 lines, 4 characters 3 lines, 4 characters 9
Display character height 5.5 mm H x 4 mm W 0.56 (14.2) H 0.56 (14.2) H
Communications Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0 Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0 9
9 Network: Modbus TCP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Network: Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Network: Modbus TCP via Power Xpert Gateway
HTTP, SNMP, SMTP, FTP, DNP 3.0 HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP, 78 Waveform FTP 9
Setup configuration Via Web browser/display Via Web browser/display Via configuration software/display
Dimensions Refer to TD02601007E Refer to TD02601017E Refer to TD02601016E 9
Operating temperature range –20° to 60°C display unit –20° to 70°C –20° to 70°C
–20° to 70°C meter base unit 9
Reference literature TD02601007E TD02601017E TD02601016E
Notes Legend: PG = Programmable

9
FS = Full scale
9
1 PXM 6000 only.
2 PXM 8000 only. RV = Read value
3 PXM 2260 only. Auxiliary voltage
4 PXM 2270 only.
5 The auxiliary voltage option adds three additional voltage
(optional) = Provides three additional voltage inputs to the
meter: Va2, Vb2, Vc2. 9
Interharmonics = Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000 supported.
input channels to Power Xpert Meters.
6 At computer only. 9
7 PXM 2280 only.
8 PXM 2290 only.
9 Optional
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9 IQ 130/140/150 Series IQ 150S/250S Series IQ 35M Series
9
9 Device Name
Accessories
Volts ±0.25% of RV 0.1% of RV 0.4% +0.015% per °C deviation from 25°C
9 Amperes ±0.25% of RV 0.1% of RV 0.4% (5–100%), 0.8% (1–5%) +0.015% per °C from 25°C
9 Current range (% of nominal)

Watts
0.1–200%
0.5% of RV 1
0.1–200%
0.2% of RV
1–120%
0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S
9 VARs 0.5% of RV 1 0.2% of RV 2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

VA 0.5% of RV 1 0.2% of RV Calculated: vector sum of watts and VARs
9 PF-apparent 0.5% of RV 1 0.2% of RV Calculated: Watts / VAs
PF-displacement — — —
9 Frequency ±0.03% Hz 1 ±0.03 Hz ±0.02 Hz
9 THD-voltage — — —
THD-current — — —
9 Watthours ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S
Varhours ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class ±2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2
9 VA-hours ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class —
9
Ampere-demand ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class —
Watt-demand ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22
Class 0.5S
9 VAR-demand ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2
9 VA-demand ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2 ±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class Calculated: vector sum of watts and VARs
Revenue accuracy ANSI C12.20 (0.5%) ANSI C12.20 (0.2%) 0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S
9 Individual ampere harmonics — — —

Individual voltage harmonics — — —
9 Interharmonics — — —
9
Volts L-L, L-N L-L, L-N —
9 Current A, B, C A, B, C —
Power Watt, VAR, VA Watt, VAR, VA —
9 Power factor Apparent 1 Apparent Apparent (low alert)
Frequency Hertz 1 Hertz Hertz (out of range alert)
9 THD Ampere/Volts — —
9 Demand values
Trend analysis
kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes 1
3
kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes
2 MB 5
kW, kVAR, kVA; Maximum kW, kVAR, kVA
—
9 Event logging 3 2 MB 5 Logging on demand interval or Modbus command 4

Disturbance recording — — —
9 Notes Legend: PG = Programmable
1 IQ 140 and IQ 150. FS = Full scale
9 2 IQ 150 only. RV = Read value
3 At computer only.
9 4 Optional.
5 IQ 250S only.
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
IQ 130/140/150 Series IQ 150S/250S Series IQ 35M Series
9
9
Device Name 9
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
9
Other Features 9
Storage — 2 MB 2 10 registers (16 bit) by 5760 entries each (115 KB) 1
PG output relays — — — 9
PG analog outputs
—
—
—
—
—
2 pulse inputs with BACnet
9
Analog inputs — — — 9
Synch-input kW Utility — — Optional demand synchronization via Modbus
Auxiliary voltage 3 — — — 9
1
9
kWh pulse initiator Yes Yes
Waveform display — — —
Waveform capture — — —
9
Frequency distribution display — — —
Display type Red LED Red LED Backlit LCD 9
Display lines/character 3 lines, 4 characters 3 lines, 4 characters 2 lines by 5 characters ea (full alphanumeric top row)
Display character height 0.56 (14.2) H 0.56 (14.2) H 7.5 mm 9
9
Communications Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII 1 Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0 Serial: Modbus RTU 1, BACnet MS/TP 1
Network: Modbus TCP 1 Network: Modbus TCP, wired or wireless Network: Modbus TCP via Power Xpert Gateway
9
Setup configuration Via configuration software/display Via configuration software/display Via display/configuration software
Dimensions 4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 4.97 (126.2) D 7.90 (200.7) H x 7.50 (190.5) W x 3.10 (78.7) D 3.60 (91.4) H x 4.20 (106.7) W x 2.30 (58.4) D
Operating temperature range –20 to 70°C –20 to 70°C –20 to 70°C
9
Reference literature TD02601015E TD02601019E TD02601015E
Notes Legend: PG = Programmable 9

1 Optional. FS = Full scale
2 IQ 250S only.
3 The auxiliary voltage option adds three additional voltage input channels to
RV = Read value
9
Power Xpert Meters.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9 IQ Analyzer 6000 Series IQ DP-4000 Series IQ 230 Series
9
9 Device Name
Accessories
Volts ±0.2% FS 1 ±0.3% FS ±0.5% FS
9 Amperes ±0.2% FS 1 ±0.3% FS ±0.5% FS
9 Current range (% of nominal)

Watts
3–800%
0.4% FS, 6 RV 2
10–250%
±0.6% FS
1–200%
±1.0% FS
9 VARs 0.4% FS, 6 RV 3 ±0.6% FS ±1.0% FS

VA 0.4% FS, 6 RV 2 ±0.6% FS ±1.0% FS
9 PF-apparent 0.8% FS 1 ±1.0% FS ±2.0% FS
PF-displacement 0.8% FS 1 ±1.0% FS ±2.0% FS
9 Frequency 0.04% 1 or 0.01 Hz ±0.17% FS ±0.1% Hz
9 THD-voltage 50th 31st —

THD-current 50th 31st —
9 Watthours 0.5% RV 2 ±0.6% FS ±1.0% per ANSI C12

Varhours 1% RV 3 ±0.6% FS ±1.0% per ANSI C12
9 VA-hours 0.5% RV 2 ±0.6% FS ±1.0% per ANSI C12
9
Ampere-demand ±0.2% FS 1 ±0.3% ±0.5% per ANSI C12
Watt-demand ±0.4% FS 1 ±0.6% ±1.0% per ANSI C12
9 VAR-demand ±0.4% FS 1 ±0.6% ±1.0% per ANSI C12

VA-demand ±0.4% FS 1 ±0.6% ±1.0% per ANSI C12
9 Revenue accuracy ANSI C12.20 (0.5%) — ANSI C12.1 (1%)
Individual ampere harmonics 50th — —
9 Individual voltage harmonics 50th — —
9 Interharmonics
— — —
9 Volts L-L, L-N L-L, L-N L-L, L-N

Current A, B, C, N, G A, B, C A, B, C
9 Power Watt, VAR, VA Watt, VAR, VA Watt, VAR, VA
Power factor Apparent/displacement Apparent/displacement Apparent/displacement
9 Frequency Hertz Hertz Hertz
9 THD
Demand values
Amperes/volts
All
Amperes/volts
All
—
All
9 Trend analysis Time/date 2 alarms 4
Event logging 504 events w/timestamp 4 4
9 Disturbance recording 10 waveform events — —
9 Notes
1 From 3–300% of FS.
Legend: PG
FS
= Programmable
= Full scale
2 At unity power factory and 5–300% of FS. RV = Read value
9 3 At a power factor <±0.5 and 5–300% of FS.
4 At computer only.
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
IQ Analyzer 6000 Series IQ DP-4000 Series IQ 230 Series
9
9
Device Name 9
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
9
Other Features 9
Storage 90 KB 15 parameters —
PG output relays (4) 10A Form C 1 (3) 10A Form C 2 (2) 100 mA Form A 9
PG analog outputs
(4) 0–10/4–20 mA
(3) + 30 Vdc differential
—
(1) kW Demand 2
—
(2) +30 Vdc differential
9
Analog inputs (1) 0–20/4–20 mA — (1) 4–20 mA 9
Synch-input kW Utility At device or via communications At device or via communications 2 Via communications only
Auxiliary voltage — — — 9
Yes 2
9
kWh pulse initiator Yes Yes
Waveform display Local 2/computer — —
Waveform capture, samples/cycle Yes, 128 — —
9
Frequency distribution display Local 2/computer — —
Display type Graphic LCD with LED backlight 7 Segment LED Backlit LCD 9
Display lines/character 7 lines, 147 characters 1 line, 7 characters 4 lines, 20 characters
Display character height Up to 7 lines 1 line 1.60 (40.6) H x.09 (2.3) W 9
9
Communications Serial: INCOM 3 Serial: INCOM 3 Serial: INCOM, Modbus RTU 4
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway 3 Network: via Power Xpert Gateway 3 Network: via Power Xpert Gateway
9
Setup configuration Via configuration software/display Via configuration software/display Via configuration software/display
Dimensions Refer to TD1702BTE Refer to TD1703ATE Refer to TD1706ATE
Operating temperature range –20° to 70°C –20° to 70°C 0° to 50°C
9
Reference literature — — —
Notes Legend: PG = Programmable 9

1 Relays programmable to operate on any measured function. FS = Full scale
2 Optional.
3 An IPONI is required.
RV = Read value
9
9
4 IQ 230M only.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9 Power Xpert IQ Energy
Multi-Point Meter Sentinel
9
9 Device Name
Accessories
Section Page Number V3-T9-100 V3-T9-112
Volts ±0.2% RV —
9 Amperes ±0.2% RV —
9 Current range (% of nominal) — —

Watts ±0.5% RV ±1.0% FS
9 VARs ±0.5% RV —
VA ±0.5% RV —
9 PF-apparent ±0.5% RV —
9
PF-displacement — —
Frequency ±0.1 Hz —
9 THD-voltage — —
THD-current — —
9 Watthours ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class ±1.0% FS
VAR-hours ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class —
9 VA-hours ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class —
9 Ampere-demand
Watt-demand
—
±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class
—
±1.0% FS
9 VAR-demand ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class —

VA-demand ±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class —
9 Revenue accuracy ANSI C12.20 (0.5%) —
Individual ampere harmonics — —
9 Individual voltage harmonics — —
9 Interharmonics — —
9 Volts L-L, L-N —

Current A, B, C —
9 Power Watts, VAR, VA —
9
Power factor Apparent —
Frequency Hertz —
9 THD — —
Demand values Watts (Delivered & Received), Watts (Q1–Q4), VA (Q1, —
9 Q4), VA (Q2, Q3)
1
Trend analysis Interval data
9 Event logging 20 latest events and historical 1
Disturbance recording — —
9 Note Legend: PG = Programmable
FS = Full scale
9
1 At computer only.
RV = Read value
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Power Xpert IQ Energy
9
Multi-Point Meter Sentinel
9
Device Name 9
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
9
Section Page Number V3-T9-100 V3-T9-112
Other Features 9
9
Storage 256 MB standard, 2 GB optional —
PG output relays 1 standard, 8 each module 1 —
Discrete contact inputs 3 standard, 8 each module 1 —
9
Analog inputs — —
Synch-input kW utility Via communications and digital input Via communications only 9
Auxiliary voltage — —
kWh pulse initiator Aggregate or main-digital output, LED output on meter — 9
modules (accuracy check)
Waveform display — — 9
9
Waveform capture — —
Frequency distribution display — —
Display type LCD color touchscreen 1 —
9
Display lines/character 6-inch diagonal —
Display character height Graphics — 9
Communications Serial: Modbus RTU Serial: INCOM
1 Network: Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Network: via Power Xpert Gateway
HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP, SFTP

9
Setup configuration Via PXMP configuration software Via configuration software 9
Dimensions Refer to TD150006EN (see Page V3-T9-110) Refer to TD1707TE
Operating temperature range –20° to 70°C –25° to 70°C 9
Reference literature TD150006EN —
Note Legend: PG = Programmable

9
9
1 Optional. FS = Full scale
RV = Read value
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series Display and Meter
Description Page
9 Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-49
9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . V3-T9-60
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . V3-T9-66
9 IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . . V3-T9-71
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
9 IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
9 IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100
9 IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
9 Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
9 Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
9 An Eaton
Green Solution
9
9
9
9 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series
The Web server provides the
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/ Both the local graphic display ● Safety: EN61010-1,
9 6000/8000 Series monitors
the critical aspects of an
and the embedded Web
server present real time,
energy and demand readings
required to help manage ●
UL/cUL 61010-1
Accuracy: IEC/EN60687
the cost of energy. It also
9 electrical distribution system.
This premier power quality
historical and event
information in a browser-style provides critical information
0.2 Class, ANSI C12.20
0.2 Class
metering instrument is graphical format to help the regarding power quality,
9 EMC: FCC Part 15
●
simple to use, powerful, user interpret key circuit such as harmonic distortion,
Subpart B Class A EN55011
scalable and highly flexible. information, such as: flicker, crest factor, K-factor
Class A
9 The Power Xpert Meter 4000/ ● Current loading
and more.
● Measurement Canada
6000/8000 offers a new level Note: Features and functionality Approval No. AE-1898
9 Voltage and power levels
●
may vary depending on the meter (4000/6000 meters)
of intuitive user interface ● Power factor model and options being used.
design, presenting critical ● Immunity IEC 61326
9 electrical distribution system
●
●
Energy usage
I/O status
Review the Features and Benefits
chart on Page V3-T9-35 for ● CE Mark
information in simple-to- details.
9 navigate and easy-to-
understand information
● Power quality
measurements
9 architecture. The Power
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
● Harmonic plots
● Disturbance and transient
graphic display visualizes
9 the information from up
●
waveforms
ITIC disturbance summary
to 16 meter modules. The
9 embedded Web server screen
displays complex power The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
9 quality data using standard
Internet browsers and allows
6000/8000 graphic display
uses a simple “twist and
9 for device configuration from
the browser.
click” navigation control dial
to easily navigate the menus
9
and drill down into increasing
levels of important detail.
A “back” key enhances the
9 browser-like navigation of the
graphic display.
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Identify Power Quality ● Minimum and maximum For Optional Graphic Display Display/Meter 9
Problems to Help: values Mounting Options
● Harmonics
Note: Display ports provide access
to up to 16 Power Xpert 4000/6000/ 9
● Identify harmonics, sags, 8000 Meter modules located on
● Display remotely mounted
Flicker
9
●
swells and transients the display RS-485 network. up to 2000 ft (1219m) away
damaging or disrupting ● Individual harmonics from up to 16 Power Xpert
● RS-485 meter display
9
sensitive, mission-critical ● Interharmonics Meter modules
IT equipment network port
● % TDD ● Display and Power Xpert
Boost IT equipment’s
● RJ-45 10/100Base-T for Meter modules mounted
9
●
● ITIC events plot, duration, access to Local Display
service life to the magnitude together on opposite sides
maximum Power Xpert network of a panel (15 additional
● Analyze sequence of
● Energy comparisons
Communication Protocols
meter modules can still 9
events up to 1 millisecond
● Demand comparisons be remotely mounted).
Supported
time resolution ● Event calendar ● Modbus RTU Meter Base Unit Characteristics
9
● Protect motors from ● Event timeline and
Modbus TCP
9
●
damage sequence ● NEMA rating: NEMA 1,
● Number of 9s of availability
● Ethernet TCP/IP IP30
● Preserve the integrity of
HTML
9
●
processes and batches ● Phasors
● NTP (Network Time Display Unit Characteristics
● Prevent blown capacitor ● Sequence components ● NEMA rating: NEMA 12,
bank fuses ● Crest factor ●
Protocol)
FTP (File Transfer Protocol) IP42 front of panel rating 9
● Protect transformers and ● K-factor
conductors from
overheating
● PQ Index
● SMTP (Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol)
Ease of Use—Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000 Graphic
9
SNMP (Simple Network Display (Option)
9
●
Detect and Record High- Accuracy
Management Protocol) The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
Speed Transients to Help: ● Currents: 0.05% RV
9
+ 0.025%FS
● COMTRADE (IEEE 6000/8000 display features
● Avoid equipment damage C37.111-1999) a large easy-to-read white
and disruption
● Voltage: 0.1% RV backlit graphic LCD. The
9
+ 0.025% FS
● DNP 3.0 over Ethernet
● Identify equipment (Distributed Network information presented by
malfunction
● Energy and demand Protocol) the display is organized into
Monitor Circuit Loading

power: 0.2% in accordance
with ANSI C12.20
an information architecture
that is easy-to-navigate and
9
Physical Characteristics
to Help: ●
●
Frequency: ±0.01 Hertz
Power factor:
Two-Piece Design organized for simplicity.
Screen navigation is
9
● Avoid overloads and
Power Xpert 4000/6000/ accomplished using a
9
●
nuisance overload trips ● 0.10% at Unity PF
8000 Meter modules navigation control dial and
● Maximize equipment ● 0.30% at 0.5 PF a “back” button. The user
● Power Xpert Meter 4000/
utilization
Communications 6000/8000 Graphic Display simply twists the knob on 9
● Manage emergency 320 x 240 pixel backlight the navigation control dial
Multiple communications
overloads
ports including: LCD remote graphics to move between menu
selections and drill down
9
Manage Energy Utilization display (supports up to 16
to Help:
Standard
● RS-485 remote display port
Power Xpert 4000/6000/
8000 Meter modules)
links on the screen. When
the selection is highlighted, 9
pressing the dial makes the
Reduce peak demand
9
●
● RS-485 Modbus RTU
charges and power slave port selection. Information is
factor penalties displayed from a single meter
RJ-45 10/100Base-T local
9
●
● Identify excessive energy or an RS-485 daisychain of
configuration port (local up to 16 meters. The display
consumption Web server connection)
● HTTP (local), FTP,
features a rich set of screens
including real-time data, trend
9
Metered/Monitored Parameters
COMTRADE
Note: See Page V3-T9-35.
Optional
plots, waveform views and an
ITIC Plot. The graphic display 9
● Volts: L-L, L-N, Avg. L-L, allows basic device setup and
Avg. L-N, N-G ● Communications
Expansion Card (CEC
password protected resets. 9
● Phase neutral and An audible alarm is available
ground currents ● Selectable 100FX or
10/100Base-T Ethernet
to annunciate alarm
conditions.
9
● Power: real, reactive
and apparent
●
network port
RS-485 Modbus RTU
9
● Frequency
9
selectable master/
● Power factor: apparent
slave port
and displacement
RS-232 Modbus RTU
9
●
● Energy
slave port
● Demand
● % THD 9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/ Sag/Swell/Transient Capture Storage capacity for standard With the optional LAN/WAN
9 8000 Embedded Web Server and Recording trend plots includes all of the Ethernet Communication
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/ 60 cycles of waveform are following intervals: Expansion Card (CEC), users
9 6000/8000 embedded Web oversampled at 4096 samples ● Every 5 minutes for
can easily configure the
server offers Eaton per cycle (Power Xpert Meter meters to send periodic
48 hours (2 days)
9 customers a new level of
accessibility to the critical
4000/6000), filtered through
anti-aliasing and recorded at ● Every 15 minutes for
e-mails at user-defined
intervals of energy
192 hours (4 days)
9 information required to
manage their electrical
512 samples per cycle and
post event data. The Power ● Every hour for 28 days
consumption and power
demand. E-mails contain
distribution system. The Web Xpert Meter 8000 samples at (4 weeks) a summary of readings per
9 server includes real-time a rate of 100,000 samples per ● Every 8 hours for rate structures and also have
circuit information in both cycle. Embedded Web server 56 weeks the actual measurements
9 numeric and graphical visual supports viewing of triggered ● Every week for 44 months
attached to the E-mail’s
formats to help monitor waveforms one channel at a body as a CSV file in a
9 circuit parameters such as
current loading, voltage and
time and includes the ability to
zoom and to scroll horizontally
Note: Trend plot data can be
easily exported to third-party
ZIP container.
applications, such as Microsoft In addition, metered

9 power levels, power factor,
THD, Flicker and more. The
using a slider bar.
Excel in csv-file format. parameters are automatically
The Power Xpert Meter stored on the built-in FTP
Web server also provides
9 energy and demand readings 6000/8000 Series have
preconfigured (600 volts and
In addition, metered
parameters are automatically
Server, where they can be
easily copied and imported
with graphic usage plots to
9 help analyze energy usage below) trigger settings for
sags, swells and transients,
stored on the built-in FTP
Servers, where they can be
into third-party applications
for benchmarking and
patterns. Energy readings
and do not require additional easily copied and imported analysis. Logs on the FTP
9 include kWh, kVARh,
delivered and received and setup by the user. Waveforms into third-party applications Server include energy
are stored in non-volatile flash for benchmarking and consumption logs, one
9
kVAh with time of use and
memory using an industry analysis. Logs on the FTP for every month in CSV
RTP displays. The interval
standard COMTRADE Server include the min./max. file format, trended
energy usage plot includes
9 the ability to do week-to- format. Waveforms can be
automatically sent out as
and average for 145 standard
metering parameters at
measurement logs also
in CSV file format and
week and month-to-month
5-minute intervals. waveform captures in
9 energy consumption
graphical comparisons for
COMTRADE attachments to
an e-mail following an event, COMTRADE file format.
Storage capacity for
or can be retrieved from an
9 benchmarking purposes. The
embedded Web server will FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
trend data: Storage capacity for energy
profile data:
also display in simplified directory structure in ● 6 days of 5-minute
9 Chinese if connected to a the Power Xpert meter interval trend data ● 62 days of 15 minute
computer configured for module’s memory. ● Capacity=18,144 intervals interval energy and pulse
9 Chinese language.
Historical Trend Logging
interval data.
Energy Profile Data ● Fixed interval capacity
9
Both the Power Xpert Meter The Power Xpert Meter 4000/ = 5952 intervals.
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
4000/6000/8000 embedded 6000/8000 records historical Configurable intervals
6000/8000 records Real and
Web server and the local data for graphical viewing
9 graphic display support from the Local display or
Reactive energy forward,
reverse, net and absolute ●
from 1 to 60 min
372 days of 1 day
graphical trend charts of key the embedded Web server. sum, as well as Apparent
9 circuit measurements such
as current, voltage, power
Graphical views of historical energy (kVAH). Up to 8 status
accumulated energy and
pulse interval data
data support pan and zoom. inputs can be configured as 208 weeks of 1 week
9
●
and energy. The trend chart 145 standard metering energy accumulators for accumulated energy
supports a zoom feature that parameters are logged as counting KYZ pulse inputs and pulse interval data
allows the user to view data
9 over a short period of 16
part of the standard meter
functionality including min./
(option). These readings are
stored over a configurable
hours up to 4 years. The trend max. and average for each Energy and Demand
9 chart includes zoom in/out parameter. The averages are
interval from 1 to 60 minutes,
as well as in daily and
Comparisons
Energy and demand usage
buttons and a horizontal slider calculated over the interval weekly totals.
9 bar control to manage
scrolling forward and backward
period. The minimum and patterns can be analyzed with
the month-to-month, week-
maximum readings are based
to-week comparison chart
9 through the data. Trend charts
of basic readings include
on 200 ms calculations.
built into the meter. Raw
minimum, maximum and data can be exported with
9 average readings. Trend the “Save Table” option to
charts of interval by interval other applications, such as
9 energy data also display Excel, for further analysis
and graphing.
peak demand.
9 Note: For remote access and
networking capabilities such as
9 connecting to a LAN/WAN, use
the optional Communications
Expansion Card (CEC).
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Power Xpert Meter Profiler—Free Download E-mail Notification
The Power Xpert Meter areas of concern. It is also a With the optional LAN/WAN 9
Profiler software allows you predictor. It can predict what Ethernet Communication
to compare “expected” energy consumption would Expansion Card (CEC) 9
energy consumption patterns be expected later in a day. attached to the Power Xpert
to present usage and flag Meter 4000/6000/8000’s, the 9
users can easily configure
the meters to send periodic
emails at user-defined
9
intervals for energy
consumption and power 9
demand. Emails contain a
summary of readings per 9
rate structures and also have
the actual measurements
attached to the email’s
9
body as a CSV file in a ZIP
container. Prompt alarm
9
emails can also be sent for
any event condition either 9
standard in the meter or ones
set up by the user based on 9
Event Triggers Event Logging thresholds, dV/dt triggers or
The Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000 supports
The optional Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
IO status changes with the
optional IO Card. Alarm
9
five types of configurable
event triggers:
Local graphic display or the
embedded Web server both
emails can be configured
to have the COMTRADE 9
allow the user to view a list of waveform capture attached
● Out of limits (4000/6000/ triggered events along with to the e-mail’s body. 9
8000) any captured parameters,
● Demand overload (4000/
6000/8000)
event details and triggered 9
waveforms. In addition, a
● Sub-cycle disturbance
(4000/6000/8000)
separate event log includes a
variety of activities including
9
● ITIC (6000/8000) acknowledged triggers, new
min. and max. events, and 9
● Fast transient (8000)
system operations such as
These triggers permit pickup, resets. The size of the event 9
reset and pickup delay to log is virtually unlimited based
be configured by the user. only on the memory option 9
When a trigger occurs, selected.
actions include Performance
Monitoring (#9’s analysis),
9
Capturing Waveform, Capture
Parameters, Send Email and 9
Operate a Relay Output. The
Graphic Display flashes an 9
LED to annunciate the alarm
condition. An audible alarm is
Periodic Email Message
9
also available.
Trigger options include: 9
● Out of limits: over
100 triggers
9
Demand overload:
9
●
10 triggers
ITIC: 8 triggers
9
●
● Fast transient: dV/dT and
●
absolute per phase
Sub-cycle disturbance—
9
dV/dt and absolute
9
9
9
Metering Devices
ITIC Analysis Plot

9 The Power Xpert Meter This makes it simple to view ● Three relay outputs— displayed graphically. Outputs
graphic display (option) and disturbance waveforms 5A max. continuous, can be used for KYZ, or alarm
9 Web server include a graphic associated with the ITIC plot. 240 Vac max., 30 Vdc max. annunciation.
representation of the ITIC plot ● Two solid-state outputs—
9 (Power Xpert Meter 6000/ A separate ITIC graph is
available to review individual 80 mA max. continuous, Ratings
8000) with counts of 30 Vdc max. ● Application to 500 kV,
ITIC events. This graph will
9 disturbances and transients
that have occurred. The ITIC show the user the event Each of the 8 inputs are
no PTs to 600V
hit position on the graph ● CT ratios selectable from
interrupt driven, allowing
9 plot organizes events into
8 distinct disturbance zones and the event duration for 1 ms accuracy of digital
standard 120/600 Vac line
corresponding to severity and and magnitude. events time stamps (1 ms ● CT inputs accept 5A
9 a 9th zone for transients. A
Inputs and Outputs
accuracy requires local NTP secondary
pass/fail count is displayed TimeServer). Inputs can also ● Power supply:
9 to indicate how many events
are outside the ITIC limits.
Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 is available with
be configured for demand
synch and pulse counting.
● Standard 120/240 Vac
or 110/250 Vdc
9 Clicking on any counter in the an optional digital I/O card, Inputs selected for pulse
ITIC Web page will link the which includes: counting can be scaled.
user to the event view and Interval by interval pulse
9 display all triggered events
● Eight digital inputs—
self sourced 24 Vdc
recordings are maintained in
in the selected zone. profile memory and can be
9
Storage Capacity
9 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Estimated Memory and Storage Capacity with 2/4/8 GB Memory Capacity
9 Occurrence Per Month 1 Memory Usage (MB) Months of Capacity 2
Model Memory Event File Size (KB) Typical Severe Typical Severe Typical Severe
9 PXM 4000 2 GB Subcycle Disturbance 1260 10 60 12.3 73.8 166 28
PXM 6000 4 GB ITIC Event 1260 5 20 6.2 24.6 666 166
9 Subcycle Disturbance 1260 10 60 12.3 73.8 333 55
9 ITIC + Subcycle Disturbance Total---> 15 80 18.5 98.4 222 42

PXM 8000 8 GB ITIC Event 1260 5 20 6.2 24.6 1332 333
9 Subcycle Disturbance 1260 10 60 12.3 73.8 666 111
Transients 2048 3 30 6.0 60.0 1365 137
9 ITIC + Subcycle Disturbance + Transients Total---> 18 110 24.5 158.4 335 52
9 Notes
1 The typical and server power quality event occurrences are estimates and may vary depending on the electrical environment.
9
2 Memory is not allocated by event category; memory is used first come, first served.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
9
Power Xpert Meter 4000 Power Xpert Meter 6000 Power Xpert Meter 8000
● Harmonics, including ● Interharmonics ● Impulsive transient 9
individual harmonics ● Flicker calculations capture at 6 MHz
● Disturbance capture ● ITIC performance curve ● 100,000 samples 9
● Low frequency transient Event calendar view per cycle
9
●
detection and capture ● Events timeline view

● Premium power
● Standard power quality index
Sequence of events
9
●
quality index waveform plot
Enhanced power
9
●
quality index
9
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Power Xpert Meter 9
Feature 4000 6000 8000 Benefit
General 9
Embedded Web server
TOU metering support
■
■
■
■
■
■
Use a standard Web browser to monitor and manage the meter over the network, Internet
Time of usage can be set up to support 4 different schedules
9
Firmware flash update support ■ ■ ■ Enables you to flash the meter with the latest firmware updates 9
Self-learning capability (characterizes “normal” per circuit) ■ ■ ■ The meter can automatically adjust to the environment and alarm only when
“real” events occur
9
Power, Energy and Demand
Voltage, current: per phase minimum, maximum, average, trend graph analysis, ■
export, print
■ ■ Review voltage and current trends, export, print and analyze parameters right on the meter
or external software
9
Energy and demand plot comparisons month-to-month, week-to-week ■ ■ ■ Plot two months or two weeks for vivid energy or demand comparison 9
Power: power factor, apparent, real, reactive, frequency ■ ■ ■ Review power usage and power factor and avoid potential PF penalties
Energy, demand: forward, reverse, net, sum, tou, profile, previous month ■ ■ ■ Keep track of your energy usage, compare time of usage and usage against previous month, 9
comparison, graph analysis, export, print identify peaks to conserve energy usage
Power Quality Analysis 9
Statistical analysis (min., max., average) ■ ■ ■ Review statistical trends, identify past and future problem areas
Sag and swell monitoring, management and recording ■ ■ ■ Capture electrical sags and swells and analyze the waveforms 9
Symmetrical Components: Zero, Negative, Positive
Low frequency transient detection and capture
■
■
■
■
■
■
Analyze possibly unbalanced three-phase power systems
Capture lower frequency transient waveforms for retrospective analysis or e-mailing
9
Sampling rate, maximum samples/cycle 4096 1 4096 1 100,000 Extremely high sampling rate will effectively capture impulsive transients 9
“Number of Nines” uptime data (e.g., 6 nines = 99.9999%) ■ ■ ■ Review uptime availability per cent
K-factor ■ ■ ■ Review the ratio of eddy current losses, e.g., when driving nonlinear and linear loads 9
Crest factor ■ ■ ■ Review the peak-to-average ratio of the waveform
Security
9
Secure 5 level user access privileges ■ ■ ■ Define appropriate security access level per user
9
Communications and I/O
Modbus TCP ■ ■ ■ Easy integration with standard protocol to power management and other software 9
Modbus RTU ■ ■ ■ Integrate meters to existing Modbus networks, daisy chain several (1–16) meters together
HTML ■ ■ ■ Communicate to the meter over the Internet via standard Web browser 9
■ ■ ■
9
SNMP (simple network management protocol) Communicate with the meter via Simple Network Protocol; hook to existing NMS system
SMTP (simple mail transfer protocol) ■ ■ ■ Send e-mail messages via standard Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
FTP (file transfer protocol) ■ ■ ■ Access, copy, paste, cut waveform capture files on the meter with an FTP Client
9
NTP (network time protocol) ■ ■ ■ Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network up
COMTRADE, open IEEE Standard file format for ■ ■ ■

to the 1 millisecond resolution
Import waveform captures in standard IEEE (C37.111-1999) COMTRADE file format to third-
9
9
Waveform capture export party software
DNP 3.0 over Ethernet (Distributed Network Protocol) ■ ■ ■ Communicate with the meter via DNP 3.0 over Ethernet; hook to existing utility systems
Notes 9
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
9
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.
1 Delta-Sigma A/D oversampling rate.
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000, continued

9 Power Xpert Meter
9 Feature 4000 6000 8000 Benefit

Communications and I/O, continued)
9 Trend measurements CSV file export ■ ■ ■ Easily export trend measurements to third-party applications, e.g., Microsoft Excel in
standard CSV file format
9 I/O (8 digital inputs, 3 relay outputs, 2 solid-state KYZ outputs) ■ ■ ■ The Power Xpert I/O Card is extremely flexible and can be used in a large variety of
different applications. Digital inputs and relay outputs can be programmed to interact
during various conditions defined by the user. Various third-party devices, such as
9 alarm, pulse meters, trip units, sensors can be easily integrated to the Power Xpert
Meter. Triggers and events can be tied to the meters standard functions such as e-mail,
9
logs and trends
Time Synchronization
9 NTP time synchronization up to 1 millisecond accuracy ■ ■ ■ Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network up
to the 1 millisecond resolution
9 GPS time synchronization up to 1 millisecond accuracy ■1 ■1 ■1 The GPS option allows the meter to synchronize time over the GPS satellite positioning
system up to the 1 millisecond resolution
9
Logs
Trend logging ■ ■ ■ Log trend information for easy statistical analysis
9 Load profile ■ ■ ■ Review the load profile graph to get a better understanding of your electrical load
versus time
9 Event logging ■ ■ ■ Log events for retrospective event analysis

Memory and Storage
9 Standard memory, GB 2 4 8 Store large amounts of waveform captures and events for historical analysis
Harmonics
9 Harmonic levels 127 127 127 Provides extremely fast, high resolution D/A conversion
■ ■ ■
9
Total harmonic distortion (THD) Review the total harmonic distortion level directly on the meter
Delta-Sigma D/A conversion technology ■ ■ ■ Provides extremely fast, high resolution D/A conversion
9 Harmonics over-sampling (4096 samples per cycle) ■ ■ ■ Over-sampling enables the usage of Anti-Aliasing technology, increasing accuracy
Anti-alias filtering ■ ■ ■ Technology to remove out-of-band signal components resulting in more accurate data
9 Individual harmonics ■ ■ ■ Review individual harmonic levels directly on the meter
Total demand distortion (TDD) ■ ■ ■ Identify harmful harmonics in e.g. lightly loaded variable-speed drive environments where
9 THD may be high but not relative
Interharmonics ■ ■ Interharmonics allow you to see what is going on between the integer multiples of the
9 fundamental. Zoom in on the harmonics trend graph and review frequency content every
5 Hz instead of every 60 Hz
9 Highlights
Sub-cycle disturbance capturing ■ ■ ■ Capture fast voltage changes/low frequency transient (e.g. capacitor switching transient)
9 dV/dt triggers for sub-cycle oscillatory transients ■ ■ ■ Detect and record a large magnitude oscillation transient resulting in equipment damage
Absolute threshold and dV/dt triggering ■ ■ ■ Detect and record if a surge suppressor is necessary
9 Power quality index—standard (includes dv/dt count, %TDDi and %THDv) ■ ■ ■ Complex power quality data put into simple graphic format
Power quality index—enhanced (includes Standard Index plus Sag level, ■ ■ Complex power quality data put into simple graphic format (includes ITIC events
9 Swell level and Flicker) and flicker calculations)
Flicker calculations ■ ■ Detect and quantify low frequency rms voltage variations causing incandescent
9 lighting flicker
Automatic trigger setting ■ ■ Trigger thresholds are automatically set according to ITIC (CBEMA) standard, no need to
9 figure this out by yourself
Automatic event severity analysis ■ ■ Automatically analyze the severity of the event with the ITIC (CBEMA) performance curve
9 plot, see where the event actually hit
Notes
9 These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
9
1 When used with third-party device and I/O option.
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000, continued
Power Xpert Meter
9
Feature 4000 6000 8000 Benefit
9
Highlights, continued
Event severity counters ■ ■ An ITIC (CBEMA) event counter keeps track of the number of all sags, swells and 9
transients
ITIC (Information Technology Industry Council), previously CBEMA
performance curve
■ ■ ITIC (Information Technology Industry Council), previously CBEMA performance curve for
easy power problem evaluation
9
Custom ITIC (CBEMA) plot with individual event magnitude and duration ■ ■ Review custom ITIC (CBEMA) plots of individual events showing you the actual
magnitude, duration and hit are in a simple graphical representation
9
Event calendar view ■ ■ The Events Timeline calendar view provides instant insight to the frequency of power
events and helps detect reoccurring problems
9
Events timeline view ■ ■ View and understand the sequence of events that have occurred during a period of time
9
Sequence of events and events plot on waveform ■ ■ Plot color-coded events on a captured waveform to gain insight into the sequence of
Power quality index—premium (at-a-glance “thermometer” view of ■

events cycle per cycle
Complex power quality data put into simple graphic format (includes ITIC events and
9
9
power quality) flicker calculations)
High-Speed Transient Capture and Detection
6 MHz capture of impulsive transients ■ Capture impulsive transients by taking 6 samples every millionth of a second
9
Transient Capture Duration: ~20 ms/6 MHz ~120 ms/1 MHz ■ Record and analyze transients during a longer timeframe
Waveform recorded at 100,000 samples per cycle ■ High-speed ensures impulsive transients are correctly captured (fast rise time) 9
Three-phase voltage and neutral-to-ground fast transient capture ■ Capture impulsive transients on all 4 channels
Notes
9
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Graphic Display (Option) Features

9 A menu-driven graphical Highlighting an individual
display with information reading on the detail
9 organized into a user-friendly summary level screen and
information architecture. selecting it drills down to a
9 The homepage (see below)
level including links to min./
max., historical trend plots,
offers:
9 triggers, harmonic spectral
data and waveform viewing.
● Graphical level indicator
9 based on a statistical
analysis for three-phase
Selecting the trend plot for
a given parameter displays Harmonic Spectrum
a historical graph of the
9
line-to-line and line-to- The harmonic spectral plot
neutral voltage and per selected parameter over
the last 16 hours. The zoom displays both harmonics and
phase currents to quickly
9 indicate out of normal buttons change the time
scale to one of several data
interharmonics up to the
85th order. A detailed table
readings also includes individual
9 ● Large easy-to-read average
views based on historical
averages with min./max. The magnitudes and angles
L-L voltage average phase of current and voltage
Pan button allows scrolling
9 currents and system
frequency can be
within the selected view. harmonics, as well as a
harmonic power calculation
9 highlighted and selected
using the navigation
at each frequency.
control dial to drill down

9 for additional detail
● Menu selections for meter,
9 power, quality, events and
setup are shown for ease
9 of navigation into display
for more detail, or basic
9 device setup
Trend Plot
9 Waveforms can be displayed Ethernet Settings
for currents and voltages.
9 The waveforms can be
viewed on demand for
Ethernet and other settings
can be input or verified via
the Power Xpert Meter
9 steady-state conditions.
Triggered waveforms can LCD display.
also be displayed to view
9 sag/swell or transient data.
Note: Some of the other settings
are specific only to the Web
Browser GUI.
9 Homepage
9 Highlighting a field such as

the avg. current value and
pressing the navigation control
9 dial brings up a detail screen
like the one below.
9
9
Waveform Viewer
9 ITIC Plot (Power Xpert 6000/8000)
The Power Xpert Meter
9 classifies disturbances and
summarizes the results
9 graphically using the ITIC plot.
The number of ITIC sags and
9 Current Summary swells are indicated for each
of nine severity levels.
A pass/fail summary is
9 shown to indicate how many
events are outside the ITIC
9 pass zone.
Metering Devices
9.3
Power Xpert Graphic Display Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Web Browser Views
(Option) Screens 9
Meter Top Level Screen
V-LL avg, V-LN avg, IA, IB, IC,
9
Iavg, freq.
9
Meter Detail Screens
Per phase detail L-L, L-N, 9
Symmetrical Comp, Aux.
Channels, Min./Max. with 9
date/time of occurrence,
9
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Web Harmonic Spectral Plot
Trend Plots, Triggers, Browser Homepage (Note: 4000 does Steady-State Waveform
Phasors. not include flicker, ITIC) The harmonic spectral plot
The Web server allows the
Power Top Level Screen Power Xpert Meter 4000/ user to view waveforms of
displays both harmonics and
interharmonics up to the 9
6000/8000’s embedded the voltage and current to 85th order. A detailed table
Three-Phase Power Factor,
kWHr, kWd, Real-Time kW,
Web server offers Eaton
customers a new level of
spot power quality problems
such as notching.
also includes individual 9
magnitudes and angles of
kVAR, kVA, Load Profile Link. accessibility to the critical
information required to
current and voltage 9
Power Detail Screens harmonics, as well as a
manage the electrical
Per phase detail, kVA, kVAR, distribution system. The
harmonic power calculation
at each frequency. Even, odd
9
kW, Min./Max. with date/ embedded Web server
and total THD are displayed
time of occurrence, Trend includes real-time circuit
information in both numeric
for diagnostic purposes. In 9
Plots, Triggers. addition, the Power Xpert
Quality Top Level Screen
and graphical formats to help
monitor circuit parameters
6000/8000 provides 9
interharmonics, which allow
such as current loading,
10 min. and 24 hr. PQIndex,
THDI, THDV, K-factor, Crest
voltage and power levels,
users to see what is going
on between the integer
9
power factor. Events Timeline
Factor, Flicker Pst,%9’s of
Reliability. The Web server also provides
(Power Xpert 6000/8000) multiples of the fundamental.
9
the energy and demand View and understand the
Quality Detail Screens
readings required to help sequence of events that have 9
manage the cost of energy. occurred during a period
Per phase detail L-L,
L-N,V aux, Odd, Even, Readings include kWh, of time. Plot color-coded
events on captured
9
Interharmonics, Present, kVARh, delivered and
Min/Max, Trend Plots, received and kVAh with
time-of-use and separate
waveforms to gain insight
into the sequence of events 9
Harmonic spectrum plots,
from one single cycle to the
waveform plots. status input controlled energy
accumulation to account for next one. This provides the 9
Events Top Level Screen energy during special times user an excellent vantage
Active/Acknowledged Event such as rate alert periods point to review and compare
multiple events at an
Historical Trend Plot 9
or stand-by generator times Graphical Trending of Data
9
list, Trigger List, System Log, unprecedented resolution.
ITIC Curve Link. of operation.
The Web server also includes
Event Detail Screens
critical information regarding
6000/8000 embedded Web
server supports graphical 9
Event List, Condition, Power Quality such as trend charts of key circuit
Acknowledge Button, harmonic distortion, flicker measurements such as 9
Trigger Date/Time, Trigger (Power Xpert Meter 6000/ current, voltage, power and
description. 8000), crest factor, K-Factor
and more.
energy. The trend chart 9
supports a zoom feature
Setup Top Level Screen
View setup, Edit setup,
that allows the user to view
data over a short period of
9
Login, Logout. 16 hours or a longer period of
48 months. The trend chart 9
Setup Detail Screens has a horizontal slider bar
Quick Setup, Trigger setup, control to manage scrolling 9
Detail setting. forward and backward
through the data. Trend 9
charts of basic readings
include minimum, maximum
and average readings. Trend
9
charts of energy data also
display demand values. 9
9
Metering Devices
Relay Outputs
9 The optional PXIO-B card
includes three 5A form C
9 relay outputs rated for
240 Vac or 30 Vdc. These
9 outputs can be used for
applications such as:
9 ● Alarm annunciation
● KYZ pulse output
9 Energy Comparison Disturbance Recording Events Calendar
(Power Xpert 6000/8000) Alarm outputs can be driven
9 Energy usage patterns can be
effortlessly analyzed with the
Sag/Swell Recording The Events Timeline calendar
from triggers based on
metering values. Output
month-to-month, week-to- 60 cycles of waveform are view provides instant insight modes include:
9 week comparison chart. Raw recorded at 256 samples per to the frequency of power
data can be easily exported cycle including 30 cycles of events and helps detect ● Normal—relay energized
9 with the “Save Table” option pre- and post-trigger data.
reoccurring problems. Color-
coded events can be filtered
during alarm condition
to other applications such as ● Latched—relay energized
6000/8000 embedded Web
9 Excel for further analysis or
graphing (firmware version server supports viewing of
to detect specific issues. by event trigger,
de-energized by
triggered waveforms one acknowledgement
9 12.x.x and higher only).
channel at a time including ● Timed—relay energized by
Note: All data logging for the ability to zoom and to
event trigger, maintained
9 trend plotting is automatically
preconfigured in all of the Power
scroll horizontally using a
slider bar. Waveforms are
for a programmed interval.
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
9 meters. In addition, the 6000
stored in Power Xpert
Meter’s 4000/6000/8000
Communications Expansion
Card (CEC)
and 8000 Series meters have
non-volatile flash memory
9 sag, swell and transient triggers
built-in according to the ITIC using an industry standard
The optional CEC Card offers
two Ethernet connection
(CBEMA) standard. Comtrade format.
9 Waveforms can be Configuration Page options, 10/100Base-T and
a fiber-optic port that can
automatically sent out by
Web Server Device be used for the following
9 e-mail following an event,
or can be retrieved from an
Configuration applications:
Special software is not
9 FTP directory structure in the
meter module’s memory. required to configure a Power
● Monitoring, managing and
configuring the meter
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000.
remotely using a standard
9 The embedded Web server
includes comprehensive
Web browser interface like
Microsoft Internet Explorer
9 device set-up capability.
● Alarm notifications via
Discrete Contact Inputs e-mail, SMTP
9 Demand Comparison
The optional PXIO-B ● Enabling access to the
Demand comparison expansion card offers 8 digital meter’s FTP server
9 compares power inputs that are useful for a (energy, trend and
consumption day-to-day, variety of applications such as: waveform logs)
9 month-to-month or week-to-
week. Power Xpert Meters ● Status indication with time
● Providing Modbus TCP/IP
ITIC Analysis Plot or RTU communications
can set to measure demand stamping of transitions
9 at 1 to 60 minute intervals.
(Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000)
The ITIC Web page includes
(1 ms precision). ●
to BMS systems
Providing DNP 3.0 over
Both sliding and fixed interval ● Pulse counting of KYZ or
9 windows are supported for
counters to track the
occurrence of disturbances other utility pulses such ●
Ethernet to utility systems
Providing SNMP
maximum flexibility. and a pass/fail summary. as air, water or gas.
9 In addition, selecting any ● High-speed triggering of
communications to
NMS systems
disturbance counter links to waveforms based on
9 Synchronizing with an
●
a detailed event view of the events such as breaker
trips or static transfers NTP server for 1ms
disturbances in that ITIC timestamping resolution
9 category. Disturbance
waveforms can be viewed
● Demand interval timing
taken from a master utility
● Asset management
via SNMP to Network
9 from the browser. meter end of interval pulse
Management Systems
Status inputs are self sourced ● Updating firmware on
9 providing a nominal 24 Vdc
(20–30 Vdc) across the circuit.
the meter
9 Names can be configured for

each input for ease of use.
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Flicker (EN61000-4-15; Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000) Easily Upgrade Your Power
Xpert Meter 4000 to a 6000 9
Flicker values for Eaton understands that our
perceptibility, PST and PLT customers’ needs change 9
are calculated based on over time. That’s why we’ve
EN61000-4-15 guidelines. developed meters that can
grow with you. Once a Power
9
Xpert Meter is purchased,
you have the ability to 9
upgrade to a Power Xpert
Power at a Glance Meter 6000, with no 9
intervention from Eaton,
when needed. All the 9
features of the Power Xpert
Meter 4000 that you have
been using and depend on
9
remain, however, once
updated, all the additional 9
features of the Power Xpert
Meter 6000 are available. The 9
self-upgrade is available on
Eaton’s website. You’ll need 9
a credit card, your Power
Xpert Meter 4000 serial
number and data code (you
9
9
will be presented with this
information if you are using
the upgrade link directly from
your Power Xpert Meter) 9
and your e-mail address.
Once you have completed
the purchase, we will send
9
you your new license key
information via e-mail that 9
will allow you to complete
the upgrade. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Module Layout

9
g hj k
9
9
9
l
a
9
e
9 b
9 d n
9 m
c
9 f
9
q
9
9
9
9 r i p o
9 I/O Card
a Digital inputs 1–8 (option)
9 b Solid-state outputs 1–2 (option)
c Relay outputs 1–3 (option)
9 CT and Voltage Connections
d CT input connections
9 e Standard three-phase voltage phase inputs
f Aux. channel voltage inputs (option)
9 Communication Expansion Card (LAN/WAN Ethernet Networking)
g 100FX ST-type Ethernet (multi-mode) (option)
9 h 10/100Base-T Ethernet (option)
9 i RS-485 (two-wire w/shield)—24V accessory power (com 2)

Standard Features
9 j Local RJ-45 config. port (non-networkable Ethernet)
k RS-485 (two-wire w/shield) Modbus RTU (com 1)
9 l Meter mounting brackets
m Sealable mode switch cover
9 n Control power (100–240 Vac and 110–250 Vdc) (±20%)
o Display RS-485 Network port (up to 15 meters)—24V accessory power (com 0)
9 p RS-232 (Tx Rx) Modbus RTU (com (3) (option)
q Meter base address
9 r Com Reset Button
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
To order a Power Xpert factory. Option cards are 6000/8000 modules over a Example 1: PXM8251A1BB
9
Meter 4000/6000/8000, the also field installable for distance of up to 1000 ft. (PXM 8000 Meter, w/ VAUX,
catalog number should be field upgrades. Power Xpert Meter modules Std. Pwr, Com. Exp. & 9
determined using the chart include panel mounting I/O Cards)
shown below. The chart If a display is required, it
should be ordered separately.
brackets. The multi-meter
Example 2: PXM6251A1BA
9
illustrates how to include the graphic display is designed to
9
desired factory options as The multi-meter graphic mount separately. If back-to- (PXM 6000 Meter, w/ VAUX,
part of a catalog number. display is capable of back meter to display panel Std. Pwr, Com. Exp. Card)
displaying data from an
Option cards that are
selected at time of order RS-485 daisychain of up to
mounting is desired, a
mounting bracket kit is 9
entry will be installed at the 16 Power Xpert Meter 4000/ available (PX-PMBA).
9
9
PXM 8 0 5 1 A 1 B B
9
9
Model Series Card Slot 3 Configuration 9
4 = 4000 (Standard A = No card option
power quality, 2 GB)
6 = 6000 (Enhanced
B = I/O option card
(8 digital inputs, 2 solid-state 9
power quality, 4 GB) outputs, 3 relay outputs)
8 = 8000 (Premium PQ
w/ transient capture, 8 GB)
9
Card Slot 2 Configuration
Voltage Input Configuration

A = No card option 9
B = Communication expansion card
0 = Standard (V1, V2, V3, V4)
2 = Standard plus auxiliary
for LAN/WAN Ethernet
networking w/10/100Base-T, 9
(V6, V7, V8) 100F, RS-485, RS-232 ports
9
Card Slot 1 Configuration
Power Supply Configuration
1 = Standard 100–240 Vac or
1 = Standard Communications Module with RS-485 9
110–250 Vdc power supply
9
Example 1: PXM8251A5BB (PXM 8000 meter, w/ VAUX, std. pwr., com. exp. and I/O cards)
Example 2: PXM6251A6BA (PXM 6000 meter, w/ VAUX, std. pwr., com. exp.card) 9
9
Accessories
9
Catalog 9
Description Number
Graphic display module PXD-MMG 9
1
9
Communication expansion card for LAN/WAN Ethernet networking: 100FX fiber-optic, 10/100T, RS-485, RS-232 PXMCE-B
Digital I/O card: eight digital input, two solid-state output, three relay output PXMIO-B 1
Panel mounting bracket assembly for back-to-back meter to graphic display mounting PX-PMBA
9
Panel mounting bracket assembly for retrofitting a graphic display to an IQ Analyzer cutout PX-PMBB
Panel mounting bracket assembly for reduced graphic display rear clearance PX-PMBC 9
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 license upgrade key PXM-4KUPG
Notes
9
9
1 These items can be ordered separately or preinstalled in the meter by selecting option B in the model number.
Communication cable (standard Modbus RTU) is not included in the package for meter module connection.
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9 Environmental Conditions Voltage Inputs (Each Channel) Solid-State Outputs
9 Operating temperature: Conversion: 4096 rms Maximum load:
● ● ●
● Meter: –20 to +70°C samples per cycle delta- 100 milliamps

sigma converter digitally
9 Display: –20 to +60°C Maximum voltage: 30V
● ●
operating filtered down to 512 (externally sourced)

● Storage temperature: samples per cycle for
9 –40 to +85°C anti-aliasing Control Power Input
● Input range AC:
● Operating humidity: ● PT input: 120V–500,000V
9 ●
5% to 95% condensing
Device weight: 7.1 lbs—
primary
●
100–240 Vac (±20%)
Frequency range:
● Input range: 600V L-L,
9 ●
meter 2.1 lbs—display
Meter and back of
347 L-N direct connect
●
47–63 Hz
Input range DC:
display are pollution
● Nominal full scale:
9 degree 2 1000V rms
●
110–250 Vdc ±20%
Burden 50 VA
● Elevation to 6562 ft ● Input impedance:
9 (2000m) 2 megohms ● Ride-through: 1–5s
Current Inputs (Each Channel) Frequency Range
9 ● Conversion: 4096 samples ● 47–63 Hz
per cycle delta-sigma
9 converter digitally filtered
down to 512 samples
Harmonic Response
(Voltage, Current)
● 127th harmonic
9 ●
per cycle
CT Input: 4096 rms Accuracy
samples per cycle delta-
9 ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class
●
sigma converter digitally ● IEC 687 0.2 Class

filtered down to 512
9 samples per cycle for Discrete Inputs
anti-aliasing ● Self sourced: 24 Vdc
9 ● Burden: less than Relay Output Contacts
10 milliohms ● 5A maximum, 240 Vac
9 ● Overload withstand: maximum, 30 Vdc
500A for 1 second, maximum
9 non-repeating ● Lifetime: 1,000,000 no
● Range: 0.005–20A load operations
9 ●
continuous
Accuracy: 0.05% or
● 100,000 under rated
voltage and load
9 reading plus 0.01%
of full scale (from
50 milliamps to 20A)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
Three-Phase, Three-Wire Delta (Up to 600 Volts) 9
9
Control Voltage Inputs Current Inputs
Power
V1 V2 V3 V4 VR 5 4 3 2 1
3
(–) N 52 51 42 41 32 31 22 21 12 11 9
PSI-
2
(+) L
1
Protective
Earth /
9
Chassis
Disconnect
Switch
Ground 9
Breaker Shorting
Block
9
Disconnect
Switch 9
9
L3
9
9
L2
Load
Line
L1
9
9
Three-Phase, Three-Wire Delta (Above 600 Volts)
9
Control
9
Voltage Inputs Current Inputs
Power
V1 V2 V3 V4 VR 5 4 3 2 1
3
(–) N 52 51 42 41 32 31 22 21 12 11
9
PSI-
2
(+) L
1
Protective
Earth / 9
Chassis
Disconnect
Switch
Ground
9
Breaker Shorting
Block
9
Disconnect
Switch
9
9
L3
9
L2
9
Load
Line
9
L1
9
Note
Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power. 9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Meters Configuration and Wiring Examples

9 Display Link Accessories—I/O Card (Option)
9 Up to 16 Meters can be Daisy-Chained to a Single
Power Xpert Meter LCD Display
9
9 Flow Meter
(Pulse Count)
…Up to 16
9 Rack Monitoring—
Open Door/Tamper Switch
9 Display Link (RS-485)
9 Modbus RTU (RS-485)—Non-Web Enabled
9 Modbus RTU (RS-485)

Master Alarm
Trip and Sequence
of Events
• Eight Programmable Digital Inputs
9 • Two Solid-State Programmable Outputs

• Three Relay Programmable Outputs
9 IT Configuration Examples—Accessories—I/O Card (Option

Modbus RTU (RS-485)
9 …Up to 16
9 Water Leak and

Vibration Sensors

Rack Monitoring
— Open Door/
Web Enabled—Browser and Modbus TCP
9
Tamper Switch
Web Modbus TCP

Modbus RTU (RS-485)
Browser Master
9
Master
9 Smoke Alarm
Alarm
• 8 Programmable Digital Inputs
9 • 2 Solid-State Programmable Outputs
• 3 Relay Programmable Outputs
9 Modbus RTU (RS-485)
9 …Up to 16
9 Web Enabled—Advanced System Functionality
9
Modbus RTU (RS-485) Power Xpert Web Modbus TCP
Master Software Browser Master
9
9
9
Modbus RTU (RS-485)
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
9
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Multimeter Graphic Display (PXD-MMG)—Sold Separately,
Supports up to 16 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Modules
9
9
7.22
(183.5)
1.50 1.45
9
CW
Factory Sealed
(38.1) (36.8)
5X #8 – 32 Thread 9
Thread Depth 0.31
7.80 0.57 3.00 Ref. 3.00 Ref. 9
(198.0) (14.5) (76.2) (76.2)
9
Health Events
9
9
9
Model#: PX8000 Rev: 1
Catalog#: PX8054A1CB Date Code: C050131
9.02 7.22 7.76 Ref. Style#: 65D8054G010

Serial#: 000042
G.O.#: XXXXXXXXXX
Power Supply: 24 VDC (+/ -20%)
(229.0) (183.5) (197.1) SELV, 8W MAX.

Oper Temp: -20 TO 60°C
Push to Select • Hold for Help

MADE IN CANADA
9
Turn to Highlight
9
Customer Satisfaction for Techni cal Support
BACK
www.EatonElectrical or
htt //
1 -800 -809-
E t 2772
El t or
i 1-
l 414-
E18555 24VDC Input Display Link
9 Power Com 0
DG3 - DG2- DG1-
10/100 T 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
TXR Li C 24
O + SH SH D D
9
CW DX nk
B A
1.04 4.00 Ref.

9
(26.3) (101.6)
0.46 9
(11.6)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Module
9
9.56 (242.8)
9
9
9
9 4x Ø 0.20
(Ø 5.2)
9 4x R0.11
(R2.8)
9 6.72 (208.3)
8.88 (255.6)
6.33 (160.8)
9
9
9
9 8.32
(211.3) 5.00
9 7.36
(127.0)
9
(186.9)
9
1.60
(40.6)
9 0.42 (10.7) 8.20 (208.3) 0.34

(8.6)
9
9 Meter Base Unit
Width Height Depth
9 9.56 (242.8) 8.88 (225.6) 6.72 (170.8) 1
9 Display Unit
9 Height Width Depth

Projection In Front of Panel Surface
9 9.02 (229.0) 7.80 (198.1) 1.04 (26.3)
Behind Panel Surface
9 9.02 (229.0) 7.80 (198.1) 1.45 (36.8)
9 Note
1 Including optional wall mounting brackets.
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Description Page
9
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 9
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
9
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131 9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
An Eaton 9
Green Solution
9
9
9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series 9
Product Description
The Power Xpert Meter 2000 The embedded Web server
9
Identify Power Quality Problems
Series power quality
instrument monitors the
displays comprehensive
power quality data using to Help: 9
most critical aspects of an standard Internet browsers ● Protect motors from
electrical distribution system. and allows for device damage 9
This premier power quality configuration from the ● Preserve the integrity of
metering instrument uses the browser. The embedded processes and batches 9
latest in advanced technology Web server presents real ● Prevent blown capacitor
to make it simple to use,
powerful, scalable and highly
time, historical and event
information in a browser-style
bank fuses 9
● Protect transformers and
flexible. The Power Xpert graphical format to help the
Meter 2000 offers the user interpret information
conductors from
overheating
9
same level of intuitive user such as current loading,
interface design as the Power voltage and power levels, Monitor Circuit Loading 9
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000, power factor, energy usage, to Help:
presenting critical electrical
distribution system
I/O status, power quality
measurements, as well
● Avoid overloads and 9
nuisance overload trips
information in a simple
to navigate and easy-to-
as harmonic plots. The
embedded Web server also ● Maximize equipment 9
understand information allows for waveform capture utilization
architecture. and for visualizing steady- ● Manage emergency 9
state harmonic content that is overloads
critical for power quality 9
analysis. Manage Energy Utilization
The Web server provides the
to Help:
● Reduce peak demand
9
energy and demand readings
required to help manage the
cost of energy.
charges and power
factor penalties 9
Identify excessive energy
9
●
consumption
9
9
Metering Devices
Features, Benefits and Physical Characteristics waveforms in any standard The on-board gateway limits
9 Functions Format free-of-charge or commercial can trigger an alarm off of any
COMTRADE file viewer. measured parameter on any
9 Metered/Monitored Parameters
● Power Xpert Meter 2000
with integral display
of the PXM 2000 model
Note: See Table on Historical Trend Logging series. These triggers permit
9 Page V3-T9-53. ● Power Xpert Meter 2000
transducer only (no display)
The Power Xpert Meter 2000 pickup, reset and pickup
delay to be configured by
● Volts: L-L, L-N, Avg. L-L, records historical data for
9 Avg. L-N
●
meter module
NEMA rating: NEMA 12,
graphical viewing from the
embedded Web server.
the user.
● Phase and neutral currents Event Logging
Graphical views of historical
9 ● Power: real, reactive
IP42 front of panel rating
data support pan and zoom. The Power Xpert Meter
and apparent Power Xpert 2000 Embedded Over 100 standard metering 2000 embedded Web server
9 ● Frequency Web Server parameters are logged as allows the user to view a
● Power factor: apparent The Power Xpert Meter 2000 part of the standard meter list of triggered events. In
9 ● Energy: real, forward, embedded Web server offers functionality including min./
max. and average for each
addition, a separate system
log records system operations
reverse, sum Eaton customers a new level
9 ● Demand: peak with date of accessibility to the critical
parameter. The averages
are calculated over the
such as resets.
and time interval period. E-mail
9 ● % THD
manage their electrical
distribution system. The The Power Xpert Meter 2000
● Minimum and maximum Web server includes real-time Energy Profile Data contains the ability to send
9 values information in both numeric The Power Xpert Meter 2000 e-mails based on an event
● Harmonics and graphical visual formats records Real and Reactive that has been triggered or
9 ● Individual harmonics to help monitor parameters energy forward, reverse, net cleared along with the option
such as current loading, and absolute sum, as well to send an event or data log
● Demand comparisons
9 ● Phasors
voltage and power levels,
power factor, THD and more.
as apparent energy (kVAH).
These readings are stored
file. The Power Xpert Meter
2000 also has the ability to
The Web server also provides on a fixed 5 minute interval. send a configurable periodic
9 Accuracy energy and demand readings Up to 4 status inputs can e-mail with meter
Note: Under typical operating with graphic usage plots to be configured as energy information.
9 conditions. help analyze energy usage accumulators for counting
● Currents: 0.1% RV patterns. Energy readings KYZ pulse inputs. Inputs and Outputs
9 ● Voltage: 0.1% RV include kWh, kVARh, delivered
and received and kVAh Demand Comparisons
Power Xpert Meter 2000 is
● Energy and demand available with a standard KYZ
9 power: 0.2% in accordance
with ANSI C12.20
with time. Demand usage patterns can
be analyzed with the month-
output and optional digital I/O
cards that includes:
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
9 ● Frequency: ±0.03 Hz embedded Web server
to-month, week-to-week
comparison chart built into
● Two relay outputs/two
● Power factor: 0.2% RV supports graphical trend charts status inputs
the meter. Raw data can be
9 Communications
of key measurements such as
current, voltage, power and
exported as a.csv file with the ● Four KYZ pulses/four
“Save Table” option to other status inputs
energy. The trend chart
9 Multiple communications
ports including: supports a zoom feature that
applications for further ● Four analog outputs
analysis and graphing. 0–1 mA
allows the user to view data
9 Standard over predefined ranges from
Event Triggers
● Four analog outputs
4–20 mA
■ RS-485 Modbus RTU as little as 16 hours to as much
9 slave port as 4 years. The trend chart
includes zoom in/out buttons
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
has two levels of configurable Inputs can also be configured
● 10/100Base-T Ethernet event triggers: for demand synch and pulse
9 network port
and a horizontal slider bar
control to manage scrolling ● On-board meter limits
counting. Inputs selected for
pulse counting can be scaled.
forward and backward through
9 Communication Protocols
Supported the data. Trend charts of basic
(PXM 2260/2270/2280/
2290)
Accumulated pulse recordings
are maintained in profile
readings include minimum, memory. Outputs can be
9 Modbus RTU On-board gateway
● ●
maximum and average used for alarm annunciation.
● Modbus TCP card limits
readings. Trend charts of
9 ●
●
BACnet/IP
Ethernet TCP/IP
interval by interval energy data
also display peak demand.
The on-board meter limits
can be set for any measured
Ratings
● Application to any PT ratio,
9 ● HTTP, HTTPS
Waveform Display
parameter, for up to 16 limits.
If either of the 16 limits are
no PTs required to 600 Vac
● NTP (Network Time ● CT ratios to any CT ratio
The Power Xpert Meter 2000 exceeded, an alarm condition
9 Protocol)
can record waveforms at up to will be present and illuminate ● CT inputs available as 5 or
● SMTP (Simple Mail 512 samples per cycle. one of the LEDs on the meter 1A secondary
9 ●
Transfer Protocol)
SNMP (Simple Network
Waveform captures are faceplate. The on-board ● Separate source control
automatically stored on the meter out of limits can also power input:
9 Management Protocol)
v1, v3
FTP server in the IEEE
standard COMTRADE file
be used to energize a relay
output, if so equipped.
● 90–265 Vac or
100–370 Vdc
9 DNP 3.0 format. This allows users to
●
● Low voltage 18–60 Vdc
view and analyze the
Metering Devices
9.3
Displayed Information
● Monitored information is ● True rms values through 9
available locally through the 40th harmonic
display, the Web browser ● ANSI C12.20 Class.2% 9
or system power revenue metering
management software specification 9
9
Power Xpert 2000 Web Browser Views
9
9
9
9
9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Web Browser Real-Time Visualization of Harmonic Historical Trend Plot Energy Demand Profile
Power Xpert Meter 2000’s

Content
Energy managers can view 9
The Web server offers a Graphical Trending of Data
embedded Web server offers load profile data compared
Eaton customers a new level
waveform view to visualize The Power Xpert Meter 2000
embedded Web server
against the peak demand. 9
of accessibility to the critical steady-state harmonic The plot allows comparison
content of the voltage
and current to spot power
supports graphical trend
charts of key circuit
of present and past months’ 9
manage the electrical usage.
quality problems. measurements such as
distribution system. The
embedded Web server
current, voltage, power and Web Server Device
9
energy. The trend chart Configuration
includes real time circuit
information in both numeric
supports a zoom feature Special software is not 9
that allows the user to view required to configure a
and graphical formats to help
monitor parameters such as
data over a short period of
16 hours or a longer period of
Power Xpert Meter 2000. 9
current loading, voltage and The embedded Web server
power levels and power
48 months. The trend chart
has a horizontal slider bar
includes a comprehensive 9
factor. The Web server also device configuration engine.
control to manage scrolling
provides the energy and
demand readings required to
forward and backward Discrete Contact Inputs 9
through the data. Trend
help manage the cost of
energy. Readings include
Harmonic Spectral Plot charts of basic readings
The optional I/O expansion
cards offers two or four 9
The harmonic spectral plot include minimum, maximum
kWh, kVARh, delivered and digital inputs that are useful
received and kVAh. The Web displays harmonics up to the
40th order. A detailed table
and average readings. Trend
charts of energy data also
for a variety of applications 9
server also includes critical such as:
information regarding power also includes individual
magnitudes and angles of
display demand values.
● Pulse counting of KYZ or 9
quality such as harmonic
current and voltage other utility pulses such as
distortion.
harmonics, at each air, water or gas 9
frequency. Individual and ● Demand interval timing
total THD are displayed for taken from a master utility 9
diagnostic purposes. meter end of interval pulse
Names can be configured for
9
each input for ease of use.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Relay Outputs PXM 2000 Rear View

9 The optional I/O card
includes two 5A Form C relay
9 outputs rated for 240 Vac or
30 Vdc or four Form A solid-
9 state outputs. These outputs
can be used for applications
9 such as:
● Alarm annunciation
c
9 ● KYZ pulse output
9 Alarm outputs can be driven

from triggers based on
metering values.
9 a
Analog Outputs
9 The optional IO card includes d
either four 4–20 mA outputs
9 or 0–1 mA outputs. These
outputs can be used for
9 applications such as:
e
● Input to BMS or PLC
9 systems for tracking a
b
measured meter
9 parameter
f
9 Standard Communications Card
The standard communications
card provides one Ethernet
9 connection and 10/100Base- g
T port (copper only) that can
9 be used for the following
a Power supply inputs
applications:
9 ● Monitoring, managing and
b
c
System voltage inputs
NEMA 12 gasket
configuring the meter
9 remotely using a standard
d
e
RS-485
KYZ out
Web browser interface
9 ● Alarm notifications via f Meter gateway card
email, SMTP g I/O slot
9 ● Providing Modbus TCP/IP,
RTU and BACnet/IP
9 communications to
BMS systems
9 ● Providing SNMP
communications to
9 ●
NMS systems
Synchronizing with an
NTP server
9 ● Asset management
9 Updating firmware on
●
the meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Power Xpert Meter 2250 Power Xpert Meter 2270 Power Xpert Meter 2290
● Measures basic meter Features of PXM 2260 plus: Features of PXM 2280 plus: 9
parameters Harmonics, including Records waveforms at up
9
● ●
● 256 MB for data logging individual to 512 samples per cycles

Ethernet Waveform view to visualize
9
● ●
● On-board gateway card steady-state harmonic

limits/alarms content
● 768 MB for data logging 9
Power Xpert Meter 2260
Features of PXM 2250 plus: The Power Xpert Meter 2280 9
● Harmonics Features of PXM 2270 plus:
● On-board meter hardware ● Records waveforms at up 9
limits to activate optional to 64 samples per cycles
relay outputs ● Configures the total, pre- 9
● Visual indication of limits and post-event cycles
exceeded at meter face 9
● 512 MB for data logging
9
Power Xpert Meters 2250/2260/2270/2280/2290 9
Power Xpert Meter
Feature 2250 2260 2270 2280 2290 Benefit 9
9
General
Embedded Web server ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Use a standard Web browser to monitor and manage the meter over the network
Firmware flash upgrade support ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Enables you to flash the meter with the latest firmware upgrades
9
Voltage, current: per phase minimum, maximum, average, trend graph ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Review voltage and current trends, export, print and analyze parameters right on the 9
analysis, export, print meter or external software
Demand: forward, reverse, net sum, profile, export, print, plot comparisons ■
month-to-month, week-to-week
■ ■ ■ ■ Plot two months or two weeks for vivid demand comparison, receive e-mails with
trend logs
9
Power, apparent, real, reactive, power factor ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Review power usage and power factor and avoid potential PF penalties 9
Energy: forward, reverse, net, sum ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Keep track of your energy usage, identify peaks to conserve energy usage, receive e-mails
with trend logs
9
Power Quality Analysis
Statistical analysis (min., max., average) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Review statistical trends, identify past and future problem areas 9
Sampling rate, maximum samples/cycle 400 400 400 400 400 High sampling rate resulting in high accuracy
Security 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Secure two level user access privileges Define appropriate security access level per user
Communications
Modbus TCP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Easy integration with standard protocol to power management and other software
9
Modbus RTU ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Integrate meters to existing Modbus networks, daisy chain several (1–32)
BACnet/IP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
meters together
Easily integrate into existing building management systems without the need for external
9
9
protocol adapters
HTTP, HTTPS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Communicate to the meter over the Internet via standard Web browser
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Communicate with the meter via Simple Network Protocol; hook to existing NMS system
9
SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Send e-mail messages via standard Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
NTP (Network Time Protocol) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network 9
DNP 3.0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Easy integration with DNP networks (serial)
Trend measurements CSV file export ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Easily export trend measurements to third-party applications, in standard CSV file format 9
Note
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Meters 2250/2260/2270, continued

9 Power Xpert Meter
9 Feature 2250 2260 2270 2280 2290 Benefit

Logs
9 Trend logging ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Log trend information for easy statistical analysis
Load profile ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Review the load profile graph to get a better understanding of your electrical load
9 versus time
Event logging ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Log events for retrospective event analysis
9 Memory and Storage
9
Memory, MB 256 512 768 768 768 Store trend data and events for historical analysis
Harmonics
9 Harmonic levels 40th 40th 40th 40th Allows you to identify potential harmful harmonics
Total harmonic distortion (THD) ■ ■ ■ ■ Review the total harmonic distortion level directly on the meter
9 Individual harmonics ■ ■ ■ Provides simple metric for power quality viewable from the embedded Web server
Waveform
9 Waveform display ■ ■ ■ A single-cycle waveform view on a PC, through embedded Web server, to visualize steady-
state harmonic content to identify power quality issues
9 Waveform recording 64 512 Ability to record waveforms up to specified samples/cycle
9
I/O
I/O (two relay outputs/two status inputs, Opt Opt Opt Opt Opt The Power Xpert meter 2000 I/O Cards are extremely flexible and can be used in a large
four KYZ pulses/four status inputs, variety of different applications. Digital inputs and relay outputs can be programmed to
9 four analog outputs 0–1 mA,
four analog outputs 4–20 mA)
interact during various conditions defined by the user. Various third-party devices, such as
alarms, pulse meters, trip units and sensors, can be easily integrated to the Power Xpert
9
Meter 2000. Triggers and events can be tied to the meter’s standard functions such as
e-mail, logs and trends. Analog outputs can be programmed to output meter parameters
to BMS or PLC systems
9 Note
9 may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.
9 Standards and Certifications

● UL/cUL Electrical and
9 Electronic Measuring and
Test Equipment 22CZ
9 ● Accuracy: IEC/EN60687
0.2 Class, ANSI C12.20
9 0.2 Class
● ANSI C62.41 Burst
9 ● CE Mark
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
9
9
PXM 2250 M A 6 5 1 0 5
9
Model Series 1 9
2250 = Energy meter I/O Slot 2
2260 = Power quality meter
2270 = Power quality plus meter
Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
5 = Gateway card
9
2280 = Power quality plus with up to 64 6 = 60 Hz system Power Supply
samples/cycle waveform recording
meter
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
0 = None
I/O Slot 1 9
4 = 24–60 Vdc
2290 = Power quality plus with up to 512
samples/cycle recording meter
1 = 2 Relay outputs/2 status inputs
2 = 4 KYZ pulses/4 status inputs 9
Current Input 3 = 4 Analog outputs: 0–1 mA
Meter Type 1 = 1 amp secondary
5 = 5 amp secondary
4 = 4 Analog outputs: 4–20 mA
9
M = Meter (with integral
display)
T = Transducer only 9
(no display)
9
Example 1:PXM2270MA65145 (PXM 2270 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A, 90–265 Vac/Vdc W/4AO)
Example 2:PXM2250MA65105 (PXM 2250 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A, 90–265 Vac/Vdc)
9
Note
1 Refer to Page V3-T9-54 for model-specific features. 9
To order a Power Xpert Meter Power Xpert meter modules 9
2000, the catalog number include panel mounting
should be determined using brackets. 9
the chart shown above.
The chart illustrates how to Example 1:
PXM2270MA65145 (PXM
9
include the desired factory
2270 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A,
options as part of a catalog
number. Option cards that are 90–265 Vac/Vdc W/4AO). 9
selected at time of order
entry will be installed at the
Example 2:
PXM2250MA65105 (PXM
9
factory. Option cards are
also field installable for
2250 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A,
90–265 Vac/Vdc). 9
future upgrades.
9
Accessories
9
Description Catalog Number
9
Panel mounting bracket assembly for retrofitting a PXM 2000 to an IQ analyzer/IQ DP4000/IQ data cutout IQ250-PMAK 9
PXM 2000 Gateway card kit to upgrade an IQ 250/260 to a PXM 2000 PXM2000-GCK
9
Power Xpert Meter 2000 I/O Cards
Description Catalog Number 9
PXM 2000 I/O card—2 relay outputs/2 status inputs
PXM 2000 I/O card—4 KYZ Pulses/4 status inputs
IQ250/260-IO1
IQ250/260-IO2
9
PXM 2000 I/O card—4 analog outputs—0–1 mA IQ250/260-IO3 9
PXM 2000 I/O card—4 analog outputs—4–20 mA IQ250/260-IO4
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9 PXM 2250/2260/2270 Electronic Power Meter Technical Information
9 Current Inputs Isolation Serial Communications Format

● Class 10: 5 amp nominal, ● All inputs and outputs are ● Connection type: RS-485
9 10 amp maximum galvanically isolated to (through back plate)
● Class 2: 1 amp nominal, 2500 volts ● Com port baud rate:
9 2 amp maximum 9600–57,600 bauds
Environmental Ratings
● Fault current withstand: ● Com port address: 01–247
9 ● 100 amps for
● Operating temperature:
–20ºC to +70°C
● Data format: 8-bit, no parity
10 seconds ● Protocols: Modbus ASCII,
9 ● 300 amps for 3 seconds
● Storage temperature:
–20ºC to +70°C
RTU or DNP 3.0
● 500 amps for 1 second
9 ● Continuous current
● Operating humidity: to
95% RH noncondensing
Network Communications
Format
withstand: 20 amps for
9 screw terminated or pass-
● Faceplate rating:
● NEMA 12
● Connection type: RJ-45
10/100Base-T Ethernet
through connections
9 ● Programmable current: ● Mounting gasket
included ●
network port
Protocols: Ethernet TCP/IP,
full scale to any CT ratio
9 ● Burden: 0.005 VA per
Sensing Method
Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP,
HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, SMTP,
phase maximum at SNMP
9 11 amps
● Voltage, current: true rms
● Pickup current: 0.1% of
● Power: sampling at over
KYZ Pulse
400 samples per cycle on
9 nominal
● Class 10: 5 mA
all channels
● Contacts: one Form A
● Harmonics resolution:
● On resistance, maximum:
9 ● Class 2: 1 mA
40th order 35 ohms
● Connections: ● Peak switching voltage:
9 ● Pass-through wire gauge Update Rate 350 Vdc
dimension: 0.177 inches ● Watts, VAR and VA: ● Continuous load current:
9 (4.5 mm) 100 msec at 60 Hz 120 mA
● Quick connect: 0.25-inch ● All other parameters: ● Peak load current: 350 mA
9 (6.35 mm) male tab 1 second at 60 Hz (10 ms)
● Off-state leakage current at
Voltage Inputs
9 ● Range:
Power Supply
● AC/DC voltage option:
350 Vdc: 1 uA
● Opto-isolation: 3750 Vac
9 Line-to-neutral 90–265 Vac at 50/60 Hz or
●
20–576 Vac 100–370 Vdc, universal AC/

Line-to-Line 0–721 Vac DC supply
9
●
● Programmable voltage ● DC voltage option:

range: full scale to any 18–60 Vdc
9 PT ratio ● Burden: 10 VA maximum
● Supported systems:
9 ● Three element wye,
2.5 element wye
9 ● Two element delta, four-
wire delta systems
9 ● Input impedance:
1 megohm/phase.
9 ● Burden: 0.36 VA/phase
maximum at 600V;
9 0.014 VA at 120V
● Connection: 7-pin
9 0.400-inch pluggable
terminal block, AWG
9 #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2)
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
Service: Wye or Delta, Four-Wire with No PTs, Two or Three CTs
N A B C N A B C
9
9
9
9
GND GND
HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply
9
VRef
9
Ic Ib Ia Ic Ib Ia VRef
LO LO LO
A A
LO LO LO
B B
C x 9
9
9
9
C C
9
N A B C
A
9
9
N A B C
B A B
9
Service: Delta, Three-Wire with No PTs, 2 CTs
9
A B C
9
9
9
9
GND
HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply 9
VRef
9
Ic Ib Ia
LO LO LO
A
B
C
C C
9
or
9
B A B A
9
9
Not Connected to Meter
9
A B C
9
Note: Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.
9
9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Meters Configuration and Wiring Examples

9 IT Configuration Examples—Accessories—I/O Cards
9 PXM 2000 Display Front View (Option)
Building
9
Modbus RTU Power Xpert Web Modbus TCP Automation
(RS-485) Master Software Browser Master System
9 Water Leak and

Vibration Sensors
9 Rack Monitoring
— Open Door/
9 Tamper Switch
9
Modbus RTU
(RS-485)
9
9
Smoke Alarm
Alarm
9 • Two relay programmable outputs/two programmable inputs

• Four KYZ pulses/four programmable inputs
• Four programmable analog outputs
9 Accessories—I/O Cards (Option)

9
9
9 Flow Meter
(Pulse Count)
9 Rack Monitoring
— Open Door/
9 Tamper Switch
9
9
9 Alarm Trip and Sequence
of Events
9
• Two relay programmable outputs/two programmable inputs
• Four KYZ pulses/four programmable inputs
• Four programmable analog outputs
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
PXM 2000 Display Front View PXM 2000 Transducer Only Side View 9
4.85
(123.2) 9
9
4.85
9
(123.2)
4.85
(123.2)
9
9
0.77 9
(19.6)
0.91
(23.1)
3.25 9
(82.6)
PXM 2000 Rear View ANSI Mounting Panel Cutout

9
3.38 9
(85.9)
4 x .02
(0.5)
9
4.00
(101.6)
9
9
3.54
(89.9)
9
9
3.54 1.69
(42.9)
9
(89.9)
PXM 2000 Meter/Display Side View DIN Mounting Cutout 9

0.08
(2.0)
3.62
(92.0)
9
9
9
3.62
(92.0) 9
5.02
(127.5)
9
9
9
0.95
(24.0)
3.25 0.77 Weight 2 lbs (0.9 kg) 9
(82.6) (19.6) Basic unit 5.00 (127.0) H x 4.90 (124.5) W x 5.00 (127.0) L
PXM 2250/2260/2270 Mounts in 3.62-inch (92.0) mm DIN and ANSI C39.1 9
round cut-outs
Shipping container dimensions 6-inch cube 9
Tolerance
Projection in front of panel surface
±0.1 inches (2.54 mm)
4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L
9
Projection behind panel surface 4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L 9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 IQ 250 and 260 Electronic Power Meters
Description Page
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-61
9 Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-65
9 IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . V3-T9-66
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . . V3-T9-71
9 IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
9 IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
9 IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
9 Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
9 IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
9 Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
9
9 IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters
The IQ 250 and IQ 260 When space is at a premium,
● Utility and commercial
● Measure and display real-
9 Meters provide capabilities
you would not normally
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, the IQ 250/ 260 ●
metering
Substations, industrial
time information about
critical power parameters
expect in affordable, ultra- series fit the bill. These with a sampling rate of 400
9
facilities, power generation
compact meters, such as fast meters are ideal for electrical sites and campuses samples per cycle
sampling rate and accurate equipment assemblies, Sub-metering ● Monitor power utilization
9
●
metering for a full range of machine control panels, and quality with ANSI
power attributes. Providing such as panelboard and
● Load studies and voltage
recording C12.20 accuracy
9 the first line of defense
against costly power
switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metal- ● Analog meter replacement
(0.2 percent)
● Optional 128 KB for data
problems, Eaton’s IQ 250 enclosed switchgear feeders
9 and IQ 260 electronic power and motor control centers.
logging, which guards
against loss of historical
meters can perform the work Requiring far less space than
9 of an entire wall of legacy other meters with similar
●
data
Verify meter accuracy
metering equipment using functionality, IQ 250/260
9 today’s technology. series fit into a standard ANSI
or IEC cutout on a panelboard
with KYZ test pulse self-
certification capabilities
Standard Modbus RTU
9
●
or other electrical equipment,
and therefore fit easily into communications
retrofit applications. Available as transducer
9
●
only or with display

● Designed to accommodate
9 upgrades
● Integrate into Eaton’s
9 Power Xpert architecture
for a holistic system-
9 level view
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Additional Features
9
Features of IQ 250 and IQ 260 Electronic Power Meters
Features IQ 250 IQ 260 9
Instrumentation
9
Current, per phase ■ ■
Current demand ■ ■ 9
Calculated neutral current ■ ■
Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N) ■ ■ 9
■ ■
9
Frequency
Real, reactive and apparent power, total and per phase (kW, kVAR, kVA) ■ ■
9
Real, reactive and apparent energy, total and per phase (kWh, kVARh, kVAh) ■ ■
Real, reactive and apparent power demand ■ ■ 9
Power factor, total and per phase ■ ■
Min./max. readings, I, V, PF, F, THD (IQ 260), kW, kVAR, kVA ■ ■ 9
Demand Methods
Block interval (sliding, fixed) ■ ■
9
Communications 9
RS-485 ■ ■
KYZ output ■ ■ 9
Modbus RTU ■ ■
Modbus ASCII ■ ■
9
DNP 3.0 ■ ■
9
Data Logging
128 KB for data logging Opt. Opt. 9
I/O
Two digital in /two digital out 1 Opt. Opt. 9
9
Four digital in/four KYZ out Opt. Opt.
Four analog output (4–20 mA) 2 Opt. Opt.
Four analog output (0–1 mA) Opt. Opt.
9
Power Quality Analysis
Total harmonic distortion (THD) voltage and current per phase ■ 9
Alarming
Set point driven alarm ■ 9
Notes
1 Digital out with IQ 250 requires external command.
9
9
2 Requires external power supply.

● IEC 687: 0.2% accuracy 9
● ANSI C12.20: 0.2% accuracy
● ANSI C62.41: Burst 9
UL/cUL: Electrical and
9
●
electronic measuring and

test equipment 22CZ
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 IQ 250/260 Meter
9 IQ 250 M A 6 5 1 1 0
9
9 Model Series
250 = Energy
Data Logging
A = None 0 = None
I/O Slot 1
0 = None
I/O Slot 2
Current Input
9 260 = Power quality L = Data logging
1 = 1 amp secondary
5 = 5 amp secondary
1 = Two relay outputs/
two status inputs
1 = Two relay outputs/
two status inputs
2 = Four KYZ pulses/ 2 = Four KYZ pulses/
9 Meter Type
M = Meter (with
Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system Power Supply
four status inputs
3 = Four analog outputs:
four status inputs
integral display) 6 = 60 Hz system 0–1 mA 0–1 mA
9 T = Transducer only
(no display)
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
4 = 24–48 Vdc
4–20 mA
4–20 mA
9
Accessories
9 IQ 250/260 Meter
9 Description Catalog Number
Panel mounting adapter for retrofitting an IQ 250/260 to an IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ data cutout IQ250-PMAK
9 PXM 2000 Gateway card kit to upgrade an IQ 250/260 to a PXM 2000 PXM2000-GCK
9 IQ 250/260 Meter I/O Cards
9
IQ 250/260 I/O card—2 relay outputs/2 status inputs IQ250/260-IO1
9 IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 KYZ pulses/4 status inputs IQ250/260-IO2

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 analog outputs—0–1 mA IQ250/260-IO3
9 IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 analog outputs—4–20 mA IQ250/260-IO4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
9
IQ 250/260 Electronic Power Meter
Description Specifications Description Specifications
9
Current Inputs Sensing Method 9
Class 10 5 amp nominal, 10 amp max. Voltage, current True rms
Class 2 1 amp nominal, 2 amp max. Power Sampling at over 400 samples per cycle on 9
all channels
Fault current withstand
100 amps for: 10 seconds Harmonics resolution 40th order 9
300 amps for: 3 seconds
Update Rate
500 amps for:
Continuous current withstand
1 second
20 amps for screw terminated or pass-
Watts, VAR and VA 100 msec at 60 Hz 9
9
through connections All other parameters 1 second at 60 Hz
Programmable current Full scale to any CT ratio Power Supply
Burden 0.005 VA per phase max. at 11 amps AC/DC voltage option 90–265 Vac at 50/60 Hz or 100–370 Vdc,
universal AC/DC supply
9
Pickup current 0.1% of nominal
Class 10
Class 2
5 mA
1 mA
DC voltage option 18–60 Vdc
9
Burden 10 VA max.
Connections
Pass-through wire gauge dimension 0.177 inches (4.5 mm) Standard Communications Format 9
Quick connect 0.25-inch male tab Connection type RS-485 (through back plate)
Voltage Inputs Com port baud rate 9600–57,600 bauds 9
Range
Line-to-neutral 20–576 Vac
Com port address
Data format
01–247
8-bit, no parity
9
Line-to-line 0–721 Vac
Programmable voltage range Full scale to any PT ratio Protocols Modbus ASCII, RTU or DNP 3.0 9
Supported systems 3 element wye, 2.5 element wye, KYZ Pulse
2 element delta, four-wire delta systems Contacts 1 Form A 9
Input impedance 1 meg ohm/phase On resistance, max. 35 ohms
Burden 0.36 VA/phase max. at 600V; Peak switching voltage 350 Vdc
9
0.014 VA at 120V
Connection 7-pin 0.400-inch pluggable terminal block,
Continuous load current 120 mA
9
AWG #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2) Peak load current 350 mA (10 ms)
Isolation Off-state leakage current at 350 Vdc 1 uA 9
All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500 volts. Opto-isolation 3750 Vac
Environmental Ratings 9
9
Operating temperature –20ºC to +70°C
Storage temperature –20ºC to +70°C
Operating humidity To 95% RH noncondensing
9
Faceplate rating NEMA 12
Water-resistant
Mounting gasket included 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Wiring Diagrams
9
9 N A B C N A B C
9
9
9
GND GND
9 HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply
VRef
9 Ic
LO
Ib
LO
Ia
LO
A
Ic
LO
Ib
LO
Ia
LO
VRef
A
B B
9 C x
9
9
9
9 C C
9 N A B C
A
9
N A B C
B A B
9
9 Service: Delta, Three-Wire with No PTs, 2 CTs
A B C
9
9
9
9
GND
9 HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply
VRef
9
Ic Ib Ia
LO LO LO
A
B
9 C
C C
9 or
9
B A B A
9
9 Not Connected to Meter
9 A B C
9 Note: Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
IQ 250/260 Meter—Face and Side Views 9
4.85 (123.2) 4.97 (126.2) 4.93 (125.2) 9
4.20 (106.7) 4.16 (105.7)
9
9
9
4.85 5.02 3.54
(123.2) (127.5) (89.9)
9
3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6)
9
IQ 250/260 Face IQ 250/260M Side IQ 250/260T Side Expandable I\Q Componentry 9
ANSI Mounting Panel Cutout
9
3.38
(85.9) 9
4 x .02
(0.5)
9
4.00
(101.6)
9
9
9
9
1.69
(42.9)
9
DIN Mounting Cutout
9
3.62
(92.0)
9
9
3.62
9
(92.0)
9
9
9
Description Specifications 9
Weight
Basic unit
2 lbs (0.9 kg)
5.00 (127.0) H x 4.90 (124.5) W x 5.00 (127.0) L
9
IQ 250/260 Mounts in 92 mm DIN and ANSI C39.1 round cut-outs 9
Shipping container dimensions 6-inch cube
Tolerance ±0.1 inches (2.54 mm) 9
9
PXM 2250/2260/2270 Mounts in 3.62-inch (92.0) mm DIN and ANSI C39.1
round cut-outs
Projection in front of panel surface 4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L
Projection behind panel surface 4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L 9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 IQ 100
Description Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters
9 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67
9 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67
9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-70
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . . V3-T9-71
9 IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
9 IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
9 IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
9 Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
9 IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
9 Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
9
9 IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits
9 The IQ 100 Meter family
● Utility and commercial ● Measure and display real-
metering time information about
9 provides capabilities you
would not normally expect in ● Substations, industrial critical power parameters
affordable, compact meters, facilities, power generation with a sampling rate of 400
9 such as fast sampling rate sites and campuses samples per cycle
and accurate metering for a ● Sub-metering ● Monitor power utilization
9 full range of power attributes. ● Load studies and voltage and quality with ANSI
C12.20 accuracy (0.5%)
Providing the first line of recording
9 defense against costly power
problems, Eaton’s IQ 100
● Analog meter replacement
● Verify meter accuracy with
KYZ test pulse self-
9 series electronic power
meters can perform the work ●
certification capabilities
Optional Modbus RTU or
of an entire wall of legacy
9
TCP communications
metering equipment utilizing ● Available as transducer
today’s technology. only or with display
9 When space is at a premium, ● Designed to accommodate
yet you need ANSI C12.20 upgrades
9 accuracy, the IQ 100 series fit ● Integrate into Eaton’s
the bill. These meters are Power Xpert Architecture
9 ideal for electrical equipment for a holistic system-
assemblies, machine control level view
9 panels, such as panelboard
and switchboard mains and
9 feeders, low voltage metal-
enclosed switchgear feeders
and motor control centers.
9 Requiring far less space than
other meters with similar
9 functionality, IQ 100 series fit
into a standard ANSI or IEC
9 cutout on a panelboard or
other electrical equipment,
and therefore fit easily into
9 retrofit applications.
Metering Devices
9.3
IQ 100 Electronic Power Meters
Features IQ 130 IQ 140 IQ 150
9
Instrumentation
9
Current, per phase ■ ■ ■
Current demand ■ ■ ■ 9
Calculated neutral current ■ ■ ■
Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N) ■ ■ ■
9
Min/max. readings, I, V ■ ■ ■
9
Min./max. readings, I, V, PF, F, W, VAR, VA ■ ■
Frequency ■ ■ 9
Power
Real, reactive and apparent power, total (W, VAR, VA) ■ ■ 9
Power factor, total
Real, reactive and apparent power demand
■
■
■
■
9
Demand Methods 9
Block interval (sliding, fixed) ■ ■
Energy 9
■
9
Real, reactive and apparent energy, total (Wh, VAR, VAh)
Communications
RS-485, Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, KYZ output Opt. Opt. Opt. 9
RJ45, Modbus TCP, KYZ output Opt. Opt. Opt.
9
Standards and Certifications 9
● IEC 687: 0.5% accuracy ● UL/cUL: Electrical and
● ANSI C12.20: Electronic Measuring and 9
0.5% accuracy Test Equipment 22CZ
● ANSI C62.41: Burst 9
● CE
9
9
9
IQ 100 Meter
9
IQ 150 M A 6 5 1 1
9
9
Model Series
130 = Volts/amps
140 = Power Frequency
150 = Energy 5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system Power Supply
9
Communications
1 = 90–265 Vac/dc
4 = 24–48 Vdc 0 = None 9
Meter Type 1 = Modbus RTU and KYZ pulse
M = Meter (with integral
display) Current Input
2 = Modbus TCP and KYZ output (RJ45)
9
T = Transducer only
9
1 = 1A secondary
(no display) 5 = 5A secondary
9
Accessories
9
IQ 100 Meter
9
Panel Mounting Adapter for retrofitting an IQ 100 to an IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ Data Cutout IQ250-PMAK 9
Metering Devices

9
9 IQ 100 Electronic Power Meters IQ 100 Electronic Power Meters, continued
9 Description Specifications Description Specifications

Current Inputs Sensing Method
9 Class 10 5A nominal, 10A max. Voltage, current True RMS

Class 2 1A nominal, 2A max. Power Sampling at over 400 samples per cycle on all
9 Fault current withstand
channels
100A for: 10 seconds Update Rate
9 300A for:
500A for:
3 seconds
1 second
Watts, VAR and VA 100 msec at 60 Hz
9 Continuous current withstand 20A for screw terminated or pass-through All other parameters 1 second at 60 Hz
connections Power Supply
9 Programmable current Full scale to any CT ratio AC/DC voltage option 90–265 Vac at 50/60 Hz or
100–370 Vdc, Universal AC/DC supply
Burden 0.005 VA per phase max. at 11A
9 Pickup current
Class 10
0.1% of nominal
5 mA
DC voltage option 18–60 Vdc
Burden 10 VA max.
9
Class 2 1 mA
Optional Communications Format
Connections
Pass-through wire gauge dimension 0.177-inch (4.5 mm) Connection type RS-485 or RJ45 (through back plate)
9 Quick connect 0.25-inch male tab Com port baud rate 9600–57,600 bauds
Voltage Inputs
9 Range
Com port address
Data format
01–247
8-bit, no parity
Line-to-neutral 20–416 Vac
9 Line-to-line 20–721 Vac Protocols Modbus ASCII, RTU, TCP
Programmable voltage range Full scale to any PT ratio Optional KYZ Pulse
9 Supported systems 3 element wye, 2.5 element wye, Contacts 1 Form A
2 element delta, four-wire delta systems
9 Input impedance 1 megohm/phase
On resistance, max.
Peak switching voltage
35 ohms
350 Vdc
Burden 0.36 VA/phase max. at 600V;
9 0.014 VA at 120 volts Continuous load current 350 mA (10 ms)
Connection 7-pin 0.400-inch pluggable terminal block, Off-state leakage current at 350 Vdc 1 uA
9 AWG #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2) Opto-isolation 3750 Vac
Isolation
9 All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500 volts.
Note
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum
capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features
9 Environmental Ratings
Operating temperature –20ºC to +70ºC
and functionality may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model.
Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.
9 Storage temperature –40ºC to +85ºC

Operating humidity To 95% RH noncondensing
9 Faceplate rating NEMA 12 water-resistant mounting gasket
included
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
N A B C N A B C
9
9
9
9
GND GND
HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply
9
VRef
9
Ic Ib Ia Ic Ib Ia VRef
LO LO LO
A A
LO LO LO
B B
C x 9
9
9
9
C C
9
N A B C
A
9
9
N A B C
B A B
9
Service: Delta, Three-Wire with No PTs, 2 CTs
9
A B C
9
9
9
9
GND
HI HI HI
L (+)
N (–)
Power
Supply 9
VRef
9
Ic Ib Ia
LO LO LO
A
B
C
C C
9
or
9
B A B A
9
9
Not Connected to Meter
9
A B C
9
Note: Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.
9
9
Metering Devices
Dimensions
9 IQ 100 Meter—Face and Side Views
9 4.85 (123.2) 4.97 (126.2) 4.93 (125.2)

4.20 (106.7) 4.16 (105.7)
9
9
9 4.85
(123.2)
5.02
(127.5)
3.54
(89.9)
9
9
9 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6)
IQ 100 Face IQ 100 Side IQ 100 Side

9
ANSI Mounting Panel Cutout
9 3.38
9
(85.9)
4 x .02
(0.5)
9 4.00
(101.6)
9
9
9
9 1.69
(42.9)
9 DIN Mounting Cutout
9 3.62
(92.0)
9
9
9 3.62
(92.0)
9
9
9
9 Description Specifications
Weight 2 lbs (0.9 kg)
9 Basic unit 5.00 (127.0) H x 4.90 (124.5) W x 5.00 (127.0) L
IQ 100 Mounts in 92 mm DIN and ANSI C39.1 round cut-outs
9 Shipping container dimensions 6-inch cube
9 Tolerance ±0.1 inches (2.54 mm)
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters
Description
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters 9
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-73
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-75
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-75 9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
9
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100 9
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121 9
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131 9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
9
9
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters 9
Product Description Application Description
With energy costs ● Industrial and commercial ● Integrate into Eaton’s monitoring and recording the
9
skyrocketing, you need the
ability to verify the accuracy
buildings, metering and
submetering
Power Xpert® Architecture
for a holistic system-level
changes in the characteristics
of your power. 9
of utility billing and allocation Government facilities and view
9
●
of energy costs among Eaton’s IQ 150S/250S

military
business units, different Wireless and High-End meters provide direct-reading
● Universities and airports
manufacturing areas or
● Load studies and voltage
Capabilities you would not
Expect from a Self-Enclosed,
metered values for the most
critical power aspects, such 9
facilities, and tenants.
recording Compact Meter as watts, watt demand,
Production equipment and IT
systems are vulnerable to Providing the first line of watthours, voltage amperes 9
Features and Benefits (VA), VA-hours, VARs, VAR-
power anomalies; therefore, defense against costly power
you must ensure that power
● Self-enclosed, these problems, Eaton’s IQ 150S/ hours and power factor. They 9
is always up to specifications. meters are an ideal 250S electronic self-enclosed have high sampling speed
If your infrastructure is an solution for surface
mounting next to a
meters can perform the work and accuracy. 9
established facility, you may of an entire wall of legacy These meters are self-
selected piece of
not currently have metering
or may have addressed these equipment for energy
metering equipment using
today’s secure wireless
enclosed in a NEMA 12 9
monitoring enclosure with “knockouts”
technology. Eaton’s IQ 150S/
concerns by deploying a
variety of analog gauges and ● NEMA 12 enclosure with a 250S meters use 24-bit AD
on the bottom for
communication and power,
9
meters—one for volts, one large, easy-to-read faceplate, converters that sample at
for amperes and so on, with consistent with other more than 400 samples per
providing for an easy
installation. 9
separate meters for each Eaton meter models, cycle and meet IEC 687
measurement. designed with “knockouts”
for easy installation
(0.2% accuracy) and ANSI
C12.20 (0.2% accuracy)
Perhaps you don’t have 9
network drops in all the
If you’re planning an upgrade
or a new power infrastructure,
● Ethernet communications
option for either wired or
standards. With such high-
performance measurement
right places. The IQ 150S/
250S offers a wireless
9
no doubt you would like to capability, these meters can communications option.
capitalize on the latest
wireless setup, allowing for
additional ease of be confidently used for The transmissions are 9
technology to improve upon installation and integration primary revenue metering encrypted using 128-bit
that cumbersome
architecture and its
into existing networks and submetering applications. Wired Equivalent Privacy 9
● Available data and alarm (WEP) for security.
Either model will help you
patchwork view.
recording for historical monitor energy demand, 9
records/trending while the IQ 250S provides
the extra benefit of also 9
Metering Devices
Industry-Standard KYZ Pulse When used in this Designed for the User
9 Communication Protocols For applications in which a architecture, either with a When space is at a premium,
Standard Modbus RS-485 pulse is needed, the unit also Power Xpert Gateway or yet you need ANSI C12.20
9 Communication provides a KYZ output that directly via Ethernet, the accuracy, Eaton IQ 150S/
Standard communication pulses proportional to the meters with the Modbus RTU 250S meters fit the bill.
9 includes an RS-485 output
speaking Modbus protocol.
amount of energy consumed.
This feature is used for pulse
option can provide Web-
based graphics of current
These ultra-compact meters
are ideal for surface mounting
9 This allows the unit to be
connected to any serial RS-
counting applications into
building management
power conditions. Simply
connect your meter to a
next to a selected piece of
equipment for energy
485 bus using the Modbus systems where serial or Power Xpert Gateway to monitoring. Requiring far less
9 interface. The unit Ethernet protocol is not translate Modbus-based space than other meters with
communicates easily with available. information from the meter similar functionality, and
9 most building automation,
Verify Energy Bills
into HTML-based Web pages offering a NEMA 12
Power Xpert Software or that are accessible from any enclosure and a large, easy-
The IQ 150S/250S models
9 other software systems.
Baud rates are up to
provide a traceable watthour
standard Web browser. If you
select a model with the
to-read faceplate, consistent
with other Eaton meter
test pulse (used with a
9 57.6K baud to provide Ethernet option, the meter models, these meters are
watthour pulse recorder or can easily be monitored designed with “knockouts”
fast update times.
totalizer), so you can verify remotely via Power Xpert for easy retrofit installation.
9 Wi-Fi or Land-Based
Ethernet
the accuracy of your meter
and in turn, the accuracy of
Software or another third-
Most meters in this class
party monitoring system.
9 The unit offers an Ethernet
option—configured either as
billing from your utility
company and to internal
With access to accurate, real-
time information from IQ
have small or dark displays
that can be hard to see,
an RJ45 or Wi-Fi connection. customers. especially from a distance.
9 The Wi-Fi configuration
Integrated with Eaton’s
150S/250S meters, Power
Xpert Architecture can Eaton’s IQ 150S/250S meters
allows the 150S/250S to be transform your power system have a large, bright red, three-
9 used on standard Wi-Fi base
IQ 150S/250S meters into an integrated, agile line LED display, each line
stations. The unit is assigned system, and an easily more than a half-inch tall. This
integrate into Eaton’s Power
9 an IP address; it
communicates Modbus
Xpert Architecture, where managed entity that performs display is very easy to read,
even if the meter is installed at
meters, gateways and better and costs less.
a height or distance. Using the
9 protocol over Ethernet TCP/
IP. Wireless Ethernet is
monitoring devices keypad and menus on the
collaborate to create a local display, users can
reliable and easy to integrate,
9 making it the superior
unified, centralized view of
the end-to-end power and
display a variety of electrical
solution for mass meter system values or program
9 deployment.
facility infrastructure. the meter.
9 Installation Diagram
9 IQ 150S/250S Installation
9
9
9
9 Closed O
9
9 Lockable
Revenue Seal
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Features of IQ 150S/250S Electronic Power Meters
Features IQ 150S IQ 250S
9
Instrumentation
9
Current, per phase ■ ■
Calculated neutral current ■ ■ 9
Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N) ■ ■
Frequency ■ ■ 9
Minimum/maximum readings, I 1, V 1, PF, F, W, VAR, VA
Power
Total Total and per phase
9
Real, reactive and apparent power (W, VAR, VA) Total Total and per phase 9
Power factor Average Average and per phase
Demand Methods 9
Block interval (fixed, sliding) ■ ■
Current demand ■ ■
9
Real, reactive and apparent power demand Total Total and per phase
9
Energy
Real, reactive and apparent energy (Wh, VARh, VAh) Total Total and per phase 9
Real and reactive, net and positive and negative (Wh, VARh) Total Total and per phase
I/O 9
■ ■
9
Pulse output
Communications
RS-485, Modbus RTU, DNP 3.0 ■ ■
9
RJ45 or 802.11b, Modbus TCP 2 Optional Optional
Data Logging 9
2 MB for data logging ■
Alarming 9
Set point driven alarm ■
9
Notes
1 Per phase only.
2 If configured for Ethernet, RS-485 not available.
9
9
9
IQ 150S/250S Meter 9
IQ 150 S A 6 5 1 1 9
Model Series Communication
9
150 = Energy
250 = Energy plus
Meter Type
S = Self-enclosed meter Frequency
Power Supply
1 = 90–400 Vac/Vdc
1 = Modbus RTU (RS-485)
2 = Modbus RTU (RS-485)
9
or TCP—(RJ45)
9
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system or 802.11b (Wi-Fi)
Current Input
1 = 1A secondary
5 = 5A secondary 9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
IQ 150S/250S Electronic Meter Technical Information
9 Description Specifications Description Specifications
9 Current Inputs
Class 10 5A nominal, 10A maximum
Update Rate
Watts, VAR and VA 100 msec at 60 Hz
9 Class 2 1A nominal, 2A maximum All other parameters 1 second at 60 Hz

Fault Current Withstand Power Supply
9 20A for:
60A for:
10 seconds
3 seconds
AC/DC voltage option 90–400 Vac at 50/60 Hz or
100–370 Vdc, universal AC/DC supply
100A for: 1 second
9 Programmable current Full scale to any CT ratio
Burden 16 VA maximum
Standard Serial Communications Format
9 Burden
Pickup Current
0.005 VA per phase maximum at 11A
0.1% of nominal
Connection type RS-485
9
Class 10 5 mA Communications port baud rate 9600–57,600 Bauds
Class 2 1 mA
Communications port address 01–247
Connections
9 Screw terminal #6–32 screws Data format 8-bit, no parity
Voltage Inputs Protocols Modbus ASCII, RTU, DNP 3.0

9 Range Optional Ethernet Communications Format
Line-to-neutral 20–416 Vac (IQ150S), 20–576 Vac (IQ250S) Connection type RJ45 or 802.11b (wireless)
9 Line-to-line 20–721 Vac Protocols Modbus TCP
9
Programmable voltage range Full scale to any PT ratio KYZ Pulse
Supported systems 3 element wye, 2.5 element wye, 2 element delta, Contacts 1 Form A
four-wire delta systems
9 Input impedance 1 megohm/phase
On resistance, maximum 35 Ohms
Peak switching voltage 350 Vdc
9 Burden 0.36 VA/phase maximum at 600V; 0.014 VA at 120V
Continuous load current 120 mA
Connection 7-pin, 0.400-inch screw
9 terminal block, AWG #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2) Peak load current 350 mA (10 ms)
Isolation Off-state leakage current at 350 Vdc 1 uA
9 All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500V Opto-isolation 3750 Vac
Environmental Ratings Dimensions and Shipping

9 Operating temperature –20º to +70°C Weight 4 lbs
Storage temperature –20º to +70°C Basic unit H 7.90 x W 7.50 x D 3.10 inches
9 Operating humidity To 95% RH noncondensing Compliance
9 Faceplate rating NEMA 12 IEC 687

ANSI C12.20
0.2% accuracy
0.2% accuracy
Sensing Method
9 Voltage, current rms ANSI C62.41 Burst
Power Sampling at over 400 samples per cycle on all ANSI (IEEE) C37.90.1 Surge withstand
9 channels UL/cUL Electrical and electronic
measuring and test equipment 22CZ
9 Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not
9 a complete feature list. Features and functionality may vary depending on
selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to
9 User Manual for detailed specifications.
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
IQ 150S/250S Electronic Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Three-Phase Four-Wire WYE Direct Three-Phase Four-Wire WYE with PTS
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Three-Phase Three-Wire DELTA Direct Three-Phase Three-Wire DELTA Direct 9
9
Dimensions
9
IQ 150S/250S Electronic Meter 9
7.53 9
(191.3)
3.70
9
9
(94.0)
5.60
9
Mounting 7.90 7.90
(142.2)
Plate (200.7) (200.7)
9
0.50 9
5.95 Antenna Length: 3.11
(12.7)
(151.1) 4.40 (111.8) (79.0)
9
Metering Devices
IQ 35M Contents
9 Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-21
9 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . . V3-T9-30
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-49
9 IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . V3-T9-60
IQ 35M
9 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-77
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-77
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-78
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79
9 IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
9 Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
9 PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
9 Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
9
9
9 IQ 35M
9 Product Description Application Description Catalog Number Selection
The Eaton IQ 35M Meter is a ● Commercial submetering
9 DIN rail meter that combines
exceptional performance and
● Energy management IQ 35M Meter
● Industrial monitoring
easy installation to deliver a
9 cost-effective solution for
● Cost allocation IQ35M A 1 1
energy and power monitoring Features
9 applications, as well as sub- ● Economical and compact
Meter Series
metering applications. Most watthour meter with
9 models include pulse output, demand Energy Type
alarm contact and phase alarms ● Backlit LCD display for local 1 = Standard energy
for true versatility. The BACnet
9 version offers two digital inputs
reading 2 = Four quadrant energy
for accumulating other meter

● Compatible with the Power
Output Option
9 pulses in place of the digital Xpert Gateway for remote
1 = Pulse output only
output and alarm contact. monitoring 2 = Pulse output + Modbus
9 The Modbus output options ● Monitors 3
5
= Pulse output + Modbus + data logging
= Pulse inputs + BACnet + data logging
offer added flexibility for ● Voltage, current, power
9 configuration and data analysis.
The IQ 35M allows you to:
factor, frequency
● Power and energy: real,
reactive and apparent
9 ● Verify energy bills
● Optional data logging
● Make informed load
capability
9 shifting and shedding
● Optional serial
decisions
communications (Modbus-
9 ● Fairly and accurately
RTU or BACnet)
allocate energy costs to
users ● Revenue grade, ANSI
9 ● Identify wasteful practices C12.20 0.5% accuracy, IEC
62053-22 Class 0.5S
Decrease unnecessary
9 ●
usage
● Compatible with economical
solid-core and split-core CTs
● Produce an energy profile
9 ● Secure the optimum utility
● User-enabled password
protection
rate structure
9 ● On-board diagnostics
Metering Devices
9.3
Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications
● Voltage input
9
IQ 35M Current Transformers UL: 90V (L-N) to 600V (L-L)
Catalog CE: 90V (L-N) to 300V (L-L) 9
Description Number ● Current input
Solid Core
Scaling: 5–32,767A 9
Input range: 0–0.333V or
IQ35M CT, solid core, 5A:0.33 Vac, 0.30 inch IQ35M-SO-030-5 0–1V (selectable) 9
IQ35M CT, solid core, 20A:0.33 Vac, 0.30 inch IQ35M-SO-030-20 ● Control power
IQ35M CT, solid core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.50 inch IQ35M-SO-050-50 UL: 90V (L-N) to 600V (L-L) 9
IQ35M CT, solid core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch IQ35M-SO-075-50
CE: 90V (L-N) to 300V (L-L)
IQ35M CT, solid core, 100A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SO-125-100 Accuracy
9
IQ35M CT, solid core, 200A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SO-125-200 Real power and energy
9
●
IQ35M CT, solid core, 250A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SO-125-250 0.5% (ANSI C12.20, IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S)
IQ35M CT, solid core, 300A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SO-125-300
Outputs 9
IQ35M CT, solid core, 400A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SO-125-400 ● IQ35MAx1 thru 3:
Split Core Real energy pulse: NO static; alarm contacts: NC static 9
IQ35M CT, split core, 5A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch IQ35M-SP-075-5 ● IQ35MA11
IQ35M CT, split core, 30A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch IQ35M-SP-075-30
Reactive energy pulse 30 Vac/Vdc 9
● IQ35MAx2, IQ35MAx3
RS-485 two-wire Modbus RTU 9
IQ35M CT, split core, 100A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch IQ35M-SP-075-100 ● IQ35MA15 RS-485 two-wire BACnet MS/TP
IQ35M CT, split core, 200A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch IQ35M-SP-075-200 9
IQ35M CT, split core, 250A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SP-125-250 Inputs
● IQ35MA15
Two pulse accumulators
9
9
IQ35M CT, split core, 600A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch IQ35M-SP-125-600 Mechanical
Mounting
9
●
DIN rail or 3-point screwmount
IQ35M CT, split core, 1200A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch IQ35M-SP-255-1200 Environmental 9
IQ35M CT, split core, 1600A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch IQ35M-SP-255-1600 ● Operating temperature range
IQ35M CT, split core, 2000A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch IQ35M-SP-255-2000 Meter: –30° to 70°C (–22° to 158°F) 9
Display: –10° to 50°C (14° to 122°F)
● Storage temperature range 9
Meter: –40° to 85°C (–40° to 185°F)
Accessories
Display: –10° to 60°C (14° to 140°F) 9
● Humidity range
IQ 35M Accessories
<95% RH noncondensing
9
Data Outputs
Description
Catalog
Number ● kW, kWh: Total 9
Current: Three-phase average and per phase
9
●
IQ35M enclosure, NEMA 4X IQ35M-ENC
IQ35M fuse pack, single, 1/2A slow-blow IQ35M-FP1
● Voltage: Three-phase average, per phase, and line-line and
IQ35M fuse pack, double, 1/2A slow-blow IQ35M-FP2
●
line-neutral
Power: Real, reactive and apparent;
9
IQ35M fuse pack, triple, 1/2A slow-blow IQ35M-FP3 Three-phase total and per phase
IQ35M replacement mounting clips IQ35M-RMC ● Power factor: Three-phase average and per phase 9
IQ35M DIN rail IQ35M-DR Frequency
9
●
IQ35M DIN rail stop clips (10 pack) IQ35M-DRSC ● Power demand: most recent and peak
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice and represent
● Demand configuration: fixed, rolling block and external sync
9
the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is ● Data logging (IQ35MAx3)
not a complete feature list. Features and functionality may vary
depending on selected options, firmware version and product model.
10 configurable data buffers;
configurable demand subinterval (when set at a 15-minute
9
Please refer to User Manual for detailed specifications. interval, buffers store data for 60 days)
● Data logging (IQ35MA15) 9
6 configurable data buffers;
configurable demand subinterval (when set at a 15-minute 9
interval, buffers store data for 60 days)
● Trending requires communication network to retrieve data 9
Metering Devices
Dimensions
9 IQ 35M Dimensional Drawing IQ 35M Wall Mount Configuration
9
2.40
(60.1)
1.80 (45.7)
1.20
9 1.90
(30.5)
0.30
(7.61)
9 (48.3)
9 2.30
(58.4) 3.90
(99.1)
9 1.50
(38.1)
4.30
(109.2)
9 4.20 3.60
(91.4)
9
(106.7)
9 0.40
(10.2)
9 IQ 35M DIN Mount Configuration
9 4.20
(106.7)
9
9
3.60
9 (91.4)
9
9
9 0.20
(5.1)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
Description Page
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series 9
IQ Analyzer— Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83 9
Comprehensive Electrical Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83
9
Distribution Monitoring
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-85
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93 9
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112 9
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122 9
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134 9
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136 9
9
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series 9
Product Description
Eaton’s IQ Analyzer is a The unique operator
9
Metered and Monitored ● Minimum and maximum
complete solution for users
who want to monitor and
interface, which includes a
reverse mode LCD display, Parameters values 9
manage all aspects of their easy to use Meter Menu ● rms sensing ● Event logging/disturbance
electrical distribution system. screens and detailed Analysis ● Phase neutral, and recording 9
Based on input from screens, is designed to allow ground currents ● ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5%
customers and consultants, a wealth of real-time and ● Volts: L-L, L-N, Avg. L-L, revenue metering accuracy, 9
it provides extensive recorded information to be Avg. L-N, N-G IEC687 Class 0.5%
metering, power quality
analysis, remote input
accessed easily by an
operator. All programming
● Power: real, reactive, ● Industry Canada 0.5% 9
apparent (system and revenue accuracy
monitoring, control relaying, can be accomplished through
analog input/outputs and the faceplate or the
per phase)
Communications
9
communications capability. communications port. The
● Frequency
Its high performance

comprehensive on-line Help ● Power factor: apparent and
● Optional interface
capability to computer
9
feature provides useful displacement (system and
network for data collection,
metering exceeds ANSI
C12.16 (1%) specification for
information on device
operation, programming and
per phase)
storage and/or printout 9
● Energy and demand via Eaton’s Power
revenue meters and meets
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5%,
troubleshooting. (forward, reverse, net) real,
reactive apparent at four
Management Software 9
provides quality true rms Application Description different utility rates
readings through the 50th ● Monitoring of over 150 ● Individual current and
Physical Characteristics 9
harmonic, accurately electrical parameters ● Graphical reverse mode
voltage harmonics:
measures nonsinusoidal
waveforms up to a 3.0 crest
● Power quality management magnitude, phase angle
LCD display with LED
backlight
9
factor, and displays even ● Energy management ● % THD: current and
and odd multiples of the voltage
● Up to seven lines of
information
9
fundamental current and ● Waveform capture Membrane faceplate
9
●
voltage through the 50th
NEMA 3R and 12 rated
harmonic. Both magnitude
and phase angle of the
harmonics are displayed.
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Disturbance Information 32 schedules and 10 time system watts, VARs and Extensive I/O and
9 With the communications periods per schedule. The IQ VA, minimum and Communications Capability
option and Eaton’s Power Analyzer will keep track of the maximum apparent and One analog and three digital
9 Management Software and following parameters for four displacement PF). Using inputs are provided to
Waveform Display software, different utility rates: this feature, minimum interface with sensors and
9 a Waveform Analysis will ● Watthours
and maximums reached
during each trend interval
transducers. Three analog
outputs and four relay
construct waveforms of up to
VAR hours
9
●
56 cycles of all currents and are recorded. contacts are furnished to
voltages (including neutral ● VA hours share data with PLCs and
CBEMA Trend Logging control systems and to
9 and ground) to help Current demand
●
troubleshoot undervoltage/ ● Watt demand The IQ Analyzer can be actuate alarms and control
sag and overvoltage/swell configured to store the relays. Terminals are captive
9 conditions. (See CBEMA
●
●
VA demand
VAR demand
necessary data so that the clamp type and finger safe.
Trend Logging section.) software can display a sag or With the communications
9 By programming a reset
threshold, the duration of the
Historical Trend Logging swell voltage event on the
industry standard CBEMA
option, the device can be
remotely monitored,
9 voltage disturbance can also
be indicated.
The IQ Analyzer is equipped
with onboard logging
(now ITIC) curve for
predictive maintenance
controlled and programmed.
capability, which includes and troubleshooting. This Ratings

9 The IQ Analyzer 6600 series the ability to log a total of application utilizes the IQ ● Application to 500 kV,
with Graphic Waveform 24 parameters with intervals Analyzer waveform capture no PTs to 600 volts
9 Display offers the ability to
view the captured waveform
ranging from 0.13 seconds for high-0speed events along ● CT ratios selectable from
(every eight cycles) to twice with historical trend logging 5:5A to 10,000:5A
9 right at the device. The 6600
series also offers the ability to
a week (5040 minutes). The
trending function can begin
for longer term voltage
disturbances. Once this data
● Standard 120/600 Vac line
detect and capture sub-cycle ● Three-phase power supply
9 voltage disturbances.
immediately or can be
triggered upon receipt of a
is uploaded to a PC running
the Power Management module, 100–600 Vac.
discrete input into the IQ Software’s Event Viewer Separate source power
9 Extensive Harmonic
Distortion Analysis
Analyzer. Onboard logging the information is analyzed, supply module available,
provides a cost-effective displayed and stored. 100–240 Vac or
9 Current and voltage distortion
data are displayed at the
means of distributed data Automatic uploading of 100–250 Vdc
DC only separate source
storage where real-time CBEMA events can be ●
device and accessible

9 through the communications
communications may not be
feasible or for applications
selected in the software.
A three-phase event will be
power module also
available, 24–48 Vdc
port. This includes % THD, where data storage correctly displayed as a single
9 K-Factor, Crest Factor, redundancy is desired. Four point on the CBEMA curve. Displayed Information Features
CBEMA factor, and both trend data logs are stored in ● All information accessible
9 magnitudes and phase angles
of all harmonics through the
non-volatile memory aboard Event Logging at device or through
the IQ Analyzer and can be The IQ Analyzer will store communications port
9 50th. A snapshot sample
of this information may
retrieved at the display or
via communications for
in non-volatile memory the via Eaton’s Power
time and reason for last 504 Management Software
be activated by user
9 commands, discrete inputs
viewing using Eaton’s Power
Management Software.
events. These events can be
viewed from the graphical
● Quality true rms readings
through 50th harmonic
or programmable thresholds
9 to capture distortion data ● Up to 24 parameters with
display or accessed via
communications. In addition
● Complies with the
accuracy portion of
during conditions of real storage capacity for up to
to all of the meter events
9 interest. To help eliminate
nuisance alarms, harmonic ●
90,000 data points
Up to 234 days of data
listed in the Event Conditions
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5%
revenue metering
section (Page V3-T9-81), the specification
9 distortion information can be
captured and relay outputs
can be stored when
recording a parameter
following events are entered ● Accurate readings for
into the event log:
activated when THD exceeds every 15 minutes nonsinusoidal waveforms
9 a programmable percentage ● Trends 1, 2 and 3 can Time and date of: with up to 3.0 crest factor
of fundamental or a save data on a discrete ● Screens display auto
9 programmable magnitude contact input
●
●
Alarms
Meter power up
ranging units, kilo units,
(e.g., amperes) threshold. mega units as needed
● Trend 4 can save data
9 Time-of-Use Metering on a power quality or
● All resets ● 10-digit energy readings
meter event ● All setting changes ● Displays multiple
9 The IQ Analyzer offers
the ability to store energy
● Minimum and maximum ● Communications parameters at the
recording (minimum and established or lost same time
usage data for time of use
9 revenue metering. It can maximum three-phase
average current, maximum
Event logging is another
● Programmable custom
be programmed for any powerful troubleshooting tool screens
9 combination of weekday, IG, minimum and
maximum three-phase
within the IQ Analyzer.
Saturday, Sunday,
average VLL and VLN,
9 22 holidays, 8 seasons,
maximum VNG, maximum
Metering Devices
9.3
Meter Menu Screens ● Energy (forward, reverse ● Power
and net) ● Real (Watts) 9
● Real (kWh) Reactive (VARs)
9
●
● Reactive (kVARh) ● Apparent (VA)

Apparent (kVAh)—no
9
●
● Phases A, B, C and
reverse or net System
● Frequency, time and date ● Power factor Waveform Screen Available with
Model 6600
9
● Demand ● Apparent and
Meter Menu
● System current
(amperes)
Displacement (three-
phase and system)
Pressing the F2 function key
accesses the Event Analysis
9
● Systems real power
(kW)
● Frequency
screens. These display the
following data for up to ten 9
● THD (amperes, volts event/alarm conditions:
● System reactive power
(kVAR)
and %):
● Description, date and
9
● Current (Phases A, B, C, N)
● System apparent power
(kVA)
● Voltage (Phases A-B, B-
time of event/alarm with 10
millisecond resolution 9
C, C-A, A-N, B-N, C-N)
Current, voltages, power
9
Examples of Meter Menu ●
● Power factor (Phases A, B,
All minimum/maximum readings, demand
C and system)
values may be reset via reset readings, frequency and %
● Displacement pushbutton on faceplate, THD at time of event/alarm 9
● Apparent discrete input or ● Current and voltage
● %THD current communications command. distortion information 9
Values are updated at least available on Harmonic
Phases A, B, C, N
9
●
once every 16 line cycles. Analysis screens
● %THD voltage The F3 function key accesses Event data is stored in non-
Custom Screen ● Phases A-B, B-C, C-A the Harmonic Analysis volatile memory. If a reset 9
● Phases A-N, B-N, C-N screens. Two cycles of data threshold is programmed,
● K-factor
sampled at 128 samples/ the duration of the event 9
cycle are simultaneously (e.g., undervoltage) is also
CBEMA (ITIC) derating
9
●
recorded for: displayed. With Eaton’s
factor (displayed as “Z”) communications option and
● Current
Crest Factor software, waveforms and
9
●
● Phases A, B, C, N, G harmonic profiles may be
● Discrete input and
displayed on a PC.
output status Voltage
9
●
Custom Screen
● Analog input reading ● Phases A-B, B-C, C-A
The IQ Analyzer allows a user Event Conditions
Custom—user may
9
● ● Phases A-N, B-N, C-N Events may be triggered by
to view commonly used program four screens to
parameters by scrolling ● Neutral to Ground up to seven of any of the
show any combination of
through its LED indicator seven Meter Menu Magnitudes (or % of
following conditions: 9
Meter Menu. parameters per screen fundamental) of odd and
Meter Menu Displayed
even multiples of the
Voltage Disturbances
● Undervoltage/sag—
9
Harmonic Analysis Screens fundamental from 2nd–50th
Information
9
are displayed. The phase any VL-L, VL-N (40–100%)
● Current angle associated with each Note: 60% minimum for self-
Phases A, B, C, average
9
●
multiple of the fundamental powered unit.
● Neutral is also displayed.
● Overvoltage/swell—
Ground (separate CT)
9
●
Event/Alarm Analysis Screens any VL-L, VL-N (100–750%)
● Voltage
● Phases A-B, B-C, C-A,
Harmonic Spectrum Available with
9
average
9
Model 6600
● Phases A-N, B-N, C-N,
average Minimum and Maximum Values
● Neutral-ground ● Current 9
● Power
● Phases A, B, C, N, G
● Real (watts) ● Voltage
Example of Event Analysis Screens
9
Reactive (VARs) Phases A-B, B-C, C-A
9
● ●
● Apparent (VA) ● Phases A-N, B-N,

● Phases A, B, C and
system
C-N, N-G
9
9
Metering Devices
If zero time delay is All trigger conditions have External 120-volt secondary Analog Input and Outputs
9 programmed, any disturbance programmable time delays PTs are required above One analog input and four
lasting two cycles (less if from 0.1–60 seconds in 600 Vac, optional from analog outputs may be
9 magnitude is sufficient to 0.1 second increments 120–600 Vac. configured as 0–20 or
effect rms readings) will (except Voltage Disturbances 4–20 mA. The analog input is
9 trigger a voltage disturbance
event/alarm.
—programmable from
2–3600 cycles in two-cycle
Discrete Contact Inputs displayed at the device as a
Three dry contact discrete percentage and is accessible
9 ● Sub-cycle transient
increments, and Eaton’s
Power Management
inputs may be programmed
by the user to:
through the communications
port. The analog input
capture/excess dv/dt on Software commands—no
9 VA-N, VB-N, VC-N programmable delay). ● Trigger Event Analysis—
provides an interface with gas
flow meters, temperature
Note: 6600 series only. the information described transducers or other analog
9 ● Sub-cycle voltage
Demand Recording in “Event Analysis
Screens,” including
devices.
interruption on VA-N, Peak Demands are date and
9 VB-N, VC-N time stamped for: Harmonic Analysis
information, can be
The analog outputs may be
programmed to reflect any of
Note: 6600 series only. ● Current Phases A, B, C recorded when external the following:
9 Maximum Threshold Exceeded
and Average devices trip or change state
● Current—Phases A, B, C,
● System Power: by wiring their auxiliary
9 ● Currents —þphases A, B,
C, Neutral and Ground
● Real (watts) contacts into these inputs
●
Average, N, G
Voltage—L-L, L-N, N-G
● Reactive (VARs)
● Act as a synch.-pulse
9 Voltage—Neutral to
●
input to synchronize ● Power:
Ground ● Apparent (VA) power demand windows ● Real (watts)
9 System Power—Watts, with utility provided
●
Input/Output ● Reactive (VARs)
VA, VARs synch. pulse
Extensive input/output ● Apparent (VA)
9 System Power Factor— Actuate a relay output
● ●
Displacement and capability is standard on the ● Phases A, B, C and

IQ Analyzer. In addition to
● Reset relay output, peak System
Apparent
9 ● Demand
monitoring three-phase
currents and voltages,
demands, Trend Analysis
records and Event ● % THD:
Currents—Phase A, B, C Analysis records Current (Phases A, B, C, N)
9
● ●
separate inputs are provided
and AVG for both ground and neutral ● With communications ● Voltage (L-L, L-N)
● System Power—Watts, currents. Voltage of neutral- option, provide remote
9 VARs, VA to-ground is also monitored to status indication on Eaton’s ● Frequency–System
● Frequency indicate the presence of communication network ● Power Factor:
9 ● Percent Total Harmonic harmonics and potential ● Status of input contacts is ● System Displacement PF
Distortion or Magnitude downstream grounding displayed in the Meter ● System Apparent PF
9 Total Harmonic Distortion: problems. Analog and digital
I/O provide interfaces for
Menu Custom screen
● Currents—Phases A, B,
9 C, Neutral
transducers, relays, PLCs
and control systems.
Relay Output Contacts
Four Form-C (NO/NC)
● UL listed, File E62791,
NKCR File E185559
● Voltage—VA-N, VB-N, relay contacts may (CE versions)
9 VC-N, VA-B, VB-C, VC-A Current Inputs be independently ● cUL listed #1010.1 C22.2
Five ampere secondary CT programmed to:
9 CE mark EN61010-1 (1993)
●
Minimum Threshold Exceeded connections for:
● Currents—Phases A, B, C ● Act as a kWh, kVARh or EN50082-2 (1994)
9 ● System Power—Watts,
● Phases A, B, C kVAh pulse initiator output ● Measurement Canada
Vars, VA ● Ground ● Actuate on one or more Electricity Meter AE-0782
9 ● System Power Factor— ● Neutral event conditions—including ● CSA approved

Displacement and ● Separate ground and discrete input software
commands (through
9 ●
Apparent
Frequency ●
neutral CT inputs
CT range 5:5–10,000: 5
communications port)
● Reverse sequence alarm
9 Voltage Phase Unbalance
(any integer)
Each relay may be set for
Voltage L-L, L-N Voltage Inputs
9
●
Auto or Manual Reset with
● Phases A, B, C (from 0–30 minute release delay
Current Phase Unbalance 120 Vac–500 kV AC) (one second increments).
9 ● Current—Phases A, B, C ● 120/240 Vac control power Relays are Form-C NO/NC.
input standard—not Relay(s) programmed to
9 Discrete Input Energized required with optional line actuate on undervoltage
also have a programmable
● Input 1, 2, 3 power module
9 ● Remote command through ● Separate ground-to-neutral 0–30 minute delay on power-
up for transfer applications.
communications port or voltage reference
9 front panel ● PT range 120:120–
500,000:120 (any integer)
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Product Selection
9
IQ Analyzer IQ Analyzer 9
Description
Catalog
Number 9
IQ Analyzer, separate source power module
IQ Analyzer, 24–48 Vdc power module
IQA6410
IQA6420
9
IQ Analyzer, three-phase power module IQA6430 9
IQ Analyzer, separate source power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage disturbance capture IQA6610
IQ Analyzer, 24–48 Vdc power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage disturbance capture IQA6620 9
IQ Analyzer, three-phase power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage disturbance capture IQA6630
IQ Flange, to provide extra clearance when mounting IQFLANGE
9
45-inch (1143.0 mm) extension cable for remote mounting of power module
24–48 Vdc separate source power module
IQA45CABLE
IQMDCPM
9
100–240 Vac and 100–250 Vdc separate source power module IQMSSPM 9
Three-phase, self-powered power module IQM3PPM
INCOM communication module IPONI 9
9
RS-485 communication module with Modbus protocol MPONI
Accessories 9
IQ Analyzer Auxiliary 9
Power Supply
The optional IQ Analyzer 9
Auxiliary Power Supply allows
set point programming of the
IQ meter while the monitored
9
line power is turned off and
locked out, thus eliminating 9
the presence of dangerous
line voltages. The Auxiliary 9
Power Supply is easy to
install and has been 9
specifically designed to
connect to the power supply
connector on the IQ meter
9
and then plug into a standard
electrical wall outlet. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series Voltage Inputs Specific Current Accuracies ● Withstand rating: 1000 Vac,
9 Fuses (Each Channel)
● ±0.20% of full scale to
1 minute across contacts
5000 Vac (contacts to coil,
9 Conversion: True rms, 32 200% of full scale and
●
● Self-powered units 1 minute) 10,000 Vac
with IQMSSPM have sample/cycle (all samples 150% crest factor (contacts to coil, surge
3/4 ampere, 600 volts used in all rms calculations) ±0.20% of full scale to
9
●
voltage)
Bus Type KTK-R-3/4 fuses ● PT input: direct or any 150% of full scale and
(three required). integer 120:120– 200% crest factor Relay Response Time
9 ● Separate source dual- 500,000:120 ● ±0.20% of full scale to (Excluding programmed
voltage units with ● Range: 30–660 Vac 100% of full scale and time delays):
9 IQMSSPM have a single (separate source and 300% crest factor
● Two line cycles for Discrete
5 x 20 mm 1/4 ampere fuse DC source) ● ±0.40% of reading for
9 ● Separate source DC units ● Nominal full scale: currents to 800% of full Input, Eaton’s software
commands
with IQMDCPM do not 100–600 Vac scale
(communications port)
9 have user replaceable
fuses
● Burden: 21 VA (self- ● Power and energy: Start
● Four to five line cycles for
powered only) recording with an average
Voltage Disturbance,
9 Environmental Conditions ● Overload withstand:
635 Vac, continuous
of 3 mA secondary current
Voltage Unbalance
Discrete Inputs ● Nine to 10 line cycles for
9 Operating temperature:
●
700 Vac, 1 second (Dry Contact)
–20°–70°C all others
● Input impedance:
Storage temperature: +30 Vdc differential across
9
● ●
1 megohm IQ Analyzer Auxiliary
–30°–85°C each discrete input pair of Power Supply
● Operating humidity: Frequency Range terminals. Minimum pulse
9 5–95% relative humidity ● 20–66 Hz fundamental width: 1.6 msec
● Input voltage: 100–250 Vac
● Optically isolated inputs
● Input frequency: 50/60 Hz
(up to 50th harmonic)
9 Current Inputs
(Each Channel) Harmonic Response
to protect IQ Analyzer ● Output voltage/current:
+24 Vdc at 0–0.45A
circuitry
9 ● Conversion: true rms, 32 (Voltages, Currents)
Analog Outputs (4)
● Output ripple: 100 mV
maximum (peak to peak)
sample/cycle (all samples ● 50th harmonic
9 used in all rms calculations)
Accuracy (in Percent
● 0–20 mA/4–20 mA into
maximum 750 ohm load.
● Rated output power:
10.8 watts
● CT input: 5 ampere
Full Scale)
9 secondary (any integer
5:5 to10,000:5)
Accuracy: 1% ● Turn on/turn off overshoot
5% maximum
Accuracy from 3–300% of Full Analog Input (1)
9 ●
●
Burden: 0.05 VA
Overload withstand:
Scale and from –0.5. to 1.00
to 0.5 power factor ● 0–20 mA/4–20 mA into
● Turn on delay: 0.5 second
maximum
200 ohm load.
9 40 amperes AC continuous, Operating temperature:
●
● Current and voltage: Accuracy: 1%
300 amperes AC 1 second 0°–40°C
±0.20%
9 Range: 8 x CT continuous Relay Output Contacts (4) Storage temperature:
● ●
● Power, energy and
● Accuracy: 0.1% of CT –40°–80°C
demand: 0.40% ● Form C Dry Contact:
9 primary rating, 0.2% of
reading above 150% of
● Frequency: 0.04% 10 amperes at 120/240 Vac
● Power factor: 0.80% (Resistive) 10A at 30 Vdc
rating, sinusoidal (see
9 accuracy below for non- ● THD: 1.00% (Resistive) 30A make
(50 mS) at 240 Vac/240 Vdc
sinusoidal specifications)
9 Minimum pulse width:
●
● Input impedance:
4 cycles (68 mS)
0.002 ohm
9
9 Control Power Input
Description Separate Source Self Powered 1 DC Source
9 Input range, AC 110–240 Vac ±10% 110–600 Vac ±10% N/A
Frequency range 45–66 Hz 45–66 Hz N/A
9 Input range, DC
Burden
110–250 Vdc ±10%
21 VA
N/A
21 VA
24–48 Vdc ±20%
21 VA
9 Note
1 When directly wired to 480 Vac, IQ Analyzer can ride through a continuous sag that is 20% of rated voltage.
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagram
9
Field Wiring Connections—Separate Source Power Supply Shown Here
(For Three-Phase Power Supply, No Separate Control Power is Required)
9
Three-Phase Three-Wire (Above 600 Volts)
9
External Potential Transformers and Current Transformers
C 3CT
9
L3
9
B 2CT
Line L2 Load
A 1CT
L1
9
Open Delta Fuse
PT Connection
Note: External PTs
9
Optional Under 600 V
Control Power 9
IQ Analyzer
Fuse H1G H1N H1C H1B H1A
Relay No. 1 Relay No. 2 Relay No. 3 Relay No. 4 9
1 2 3 4 A B C H2G H2N H2C H2B H2A
9
(See Label for Neutral
Vac/dc Connections) Term. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Separate Source Power Supply Module
Discrete Contact Inputs
Outputs
Analog I/O 9
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 Analog Earth
(+)
13
(-)
14
(+)
15
(-)
16
(+)
17
(-)
18 19 20 21 22
GND Input Ground
23 24 25 9
9
9
Dimensions
9
IQ Analyzer 6000 Series 9
With Communication Module
5.83
9
(148.1)
6.72
(170.7)
0.50
(12.7)
4.70
(119.4)
9
9
Faceplate Without Communication
Module
Normal
IQ Analyzer
Event
Relay
Program
RES
Reset
9
9
J2
POWER
MODULE
9
Previous
Level
F1 F2 F3 F4 Home 9
9
1
RELAY NO. 1
10.25
2
(260.4
Current Demand 3
9
Voltage Power Factor
Power Supply
Up 1
RELAY NO. 2
Power (Watts) Frequency

PONI
2
Power (Vars) % THD
Down
Power (VA) Distortion Factor 3
Energy Custom 1
9
RELAY NO. 3
2
3
1 9
RELAY NO. 4
Progra Help 2
9
3
9
9
Metering Devices

9
IQ Analyzer Auxiliary Power Supply Drilling Pattern
9 Shipping Weight
5.38
Width Height Depth Lbs (kg)
9 2.40 (61.0) 4.00 (101.6) 1.11 (28.2) 5.8 (3.6) 2.69
(136.7)
(68.3)
9 IQ Analyzer 6000 Series
9 Height Width Depth 8.90
(226.1)
Without PONI 9.38
9 10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 4.70 (119.4)
6.68
(238.3)
With PONI
9 10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 5.83 (148.1)
(169.7)
9 4.45
(113.0)
4.69
(119.1)
9 .06
(1.5) RAD
2.23 4 Places
9 (56.7)
9 2.53
.218
(64.3) DIA 10 Places
(5.5)
9
5.06
(128.5)
9 Drilling Pattern for Flange Mounting
9 8.11
(206.0)
4.06
9 (103.1)
9
9 .213
(5.4)
9 Typ. for 8 11.03
(280.2)
9
10.41 CL
(264.4)
10.09
9 CL
(256.3)
9
5.52
.94
(140.2)
(23.9)
9
9 7.41
(188.2)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
IQ DP-4000
Description Page
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-88 9
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-89
V3-T9-89
9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-90
V3-T9-92 9
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100 9
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121 9
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131 9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136
9
9
IQ DP-4000 Series 9
Product Description
Eaton’s IQ DP-4000 is a
● Monitoring of all common
9
microprocessor-based
monitoring and protective ●
electrical parameters
Optional protective
9
device that provides
9
alarm functions
complete electrical metering
and system voltage Retrofit Opportunities
protection. In one compact, ● Retrofit of existing 9
standard package, the IQ electrical distribution
DP-4000 will provide an
alternative to individually
systems with the IQ 9
DP-4000 for power, quality,
mounted and wired
conventional meters and
load and energy monitoring 9
switches. The DP-4000 also
● Mounting flange option
monitors Apparent Power for application where
additional door mounting
9
(VA), Reactive Energy
9
(VAR-hours), Apparent space is required; see
Energy (VA-hours) and Page V3-T9-134
percent THD to provide the
user with basic power quality 9
information. The IQ DP-4000
meets and surpasses 9
UL/CSA/CE standards.
The IQ DP-4000’s rugged
9
construction is designed to
withstand harsh conditions 9
such as temperature
variations, outdoor 9
applications and industrial
environments. The membrane
faceplate pushbuttons are
9
easy to use and both the
parameter LED and window 9
displays are easily visible.
9
Metering Devices
Features, Benefits and Functions Standards and Certifications

9 Delay
Historical Values Communications Listings and Certifications
9 ● Present demand current ● Optional interface Allows a delay before an alarm ● UL/cUL/CSA listed
(per phase) 5, 10, 15, 20, capability to computer occurs. (Range 1–20 seconds ● CE mark EN61010-1,
9 25, 30, 45 or 60 minute network for data collection, in 1 second increments.)
EN50082-2
windows storage and/or printout Note: Unit must be powered for
9 ● Present demand watts, via Eaton’s Power
Management Software
this to occur.
VARs and VA 5, 10, 15, 20,
9 25, 30, 45 or 60 minute
windows: Physical Characteristics
Inputs and Outputs
(4100 Model)
Large visible LED display
9
●
● Sliding or fixed window ● Three Form C relay outputs
for power Sync pulse ● Membrane Faceplate selectable: Trip, Alarm,
input (Model 4100) NEMA 3R and 12 rated
9 Eaton’s PowerNet ●
kWh pulse initiator
One synch input for kW
broadcast demand sync Alarm and Protective Functions
9 ● Minimum and maximum ● Alarm/Protective functions
utility demand sync
values current (per phase): (all models) include:
9 ● Voltage (per phase, ● Overvoltage
L-L, L-N) ● Undervoltage
9 ● Watts, VARs and VA ● Current phase loss
● Power factor ● Voltage phase loss
9 (displacement and ● Phase unbalance
apparent)
Phase reversal
9
●
● Frequency
● User-programmable alarm
Peak values:
9
●
and reset threshold levels
● Percent THD parameters and delay intervals
9 Demand parameters
● ● Optional current and power
demand threshold
Protective and Event Alarming
9 ● Undervoltage Description of Protection
Overvoltage Functions
9
●
● Current phase loss Overvoltage
9 Voltage phase loss Range 105–140%

●
● Phase reversal (5% increments).
9 ●
●
Phase unbalance
Optional current and
Undervoltage
Range 60–95%
9 powerdemand threshold
(5% increments).
Metered and Monitored
9 Parameters
Phase Unbalance
● rms sensing Deviation between any
9 ● Phase currents two phases percentage of
nominal line voltage preset by
● Volts: L-L, L-N
9 ● Power: real, reactive,
DIP switches. Range 5–40%
(5% increments).
apparent
9 ● Energy: real, reactive, Phase Reversal
apparent Any two phases become
9 ● Frequency reversed for the selected
● Power factor delay.
9 ● % THD: current and Voltage Phase Loss
voltage
9 ● Minimum and maximum Less than 50% of the
values nominal line voltage
9 ● Fixed or sliding demand
detected.
windows Current Phase Loss
9 Smallest phase current is
9 less than1/16 of the largest
phase current.
Metering Devices
9.3
Product Selection
9
IQ DP-4000
IQ DP-4000
Catalog
9
Description Number
4 indicates an IQ DP-4000 model IQDP4XY0
9
x = 0 indicates no I/O; x = 1 indicates I/O
y = 1 indicates separate source supply, 110–240 Vac and 110–250 Vdc 9
y = 2 indicates 24–48 Vdc power supply,
y = 3 indicates three-phase power supply, 110–600 Vac
9
Separate source control power without I/O IQDP4010
Separate source control power without I/O, DC supply IQDP4020 9
Three-phase power supply without I/O IQDP4030
Separate source control power with three Form C relay output contacts and one sync pulse input IQDP4110 9
Separate source control power with three Form C relay output contacts and one sync pulse input, DC supply
Three-phase power supply with three Form C relay output contacts and one sync pulse input
IQDP4120
IQDP4130
9
2 Form C relay outputs for protective alarming functions, 1 Form C relay output selectable for KYZ pulse output or load shedding,
1 demand sync pulse input
DP4IOMOD 9
IQ flange, to provide extra clearance when mounting IQFLANGE
9
45-inch (1143.0 mm) extension cable for remote mounting of power module IQA45CABLE
24–48 Vdc separate source power module IQMDCPM 9
100–240 Vac and 100–250 Vdc separate source power module IQMSSPM
Three-phase, self-powered power module IQM3PPM 9
INCOM communication module
RS-485 communication module with Modbus protocol
IPONI
MPONI
9
9
Accessories
9
IQ DP-4000 I/O Module
For applications where field ● Power requirements: 9
modification to add or change 10 VA
Input/Output (I/O) capability ● Frequency: 50/60 Hz 9
to the IQ DP-4000 is required,
9
Eaton offers I/O cards. These 25°–70°C
field-installable modules can
Operating humidity:
9
●
be easily inserted into an
existing IQ DP-4000 where 0–95% noncondensing
● Dry contact input: 24 Vdc
input/output application
needs change. differential across input pair 9
of terminals; minimum
pulse width, 50 mS 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
Accuracy Voltage Inputs (Each Channel) Compatible with the
9 ● Maintained from 10–250% ● Voltage range (nominal): Following Systems
of CT primary rating 90–600 Vac ● Three-phase, three-wire
9 ● Nominal full scale voltage: ● Three-phase, four-wire
Current Inputs (Each Channel) 120–600 Vac
9 ● Nominal full scale current: ● Overload withstand: Ratings
5 amperes AC 660 Vac continuous 4 kV ● Application to 500 kV,
9 ● Current range for rated
accuracy: 0–15 amperes AC
1.2/50 μs no PTs to 600 volts
● Burden: three-phase power ● CT ratios selectable from
9 ● Overload withstand:
15 amperes ac continuous
module 10 VA
●
5:5 A to 12800: 5A
Standard 120/600 Vac line
9 ●
300 amperes AC 1 second
Burden: 0.003 VA
Fuses
Supplied with three-phase
three-phase power supply
module. Two separate
source power supply
9 power module only. 3/4
ampere, 600 volt bus type modules available. One
KTK-R-3/4 (three required). module from 110– 240 Vac
9 and 110–250 Vdc; the other
Contact Rating (Model 4100) module 24–48 Vdc only
9 ● 10 amperes at 120/240 Vac
(resistive)
9 ● 10 amperes at 30 Vdc
(resistive)
9
9 Model 4100 Input and Output
Model Input Output
9 4000 0 0
9
4100 1 digital (dry contact) 3 relays
9 Control Power Input

Description Separate Source Self Powered DC Source
9 Input range, AC
Frequency range
110–240 Vac ±10%
45–66 Hz
110–600 Vac ±10%
45–66 Hz
N/A
N/A
9 Input range, DC
Burden
110–250 Vac ±10%
10 VA
N/A
10 VA
24–48 Vdc ±20%
10 VA
9 Displayed Values
9 Description
Displayed Through Eaton’s
PowerNet System Local Display
9 AC amperes, phases A, B, C ±0.3% ±0.3% ±1 digit

AC voltage, phase A-B, B-C, C-A ±0.3% ±0.3% ±1 digit
9 Phase A-N, B-N, C-N ±0.3% ±0.3% ±1 digit
Watts ±0.6% ±0.6% ±1 digit
9 Vars ±0.6% ±0.6% ±1 digit
9 VA
Watt-hours
±0.6%
±0.6%
±0.6% ±1 digit
±0.6% ±1 digit
9 VAR-hours ±0.6% ±0.6% ±1 digit

VA-hours ±0.6% ±0.6% ±1 digit
9 Power factor ±1% ±1%
9
Frequency ±0.1 Hz ±0.1 Hz
% THD Through 31st harmonic Through 31st harmonic
9 Note
All accuracy is measured as a percentage of full scale.
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
Field Wiring Connections 9
Three-Phase Three-Wire (Up to 600 Volts) Three-Phase Four-Wire (Up to 600 Volts)
Direct Voltage Connection and External Current Transformers Direct Voltage Connection and External Current Transformers 9
C 3CT N
9
L3 C 3CT
B 2CT L3
Line L2 Load B 2CT
A 1CT Line L2 Load
L1 A 1CT
L1
9
(99 – 275 Vdc)
(99 – 264 Vac)
(24 – 48 Vdc)
(99 – 275 Vdc)
(99 – 264 Vac) 9
Control Power (24 – 48 Vdc)
IQ DP-4000
Control Power 9
IQ DP-4000
1 2 3 4
Fuse
A B C
HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A
Fuse
HIC HIB HIA
9
Neutral 1 2 3 4 A B C H2C H2B H2A
Neutral
9
Term.
Term.
9
Three-Phase Three-Wire (Above 600 Volts) Three-Phase Four-Wire (Above 600 Volts)
External Voltage Transformers and Current Transformers
C 3CT N
External Voltage Transformers and Current Transformers
9
L3 C 3CT
Line L2
L1
A
B 2CT
1CT
Load Line
L3
L2
B 2CT Load 9
A 1CT
L1
Fuse 9
Fuse
Open Delta
VT Connection WYE 9
Connection
IQ DP-4000
IQ DP-4000
9
Fuse
A B C
Neutral
HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A
Fuse
A B C
HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A
9
Term. Neutral
9
Term.
Self-Powered Power Supply Module
Self-Powered Power Supply Module
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Dimensions
9
Drilling Pattern IQ DP-4000 Side View
9
5.38 With Communication Module
9 2.69
(136.7)
0.50
(12.7)
5.40
(137.1)
(68.3)
4.42
9
Faceplate
(112.3)
Without Communication
8.90 Module
9 (226.1)
9.38
(238.3)
9 6.68
(169.7) Power
Module
9 P3
4.45 4.69
9 (113.0)
.06
(119.1)
(1.5) RAD
GND
9 2.23 4 Places 1
Power Module
Pulse
Sync.
(56.7) 2
1/2 Hp @ 240 Vac 1/3 Hp @ 120 Vac

3
Alarm 1
4
5
2.53
.218
PONI
6
(64.3)
9
DIA 10 Places
Alarm 2
5.06 (5.5) 7
8
(128.5)
9
MWH Pulse
9 10
11
9
9 LED Display

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
9 PONI
10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 5.40 (137.2) 6.50 (3.0)
9 Without PONI
9.02 (229.0) 7.80 (198.1) 4.42 (112.3) 12.5 (5.7)
9
IQ DP-4000 Auxiliary Power Supply
9 Width Height Depth
9 2.40 (61.0) 4.00 (101.6) 1.11 (28.2)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
IQ 230 Digital Meter
Description Page
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters 9
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-94
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-94
V3-T9-95
9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-96
V3-T9-99 9
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112 9
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122 9
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134 9
9
IQ 230 Meters 9
Product Description
The IQ 230 is a
The IQ 230 is ideal for
9
metering and monitoring
individual load monitoring
or provides an alternative 9
device. Its compact size and to multiple ammeters,
flexible mounting capabilities voltmeters, ammeter and 9
make it suitable for machine voltmeter switches,
control panels such as wattmeters, varmeters, 9
panelboard and switchboard power factor meters,
mains and feeders, low
voltage metal-enclosed
frequency meters, watthour
and demand meters. ANSI
9
switchgear feeders and C12 Class 10 revenue
motor control centers. The IQ metering accuracy makes the 9
230 series meter includes a IQ 230 ideal for sub-metering
base module and a display and sub-billing applications. 9
module. The IQ 230 base
module has the flexibility to
be directly mounted to the
9
display or separately panel
mounted. The display is 9
integrally designed to fit a
standard 1/4 DIN or a 9
100 mm ANSI cutout for
new retrofit applications. 9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Features Standards and Certifications

9 The IQ 230 can be easily ● Five different mounting Monitored Values ● UL and cUL listed
programmed from the display options
9 UL file number E185559
●
● Phase currents
keypad, which features a ● 1/4 DIN standard ● CSA certified (not ANSI
● Voltage, L-L, L-N
4 line x 20 character LED 3.60 inches (91.4 mm) x
9 backlit LCD display. This 3.60 inches (91.4 mm)
● System and per-phase
power including watthours,
revenue certified as a
single-phase meter)
menu driven device displays a cutout that meets global
9 CE mark for applications
●
variety of selectable electrical varhours and VA-hours
standards where European
system values and may be ● System demand including
● One meter style with compliance is required
9 programmed for password
protection.
multiple mounting
watt demand, VA demand
and VAR demand ● IEC 1010-1 (1990) incl.
choices—mount on panel, amend. 1 and 2 (1995)
9 DIN rail or back of meter ● Apparent and
The IQ 230 series includes ● EN61010-1 (1993)
displacement power factor
two variations all containing ● Autoranging power supply;
Frequency ● CSA C22.2 #1010.1 (1992)
9
●
the same display module. one style for any voltage
The IQ 230 has built-in up to 600 Vac ● KYZ pulse output is ● UL 3111
INCOM communications, available for use with a
9 Direct connection up to
●
KYZ pulse output, digital 600 Vac. PTs are not watthour pulse recorder
inputs, digital outputs and an required or totalizer
9 analog input. The IQ 230M ● AC or DC powered ● Recorded minimums and
includes all the benefits of maximums of most values
9 Polarity sensing for errors
●
the IQ 230 but replaces
INCOM communication with such as improper wiring
or forward and reverse
9 Modbus®
power flow
● Membrane faceplate
9 designed and tested to
meet NEMA® 12 and IP52
9 ● Nonvolatile storage of all
set points and recorded
9 peaks and minimums
● Built-in INCOM or Modbus
9 communications capability
● Digital and analog I/O
9 ● Utility seal provision
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Product Selection
9
IQ 230 Meters IQ 230 Meters 9
Description
Catalog
Number 9
IQ 230 complete meter
Includes base, display and 14-inch cable with INCOM Communications, KYZ output, digital inputs,
IQ230
9
digital outputs, analog input and utility seal provision
IQ 230M complete meter IQ230M 9
Includes base, display and 14-inch cable with Modbus communications, KYZ output, digital inputs,
digital outputs, analog input and utility seal provision
9
IQ 230 base module IQ230TRAN
IQ 230M base module IQ230MTRAN 9
IQ 200D IQ 210/220 display module IQ200D
3-foot (0.9 m) category 5 cable IQ23CABLE 9
9
6-foot (1.8 m) category 5 cable IQ26CABLE
10-foot (3.0 m) category 5 cable IQ210CABLE
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
Compatible with the Following Systems: EMC
9 ● Three-phase, three-wire ● Emissions
● Three-phase, four-wire FCC Part 15 Class A
9 ● Single-phase, two-wire CISPR 11 (1990)/EN55011 (1991) Group 1 Class A
Single-phase, three-wire
● Immunity
9
●
Electrostatic discharge
Current Input (Each Channel) EN61000-4-2 (1995)/EN50082-2 (1995)
9 ● Current range: 2 times
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
● Nominal full scale current: 5 amperes AC
9
Electrical fast transient
● Overload withstand:10 amperes AC continuous EN61000-4-4 (1995)/EN50082-2 (1995)
150 amperes AC, 1 second 2 kV power lines
9 ● Input impedance: 0.01 ohms 2 kV signal lines
● Burden: 0.025 VA Radiated immunity
9 EN61000-4-3 (1997)/EN50082-2 (1995)
10V/m
Voltage Input (Each Channel)
9 ● Voltage range (nominal): 90–600/347 Vac
Conducted immunity
EN61000-4-6 (1996)/EN50082-2 (1995)
● Nominal full scale voltage: 120–600/347 Vac 10V rms
9 ● Overload withstand: 660 Vac continuous, Power frequency magnetic field
800 Vac 1 second EN61000-4-8 (1995)
9 ● Input impedance: 2 megohm 30 A/m
9 CT (Primary) Settings Metered Values and Accuracies at Full Scale

Select from 256 values ranging from 5–8000 amperes Accuracy
9 ● PT Primary 256 values with ratios up to 200 kV AC ampere Phase A ±0.5%
Phase B
9 Environmental Conditions
Phase C
AC voltage
9 Base Display
Phase A-B Phase A ±0.5%
Operating temperature –20°C to 50°C 0°C to 50°C Phase B-C Phase B
9 Storage temperature –30°C to 85°C –20°C to 60°C Phase C-A Phase C
Operating humidity 0.0% to 95% noncondensing — Watts ±1.0%

9 Maximum relative humidity 80% up to 31°C — VARs ±1.0%
VA ±1.0%
9 Frequency Range Watthours ±1.0%
50/60 Hz
9 VAR-hours
VA-hours
±1.0%
±1.0%
Control Power Input
9 Vac Vdc
Power factor ±2.0%
IQ 230 100–600 ±10% 48–250 ±10% Frequency ±0.1%

9 Frequency range 50–60 Hz ±10% —
Communications
9 Burden 180 mA 700W INCOM compatible 1200/9600 baud
● (IQ 230 only—does not require IPONI)
9 Modbus compatible 9600/19200 baud
9 ● (IQ 230M only—does not require PONI)
9 Input/Output
KYZ solid-state relay output
9 ● 96 mA at 240 Vac/300 Vdc
Digital input 96 mA at 12–48 Vdc
9
●
● Digital output 96 mA at 125 Vac/176 Vdc
9 Analog input 4–20 mA

●
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Mounting the IQ 230 Base Module
to the IQ 230 Display Module 9
9
9
IQ 230 Display
Module—
Mounted in
a Panel
9
9
IQ 230
Base Module
IN 1
R I
IN2
R I
A N1
R I
H
1
A
H
2
A
H
1
B
H
2
B
H
1
C
H
2
C
9
9
DISPL AY
A 1 A 2 PU LSE INC OM MO D
TX 1 2 1 2 K Y Z 1 2 3 1 2
VA VB VC N EU PS1 PS2
Lock Washer
9
#10 Screw
9
Display Mounting Options
9
IQ 230 Display Module
9
Gasket
9
Panel
9
Locking Washer 9
Hex Nut 9
Mounting Bracket
9
3.9 Inches (100 mm) .25 Inches (6.4 mm)
9
or
ANSI Cutout Diameter Cutout
9
IQ 230 Base Connections 9
IN1 IN2 AN1
H H H H H H
1 2 1 2 1 2
9
R I R I R I A A B B C C
9
Connect to
IQ 230 Display DISPLAY
System Current
Transformer Input
9
A1 A2 PULSE INCOM MOD
9
Module 1 2 1 2 K Y Z 1 2 3 1 2
TX
INCOM™ Port
INCOM™
Transmit LED
K-Y-Z Pulse 9
Output
9
VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2
9
Ground Lug 9
System
Voltage Input
Neutral IQ 230
Power Supply 9
9
9
Metering Devices
Wiring Diagrams
9
9 Typical Field Wiring Connections
Three-Phase Three-Wire (up to 600 Volts) Three-Phase Four-Wire (up to 600 Volts)
9 Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter (Line Powered) Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter
Line Load Line Load
9 L3
L2
N
L3
9
L2
L1
L1
9 H1A
H2A
H1B
H2B
H1C
H2C
H2A H2B H2C
H1A H1B H1C
9 Case Case
IQ 230 Ground Ground
must be IQ 230 must be
connected connected
9
VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2 for proper
for proper VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2
operation operation
9 Fuse Fuse
Control Power Control Power

9 IQ 230 IQ 230
90–600 Vac
90–600 Vac
9
48–250 Vdc 48–250 Vdc
Three-Phase Three-Wire (above 600 Volts) Three-Phase Four-Wire (above 600 Volts)
9 Line
Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter
Load Line
Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter
Load
N
9 L3
L2
L3
L2
9
L1
L1
Fuse
9 Open
H1A
H2A
H1B
H2B
H1C
H2C
H2A H2B H2C
Delta Case WYE H1A H1B H1C Case
9
PT Ground Ground
IQ 230 Connection
Connec- must be IQ 230 must be
tion connected connected
VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2 for proper for proper
VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2
9 operation operation
Fuse
9
Fuse
Control Power Control Power
9 IQ 230
90–600 Vac
IQ 230
90–600 Vac
48–250 Vdc 48–250 Vdc
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
9
IQ 230
9
IQ 200
9
Menu Enter
4.33
(110.0)
3.62
(92.0)
3.62
(92.0)
9
Scroll
9
9
4.33 0.97 6.06
(110.0) 0.50 (24.6) 0.06 (154)
(12.7) (1.5)
9
1.84 6.74
(46.7) (171.2)
Mounting Hole Pattern for the IQ 230 Base Module

9
3.55 9
(90.2)
.78 2.00 .25 9
(19.8) (50.8) (6.35)
9
Slot Size
.125 (3.2) Radius 9
(4 places)
5.05
(128.3) 9
9
4.55
(115.6) 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
Description Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
9 IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
9
9
9
9
9 Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
9 Product Overview
Eaton’s Power Xpert™ Multi- The Eaton Power Xpert Multi-
Product Description
The Power Xpert Multi-Point The Power Xpert Multi-Point
9 Point Meter is an ANSI
C12.20 revenue class Web-
Point Meter (PXMP Meter)
offers a highly modular
Meter can measure up to any
of the following number of
Meter can be used with three
different ratings of current
enabled electronic approach to high-density circuits: sensors: 100 mA, 10 mA or
9 submetering device that can metering applications in
● Sixty single-phase,
333 mV. Switchboard/
be mounted in panelboards electrical power distribution panelboard applications will
9 switchboards or enclosures. systems. The PXMP Meter is
●
two-wire (single-pole)
Thirty single-phase,
use the 100 mA current
When mounted in a compatible with most three- sensors, which are highly
9 panelboard or a switchboard,
the Power Xpert Multi-Point
phase industrial, commercial
and single-phase residential ●
three-wire (two-pole)
Twenty three-phase,
accurate, self-protecting in the
event of an open circuit
Meter provides customers low voltage electrical power condition under load and are
9 with an integrated power systems. The PXMP is
four-wire (three-pole)
supplied with an integral plug-
distribution and energy equipped with two Modbus® The circuits listed above can in connector. The PXMP
9 metering solution that saves RTU communication ports for be mixed provided that the
total number of current
automatically detects the
space, reduces installation local display and remote serial rating of the current sensor
9 labor and lowers total cost. communications. The PXMP
also has optional pulse input
sensors does not exceed 60.
The meter provides current;
that is connected.
voltage; power factor; The PXMP can also use 10 mA
9 and digital output modules
along with one standard demand and active, reactive, current sensors that were
digital output and three digital and real power (VA, VAR, kW); previously installed for
9 inputs. The PXMP Energy and active, reactive, and real IQMESII retrofit applications.
Portal Module is Web energy (VA, VAR, kWh) Additionally, the PXMP can
9 enabled, making it suitable for measurements for each load.
The unit also provides up to
use 333 mV split core current
sensors for retrofit
use with Ethernet networks
applications where metering
9 and modems. two years at 15-minute
intervals or eight years at one- has not previously existed.
hour intervals of demand data The 10 mA and 333 mV
9 logging storage in non-volatile current sensors are also self-
memory for up to 60 protecting in the event of an
9 submeters. open circuit condition under
load.
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Application Description Features
The Power Xpert Multi-Point ● Monitors power and ● Can be directly mounted in Configuration 9
Meter is ideally suited to energy for up to 60 current a UL Listed panelboard, The Power Xpert Multi-
9
●
handle submetering in low sensors; space-saving switchboard or enclosure Point Meter is fully
voltage power distribution modular design allows ● 256 MB of memory in configurable using Power
equipment applications such measurement from 1 to 60 meter base for up to two Xpert Multi-Point 9
as distribution boards in circuits years of 15-minute interval configuration software that
multi-tenant buildings,
comprehensive main and
● Built-in communication data (eight years of one- can be down-loaded free 9
interfaces hour interval data) for eight from the Eaton website at
feeder metering in
commercial/industrial
● Monitors single-phase and demand values up to
60 submeters
www.eaton.com/meters 9
three-phase loads from 120 ● Each Power Xpert Multi-
switchboards or medium
voltage distribution
●
to 600 Vac
Monitors current, voltage,
Communication Capabilities
Point Meter module can be
configured for up to six
9
equipment with the use of With the Power Xpert Multi- metering points in any
voltage and current power factor, frequency,
power and energy Point Meter’s built-in combination of single- 9
transformers. communication capabilities, phase and three-phase
Stores extensive energy
9
●
The Power Xpert Multi-Point remote meter reading and metering points
profile data for each
Meter provides a cost- monitoring functions can be corresponding to the
metering point; can be
effective solution for used to identify
integrated into both new and
retrofit applications.
voltage wiring of the meter
base
9
residential or commercial coincidental peak
metering installations. Typical
installations include:
demand contribution ● Standard Modbus RTU
● Power Xpert Multi-Point
configuration software
9
● LEDs provide status of unit ● Optional Modbus TCP /
● High-rise buildings communication activity and BACnet/IP / SNMP / HTTP /
simplifies system
commissioning and 9
● Government institutions verify sensor connections SMTP / NTP /SFTP startup; PXMP
● K–12, universities and
● Meets rigid ANSI C12.20
accuracy specifications for
communications configuration software 9
campuses supports both online and
● Office buildings ●
revenue meters
Three standard digital
Software Compatibility
The Power Xpert Multi-Point
offline configurations 9
● Medical facilities
9
inputs and eight pulse Meter: Easy to Install
● Apartment and inputs per optional module ● Can be used as part of ● UL Listed for mounting
condominium complexes to monitor WAGES (water,
● Airports air, gas, electric, or steam)
an electrical energy
monitoring and cost
inside panelboards (e.g.,
PRL4), switchboards, and 9
● Shopping malls ● One standard digital output NEMA 12 enclosures
● Industrial sites and eight digital outputs ●
allocation system
Can be remotely monitored ● Quick connect terminals 9
per optional module for for current sensors,
Mixed-use facilities via onboard Web pages
9
●
alarm indication Modbus communications,
with Eaton’s optional
● Three types of meter Energy Portal Module and bus voltages make
modules to support 10 mA,
100 mA or 333 mV sensors
● Is compatible with third- wiring the unit quick 9
party software platforms and easy
and interface devices 9
Features
9
Description Main/Aggregate Channel Data Tenant
Instrumentation 9
Current, per phase ■ 1 ■ —
Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N) ■ ■ — 9
Frequency — ■ ■
Minimum/maximum readings, V
Minimum/maximum readings, W, VAR, VA
Per phase
Total and per phase
—
—
—
—
9
Minimum/maximum readings, PF, F
Power
Total — —
9
9
Real, reactive, and apparent power (W, VAR, VA) Total and per phase Total and per phase Total
Power factor — Average Average
Demand
Block interval (fixed, sliding) ■ — — 9
Real, reactive and apparent power demand Total and per phase — —
Minimum/maximum readings, PF, W, VAR, VA Total and per phase Total — 9
Energy
Real, reactive and apparent energy (Wh, VARh, VAh) Total — Total 9
Real, forward and reverse, and total (Wh) ■ — ■
Note 9
1 Main only.
Metering Devices
Standards and Certifications Product Selection

9 The Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter, current sensors, and other
Environmental accessories can be ordered from Eaton distributors. Refer to the
9 The PXMP Meter and current sensors must be housed in a following catalog numbers when ordering.
NEMA or UL enclosure that keeps the internal environment
9 within the PXMP’s environmental specification ranges and Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Products
provides suitable fire and mechanical protection in the end
9
Product Description Catalog Number
product installation.
Meter Bases and Meter Modules with ABCN Voltage Inputs
● Temperature range: –20 to +70°C (–4 to +158°F)
9 ● Storage temperature range: –40 to 85°C
PXMP meter base—three-phase with ABCN voltage inputs PXMP-MB
● Humidity: 5–95% noncondensing environment PXMP meter module with six 100 mA inputs PXMP-MM100MA
9 ● Pollution degree: II
for use with PXMP current sensors
PXMP meter module with six 10 mA inputs PXMP-MM10MA
9
● Elevation: 0 to 9843 ft for use with IQMESII current sensors
(0 to 3000m)
PXMP meter module with six 333 mV inputs PXMP-MM333MV
Housing: IP20
9
●
for use with 333 mV current sensors
● CE Mark Meter Bases and Meter Modules with ABN Voltage Inputs
9 EMC EN61326
●
PXMP meter base—single-phase, three-wire PXMP-MB-AB
with ABN voltage inputs
Emissions Conducted and Radiated
9 ● FCC part 15 Class B
PXMP meter module with six 100 mA inputs
for use with PXMP current sensors
PXMP-MM100MA-AB
● CISPR 11 Class B
9 PXMP meter module with six 10 mA inputs for use with IQMESII
current sensors
PXMP-MM10MA-AB
Electromagnetic Immunity
9 Standard Description Level
PXMP meter module with six 333 mV inputs for use with
333 mV current sensors
PXMP-MM333MV-AB
9
IO Modules
EN61000-4-2 ESD 3
PXMP meter pulse input module with eight inputs PXMP-PIM
EN61000-4-3 RF radiated 3
9 EN61000-4-4 Electrical fast transient 3
PXMP meter digital output module with eight outputs PXMP-DOM
Communication Module
EN61000-4-5 Surge 31
9 EN61000-4-6 RF conducted 3
PXMP meter energy portal module PXMP-EPM
Current Sensor Kits
9 EN61000-4-11 Volt sag/swell/variation —
KIT, PXMP CS125 sensor, quantity of 3 PXMP-CS125-3
Product Safety
9 ● IEC/EN61010-1
KIT, PXMP CS250 sensor, quantity of 3
KIT, PXMP CS400 sensor, quantity of 3
PXMP-CS250-3
PXMP-CS400-3
9 UL 61010-1 File E185559

●
Current Sensor Cable Kits
● CNL evaluation to CAN/C22.2 No 1010.1.92
KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 4 ft (1.2m), quantity of 3 PXMP-SC4-3
9 Accuracy KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 6 ft (1.8m), quantity of 3 PXMP-SC6-3
● ANSI C12.20—Accuracy Class 0.5% with either CSXXX or KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 8 ft (2.4m), quantity of 3 PXMP-SC8-3
9 PXMP-CSXXX sensors KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 12 ft (3.7m), quantity of 3 PXMP-SC12-3
● Measurement Canada Approval Pending
9 Current Sensor Extension Cable Kits
KIT, PXMP sensor extension cable, 8 ft (2.4m), quantity of 3 PXMP-SCE-8-3
9 KIT, PXMP sensor extension cable, 16 ft (4.9m), quantity of 3 PXMP-SCE-16-3

Interface Modules
9 PXMP current sensor interface module for 333 mV, kit X 3 PXMP-IM333MV-3
9 Note
Total sensor lead length must not exceed 28 ft (8.5m).
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
The Pulse Input Module (PXMP-PIM) can be used to totalize
pulse outputs from water meters, gas meters, steam meters or 9
even old electrical meters with KZ pulse outputs. The PXMP-PIM
can also be used for status monitoring in applications where 9
status indication updates of 6 seconds over Modbus satisfies
the application requirement. 9
Support products for the Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter include
the HMI display, IMPCABLE and power supplies as described in 9
the table below.
9
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Support Products 9
Product Description Catalog Number
Communication cable, 1000 ft (305m), 600V insulation IMPCABLE 9
9
PXMP meter display—6-inch color touchscreen (with cable) PXMP-DISP-6
Power supply—single-phase 90–264 Vac, 24 Vdc at 2.5A PSG60E
Power supply—three-phase 360–575 Vac, 24 Vdc at 2.5A PSG60F
9
Power supply—three-phase 600 Vac, 24 Vdc PSS55D
9
Meter Selection 9
Meter Base Typical Applications
New Switchboards
PXMP Current
Retrofit Existing
IQMESII
Enclosed PXMP
333MV
9
Three-Phase
Application or Single-Phase
Sensors,
Solid Core,
Sensors,
Solid Core,
Sensors,
Split Core, Enclosed PXMP 9
Single-Phase Application PXMP-CSXXX, Ampere CS-XXX, CS-SP-X-XXXX-333MV, Interface
Meter Module
PXMP-MM100MA
with ABCN
PXMP-MB
with ABN
—
Ratings
125, 250, 400
Ampere Ratings
—
Ampere Ratings
—
Modules
—
9
PXMP-MM333MV PXMP-MB — — — 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, PXMP-IM333MV
1600, 2000 1
9
PXMP-MM10MA
PXMP-MM100MA-AB
PXMP-MB
—
—
PXMP-MB-AB
—
125, 250, 400
5, 50, 70, 125, 200, 400
—
—
—
—
—
9
PXMP-MM333MV-AB — PXMP-MB-AB — — 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, PXMP-IM333MV
1600, 2000 1 9
9
PXMP-MM10MA-AB — PXMP-MB-AB — 5, 50, 70, 125, 200, 400 — —
Note
1 For applications requiring more than 2000A current sensors, use a CS005 with 5A CT in conjunction with PXMP-MM10MA.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Technical data and Specifications

9
External Circuit Group Specifications ● End of Line Termination resistance should match cable
9 impedance (typ. 100–120 ohms)
PXMP-MB (-AB) Meter base ● Four-position removable terminal plug 18–22 AWG (0.82–0.33
9 Discrete Output mm2) typical, wire ferrules recommended
● Quantity 1—solid-state relay Form A NO Bidirectional FET ● COM1
9 ● Polarity of external source is not important – T7—Shield
Isolation circuit to ground 2 kV/1 min. – T8—RS-485 common
9
●
● Maximum external source voltage 28 Vdc – T9—Data –

– T10—Data +
9 Line-to-line TVS clamp across switching element at 32 Vdc
●
● COM2
● Solid-state relay on resistance 35 ohms maximum
– T11—Shield
9 ●
●
Maximum load current 80 mA
Minimum pulse width 20 milliseconds
– T12—RS-485 common
– T13—Data –
9 ● Fixed 25 milliseconds for pulse initiator function
– T14—Data +
● Maximum pulse rate 25 Hz
9 ● Wiring to two-position removable terminal plug PXMP-MB Power Supply Input
● 12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire ferrules recommended ● 24 Vdc ±20%
9 ● T1 (polarity not important)
● 15W maximum load
● 1 kV isolation barrier internal to PXMP-MB
9 ● T2 (polarity not important) ● Externally fuse circuit to protect wire
Discrete Inputs ● Green power OK LED
9 ● Quantity 3, common circuits inputs 1–3
● Three-position terminal block 16–12 AWG (1.31–3.31 mm2),
wire ferrules recommended
9 ● Group isolation 2 kV
● T15—24 Vdc – (common)
● No input-to-input circuit isolation
T16—24 Vdc + (Hot)
9
●
● All inputs per module share a common external
24V (±10%) supply
● T17—Shield (optional) capacitively referenced to chassis
ground for enhanced EMC performance
9 ● 24V externally sourced between common and inputs
● Design to interface with external dry contact Meter Voltage Inputs
9 ● Input impedance ~2.2K ohms ● Overvoltage CAT III
● Input current draw ~10 mA per input ● Maximum voltage rating
9 ● Minimum pulse width 10 milliseconds ● 480VL:G (corner grounded delta)
● Maximum pulse rate 20 Hz ● 347VL:N
9 ● Wiring to four-position removable terminal plug ● 600VL:L
● 12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire ferrules recommended
9 Frequency rating 47–63 Hz
●
● T3—Common (connect ext. 24 common here) ● Metering range (temporary transitions)

9 T4—Input 1 (dry contact to 24V hot)
● ● 30–700VL:N
● T5—Input 2 (dry contact to 24V hot) ● 30–700VL:L
9 T6—Input 3 (dry contact to 24V hot)
● ● Abuse withstand rating 1000V sustained
COM1 and COM2 RS-485 Serial Ports ● High pot withstand rating 2500V/1min
9 ● No D+/D– biasing reliance on fail-safe driver and biasing at
● Input impedance 4M ohms
● Fuse inputs rated to protect wiring to mains. External fuses
Master
9 ● Baud rate configurable between 9600–115K baud (default)
● must be installed between the meter voltage terminal and the
mains disconnect switch to the main lines to protect the lines.
9 Use cable designed for RS-485 communications
●
600V 1 A BUSS type KTK-R-1 Fast Acting or equivalent fuses
● Low L:L capacitance ● are recommended.
9 Impedance of ~100–120 ohms
●
● Wiring to removable terminal plug 10–18 AWG (5.26–0.82
● Shield—Mylar for high frequency; Braid for low frequency mm2), wire ferrules recommended
9 ● Separate common and shield for best noise immunity ● T18—N (VR)
● Maximum cable length is 4000 ft (1219.2m) with 32 nodes ● T19—C (V3)
9 at 19.2K baud increased data rates will reduce maximum
cable distance
● T20—B (V2)
● T21—A (V1)
9 ●
● 2000 ft (609.6m) with 32 total nodes at 115.2K baud
Isolation 300V to ground due to TVS diode clamps
9 ● Modbus RTU slave protocol, address defined by rotary switch
● Green Rx and Red Tx LEDs per channel
9 ● Data + > Data—during idle marked, logic 1 state
Metering Devices
9.3
PXMP meter modules (PXMP-MMs) PXMP pulse input modules (PXMP-PIMs)
Compatible with all PXMP Meter Base slots 1–10 LED ● Compatible with all PXMP-MB slots 1–10 9
indicators: LED indicators
9
●
● Health and status green, blink to show activity ● Health and status green, blink to show activity
Input On/Off status one green per pulse input
9
●
● Pulse energy output one red per group of three loads
● Load energy direction red/green pair per load ● Eight pulse inputs to external dry contacts
All variations support six load inputs. ● Maximum pulse rate is 20 Hz 9
● Minimum pulse width is 20 milliseconds
Current sensor connection is one 2 x 2 connector per load. ● External circuit groups rated for 24 Vdc (±20%) 9
Compatible with PXMP-SCXX sensor cables, total cable length ● All circuits share the same electrical common
to the sensor should not exceed 28 ft (8.5m). ● External supply connects to the module with a two-position 9
Note that -AB suffix only affects what voltage channels the loads removable terminal plug
are paired with for metering purposes. ● The supply is internally fanned out to all circuits 9
● Group isolation limited to 300V to ground due to TVS diode
PXMP-MM10MA supports the CSXXX series of 10 mA
maximum secondary output current transformers.
clamp 9
● Input impedance ~2.2K causing a 10 mA load per input when
PXMP-MM100MA supports the PXMP-CSXXX series of 100 mA
maximum secondary output current transformers.
energized 9
● External circuit groups connect with a 16-position removable
PXMP-MM333MV supports 333 mV maximum secondary terminal plug 9
output current transformers with the use of the PXMP- ● Terminals support 12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire
IM333MV interface module. ferrules recommended
9
PXMP energy portal module (PXMP-EPM)
PXMP digital output module (PXMP-DOM)
● Compatible with all PXMP-MB slots 1–10 ● Only functionally compatible with PXMP-MB slot 10 9
LED indicators
9
●
● LED indicators
● Health and status green, blink to show activity ● Top health and status green, blink to show activity
● Output On/Off status one green per output ●
●
Com. reset button—reset to defaults
Local IP 192/10
9
● Eight individual solid-state relay outputs
● Each circuit rated for 24 Vdc (±20%) with an 80 mA load ● RJ45 front-facing Ethernet configuration port LEDs 9
maximum – Link (Tx/Rx blink)
● 24 Vdc is externally sourced – 10/100 speed 9
● Group isolation to ground 2 kV ● LED four-stack for bottom LAN/WAN Ethernet port
● Each circuit has its own separate common, circuit-to-circuit ● Link (Tx/Rx blink) 9
isolation 120V ● 10/100 speed
● 16-position removable terminal plug ● DHCP/Fixed 9
● 12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire ferrules recommended ● TX active
● Config. Ethernet RJ45 Cat5 STP/UTP 9
● 10Base-T/100Base-Tx
● Auto crossover capability supported 9
Java Web browser interface
9
●
● Bottom facing LAN/WAN Ethernet port

RJ45 Cat5 STP/UTP 10Base-T/100Base-Tx
9
●
● STP required for full electromagnetic immunity

● Auto crossover capability supported
9
● Supports Modbus TCP and Java Web browser interface
● Bottom-facing telephone modem interface 9
● Modem type V92/56K baud
● RJ11 field interface 9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter System—Hardware Specifications

9 Field Power Rated Rated Circuit
Components Circuit Source Voltage Current Impedance Isolation Note 1 Note 2
9 PXMP-MB Digital output External 24 ±20% 1 0.080A 35 ohms 2.0 kV — —
PXMP-MB-AB maximum maximum
9 Digital input External 24 ±20% 1 0.01A 2.22K 2.0 kV Opto drops supply by 2V Group are electrically common
COM1 RS-485 Internal 5V 1 — 50–60 ohms 300V TVS diode clamped to PE —
9 COM2 RS-485 Internal 5V 1 — 50–60 ohms 300V TVS diode clamped to PE —
Power supply External 24 ±20% 1 0.7A N/A 1.0 kV Installation Class II input 15W maximum
9 input maximum
Voltage inputs External 480V L:G 2 0.12 mA 4M ohms N/A Installation Class III High pot 2500V/1 minimum
9 A (V1)/ B (V2)/
C (V3)/ N (VR)
mains 347V L:N 2
600V L:L 2
0.09 mA
0.09 mA
4M ohms
4M ohms
N/A
N/A
Installation Class III
Installation Class III
High pot 2500V/1 minimum
High pot 2500V/1 minimum
9 PXMP-MM100MA
PXMP-MM10MA
CT secondary
CT secondary
External
External
N/A
N/A
100 mA
10 mA
14.6 ohms
67 ohms
N/A
N/A
20% over-range
20% over-range
See sensor for primary isolation
9 PXMP-MM333MV
PXMP-DOM
CT secondary
Digital output
External
External
0.333V 2
24 ±20% 1
N/A
0.080A
50,000 ohms
10 ohms
N/A
2 kV group
20% over-range
120V isolation
Isolation dependent on
maximum maximum circuit-to-circuit external source
9 PXMP-PIM Pulse input External 24 ±20% 1 0.01A 2.22K ohms 300V to ground TVS diode clamped to PE; Note: Opto creates 2.2V drop
group isolated, all circuits common sourced by 2.2K ohms; isolation
9 to 24V external source dependent on external source
PXMP-EPM Ethernet 100 Bt Internal — N/A N/A 1 kV — —
9 POT modem Internal — N/A N/A — — —
Notes
9 1 DC.
2 AC RMS.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
Wiring for PXMB-MB
Note: For all voltage connections—fuses should be sized in accordance with best practices to protect the instrumentation wire. 9
Four-Wire Wye Voltage Connection Inputs 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Three-Phase, Four-Wire Service Current Sensor Connections 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Three-Phase, Four-Wire Service (Ten Single-Phase, Single-Pole) Current Sensor Connections

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9 Network 120/208 Three-Wire Apartment Service Current Sensor Connections
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring for PXMB-MB-AB
Note: For all voltage connections—fuses should be sized in accordance with best practices to protect the instrumentation wire. 9
Single-Phase, Three-Wire 120/240 Voltage Connection Inputs
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
120/240 Single-Phase, Three-Wire Service Current Sensor Connections 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Dimensions
9
Single Unit—Front View
9 10.67
(271.0)
9 0.20
(5.1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9 Mode
24Vdc 80mA Output
9
1
Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Pulse In Output Portal Meter 2
Module Module Module Module Module Module Module Module Module Module Base
Com Com Com Com Com Com Com Com Com 24Vdc Inputs
Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Health Config. Port Common 3
Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Slave Address Input 1 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 PI1 O1 Status 0 0 Input 2 5
9
9 1 9 1
PI2 O2 8 2 8 2 Input 3 6
Com
- - - - - - - PI3 O3
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Reset 7 3 7 3
+ + + + + + + PI4 O4 6
5
4 6
5
4
- - - - - - - PI5 O5 Shield 7
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Health
+ + + + + + + PI6 O6 Common 8
- - - - - - - PI7 O7 TX RS-485 D 9
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX
9
+ + + + + + + PI8 O8 (Com 1) D 10
RX
Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse Pulse
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Power
Status Shield 11
- - - - - - - Common 12
+
XX +
XX +
XX +
XX +
XX +
XX +
XX TX RS-485 D 13
(Com 2)
- - - - - - - RX D 14
9
+
B1 +
B1 +
B1 +
B1 +
B1 +
B1 +
B1
- - - - - - -
+
100mA
A1 +
100mA
A1 +
100mA
A1 +
100mA
A1 +
100mA
A1 +
100mA
A1 +
100mA
A1
24Vdc 24Vdc
Cat. No. PXMP-MB-XX
Style No. 66D2261GXX Rev. X 12.00
11.67 CT
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor 80mA Max
SN: XXXXXX
Date Code: WYYMMDD
FW Version X.X
Made in USA (304.8)
Inputs
(296.4)
9
Local IP
1
1
PI1 PI2 PI3 PI4 PI5 PI6 PI7 PI8
O1
192/10
XX
2
2
3
O2
PS Input
4
XX Rating -Vdc 15
5
O3
Link
Local
WARNING 24Vdc +Vdc 16
6
9
REMOVE POWER BEFORE SERVICING 15W Max Shld 17
7
O4
MORE THAN ONE LIVE CIRCUIT. SEE DIAGRAM.

XX AVERTISSEMENT: CET EQUIPEMENT RENFERME PLUSIEURS
8
CIRCUITS SOUS TENSION. VOIR LE SCHEMA.

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
O5
DO NOT HIPOT / DIELECTRIC TEST

N (VR) 18
10/100
O6
Meter nc
XX
10/100
DHCP
Link
TX ST
C Voltage Inputs
9
C (V3) 19
O7
480V~ L:G Max.

LAN Delta B 347V~ L:N Max. nc
B1 Wye 600V~ L:L Max.
O8
A CAT III
/1PH B (V2) 20
Freq. 47-63 Hz
LAN
+ See manual for complete ratings nc
24V
A1 - Modem
A (V1) 21
9
b
Power Xpert
Multipoint Meter
9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8.74
9 (222.0)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Single Unit—Side View Current Sensor Dimensions
9
9
9
9
ID
H
9
12.50
(317.5)
9
Multipoint Meter
http://www.Eaton.com Made in USA

FW X.XX
Power Xpert
Technical Support 1-800-809-2772

Rev. X
Style No. 66D2250G0X
Cat. No. PXMP-EPM-X
9
Serial No. XXXXXX
WYYMMDD
9
9
3.27
(83.1)
W 9
Single Unit—Top View
9
Current Sensor Dimensions
15.63 Sensor H W D 9
(397.0)
PXMP-CS125
PXMP-CS250
2.66 (67.6)
2.96 (75.2)
1.66 (42.1)
2.42 (61.5)
0.53 (13.5)
1.12 (28.4)
9
PXMP-CS400 3.64 (92.5) 3.03 (73.2) 1.74 (44.2) 9
Open Interface Module (PXMP-IM333MV) 9
PXMP Color Touchscreen Display Blue Locator LED Terminal Block 9
1.54
(39.0)
9
0.06~0.12
(1.6~3.0) 6.10
(0.24) 0.12 (3.0) R Typ. 9
7.25 6.79
(184.1) (172.4)
9
Outer
5.67 5.21 9
(144.1) (132.4)
PXMP-SCX Cable Strain Relief

333 mV
Sensor
9
Connection Strap Holes Secondary
Cut-Out Dimensions Leads 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 IQ Energy Sentinel
Description Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
9 IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
9 IQ Energy Sentinel™
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-113
9 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-114
V3-T9-115
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-116
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-119
9 PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
9 Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136
9
9 IQ Energy Sentinel™
IQ Sentinels Key advantages include The ability to monitor power Note: For customer billing
9 IQ Sentinels are unmatched savings in distribution systems down to applications, consult local utility
space, lower installation the machine or process level at for metering requirements.
9 submeters, designed to costs and the capability to an industrial facility has
Commercial applications
monitor power and energy. communicate data readings become essential to provide
include energy cost allocation
9 They represent an alternative
to installing separate
in a variety of ways. key benefits such as to verify
the accuracy of the utility bill, within convention halls, office
IQ Sentinels with built-in CTs identify and track energy usage buildings, shopping malls,
9 wattmeters, watthour meters
and watt demand meters.
and communications have to the loads that consume it, hospitals, warehouses and
the added benefit of greater develop a facility energy profile storage facilities.
9 The Energy Sentinel monitors overall system accuracy.
Conventional metering often
to establish a baseline, allocate Industrial applications include
watts, watthour and watt energy costs to create departmental billing and
9 demand. is less accurate since external
CTs and separate transducers
accountability, etc. process/assembly line energy
may each have inaccuracies An optional door-mounted cost analysis. IQ Energy
9 of 1% or more. interface, the Subnetwork Sentinels may be substituted
for watt transducers when
Master Local Display, is
9 Eaton’s IQ Sentinels provide a
unique cost-effective method
available to display the energy monitoring machine tool and
equipment performance
parameters monitored by the
to implement energy within plants.
9 submetering at lower levels
IQ Sentinels.
in the distribution system. Submetering application Recreational facilities include
9 examples for the IQ Sentinels sports arenas, camping
grounds, trailer parks and
include energy demand
marinas.
9 monitoring, product cost
analysis, process machine The IQ Sentinel may be
9 tool efficiency and
productivity improvement,
applied on three-phase
(three- or four-wire), as well
and energy cost allocation or
9 tenant billing for commercial,
as single-phase (three-wire)
systems.
industrial, recreational and
9 residential facilities. IQ Sentinels may be
applied on either 50 or
9 60 Hz systems.
Metering Devices
9.3
The IQ Energy Sentinel is Breaker Mount Applications Universal Mount Applications 9
available in three different New Equipment
package versions: breaker 9
mounted, universal breaker
with internal CTs, and 9
universal breaker with
external CTs. 9
Designed for mounting on
Eaton’s Series C® Circuit
Universal Mount with Internal CTs
9
Breakers utilized in Eaton
assemblies such as: The universal mount IQ Energy 9
Sentinel with internal CTs
● Pow-R-Line four
panelboards—feeder
includes integral 400A CTs and
may be applied on loads up to
9
circuits
● Pow-R-Line C™
400A. The universal mount IQ
Energy Sentinels with internal 9
switchboards—feeder CTs may be utilized wherever
circuits
F-Frame Breaker with IQ Sentinel
breaker mounting is not 9
● Motor control centers and feasible or possible.
enclosed control with
circuit breaker
Retrofitting The universal mount IQ Energy 9
The space-saving design Sentinel with provisions for
disconnects—starter or
feeder circuits characteristics of the breaker external CTs may be applied on 9
mount IQ Energy Sentinels loads up to 4000A. They are
Enclosed Motor Control
9
●
allow them to be added to usually utilized for monitoring
● Enclosed circuit breakers existing Eaton circuit breakers loads larger than 400 amperes,
● Pow-R-Way III® bus plugs
with circuit breaker
at any time, often with no
additional space or
on power cable sizes larger
than 500 kcmil or on circuits
9
disconnects modifications required. containing more than one
conductor per phase. 9
Or they may be installed
when upgrading from older
circuit breakers, often with
9
no additional space or
modifications required. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Features
9
IQ Energy Sentinel Features
9 Features Benefits
9 ■ Monitors (accuracy stated full scale)

Kilowatts ±1.0%
■
■
One device replaces multiple meters and/or transducers
Improved system accuracy
Kilowatts demand ±1.0% ■ Savings in product cost
9 ■
Kilowatt Hour ±1.0%
Built-in CTs version up to 400A or external CTs version up to 4000A
■ Savings in space
■ Savings in installation cost
9 ■
■
Breaker, panel or DIN rail mounted
Powered directly off the line
■
■
No external power source is needed
Permits remote monitoring and interconnection with programmable logic controllers
■ Built-in communication capability and building management systems. For further information see section on Power
9 Address set by DIP switches
Communication at 9600 baud
Management Software Systems
■ Designed to interface directly with Power Management Software Energy Billing software
9
Noise immune INCOM protocol
■ Flexibility—displays what is needed where it is needed
■ Choice of operator interfaces
■ Power Management Software
Subnetwork Master Local Display
9 Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
Power Management Energy Billing software
Power Management Software
9 .
9 Eaton’s Breaker Mount

Eaton’s breaker mount
9 IQ Energy Sentinel installs
in less than 10 minutes on
9 the load side of an Eaton
F-Frame (150A),
9 J-Frame (250A), or
K-Frame (400A) circuit
breaker.
9
Voltage
9 Tangs Transmit
LED
9
9
9
9
9
9
9 Ground/Neutral
Connection
9 DIP Switch
Address
Communications
Connections
9 Energy Sentinel Features
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Universal Mount with The location of the ground/ Universal Mount for well as another terminal block
Internal CTs—(UI) neutral connection differs on External CTs—(UE) for connection to the user’s 9
The Universal Mount IQ Breaker Mount IQ Energy The Universal Mount IQ existing 5-ampere secondary
Energy Sentinel with internal Sentinels from the location of Energy Sentinel for external CTs that may range in 9
CTs may be panel-mounted the ground/neutral CTs may be panel-mounted standard ratios from 25:5 up
or DIN rail mounted on
disconnects or other circuits
connection on Universal
Mount IQ Sentinels. Incorrect
or DIN rail mounted on
circuits up to 4000 amperes.
to 4000:5. 9
Note: If the device will be
up to 400 amperes. A pull-
apart terminal block is
wiring to the ground/neutral
and communications A pull-apart terminal block is disconnected without interruption
of the monitored load, the use of
9
provided on the device for connections may result in provided on the device for
connection of the system accuracy and communication connection of the system
a CT shorting block is advised.
9
voltage reference wiring. errors. voltage reference wiring as
9
Communications Communications Communications Communications
Connections Shield
Connection
Connections Shield
Connection
9
9
9
CT 9
Terminal
Block
9
9
Ground/Neutral
Connection
Ground/Neutral
Connection 9
Voltage Terminal Block Voltage Terminal Block
9
Energy Sentinel Features
Standards and Certifications 9

UL listed, File E64983
9
●
● CSA approved, File

LR106359-1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Product Selection
9
IQ Energy Sentinels
9 IQ Energy Sentinels
Current Rating Catalog
Description Voltage Rating—Vac Maximum Amperes Number
9 For F-Frame breakers 120/240, 240, 208Y/120 150 IQESF208
9 For F-Frame breakers

For F-Frame breakers
220/380, 230/400, 240/415
480, 480Y/277
150
150
IQESF400
IQESF480
9 For F-Frame breakers 600, 600Y/347 150 IQESF600

For J-Frame breakers 120/240, 240, 208Y/120 250 IQESJ208
9 For J-Frame breakers 220/380, 230/400, 240/415 250 IQESJ400
For J-Frame breakers 480, 480Y/277 250 IQESJ480
9 For J-Frame breakers 600, 600Y/347 250 IQESJ600
9 For K-Frame breakers

For K-Frame breakers
120/240, 240, 208Y/120
220/380, 230/400, 240/415
400
400
IQESK208
IQESK400
9 For K-Frame breakers 480, 480Y/277 400 IQESK480

For K-Frame breakers 600, 600Y/347 400 IQESK600
9 Universal with internal CTs 120/240, 240, 208Y/120 400 IQESUI208
9
Universal with internal CTs 220/380, 230/400, 240/415 400 IQESUI400
Universal with internal CTs 480, 480Y/277 400 IQESUI480
9 Universal with internal CTs 600, 600Y/347 400 IQESUI600

Universal for external CTs 120/240, 240, 208Y/120 4000 IQESUE208
9 Universal for external CTs 220/380, 230/400, 240/415 4000 IQESUE400
Universal for external CTs 480, 480Y/277 4000 IQESUE480
9 Universal for external CTs 600, 600Y/347 4000 IQESUE600
9
9
Terminal, Cable and Wiring Guidelines
9 Eaton’s Wire Size Wire
Sentinel Series C Terminal (Single Conductor) Types
9 F-Frame 624B100G02, G17, G18, G19 #14–1/0, #4–4/0, #4–4/01, #14–1/0 AWG THW, THHN, XHHW
9 J-Frame T250KB, TA250KB #4–350 kcmil THW, THHN, XHHW

K-Frame T350K, TA350KB #250–500 kcmil THW, THHN, XHHW
9 Universal Energy Sentinel with internal CTs T350K, TA350KB #250–500 kcmil THW, THHN, XHHW
System Voltage Reference Wiring
9 Energy Sentinel with internal or external CTs #24–#10 AWG
9
Current Transformer Wiring
Universal with external CTs #12 AWG (maximum)
9 Ground Reference Wiring

Energy Sentinel with internal or external CTs #22–#12 AWG (minimum 600 volt rated)
9 Communications Wiring
Energy Sentinel with internal or external CTs Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family
9 F-Frame Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family
9 J-Frame
K-Frame
Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family
Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Energy Sentinel
Current Input 9
Current range: 1% to 125% of current rating
Burden: 1 VA
9
Voltage Input 9
Voltage Range: ±20% of voltage rating
Frequency 9
50 or 60 Hz
9
Power Factor Range
All (–1 to +1) 9
Communications
Protocol: INCOM
9
Speed: 9600 baud
Compatibility: Power Management Software compatible 9
Environmental Conditions 9
Operating temperature: –25°C to 70°C 1
(–13°F to 158°F)
Storage temperature: –40°C to 85°C 1
9
(–40°F to 185°F)
Operating humidity: 5% to 95% relative humidity noncondensing 9
System Voltage Considerations (Application Note) 9
The Ground (GND) terminal of the IQ Energy Sentinel should
be connected to the ground bus or other non-current carrying 9
ground with 600V rated wire to ensure accuracy.
Note 9
1 40ºC (standard) maximum for Series C circuit breakers.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Wiring Diagrams
9
9 Field Wiring—IQ Universal Energy Sentinel with Internal CTs
Single-Phase Three-Wire Two-Phase Three-Wire
9 N N
L2
9 Line
L2
Line
9 L1 L1
9 Fuses Fuses
9
9
Reference Reference
VA VB VC Ground IA IB IC VA VB VC Ground IA IB IC
9
IQ Universal Energy Sentinel IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
9 with Internal CTs
Load
with Internal CTs
Load
9 Three-Phase Three-Wire Three-Phase Four-Wire

N
9 Line
L3 L3
L2 Line
9
L2
L1 L1
9 Fuses Fuses
9
9 Reference Reference
VA VB VC Ground IA IB IC VA VB VC Ground IA IB IC
9
9 IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
with Internal CTs
IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
with Internal CTs
Load Load
9
9 Acceptable System Configurations
Phase A
9
Phase A
9 Neutral
Phase C
Phase C
9 Single-Phase, Three- Two-Phase Star, Three-
Three-Phase Star, Four- Three-Phase Star, Four- Wire, Earthed Mid-Point Wire, Earthed Neutral
9 Wire, Earthed Neutral. Wire, Non-Earthed
Neutral.
(Connect to A and C
Phases).
(Connect to A and C
Phases).
9
9
9
9 Three-Phase Star,
Three-Wire
Three-Phase Star,
Three-Wire, Earthed
Three-Phase Delta,
Three-Wire
Three-Phase Open
Delta, Four-Wire,
Neutral Point. Earthed Junction.
9 Note: Acceptable for Universal IQ Energy Sentinels only.
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
Energy Sentinel 9
Weight
Frame Type D W H CT Window Size 1 Hole Clearance Lbs (kg) 9
F 3.20 (81.3) 4.12 (104.6) 1.30 (33.0) 0.59 (15.0) — 0.65 (0.3)
J 4.04 (102.6) 4.12 (104.6) 1.28 (32.5) 0.77 (19.6) — 0.69 (0.3) 9
K 4.04 (102.6) 5.31 (134.9) 1.25 (31.8) 0.96 (24.4) — 0.87 (0.4)
UI 4.36 (110.7) 5.31 (134.9) 3.00 (76.2) — 1.17 (29.7) 1.10 (0.5) 9
9
UE 4.36 (110.7) 5.31 (134.9) 3.00 (76.2) — — 1.10 (0.5)
Note
1 Acceptable for Universal IQ Energy Sentinels only.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
IQ Sentinel
9
F-Frame Energy Sentinels J-Frame Energy Sentinels K-Frame Energy Sentinels
9 0.25
Typical
0.25
Typical
0.25
Typical
(6.4) (6.4) (6.4)
9 0.75 1.25 1.10
(19.1) (31.8) (27.9)
9
1.28
9
1.30 1.25
(33.0) (32.5) (31.8)
9
9
1.17
9 4.04
(102.6) 0.90
Typical 4.04
(29.7)
Typical
1.17 (22.9)
9 Typical (102.6)
3.20 (29.7) 0.96
(81.3) 0.77 (24.4)
0.59
9
(19.6)
(15.0)
1.38
(34.9)
9
1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.72 1.72
9 (34.9) (34.9) (34.9) (34.9) (43.7) (43.7)
2.06 2.06 2.66
9 4.12
(52.3)
4.12
(52.3)
5.31
(67.5)
(104.6) (104.6) (134.9)

9 Universal with Internal CTs Universal with External CTs
9
Energy Sentinels Energy Sentinels
1.80 1.71 1.80 1.80 1.71 1.80
9 0.14
(45.7) (43.4) (45.7)
0.14
(3.6)
(45.7) (43.4) (45.7)
(3.6)
9 Radius
3.00
Radius
3.00
9
(76.2) (76.2)
2.50 2.50
(63.5) (63.5)
9
9
1.36 2.60 1.36 1.36 2.60 1.36
(34.5) (66.0) (34.5) (34.5) (66.0) (34.5)
9 5.31
(134.9)
5.31
(134.9)
9
9 1.17
(29.7)
Diameter 4.36 4.36
9 (110.7) (110.7)
9
9
1.72 1.72
9 (43.7) (43.7)
2.66
9 (67.5)
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
PM3 Modules
Description Page
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 9
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module
V3-T9-112
9
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131 9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
9
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module 9
Product Description 9
For information on our PM3
product, please refer to 9
Volume 4, Tab 2.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 Current Transformers (CTs)
Description Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
9 IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-123
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-126
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
9
9
9
Eaton’s low voltage current Split core CTs are specifically
For new construction and
9 transformers are available in
both solid core and split core
designed to be installed
around primary conductors
retrofit applications where
no current transformer exists,
designs. Engineered for without disconnecting wires Eaton offers a complete
9 electronic metering or breaking the circuit to be selection of low voltage
applications, all solid core monitored. These current (up to 600V) current
9 designs and selected split transformers are perfect transformers. These current
core designs offer ANSI solutions for energy transformers can be used
9 metering quality accuracy.
The solid core designs also
management applications
and are manufactured for
in commercial-grade
applications, such as control
meet ANSI C57.13 relay installation ease. panels and panelboards.
9 accuracy requirements Additionally, they can be used
including over-ranging for most industrial metering
9 capabilities. The current and relaying applications in
transformer offering has a switchboards, switchgear and
9 5 ampere secondary at the
rated primary current.
motor control centers. These
CTs are intended for use with
9 the Power Xpert Meter 2000/
4000/6000/8000, IQ 250/260,
IQ 130/140/150, IQ Analyzer
9 6400/6600, IQ DP-4000 and
IQ 230 series.
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Product Selection
9
Solid Core ANSI Metering Accuracy
Primary ANSI B0.1 Window Size Mounting Bracket
9
Current Metering Class at 60 Hz in Inches (mm) Catalog Catalog
Rating (Accuracy in %) Diameter Number Number 9
S060 1.25 (31.8) Window
50 1.2 1.25 (31.8) S060-500 1 9
X1
100 0.6 1.25 (31.8) S060-101 1
150 0.3 1.25 (31.8) S060-151 1 9

1
9
H1 200 0.3 1.25 (31.8) S060-201
9
S050 1.56 (39.6) Window
300 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-301 S050BRAC 9
400 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-401 S050BRAC
BE
L
X1
500 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-501 S050BRAC 9
LA
600 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-601 S050BRAC
750 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-751 S050BRAC 9
H1
800 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-801 S050BRAC
1000 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-102 S050BRAC 9
1200 0.3 1.56 (39.6) S050-122 S050BRAC
S080 3.25 (82.6) Window 9
400 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-401 S080BRAC
X1
500 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-501 S080BRAC 9
9
LAB
E L
600 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-601 S080BRAC
750 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-751 S080BRAC
9
800 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-801 S080BRAC
H1
1000 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-102 S080BRAC
1200 0.3 3.25 (82.6) S080-122 S080BRAC
9
S090 4.25 (108.0) Window
500 0.3 4.25 (108.0) S090-501 S090BRAC
9
LA
B EL
X1
0
600
750
0.3
0.3
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
S090-601
S090-751
S090BRAC
S090BRAC
9
800
1000
0.3
0.3
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
S090-801
S090-102
S090BRAC
S090BRAC
9
H1 1200
1500
0.3
0.3
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
S090-122
S090-152
S090BRAC
S090BRAC
9
1600
2000
0.3
0.3
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
S090-162
S090-202
S090BRAC
S090BRAC
9
2500 0.3 4.25 (108.0) S090-252 S090BRAC
9
3000 0.3 4.25 (108.0) S090-302 S090BRAC
S025 6.31 (160.3) Window 9
600 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-601 S025BRAC
X1
0
750 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-751 S025BRAC 9
BE
L 800 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-801 S025BRAC
9
LA
1000 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-102 S025BRAC

1200 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-122 S025BRAC
H1
1500 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-152 S025BRAC 9
1600 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-162 S025BRAC
2000 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-202 S025BRAC 9
2500 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-252 S025BRAC
3000 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-302 S025BRAC 9
3500 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-352 S025BRAC
4000 0.3 6.31 (160.3) S025-402 S025BRAC 9
Note
1 Contact Eaton for further information. 9
Metering Devices
Split Core ANSI Metering Accuracy

9 ANSI B0.1
Primary Metering Class at 60 Hz Window Size Catalog
9 Current Rating (Accuracy in %) in Inches (mm) Number
W190 Wound and Primary CTs
9 25 0.3 Wound W190-025
50 0.3 Primary W190-050
9
X1
X2
H1
L
BE
LA
9
9
9
M000 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)
9 X1
400 2.4 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-401
X2
500 2.4 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-501
9 H1
600 2.4 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-601
9 800
1000
1.2
1.2
2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)
2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)
M000-801
M000-102
9 1200 0.6 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-122

1500 0.6 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-152
9 1600 0.6 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-162
2000 0.6 2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7) M000-202
9 Re
m
En
d
is ble
Th ova
9
M050 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)
9 600 4.8 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-601
9 750 4.8 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-751

H1
LA
BE
L
800 2.4 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-801
9 1000 2.4 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-102

1200 1.2 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-122
9 1500 1.2 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-152
2000 0.6 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-202
9 2500 0.6 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-252
9 Th
is
En
3000
3500
0.6
0.6
4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)
4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)
M050-302
M050-352
dR
em
9
ov
ab
le
4000 0.3 4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3) M050-402
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Split Core Current Transformers
Primary Accuracy Window Size Catalog
9
Current Rating at 60 Hz (in %) in Inches (mm) Number
M030 0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

9
100 5.0 0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5) M030-101
9
150 5.0 0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5) M030-151
200 4.0 0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5) M030-201 9
300 2.0 0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5) M030-301
400 2.0 0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5) M030-401 9
9
M040 1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9) 9
100
150
5.0
4.0
1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)
1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)
M040-101
M040-151
9
X2
H1
200 1.5 1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9) M040-201 9
300 1.5 1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9) M040-301
9
LABEL
400 1.5 1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9) M040-401
9
M060 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)
200 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-201 9
9
L
LA
BE 300 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-301
H1
400 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-401

500 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-501
9
600 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-601
H1
750 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-751 9
800 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-801
1000 1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-102 9
M080
1200
2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)
1.0 2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9) M060-122
9
500 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-501 9
600 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-601
800 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-801 9
1000 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-102
1200 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-122 9
1500
1600
1.0
1.0
2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)
2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)
M080-152
M080-162
9
2000 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-202 9
2500 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-252
3000 1.0 2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8) M080-302 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Dimensions
9 Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
9 S050
9 (4) Open Slots 0.22 x 0.34

(5.6 x 8.6)
2.75
(69.9)
9
S050BRAC
9 2.23
(56.6) 1.10
(27.9)
9
1.67
(42.4)
9 X1
L
9 LA
BE
0.44 3.53
(90.0)
9
(11.2)
3.00
(76.2)
9 H1
X1
9
9 3.70
(94.0)
9 H1
1.56 Dia.
(39.6)
9 1.88
0.31
(7.9)
(47.8)
9
9 2.25
(2) Holes 0.20 (5.1) Diameter (57.2)
9
S060
9 5.25
9
(133.4)
4.00
(101.6)
9 3.10
(78.7)
9 2.88
(73.2)
X1
9 (2) Slots
0.28 x 0.50
(7.1 x 12.7) (2) 0.28 x 0.50 Slots
9 (7.1 x 12.7)
3.62
9 (91.9)
0.88
H1 (22.4)
9 0.44 (11.2)
X1
9
9 4.00
(101.6)
H1 See Tables
9 1.95
(49.5)
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
9
S080
(8) Open Slots 9

0.47 x 0.22 (11.9 x 5.6)
5.73 (145.5) 9
4.85 (123.2)
3.81 (96.8) S080BRAC 9
2.19 2.91
9
1.15
9
(55.6) (29.2) (73.9)
X1
9
B EL
LA
0.44
1.09
9
(4) Holes (11.2)
0.42 (10.7) Dia. 0.55 (27.7)
(14.0)
H1 X1 9
5.73
9
(145.5)
H1 3.25 (82.6) Dia. 9
2.84 9
(72.1)
9
0.51 4.70 9
(13.0) (119.4)
9
S090
9
5.92 (150.4)
4.85 (123.2)
3.81 (96.8)
S090BRAC 9
2.91 9
0 1.15 2.19 (73.9)
X1
BE
L
(29.2) (55.6) 9
LA
(8) Open Slots 0.47 x 0.22 (11.9 x 5.6)

9
3.50
9
(88.9)
X1
9
H1
6.17 9
(156.7)
H1 4.25 (108.0) Dia. 9

0.42 2.97 9
(10.7) (75.4)
9
4.86 (123.4)
9
(4) 0.28 x 0.63 (7.1 x 16.0) Slots 9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
S025
9 S025BRAC
9
4.10
9
2.98 1.28
(75.7) (32.5) (104.1)
9 X1
0
6.37
9 LA
BEL 0.56
(14.2)
(161.8) (4) Slots 0.44 x 1.00
(11.2 x 25.4)
8.50
9 (215.9)
0.75
9 (19.1)
9
0.44
(11.2)
H1
9 8.50
(215.9)
9 6.75
(171.5)
H1
6.31
(160.3)
9 4.25
(108.0)
9
9 6.75 (171.5) (4) 0.56 (14.2)
0.88 (22.4)
9
Diameter Holes
9 W190
(4) Closed Slots
9 2.75 (69.9) 0.21 x 0.50 (5.3 x 12.7)
9
4.69
9 4.12
2.19
(55.6)
(119.1)
X1 (104.6)
9 X2
H2 H1 X2 X1 3.25
(82.6)
9 H2
H1
BE
L
LA
9 3.50
(88.9)
(4) Open Slots
0.44 x 0.50 (11.2 x 12.7)
9
4.50
(114.3) 0.38
(9.7)
0.75
9 (19.1)
9 LABEL 0.44
(11.2)
9 4.88
9
(124.0)
0.50
9 (12.7)
9
3.48 (88.4)
9 (2) Mounting Holes

0.38 (9.7) Diameter
Metering Devices
9.3
9
M000 M050
9
H1
X1
is ble
9
d
X2
En
Th ova
X1
ble
va
m
mo
Re
9
L
BE
Re
LA
End
is
9
Th
H1
4.25 (108.0)
2.00
0.44
(11.2)
9
0.75
(50.8)
9
(19.1)
This End
Removable X1
LABEL
9
H1
7.75
(196.9)
7.10 9
LABEL
5.50 (180.3)
(139.7) 4.10 10.90
9
10.00
(104.1) (276.9)
(254.0)
H1 9
X1 X2 This End Removable
9
0.38
9
6.40 1.63
3.50 (88.9) (9.7) (162.6) (41.4)
(2) 0.19 (4.8) Diameter Holes 1.13 7.30 (4) 0.31 (7.9) Dia. Holes
(185.4)
9
(28.7)
M030 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
M040
9
9
2.50
9 (63.5)
9
Terminal Arrangement for
9 H1 Ratios 250:5 through 400:5
3.38 (85.9)
1.20
(30.5)
9 X2
9 X2
4.78
LABEL
9 (121.4)
LABEL
3.52 1.53 4.12
(89.4) H1 (104.6)
(38.9)
9 X1
9 X1
9
Terminal Arrangement for
9
1.42
Ratios 100:5 through 200:5 (36.1)
9 M060 M080
9
9
L
BE
LA
H1
9
9
9
9
H1
9
9
9
9 H1 H1
9
9 2.70 (68.6) 6.25 (158.8)
9 5.80 (147.3)
X1 - WHITE
X2 - BLACK
9.25 (235.0) X1 - WHITE
X2 - BLACK
H1 H1
9
9 2.75 (69.9)
1.75
2.60 (66.0)
1.75
6.05 (153.7) (44.5) 6.05 (153.7) (44.5)
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
IQ Accessories—Clamp-On CTs
Description Page
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 9
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
9
Clamp-On Current Transformers
V3-T9-122
9
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-132
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-133
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134 9
9
9
Clamp-On Current Transformers 9
Product Description
Eaton’s optional Clamp-on
● There are two models that
Features, Benefits
and Functions
● Meets IEC 1010-1
9
Category III
Current Transformers (CTs) cover current ranges from Each clamp-on CT comes
9
●
are designed to be used in 150 to 1500 amperes with a 12-foot (3.7m) cable ● CE mark for applications
cases where there are no and twist lock connector
9
● These clamp-on CTs are where European
existing CTs or the existing designed to fit around ● All models have a compliance is required
CTs cannot be accessed, 600 volt insulated cable 5 ampere output at
these clamp-on CTs can and bus bar three different primary 9
be used. current ratings
These clamp-on CTs are 9
packaged individually. Most
applications will require at 9
least three clamp-on CTs,
one for each phase. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Product Selection Technical Data and Specifications

9 ● Operating temperature: 14ºF to 122ºF (–10ºC to 50ºC)
9 Operating humidity: 5 to 90% maximum noncondensing

●
Ordering Information ● Altitude: 10,000 ft (3048m)

9 Current
Ranges
Catalog
Number
● Environment: indoor use only
● Operating voltage: 600 Vac maximum
9 150–300–600A 150–300–600A IQAPORT0600CT ● Isolation test: 5.55 kV for 1 minute
● Current over range: 200% for 3 minutes
9 ● Connector: twist-lock
9 Current Ranges
Each of the two models of clamp-on CTs has three primary
9 500–1000–1500A IQAPORT1500CT
current ranges. The primary current range is selected at the
clamp-on by connecting to the indicated terminals.
500–1000–1500A
9 150A/300A/600A Clamp-On CT Specifications

● Current ratings:
9 ● 150 to 5 amperes
300 to 5 amperes
9
●
● 600 to 5 amperes
9 500A/1000A/1500A Clamp-On CT Specifications

● Current ratings:
9 ● 500 to 5 amperes
1000 to 5 amperes
9
●
● 1500 to 5 amperes
9 Electrical Characteristics
9 Current
Ranges
Load
(Ohms)
Phase Shift
(Degree)
Frequency
Range (3%)
Frequency
Range (–3 db)
9 150–600A
500–1500A
0.10–1.0
0.01–4.0
0.5–1.0
0.5–1.0
40–5000
40–2000
30–10,000
30–5000
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
150A/300A/600A Clamp-On CT 9
150A/300A/600A Clamp-On CT
1.58
(40.1)
● Maximum cable size: 9
● 2.00 inches (50.8 mm)
4.01 0.79
(101.9) (20.1) ● Maximum bus bar size: 9
● 2.00 x 0.47 inches (50.8 x 12.0 mm)
● 1.60 x 1.40 inches (40.6 x 35.6 mm) 9
● Dimensions (without cable):
● 4.00 x 8.50 x 1.60 inches (101.6 x 215.9 x 40.6 mm) 9
● Weight (with cable):
● 2.0 lbs (0.9 kg) 9
8.50 9
(215.9)
9
9
9
9
1.26 9
(32.0)
500A/1000A/1500A Clamp-On CT 9
500A/1000A/1500A Clamp-On CT
2.04 ● Maximum cable size: 9
(51.8) ● 2.68 inches (68.1 mm)
5.24
(133.1)
1.40
(35.6)
● Maximum bus bar size: 9
● 4.84 x 1.40 (122.9 x 35.6 mm)
● 4.00 x 1.70 inches (101.6 x 43.2 mm) 9
1.10
9
● Dimensions (without cable):
(27.9) ● 5.20 x 13.20 x 2.00 inches (132.1 x 335.3 x 50.8 mm)
Weight (with cable):
9
●
● 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

9
8.50
(215.9)
9
9
9
9
9
1.30
(33.0)
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 IQ Accessories—IQ Flange
Description
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
9 IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
IQ Flange
9
9 IQ Flange
9 Product Description Application Description Product Selection
Eaton’s IQ Flange is intended
9 for use with the IQ Data, Retrofit Applications
IQ Flange IQ Flange
IQ Generator, IQ Data Plus II, For applications where extra Description Catalog Number
9 IQ Analyzer and any other
such device sharing the same
door mounting space is
required, a flange-mounting IQ Flange IQFLANGE
unit is available. The IQ
9 mounting dimensions.
Flange provides an extra
The door mounting flange 2.5 inches (63.5 mm) of
9 provides extra depth behind a
panel if there is not enough
clearance for the device.
The IQ Flange can be used
9 clearance to accommodate
the device.
with any IQ device with
a 5.38-inch (136.7 mm) x
9 9.38-inch (238.0 mm) cutout.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Contents
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series and PXM 2000 Meters
Description
9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
9
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 9
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
9
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131 9
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit 9
9
9
9
9
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series 9
and PXM 2000 Meters
Product Description Product Selection
9
The flange adapter plate can
be installed as follows:
3. Drill six holes in the panel
or the door to mount the Panel Mounting Panel Mounting Adapter Kit 9
flange adapter plate. Adapter Kit
9
1. Remove the old meter Follow the typical IQ
from the panel or door. Panel mounting adapter kit IQ250-PMAK
drilling pattern. You need
9
IQ 100/200 and PXM 2000 Series
Many IQ metering only the top, center and adapter kit to IQ Analyzer/
products use the typical bottom sets of holes IQ DP-4000/IQ Data
9
IQ drilling pattern shown
at right for mounting 4. Install the new IQ 100/
200 Series or PXM 2000
2. Install the flange adapter
plate. Mount it from the
meter in the flange 9
adapter plate. Secure it
rear using the six screws
provided in the kit. The
from behind with four flat
washers, lock washers
Dimensions 9
flange adapter plate
screw hole pattern
and nuts provided with
the meter
Flange Adapter Plate Screw Hole Pattern
9
shown at right should 6.72
match the typical IQ (170.7)
5.38
9
drilling pattern. If not, (136.7)
perform the next step
9
4.45
9
9
(113.0)
9
10.25
(260.4)
4.45
(113.0)
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Contents
9 NEMA 12 Single- and Multi-Unit Enclosed Meters
Description
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
9
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
9 IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Enclosed Meters
9 Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-137
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-139
9 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-139
9 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-141
V3-T9-151
9
9 Enclosed Meters
The Eaton enclosed meter The enclosed meter line has Factory designed and wired The multi-unit offering
9 line provides a complete
energy metering and data
two standard offerings:
single-, prewired unit (specific
to fit various Eaton power and
energy meters at varying
consolidates energy-related
data available from the
9 acquisition solution in a single
enclosure. Designed for
IQ 150, IQ 250/260, PXM
2000, PXM 4000/6000/8000
price points, Eaton’s
enclosed meter line offers
meters in the enclosure, but
also allows for external
Eaton’s IQ 35M, IQ 150, IQ or PXMP) and a multi-unit savings in labor and meters to be added to the
9 250/260, and Power Xpert® (specific IQ 150, IQ 250/260 installation costs because embedded Power Xpert
2000/4000/6000/8000 and or IQ 35M models). Because input current and voltage Gateway 200E. Through the
9 Multi-Point Meters, Eaton’s the multi-unit automatically wiring, as well as I/O wiring, Power Xpert Gateway 200E’s
enclosed meter line offers includes Eaton’s Power Xpert is prewired to terminal blocks embedded Web server,
9 mounting and installation
flexibility, especially in retrofit
Gateway 200E, it facilitates
measurement and verification
inside the enclosure.
Standalone, enclosed meters
information can be presented
in a variety of ways; a
are ideal for new metering standard Web browser being
9 applications where no
metering compartment or
of the energy usage on
processes and in buildings. applications where no the most widely used
mounting space is available in This provides a convenient metering existed previously, method.
9 the existing electrical way to monitor energy usage for retrofit installations where
The enclosed product is a
distribution equipment or from multiple points, collect energy monitoring is a must
9 where installation time is a
premium. Factory designed
and log specific energy use
parameters, and display and
or where ease of installation
is required.
standalone solution that is
ideal for many infrastructure
designs. Further, as needs
9 and wired, Eaton’s enclosed
meter line offers savings in
generate logs for historical
energy usage reports. Simply
● Health care facilities change and grow, the
labor and installation costs put, Eaton’s multi-unit ● Educational facilities and enclosed product can be
9 because input current and enclosed meter solution campuses integrated through Power
voltage wiring as well as I/O helps meet any ● Industrial facilities Xpert Software into a broader
9 wiring is prewired to terminal measurement and verification ● Commercial facilities
solution that encompasses
other intelligent hardware and
blocks inside the enclosure. requirement to show energy ● Government facilities can integrate with third-party
9 efficiency improvements and
results. In addition to the network management
systems (NMS) or building
9 standard offering, Eaton can
also provide an enclosed management systems (BMS)
metering solution tailored for system-wide monitoring
9 around your project needs. and reporting of energy
and power.
9
Metering Devices
9.3
● Saves installation time Factory-wired products also
9
NEMA 12 Front View, Door Open, Prewired and Tested
and cost save on installation time and
● One part number to order; costs. The meters are flush 9
no need to worry that any mounted on the enclosure
part has been left out door with all inputs/outputs
Fused
9
● Pick the meter or meters factory wired to the terminal Disconnect
you need as it is designed blocks.
Neutral, Ground 9
to fit various Eaton power A meter subpanel assembly and Input/Output
and energy meters, at is also available, which Control
(not shown)
Terminal Blocks
9
varying price points includes all the internal Power,
Factory Wired
components of the single-unit
enclosed meter for the IQ
Voltage
and CT
CT Shorting
Terminal
9
Inputs
9
Most electrical contractors 150/250/260 and PXM 2000 Block
are very familiar with wiring Meters wired and mounted
Prewired Control
meters. However, it does on a subpanel to be installed
take time to place the into an existing electrical
Power Transformer
9
disconnect, the CT shorting structure. It comes with a 48-
blocks, the terminal blocks, inch lead for flexibility in Meter Fusing
9
the control power mounting the meters at
transformer and so on, and
the associated wiring. It is not
various distances. 9
NEMA 12 Multi-Unit View, Door Open, Prewired and Tested
uncommon for errors to be
introduced during the
NEMA Rated
NEMA 12 enclosure prevents
9
installation of multiple dust and other materials from
meters; it’s just inherent in entering the equipment.
Gateway Power
Supply
9
wiring. With Eaton’s enclosed Internal gaskets also prevent
meter line, everything is air irritants from harming the
Fused Disconnect
9
wired at the factory—the vital equipment inside. This Meter Fusing
shorting block, the terminal
blocks and so on—assuring
quality enclosure meets most
indoor application needs. Control power, PX Gateway 9
that it’s done right. Further, to voltage, CT and
ensure safety, Eaton’s NEMA 3R enclosure is Communications
Inputs
Fused Control
Power Transformer
9
enclosed meter line includes constructed for either indoor
a primary fusible disconnect or outdoor use. It helps to 9
for line voltage, which can be protect personnel from Ground
turned off during meter
maintenance.
access to hazardous parts
and provides a degree of CT Shorting Blocks 9
protection for equipment
For applications with line inside the enclosure against 9
voltages above the rated ingress of solid foreign
power supply of the meter, objects (falling dirt), harmful 9
an optional control power effects of water (rain, sleet,
transformer is supplied in the
enclosure. Control voltage
snow) and external formation
of ice on the enclosure.
NEMA 12 Single-Unit Enclosed Meter Inside View, 9
can also be supplied via a PXM 4000/6000/8000 Series
separate source that is wired NEMA 4X enclosure provides Fused Meter 9
to the field installation the same degree of Disconnect Fusing
terminal block. CT inputs for protection as the NEMA 3R 9
the meter are wired directly with the additional protection
to the shorting terminal
blocks for easy field
against windblown dust,
splashing and hose-directed Prewired 9
Control
water, and corrosion.
installation. Power
Transformer
9
9
Display
Meter
Control 9
Power,
Voltage
and CT 9
Inputs
9
CT Shorting Terminal Blocks
9
9
Metering Devices
NEMA 3R Single-Unit Closed and Open, IQ 150/250/260 Multi-Unit Enclosed Meter, Inside View of IQ 35M
9 and PXM 2000 Series
Meter
9 Fusing
9 Fused
Disconnect
9 Gateway
Power
9 Supply
9
9 PX Gateway
9
9
9 Control Power,
Voltage Current
9 NEMA 4X Single-Unit Closed and Open, IQ 150/250/260
Sensor and
Communications
Inputs
9 and PXM 2000 Series
9
9
Current Sensor
9 Terminal Strip
9
9 Prewired Meter Backpan, Single Unit
48-Inch Meter
9 Harness
9
9 Meter
Fusing
9 Enclosed Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Fused

Disconnect
9
Fused Fuses PXMP
Disconnect Power
Supply
9 PXMP
Meter
9 6-Inch Base
Color Connections
Optional CT Shorting
9 Touchscreen CPT Block
● Prewired panel to save installation time and cost for retrofits
9 into existing equipment
● Designed for Eaton’s:
9 ● IQ 100 Meter Series
PXMP Meter Base ● IQ 250/260
9 PXMP Meter Modules ● Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
(not shown—sold separately)
9
● With or without CPT, depending on voltage
NEMA 12
● Order meters separately
9 Enclosure
(30H x 24W x 12D Inches)
Metering Devices
9.3
9
Single Unit Enclosed Meter Enclosed PXMP Meter
PXM2250MA65105 - 2 B PXMP - 2 B D 9
9
Meter Type
Meter Type NEMA Rating CPT Option PXMP-MB
Display 9
PXM4051A1BA 2 = NEMA 12 A = 120/240 Vac (no CPT) PXMP-MB-AB CPT Option A = None
PXM4051A1BB
PXM6051A1BA
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X
B = 480 Vac (CPT) A
B
= None
= 120/240 Vac
D = 6-inch color
touchscreen 9
PXM6051A1BB
9
C = 480 Vac
PXM8051A1BA D = 600 Vac
PXM8051A1BB NEMA Rating
9
PXM2250MA65105 2 = NEMA 12
PXM2250MA65115 3 = NEMA 3R
PXM2250MA65145 4 = NEMA 4X
PXM2260MA65105
PXM2260MA65115 9
PXM2260MA65145 Multi Unit Enclosed Meter
PXM2270MA65105
PXM2270MA65115
9
PXM2270MA65145 IQ150MA6511 - 2 B 4 C
PXM2280MA65105 9
PXM2280MA65115
PXM2280MA65145
PXM2290MA65105
Meter Type
IQ35MA12
Communications 9
PXM2290MA65115 IQ150MA6511 CPT Option C = Includes
PXM2290MA65145
IQ250MA65100
IQ250MA65100 A = 120/240 Vac
PXG-200E 9
IQ260MA65100 No CPT
IQ250MA65110
IQ250MA65114
IQ260MA65100
B = 480 Vac
CPT 1
Number of
Meters 9
NEMA Rating
4 = 4 meters
9
IQ260MA65110
2 = NEMA 12 1
IQ260MA65114
3 = NEMA 3R
IQ150MA6511
4 = NEMA 4X
IQ150MA6512
9
Product Selection
9
Meter Subpanel Assembly
9
Description Catalog Number 9
Meter subpanel assembly for PXM 2000 PXM2K-MSPA-A
and IQ 150/250/260 Meters
9
Meter subpanel assembly with CPT for PXM 2000 PXM2K-MSPA-B
and IQ 150/250/260 Meters
9
Notes
1 Not available with IQ 35M.
9
Other meter models available upon request in single- and multi-unit enclosed versions.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 Enclosed Meters
9 Description Specification
Enclosure rating NEMA 12, 3R, 4X
9 Enclosure operating temperature –20°C to +40°C
Note: Temperature range of meter is
9 –20°C to +70°C. If applied outside, proper
precautions should be taken to avoid exceeding
the maximum and minimum temperature ratings
9 of the meter.
Dimensions Single unit (IQ 150/250/260 and PXM 2000):
9 NEMA 12 (8.00W x 16.30H x 10.40D inches),
NEMA 3R/4X (8.00W x 16.30H x 9.60D inches)
9
Single unit (PXMP):
NEMA 12/3R/4X (24.00W x 30.00H x 12.00D inches)
Single unit (PXM 4000/6000/8000):
9 NEMA 12 (20.00W x 24.00H x 14.10D inches)
NEMA 3R/4X (20.20W x 24.00H x 13.90D inches)
Multi unit:
9 NEMA 12 (13.00W x 30.00H x 15.20D inches)
NEMA 3R (13.20W x 30.10H x 14.60D inches)
NEMA 4X (13.00W x 30.00H x 14.00D inches)
9 Meters Single unit: IQ 150, IQ 250/260, PXM 2000/4000/6000/8000
and PXMP models
9 Multi unit: IQ 35M, IQ 150 and IQ 250/260
Communications (multi unit only) Power Xpert Gateway 200E
9 Control voltage 120V–600V (PXMP)—power supply required
Up to 240V (IQ 35M/150/250/260 and PXM 2000/4000/
9 6000/8000)—no CPT required
Greater than 240V (IQ 150/250/260 and
PXM 2000)—CPT required
9 Separate source control—no CPT required
Basic model Fusible disconnect—primary voltage
9 Shorting block(s)—not required for IQ 35M or PXMP
Ground terminal block
9
Neutral terminal block
Eight-point terminal block(s) for input/output
modules for IQ 250/260 and PXM 2000
9 Wiring Wired for three-phase, four-wire applications. Three-phase,
three-wire applications—
9 will need to change the wiring for both the voltage and the
current per the wiring diagram in the meter instruction
manual.
9 Certifications UL® 508A and cUL®
Source control No separate source control voltage required for applications
9 below 240 Vac (except PXMP)
Prewired Prewired current transformer, shorting terminal block(s),
9 neutral, ground, voltage, control
power, fusible disconnect and input/output
9
terminal block(s)
Latch Padlocking latch provision
9 Optional features Control power transformer—single unit: 50 VA (IQ 150/250/

260) and 150 VA (PXM 4000/6000/8000); multi unit: 250 VA
control power supply for meter where monitored voltage is
9 480 Vac (IQ 150/250/260 and PXM 2000/4000/6000/8000)
9
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is
not a complete feature list. Features and functionality may vary depending
9 on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to
the technical data sheet and the user manual for detailed specifications.
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Wiring Diagrams
9
Single Unit Enclosure—200/240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 or PXM 2000 Meter 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Single Unit Enclosure—480 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 or PXM 2000 Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Multi Unit Enclosure—200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 35M Meters
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Multi Unit Enclosure—200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 Meters
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Multi Unit Enclosure—480 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 Meters
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Single Unit Enclosure—120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Wire System with PXMP Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Single Unit Enclosure—120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire Wye System with PXMP Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Single Unit Enclosure—480–600 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire Wye System with PXMP Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Single Unit Enclosure—200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with PXM 4000/6000/8000 Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
Single Unit Enclosure—480 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with PXM 4000/6000/8000 Meter
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
Dimensions
9
NEMA 12 Single Unit Enclosure
9
9
9
Top 9
View
10.39 8.00
9
(263.9) (203.2)
9.60
5.00
(127.0) 9
(243.8)
9
9
16.30
(414.0)
14.99
(380.7) 9
9
9
Right Side View Front View Left Side View Rear View 9
NEMA 12 Multi Unit Enclosure 9
13.00
(330.2)
9
9
15.19
9
Top
15.19
(385.8)
View
(385.8)
9
14.07
(357.4)
ø0
11.50
(292.1)
9
.4
4
9
6.97
(177.0)
Typ.
9
9
30.00
(762.0)
28.50
(723.9) 9
9
9
9
Right Side View Front View Rear View
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 NEMA 12 PXM 4000/6000/8000 Enclosure
20.00
9 (508.0)
9 12.00
(304.8)
9
9
1/4-Turn 4xø0.44 18.50 (469.9)
Top View Padlocking Latch 16.94 (430.3)
Subpanel Width Mounting Width
9 0.75
(19.1)
9 21.00 22.50 0.75
24.00 (533.4) (571.5) (19.1)
9 (609.6) Subpanel
Height
Mounting
Height
9
9 Left Side View Front View Right Side View Front View (Door Removed) External Rear View
9
9
9
Bottom View
9
9 NEMA 12 PXMP Enclosure
24.00
9 (609.6)
9 12.00
(304.8)
9
Top View
9
9
29.50 5.25 HMI
9 (749.3)
Door
(133.4) Cutout
6.79
9 30.00
(762.0)
(172.4)
9
9 Left Side View Front View Right Side Front View
View (Door Removed)
23.63 (600.2)
9 Door
9
9
Bottom View
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
9
NEMA 3R/4X Single Unit Enclosure
9
9
9
Top
View 9
9
9
9.58
(243.3)
5.00
(127.0) 9
This Drip Cap is
on NEMA 3R Only
9
9
16.30 14.99
(414.0) (380.7) 9
9
9
Right Side View Front View Front View Rear View
9
NEMA 3R/4X Multi Unit Enclosure 9
13.20
(335.3) 9
(NEMA 3R)
13.00
(330.2)
9
(NEMA 4X)
9
14.64
Top
ø0
ø0 .34 10.50 9
(371.9) .4 (N (266.7)
(NEMA 3R) View 1
(N EM
EM A
(NEMA 3R) 9
14.03 A 3R 11.50
4X )
(356.4)
(NEMA 4X)
) (292.1)
(NEMA 4X)
9
This Drip Cap is
on NEMA 3R Only 9
9
30.07 27.00
(763.8)
(NEMA 3R)
(685.8)
(NEMA 3R) 9
30.00
(762.0)
28.50
(723.9)
9
(NEMA 4X)
9
(NEMA 4X)
9
Right Side View Front View Front View Rear View
9
(no door)
9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 NEMA 3R PXM 4000/6000/8000 Unit Enclosure
9
20.20 (513.1)
Top Width
20.00 (508.0)
9
Enclosure Width
13.70
9 (348.0)
Top
Depth
9
12.00 (304.8)
9
Top View 17.50 (444.5)
Enclosure 4xø0.34 Mounting Width 1.25
Depth
(31.8)
9
9 21.00
24.00 1/4-Turn (533.4) Front View (Door Removed)
9 (609.6) Padlocking
Latch
Mounting
Height
9
9 Left Side View Front View Right Side View External Rear View 1.50
9 19.63 (498.6)
(38.1)
9
Door
9 Front View (Subpanel Only)
9
9 Bottom View
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
9
NEMA 4X PXM 4000/6000/8000 Unit Enclosure
9
20.00
(508.0) 9
12.00 9
(304.8)
9
Top View
18.50 (469.9)
Mounting Width 9
0.75
9
(19.1) 0.75
22.50
(19.1) Front View (Door Removed) 9
24.00 1/4-Turn
9
Padlocking (571.5)
(609.6) Mounting
Latch
Height
4xø0.44
9
Left Side View Front View Right Side View External Rear View
9
9
Front View (Subpanel Only)
9
9
Bottom View
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices

9
9 NEMA 3R PXMP Multi Unit Enclosure
9
9 24.00
(609.6)
9
12.00
9 (304.8)
9 6.79
Top View (172.5)
9
9
9 30.00 30.80
5.25
(133.4)
HMI
Cutout
9 (762.0) (782.3)
Enclosure Overall
9
9
9 Left Side View Front View
23.63 (600.2)
Right Side View Front View
(Door Removed)
Door
9
9
9
Bottom View
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Metering Devices
9.3
9
NEMA 4X PXMP Multi Unit Enclosure
9
24.00
(609.6) 9
12.00 9
(304.8)
9
Top View
6.79
(172.5)
9
9
5.25 HMI
9
9
(133.4) Cutout
30.00 30.00
(762.0) (762.0)
Enclosure Overall
9
9
Left Side View Front View Right Side View Front View
9
9
(Door Removed)
23.63 (600.2)
Door
9
13.07
(332.0)
Overall 9
Bottom View
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 Description Page
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162
9 FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172
9 MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-188
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-198
9 MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . . V3-T9-204
9
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217
9 DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .

EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
9 ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
9 Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
9
9 Protective Relay Selection Chart
9 Protection Functions
Feeder Motor Voltage Transformer
9 Description
IEEE
Protection
DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000
Protection
MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000
Protection
VR-300
Protection
DP-300 ETR-4000
Device
9 Section Page Number Number V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226 V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188 V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217 V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237
Phase inst. OC 50 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Phase TOC 51 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ground inst. OC (measured) 50G ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Ground TOC (measured) 51G ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
9
Phase directional control 1 67
Ground directional control 2 67N ■ ■
9 Phase voltage restrained OC 51VR ■ ■

No. of curves (ANSI/IEC/thermal) 11 11 10 10 10 11
9 Zone interlocking ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Thermal overload 49 ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Locked rotor 49S/51 ■ ■ ■
9 Jam/stall
Undervoltage
51R
27 ■ ■
■
■
■ ■
■ ■
9 Current unbalance 46 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Negative sequence voltage 47 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Power factor 55 ■ ■ ■ ■
Overvoltage 59 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Frequency (over/under) 81 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Forward/reverse VARs 32V ■ ■
Notes
9 1 The 50 and 51 protective functions can be controlled for reverse, forward or both directional protection.
2 The 50N, 51N, 50G and 51G protective functions can be controlled for reverse, forward or both directional protection.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Protection Functions, continued
9
Protection Protection Protection Protection
Description
IEEE
Device DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000 MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000 VR-300 DP-300 ETR-4000 9
Section Page Number Number V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226 V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188 V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217 V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237
Differential 87 ■1 ■1 ■1 ■1 ■2 ■3 ■4
9
Forward/reverse power
Sync check
32
25
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Reclosing 79 ■ 9
Loss of potential block LOP ■ ■
Cold load pickup ■ ■ ■ 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Breaker failure 50BF
2nd harmonic restrain ■ ■
5th harmonic restrain ■ ■
9
4th harmonic restrain ■
87 GD ground differential ■ 9
9
Control Functions
Feeder Motor Voltage Transformer 9
9
IEEE
Description Device DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000 MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000 VR-300 DP-300 ETR-4000
Remote open/close ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ (Trip only) ■ ■ ■ 9
Programmable I/O ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Programmable logic control ■ ■ ■ 9
Multiple settings groups
Number of starts limit
4 4 4 4
■ ■
4
9
Starts per hour ■ ■ 9
Time between starts ■ ■
Emergency override ■ ■ 9
■ ■
9
Reduced voltage starting
Trip lock out ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes
1 87B using zone selective interlocking.
9
2 87M or 87G (motor or generator differential).
3 87M, 87T or 87G (motor, transformer or generator differential).
9
9
4 87T (transformer differential).
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Metering Functions
9 Feeder Motor Voltage Transformer
9 Description
IEEE
Device DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000 MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000 VR-300 DP-300 ETR-4000
9 Amperes ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■1 ■
9 Ampere demand ■ ■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
■
Volts
9 Phase angle (current and voltage) ■ ■ ■ ■ Current only

Positive, negative and zero sequence ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Watts ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
9
Watt Demand
Watthour ■ ■ ■ ■
9 VARs ■ ■ ■ ■
VAR demand ■ ■ ■ ■
9 VAR-hour ■ ■ ■ ■
VA ■ ■ ■ ■
9 VA Demand ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
9 VA-hour
Frequency ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Trending (load profile) ■ ■ ■

Minimum/maximum recording ■ ■ ■ ■ Max. only ■ ■
9
9 Monitoring Functions
9 IEEE
Description Device DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000 MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000 VR-300 DP-300 ETR-4000
9 Section Page Number Number V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226 V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188 V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217 V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237
Trip circuit monitor ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Breaker wear ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Failure to close
Oscillography ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Sequence of events ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Trip target data ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Clock ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Number of starts ■ ■ ■
9 Acceleration time ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
9 RTD temperature
Hottest RTD ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Note
1 Differential and restrain current only.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Communications
9
Description
IEEE
Device DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000 MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000 VR-300 DP-300 ETR-4000 9
Local human machine ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
interface
Remote 9
communication port
RS-232 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
RS-485 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ethernet copper ■ ■ 9
Frequency shift key ■ ■ ■ ■ Optional
Addressable ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Protocols
INCOM ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Modbus-RTU
Modbus-TCP ■ ■
9
9
Construction
9
Description
IEEE
Protection
DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000
Protection
MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000
Protection
VR-300
Protection
DP-300 ETR-4000
9
Device
Section Page Number
Panel mount case
Number V3-T9-207
■
V3-T9-226
■
V3-T9-180
■
V3-T9-172
■
V3-T9-162
■
V3-T9-188
■
V3-T9-198
■
V3-T9-204
■
V3-T9-217
■
V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237
■
9
Drawout Optional Removable
terminals
■ Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Removable
terminals
9
Operating
temperature range
–30°–55°C –40°– 60°C –40°– 60°C –40°– 60°C –40°–60°C –20°–60°C –20°–60°C –30°–55°C –20°–70°C 20°–70°C –40°– 60°C 9
Power supply options 120–
240 Vac
19–
300 Vdc
48– 48– 48– 120–
125 Vac/Vdc 125 Vac/Vdc 125 Vac/Vdc 240 Vac
120–
240 Vac
120–
240 Vac
40–
250 Vac
40–
250 Vac
19–
300 Vdc
9
24–250
Vdc
40–250
Vac
100–240
Vac/Vdc
100–240
Vac/Vdc
100–240
Vac/Vdc
24–
250 Vdc
90–
250 Vdc
90–
250 Vdc
40–
250 Vac 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
AC current inputs
AC voltage inputs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Wye PTs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Delta/open delta PTs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Binary inputs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Alarm outputs 2 Form C 1 Form C 2 Form C 2 Form C 2 Form C 3 ■ 2 Form C 1 Form C 1 NO 1 Form C
Trip outputs 2 3 5 5 5 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Analog outputs
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
9
Local display
LEDs (local targets) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
9
Standards
Feeder Motor Voltage Transformer 9
IEEE
Description Device DT-3000 EDR-3000 FP-4000 FP-5000 FP-6000 MP-3000 MP-4000 MD-3000 VR-300 DP-300 ETR-4000 9
ANSI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
IEC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
UL ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
DT-3030 only ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CE
CSA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 Feeder Protection FP-6000
Description Page
9 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158
FP-6000 Feeder Protection
9 Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-163
9 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-165
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-171
9 FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
9 MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
9 MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
9 VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
9 EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
9 Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258
9
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
9 FP-6000 Feeder Protection
9 ● Microprocessor-based Eaton’s FP-6000 Protection The FP-6000 is the only relay in When an electrical fault
9
protection with monitoring Relay provides complete three- its class that offers a flexible, or disturbance occurs, the
and control for medium phase and ground overcurrent, yet simple reclosing control. Its FP-6000 begins to store the
voltage main and feeder voltage, frequency and power compact design makes it ideal following in non-volatile
9 applications protection plus metering in for polemounted recloser memory:
● Current, voltage, frequency a single, compact drawout controls. The zone interlocking
9 Voltage and current
●
and power protection for case. It may be used as a feature can be utilized for bus
reclosing relay; primary protection instead of an sampled data
electric power distribution
9 Calculated values
●
systems protection on feeders; mains expensive and complicated bus
● Complete metering of and tie circuit breaker differential (87B) scheme. The ● Status of internal protection
applications; or as backup FP-6000 works directly with functions, logic, contact
9 voltage, currents, power,
energy, minimum/ protection for transformers, the FP-5000, FP-4000, Digitrip® inputs and outputs
high voltage lines and 3000 and Digitrip MV relays.
9 maximum and demand
functions differential protection. The breaker failure protection Retrieval and viewing of the
data is easy, aiding in the quick
provides faster remote backup
9
● Programmable logic control The FP-6000 takes full clearing times for stuck breaker analysis and restoration of your
functions for main-tie-main advantage of its operation. In addition to the electric power system.
and main-main transfer microprocessor technology,
9 schemes providing the user new
breaker failure protection, the
FP-6000 can be programmed to
When the FP-6000 isn’t
responding to disturbances in
● Trip logs, event logs and freedom and a wealth of data- detect residual current when
9 waveform capture for gathering features. The relay
performs self-checking of all
the breaker is open to detect
the power system, it’s
providing valuable metering
better fault analysis and flashover conditions. The information at the relay and
9 system restoration major hardware and firmware
protection elements to ensure
FP-6000 provides trip circuit remotely. It provides energy
● Data Logger to provide monitoring and alarming usage and demand reading,
their operation in the event of a
9 energy usage profiles for
better planning, utilization system or component electrical
features. It continually monitors
the trip circuit for continuity
and can alarm when usage
failure or fault. Protection reaches a set value. Power
9 and energy usage and readiness to trip. Open factor measurements can be
functions are well suited for and close pushbuttons are
● Compact, drawout case main and distribution feeder used for cap bank switching
design or fixed case design conveniently located on the
9 ● Meets ANSI and UL
circuit applications.
Programmable logic control
front of the relay for local
to control kVAR demand.
Onboard data trending can
breaker operation. provide load profiles for up
9 functions make the FP-6000
relay ideally suited for main-tie- to 40 days.
main and main 1/main two
9 transfer schemes.
Protective Relays
9.4
● Complete protection, ● Free PowerPort utility The FP-6000 also provides ● Minimum/maximum 9
metering and control in software for local PC the following protective recording with date/
a single compact case to interface to the FP-6000 for features: time stamp 9
reduce panel space, relay settings, monitoring ● Trending (load profile
wiring and costs and control
●
●
Breaker failure (50BF)
Phase unbalance negative
over time) 9
● Flexible current, voltage The protection functions are
and frequency protection listed below and shown on
Page V3-T9-168.
sequence overcurrent
(46-1, 46-2)
The FP-6000 provides the
following monitoring and data 9
and programmability to
recording functions that
Phase voltage unbalance
9
●
cover a broad range of
The FP-6000 provides phase and sequence protection enhance the security of the
applications while protection system and
overcurrent (forward, reverse (47-1, 47-2)
simplifying relay ordering
and reducing inventory
or both): ● Main 3-phase under/
provides useful information
for scheduling maintenance:
9
Integral test function ● Two-stage instantaneous overvoltage (27M-1,
9
●
reduces maintenance with timers (50P-1 and 27M-2, 59M-1, 59M-2) ● Trip circuit monitoring
time and expense 50P-2) ● Under/overfrequency ● Breaker wear (accumulated
● Relay self-diagnostics and ● Inverse time overcurrent (81U-1, 81U-2, 81O-1,
81O-2)
interrupted current) 9
reporting improves uptime (51P) ● Waveform capture
and troubleshooting ● Directional control (67P)
● Auxiliary single-phase
under/overvoltage (27A-1,
(256 cycles total, up to
16 events)
9
● Breaker trip circuit ● 10 standard curves
monitoring improves the ● Instantaneous or time ●
27A-2, 59A-1, 59A-2)
Neutral voltage (59N-1,
● Fault data logs (up to
16 events).
9
reliability of the breaker delay reset 59N-2)
operation ● Voltage restrained inverse ● Apparent and
● Sequence of events report
(up to 100 events)
9
● Programmable LEDs and time overcurrent (51P2) displacement power factor
logic control features that
can replace and eliminate The FP-6000 provides two (55A, 55D)
● Clock (1ms stamping)
9
external auxiliary relays, ground overcurrent elements, ● Forward/reverse power The FP-6000 provides
timers, light and wiring one measured (IX) and one protection (32-1, 32-2, standard control functions
plus userconfigurable custom
9
calculated (IR): 32-3)
● Zone selective interlocking
improves coordination and ● Independent measured
● Forward/reverse VAR
protection (32V-1, 32V-2,
control capabilities. This logic
can be used for applications 9
tripping times and saves ground or neutral such as main-tie-main
money compared to a directional overcurrent ●
32V-3)
Thermal Protection (49DT,
transfer schemes. 9
traditional bus differential elements: Remote open/close.
9
●
scheme 49MT, 49DA, 49MA)
● Two-stage ● Sync check (25) ● Optional local open/close
● Trip and event recording instantaneous with
Zone interlocking for bus Programmable I/O
9
● ●
in non-volatile memory timers (50X-1 and 50X-2)
provides detailed protection (87B). The ● Programmable logic gates
● Inverse time overcurrent FP-6000 feeder relay
9
information for analysis and timers
and system restoration (51X) includes a zone selective ● Multiple setting groups
● Ground directional interlocking feature that can
256 cycles of waveform (up to four)
9
●
polarizing (67N) -3vo and be used with other Eaton
capture aids in post fault devices like the Digitrip ● Bus transfer logic
analysis (viewable using negative sequence
3000 overcurrent relay Cold load pickup
9
●
PowerNet and ● 10 standard curves
NPWAVEFORM ● Instantaneous or time The FP-6000 provides the
● Loss of potential
component delay reset following metering functions:
●
(PT blown fuses)
Autoreclose Function (79)
9
● Front RS-232 port and ● Independent calculated ● Amperes (rms, phasor Auto Zone Coordination
9
●
PowerPort software ground or neutral and sequence)
provides local computer directional overcurrent ● Amperes demand and The FP-6000 supports the
access and a user-friendly,
Windows-based interface
elements: peak demand. following communication
options:
9
for relay settings, and
● Two-stage ● Volts (rms, phasor and
configuration and data instantaneous with
timers (50R-1 and
sequence). ● Local HMI 9
retrieval ● VA and VA demand ● Password protected
● Drawout case design
●
50R-2)
Inverse time overcurrent
● Watts and kW demand and
peak demand.
● Addressable 9
for quick and easy relay ● Front RS-232 port
removal and replacement
●
(51R)
Ground directional
● Forward/reverse/net kWh ● Rear RS-485 port 9
● Breaker open/close ● Vars and kVAR demand
● Rear FSK port
control from relay
faceplate or remotely
polarizing (67N) –3vo,
I pol and negative ●
and peak demand
Lead/lag/net kVARh ● Protocols: 9
sequence
9
via communications ● Power factor ● INCOM
● Remote communications
● 10 standard curves ● Frequency ● Modbus RTU
● Instantaneous or time
to Eaton PowerNet
monitoring system or PC delay reset
● Voltage and current %THD
and magnitude THD
9
RTD
9
●
Protective Relays

9
Communication Software The second package is Compliance
9 Eaton provides two types PowerNet. PowerNet is a ● UL recognized, File #
of communication software. power management software E154862 (FP6200-00 5A
9 The first is PowerPort. It runs package that is designed
for continuous, remote
CT model only)
on a PC or laptop for easy ● UL 1053 (1994) recognized
9 access to a single relay
to change set points or
monitoring of many devices.
It provides all the functionality
● ANSI C37.90 (1989)
of PowerPort plus additional ● EN 55011 (1991)
9 configuration and to view
metered values and stored functions such as billing, ● EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
data. PowerPort is free and trending and graphics.
9 can be downloaded from Contact your local Eaton
the Eaton Web site at representative for more
9 the following URL: information on PowerNet
software.
www.eaton.com; search
Emission Tests
9 for “PowerPort.”
● EN 55011 (1991): Group 1
Class A (CISPR-11,
9 Class A)
● FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1:
9 Part 15 Subpart b Class A
9 Immunity Tests
● ANSI C37.90.1 (1989):
9 ●
surge withstand capability
ANSI C37.90.2 (1995):
9 ●
EMI immunity to 35 V/m
EN 61000-4-2 (1995):
9 ●
ESD Rating of 8 kV
EN 61000-4-3 (1997):
9 ●
radiated EM field at 10 V/m
EN 61000-4-4 (1995): fast
transient burst at 2 kV
9 ● EN 61000-4-5 (1995):
surge immunity test
9 ● EN 61000-4-6 (1996):
conducted RF at 10 V/m
9 ● EN 61000-4-8: power
frequency magnetic
9 PowerPort and PowerNet Protection Overview Screen field immunity
● EN 61000-4-11 (1994):
9 voltage dips and variations
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Description Style Number Pub Number
9
Instruction booklet 66A2347H01 IB02602004E 9
Catalog Number Selection 9
FP-6000 Feeder Protection 9
FP6 2 00 - 0 1 9
9
Current Range Packaging Control Voltage Communications Protocol
2 = 5 Amperes 0 = Drawout 0 = 48–125 Vac/Vdc 0 = INCOM 9
3 = 1 Ampere 1 = 100–240 Vac/Vdc 1 = Modbus RTU
9
Product Selection 9
FP-6000 FP-6000 Catalog Numbers 9
Option Style Catalog
Description Number Number
9
5A CT 66D2167G01 FP6200-00
48–125 Vdc,
100–120 Vac power supply
9
Standard communication board
1A CT 66D2167G02 FP6300-00 9
48–125 Vdc,
9
5A CT
100–250 Vdc,
66D2167G04 FP6200-10
9
Standard communication board 9
1A CT 66D2167G05 FP6300-10
100–250 Vdc,
9
9
5A CT 66D2167G06 FP6200-11
100–250 Vdc,
Modbus communication board
9
1A CT
100–250 Vdc,
66D2167G07 FP6300-11 9
9
5A CT 66D2167G08 FP6200-01
48–125 Vdc, 9
1A CT 66D2167G09 FP6300-01
9
9
48–125 Vdc,
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Protective Functions
9 Phase and Ground Neutral Voltage Protection (59N) Thermal Protection (49) RS-232 Communications,
9 Overcurrent Protection
● Inverse characteristics:
● Source: calculated,
measure
● Pickup range: 0ºF to 390°F
or 0ºC to 199°C
Front Panel
● Baud rate: 38.4K, 19.2K,
Mod, Very, Extremely, 9.6K
9 IECA, IECB, IECC, It, I2t,
● Criterion: phasor, rms ● Time delay: 0.1 to
3600 seg ● Connector standard 9-pin
● Pickup range: 5 to
I4t, Flat subminiature, three-wire
9 ● TOC (51) pickup range: ●
250 volts in 1 volt steps
Time delay: 0 to 9999
Sync Check (25) ● Protocol: INCOM
● Phase angle: 1 to 60°
9 0.02 to 4.0 per unit in
0.01 steps
cycles in 1 cycle steps
● Slip frequency: 0.1 to 2 Hz RS-485 Communications,
Under/Over Frequency Rear Panel
9 Voltage differential: 1 to
●
● Time multipliers: 0.05 to Protection (81U/O) ● Baud rate: 19.2K, 9.6K
10.0 in 0.01 steps 100 volts
● Pickup range: 45 to 65 Hz Breaker close time: 0 to
● Protocol: Modbus RTU
9
●
● IOC (50) pickup range: in 0.01 Hz steps 9999 cycles
0.1 to 20.0 per unit in ● Time delay: 0 to 9999 Environmental Ratings
9 0.01 steps cycles in 1 cycle steps Discrete Inputs ● Operating temperature:
–40ºF to +140ºF (
● Pickup accuracy: ±1% ● Number of contact
9 (at 0.1 to 2 per unit)
Breaker Failure
Protection (50BF)
inputs: 8
●
–40ºC to +60ºC)
Storage temperature:
● Rating: 48 Vdc wetting
9 Pickup range: 0.02 to –40ºF to +185ºF
●
● Time delay: 0 to 9999 voltage provided with
cycles in 1 cycle steps 5.0 per unit in 0.01 steps internal ground only (–40ºC to +85ºC)
9 Time delay: 0 to 9999 Humidity: 5% to 95%

● ●
● Time accuracy: ±3% or
cycles in 1 cycle steps Output Contacts relative humidity
±30 ms
(noncondensing)
9 Number of output
●
● Directional (67, 67N, 67G): Power Factor (55) contacts: Five Form A ● Altitude: 0 to 6,350 feet
forward, reverse or both ● Trigger/reset threshold: and two Form C (0 to 1,935 m) above Mean
9 –0.5 to 1 lag; 0.5 to 0.99 Sea Level
Voltage Unbalance (47) lead in 0.01 steps Rating of Output Contacts
9 ● Threshold (minimum ● Time delay: 0 to 1000 ● Momentary:
voltage) 1 to 100 volts in seconds in 1 second steps ● Make 30A AC/DC for
9 ●
1 volt steps
% V2/V1: 2 to 40% in Power Protection (32)
0.25 seconds
● Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
9 ●
1% steps
Time delay: 0 to 9999
●
●
Direction: forward/reverse
Criterion: over/under
(resistive)
● Break 5A at 120/
9 cycles in 1 cycle steps ● Pickup range: 0.02 to 4 pu 240 Vac
Note: 1pu = 3 x CT secondary ● Continuous:
Current Unbalance (46)
9 ● Threshold (minimum
rating x VT secondary rating for
wye; the square root of 3 x VT
● 5A at 120/240 Vac
current) 0.1 to 20.0 per secondary rating x CT secondary ● 5A at 30 Vdc
9 unit in 0.01 steps rating for open delta.
● % I2/I1: 2 to 40% in Logic and Control Functions
9 Pickup accuracy: ±1.0%
●
1% steps ● Six programmable logic
● Trip time accuracy: gates for AND, OR, NAND,
● Time delay: 0 to 9999
9 cycles in 1 cycle steps
0 to 2 cycles or 0.1%,
whichever is greater ●
NOR operation
Two latching (flip/flop)
9 Under/Overvoltage
Protection (27/59) VAR Protection (32V)
●
gates
Six timer gates provide
● Direction: forward/reverse
9 Pickup range: 10 to on/off delays
●
150 volts in 1 volt steps ● Criterion: over/under

● Pickup range: 0.02 to 4 pu INCOM Communications
9 Time delay: 0 to 9999
●
cycles in 1 cycle steps Note: 1pu = 3 x CT secondary ● Baud rate: 9600 fixed
rating x VT secondary rating for Maximum distance:
9
●
wye; the square root of 3 x VT
10,000 feet (3,048 m)
secondary rating x CT secondary
● Protocol: INCOM
9 rating for open delta.
● Pickup accuracy: ±1.0%

9 ● Trip time accuracy:
9 whichever is greater
Protective Relays
9.4
Control Power Voltage Transformer Inputs
● Control voltage: ● Nominal: 0–120 Vac line 9
to common
48–125 Vdc/100–
9
●
120 Vac ● Operating range:

100–250 Vdc/100– 0–144 Vac (+20%) line
9
●
240 Vac to common

● Burden: 1 mega ohm input
● Operating voltage: impedance 9
● 38–150 Vdc/55–132 Vac
● 80–308 Vdc/55–264 Vac Metering Accuracy 9
● Input signal frequency
● Interruption ride-through
time:
necessary for accurate
operation:
9
● 83 ms at 120V, 60 Hz AC
● 250 ms at 110 Vdc/
● 60 Hz Nominal,
57–63 Hz (5%)
9
300 ms at Vac
50 Hz Nominal,
9
●
● Power consumption: 47–53 Hz (5%)

● 20 VA maximum
22 VA maximum
● Frequency measurement 9
●
accuracy:
Current Inputs
● ±0.02 Hz 9
● Clock accuracy:
CT rating:
9
●
● 2 x ln at 5 amperes ● Free running ±1 minute/

month at 77°F (25°C)
●
continuous
3 x ln at 1 ampere ● Automatically updated 9
continuous by PowerNet host
● 80 x ln at 5 amperes
when present 9
for 1 second
● 100 x ln at 1 ampere 9
for 1 second
● CT burdens:
9
● < 0.25 VA at 5A
(nominal)
9
● < 0.05 VA at 1A
(nominal)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
FP-6000 Specifications
9 Principal Parameters Range Accuracy
9 Current (amperes) Ia, Ib, Ic, Ir, Ix 0.02 to 20 per unit at < 2 + CT rating: ±0.5% of CT rating
at > 2 + CT rating: ±0.5% of reading
9 Sequence currents 0.02 to 20 per unit ±1% of nominal
Main voltage 0 to 160V ±0.5% of nominal ±0.2V
9 Sequence voltages 0 to 160V ±1% of nominal
9 Auxiliary voltage
Phase angle for I and V
0 to 250V
0 to 360°
±1% of nominal
±1° at nominal voltage
9 System frequency 45 to 65 Hz ±0.02 Hz

Ampere demand 0.02 to 20 per Unit ±0.5%
9 Watt demand 0 to 4000 MW ±1.0% FS for PF = unity 1
±1.5% FS for PF = –0.5 to 0.5 1
9 Watts 0 to 4000 MW —
9 Watthours 0 to 999.999 MWh —

VAR demand 0 to 4000 MVAR ±1.5% FS for PF = –0.5 to 0.5 1
9 VARs 0 to 4000 MVAR —
VAR-hours 0 to 999.999 Mvarh —
9 VA demand 0 to 4000 MVA ±1% FS 1
9
VA 0 to 4000 MVA —
VA-hours 0 to 999,999 MVAh —
9 Apparent power factor –1 to +1 ±0.02 for load currents above 20% rated
Displacement power factor –1 to +1 ±0.02 for load currents above 20% rated
9 Total harmonic distortion 0 to 9999 ±1%
Other metering accuracy ±1%
9 Note
9
1 FS (Full Scale) = 3 x CT Rating x Nominal L-N Voltage.
9 Wiring Diagrams
FP-6000 One-Line Drawing
9
9
32V 32V 32V
9
55A 55O
-1 -2 -3
Metering
V, I, F, PF,
9
42M
W, VARS, VA
Energy
Demand
Min./Max.
9
% THD
Phasors
Data Logger
79 49D Waveform
9
SER
Fault Records
RTDs
9
9
9
9 FP-6000
9 Load
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
FP-6000 Rear View and Terminal Designations
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1
9
1
9
1
1 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
FP-6000 Front View and Drawout Case Side View
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Note
1 Available with Modbus-RTU communications.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
FP-6000 Typical Connection Drawing Using Wye PTs

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Dimensions
FP-6000 Feeder Protection Relay 9
Height Width Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg) 9
In Front of Panel
9
11.34 (288.0) 7.72 (196.1) 0.80 (20.3) 12.5 (5.7)
Behind Panel 9
6.70 (170.2) 5.30 (134.6) 6.90 (175.3) 12.5 (5.7)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
Description Page
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-179
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . . V3-T9-204
9 Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
9 DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . V3-T9-221
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
9 Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
9 IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
9
9 ● Microprocessor-based Eaton’s FP-5000 Feeder the FP-5000 relay ideally conveniently located on the
9
protection with monitoring Protection relay provides suited for main-tie-main front of the relay for local
and control for medium complete three-phase and and main 1/main 2 transfer breaker operation.
voltage main and feeder ground overcurrent and schemes.
9 applications voltage protection plus
The Zone Interlocking feature
Loss-of-vacuum monitoring
is activated when the breaker
● Current, voltage, frequency metering in a single, compact
9 and power protection for drawout case. It may be
used as primary protection
can be utilized for bus
protection instead of an
is open. Residual current
is monitored and alarmed
electric power distribution expensive and complicated if detected.
9 systems on feeders, mains and tie
circuit breaker applications, bus differential (87B)
When an electrical fault
● Complete metering of scheme. The FP-5000 works
and as backup protection
energy, minimum/ for transformers, high directly with Eaton’s Digitrip or disturbance occurs, the
FP-5000 begins to store the
voltage lines and differential 3000 and Digitrip MV relays.
following in non-volatile
9 maximum and
demand functions protection. The relay is most New breaker failure logic
provides faster remote memory:
commonly used on medium
9
● Programmable logic control voltage switchgear backup clearing times for ● Voltage and current
functions for main-tie-main applications. stuck breaker operation. sampled data
transfer schemes
9 Calculated values
●
The FP-5000 takes The multiple settings
● Trip logs, event logs and groups can be utilized for ● Status of internal protection
waveform capture for full advantage of its
functions, logic, contact
9 better fault analysis and microprocessor technology
providing the user new
arc flash mitigation when
an alternative setting group, inputs and outputs
system restoration set to have instantaneous
9 ● Data Logger to provide freedoms and a wealth of
data-gathering features. The elements only is activated
Retrieval and viewing of the
data is easy, aiding in the quick
energy usage profiles for using a selector switch and
relay performs self-checking analysis and restoration of your
9 better planning, utilization
and energy usage of all major hardware and the programmable I/O in the electric power system.
firmware protection elements FP-5000.
9 ● Compact, drawout
case design
to ensure their operation in The FP-5000 provides trip
the event of a system or and close circuit monitoring
9 ● Meets ANSI, CE and
CSA standards
component electrical failure
or fault. Protection functions
and alarming features. It
continually monitors the
9 Multiple settings groups are well suited for main and
●
complete trip and close
● ANSI, IEC and thermal distribution feeder circuit circuits for continuity and
applications. Programmable
9 protection curves for
greater flexibility logic control functions make
readiness to trip. Open
and close pushbuttons are
Protective Relays
9.4
9
When the FP-5000 isn’t ● Programmable logic control Phase Overcurrent (Forward, ● Auxiliary single-phase
responding to disturbances features that can replace Reverse or Both) under/over-voltage (27A-1, 9
in the power system, it’s and eliminate external ● Two-stage instantaneous 27A-2, 59A-1, 59A-2)
providing valuable metering
information at the relay and
auxiliary relays, timers
and wiring
with timers (50P-1 and
50P-2)
● Under/over frequency 9
(81U-1, 81U-2, 81O-1,
remotely. It provides energy
usage and demand reading,
● Zone-selective interlocking
improves coordination and
● Two inverse time
overcurrent (51P-1 and
81O-2) 9
● Reverse/forward power
and can alarm when usage
reaches a set value. Power
tripping times and saves
money compared to a ●
51P-2)
Directional control ●
(32-1, 32-2)
Sync check (25)
9
factor measurements can be traditional bus differential
used for cap bank switching scheme
● 10 standard curves ● Power factor (55) 9
to control kVAR demand. ● Instantaneous or time ● Zone interlocking for bus
● Trip and event recording
Onboard data trending can
provide load profiles for up
in non-volatile memory
●
delay reset
Voltage restrained time
protection (87B). The
FP-5000 feeder relay
9
provides detailed
to 40 days. information for analysis and
system restoration ●
overcurrent (51VR)
Two independent ground
includes a zone selective
interlocking feature that 9
The protection functions are can be used with other
listed below and shown on
Page V3-T9-177.
● 256 cycles of waveform
capture aids in post fault
directional overcurrent
elements, one measured Eaton devices like the 9
(IX) and one calculated (IR) Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
● Complete protection,
●
analysis
Front RS-232 port and ● Two-Stage
relay 9
metering and control in a
instantaneous with
single compact case to
reduce panel space, wiring
PowerPort software
provides local computer timers (50X-1 and 50X-2) 9
access and a user-friendly, (50R-1 and 50R-2)
●
and costs
Flexible current, voltage
Windows®-based interface ● Inverse time overcurrent 9
for relay settings, and (51X and 51R)
and frequency protection
and programmability to
configuration and data
retrieval
● Ground directional 9
cover a broad range of polarizing (67N) –3vo, Ipol,
applications while ● Drawout case design for
quick and easy relay
negative sequence 9
simplifying relay ordering ● 10 standard curves
and reducing inventory
●
Breaker open/close control
● Instantaneous or time 9
● Integral test function delay reset
reduces maintenance time
and expense
from relay faceplate or
remotely via
● Voltage restrained time
overcurrent (51VR)
9
communications
● Relay self-diagnostics and
reporting improves uptime ● Remote communications ● Breaker failure (50BF) 9
to Eaton’s PowerNet ● Phase unbalance negative
9
and troubleshooting
monitoring system or PC sequence overcurrent
● Breaker trip circuit
● Free PowerPort utility (46-1, 46-2)
monitoring improves the
reliability of the breaker software for local PC ● Phase voltage unbalance 9
operation interface to the FP-5000 for and sequence protection
relay settings, monitoring
and control
(47-1, 47-2) 9
● Main three-phase under/
overvoltage (27M-1,
27M-2, 59M-1, 59M-2)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
The FP-5000 provides the ● Waveform capture Communication Software The second package is
9 following metering functions: (256 cycles total, up to Eaton provides two types of PowerNet. PowerNet is a
16 events) communication software. The power management software
9 ● Amperes (rms, phasor and
sequence)
● Fault data logs (up to first is PowerPort. It runs on a package that is designed for
16 events) PC or laptop for easy access to continuous, remote monitoring
9 ● Amperes demand and
peak demand
● Sequence of events report a single relay to change set
points or configuration and to
of many devices. It provides all
the functionality of PowerPort
(up to 100 events)
9 Volts (rms, phasor and view metered values and plus additional functions such
●
sequence)
● Clock stored data. PowerPort is free as billing, trending and
and can be downloaded from graphics. Contact your local
9 VA and VA demand The FP-5000 provides
●
standard control functions www.eaton.com; search for Eaton representative for more
● Watts and kW demand and ‘PowerPort,’ then click the
plus user-configurable information on PowerNet
9
peak demand download search result.
custom control capabilities. software.
● Forward/reverse/net kWh
This logic can be used for
9 VARs and kVAR demand
●
applications such as main-tie-
and peak demand main transfer schemes.
9 Lead/lag/net kVARh
●
● Power factor
● Remote open/close
● Programmable I/O
9 ●
●
Frequency
Voltage and current
● Programmable logic gates
and timers
9 ● %THD and magnitude THD ● Multiple setting groups
● Minimum/maximum (up to four)
9 recording with date/
time stamp
● Bus transfer logic
● Cold load pickup
9 ● Trending (load profile
over time) ● Loss of potential
(PT blown fuses)
9 The FP-5000 provides the
The FP-5000 supports the
following monitoring and data
9 recording functions that
enhance the security of the
following communication
options:
9 protection system and

● Local HMI
for scheduling maintenance:
● Password protected
9 ● Trip circuit monitoring
● Addressable
● Local communication port
9 ● Close circuit monitoring ● Remote communication PowerPort and PowerNet Protection Overview Screen
● Loss-of-vacuum monitoring port:
9 ● Breaker wear (accumulated ● FSK
interrupted current) ● RS-232
9 ● RS-485
● Protocols:
9 ● INCOM
Modbus
9
●
● Configuration software
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Compliance Immunity Tests ● EN 61000-4-6 (1996)—
● UL Recognized, ● ANSI C37.90.1 (1989)— Conducted RF at 10V/m 9
File # E154862 Surge Withstand Capability ● EN 61000-4-11 (1994)—
● UL 1053 (1994) recognized ● ANSI C37.90.2 (1995)— Voltage Dips and Variations 9
● ANSI C37.90 (1989) EMI Immunity to 35V/m ● EN 61000-4-8—Power
● EN 55011 (1991) ● EN 61000-4-2 (1995)— Frequency Magnetic 9
ESD Rating of 8 kV Field Immunity
● EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
● EN 61000-4-3 (1997)— 9
Emission Tests Radiated EM Field at
● EN 55011 (1991)—Group 1 10V/m 9
Class A (CISPR-11, ● EN 61000-4-4 (1995)—Fast
Class A) Transient Burst at 2 kV 9
● FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1— ● EN 61000-4-5 (1995)—
Part 15 Subpart b Class A Surge Immunity Test
9
9
9
FP5 2 00 - 0 1 9
9
Current Range Packaging Control Voltage Communications Protocol 9
2 = 5 Amperes 0 = Drawout 0 = 48–125 Vac/Vdc 0 = INCOM
3 = 1 Ampere 1 = Fixed case 1 = 100–240 Vac/Vdc 1 = Modbus
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Control Power ● Input signal frequency Under/Over Frequency Logic and Control Functions
9 ● Control voltage: necessary for accurate
operation:
Protection
● Pickup range: 45–65 Hz in
● Six programmable logic
gates for AND, OR, NAND,
● 48–125 Vac/Vdc
9 ● 100–240 Vac/Vdc
● 60 Hz nominal, 57–63 Hz
(±5%) ●
0.01 Hz steps
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles ●
NOR operation
Two latching (flip/flop)
● Operating voltage:
9 50 Hz nominal, 47–53 Hz in 1 cycle steps gates
●
● 55–264 Vac (±5%) ● Six timer gates provide
● 38–300 Vdc Breaker Failure Protection
9 ● Interruption ride-through
● Clock accuracy: ● Pickup range: 0.1–5.0 per
on/off delays
time: 20 cycle interruption ● Free running ±1 minute/ unit in 0.01 steps INCOM Communications
9 of nominal ac supply month at 25ºC ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles ● Baud rate: 9600 fixed
● Power consumption: 20 VA ● Clock automatically in 1 cycle steps ● Maximum distance:
9 maximum updated by PowerNet
host when present
10,000 feet (3,048m)
Power Protection (32) ● Protocol: INCOM
9 Current Inputs
● Nominal (In): 1A or 5A
Protective Functions ● Forward/reverse:
over/under RS-485 Communications,
9 ● CT rating: Phase and Ground
Overcurrent Protection
● Pickup accuracy: ±1.0% Rear Panel
● 2 x In continuous ● Trip time accuracy: ● Baud rate: 19.2K, 9.6K
9 ● 80 x In for 1 second ● Inverse characteristics:
Mod, Very, Extremely,
whichever is greater
● Protocol: Modbus RTU
● CT burdens: IECA, IECB, IECC, It, I2t,
9 ● < 0.25 VA at 5A I4t, Flat Sync Check (25)
RS-232 Communications,
Front Panel
(nominal) Phase angle: 1 to 60°C
9
● TOC (51) pickup range: ● ● Baud rate: 38.4K, 19.2K,
● < 0.05 VA at 1A 0.1–4.0 per unit in 0.01 ● Slip frequency: 0.1 to 2 Hz 9.6K
(nominal) steps Connector standard 9-pin
9
●
● Voltage differential: 1 to
● Time multipliers: 0.05–10.0 100 volts subminiature, three-wire
Voltage Transformer Inputs in 0.01 steps Protocol: INCOM
9
●
● Breaker close time: 0 to
● Nominal: 120 Vac ● IOC (50) pickup range: 0.1– 9999 cycles
● Operating range: 69– 20.0 per unit in 0.01 steps Environmental Ratings
9 150 Vac ● Pickup accuracy: ±1% Power Factor ● Operating temperature:
● Burden: (at 0.1–2 per unit) ● Trigger/reset threshold: 0.5 –0ºF to +140ºF (–40ºC to
9 ● <0.015 at 120 Vac ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles lag to 0.5 lead in 0.01 steps +60ºC) Product tested to
● 1 megaohm in 1 cycle steps ● Time delay: 0–1000 +185ºF (+85ºC)
9 ● Time accuracy: ±3% or seconds in 1 second steps ● Storage temperature:
–40ºF to +185ºF (–40ºC to
Metering Accuracy ±30 ms
9 ● Phase current: ● Directional (67, 67N, 67G): Discrete Inputs
● Number of contact ●
+85ºC)
Humidity: 5–95% relative
● ±0.5% or ±0.025A from forward, reverse or both
9 0.02–20 per unit fully
Voltage Unbalance (47) ●
inputs: 8
Rating: 48 Vdc wetting ●
humidity (noncondensing)
Altitude: 0–6350 feet
offset current waveform
9 ● Ground current:
● Threshold (minimum
voltage) 1–100 volts in
voltage provided with
internal ground only
(0–1935m) above Mean Sea
Level
● ±0.5% of full scale (In) 1 volt steps
9 from 0.02–2.0 per unit ● % V2/V1: 4–40% in Output Contacts
fully offset current 1% steps ● Number of output
9 waveform ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles contacts: Five Form A and
● Phase voltage: ±0.5% or in 1 cycle steps two Form C
9 ±0.2V from 0–160 Vac
Rating of Output Contacts
● Frequency measurement Current Unbalance
9 accuracy: ±0.02 Hz ● Threshold (minimum
● Momentary:
● Phase angle: ±1ºC current) 0.1–20.0 per unit ● Make 30A AC/DC for
9 ● Power metering accuracy: in 0.01 steps 0.25 seconds
±1.5% ● % I2/I1: 4–40% in ● Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
9 ● Metering accuracy 1% steps (resistive)
Break 5A at 120/240 Vac
temperature range: 32ºF to ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles ●
9 ●
122ºF (0ºC to 50ºC)
Temperature range: ±5%
in 1 cycle steps ● Continuous:
● 5A at 120/240 Vac
Under/Overvoltage Protection
9 for operation below 32ºF
(0ºC) and above 122ºF ● Pickup range: 10–150 volts
● 5A at 30 Vdc
(50ºC) in 1 volt steps
9 ● Relay outputs: ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
9 2 Form C, NO and NC
●
● 5 Form A, NO only
Protective Relays
9.4
Wiring Diagrams
9
9
9
Metering
9
9
V, I, F, PF,
W, VARS, VA
Energy
Demand
Min./Max.
% THD
Phasors
9
Data Logger
Waveform
SER
Fault Records
9
9
9
9
9
FP-5000
Load
9
9
9
TB1 TB2 Factory Connection Only TB3 TB3

9
TB1 TB2
101 Power
Input
Supply
(+) 201 C In 1
201
J1-1 PowerNet
9
Power Supply 101 J1-2 PowerNet
102 Input (–) 202 C In 2
103 RLY Healthy
Com. 203 C In 3
102
103
202
203
J1-3 PowerNet Shield 9
104 RLY Healthy 204 C In 4 104 204 J2-1 Accessory Bus
105
N.O.
RLY Healthy 205 C In Source 1
105 205 J2-2 Accessory Bus
9
N.C. 206
106
J2-3 Accessory Bus
106 Alarm Com. 206 C In 5 107 207 Shield 9
107 Alarm N.O. 207 C In 6 108 208 J3-1 Zone Out
108 Alarm N.C. 208 C In 7
109
110
209
210
J3-2 Zone Com. 9
109 RLY 5 Com. 209 C In 8 J3-3 Zone Shield
110 RLY 5 N.O. 210 C In Source 2
111
112
Red 211
White 212 J3-4 Zone In 9
113 213
111 RLY 4 Com. 211 Not Used
114 214
J3-5 Zone Com.
9
112 RLY 4 N.O. 212 Not Used 115 215 J4-1
113 RLY 3 Com. 213 VA(+) Main 116 216
217
J4-2 9
117
114 RLY 3 N.O. 214 VB(+) Main
J4-3
115 Trip 2 Com. 215 VC(+) Main
118 218
J5-1 RS485(+)
9
216 Vx1 Aux
116
117
Trip 2 N.O.
Trip 1 Com. 217 Vx2 Aux
J5-2 RS485(-) 9
J5-3 RS485com
9
TB4
118 Trip 1 N.O. 218 Vg Main
J5-4 RS485shield
9
9
A1 B1 C1 X1 N.C. 1
A2 B2 C2 X2 N.C. 2 9
9
Protective Relays

9
ac/dc C B A
9 (+)
Power Supply
48 – 125 Vac/dc or
9 (–) 100 – 240 Vac/dc
9 FP-5000
9 TB1 TB2
1 52A
101 Power Supply C In 1 201
9 Input
Power Supply
102 Input
(+)
C In 2 202
52B
(–)
9 103 RLY Healthy
Com. C In 3 203
52B TOC
104 RLY Healthy C In 4 204

9 2 Relay
Failure 105
N.O.
RLY Healthy C In Source 1 205
Alarm N.C.
9 106 Alarm Com. C In 5 206
Breaker C In 6 207
107 Alarm N.O.
9 Alarm
108 Alarm N.C. C In 7 208
9 109 RLY 5 Com. C In 8 209

Breaker
110 RLY 5 N.O. C In Source 2 210
9 3
Close
111 RLY 4 Com. Not Used 211
9 112 RLY 4 N.O. Not Used 212

5
113 RLY 3 Com. VA(+) Main 213
9 114 RLY 3 N.O. VB(+) Main 214
9 115 Trip 2 Com. VC(+) Main 215
116 Trip 2 N.O. VX1 Aux 216

9 117 Trip 1 Com. VX2 Aux 217
52A 52A
9 52
TC
118 Trip 1 N.O. Vg Main 218
9
Ground
9
X2 X1 A2 A1 B2 B1 C2 C1
9
9
4
9
Load 52
9
9 1 For maximum breaker diagnostics use both 52A and 52B contacts.
Some diagnostics are not available if only one of the two is used.
C B A
9 2 A relay failure alarm should provide immediate attention as circuit
is no longer protected. Relay failure output is normally energized.
9 3 FP-5000 can initiate a breaker close via the front panel interface
and/or remote activation through communication or discrete input.
9
4 Residual connection may be used in place of zero sequence CT.
9
5 Delta or open delta PT connection may be used in place of wye-ground connection.
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
FP-5000 Front View and Drawout Case Side View
9
9
Operational
9
Feeder Protection Breaker Closed Reset
9
FP-5000 Breaker Open
9
Monitor View Setting Log Status/Control
9
Previous Enter 9
Phase Trip Ground Trip Other Trip
Alarm Pickup Auxiliary
9
Set Test
9
Close
Breaker
Open
9
9
9
Dimensions 9
9
FP-5000 Feeder Protection Relay
Shipping Weight
9
Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)
In Front of Panel
9
11.34 (288.0) 7.72 (196.1) 0.80 (20.3) 12.5 (5.7)
9
Behind Panel
6.70 (170.2) 5.30 (134.6) 6.90 (175.3) 12.5 (5.7) 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
Description Page
9 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-183
9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-187
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . . V3-T9-204
9 Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
9
9
● Microprocessor-based
Eaton’s FP-4000 Feeder The Zone-Interlocking feature Loss-of-vacuum monitoring
Protection relay provides
9 protection with monitoring can be utilized for bus is activated when the breaker
and control for medium complete three-phase and protection instead of an is open. Residual current is
voltage main and feeder ground overcurrent and expensive and complicated monitored and alarmed if
9 applications voltage protection plus
metering in a single, compact
bus differential (87B) detected.
scheme. The FP-4000 works
● Current, voltage, frequency When an electrical fault
9
drawout case. It may be used directly with Eaton’s Digitrip
and power protection for as primary protection on 3000 and Digitrip MV relays. or disturbance occurs, the
electric power distribution feeders, mains and tie circuit New breaker failure logic FP-4000 begins to store the
9 systems breaker applications, and
as backup protection for
provides faster remote following in non-volatile
memory:
● Complete metering of backup clearing times for
energy, minimum/
transformers, high voltage
lines and differential
stuck breaker operation. ● Voltage and current
protection. The relay is The multiple settings groups sampled data
9 maximum and demand
functions
most commonly used on
medium voltage switchgear
can be utilized for arc ● Calculated values
flash mitigation when an ● Status of internal
9 Programmable logic control applications.
●
alternative setting group, protection functions, logic,
functions for main-tie-main set to have instantaneous contact inputs and outputs
transfer schemes The FP-4000 takes full
elements only is activated
9 ● Trip logs, event logs and
advantage of its micro-
processor technology using a selector switch and Retrieval and viewing of the
waveform capture for the programmable I/O in data is easy, aiding in the
providing the user new
9 better fault analysis and freedoms and a wealth of the FP-4000. quick analysis and restoration
of your electric power
system restoration ata-gathering features. The The FP-4000 provides trip system.
9 ● Data logger to provide relay performs self-checking
f all major hardware and
and close circuit monitoring
energy usage profiles for and alarming features. It
firmware protection elements
9 better planning, utilization
and energy usage
to ensure their operation in the continually monitors the
complete trip and close
event of a system or
circuits for continuity and
9 ● Compact, drawout case
design
component electrical failure
or fault. Protection functions readiness to trip. Open and
are well suited for main and close pushbuttons are
9 ● Meets ANSI, CE and CSA
standards
distribution feeder circuit conveniently located on the
front of the relay for local
applications. Programmable
9 ●
●
Multiple settings groups
ANSI, IEC and thermal
logic control functions make
the FP-4000 relay ideally suited
breaker operation.
for main-tie-main and main

9 protection curves for
greater flexibility 1/main 2 transfer schemes.
Protective Relays
9.4
When the FP-4000 isn’t ● Programmable logic control The protection functions are ● Auxiliary single-phase 9
responding to disturbances features that can replace listed below and shown on under/overvoltage (27A-1,
in the power system, it’s and eliminate external Page V3-T9-185. 27A-2, 59A-1, 59A-2) 9
providing valuable metering auxiliary relays, timers ● Under/overfrequency
information at the relay and
remotely. It provides energy
and wiring Phase Overcurrent (81U-1, 81U-2, 81O-1, 9
● Zone selective interlocking ● Two-stage instantaneous 81O-2)
usage and demand reading,
and can alarm when usage improves coordination and with timers (50P-1 and
50P-2)
● Power factor (55) 9
reaches a set value. Power tripping times and saves ● Zone interlocking for bus
factor measurements can be money compared to a
traditional bus differential
● Inverse time overcurrent
(51P-1)
protection (87B). The 9
used for cap bank switching FP-4000 feeder relay
to control kVAR demand.
Onboard data trending can ●
scheme
Trip and event recording
●
●
10 standard curves
Instantaneous or time
includes a zone selective
interlocking feature that
9
provide load profiles for up in non-volatile memory
to 40 days. provides detailed ●
delay reset
Two independent
can be used with other
Eaton devices like the 9
information for analysis Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
Complete protection, directional overcurrent
9
●
metering and control in a and system restoration elements, one measured relay
single compact case to ● 256 cycles of waveform (IX) and one calculated (IR)
reduce panel space, wiring capture aids in post fault ● Two-stage 9
and costs analysis instantaneous with
● Flexible current, voltage ● Front RS-232 port and timers (50X-1 and 50X-2) 9
and frequency protection PowerPort software (50R-1 and 50R-2)
and programmability to provides local computer
access and a user-friendly,
● Inverse time overcurrent 9
cover a broad range of (51X and 51R)
applications while
simplifying relay ordering
WindowsT-based interface
for relay settings, and
● 10 standard curves 9
and reducing inventory configuration and data ● Instantaneous or time
● Integral test function retrieval delay reset 9
reduces maintenance time ● Breaker open/close control ● Breaker failure (50BF)
and expense from relay faceplate or ● Phase unbalance negative 9
● Relay self-diagnostics and remotely via sequence overcurrent
reporting improves uptime communications (46-1, 46-2) 9
and troubleshooting ● Remote communications ● Phase voltage unbalance
● Breaker trip circuit to Eaton PowerNet
monitoring system or PC
and sequence protection
(47-1, 47-2)
9
monitoring improves the
reliability of the breaker ● Free PowerPort utility
software for local PC
● Main three-phase under/
overvoltage (27M-1,
9
operation
9
interface to the FP-4000 for 27M-2, 59M-1, 59M-2)
relay settings, monitoring
and control
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
The FP-4000 provides the ● Waveform capture Communication Software The second package is
9 following metering functions: (256 cycles total, up to Eaton provides two types PowerNet. PowerNet is a
16 events) of communication software. power management software
9 ● Amperes (rms, phasor and
sequence)
● Fault data logs (up to The first is PowerPort. It runs package that is designed for
16 events) on a PC or laptop for easy continuous, remote monitoring
9 ● Amperes demand and peak
demand
● Sequence of events report access to a single relay to of many devices. It provides
all the functionality of
(up to 100 events) change set points or
9 Volts (rms, phasor and PowerPort plus additional
●
● Clock configuration and to view
sequence) metered values and stored functions such as billing,
trending and graphics.
9 VA and VA demand The FP-4000 provides data. PowerPort is free and
●
standard control functions can be downloaded from Contact your local Eaton
● Watts and kW demand
plus user-configurable www.eaton.com; search for representative for more
9
and peak demand
custom control capabilities. ‘PowerPort,’ then click the information on PowerNet
● Forward/reverse/net kWh software.
This logic can be used for download search result.
9 VARs and kVAR demand
●
applications such as main-
and peak demand tie-main transfer schemes.
9 Lead/lag/net kVARh
●
● Power factor
● Remote open/close
● Programmable I/O
9 ●
●
Frequency
Voltage and current
● Programmable logic gates
and timers
9 ● %THD and magnitude THD ● Multiple setting groups
● Minimum/maximum (up to four)
9 recording with date/time
stamp
● Bus transfer logic
9 ● Trending (load profile

over time)
The FP-4000 supports the
following communication
options:
9 The FP-4000 provides the
following monitoring and ● Local HMI
9 data recording functions that
enhance the security of
● Password protected
● Addressable
9 the protection system and
for scheduling maintenance: ● Remote communication
9 ● Trip circuit monitoring
port:
● FSK
9 ● Close circuit monitoring ● RS-232 PowerPort and PowerNet Protection Overview Screen
● Loss-of-vacuum monitoring ● RS-485
9 ● Breaker wear (accumulated ● Protocols:
interrupted current)
● INCOM
9 ● Modbus
9 Configuration software
●
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Compliance Immunity Tests ● EN 61000-4-11 (1994)—
● UL Recognized, ● ANSI C37.90.1 (1989)— Voltage Dips and Variations 9
File # E154862 Surge Withstand Capability ● EN 61000-4-8—Power
● UL 1053 (1994) recognized ● ANSI C37.90.2 (1995)—EMI Frequency Magnetic Field 9
● ANSI C37.90 (1989) Immunity to 35V/m. Immunity
● EN 55011 (1991) ● EN 61000-4-2 (1995)—ESD 9
● EN 61000-6-2 (1999) Rating of 8 kV
● EN 61000-4-3 (1997)— 9
Emission Tests Radiated EM Field at 10V/m
● EN 55011 (1991)—Group 1 ● EN 61000-4-4 (1995)—Fast 9
Class A (CISPR-11, Transient Burst at 2 kV
Class A) ● EN 61000-4-5 (1995)— 9
● FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1— Surge Immunity Test
Part 15 Subpart b Class A ● EN 61000-4-6 (1996)—
Conducted RF at 10V/m
9
9
9
9
FP4 2 01 - 0 1 9
9
Current Range
2 = 5 Amperes
Packaging
1 = Fixed case
Control Voltage
0 = 48–125 Vac/Vdc
Communications Protocol
0 = INCOM
9
3 = 1 Ampere 1 = 100–240 Vac/Vdc 1 = Modbus RTU
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Control Power ● Input signal frequency Under/Overfrequency Protection RS-485 Communications,
9 ● Control voltage: necessary for accurate ● Pickup range: 45–65 Hz in Rear Panel:
● 48–125 Vac/dc operation: 0.01 Hz steps ● Baud rate: 19.2K, 9.6K
9 ● 100–240 Vac/dc
● 60 Hz nominal, 57–63 Hz ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles ● Protocol: Modbus RTU
(±5%) in 1 cycle steps
Operating voltage:
9
●
● 50 Hz nominal, 47–53 Hz RS-232 Communications,
● 55–264 Vac (±5%) Breaker Failure Protection Front Panel
9 38–300 Vdc
●
● Clock accuracy: ● Pickup range: 0.1–5.0 per ● Baud rate: 38.4K, 19.2K,
● Interruption ride-through unit in 0.01 steps 9.6K
● Free running ±1 minute/
9 time: 20 cycle interruption Connector standard 9-pin
●
month at 77ºF (25ºC) ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
of nominal ac supply in 1 cycle steps subminiature, three-wire
● Clock automatically
9
● Power consumption: 20 VA updated by PowerNet ● Protocol: INCOM
maximum host when present Power Factor
Trigger/reset threshold: 0.5 Environmental Ratings
9
●
Current Inputs Protective Functions lag to 0.5 lead in 0.01 steps ● Operating temperature:
● Nominal (In): 1A or 5A Time delay: 0–1000 –40ºF to +140ºF (–40ºC to
9
●
● CT rating: Phase and Ground seconds in 1 second steps +60ºC) Product tested
Overcurrent Protection to +185ºF (+85ºC)
● 2 x In continuous
9 ● 80 x In for 1 second
● Inverse characteristics:
Mod, Very, Extremely,
Discrete Inputs ● Storage temperature:
● Number of contact –40ºF to +185ºF (–40ºC to
● CT burdens: IECA, IECB, IECC, It, I2t,
9 ● < 0.25 VA at 5A I4t, Flat
inputs: 8 +85ºC)
● Rating: 48 Vdc wetting ● Humidity: 5–95% relative
(nominal)
9
● TOC (51) pickup range: 0.1– humidity (noncondensing)
voltage provided with
● < 0.05 VA at 1A 4.0 per unit in 0.01 steps
internal ground only ● Altitude: 0–6350 feet
(nominal) Time multipliers: 0.05–10.0
9
●
(0–1935m) above Mean
in 0.01 steps Output Contacts Sea Level
Voltage Transformer Inputs ● IOC (50) pickup range: 0.1–
9 Number of output
●
● Nominal: 120 Vac 20.0 per unit in 0.01 steps contacts: Five Form A
● Operating range: ● Pickup accuracy: ±1% and two Form C
9 69–150 Vac (at 0.1–2 per unit)
● Burden: ● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles Rating of Output Contacts
9 ● <0.015 at 120 Vac in 1 cycle steps ● Momentary:
● 1 megaohm ● Time accuracy: ±3% or ● Make 30A AC/DC for
9 ±30 ms 0.25 seconds
Metering Accuracy ● Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
9 ● Phase current: Voltage Unbalance (47) (resistive)
● ±0.5% or ±0.025A from ● Threshold (minimum ● Break 5A at 120/240 Vac
9 0.02–20 per unit fully voltage) 1–100 volts in
1 volt steps ● Continuous:
offset current waveform
9 5A at 120/240 Vac
●
● Ground current: ● % V2/V1: 4–40% in 1%
● ±0.5% of full scale (In) steps ● 5A at 30 Vdc
9 Time delay: 0–9999 cycles – Logic and Control
●
from 0.02– 2.0 per unit
fully offset current in 1 cycle steps Functions
9 waveform Six programmable logic

●
Current Unbalance gates for AND, OR, NAND,

● Phase voltage: ±0.5% or
● Threshold (minimum NOR operation
9 ●
±0.2V from 0–160 Vac
Frequency measurement
current) 0.1–20.0 per unit ● Two latching (flip/flop)
in 0.01 steps gates
accuracy: ±0.02 Hz
9 ● Phase angle: ±1ºC
● % I2/I1: 4–40% in 1% ● Six timer gates provide
steps on/off delays
9 Power metering accuracy:
●
● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
±1.5%
in 1 cycle steps INCOM Communications
9 Metering accuracy
●
● Baud rate: 9600 fixed
temperature range: 32ºF to Under/Overvoltage Protection
122ºF (0ºC to 50ºC) ● Maximum distance:
9 ● Temperature range: ±5%
● Pickup range: 10–150 volts
in 1 volt steps
10,000 feet (3048 m)
for operation below 32ºF ● Protocol: INCOM
9 (0ºC) and above 122ºF
● Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
(50ºC)
9 ● Relay outputs:
● 2 Form C, NO and NC
9 ● 5 Form A, NO Only
Protective Relays
9.4
Wiring Diagrams
9
9
Main VTs
(2) or (3)
9
9
59
METERING M–1
Phase 50 50 50 50 CALC
51P P–1 P–2 P–3 46–1 46–2 55A 55D BF 31o = IR V, I, F, PF,
W, VARS, VA 59
9
CTs (3) Energy M–2
51R Demand
Min./Max. 27
%THD M–1
CB
Trip
Coil
Monitor
50
R–1
Phasors
Data Logger
Waveform
27
M–2
9
50 SER
R–2
50
Fault Records
47–1
9
R–3
9
47–2
Optional 81
50 50 50 U–1
Zero 51X
9
X–1 X–2 X–3
Sequence 81
CT U–2
Optional 81
O–1 9
VT (1) 59 59 27 27
9
A–1 A–2 A–1 A–2 81
O–2
FP-5000
Load 9
9
9
TB1 TB2 Factory Connection Only TB3 TB3 9
TB1 TB2
Power Supply J1-1 PowerNet
101 Input
Power Supply
(+) 201 C In 1
101 201 J1-2 PowerNet
9
102 Input (–) 202 C In 2
102 202
103 RLY Healthy
Com. 203 C In 3 103 203
J1-3 PowerNet Shield
9
104 RLY Healthy 204 C In 4 104 204 J2-1 Accessory Bus
105
N.O.
RLY Healthy
N.C. 205 C In Source 1
105 205 J2-2 Accessory Bus 9
106 206
J2-3 Accessory Bus
106
107
Alarm Com.
Alarm N.O.
206 C In 5 107
108
207
208
Shield
J3-1 Zone Out
9
207 C In 6
108 Alarm N.C. 208 C In 7
109
110
209
210
J3-2 Zone Com. 9
109 RLY 5 Com. 209 C In 8 111 Red 211 J3-3 Zone Shield
110 RLY 5 N.O. 210 C In Source 2 112 White 212 J3-4 Zone In 9
113 213
111 RLY 4 Com. 211 Not Used J3-5 Zone Com.
112 RLY 4 N.O. 212 Not Used
114 214
J4-1
9
115 215
113 RLY 3 Com. 213 VA(+) Main 116
117
216
217
J4-2 9
114 RLY 3 N.O. 214 VB(+) Main
118 218 J4-3
115 Trip 2 Com. 215 VC(+) Main
J5-1 RS485(+)
9
116 Trip 2 N.O. 216 Vx1 Aux
117 Trip 1 Com. 217 Vx2 Aux
J5-2 RS485(-)
9
TB4 J5-3 RS485com
118 Trip 1 N.O. 218 Vg Main
J5-4 RS485shield 9
9
A1 B1 C1 X1 N.C. 1
9
A2 B2 C2 X2 N.C. 2
9
9
Protective Relays
9
9 ac/dc C B A
9
Power Supply
(+) 48 – 125 Vac/dc or
(–) 100 – 240 Vac/dc
9
9 FP-4000
9 TB1 TB2
1 52A
101 Power
Input
Supply
(+) C In 1 201
9 Power Supply
102 Input (–) C In 2 202
52B
RLY Healthy 52B TOC

9 103 Com.
RLY Healthy
C In 3 203
104 N.O. C In 4 204

9 2 Relay
Failure
Alarm
105 RLY
N.C.
Healthy C In Source 1 205
9 Breaker
106 Alarm Com. C In 5 206
Alarm 107 Alarm N.O. C In 6 207

9 108 Alarm N.C. C In 7 208
9 Breaker
109 RLY 5 Com. C In 8 209
110 RLY 5 N.O. C In Source 2 210
Close
9 3
111 RLY 4 Com. Not Used 211
112 RLY 4 N.O.
9 Not Used 212
5
113 RLY 3 Com. VA(+) Main 213
9 114 RLY 3 N.O. VB(+) Main 214
9 115 Trip 2 Com. VC(+) Main 215

116 Trip 2 N.O. VX1 Aux 216
9 52A 52A
117 Trip 1 Com. VX2 Aux 217
52 118 Trip 1 N.O. Vg Main 218
9 TC
9 Ground
9
X2 X1 A2 A1 B2 B1 C2 C1
9
9
4
9 Load 52
9
9
1 For maximum breaker diagnostics use both 52A and 52B contacts.
Some diagnostics are not available if only one of the two is used.
C B A
9 2 A relay failure alarm should provide immediate attention as circuit

is no longer protected. Relay failure output is normally energized.
9 3 FP-4000 can initiate a breaker close via the front panel interface
and/or remote activation through communication or discrete input.
9 4 Residual connection may be used in place of zero sequence CT.
9 5 Delta or open delta PT connection may be used in place of wye-ground connection.
Protective Relays
9.4
Dimensions
Height Width Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg) 9
In Front of Panel
9
10.15 (257.9) 7.62 (193.5) 0.62 (15.7) 9.0 (4.1)
Behind Panel 9
10.15 (257.9) 7.62 (193.5) 7.48 (190.0) 9.0 (4.1)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 MP-3000
Description Page
9 MP-3000 Motor Protection
9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-195
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
9 VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . V3-T9-221
9 EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
9 Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254
9
9 ● Microprocessor-based, Eaton’s MP-3000 motor It can also be used to provide The MP-3000 motor relay is
9
multi-function motor protection relay is a protection for a load jam or generally used on a motor
protection multifunctional loss of load condition. Please starter or a breaker used for
Current only device— microprocessor-based refer to Page V3-T9-192. a motor load. The MP-3000
9
●
no need to add PTs protective relay for the motor relay provides the
protection of three-phase AC The MP-3000 motor relay intelligence to protect and
● Intel-I-Trip™ overload
9 protection based on motors. The MP-3000 motor
relay may be applied to any
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
control the motor against
abnormal operating
motor data excessive starts or starting
9 ● Event recording and
size motor at any voltage
level. It is most commonly the motor before it has had
conditions. It monitors the
currents from either a 5A
operational logging used on large, medium sufficient time to cool down. or 1A secondary of a CT
9 ● Motor Start Profile™ voltage three-phase induction The MP-3000 motor relay circuit. Ground current may
● Optional Quick Release motors. It has also been may be applied to either be obtained from either a
9 Drawout Case widely used on important across the line starters or
reduced voltage starters. On
ground CT or from the
● Used on AMPGARD® low voltage (480 volt) residual connection of the
9 motor applications and reduced voltage starters, the phase CTs. It provides a
and medium voltage MP-3000 relay can control the
assemblies synchronous motors. Form C contact output for
switch from reduced voltage
9 ● “Help” menu provides The MP-3000 motor relay is to full voltage based on time
controlling the starter contacts
or breaker operation.
user operational assistance a current only device that and/or motor transition. The
9 monitors three-phase and
ground currents. It provides
MP-3000 can protect the
starter against failure to
9 motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase unbalance,
transition to full voltage
through contact feedback and
single phasing and ground an incomplete sequence
9 fault motor protection. function.
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
● Complete motor protection ● Event log provides motor The protection functions are The MP-3000 motor
9
and control in a single operating records for the listed below. protection was designed to
compact case reduces most recent 20 Trip or meet the industry standards 9
panel space requirements Alarm events with date
● I2t overload protection for protective relays. It is
and wiring costs and time stamping. This (49/51) recognized under UL 1053 9
● Microprocessor design information can improve ● Locked rotor (49S/51) Ground Fault Protection
with self diagnostics troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
● Ultimate trip current (51) Standard. 9
eliminates calibration ● Negative sequence phase ● UL recognized
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
● Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
unbalance (46) (File No. E154862) 9
● Instantaneous ● UL 1053 recognized
●
maintenance
Programmable stop
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
overcurrent (50) ● UL 508 recognized 9
● Ground fault
2–20% of PCT provide a log of motor ● ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
● Intel-I-Trip overload operation with date and
●
protection (50G)
RTD trip and alarm with
● cUL 9
protection develops time stamping
CSA
9
●
URTD module (49/38)
customized curve from ● RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
● Underload trip (37)
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
● Starts per time (66) 9
● Intel-I-Trip overload
● Jam or stall (51R)
protection provides ● Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
● Auto or manual reset (86) 9
adaptive trip characteristics ● Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
based on motor
temperature when motor ●
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
trip modes 9
The metering functions are:
RTDs are connected
through an optional
protection and motor
starting coordination. This ● Motor currents:
9
URTD module feature can be used to
● Meets UL 1053 ground develop protection settings
● Average current (Iave) 9
fault protection standards on old motors where data ● Individual phase and
that eliminates the need is not available ground current in
primary amperes
9
for a separate ground relay ● Optional communication
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
module and Eaton’s
software simplifies setting,
●
●
Percent of full load
Percent of phase
9
● Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data ●
unbalance
RTD temperatures:
9
retrieval either locally or
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality remotely
● Individual winding 9
● Motor bearing
● Optional Quick Release
9
● Motor currents,
Drawout Case construction
● Load
temperatures and
conditions are monitored simplifies relay removal ● Auxiliary temperatures
and displayed either locally and replacement ● Motor conditions: 9
or remotely
Percent of I2t thermal
9
●
bucket
● Time before start
● Remaining starts 9
allowed
● Oldest start time 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Product Selection
9
9 MP-3000 MP-3000
Catalog
9
Description Number
MP-3000 Drawout, 5A with RS-232 MP3011
9 MP-3000 Drawout, INCOM, 5A with RS-232 MP3012

MP-3000 Drawout, Modbus, 5A with RS-232 MP3013
9 MP-3000 Drawout, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232 MP3014
MP-3000 Drawout, 1A with RS-232 MP3111
9 MP-3000 Drawout, INCOM, 1A with RS-232 MP3112
9 MP-3000 Drawout, Modbus, 1A with RS-232

MP-3000 Drawout, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232
MP3113
MP3114
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, 5A with RS-232 MP3010

MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232 MP3010-INCOM
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232 MP3010MODBUS
MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232 MP3010DEVICEN
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, 1A with RS-232 MP3110
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232 MP3110-INCOM

MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232 MP3110MODBUS
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232 MP3110DEVICEN

MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232, URTD MP3010VPI
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232, URTD MP3010VPM
9
MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232, URTD MP3010VPD
MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232, URTD MP3110VPI
9 MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232, URTD MP3110VPM

MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232, URTD MP3110VPD
9
9 Options and Accessories
9 Additional Related Products

by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
The Universal RTD module
(URTD) is required when the
The MP-3000 motor
protection is designed to
Series motor is equipped with RTDs operate from 120 Vac or
9 The MP-3000 is available in that you wish to monitor and 240 Vac auxiliary control
either a fixed mount or Quick use for protection. The URTD power. The MP-3000 motor
9 Release Drawout Case. Both can be mounted near the relay can be used with DC
mountings use the same motor to reduce RTD wiring control power with the
9 panel cutout. Page V3-T9-195
shows cutout dimensions.
and costs. Page V3-T9-194
shows MP-3000 and URTD
addition of the IQDCPS.
The IQDCPS is an inverter
9 Page V3-T9-192 shows a
typical fixed mountwiring
inter-connection wiring.
Please refer to the URTD
from DC to AC.
diagram for a medium voltage information described

9 motor starter application. elsewhere in
Page V3-T9-193 shows the this catalog.
9 fixed mount terminal
designation. Page V3-T9-195
9 shows the drawout case
panel mounting, and shows
9 the drawout case terminal
designation.
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Control Power Analog Output Alarm Setting Range IPONI Communications
● Nominal rating: ● Rating: ± 4–20 mA ● Ground fault: Off, 2–55% ● Type: two-wire, FSK 9
● 120 Vac or 240 Vac programmable CT ratio ● Baud rate: 1200 or
● +10%, –25% ● Maximum load: 1K ohm ● Overload I2t: Off, 9600 baud 9
Operating range: ● Accuracy: 1% 60–99% I2t ● Protocol: INCOM
9
●
● 120 Vac: 90 132 Vac

● JAM: Off, 100–1200% FLA ● Functions:
Motor Overload Protection (I2t) ● Underload: Off, ● Read/write set points
240 Vac:180 264 Vac
9
●
● Full load amperes: 1–90% FLA
● Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz ● Read metered values
10–3000A ● Phase unbalance: Off, Read trip/alarms
9
●
● Power use: ● Locked rotor current: 4–40% Ineg/Ipos
● 20 VA maximum 300–1200% FLA
● Read events/history
● Run delay timers: View starting profile
9
●
● URTD: 6 VA maximum ● Locked rotor time: 0–240 seconds
● IPONI: 1 VA maximum 1–120 seconds
MPONI Communications
● Ride-through time: ● Ultimate trip current:
85–150% FLA
Start Control Functions
● Type: 5-wire, 485 9
30 cycles from nominal Vac ● Starts per time: 1–10 starts
9
● Phase CT ratio:
● Baud rate: 1200 or
● Time for starts per time: 9600 baud
Current Inputs 10–4000 (In) Off, 1–240 minutes
Protocol: Modbus RTU
9
●
● Nominal (In): 1A or 5A ● Ground CT ratio: ● Time between starts: Off,
● CT rating: 10–4000 (In) 1–240 minutes
● Functions:
Read/write set points
9
●
● 2 x In continuous ● Timing accuracy: ± 2.5% or ● Number of cold starts:
● 50 x In for 1 second ±30 mS for I > 1.1x U.T.C 1–5 starts ● Read metered values
● Burdens:
Trip Setting Range
● Motor transition current:
10–300% FLA
●
●
Read trip/alarms
Read events/history
9
● < 0.25 VA at 5A ● Ground fault (GF): Off,
● < 0.05 VA at 1A 2–55% CT ratio
● Time for transition:
0–1200 seconds
● View starting profile 9
● GF start time delay:
Metering Accuracy
● Phase current: ±1% of In
2–60 cycles
● Inc. sequence timer: Off,
1–240 seconds
DPONI Communications
● Type: J-wire
9
● GF run time delay:
●
(5–100%)
Ground current: ±1.5% of In
0–60 cycles
● Long acceleration timer:
Off, 1–1200 seconds
● Baud rate: 500k, 250k,
125k
9
● Timer accuracy: ± 20 mS
(0–55%) Anti-Backspin timer: Off, Protocol: DeviceNet
9
● ●
● Instantaneous O.C.: Off, 1–3600 minutes ● Functions:
Discrete Inputs 300–1600% FLA
● Number of inputs: two ● IOC start time delay: RTD Inputs (Requires
● Read metered values
9
2–60 cycles URTD module) ● Read trip/alarms
programmable
● Ratings: ● Timer accuracy: ±20 mS ● Sensor types:
Logging 9
● 1.2 VA at 120 Vac ● JAM trip: Off, ● 10 ohm copper
Log book: 100 events
9
●
● Maximum off = 36 Vac 100–1200% FLA ● 100 ohm nickel ● Log event: 20 trips and
● Underload trip: Off, ● 120 ohm nickel
Minimum on = 86 Vac alarms
9
●
1–90% FLA ● 100 ohm platinum ● Log start: last four starts
Output Contacts ● Phase unbalance trip: Off,
● Number of outputs: four 4–40% Ineg/Ipos URTD Module Communications
● Start profile: last four starts
(communication only) 9
Form C, programmable ● Start delay timers: ● Interface:
History records: motor,
9
●
● Momentary: ● 0–120 seconds ● Electrical (three-wire) trips, alarms and total
● Make 30A AC/DC for (underload and phase ● Fiber optic (preferred) records
0.25 seconds unbalance)
● Fiber optic cable: Type
9
● Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc ● 0–1200 seconds (jam) Environmental Conditions
(resistive) ● Run delay timers: 0–240
HBFR-ERS or EUS
● Operating temperature: 9
● Break 5A at 120 240 Vac seconds Clock –4ºF to 140ºF (–20ºC to
● Continuous: ● Timer accuracy: ±0.5% ● Accuracy: ±1 minute/
+60ºC) 9
● 5A at 120/240 Vac +100 mS month at 77ºF (25°C) ● Storage temperature:
● 5A at 30 Vdc
–49ºF to +185ºF
(–45°C to +85°C)
9
● Humidity: 0–95%
noncondensing
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Wiring Diagrams
9
MP-3000 Motor Relay Protection Functions
9
MP-3000
9 Protection Functions
49/51 Overload I2T
49S/51 Locked Rotor
9 51R Jam/Stall
37 Loss of Load/
9
Underload
46 Phase Loss/
Unbalance
9
50 Phase Inst. OC
URT 50G Ground Inst. OC
66 Starts per time
9 Motor 11 RTDs
period
9
9
MP-3000 Fixed Mount Typical
9 Main CTs
Fuse M GFCT
9 L3 L3 C T3
9 L2 L2 B M T2 To Motor or
Load Device
Under Control
9 L1 L1 A M T1
9
X1 X2
Ground Gnd.
Primary
9
Fuses
Non-Current
9 Secondary
CPT
Carrying Ground
5
9 Fuses Ground
H
1
A
H
1
B
H
1
C
G
1
MP-3000
H H H
9
4 ac Supply 7 2
A
2
B
2
C
G
2
Back View
to MP-3000 with Jumper
Trip Contacts Connection
START
9 STOP Additional
Control
M
11 12
9 M
Alarm
Alarm Contacts
9 18 19
Auxiliary
9 Auxiliary Trip Contacts
Trip
9 15 16
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
MP-3000 Terminal Identification
CT Connections
9
9
9
H
1
H
1
H
1
G
1
9
A B C
H
2
H
2
H
2 G
URTD Optical Fiber
9
A B C 2
9
Communications
(Preferred Method)
or
URTD Wired
Communication
9
MP-3000 9
23 Shield
22 Common 9
21 Data
20 Strobe
9
+4/20 mA Output 25
19 Alarm N/O 9
-4/20 mA Output 24
18 Alarm Com.
9
17 Alarm N/C
9
Aux. 2 N/C 1
16 Aux. 1 N/O
Aux. 2 Com. 2
Aux. 2 N/O 3
15 Aux. 1 Com.
9
14 Aux. 1 N/C
120 V or 240 V 4
13 Trip N/O
9
Earth Ground 5
iscrete Source 6
12 Trip Com. 9
11 Trip N/C
Neutral 7 9
Discrete In 1 8
Discrete Com. 9
9
Discrete In 2 10 9
9
9
Note
1 Caution: Do not connect terminals 6 and 9 together. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
MP-3000 Control and URTD Wiring

9
9 Control Power
Transformer
Universal
9 RTD Module Common

Data
H
1
A
H
H
1
B
H
H
1
C
H
G
1
AC 120 Vac 2
A
2
B
2
C
G
2
Strobe
9
120 Vac J3
ACN
9 MP-3000
23
22
Shield
Common
21 Data
9 25
20
19
Strobe
24 18
9 1
2
17
16
3 15
9 Non-current
4
5
14
13
6 12
9
Carrying Gnd. 11
7
8
9
9 10
Optical Fiber for URTD Customer Remote
9 Communications
to MP-3000
Input Contacts
or Pushbuttons
9 (Preferred Method)
9
9 Trip Curve Chart Motor Starting Profile Time/Current Chart
The MP-3000 motor relay When communications
9 records information on the
most recent four starts. It
are desired, an optional
communication module or
9 records currents, percent of
I2t used, percent unbalance,
PONI (Product Operated
Network Interface) is
RTD temperatures and time required. The MP-3000 is
9 to transition and run. In compatible with an INCOM
addition, a motor start profile (IPONI), Modbus RTU
9 can be downloaded and (MPONI) or Ethernet (EPONI).
displayed using Eaton’s Future communication
9 PowerPort or PowerNet
Software. The starting profile
modules are planned to
interface with other systems
shows the motor starting
9
using other protocols. Please
current plotted against the consult factory for availability
relay protection curve. This of other communication
9 provides a quick view of the options. Page V3-T9-197
coordination between the shows typical mounting of
9 protection and actual motor
start current.
MP-3000 with optional PONI
and with URTD module and
9 PONI.
When the MP-3000 is
9 supplied in the optional
drawout case, then the
9 INCOM (IPONI) is the only
communication option
available. The communication
9 option must be selected at
the time of order.
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Dimensions
Panel Cutout Diagram 9
5.38
(136.7) 9
2.69
(68.3)
9
8.90 9
(226.1)
9.38
(238.3)
9
6.68
(169.7) 9
4.45 4.69
9
9
(113.0) (119.1)
.06
(1.5) RAD
2.23
(56.7)
4 Places 9
9
2.53
.218
(64.3)
5.06 (5.5)
DIA 10 Places
9
(128.5)
9
MP-3000 Drawout Panel Mounting
9
6.89
(175.0)
5.33
9
(135.4)
9
9
S/N000000
A980000
66D2029G01 S/N123321 BUILT BY
REV. 1 A980810 F.C.
66D2031G01 TESTED BY
BUILT BY REV. 1
F.C. G.K.
TESTED BY
G.K.
9
9
+4/20 Output
-4/20 Output
11
13
12
14
Unused
Discrete Source
9
Unused 15 16
Discrete In 1
9
17 18
VAC 120V or Discrete In 2
Auto 240V
11 Select Neut 19 20
Discrete Com
13
9.51
(241.6)
9
21 22
H1A H2A
49 23 24
H1B H2B
25 26
47 H1C H2C
27 28
G1 G2
45 Unused
29 30
Unused
9
66C2020H01
17
60
9
14
19
16
9
20
18
9
Outer Flange
9
Outer Chassis Inner Chassis
Mounting Panel 9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Rear View of MP-3000 Drawout Outer Case
9 5.23
(132.8)
9
9
11
9 URTD Strobe 41
+4/20 Output 12 Unused 42 URTD Data
13 14
-4/20 Output Discrete Source URTD Common 43 44 URTD Shield
9 Unused 15 16 Discrete In 1 45 46
9
17 18 47 48
VAC 120Vor Discrete In 2 11 12 41 42 Aux 2 Aux 1
Auto 240V 13 14 43 44
Select Neut 19 20 Discrete Com 49 50
9
15 16 45 46
17 18 47 48
19 20 49 50
9 21 22 51 52
H1A H2A
9 H1B
23 24
H2B
21 22
23 24
51 52
53 54 Alarm
53 54
Trip
9
25 26 25 26 55 56 55 56
H1C H2C
27 28 57 58
27 28 57 58
G1 G2 29 30 59 60 Shield
9 Unused 29 30 Unused
PONI In
59 60 Earth Gnd
66C2020H01 66C2020H02
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
MP-3000 PONI and URTD Mounting
4.25 6.26 9
(108.0) (159.0)
with PONI with PONI and RTD Module 9
3.01 5.07
(76.5)
without PONI
(128.8)
9
9
9
9
9
®
9
®
9
STYLE NUMBER 2D78559
UNIVERSAL RTD MODULE

+4/20 +4/20
9
25
25
OUTPUT OUTPUT
-4/20 -4/20
9
24
24
1A49102H19
OUTPUT OUTPUT
9
ac
1
120 J3
AUX 2
AUX 2
Vac
ACN
2
35
9
34
3
AUX1
PONI 33
VAC AUTO SELECT
VAC AUTO SELECT
120 V or 120 V or 32
Mounting
4
240 V 240 V GND
9
31
EARTH Bracket EARTH 30
5
GROUND GROUND LB2

29
DISCRETE DISCRETE 28
6
9
SOURCE SOURCE
27
LB1
26
7
NEUT NEUT
25
9
DISCRETE DISCRETE
8
IN 1 IN 1 24
MB2
9
COMMON COMMON 22
9
10
10
MB1
IN 2 IN 2 20
RTD Module
Mounting
Bracket
9
9
Shipping Weight
Height Width Depth Lbs (kg) 9
10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 3.70 (94.0) 7.0 (3.2)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 MP-4000
Description Page
MP-4000 Motor Protection
9 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-201
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-201
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-203
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
9 EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
9 Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
9
● Microprocessor-based,
Eaton’s MP-4000 motor sufficient time to cool down.
9 multi-function motor
protection
protection relay is a
multifunctional
The MP-4000 motor relay may
be applied to either across the
microprocessor-based line starters or reduced voltage
9
protection based on protective relay for the starters. On reduced voltage
motor data protection of three-phase ac starters, the MP-4000 relay can
9 ● Event recording and motors. The MP-4000 motor control the switch from
operational logging relay may be applied to any reduced voltage to full voltage
9 ● Motor Start Profile
size motor at any voltage level.
It is most commonly used on
based on time and/or motor
transition. The MP-4000 can
● Optional Quick Release large, medium voltage three- protect the starter against
9 Drawout Case phase induction motors. It has failure to transition to full
● Used on AMPGARD also been widely used on voltage through contact
9 and medium voltage important low voltage (480 feedback and an incomplete
assemblies volt) motor applications and sequence function.
9 ● “Help” menu provides synchronous motors.
The MP-4000 motor relay is
user operational assistance The MP-4000 motor relay generally used on a motor
9 monitors three-phase and starter or a breaker used for
ground currents, and three- a motor load. The MP-4000
9 phase voltages. It provides motor relay provides the
motor overload, stall, short intelligence to protect and
9 circuit, phase unbalance, single
phasing over/undervoltage,
control the motor against
abnormal operating conditions.
underpower, power factor and It monitors the currents from
9 ground fault motor protection. either a 5A or 1A secondary of
a CT circuit. Ground current
9 It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or loss
may be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the residual
9 of load condition. connection of the phase CTs.
It provides a form C contact
The MP-4000 motor relay
9 provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
output for controlling the
starter contacts or breaker
operation.
9 excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had
Protective Relays
9.4
● Complete motor protection ● RTD diagnostics reduces The metering functions are: The MP-4000 motor
9
and control in a single unnecessary tripping protection was designed to
compact case reduces caused by faulty RTD, RTD
● Metering: meet the industry standards 9
panel space requirements wiring or communications ● Average current for protective relays. It is
and wiring costs ● Arm/Disarm feature ● Amperes: magnitude recognized under UL 1053 9
● Microprocessor design improves security for and angle in primary Ground Fault Protection
with self diagnostics critical motor applications values Standard. 9
eliminates calibration ● Motor Start profile verifies ● Amperes: positive, ● UL recognized (File No.
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
protection and motor negative and zero
sequence
E154862) 9
starting coordination. This ● UL 1053 recognized
●
maintenance
Programmable stop
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
● Average voltage (V ave) ● UL 508 recognized 9
● Voltage: magnitude and
2–20% of PCT on old motors where data ● ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
● Intel-I-Trip overload is not available ●
angle
Voltage: positive,
● cUL 9
protection develops ● Optional communication CSA
9
●
negative and zero
customized curve from module and Eaton’s sequence
manufacturer’s supplied software simplifies setting,
% of full load
9
●
motor data configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
● % current unbalance
protection provides retrieval either locally or
remotely
● % voltage unbalance
9
adaptive trip characteristics ● Power, vars and VA
based on motor
temperature when motor
● Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
● Power factor 9
● Frequency
RTDs are connected
through an optional
simplifies relay removal
and replacement
● Energy metering with 9
URTD module time and date stamps
● Meets UL 1053 ground
The protection functions are
listed below:
● RTD temperatures: 9
fault protection standards ● Individual winding
that eliminates the need ● I2t overload ● Motor bearing 9
for a separate ground relay protection (49/51)
Load
9
●
saving cost, space, wiring ● Locked rotor (49S/51)
and time ● Auxiliary temperatures
● Ultimate trip current (51)
● Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
● Negative sequence phase ● Motor conditions: 9
unbalance (46) ● Percent of I2t thermal
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
● Instantaneous bucket 9
overcurrent (50) ● Time before start
9
● Motor currents,
temperatures and
● Ground fault ● Remaining starts
conditions are monitored protection (50G) allowed
and displayed either locally ● Undervoltage (27) ● Oldest start time 9
or remotely ● Overvoltage (59)
● Event log provides motor ● Under power (32) 9
operating records for the ● Negative sequence voltage
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
unbalance (47) 9
● Power factor (55)
and time stamping. This
information can improve ● RTD trip and alarm with 9
troubleshooting and URTD module (49/38)
reduce downtime ● Underload trip (37) 9
● Log book records the most ● Starts per time (66)
recent 100 events such as ● Jam or stall (51R) 9
motor START/STOP and ● Auto or manual reset (86)
set point changes to ● Fail-safe or non-fail-safe 9
provide a log of motor
trip modes
operation with date and
time stamping
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9
Cross-Reference
9 Westinghouse®/Cutler-Hammer models. The most notable 3000 value packs that include It also provides equivalent
9 Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer MP-
3000 motor relay supersedes
enhancements are UL 1053
ground fault protection
an MP-3000, PONI, URTD
module and fiber optic cable
start control functions. Both
the 369 and 469 offer voltage
the Cutler-Hammer (formerly certified, voltage loss ride at competitive prices. protection and metering
9 Westinghouse) IQ 1000 II through capability, data
GE Multilin has both lower
functions. An Eaton meter
motor relay and can replace logging, communications and/or other manufacturers’
9 the earlier IQ 1000 motor features and the addition of and higher end products.
The MP-3000 can be used in
protective relays may be
relay version sold under the a clock for date and time needed to satisfy the
place of their 239 motor relay.
9 Westinghouse name. The
MP-3000 motor relay fits in
stamping of events.
The MP-3000 offers more
customer’s motor protection
requirements. The 469 adds
GE Multilin™ capabilities than the 239 for differential protection. This
9 the same cut out and
provides the protection GE Multilin has several
a slightly higher price. function must be supplied
functions of these older product offerings for motor GE Multilin 369 and 469 by others in addition to the
9 models. The MP-3000 protection. The 269 PLUS is are upgraded end products. MP-3000 motor relay.
relay provides numerous the equivalent model to the The MP-3000 relay offers
9 enhancements and new MP-3000 with optional URTD equivalent overload and
features over the superseded module. Eaton offers MP- current protection functions.
9 Cross-Reference
9 New Eaton’s Series Old Cutler-Hammer (Westinghouse) GE Multilin
MP-3000 (URTD module) 1 IQ 1000 II, IQ 1000 269, 269+, 239, base 369
9 MP-4000 (URTD module) 1 — 369 with voltage option
9
MP-4000 + MP-3000 — 469
Note
9 1 If RTD monitoring required.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Product Selection
9
MP-4000 Ordering Information
MP-4000
9
MP-4000 drawout, 5A with RS-232 MP4011 9
MP-4000 drawout, INCOM, 5A with RS-232 MP4012
MP-4000 drawout, Modbus, 5A with RS-232 MP4013 9
MP-4000 drawout, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232 MP4014
MP-4000 drawout, 1A with RS-232 MP4111
9
MP-4000 drawout, INCOM, 1A with RS-232 MP4112
9
MP-4000 drawout, Modbus, 1A with RS-232 MP4113
MP-4000 drawout, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232 MP4114 9
MP-4000 fixed case, 5A with RS-232 MP4010
MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232 MP4010INCOM 9
9
MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232 MP4010MODBUS
MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232 MP4010DEVICEN
MP-4000 fixed case, 1A with RS-232 MP4110
9
MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232 MP4110INCOM
MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232 MP4110MODBUS 9
MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232 MP4110DEVICEN
MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232, URTD MP4010VPI 9
MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232, URTD
MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232, URTD
MP4010VPM
MP4010VPD
9
MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232, URTD MP4110VPI 9
MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232, URTD MP4110VPM
MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232, URTD MP4110VPD 9
9
Options and Accessories
9
Additional Related Products The Universal RTD module The MP-4000 motor protection
by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Series
The MP-4000 is available in
(URTD) is required when the
motor is equipped with RTDs
is design-ed to operate from
120 Vac or 240 Vac auxiliary
9
either a fixed mount or Quick
Release Drawout Case. Both
that you wish to monitor and
use for protection. The URTD
control power. The MP-4000
motor relay can be used with 9
mountings use the same can be mounted near the dc control power with the
panel cutout. motor to reduce RTD wiring addition of the IQDCPS. The 9
and costs. IQDCPS is an inverter from
DC to AC. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Control Power Analog Output ● Under/overfrequency: Clock
9 ● Nominal rating: ● Rating: ± 4–20 mA Off, 15 to 60 Hz ● Accuracy: ±1 minute/
● 120 Vac or 240 Vac programmable ● Under/overfrequency time month at 77ºF (25°C)
9 ● +10%, –25% ● Maximum load: 1K ohm delay: 0 to 60 sec
● Power protection: Off, PONI Communications
Operating range: ● Accuracy: 1%
9
●
0.06 to .90 + FLA VT ● Type: two-wire, FSK
● 120 Vac: 90 132 Vac
Motor Overload Protection (I2t) ● Power time delay: 0 to ● Baud rate: 1200 or
9 240 Vac:180 264 Vac
●
● Full load amperes: 1200 sec 9600 baud
● Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz 10–3000 ● Power factor: Off, 0.05 lag ● Protocol: INCOM
9 ● Power use:
● 20 VA maximum
● Locked rotor current: to 0.99 lead ● Functions:
300–1200% FLA ● Power factor time delay: ● Read/write set points
9 ● URTD: 6 VA maximum ● Locked rotor time: 0 to 60 sec ● Read metered values
● IPONI: 1 VA maximum 1–120 seconds ● Read trip/alarms
9 ● Ride-through time: ● Ultimate trip current:
85–150% FLA
Alarm Setting Range
● Ground fault: Off,
● Read events/history
30 cycles from nominal Vac
2–55% CT ratio ● View starting profile
9 Current Inputs
● Phase CT ratio:
10–4000 (In) ● Overload I2t: Off,
60–99% I2t MPONI Communications
9 Nominal (In): 1A or 5A
● ● Ground CT ratio: ● Type: five-wire, 485
● CT rating: 10–4000 (In) ● JAM: Off, 100–1200% FLA
● Baud rate: 1200 or
9 Underload: Off,
●
● 2 x In continuous ● Timing accuracy: ± 2.5% or 9600 baud
±30 mS for I > 1.1x U.T.C. 1–90% FLA
● 50 x In for 1 second ● Protocol: Modbus RTU
9
● Phase unbalance: Off,
● Burdens: Trip Setting Range 4–40% Ineg/Ipos ● Functions:
● < 0.25 VA at 5A ● Ground fault (GF): Off, ● Read metered values
9 Run delay timers:
●
● < 0.05 VA at 1A 2–55% CT ratio 0–240 seconds ● Read trip/alarms

● GF start time delay:
9 Voltage Inputs 2–60 cycles Start Control Functions DPONI Communications
● Nominal: 120 Vac ● GF run time delay: ● Starts per time: 1–10 starts ● Type: J-wire
9 ● Operating range: 69 to 0–60 cycles ● Time for starts per time: ● Baud rate: 500k,
150 Vac ● Timer accuracy: ± 20 mS Off, 1–240 minutes 250k, 125k
9 ● Burden: 2 VA ● Instantaneous O.C.: Off, ● Time between starts: ● Protocol: DeviceNet
300–1600% FLA Off, 1–240 minutes ● Functions:
9 Metering Accuracy ● IOC start time delay: ● Number of cold starts: ● Read metered values
● Phase current: ±1% of In 2–60 cycles 1–5 starts ● Read trip/alarms
9 (5–100%) ● Timer accuracy: ±20 mS ● Motor transition current:
● Ground current: ±1.5% of In ● JAM trip: Off, 100– 10–300% FLA Logging
9 (0–55%) 1200% FLA ● Time for transition: ● Log book: 100 events
● Underload trip: Off, 0–1200 seconds ● Log event: 20 trips
9 Discrete Inputs
● Number of inputs: two
1–90% FLA ● Inc. sequence timer: and alarms
● Current unbalance trip: Off, 1–240 seconds ● Log start: last four starts
programmable
9 ● Ratings:
Off, 4–40% Ineg/Ipos ● Long acceleration timer: ● Start profile: last four starts
● Start delay timers: Off, 1–1200 seconds (communication only)
9 1.2 VA at 120 Vac
●
● 0–120 seconds ● Anti-Backspin timer: ● History records: motor,
● Maximum off = 36 Vac Off, 1–3600 minutes trips, alarms and total
(underload and phase
9 ● Minimum on = 86 Vac unbalance)
RTD Inputs (Requires
records
● 0–1200 seconds (jam) URTD module)
Output Contacts
9 ● Number of outputs: four
● Run delay timers: ● Sensor types:
Environmental Conditions
0–240 seconds
Form C, programmable. 10 ohm copper
9 –4ºF to +140ºF (
●
● Timer accuracy: ±0.5%
● Momentary: ● 100 ohm nickel –20°C to +60°C)
+100 mS
9
● Make 30A AC/DC for ● 120 ohm nickel ●
● Voltage unbalance: Off,
0.25 seconds ● 100 ohm platinum –49ºF to +185ºF
1 to 100V
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc (–45°C to +85°C)
9
●
● % V2/V1: 4% + 40%
(Resistive) URTD Module Communications ● Humidity: 0–95%
● Voltage unbalance time noncondensing
● Break 5A at 120 240 Vac Interface:
9
●
delay: 0 to 1200 sec.
● Continuous: ● Electrical (three-wire)
● Under/overvoltage time
9 5A at 120/240 Vac Fiber optic (preferred)
● ●
delay: Off, 10 to 150V
● 5A at 30 Vdc ● Under/overvoltage time ● Fiber optic cable: Type
9 delay: 0 to 1200 sec HBFR-ERS or EUS
Protective Relays
9.4
Dimensions
MP-4000 Feeder Protection Relay 9
Height Width Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg) 9
10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 3.70 (94.0) 7.0 (3.2)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 MD-3000
Description Page
9 MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay
9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-206
9 Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
9
9
9
9 MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay
Product Description Features, Benefits Standards and Certifications
9 Eaton's MD-3000 Protective and Functions ● ANSI C37.90 (1989),
C37.90.1 (1989),
9
Relay is a microprocessor- ● ANSI or IEC applications
based sensitive three-phase ● Phase differential currents C37.90.2 (1995)
instantaneous OC-trip relay ● IEC 255
9 Monitoring and reporting of
●
designed for both ANSI magnitude and phase of ● UL 1053
and IEC applications. The current causing trip
9 MD-3000 is suitable for
use as a motor/generator
● Relay failure alarm contact
Trip alarm contact
9
●
differential relay.
● User-friendly front panel
The MD-3000 Relay operates
9 Non-volatile memory
●
from the 5 ampere secondary Product Selection
output of standard current
● View settings any time
9 Set CT ratios
●
transformers. Current MD-3000 Catalog Numbers
transformer ratio information ● Integral test mode (phase Catalog
and ground)
9
is quickly programmed into Description Number
the unit via settings. The ● Program and test mode
Fixed Case MD3000
MD-3000 features a user- security access cover with
9 friendly operator panel to meter seal provision Drawout Case MD3001
monitor, program and test the ● Continuous internal
9 relay. Operating parameters
and troubleshooting
circuitry self-testing
● Programmable lockout/self
9 information are displayed in
the two display windows.
reset after trip
9 Application Description System Protection

The MD-3000 microprocessor-
● Instantaneous sensitive
9 based relay provides reliable phase overcurrent trip
instantaneous trip protection ● Configurable trip outputs
9 for all voltage levels. It is
most commonly used as Information and Data Delivery
9 motor differential protection Displays current

●
relay. transformer ratio
9 Data/information
●
transmission
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Product Specifications Input Voltage Environmental Conditions Communications
● Nominal: ● Operating temperature: ● Eaton’s PowerNet 9
Current Inputs –22ºF to +131ºF compatible
● 48–250 Vdc
● CTs: 5A secondary ● 120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz (–30ºC to +55°C) ● Built-in INCOM 9
● CT burden: ● Operating humidity: ● Data rate is 1200 or
Operating range:
9
●
● <0.004 ohm at rated 0–95% relative humidity 9600 baud
current (5A)
● 28–280 Vdc (noncondensing)
90–254 Vac 50/60 Hz
9
●
● <0.1 VA at rated ● Storage temperature: Drawout Case
current (5A) Power Consumption –40ºF to +158ºF ● Refer to Page V3-T9-215
● In: 5A (Secondary) or
CT (Primary)
24 48 125 250 120 240 (–40°C to +70°C) for drawout case
dimensions
9
Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vac Vac Auxiliary Alarm Contacts
● Saturation: 30 x In 10W 10W 10W 10W 10 VA 18 VA
● 5A continuous at 120/ Terminal Block 9
● CT thermal ratings:
240 Vac, 30 Vdc Make/break rating:
9
●
● 10A continuous Output Trip Contacts
● Momentary:
● 5A break at 120/240 Vac, ● 10A at 240 Vac nominal
● 500A for 1 second 30 Vdc 0.25A at 280 Vdc
9
●
● Make 30A AC/DC for
CT (Primary) Settings Available 0.25 seconds maximum
Tests
Terminal wire gauge:
9
●
● Phase: ● Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc ● Dielectric strength,
5/10/25/50/75/100/150/200/ No. 14 to No. 10 AWG
● Break 5A at 120/240 Vac current inputs:
Screw torque
9
●
250/300/400/500/600/630/ ● Continuous: ● 3000 Vac for 1 minute requirements:
800/1000/1200/1250/1500/
1600/2000/2400 2500/
● 5A at 120/240 Vac ● Phase-to-phase 18-inch-pounds
3000/3200/4000/5000 ● 5A at 30 Vdc ● Seismic test: Meets 9
● Meets ANSI C37.90, requirements for UBC® and
Paragraph 6.7 California Building Code
Zone 4. ZPA = 3.5
9
Wiring Diagrams 9
Self-Balancing Differential
Protection
Conventional Phase
Differential Protection
9
9
87 9
9
87
9
9
X
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Dimensions
9 Drilling Pattern
9 5.38
(136.7)
2.69
9 (68.3)
9 8.90
(226.1)
9 9.38
(238.3)
6.68
9 (169.7)
9 4.45 4.69
(113.0) (119.1)
9 .06
(1.5) RAD
9 2.23
(56.7)
4 Places
9 2.53
.218
9
(64.3) DIA 10 Places
5.06 (5.5)
(128.5)
9
MD-3000
9 5.33 5.23
7.72 (135.4)
9
(196.1) 0.80 (132.8)
3.86 (20.3) 2.61
(98.0) (66.3)
9
9
S/N000000
W000000
Operational 66D0000G00
MD 3000 REV. 0
MD 3001 Motor Differential
Reset Built by FEC
Motor/Generator Tested by GLK
Drawout Case
Power Supply Input:
Differential Term. 17/19
5.67
9
AC 120-240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
DC 48-250 Vdc
RMS Amperes Caution - Refer to
(144.0) Instruction Leaflet 4.75
(120.7)
Differential
Pickup In
9 Time A DIF
B DIF
Unused 11
Unused 13
Unused 15
12 Unused
14 Unused
16 Unused
11 12 41 42
C DIF Select (+)
17
18 Unused
13 14 43 44
9
Power Supply 19
Input
(-) 20
15 16 45 46
Current Input
In=5A (Secondary) A2
21 22
A1 17 18 47 48
23 24
11.34 Settings/Test Time/Trip Cause B2
C2
25 26
B1
C1 19 20 49 50 9.51
Program View
(241.6)
9
(288.0) Test
Settings
Unused
Unused
27
29
28
30
Unused
Unused
Program
21 22 51 52
Program
Select Save
Settings Settings 53 54
9
23 24
Raise
25 26 55 56
Lower
Select 57 58
Test Test 27 28
Tests
29 30
9
Test
9
1.51
9 (38.4)
6.89
(175.0)
9
MD-3000 Feeder Protection Relay (Fixed Case)
9 Shipping Weight
9 10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 3.70 (94.0) 7.0 (3.2)
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Contents
DT-3000
Description Page
9
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158 9
FP-6000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162
FP-5000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172 9
MP-3000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-188 9
MP-4000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-198
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . . V3-T9-204 9
Digitrip 3000
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-209 9
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-214
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217 9
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226 9
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay. . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250 9
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258 9
9
Digitrip 3000 9
Product Description
● Microprocessor-based, any application where The Digitrip 3000 may be Residual Ground
9
three-phase and ground
overcurrent relay
instantaneous and/or time
overcurrent protection
connected to the secondary
side of a delta-wye grounded
Connection
9
a A1 A2
Independent phase and is required. It is most transformer with the ground
9
●
b B1 B2
ground measuring circuits commonly used as primary element connected to a c C1 C2
and operation feeder circuit protection, separate CT in the neutral
● Inverse time (51), short see figure below. connection of the 50N/51N
GND G1 G2 9
delay (50, 2) and Primary Feeder transformer. With this
9
Digitrip
instantaneous (50) Circuit Protection connection, a lower CT ratio CB-52 3000
protection and a pickup setting can
be used to provide more
● Eleven time overcurrent
characters including ANSI, 50 51 sensitive ground fault Separate Zero Sequence 9
protection especially for Ground CT Connection
IEC and thermal protection
curves resistance grounded
a A1 A2
9
50G 51G systems, see figure below.
Phase and ground
9
●
CB
b B1 B2
ampmeter and peak 52 Digitrip Transformer Secondary c C1 C2
3000
demand functions Protection with Neutral
9
50/51
● INCOM communication CT Connection
Load
port
9
CB-52
The Digitrip 3000 may be
● Fixed mount or optional Resistor 50G/51G
applied as the transformer
quick release drawout GND G1 G2
primary protection or as
case design
backup to the differential
50G 51G
Digitrip
9
● Dual-source power supply protection, see figure below. 50 51 3000
option for AC control
power applications Transformer Overcurrent
Digitrip
3000
9
CB
Protection
Application Description 9
Eaton’s Digitrip 3000 The Digitrip 3000 ground
9
50 51
microprocessor-based relay overcurrent element can be
provides reliable three-phase connected in the residual
and ground overcurrent
protection for all voltage CB
50G 51G circuit of the phase CTs as
shown in the top figure or
9
to a separate ground CT as
9
Digitrip
levels. It can be used for 3000
shown in last figure.
Protective Relays
Zone Selective Interlocking (Phase and Ground)

9 Note: For the phase time zone selective interlocking If a fault occurs at a point in the Digitrip 3000 of
overcurrent element, the current to initiate an immediate trip Zone 3, the Digitrip 3000 of Downstream Breaker C does
9 sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
exceed 300% (3 x In) for the zone
signal when the fault is in the Downstream Breaker C not send a restraining signal
breaker’s zone of protection. senses the fault and sends to the Digitrip 3000 of Feeder
9 selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal. Upstream Digitrip 3000
a restraining signal to the Breaker B.
upstream Digitrip 3000 of
protected breakers are Since there is no restraining
9 Zone Selective interlocking restrained from tripping
Feeder Breaker B.
signal from the Digitrip 3000
is a protection function to immediately by an Having received this signal, of Downstream Breaker C,
9 minimize equipment damage
resulting from a phase or a
interlocking signal from the the Digitrip 3000 of Feeder the Digitrip 3000 of Feeder
downstream Digitrip 3000 Breaker B begins timing for Breaker B identifies that
9 ground fault in an area where
long-time and/or short-time
relay. This interlocking signal
requires only a pair of wires
normal final delay tripping. As
a result, only Downstream
the fault is in Zone 2 and
immediately trips Feeder
delay is in use.
9 When the “Ground Zone
from the downstream breaker
to the upstream breaker.
Breaker C is tripped. Breaker B, regardless of its
time setting.
The Upstream Digitrip 3000 Fault Location Zone 2
9 Interlocking” feature is
utilized, an immediate trip provides time delayed Note: For the phase time
Fault Location Zone 1
is initiated when the fault standard coordinated overcurrent element, the current Note: For the phase time
9 is in the breaker’s zone of tripping when the fault is sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
overcurrent element, the current
protection, regardless of its located outside the zone sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
9 preset time delay. When the of protection. selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal.
selective interlocking to initiate an
“Phase Zone Interlocking” In the sample zone immediate trip signal.
9 feature is utilized, the time
overcurrent and short delay
interlocking system shown If a fault occurs at a point in
below, circuit breakers A, B Zone 2, the Digitrip 3000 of If a fault occurs in Zone 1, no
9 phase elements work as
follows. The short delay
and C are equipped with
Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
Feeder Breaker B senses the
fault and sends a restraining
restraining signal is received
by the Digitrip of Main
phase element will initiate an
9 immediate trip when the fault
relays. signal to the upstream
Digitrip 3000 of Main
Breaker A. As a result, Main
Breaker A is immediately
is in the breaker’s zone of Fault Location Zone 3 Breaker A. tripped by its Digitrip
9 protection, regardless of its
Note: For the phase time The Digitrip 3000 of the
overcurrent relay, regardless
preset time delay. For the overcurrent element, the current of its time setting.
9 time overcurrent phase
element, the current sensed
sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
Downstream Breaker C does
not see this fault since it is
by the Digitrip 3000 must situated on the downstream
9 exceed 300% (3 x In) for the
selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal. side of the fault. As a result,
9 Sample Zone Selective Interlocking System
9
9
9
Main
Breaker
“A”
9
Zone 1
9
9 Feeder
Breaker Interlocking
Wire
“B”
9
Zone 2
9
9
Downstream
Breaker
“C”
9
Zone 3 LOAD
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
● Complete current ● Integral ampmeter and ● UL recognized
9
protection and metering display replaces separate UL 1053 recognized
9
●
in a single compact case meter and switch, saving ● ANSI C37.90

reduces panel space, wiring panel space, wiring and
and cost money
● ANSI C37.90.1 (1989) 9
● Selectable trip ● Zone selective interlocking
● ANSI C37.90.2 (1995)
characteristics simplify improves coordination and Note: Fixed case versions meet 9
ordering and reduces tripping times and can save 35V/m. Drawout case versions
inventory money by using in place of
traditional bus differential
meet 28V/m.
9
● Optional drawout case ● IEC 255
provides easy and quick
● Integral test function and
microprocessor design can
● CE (DT3030/3031 9
of the relay reduce maintenance time version only)
● Optional dual-source and expense 9
power supply provides
reliable protection when 9
applied with ac control
power, eliminating the 9
need for batteries or UPS
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Product Selection
9
9 DT-3000 DT-3000
Catalog
9 Description Number
DT-3000 protective relay DT3000
9 DT-3000 protective relay Chicago version DT3100
DT-3030 protective relay (24–48 Vdc CE Mark version) DT3030
9 DT-3000 drawout case protective relay DT3001
9 DT-3000 Chicago version drawout case protective relay

DT-3030 drawout case protective relay (24–48 Vdc CE Mark version)
DT3101
DT3031
9 DT-3000 protective relay with 120 Vac dual-source power supply DT3010
DT-3000 protective relay with 240 Vac dual-source power supply DT3020
9
9 Options and Accessories
Additional Products by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Series
9
Dual-Source Power Because this voltage is Burden Data Digitrip 3000 Optional
9 Supply Option
The Digitrip 3000 with Dual-
usually obtained from the
system containing the circuit
In normal operating Drawout Case
The Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
conditions, the burden is
9 Source Power Supply (DSPS)
is available in two versions,
that the relay is protecting, a
fault on the protected line
<0.08 ohms with three-phase
1A CT current, or 0.2 per unit,
protective relay is available
in a new drawout case for
DT-3010 and DT-3020. They could cause the AC voltage and drops to less than 0.04 quick release, removal and
9 include an integral power to drop below an acceptable ohms at high current levels. replacement of the unit
supply module that: operating level. Below Present CT burden data in without disruption of the
9 ● Powers the relay from
approximately 70 volts for ohms and volt-amperes, see wiring. The CT circuits are
DT-3010 or 140 volts for Page V3-T9-212. self-shortening to prevent
nominal 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
9 (DT-3010 model) or 240
DT-3020, the DSPS switches
over to current powering.
In these cases, the burden
shown is the total CT terminal
damaging voltages from
existing across-the-current
Vac, 50/60 Hz (DT-3020
9 model) auxiliary power, All three current transformer value, which is the DSPS plus
the relay measuring circuits,
transformer windings. All
voltage inputs, discrete
which is normally secondaries are connected in
for the indicated operating inputs and contact inputs
9 connected and available. series to supply this power.
The DSPS will supply enough condition. are disconnected while
● Operates solely from the maintaining security against
9 main current transformers
(CTs) during a fault if
power to operate the Digitrip
3000 overcurrent relay in the
The trip curve on Page V3-
T9-212, right, shows burden
false tripping.
tripped state with currents impedance magnitude in The terminal blocks feature
9 the normally connected
auxiliary ac voltage is greater than 1.8 per unit rated ohms. The two lower curves a two-stage disconnect
not available, like an secondary current, or 9A, in a are the values with AC power operation. Removal of the
9 electromechanical relay single-phase. The DSPS will applied; the upper two are DT-3000 Inner Chassis will
or an electronic “self- operate with three-phase with CT powering only. For disconnect the trip circuits
9 powered” relay. currents in a tripped state
with currents greater than
each of these pairs, one
curve shows the burden
and short the CT secondaries
before the unit control power
1.2 per unit or 6A rated
9 Functional Description
The integral Dual-Source
secondary current.
for a single-phase current
(representing a single-phase-
is disconnected. Upon
insertion of the Inner
to-ground fault) and the other Chassis, the control power
9 Power Supply (DSPS)
contains one AC voltage
Note: There will be no effect
to the DT-3000 relay trip time for three balanced phases connections are made before
transformer and three AC accuracy when the Dual-Source with normally arrayed the trip circuits are activated.
9 current transformers. The AC Power Supply switches from 120-degree phase angle This feature provides
voltage transformer is used to normal ac voltage to fault- increments. There is no added security against
9 supply nominal ac control
current power. phase sequence sensitivity. false tripping.
power to the unit. The current Page V3-T9-212, trip curve,
9 transformers are used to
power the unit from the line
upper left, shows the burden
in volt-amperes for the same
9 current. Normally, the unit
will operate from the AC
four cases.
auxiliary voltage.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Current Inputs Output Trip Contacts ● IEC (Per IEC 255-3, 1989): Timing Accuracy
● CTs: 5A secondary (Trip OC/Comm., Trip Inst.
and Comm. Close)
● IEC-A (Moderately ● Inverse Time Overcurrent: 9
● CT Burden: Inverse) ±10% at >1.5 x Pickup
● <0.004 ohm at rated
● Momentary: ● IEC-B (Very Inverse) ● Short Delay Time: ±50 mS 9
current (5A)
● Make 30A AC/DC for ● IEC-C (Extremely
● <0.1 VA at rated
0.25 seconds Inverse) Communications 9
current (5A)
● Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc ● IEC-D (Definite Time) ● Eaton’s PowerNet
● In: 5A (Secondary) or
● Break 5A at 120/240 Vac Compatible 9
CT (Primary) ● Continuous: Overcurrent Functions ● Built-in INCOM
● Saturation: 30 x In ● 5A at 120/240 Vac and Pickup Ranges
Note: Consult factory for
● Data rate is 1200 or 9
● 5A at 30 Vdc 9600 baud
● CT thermal ratings:
9
sensitive ground fault.
● 10A continuous ● Meets ANSI C37.90,
Drawout Case
● 500A for 1 second Paragraph 6.7 ● Long Delay or Inverse
Refer to Page V3-T9-215
9
●
Time Overcurrent:
Environmental Conditions for Drawout Case
CT (Primary) Settings Available ● Phase: (0.2–2.2) x In Dimensions
● Phase and ground:
–22ºF to +131ºF
(29 settings) 9
5/10/25/50/75/100/150/200/ ● Ground: (0.1–2.0) x In, Terminal Block
250/300/400/500/600/630/
●
(–30ºC to +55°C)
Operating humidity:
None (26 settings) ● Make/Break rating: 9
800/1000/1200/1250/1500/ ● Short Delay: ● 10A at 240 Vac nominal
1600/2000/2400 2500/
3000/3200/4000/5000
0–95% relative humidity
(noncondensing)
● Phase: (1–11) x In, ● 0.25A at 280 Vdc 9
None (25 settings) maximum
9
●
Input Voltage DT-300X –40ºF to +185ºF

● Ground: (0.1–11) x In, ● Terminal wire gauge:
(–40°C to +70°C) None (45 settings) No. 14 to No. 10 AWG
● Nominal:
● 48–250 Vdc
● Instantaneous: ● Screw torque 9
Auxiliary Alarm Contacts ● Phase: (1–25) x In, requirements: 18-inch-
9
● 120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz ● 5A continuous at None (30 settings) pounds
● Operating range: 120/240 Vac, 30 Vdc ● Ground: (0.5–11) x In,
● 28–280 Vdc ● 5A break at 120/240 Vac, None (33 settings) 9
● 90–254 Vac 50/60 Hz 30 Vdc Cross-Reference
Tests
Time Delay Settings
● Inverse Time Overcurrent There are several products 9
Power Consumption that are equivalent to the
Dielectric strength, Time Multiplier:
9
●
24 48 125 250 120 240 Digitrip 3000. The following

current inputs: ● Thermal: 0.2–40 lists the competitor’s name and
(47 settings)
3000 Vac for 1 minute
9
Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vac Vac ●
equivalent product to the
10W 10W 10W 10W 10 VA 18 VA ● FLAT: 0.2–2 (21 settings)
● Phase-to-phase Digitrip 3000. In general, the
ANSI (all): 0.1–5.0 Digitrip 3000 can be used in
9
●
● Seismic test: Meets
Input Voltage Digitrip 3030/ requirements for UBC® and (50 settings) place of the competitive
3031 California Building Code product.
IEC (all): 0.05–1.00
9
●
Description DT-3010 DT-3020 Zone 4. ZPA = 3.5 (20 settings) ● ABB® MMCO, 51
Short Delay Time: 0.05–
9
●
Nominal 120 Vac 240 Vac ● Basler Electric® BEI-51
Phase and Ground 1.5 seconds (22 settings)
Operating 70–132 Vac 140–264 Vac Time-Current Curves ● GE Multilin MDP, 735, 737
9
Range ● Thermal: Current Monitoring ● Siemens® 7SJ 511, 7SJ 60
Power 15 VA 15 VA
Consumption
● It (Moderately Inverse) Note: Consult factory for
● I2t (Very Inverse) sensitive ground fault. 9
● I4t (Extremely lnverse)
True rms sensing: three-
9
●
● FLAT (Definite Time) phase and ground
Display accuracy:
9
●
● ANSI (Per ANSI C37.112,
1996): ● ±1% of Full Scale [ln]
from 0.04 x ln to 1 x In
Moderately Inverse
9
●
● Very Inverse ● ±2% of Full Scale [ln]

from 1 x ln to 2 x In
Extremely Inverse
9
●
● Ampere demand: Average

demand over 5 minute
sampling window 9
● High load (with selectable
output): 85% of Inverse 9
Time Overcurrent setting
9
Protective Relays
Trip Curve Charts

9
Digitrip 3000 With Dual-Source Power Supply Digitrip 3000 With Dual-Source Power Supply CT Power
9 Burden Curves Volt-Ampere Curves
9 80
0.18
9 0.16
70
CT Power in Volt-Amperes
9 0.14
60
CT Burden — Z, Ohms
9
50
0.12
40
9
0.1
0.08 30
9 0.06 20
9 0.04
10
9 0.02
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
0
9 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CT Current — Amperes
CT Current — Amperes CT Power in VA, With Vac, 3-Phase I CT Power in VA, With Vac, 1-Phase I
9 Total Burden, With Vac, 3-Phase I Total Burden, With Vac, 1-Phase I CT Power in VA, No Vac, 3-Phase I CT Power in VA, No Vac, 1-Phase I
9 Wiring Diagrams
9 Digitrip 3001
Typical wiring diagram for the fixed mount version.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Digitrip 3000 Typical Wiring System
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Digitrip 3000 Typical Wiring Diagram

9
A H
9
ØA
ØB TB2 TB2
9
14 12
CS Trip OC Trip
ØC TB2 T /Comm. Inst.
4 TB2 TB2
AC/DC
9
CS Comm. 15 13
Supply C Close
C1 B1 A1 TB2 52a
5
9
TC
H Close CKT 52a
C2 B2 A2 G1 G2
9 Digitrip 3000
TB1 TB2
F A = CTs can be located on either
side of the circuit breaker.
3-Phase 3-Wire Residual Ground Connection
9 1 INCOM CT polarities can be toward or
4
View ”A“ A 2 Network away from the circuit breaker.
3 INCOM Shield Tie Point C
B 5 B = The 52b contact is required for
9 C 6 4 Communication proper operation of the Digitrip

B 9 5 Close or High Load Alarm D 3000 Protective Relay.
52 52b 10 C = TB2 terminal 3 is not connected
9 Ground Out 11 to ground or any electrical

6
See View ”A“ E G Zone In 12 7
circuit in the Digitrip 3000.
13
Trip Alarm
For Residual E G Phase
Zone
Out
In 14
8 D = Configurable contact, refer to DIP
9
CT Connection Zone Common 15
switch settings.
9 Protection E = Remove jumpers if Zone Interlocking
10 OFF is required.
A 11 Alarm
9 CT
G1
C1 B1
A1 12 Trip Inst.
F = Use Eaton Cable CAT # IMPCABLE,
Style # 2A95705G01; Belden 9463 cable
family; or equivalent Commscope or
13 or Ground D Quabbin cables.
9
Other
A B C Devices 14 Trip OC or Phase/ G = Wire spec: 600 V 90ºC,
Zero 15 UL 1039 rated wire.
G2 C2 B2 A2 Communications D
9 Sequence H = For the DT3030 to be ”CE Compliant,“

CT the power supply input fuse must be
rated at a maximum of 0.25 amperes.
9
9 Dimensions
9 Drilling Pattern
9 5.38
(136.7)
2.69
9 (68.3)
9 8.90
(226.1)
9 9.38
(238.3)
9 6.68
(169.7)
9 4.69
4.45
9 (113.0)
.06
(119.1)
(1.5) RAD
9 2.23
(56.7)
4 Places
9
2.53
.218
9 (64.3)
5.06 (5.5)
DIA 10 Places
(128.5)
9 Note
Panel cutout dimensions for all versions of the Digitrip 3000 relay.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Digitrip 3010/3020
6.03
9
(153.2)
6.72 5.45 3.74 9
(170.7) .51 (138.4) (95.0)
(13.0)
9
S/N000217
Digitrip 3000
P971210
4D13125G01
9
Terminal
Block
9
AC Input
100-120 Vac, 50/60Hz
9
10.25 9.31 Digitrip 8010 Protective Relay
9
with Dual-Source Power Supply
260.3) (236.5)
9
9
9
9
.50 9
(12.7)
1.05
.62
(26.7)
5.74
9
(15.7) (145.8)
9
Digitrip 3000
9
6.72 2.67 3.74
3.36
(170.7)
0.39
(67.8)
1.87
(95.0)
9
(85.3) (9.9) (47.5)
9
9
5.12 4.65
9
(130.0) (118.1)
0.37
(9.4) 9
1.48 9
(37.6)
9
10.25 9.31
(260.4) (236.5)
5.25
9
9
(133.4)
9
9
1.05 0.29
9
(26.7) (7.4)
0.50
(12.7)
0.62
9
(15.7)
9
Protective Relays

9
Rear View of Digitrip 3001 Drawout Outer Case Terminal Layout
9 5.23 Hole for Viewing INCOM
(132.8) Communications Activity LED.
9
9 11 12 INCOM 41 42 INCOM
Breaker “b” Input Breaker “b” Input
Network Network
9 Gnd Zone Out
13 14
Gnd Zone In Unused 43 44 Shield Tie Point
9 Ph Zone Out
15 16 Ph Zone In
45 46
Protection
9 ac/dc Input
(+) 17 18 Zone Common Trip
Alarn
47 48 Off
Alarm
19 20 49 50
9
(–) Unused 11 12 41 42
120 – 240 Vac
43 44
50/60 HZ 9.51
9 48 – 250 Vdc
Current Input 17 18
45 46
47 48
(241.6)
9 21 22 19 20 49 50 Communication 51 52 Communication
A2 A1 Close Close
23 24 Trip Inst 53 54 Trip Inst
9 B2 B1
21 22 51 52 or Ground or Ground
25 26 23 24 53 54 Trip OC or 55 56 Trip OC or
C2 C1
9 27 28
25 26 55 56
Phase /Comm
57 58
Phase /Comm
G1 G2 27 28 57 58 Unused Unused
9 Unused
29 30
Unused
29 30
Unused
59 60 Equip Gnd
9
66C2025H01 66C2025H02
9
9 Digitrip-3000 Feeder Protection Relay (Fixed Case)
Shipping Weight
9 Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)
10.25 (260.4) 6.72 (170.7) 2.96 (75.2) 0.0 (0.0)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Contents
VR-300
Description Page
9
9
Digitrip 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-218
V3-T9-220
9
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . V3-T9-221 9
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay. . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237 9
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254 9
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
9
9
9
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay 9
Product Description
The VR-300 is an industrial regardless of harmonics,
Features, Benefits and
Functions
● EMC-Test (CE): Tested
9
grade protective relay that transients or disturbing Over-/undervoltage according to applicable
9
●
offers multiple protective pulses. monitoring (59/27) EN guidelines

features in a single package,
9
The compact size and
● Over-/underfrequency ● Listings: CE Marking;
ideal for standalone protection monitoring (81O/U) UL listing for ordinary
or for the implementation of multiple functions of the
locations, UL/cUL listed,
Voltage asymmetry
9
●
transfer schemes. VR-300 help to simplify
switchgear design. The digital monitoring (47) ordinary locations,
Using a digital processor to display offers a user-friendly File No.: E231544
Sync-check (25) fixed
9
●
measure true rms values interface to set up the unit as to relay 3

● Additional approvals: IEEE
enables a high degree of well as monitor the operation C37.90.1 and C37.90.2
Zero voltage monitoring:
9
●
measuring accuracy and display any alarms. dead bus start functionality
(close CB to dead bus)
● Two configurable relays 9
● Discrete input for blocking
of protective functions or 9
remote acknowledgment
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Measuring Voltage Relay Outputs—Potential Free Typical Nameplate
9 ● Standard (Vrated) delta: ● Contact material: AgCdO
66/115 Vac ● General purpose (GP) Typical VR-300 Nameplate
9 ● Maximum value Vph-ph (VCont, Relay Output):
max., (UL/cUL): ● AC: 2.00 Aac at 250 Vac
9 Max. 150 Vac ● DC: 2.00 Adc at 24 Vdc,
● Rated voltage Vph-ground: 0.22 Adc at 125 Vdc,
9 50 Vac/2.5 kV 0.10 Adc at 250 Vdc
● Rated surge voltage: 2.5 kV ● Pilot duty (PD) (VCont, Relay
9 ● Measuring frequency: Output):
40.0 to 80.0 Hz ● AC: B300
9 ● Accuracy: Class 1 ● DC: 1.00 Adc at 24 Vdc,
● Linear measuring range: 0.22 Adc at 125 Vdc,
9 1.3 x Vrated. 0.10 Adc at 250 Vdc
● Input resistance:
9 0.21 M ohms Housing
● Type: APRANORM
● Maximum power
9 consumption per path:
< 0.15W ●
DIN 43 700
Wiring: Screw-type,
terminals 2.5 mm2
9 Ambient Variables (0.0039 in.2)
9
● Wide range power supply: ● Recommended tightening
90 to 250 Vac/Vdc torque: 0.5 Nm (0.369 ft/
Intrinsic consumption: lbs). Use 140/167°F (60/
9
●
Max. 12 VA 75°C) Copper Wire Only.

● Ambient temperature: Use Class 1 Wire Only
9 ● Storage: –22ºF to 176ºF
(or Equivalent)
(–30ºC to 80°C)
9 ● Operational: –4ºF to
Protection
● Protection system: IP42
158°F (–20ºC to 70°C)
9 ● Ambient humidity: 95%,
from front with correct
mounting
Reference Conditions
Measuring Value Display Range Accuracy
noncondensing
9
● IP54 from front
● Maximum altitude: Frequency
with gasket
6562 ft (2000m) (Gasket: P/N 8923-1036) fL1, fL2, fL3 40.0 to.80.0 Hz 0.05 Hz
9
●
● Degree of pollution: 2 IP20 from back Voltage

● Front foil: Insulating
9
VL1, VL2, VL3, VL12, VL23, VL31 0 to 520, 0 to 65 kV 1% 1
Discrete Inputs—Isolated surface
● Input range (VCont, Discrete The data apply to the following
9 Input): Rated voltage
18 to 250 Vac/Vdc
reference conditions:
● Input voltage = Sinusoidal
9 ● Input resistance:
Approximately 68 K ohms
rated voltage
● Frequency = Rated
9 frequency ±2%
● Power supply = Rated
9 voltage ±2%
● Power factor cos f = 1
9 ● Ambient temperature =
73ºF (23°C) ±2K
9 ● Warm-up period =
20 minutes
9 Note
1 Accuracy depending on the configured
9 transformer ratio.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Wiring Diagrams
9
Three-Line Wye Three-Line Delta
A B C A B C 9
VT VT 9
1
L1
1
9
L1 L2 Measuring
2
Measuring Voltage
2 L2
3
L3
Voltage
9
3
L3 N
4
N
4
9
9
52 52
VT
9
VT
72 71 70
72 71 70
L1 L1
L2
Synchronizing
Voltage
L2
Synchronizing
Voltage
9
a) a)
9
L3 L3
a) Not Measured a) Not Measured

Not Required Not Required
9
9
Load
9
Load
VR-300
9
9
3/4
9
Supervised System
9
(Variable)
9
(Measuring Voltage N)
VR-300 (Multi-Function Voltage Relay)
1 2 3 4
3/4
Measuring Voltage Measuring Voltage L3

3-Wire or
9
4-Wire System Measuring Voltage L2
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Measuring Voltage L1 Relay 3
(Fixed to synch-check
zero voltage configurable) 9
CB
Relay 2 9
9
70 71 72
Not Measured. Synchronizing Voltage L3

2/3
Relay 1
(Ready for Operation)
Synchronizing Voltage L2
9
Synchronizing System (Fixed)
Synchronizing Voltage L1
The synchronizing voltage must be connected
3-phase if the measuring voltage is connected 9
3-phase (N not connected). If the measuring
voltage is connected 4-phase (L1, L2, L3, N),
the synchronizing voltage may be connected 9
2-phase (L1-L2). L3 is connected only for
compensation and is not measured.
Measuring Voltage: 100 Vac
9
90 to 250 Vac/dc
5 6 7 8
0 Vdc
The socket for the PC parameterization 9
Blocking of protective functions is situated on the side of the unit. This is
Subject to Technical Modifications.

or remote acknowledgement. where the DPC must be plugged in.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Dimensions
9 VR-300
9 Side View Front View
9
2.60
9
2.84
Configuration Port
(72.1) (66.0)
9
9
Bottom View
9 .32 52.00 Back View with
(8.1) (1320.8) Connecting Terminals
9 Configuration Port
9 1 15
9 3.78
(96.0)
3.45
(87.6) 70 75
9 32 17
9
9 Configuration Port
9
Front Panel Cutout
9 Width Height
3.62 [+0.03] (92.0 [+0.8]) 2.68 [+0.03] (68.0 [+0.7])
9
VR-300 Dimensions
9 Shipping Weight
9 3.78 (96.0) 2.84 (72.1) 5.20 (132.1) 2.14 (0.97)
9 VR-300 Panel Cutout
9 Measure Description
Dimensions
in Inches (mm)
Tolerance
in Inches (mm)
B
b
9 Height
b‘
H Total 2.83 (71.9) —
9 h Panel cutout 2.68 (68.1) 0.03 (+0.7)

h’ Housing dimension 2.60 (66.0) —
9 Width h‘ h H
9
B Total 3.78 (96.0) —
b Panel cutout 3.62 (91.9) 0.03 (+0.8)
9 b’ Housing dimension 3.54 (89.9) —

Depth (Including Terminals)
9 Total 6.30 (160.0) —
9 The maximum permissible corner radius for cutout is

0.08 inches (2.0 mm).
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Contents
DP-300
Description Page
9
9
Digitrip 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay
9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-224
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226 9
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay. . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250 9
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258 9
9
9
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay 9
Product Description
The current flowing in the When used in transformer
The DP-300 offers a three-
Features, Benefits
and Functions 9
individual conductors is applications, the DP-300 phase current differential True rms 6 x current
9
●
measured by means of allows you to change the protection for generators, measurement, three-phase
current transformers phase shift of the motors and two winding system on both sides of
installed on both sides of transformer, without having transformers, see Page V3- the protected zone 9
the protection zone. These to worry about changing the T9-223. ● Secondary current
transformers form the limits connection of the external transformer output 9
of the protection zone. By CTs, via selecting the vector available as: /1A or /5A
means of freely configurable
relays, the unit will indicate
group in the display. The
different nominal currents of
● Configurable trip set 9
points for:
if any of the adjusted fault the high and low voltage side
current limits have been of the transformer, as well as ● Differential current (Id) 9
exceeded. The unit counts the transformer ratio, may be ● Restrain current (Is)
with a slope characteristic configured. Every measuring ● Configurable delays 9
to prevent operation due point may be set separately. ● Four alarm relays
to CT ratio mismatches,
CT ratio errors, CT saturation
These features permit the
DP-300 to be universal in its
● Three discrete inputs (for 9
blocking, acknowledgment
and errors because of tap
changes.
applications.
and configuration) 9
The DP-300 permits design ● Two-line LC display
For transformer applications, simplification of the ● Configurable transformer 9
the unit has 2nd and 5th switchgear cabinet, facilitates ratio
harmonic restraints to
prevent misoperation in case
the commissioning, ensures
the operation of the system,
● Configurable vector group 9
of inrush currents caused is user friendly and increases ● Transformer inrush
for energization or over the availability of the system. detection/suppression 9
excitation of the transformer. ● Individual configuration of
the nominal current for the 9
high- and low-voltage side
of the transformer 9
● Configurable transformer
ratio separated for currents
of high- and low-voltage
9
side of the transformer
9
Protective Relays
Standards and Certifications Transformer Vector Groups

9 ● Listings: CE marking; ● EMC-Test (CE): Tested
UL listing for ordinary according to applicable
9
Transformer Vector Groups
locations, UL/cUL listed, EN guidelines Vector Group Description
ordinary locations,
9 File No.: E231544 Yd5 HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 5 x 30° = 150°
● Additional Approvals: IEEE Yy0 HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 0°
9 C37.90.1 and C37.90.2 Dy5 HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 5 x 30° = 150°
HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 0°
9
Dd0
Technical Data and Specifications Yz5 HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 5 x 30° = 150°
9 Measurements, Currents— Relay Outputs—Isolated

Dz0 HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 0°
Isolated Yd11 HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 11 x 30° = 330°
9
● Contact material: AgCdO
● Measured currents Yy6 HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 6 x 30° = 180°
● Resistive load (GP)
(Nominal value IN): /5A (VCont, Relay Output): Dy11 HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 11 x 30° = 330°
9 ● Measuring frequency: ● AC: 2.00 Aac @ 250 Vac Dd6 HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 6 x 30° = 180°
40.0 to 70.0 Hz
9 DC: 2.00 Adc @24 Vdc, Yz11 HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 11 x 30° = 330°
●
● Accuracy: Class 1 0.36 Adc @ 125 Vdc, Dz6 HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 6 x 30° = 180°
● Linear measuring range: 0.18 Adc @ 250 Vdc
9 5.0 x IN ● Inductive load (PD)
● Maximum power (VCont, Relay Output): Typical Nameplate
9 consumption per path: ● AC: B300
< 0.15 VA ● DC: 1.00 Adc @ 24 Vdc, Typical DP-300 Nameplate
9 ● Rated short time current 0.22 Adc @ 125 Vdc,
(1s): 30.0 x IN 0.10 Adc @ 250 Vdc
9 Ambient Conditions Protective Functions
9 ● Voltage supply: 90 to
250 Vac/Vdc
● Operating Time:
Minimum 100m
9 Intrinsic consumption:
●
● Differential current:
Max. 10 VA Minimum 10%
9 Ambient temperature
●
storage: –22ºF to 176°F Housing

(–30ºC to 80°C)
9 Type: APRANORM
●
● Operational: –4ºF to 158°F DIN 43 700

(20ºC to 70°C). Terminals: Screw-type,
9
●
● Ambient humidity: terminals depending on

95%, noncondensing connector, 0.00388 in.2
9 ● Maximum altitude: (2.5 mm2) or 0.00620 in.2
6562 ft (2000m) (4.0 mm2)
9 ● Degree of pollution: 2 ● Recommended
tightening torque:
9 Digital Inputs—Isolated ● 4.43 in./lbs / [0.00620
● Input range in.2] 5.3 in./lbs)
9 (VCont, Digital Input): ● [2.5 mm2] 0.5 Nm /
● Nominal voltage [4.0 mm2] 0.6 Nm
9 ● 18 to 250 Vac/Vdc
●
([0.00388 in.2]
Use 140ºF/167°F (60ºC/
● Input resistance:
9 Approximately 68 K ohms
●
75°C) copper wire only
Use Class 1 wire only
9 (or equivalent)
Housing Protection
9 ● Protection system:
IP42 from front with
9
●
correct mounting
● IP54 from front
9 with gasket
● Gasket: P/N 8923-1038)
9 ● IP20 from back
Front foil: Insulating surface
9
●
Protective Relays
9.4
Wiring Diagrams
9
Protected Area Principle—Fault “A” Outside = No Alarm, Fault “B” Inside = Alarm
IL IL 9
or or or or
9
Schematic Circuit Diagrams (Single-Phase Version):
Ia Ib Ia Ib
A) Fault Outside the Protection Area
B) Fault Inside the Protection Area 9
9
A) B)
DP-300 9
DP-300
9
Block Differential Protection
9
Possible Protected Objects: M G
9
9
9
9
79
N
Transducer Set 2 (Low Voltage Side)
83 81
PE
L (90 to 250 Vac/dc)

9
Adjustable in the Display.
31 32
The Transducer Ratio is
Current IL1 Transducer Set 2

9
34
Current IL2 Transducer Set 2 9

33
DP-300 — Current Differential Protection Relay
9
35 36
18 19
Blocking
Acknowledgement
9
17
Configuration Off
9
15 16
N/C
Common
9
Protected Object
9
12
9
11
Relay 4
9
10
9
N/C
9
Transducer Set 1 (High Voltage Side)
Relay 3
Ready for Operation
9
7
Adjustable in the Display.
30
9
6
The Transducer Ratio is

29
Relay 2
5
9
28

27
9
3
25 26
Relay 1
2
9
1
L1
L2
L3
Subject to Technical Modifications.

9
Protective Relays
Tripping Characteristics
9
DP-300
9 Id
Y= [%]
Ia Ib
9
IN Protected Ia + Ib
IS = Id = Ia - Ib
object 2
Monitoring step 2, fixed limit (100%)
100
9
Monitoring step 2
Monitoring step 2
(X12 = 100% / Y2 = 35%
fixed limit (85%)
Monitoring step 1
9 (X12 = 100% / Y1 = 10%

Monitoring
1= 2 2
Characteristic gradient (fixed) = 10% step 1 fixed limit

9 X12, Y2 and Y1: adjustable 1
(85%-Y2+Y1)
P (X12/Y2)
9
P (X12/Y1)
35
9
9 10 X=
IS
[%]
IN
9 100 200 300 400 500
9
Dimensions
9 DP-300
Shipping Weight
9 Width Height Depth Lbs (kg)
5.67 (144.0) 3.78 (96.0) 5.20 (132.1) 2.2 (0.99)
9
DP-300
9
Side View Front View
9
9 3.78 3.54
(96.0) (89.9)
9
9
Bottom View
9 0.32
(8.0)
5.20
(132.1)
Back View with
9 Connecting Terminals
9 80 83
9 5.67
(144.0)
5.35
(135.9) 36 25
9 1 24
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Front panel cutout
Width Height
9
5.43 [+0.039] (138.0 [+1.0]) 3.63 [=0.031] (92.0 [+0.8])
9
DP-300 Panel Cutout 9
Measure Description Dimensions Tolerance
Height 9
B
9
H Total 3.78 (96.0) —
h Panel cutout 3.62 (91.9) 0.03 (+0.8) b
h’ Housing dimension 3.54 (89.9) — b‘

9
Width
B Total 5.67 (144.0) — 9
b Panel cutout 5.43 (137.9) 0.04 (+1.0)
b’ Housing dimension 5.35 (135.9) —
h‘ h H 9
Depth (Including Terminals)
Total 6.30 (160.0) —
9
The maximum permissible corner radius for cutout is 9
0.08 inches (2.0 mm).
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 EDR-3000
Description Page
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
9 EDR-3000 Feeder Protection
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-235
9
9
9 EDR-3000 Feeder Protection
Product Description
9 The EDR-3000 Protective communicated to a host The EDR-3000 may be Transformer Secondary
Relay is a multifunction, computer equipped applied as the transformer Protection with Neutral CT
9 microprocessor-based with PowerPort-E™. primary protection or as Connection
overcurrent relay designed A “Communication Trip” and backup to the differential
9 for both ANSI and IEC
applications. It is a panel-
“Communication Close”
control command can also be
protection, see below. Resistor
mounted, self-contained unit initiated by a host computer Transformer Overcurrent

9
50G 51G
that operates from either AC with an authorized access Protection
or DC control power. The code for remote breaker 50 51
9 EDR-3000 design provides

true rms and fundamental
operation.
50 51
EDR-3000
sensing of each phase and Application Description CB
9 ground current. Only one unit The EDR-3000

50G 51G The EDR-3000 relay has
is required for each three- microprocessor-based relay special provisions for
9
CB
phase circuit. provides reliable three-phase EDR-3000 connection in a Zone
Current monitoring and and ground overcurrent Interlocking scheme that can
9 operator selectable protective
functions are integral to each
protection for all voltage
levels. It can be used for The EDR-3000 may be
be used for bus protection
or to improve protection
any application where
9 relay. The EDR-3000 relay
operates from the 5A or 1A instantaneous and/or time
connected to the secondary
side of a delta-wye grounded
coordination in a tight or close
system. Zone Interlocking
secondary output of standard overcurrent protection is is described in following
transformer with the ground
9 current transformers. Current
transformer ratio information
required. It is most commonly
used as primary feeder circuit element connected to a sections. In addition the
separate CT in the neutral EDR-3000 has multiple
protection, shown below.
9 is quickly programmed into
the unit via settings. This Primary Feeder Circuit
connection of the setting groups that can be
used to reduce arc flash
enables the relay to display transformer. With this
hazard with instantaneous
9 metered current in primary
amperes, secondary amperes
Protection connection, a lower CT
ratio and a pickup setting
elements.
9 or per unit values. The EDR-

3000 features a user-friendly
50 51 can be used to provide
more sensitive ground fault
Residual Ground Connection
operations panel to monitor a 2 3

protection especially for
9 and program the relay. 50G 51G resistance grounded
b
c
5
6
8
9
Operating parameters and CB systems, shown below. 50/51
9
52
troubleshooting information EDR-3000
50N/51N
are displayed in the 128 x 64 GND 12 11
LCD. In addition, all data and
9
Load
EDR-3000
information can be CB-52
Protective Relays
9.4
Overcurrent Protection Zone Selective interlocking coordinated tripping when If a fault occurs at a point in
The EDR-3000 provides is a protection function to the fault is located outside Zone 2, the EDR-3000 of 9
complete three-phase and minimize equipment damage the zone of protection. feeder breaker B senses the
ground protection with resulting from a phase or a
ground fault in an area where In the sample zone
fault and sends a restraining
signal to the upstream EDR-
9
separate elements and interlocking system shown
settings. The relay can be
long time and/or short time
delay is in use. below, circuit breakers A,
3000 of main breaker A. The
EDR-3000 of the downstream 9
used with CTs from 1 to B and C are equipped with breaker C does not see this
50,000A of primary current
and 1 or 5A of secondary
When the “Ground Zone
Interlocking” feature is
EDR-3000 overcurrent relays. fault since it is situated on the 9
downstream side of the fault.
current. The CT ratio can be utilized, an immediate trip is Fault Location Zone 3
set independently for phase initiated when the fault is in Note: For the time overcurrent
As a result, the EDR-3000 of
downstream breaker C does
9
and ground, allowing the the breaker’s zone of phase element, the current not send a restraining signal
ground element to be protection, regardless of its
preset time delay. When the
sensed by the EDR-3000 must to the EDR-3000 of feeder 9
connected in either the exceed 1.5 times the pickup breaker B. Since it did not
residual or the separate
ground CT configuration,
“Phase Zone Interlocking”
feature is utilized, the time
setting for the zone selective
interlocking to initiate an
receive a restraining signal
from the EDR-3000 of
9
overcurrent elements work immediate trip signal when
shown on below.
as follows. The instantaneous the fault is in the breaker's zone
of protection.
downstream breaker C, the
EDR-3000 of feeder breaker 9
Separate Zero Sequence phase element will initiate an B identifies that the fault is in
Ground CT Connection immediate trip when the fault
is in the breaker's zone of If a fault occurs at a point Zone 2 and immediately trips 9
in Zone 3, the EDR-3000 feeder breaker B, regardless
protection, regardless of its
9
a 2 3 of its time setting.
b 5 6 preset time delay. For the of downstream breaker C
c 8 9 time overcurrent phase senses the fault and sends
Fault Location Zone 1
50/51 element, the current sensed
by the EDR-3000 must
a restraining signal to the
upstream EDR-3000 of Note: For the time overcurrent 9
feeder breaker B. Having phase element, the current
CB-52
exceed 1.5 times the pickup
setting for the zone selective received this signal, the sensed by the EDR-3000 must
9
50G/51G
interlocking to initiate an EDR-3000 of feeder breaker
GND 11 12
immediate trip signal when B withholds its trip command.
As a result, only downstream
setting for the zone selective
interlocking to initiate an 9
the fault is in the breaker’s immediate trip signal when the
breaker C is tripped.
9
EDR-3000
zone of protection. fault is in the breaker's zone of
protection.
Upstream EDR-3000 Fault Location Zone 2
Zone Selective Interlocking protected breakers are Note: For the time overcurrent If a fault occurs in Zone 1, 9
restrained from tripping phase element, the current
(Phase and Ground) no restraining signal is
Note: Refer to the Ordering
immediately by an
interlocking signal from the
sensed by the EDR-3000 must
received by the Digitrip 9
downstream EDR-3000 relay. of main breaker A. As a
Information and (Catalog Ordering setting for the zone selective
Information) for optional features, This interlocking signal interlocking to initiate an result, main breaker A is
immediately tripped by its
9
see Page V3-T9-229. requires only a pair of immediate trip signal when the
wires from the downstream
breaker to the upstream
fault is in the breaker’s zone
of protection.
EDR-3000 overcurrent relay,
regardless of its time setting. 9
9
breaker. It provides standard
Sample Zone Selective Interlocking System 9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9 ● Generic standard:
Applications ● Calculated ground or Monitored and Data
9 EN 61000-6-2
●
● Provides reliable three- neutral instantaneous Recording Values
overcurrent (50R-1, 50R-2) ● Trip circuit monitoring
● EN 61000-6-3
phase and ground
9 overcurrent protection ● Independent measured Note: Refer to the Ordering
● Product standard:
for all voltage levels ground or neutral Information and Page V3-T9-229
● EC 60255-6
9 ● Primary feeder circuit instantaneous overcurrent
(50X-1, 50X-2)
(Catalog Ordering Information)
for optional features.
● EN 50178
protection ● UL 508 (Industrial Control
9 ● Primary transformer ● Curve shapes: ANSI,
IEC, or thermal curves
● Breaker wear (accumulated
interrupted current)
Equipment)
protection ● CSA C22.2 No. 14-95
9 ● Backup to differential (11 thermal curves) ● Fault data logs (up to (Industrial Control
protection ● Instantaneous or time 20 events) Equipment)
delay reset
9 ● May be used where
instantaneous and/or time ● True rms or fundamental
● Sequence of event
recorders (up to
●
●
ANSI C37.90
UL, CSA, CE
sensing of each phase 300 events)
9 overcurrent protection is
required and ground current ● Waveform capture
● Zone selective interlocking (3600 cycles total)
9 Ground element capable
●
of residual, zero sequence (phase and ground) or ● CT supervision

or external source reverse blocking for
9 connections bus protection Control Functions
Note: Refer to the Ordering ● Remote open/close
9 Protection Functions Information and Page V3-T9-229 ● Programmable I/O
● Breaker failure (50BF) (Catalog Ordering Information) ● Programmable LEDs
9 ● Phase overcurrent for optional features.
● Multiple setting groups
protection per time-current
Metered Values (up to four)
9 curve (51-1, 51-2, 51-3)
● rms and fundamental
● Calculated ground fault Communication
phase currents
9 protection per time-current
curve (51R-1, 51R-2) ● rms and fundamental
● Local HMI
ground currents ● Front RS-232 port
9 Independent measured
●
ground or neutral fault ● Maximum, minimum ● Rear RS-485 port

protection per time-current and average rms and ● IRIG-B11
9 curve (51X-1, 51X-2) fundamental phase ● Protocols
● Phase instantaneous currents
Modbus RTU
9
●
overcurrent (50-1, 50-2, ● Maximum, minimum

50-3) and average rms and
9 fundamental ground
currents
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
The catalog number EDR-3000 9
identification chart defines
the electrical characteristics (A)–Four digital inputs, (B)–Modbus-RTU (RS-485) 9
and operation features four output relays
(A)–Without conformal
included in the EDR-3000. For (0)–Phase current 5A/1A, coating 9
example, if the catalog number Ground Current 5A/1A,
were EDR3000-A0BA1,
the device would have
Power supply: 19–300 Vdc, (1)–Projection panel mount
9
40–250 Vac
the following:
9
Relay Removable Terminals 9
EDR3000 A 0 B A 1 9
9
Hardware Option 1 Hardware Option 2 Communication Options Conformal Coating Mounting Options 9
A = 4 digital inputs, 4 outputs, 0 = Phase current 5A/1A, ground B = Modbus-RTU Options 0 = Standard mount
removable terminals
B = 8 digital inputs, 6 outputs, removable
current 5A/1A, power supply
range: 19–300 Vdc,
(RS-485)
C = Modbus-TCP 1
A = None
B = Conformal coated
1 = Projection panel mount
9
terminals, trip coil monitor 1 40–250 Vac (RJ-45) circuit boards
C = 4 digital inputs, 4 outputs, removable
terminals, zone interlocking 1
9
and IRIG-B 1
9
Relay Fixed Terminals 2 9
EDR3000 E 0 B A 1 9
9
Hardware Option 1 2 Hardware Option 2 2 Communication Conformal Coating Mounting Options 9
E = 4 digital inputs, 0 = Phase current 1A, ground current 1A, power supply Options Options 0 = Standard mount
4 outputs, fixed terminals
F = 4 digital inputs,
range: 19–72 Vdc
1 = Phase current 5A, ground current 5A, power supply
B = Modbus-RTU
(RS-485)
A = None
1 = Projection panel mount 9
4 outputs, fixed terminals, range: 19–72 Vdc C = Modbus-TCP 2 circuit boards
zone interlocking 2 = Phase current 1A, sensitive ground (RJ-45) 9
and IRIG-B current 0.1A, power supply range:
19–72 Vdc
3 = Phase current 5A, sensitive ground 9
current 0.5 A, power supply range:
19–72 Vdc
4 = Phase current 1A, ground current 1A, power supply
9
85–250 Vac
5 = Phase current 5 A, ground current 5A, power supply
9
85–250 Vac 9
6 = Phase current 1A, sensitive ground
current 0.1 A, power supply range:
85–300 Vdc, 85–250 Vac
9
7 = Phase current 5A, sensitive ground
current 0.5A, power supply range:
85–300 Vdc, 85–250 Vac
9
Notes 9
1 Consult factory for the availability of eight digital inputs, six outputs, trip coil monitor, zone interlocking, IRIG-B and Modbus-TCP.
2 Consult factory for the availability of fixed terminals.
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Climatic Environmental Housing Voltage Supply Digital Inputs
9 Conditions ● Material, housing: ● Aux. voltage: 19–300 Vdc/ ● Max. input voltage:
● Storage temperature: aluminum extruded section 40–250 Vac 300 Vdc/270 Vac
9 –13°F to 158°F (–25°C up ● Material, front panel: ● Buffer time in case of ● Input current: <4 mA
to +70°C) aluminum/foil front supply failure: >= 50 ms ● Reaction time: <20 ms
9 ● Operating temperature:
–4°F to 140°F (–20°C up
● Mounting position: at minimal aux. voltage ● Fallback time: <30 ms (safe
horizontal (±45° around the communication is state of the digital inputs)
9 ●
to +60°C)
Permissible humidity at
X-axis must be permitted) permitted to be interrupted
● Four switching thresholds:
● Max. permissible making Un = 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc,
9 ann. average: <75% rel.
(on 56d up to 95% rel.)
Plug-in Connector with
Integrated Short-Circuiter
current:
● 18A peak value for
60 Vdc, 110 Vac/dc,
(Conventional Current Inputs) 230 Vac/Vdc Un = 24 Vdc
9 Permissible Installation
●
<0.25 ms ● Switching threshold
altitude: ● Nominal current: ● 12A peak value for 1 ON
<2000m (6561.67 ft) 1A and 5A
9
●
<1 ms – Switching threshold 1
above sea level ● Continuous loading ● The voltage supply must OFF
If 4000m (13,123.35 ft) capacity: 4 x In/
9
●
be protected by a fuse of: – Min. 19.2 Vdc
altitude apply, a changed continuously
● 2.5A time-lag miniature – Max. 9.6 Vdc
classification of the ● Overcurrent withstand:
fuse 5 x 20 mm (approx.
9 operating and test 30 x In/10s
1/5 in. x 0.8 in.) according
– Un = 48 V/60 Vdc
voltages may be ● 100 x In/1s to IEC 60127 ● Switching threshold
9 necessary ● 250 x In/10 ms ● 3.5A time-lag miniature 2 ON
(1 half-wave) fuse 6. 3 x 32 mm – Switching threshold 2
9 Degree of Protection EN 60529
● HMI front panel with
● Screws: M4, captive type (approx. 1/4 in. x OFF
according to VDEW 1 1/4 in.) according – Min. 42.6 Vdc
seal: IP54
9 ● Rear side terminals: IP30
● Connection cross-sections: to UL 248-14 – Max. 21.3 Vdc
● 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG – Un = 110/120 Vac/dc
9 Routine Test 14) with wire end ferrule Power Consumption
● Power supply range: Power ● Switching threshold
● Insulation test according to
● 1 x or 2 x 4.0 mm2
consumption in idle mode
9 IEC 60255-5: All tests to be (2 x AWG 12) with
ring cable sleeve or ● Max. power consumption
3 ON
– Switching threshold 3
carried out against ground OFF
9 cable sleeve 19–300 Vdc: 6W 8.5W
●
and other input and output
circuits ● 1 x or 2 x 6 mm2 ● 40–250 Vac – Min. 88.0 Vdc/
88.0 Vac
9 ● Aux. voltage supply, digital
inputs, current measuring
(2 x AWG 10) with
ring cable sleeve or
● For frequencies of
40–70 Hz: 6W 8.5W – Max. 44.0 Vdc/
cable sleeve 44.0 Vac
9 inputs, signal relay outputs:
2.5 kV (eff)/50 Hz Real-Time Clock – Un = 230/240 Vac/Vdc
● Running reserve of the
9 Voltage measuring inputs:
● ● Switching threshold
3.0 kV (eff)/50 Hz real-time clock: 1 year min 4 ON
9 All wire-bound
●
Display – Switching threshold 4
communication interfaces: OFF
1.5 kV DC
● Display type: LCD with
9 LED background – Min. 184 Vdc/
184 Vac
illumination
– Max. 92 Vdc/92 Vac
9 ● Resolution graphics
display: 128 x 64 pixel ● Terminals: screw-type
9 ● LED-type: two colored,
red/green
terminal
9 ● Number of LEDs, housing

B1: 8
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Current and Ground Binary Output Relays Measuring Accuracy
Current Measurement. ● Continuous current: ● Max. measuring range: up 9
● Nominal currents: 1A/5A 5A AC/DC to 40 x In (phase currents)
● Max. measuring range: ● Switch-on current: up to 25 x In (ground 9
● up to 40 x In (phase 25A AC/DC for 4s current standard)
currents) ● Max. breaking current: ● Frequency range: 50 Hz/ 9
● up to 25 x In (ground 5A AC up to 125 Vac 60 Hz ± 10%
current standard) ● 5A DC up to 50V (resistive) ● Accuracy: Class 0.5 9
● up to 2.5 x In (ground ● 0.2A DC at 300V ● Amplitude error if I < In:
current sensitive) ● Max. switching voltage: ±0.5% of the rated value 9
● Continuous loading 250 Vac/300 Vdc ● Amplitude error if I > In:
capacity: 4 x In/
continuously
● Switching capacity: ±0.5% of the measured
value
9
2000 VA
● Overcurrent proof: ● Contact type:
● Amplitude error if I > 2 In:
±1.0% of the measured
9
● 30 x In/10s 1 changeover contact
9
value
● 100 x In/1s ● Terminals: Screw-type
terminals
● Resolution: 0.01A
● 250 x In/10 ms
Harmonics up to 20% 3rd
9
●
(1 half-wave)
Front Interface RS-232 harmonic ±2% up to 20%
● Power consumption:
5th harmonic ±2%
Phase current inputs ●
●
Baud rates: 115,200 baud
Handshake: RTS and CT
● Frequency influence 9
● at In = 1A S = 0.15 mVA
< ±2%/Hz in the range of
● at In = 5A S = 0.15 mVA ● Connection: 9-pole
D-Sub plug
±5 Hz of the parameterized 9
● Ground current input nominal frequency
● at In = 1A S = 0.35 mVA RS-485
● Temperature influence 9
● at In = 5A S = 0.35 mVA <±1% within the range
9
● Master/Slave: Slave
● Frequency range: 50 Hz/ of 0°C up to +60°C
● Connection: 6 screw-
60 Hz ±10% clamping terminals RM
● Terminals: Screw-type 3.5 mm (138 MIL) 9
terminals with integrated (terminating resistors
short-circuiters (contacts) internal) 9
Tolerances of the
Real-Time Clock
9
Resolution: 1 ms
9
●
● Tolerance: <1 minute/

month (+20°C)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Protection Stages Tolerances

9
Overcurrent Protection Stages 50P(X), 51P(X)
9 Description Range Step Tolerance
9 Pickup If the pick-up value is exceeded, the module/stage is started. 0.01–40.00 x In 0.01 xIn ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In
Resetting ratio 97% or 0.5% x In — —
9 t Tripping delay 0.00–300.00 x s 0.01 x s DEFT ±% resp. ±10 ms
Operating time Starting from l higher than 1.1 x l> — — <+35 ms
9 Disengaging time — — <+45 ms
9
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
IEC NINV 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
9 IEC VINV 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%

IEC EINV 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
9 IEC LINV 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
ANSI MINV 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
9 ANSI VINV 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
9 ANSI EINV
Flat
0.05–2.00
0.05–2.00
0.01
0.01
±5%
±5%
9 It 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%

I2t 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
9 I4t 0.05–2.00 0.01 ±5%
9
Reset mode Only available if IEC characteristics 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
IEC NINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
9 IEC VINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC EINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
9 IEC LINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Reset curves if ANSI characteristics — — 5%
9 ANSI MINV — — 5%
9
ANSI VINV — — 5%
ANSI EINV — — 5%
9 Flat — — 5%
It — — 5%
9 ANSI MINV — — 5%
I2t — — 5%
9 I4t — — 5%
9 Note
The tripping delay relates to the time between pickup and trip. The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time between the measured value has exceeded the threshold until
9
the protection stage is alarmed.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Ground Current Stages 50G(X), 50N(X), 51G(X), 51N(X)
Description Range Step Tolerance
9
Pickup If the pick-up value is exceeded, the module/stage is started. 0.01–40.00 x In 0.01 x In ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In
9
Resetting ratio 97% or 0.5% x In — —
t Tripping delay 0.00–300.00 x s 0.01 x s DEFT ±% resp. ±10 ms 9
Operating time Starting from lG higher than 1.1 x l> — — <+35 ms
Disengaging time — — <+45 ms 9
t-multiplier Tripping characteristic factor
IEC NINV
0.05–2.00
0.05–2.00
0.0
0.0
±5%
±5%
9
IEC VINV 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5% 9
IEC EINV 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5%
IEC LINV 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5% 9
ANSI MINV 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5%
ANSI EINV 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5%
9
Flat 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5%
9
It 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5%
I2 t 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5% 9
I4 t 0.05–2.00 0.0 ±5%
Reset mode Only available if IEC characteristics 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms 9
9
IEC NINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
IEC VINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
IEC EINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
9
IEC LINV 0.00–60.00 0.01 x s ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Reset curves if ANSI characteristics — — 5% 9
ANSI MINV — — 5%
ANSI VINV — — 5% 9
ANSI EINV
Flat
—
—
—
—
5%
5%
9
It — — 5% 9
I2 t — — 5%
I4 t — — 5% 9
9
Circuit Breaker Failure Protection 50BF
Description Range Step Tolerance 9
I-CBF>
Resetting ratio
If the pick-up value is exceeded, the module/stage will be started. 0.0–0.1 x 1
0.5% x In
0.01 x In
—
±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In
—
9
t-CBF If the delay time is expired, an CBF alarm is given out. — — <+40 ms 9
Operating time Starting from I higher than 1.3 x I-CBF> — — <+40 ms
Disengaging time — — <+40 ms 9
Note
The tripping delay relates to the time between pickup and trip. The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time between the measured value has exceeded the threshold until
9
the protection stage is alarmed.
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Wiring Diagrams
9
9 EDR-3000
9 Connection Example Clockwise Rotating Field

EDR3000 => Terminal Markings X3.
9
9 A B C
9 X3.
1A
9 1
5A
2 1A
9 IA
3
N
1A
9 IA’
4
5A
5 1B
9 IB’
6
N
IA 1A
9 IB’
7
5A
8 1C
9 IC’
9 N
1A
9 IB IC’
10
5A
11 1X
9 12
N
9 IX’
9 IC
9
9
9
Three-Phase Current Measurement; Inom Secondary = 5A
9 Ground Current Measuring via Residual Connection; IGnom Secondary = 5A
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Dimensions
Drilling Pattern 9
5.38
(136.7)
“B” Holes for
9
4.94 Projection
(125.5) Panel Mount 9
3.94
(100.0)
CL
“A” Holes for
Standard
9
Panel Mount
B B 9
3.62
A A 9
(91.8) 4.88
Cutout (124.0)
9
CL
9
6.30
9
3.05 (160.0)
(77.6)
A A
B B 9
4x ø0.19 4x ø0.19 9
(ø4.8) (ø4.8)
9
Projection Mounting
9
3.82
(97.0)
9
9
9
9
9
5.56
(141.1)
9
6.82 5.38
(173.2) 4.80
(121.9)
(136.7) 9
9
8.62 6.67
9
6.14
9
(218.9) (169.4)
(156.0)
9
9
2.50
(63.5) 9
9
9
9
Protective Relays

9
Standard Mounting
9 3.82
(97.0)
9
9
9
9
9
7.49
9 6.82
(190.4)
4.94
6.74 (125.5)
9
(173.2)
(171.2)
9
9 8.62 6.14 4.88
(218.9) (156.0) (124.0)
9
9
9 0.56
(14.2)
9
9 EDR-3000
Width Height Depth
9 6.82 (173.2) 8.62 (218.9) 7.49 (190.2) 1
9
EDR-3000 Housing B1
9 Shipping Weight
9 5.57 (141.5) 7.21 (183.0) 8.19 (208.0) 2 5.3 (2.4)
9 Notes
1 Depth behind panel with projection mounted enclosure.
9
2 Includes terminals.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Contents
ETR-4000
Description Page
9
9
Digitrip 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
9
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay 9
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-241 9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-248 9
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254 9
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
9
9
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay 9
Product Description
Eaton’s ETR-4000 The maintenance mode The ETR-4000 transformer
9
transformer protection
relay is a multi-functional,
password protected soft key,
can be used for arc flash
protection relay has mass
memory for data storage and 9
microprocessor-based relay mitigation to change to an a real-time clock with 1 ms
for two winding transformers alternate settings group, time resolution. The relay will 9
of all voltage levels. The set to have instantaneous log 300 sequence of event
ETR-4000 provides phase and elements only. records, 20 detailed trip logs, 9
ground percentage restrained minimum/maximum values,
An integral keypad and
differential protection using
a variable dual slope display is provided for direct
load profiles, breaker wear
information and oscillography
9
characteristic with phase, user programming and
9
data.
negative, residual and neutral retrieval of data without
overcurrent elements for the need of a computer. The ETR-4000 has eight
backup protection. It can also 14 programmable LEDs
provide quick indication of
programmable binary inputs,
4 normally opened and
9
be used to provide restrained
differential protection to large
motors and generators.
relay status. 4 Form C heavy duty outputs
and one Form C signal alarm 9
A front port is provided for relay. It can be powered from
The ETR-4000 has eight direct computer connection.
An RS-485 communication
19 Vdc to 300 Vdc or 40 Vac 9
current inputs rated for either to 250 Vac auxiliary power.
5 amperes or 1 ampere to port on the back is standard
for local area networking 9
monitor both sides of the
using Modbus-RTU. An
transformers. The CTs can
be connected in wye in both optional Ethernet port and 9
sides of the transformer; protocols are available.
the relay automatically Flash memory is used for the
9
compensates for the programming and all settings
connection of the transformer are stored in nonvolatile 9
and CT mismatch errors. memory. The relay allows for
four preprogrammed setting 9
groups which can be
activated through software,
the display or a contact input.
9
9
Protective Relays

9 ● Flexible phase and ground Features ● Two breaker failure ● Protocols:
differential protection for elements (50BF[1]
9 Modbus-RTU
●
two winding transformers, Protection Features and 50BF[2])

● Dual-slope percentage
● Modbus-TCP (Optional)
large motors and ● Phase transformer
9 generators restrained current overload protection (49)
● Configuration software
● Complete protection and differential with Protection and
● Switch onto fault
9 control in a single compact magnetizing inrush and
overexcitation blocking protection Control Functions
case to reduce panel ● Cold load pickup
(87R)
9 space, wiring and costs
● Unrestrained current ● Zone interlocking for bus
Eaton’s ETR-4000
transformer protection
● Integral test function protection (87B) relay has been designed for
differential (87H)
9 reduces maintenance
time and expense ● Restricted ground fault/
maximum user flexibility and
Metering Features simplicity. The ETR-4000 is
Ground Differential (87GD)
9 ● Zone selective interlocking
improves coordination and ● Phase overcurrent
● Amperes: positive, suitable for application on
small, medium and large two
negative and zero
tripping time, and saves (elements can be assigned winding power transformers.
9 money compared to a to either side of the
sequence
Multiple current inputs are
traditional bus differential transformer): ● Ampere demand
9 scheme ● Four instantaneous ● Current phase angles used to provide primary
protection, control and
● Reduce troubleshooting elements with timers ● % THD I back-up protection of
9 time and maintenance (50P[1], 50P[2], 50P[3]
and 50P[4])
● Magnitude THD I transformers, including
costs. Trip and event ● Minimum/maximum current differential, restricted
9 recording in non-volatile
memory provides detailed
● Four inverse time
overcurrent elements
recording ground differential and
overcurrent protection.
● Trending
9 information for analysis
and system restoration.
(51P[1], 51P[2], 51P[3]
and 51P[4])
● RTD Temperatures with Dual-Slope Percent Differential
6000 cycles of waveform remote URTD Protection
9 11 standard curves
●
capture aids in post fault The primary protective

● Inrush Blocking Monitoring Features element for transformer
analysis (viewable using
9 PowerPort-E software)
● Instantaneous or time
delay reset
● Trip coil monitor for both
primary and secondary
protection is the percent
differential element, which
● Minimum replacement
compares the current
9 Negative sequence phase breakers
●
time. Removable terminal entering the primary and
blocks ideal for industrial overcurrent (elements can ● Breaker wear primary and
be assigned to either side secondary (accumulated leaving the secondary of the
9 ●
environments
Front RS-232 port and
of the transformer): interrupted current)
transformer. The ETR-4000
has built in compensation
● Two inverse time ● Oscillography
9 PowerPort-E software
provides local computer overcurrent elements (6000 cycles total)
for the turns-ratio and the
phase shift of the
access and user-friendly (51Q[1] and 51Q[2]) ● Fault data logs transformer, so it's not
9 Windows-based interface ● 11 standard curves (up to 20 events) necessary to compensate for
for relay settings, ● Instantaneous or time ● Sequence of events report the transformer connection
9 configuration and delay reset (up to 300 events)
by the connection of the CTs.
data retrieval ● Ground overcurrent ● Clock (1 ms time stamping) The current differential
9 ● Breaker open/close from (elements can be assigned element looks at the vector
relay faceplate or remotely to either side of the Control Functions difference between the
9 ●
via communications
Fast an easy
transformer): ● Breaker open/close both current entering and leaving
the zone of protection. If the
● Two instantaneous breakers
difference exceeds a pre-
9 troubleshooting, improved
maintenance procedures
measured elements
with timers (50X[1]
● Remote open/close determined amount, the
● Programmable I/O element will operate.
and increased device and 50X[2])
9 security. Provides detailed ● Two instantaneous
● Programmable LEDs The operating characteristic
traceability for system calculated elements
● Multiple setting groups of the percent differential
9 configuration changes with timers (50R[1] ● Cold load pickup element is a dual-slope
● Relays self-diagnostics and and 50R[2]) characteristic to
● CT supervision
9 reporting improves uptime ● Two inverse time
accommodate for CT
saturation and CT errors.
and troubleshooting overcurrent measured Communication Features
9 ● Breaker trip circuit elements (51X[1] ● Local HMI
monitoring improves the and 51X[2]) ● Password protected
9 reliability of the breaker
operation
● Two inverse time ● Addressable
overcurrent calculated ● IRIG-B
9 elements (51R[1]
and 51R[2])
● Remote communication
9 ●
●
11 standard curves
Instantaneous or time
port:
● RS-232
9 delay reset
● RS-485
Dual-Slope Operating Characteristic
Protective Relays
9.4
Harmonic Restraints Unrestrained Differential Negative Sequence Overcurrent Maintenance Mode
There are certain conditions An unrestrained differential Since this element does The Maintenance Mode can 9
like energizing one side of the element is provided for fast not respond to balanced improve safety by providing a
transformer with the other tripping on heavy internal load or three-phase faults, simple and reliable method to 9
side de-energized (inrush faults to limit catastrophic the negative-sequence reduce fault clearing time and
currents) or the paralleling damage to the transformer overcurrent element may lower incident energy levels 9
of two transformers and minimize risks to the provide the desired at energized panels. The
(sympathetic currents) that
can create false differential
remainder of the power
system.
overcurrent protection. This
is particularly applicable to
Maintenance Mode allows
the user to switch to more
9
currents. These differential
9
delta-wye grounded sensitive settings via a
currents if not recognized can Restricted Ground Fault transformers where only password protected soft
cause a false trip; in the case Ground differential protection 58% of the secondary p.u. key, communications or
of inrush conditions or is applied to transformers phase-to-ground fault current via a digital input while 9
sympathetic currents the having impedance grounded appears in any one primary maintenance work is being
differential current is
characterized by a heavy
wye windings. It is intended phase conductor. Backup
protection can be particularly
performed at an energized
panel or device. The more
9
to provide sensitive ground
content of 2nd and 4th
harmonic currents. The
fault detection for low
magnitude fault currents,
difficult when the wye is
impedance grounded. A
sensitive settings provide
greater security for
9
percentage differential negative-sequence element maintenance personnel and
element is desensitize either
which would not be detected
by the main percent can be used in the primary helps reduce the possibility 9
permanently (stationary differential element. supply to the transformer and of injury.
conditions) or temporarily set as sensitively as required
Monitoring and Metering
9
(transient conditions), to protect for secondary
whenever the 2nd or 4th
harmonic exceed the value
phase-to-ground or phase-to-
phase faults. This element
Sequence of Events Records 9
The ETR-4000 protection
programmed into the relay. should be set to coordinate
with the low-side phase and
relay records a maximum 9
Another condition that can of 300 events associated with
ground relays for phase-to-
create a false differential
current is a sudden change of
ground and phase-to-phase
the relay. An event is
classified as a change of state
9
faults. The negative
voltage or frequency, that can
put the transformer in an
sequence element must
as detected by the relay.
These include relay pickups, 9
also be set higher than the
overexcitation state. In this dropouts, trips, contact
case there is high content of Restricted Ground Fault
negative-sequence current
due to unbalanced loads.
closure, alarms, setting 9
5th harmonic currents. The changes and self-diagnostic
percentage differential Overcurrent Elements
Breaker Failure
failures. Each event is date 9
element is also desensitized The ETR-4000 can be used and time stamped to a 1 ms
The ETR-4000 transformer
when the 5th harmonic
content exceeds a predefined
to provide backup for
transformer and adjacent
protection relay includes two
resolution. The events are
stored in a FIFO in
9
breaker failure (50BF, 62BF) chronological order.
value. power system equipment.
Instantaneous overcurrent
elements that can be initiated 9
from either an internal or Trip Log
elements can be used for fast
clearing of severe internal or
external trip signal. These are
independent elements that
The ETR-4000 protection 9
external (through) faults. relay will store a maximum of
Time overcurrent protection
can be used to operate a
lockout relay or trip an
20 trip records in a FIFO trip 9
elements per winding allow log. Each trip record will be
upstream breaker. The timer
coordinating with the
adjacent protection zones and
must be longer than the
date and time stamped to a
1 ms resolution. The trip
9
breaker operating time and
acting as a backup protection. log record will include
There are 11 user-selectable
the protective function
information on the type of 9
reset times.
inverse-time overcurrent fault, protection elements
Dynamic Rise of the Operating
curve characteristics. The that operated, fault location 9
Characteristic user can select from the and currents at the time of
ANSI, IEC or thermal curve
families and can select
the fault. 9
instantaneous or time delay
reset characteristics. 9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Waveform Capture Programmable I/O

9 The ETR-4000 transformer The ETR-4000 transformer
protection relay provides protection relay provides
9 oscillography-recording heavy-duty, trip-rated, 4
capabilities. The relay will normally open and 4 Form C
9 record all measured signals contacts. Two isolated inputs
along with the binary signals can be used for monitoring
9 of pickup, trip, logic and
contact closures. The ETR-
the trip circuits. One Form C
contact is dedicated to the
9 4000 relay can record up to
6000 cycles of data. The
relay failure alarm function
and is operated in a normally
number of records is energized (fail-safe) mode.
9 proportional to the size of There are eight user-
each record; the maximum configurable discrete inputs
9 size per record is 600 cycles.
The waveform capture is
that accept a wet contact
and can operate through a
9 initiated by up to 8 different
triggers; it can also be
wide range of power. Each
input and output is user-
generated manually through programmable for maximum
9 the display or via application flexibility.
communications.
9 Communication Software
Integral User Interface Eaton provides two types of
9 The front panel user interface communication software. The
has a 128 x 64 pixel LCD first is PowerPort-E. It runs PowerPort-E- ETR-4000 Device Planning
9 display with background
illumination for wide angle
on a PC or laptop for easy
access to a single relay
9
viewing in all light conditions. to change set points or
14 programmable LEDs configuration and to view
provide quick and easy visual metered values and stored Design Standards
9 display of power on, mode data. PowerPort-E is free ● Generic Standard:
of operation, alarm and trip and can be downloaded from ● EN 61000-6-2
9 indication. Soft keys are
provided for operation mode
the Eaton Web site at the
following URL:
● EN 61000-6-3
● Product Standard:
9 selection, scrolling through
data and settings. In addition, http://www.eaton.com/pr ● IEC 60255-6
the relay settings and test ● EN 50178
9 functions are password
The second package is
Power Xpert Software. ● UL 508 (Industrial
protected. Power Xpert Software is a Control Equipment)
9 power management software ● CSA C22.2 No. 14-95
package that is designed (Industrial Control
9 for continuous, remote Equipment)
monitoring of many devices. ● ANSI C37.90
9 It provides additional
functions such as billing,
● UL listed file: E217753
9 trending and graphics.

Contact your local Eaton
representative for more
9 information on Power
Xpert Software.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
The catalog number ETR-4000 9
identification chart defines
the electrical characteristics (A)–8 Digital Inputs, (B)–Modbus-RTU (RS-485) 9
and operation features 9 Output Relays
(A)–Without Conformal
included in the ETR-4000. (0)–5A/1A phase and ground Coating 9
For example, if the catalog CTs, Power Supply Range:
number were ETR-3000A0BA1,
the device would have the
19-300 Vdc, 40–250 Vac (1)–Projection Panel Mount
9
following:
9
ETR-4000 Eaton Transformer Protection Relay 9
ETR4000 A 0 B A 1 9
9
Hardware Option 1 Hardware Option 2 Communication Options Conformal Coating
Options
Mounting Options 9
A = 8 DI, 9 outputs, removable terminals, 0 = Phase current 5A/1A, ground B = Modbus-RTU (RS-485) 0 = Standard mount
2 zone interlocking, URTD interface, IRIG-B,
small display
current 5A/1A, power supply
1 = Modbus-RTU (RS-485) +
Modbus-TCP (RJ-45)
A = None
1 = Projection panel mount
9
B = 4 DI, 5 outputs, removable terminals, 40–250 Vac circuit boards
IRIG-B, small display 1
C = 8 DI, 5 outputs, removable terminals,
1 = Phase current 5A/1A sensitive
ground current, 0.5A/0.1A,
9
9
1 zone interlocking, IRIG-B, small display 1 power supply range:
19–300 Vdc, 40–250 Vac
9
Climatic Environmental Routine Test Plug-in Connector with Control Power Supply
Conditions ● Insulation test according to Integrated Short-Circuiter ● Aux. voltage: 24–270 Vdc/ 9
● Storage temperature: IEC 60255-5: All tests to be (Conventional Current Inputs) 48–230 Vac (–20/+10%)
–22°F to 158°F (–30°C carried out against ground ● Nominal current: 1A and ● Buffer time in case of 9
to +70°C) and other input and output 5A supply failure: >= 50 ms
● Operating temperature: circuits ● Continuous loading at minimal aux. voltage 9
–40°F to 140°F (–40°C 2 ● Aux. voltage supply, digital capacity: 4 x In/ interrupted communication
to +60°C) inputs: 2.5 kV (eff.)/50 Hz continuously is permitted 9
● Permissible humidity at ● Current measuring inputs, ● Overcurrent withstand: ● Maximum permissible
ann. average: <75% rel.
(on 56d up to 95% rel.)
signal relay outputs: 2.5 kV ● 30 x In/10s making current: 9
(eff.)/50 Hz ● 100 x In/1s ● 18A peak value for
● Permissible installation
altitude:
● Voltage measuring inputs:
3.0 kV (eff.)/50 Hz
● 250 x In/10 ms <0.25 ms 9
(1 half-wave) ● 12A peak value for
● 6,561.67 ft (<2,000m)
above sea level
● All wire-bound
communication interfaces:
● Screws: M4, captive type <1 ms 9
acc. to VDEW ● The voltage supply must
● If 13,123.35 ft (4,000m)
altitude applies, a
1.5 kV DC ● Connection cross sections: be protected by a fuse of: 9
● 2 x AWG 14 (1 x or 2 x ● 2.5A time-lag miniature
changed classification Housing
of the operating and test ● Material, housing:
2.5 mm2) with wire
end ferrule
fuse approx. 0.2 x 0.8 in.
(5 x 20 mm) according to
9
voltages may be Aluminum extruded IEC 60127
necessary section
● 2 x AWG 12 (1 x or 2 x
4.0 mm2) with ring cable ● 3.5A time-lag miniature
9
● Material, front panel: fuse approx. 0.25 x
Degree of Protection EN 60529 Aluminum/foil front
●
sleeve or cable sleeve
2 x AWG 10 (1 x or 2 x 1.25 in. (6.3 x 32 mm) 9
● HMI front panel with ● Mounting position: according to UL 248-14
6 mm2) with ring cable
seal: IP54 Horizontal (±45° around
sleeve or cable sleeve Notes
9
● Rear side terminals: IP30 the X-axis must be
9
1 Consult factory for the availability of
permitted)
4 Inputs/5 Outputs, 8 Inputs/5 Outputs
and sensitive ground.
2 Display will stop working at –20°C.
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Power Consumption ● Un = 110/120 Vac/Vdc Relay Outputs Front Interface RS-232

9 ● Power supply range: ● Switching threshold ● Continuous current: ● Baud rates: 115,200 baud
19–300 Vdc 3 ON: Min. 88.0 Vdc/ 5A AC/DC
9 Handshake: RTS and CTS
●
● Power consumption 88.0 Vac ● Maximum make current: ● Connection: 9-pole

in idle mode—7W ● Switching threshold 25A AC/25A DC up to D-Sub plug
9
●
● Maximum power 3 OFF: Max. 44.0 Vdc/ 30V for 4s

consumption—13W 44.0 Vac 30A/230 Vac according RS-485
9
●
● Power supply range: ● Un = 230/240 Vac/Vdc to ANSI IEEE Std. ● Master/slave: Slave
40–250 Vac (for ● Switching threshold C37.90-2005 ● Connection: 6 screw-
9 frequencies of 40–70 Hz) 4 ON: Min. 184 Vdc/ ● 30A/250 Vdc according clamping terminals RM 138
● Power consumption 184 Vac to ANSI IEEE Std. MIL (3.5 mm) (terminating
9 in idle mode—7W ● Switching threshold C37.90-2005 resistors internal)
● Maximum power 4 OFF: Max. 92 Vdc/ ● Maximum breaking
9 consumption—13W 92 Vac current: Zone Interlocking
● Nominal input level: 5V
● Terminals: Screw-type ● 5A AC up to 125 Vac
9 Real-Time Clock
● Running reserve of
terminal ● 5A DC up to 30V
● Nominal output level: 5V
(resistive) ● Connection: Screw-type
Current and Ground
9 the real-time clock:
1 year minimum Current Measurement ● 0.3A DC at 300V terminals (twisted pair)
● Maximum switching Standards
● Nominal currents: 1A/5A
9 Display ● Max. measuring range: voltage: 250 Vac/250 Vdc High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)
● Display type: LCD with ● Up to 40 x In (phase
● Switching capacity: ● High frequency
9 LED background currents) 1250 VA interference test:
illumination ● Up to 25 x In (ground
● Contact type: changeover ● IEC 60255-22-1 Class 3
9 ● Resolution graphics current standard) contact or normally
open contact
– Within one circuit—
display: 128 x 64 pixel ● Up to 2.5 x In (ground 1 kV/2s
9 ● LED type: Two colored— current sensitive)
● Terminals: Screw-type
terminals
– Circuit to ground—
red/green ● Continuous loading 2.5 kV/2s
9 ● Number of LEDs, housing capacity: 4 x In/ Supervision Contact (SC) – Circuit to circuit—
B2: 15 continuously 2.5 kV/2s
Continuous current: 5A at
9
●
● Overcurrent proof: 120/240 Vac or 30 Vdc
● Insulation voltage test:
Digital Inputs
● 30 x In/10 s ● Maximum switch-on
● IEC 60255-5, EN 50178
9 Maximum input voltage:
●
300 Vdc/270 Vac

● 100 x In/1 s current: 15A at 120/240 – All circuits to other
● 250 x In/10 ms Vac or 30 Vdc (max. 4s) circuits and exposed
9 Input current: <4 mA
●
(1 half-wave) ● Maximum breaking conductive parts:
● Reaction time: <20 ms 2.5 kV (eff.)/50 Hz,
● Power consumption: current:
9 ● Fallback time: <30 ms
● Phase current inputs ● 5A at 120/240 Vac
1 min.
– Except interfaces:
(Safe state of the – At In = 1A or 30 Vdc
9 digital inputs) S = 0.15 MVA ● 0.4A at 125 Vdc
1.5 kV DC, 1 min.
– Voltage measuring
4 switching thresholds: – At In = 5A ● Contact type: input: 3 kV (eff.)/
9
●
Un = 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc, S = 0.15 MVA 1 changeover contact 50 Hz, 1 min.

60 Vdc, 110 Vac/Vdc, ● Ground current input ● Terminals: Screw-type ● Impulse voltage test:
9 230 Vac/Vdc – At In = 1A terminals ● IEC 60255-5: 5 kV/0.5J,
● Un = 24 Vdc S = 0.35 MVA 1.2/50 μs
9 ● Switching threshold – At In = 5A Time Synchronization IRIG
● Nominal input voltage: 5V
1 ON: Min. 19.2 Vdc S = 0.35 MVA
9 ● Switching threshold ● Frequency range: 50 Hz/ ● Connection: Screw-type
terminals (twisted pair)
1 OFF: Max. 9.6 Vdc 60 Hz ±10%
9 ● Un = 48–60 Vdc ● Terminals: Screw-type
● Switching threshold terminals with integrated
9 2 ON: Min. 42.6 Vdc short-circuiters (contacts)
● Switching threshold
9 2 OFF: Max. 21.3 Vdc
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
EMC Immunity Tests Environmental Tests Mechanical Tests Tolerances
● Fast transient disturbance Classification 9
Test Fc: Vibration response test Tolerances of the Real -
immunity test (burst):
● IEC 60255-22-4: Power
● IEC 60068-1: Climatic—
0/055/56
● IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60255-21-1, Class 1:
Time Clock
● Resolution: 1 ms
9
supply, mains inputs—
±4 kV, 2.5 kHz
● IEC 60721-3-1: ● Displacement: (10 Hz–
59 Hz)—0.0014 in.
● Tolerance:
● <1 minute/month
9
● IEC 61000-4-4 Class 4:
● Classification of ambient
Other in- and outputs— conditions (storage)—
1K5/1B1/1C1L/1S1/1M2 ●
(0.035 mm)
Acceleration: (59 Hz– ●
(68°F [+20°C])
<±1 ms if synchronized
9
±2 kV, 5 kHz (coupling
network)
●
but min. –13°F (–25°C)
IEC 60721-3-2: ●
150 Hz)—0.5 gn
Number of cycles in
via IRIG-B
9
● ANSI C37.90.1: ± 4 kV,
Classification of ambient each axis: 1 Tolerances of the Measured
2.5 kHz (coupling clamp)
conditions (transportation) Value Acquisition 9
● Surge Immunity Test: —2K3/2B1/2C1/2S1/2M2 Test Fc: Vibration endurance test Phase and ground current
● IEC 61000-4-5 Class 4 ● IEC 60721-3-3: ● IEC 60068-2-6, measuring 9
– Within one circuit— Classification of ambient IEC 60255-21-1, Class:
9
2 kV
● Maximum measuring
conditions (Stationary use ● Acceleration: (10 Hz– range:
– Circuit to ground— at weather protected 150 Hz)—1.0 gn Up to 40 x In (phase
9
●
4 kV locations)—3K6/3B1/3C1/ ● Number of cycles in
3S1/3M2 but min. 32°F currents)
● Electrical discharge each axis: 20 ● Up to 25 x In (ground
immunity test:
● IEC 60255-22-2: Air
(0°C) and 3K8H for 2h
Test Ea: Shock test
current standard) 9
Test ad: Cold ● Up to 2.5 x In (earth
●
discharge—8 kV
IEC 61000-4-2 Class 3: ● IEC 60068-2-1:
● IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1
current sensitive) 9
Note: The precision does not
Contact discharge—6 kV Temperature—
9
●
● Shock response test: depend on the nominal value but
● Radiated radio frequency –4°F (–20°C) 5 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses is referenced to 100 mA (with In
Test duration—16h
9
electromagnetic field ●
in each direction =1 A) respectively.
immunity test ● Shock resistance test: 500 mA (with In = 5 A)
Test Bd: Dry heat
IEC 61000-4-3: 26 MHz – 15 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses
9
●
80 MHz—10 V/m ● IEC 60068-2-2: in each direction

● Frequency range: 50 Hz /
60 Hz ± 10%
● Class X: 80 MHz– ● Temperature—
1 GHz—35 V/m 131°F (55°C) Test Eb: Shock endurance test ● Accuracy: Class 0.5 9
● ANSI C37.90.2: 1 GHz– 3 ● Relative humidity— ● IEC 60068-2-29, ● Amplitude Error if I < 1 In:
GHz—10 V/m <50% IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 ±0.5% of the rated value 9
● Immunity to conducted ● Test duration—72h ● Shock endurance test: ● Amplitude Error if I > In:
disturbances induced by
Test cab: Damp heat
10 gn, 16 ms, 1000 ±0.5% of the measured
value
9
radio frequency fields: impulses in each
● IEC 61000-4-6 Class 3:
(steady state) direction ● Amplitude Error if I > 2 In:
±1.0% of the measured
9
10 V ● IEC 60068-2-78: Test Fe: Earthquake test
● Power frequency magnetic ● Temperature— ● IEC 60068-3-3, KTA 3503, ●
value
Resolution: 0.01A
9
field immunity test: 104°F (40°C) IEC 60255-21-3, Class 2
● IEC 61000-4-8: ● Relative humidity—93% ● Single axis earthquake
● Harmonics: Up to 20%
3rd harmonic ±1%
9
Continues—30 A/m ● Test duration—56d vibration test:
● Class 4: 3 sec—300 A/m
Test Db: Damp heat (cyclic) – 3–7 Hz: Horizontal
● Up to 20% 5th harmonic
±1% 9
0.394 in. (10 mm),
EMC Emission Tests Frequency influence:
9
●
● IEC 60068-2-30: 1 cycle each axis
● Radio interference < ±2% / Hz in the range of
● Temperature— – 7–35 Hz Horizontal: ±5 Hz of the parametrized
suppression test:
● IEC/CISPR11—
131°F (55°C) 2 gn, 1 cycle each axis nominal frequency 9
● Relative humidity—95% ● Temperature influence:
●
Limit value class B
Radio interference
● Cycles (12 + 12-hour)—2 < ±1% within the range 9
of +32°F to +140°F
radiation test:
● IEC/CISPR11—
(0°C to +60°C) 9
Limit value class B
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Protection Elements Tolerances

9 Notice: The tripping delay relates to the time between alarm
and trip. The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time
9 between when the measured value has exceeded the threshold
until the protection element is picked up.
9 Description Tolerance Description Tolerance
9 Differential Protection Stages: 87[x] Ground Current Elements: 50G[x], 50N[x], 51G[x], 51N[x]
Id > 0.1 Id[x] ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In Pickup ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In
9 Operating time Id > 0.3 x In < 35 ms Resetting ratio 97% or 0.5% x In
Id > 0.5 x In < 25 ms t DEFT
9 Id > 1.5 x In < 20 ms ±1% resp.
9 Ground Differential Protection Stages: 87GD[x]

Id > 0.1 Id[x] ±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In Operating time Starting from IE
±10 ms
9 Operating time Ide > 0.3 x In < 35 ms

Disengaging time
Higher than 1.1 x IE> <+35 ms
<+45 ms
Ide > 0.5 x In < 25 ms
9 Ide > 1.5 x In < 20 ms
t-Multiplier ±5%
IEC NINV
9
Overcurrent Protection Elements: 50P[x], 51P[x]
IEC VINV
Pickup ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In
IEC EINV
9 Resetting ratio 97% or 0.5% x In
IEC LINV
t DEFT
9 ±1% resp. ±10 ms
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
Operating time Starting from I higher
9 than 1.1 x I> <+35 ms ANSI EINV
Disengaging time <+45 ms Flat
9 t-Multiplier ±5% It
I2t
9
IEC NINV
IEC VINV I4t
9 IEC EINV Reset mode IEC characteristics

IEC LINV IEC NINV
9 ANSI MINV IEC VINV
ANSI VINV IEC EINV
9 ANSI EINV IEC LINV
9 Flat
It
5%
Reset curves if ANSI characteristics
9 I2t ANSI MINV

I4t ANSI VINV
9 Reset Mode ±1% resp. ±10 ms ANSI EINV
IEC NINV Flat
9 IEC VINV It
9 IEC EINV
IEC LINV
I2t
I4t
9 5% Thermal Replica: ThR

ANSI MINV Ib ±2% of the setting value
9 ANSI VINV Resp. 1% In
9
ANSI EINV K
Flat Pickup ThR ±1.5 % of the setting value
9 It
I2t
9 I4t
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Description Tolerance Description Tolerance 9
Unbalanced Load: 51Q[x] Breaker Failure Protection 50BF
I2> ±2% of the setting value resp.1% In I-BF> ±1.5% of the setting value resp.1% In 9
9
Resetting ratio 97% or 0.5% x In Resetting ratio t-BF ±1% resp.
t DEFT ±10 ms
±1% resp. Operating time Starting from I Higher <+40 ms
than 1.3 x I-BF>
9
Tripping delay time (DEFT) ±10 ms
Operating time Starting from I2
Disengaging time <+40 ms
9
higher than 1.3 x I2> <+60 ms
Release time <+40 ms Trip Circuit Monitoring TCM 9
k ±5% INV t-TCM ±1% resp
T-cool ±5% INV ±10 ms. 9
9
Inrush Supervision IH2 1 Current Transformer Supervision CTS
IH2/In ±1% In Delta ±2% of the setting value resp. 1.5% In
Resetting ratio 1% x In or 5% x IH2 Resetting ratio 94%
9
t ±1% resp. ± 10 ms
9
Wiring Diagrams
9
Typical AC Connections Delta-Wye Transformer with Wye CTs and Neutral CT
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Note
1 Inrush supervision is possible, if the fundamental
Harmonic > 0.1xIn and 2nd Harmonic > 0.01xIn.

9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Typical One-Line Diagram

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Typical Control Diagram
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Dimensions
9 Drilling Plan
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9 Projection Mount Front and Side Views
7.07
9 (179.5)
9
9
9
9 8.16
5.56 (207.3)
9 (141.1) 1.08 6.00
9.72 (27.4) (152.4)
9 (246.9) 4.80
(122.0)
9
9 6.14
(156.0)
8.70 7.12
9 (221.0) (180.8)
3.56
9 (90.4)
9
2.50
9 (63.5)
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
9
Standard Mount Front and Side Views
7.07 9
(179.5)
9
9
9
9
7.49
7.75
(197.0)
9
(190.3)
9.72
(246.9)
6.74 0.88
3.88
(98.6) 9
(171.2) (22.3)
9
9
8.70 6.14 4.88
(221.0) (156.0) (124.0)
4.94
(125.5) 9
9
9
0.56
(14.2) 9
9
ETR-4000 Housing B2
Shipping Weight 9
Width Height Depth 1 Lbs (kg)
6.81 (173.0) 8.37 (212.7) 8.19 (208.0) 9.3 (4.2) 9
Note
1 Includes terminals. 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 Ground Fault Relay
Description Page
9
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207

V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
Ground Fault Relay
9
9
9
9 Ground Fault Relay
Product Description Standards and Certifications
9 A Type GFR ground fault A basic Type GFR ground Eaton’s GFR ground fault
9
protection system, when fault protection system relays, current sensors, test
properly installed on a consists of a ground fault panels and accessory devices
grounded electrical system, relay, a ground fault current are UL listed by Underwriters
9 will sense phase-to-ground sensor and a disconnect Laboratories in accordance
fault currents. When the level device equipped with a shunt with their standard for
9 of fault current is in excess
of the pre-selected current
trip device. This disconnect
device can be a molded case
Ground Fault Sensing and
Relaying Equipment, UL 1053,
9 pickup and time delay
settings, the GFR relay will
circuit breaker, a power
circuit breaker, a bolted
under File No. E48381.
Note: Relays are also listed with
initiate a trip action of a pressure switch or other
9 disconnect device, which will fusible disconnect device,
CSA under File No. 43357.
open the faulted circuit and suitable for application with
9 clear the fault. UL Class 1 Ground Fault
Sensing and Relaying
9
The GFR devices are UL equipment.
Class 1 devices designed to
protect electrical equipment
9 against extensive damage
from arcing ground faults.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Product Selection
Each installation requires: 9
● One relay unit (select trip 9
ampere as required)
● One current sensor (select
configuration required)
9
● One circuit breaker or
disconnect device with
9
shunt trip, or a shunt trip
attachment for mounting 9
in existing breaker
● Test panel (optional) 9
GFR Relay GFR Relay 9
Ground Fault Pickup Amperes
1–12 5–60 100–1200 9
GFR Relay Catalog Catalog Catalog
Types Number 1 Number 1 Number 1 9
For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control
Electrical reset with zone interlocking GFR12EI GFR60EI GFR1200EI
9
Electrical reset without zone interlocking
Mechanical reset with zone interlocking
GFR12E
GFR12MI
GFR60E
GFR60MI
GFR1200E
GFR1200MI
9
Mechanical reset without zone interlocking GFR12M GFR60M GFR1200M 9
For 120 Vdc Control
Mechanical reset without zone interlocking — — GFR1200MD 9
Current Sensor 9
Description—Window Size in Inches (mm)
Catalog
Number 9
9
Used with Relays Rated 1–12 Amperes
5.50 (139.7) inside diameter 1283C45G01
9
5.50 (139.7) inside diameter 1256C13G01 9
7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) rectangular 1 1257C88G04
3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) rectangular 1 1257C92G03 9
9
5.50 (139.7) inside diameter 1256C13G02 9
9
9
9
Note
1 Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Options and Accessories

9
Test Panel (120 Vac) lamp or relay (not included) to Face Plate This allows the relay,
9 Used to test the ground fault give an indication of a ground Recommended when which detects a ground
system, to give an indication fault. The indicator is rated these relays are semi-flush fault, to instantly clear
9 the relay has tripped the 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz for a
maximum indicator load of
mounted, to close the door the fault by tripping the
disconnect device. The relay
breaker, and to reset the relay cutout opening.
9 after tripping. These functions
may be separately mounted
0.5 amperes.
Options
simultaneously sends a signal
to relay units “upstream” from
Indicating Ammeter the fault to time delay or
9 pilot devices.
The optional indicating
Additional optional equipment
can be added to the protection to block their operation
Note: When a mechanically reset ammeter connects to the completely. Current sensors
system to meet the
9 relay is used with a test panel,
both the relay and test panel
sensor terminals through requirements of the specifying in various designs provide a
a momentary contact engineer, including: range of “window” sizes to
must be reset following either a
9 simulated ground fault test or pushbutton, and will indicate
(in amperes) any ground fault ● Ground fault test panel
accommodate standard bus
and cable arrangements.
actual ground fault. Not UL listed.
9 Ground Fault Warning Indicator
current flowing through the
sensor. Kit includes the
● Ground fault warning
indicator relay
Shunt trip attachments may be
ordered for field mounting in
ammeter and pushbutton.
9 This is an accessory item for
use with GFR relays with
● Ground fault indicating
ammeter
Eaton’s molded case circuit
breakers, or may be ordered
Not UL listed.
interlocking circuitry. At
9 approximately 30–50% of Shunt Trip Attachments
GFR relays are available with factory installed in the breaker.
the relay pickup setting, the zone selective interlocking
9 indicator switches separate
Use 120 Vac shunt trips. circuitry to interlock several
relays within the same system.
120 Vac control power to a
9
Optional Test Panel
9 Catalog
Control Test Number
9 120 volt 50/60 Hz 120 volt 50/60 Hz GFRTP
9
9
Ground Fault Warning Indicator
9 Catalog
Description Number
9 Manual reset 1234C67G01
9
Self-resetting 1234C67G02
9
Ammeter Kit
9 GFR System Kit Catalog
Used with Number
9 1–12 amperes 752B820G01
9 5–60 amperes 752B820G02

100–1200 amperes 752B820G03
9
Face Plate
9 Catalog
Description Number
9 Face plate 752B410G01
9
9 Note
1 One end removable for installation.
9 Instruction Leaflet 15321 available as a PDF at www.eaton.com (Go to Advanced Search and enter 15321).
Protective Relays
9.4
Technical Data
GFR Relay 9
● Ground fault detection
ranges: 9
● 1–12 amperes
● 5–60 amperes 9
● 100–1200 amperes
● Output contacts: 9
240 Vac, 50/60 Hz:
9
●
3 amperes
● 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz:
6 amperes 9
● 28 Vdc: 3 amperes
● 125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes 9
● Control power
requirements:
9
● 120V, 50/60 Hz:
0.125 amperes, or
9
125 Vdc (optional)
9
Current Sensor
● 600 volt, 50/60 Hz 9
maximum system voltage
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 Universal RTD Module
Description Page
9
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207

V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-257
9
9
Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits
9 ● Electronic Resistance Eaton’s URTD Module is Both electrical and fiber optic and Functions
9
Temperature Detector most commonly used to interface ports are provided ● Universal design works
(RTD) provides motor provide motor temperature to communicate temperature with any RTD type,
temperature interface information to the MP-3000 information to the MP-3000 simplifying installation and
9 for the MP-3000 Motor Motor Protection Relay. The relay. The electrical interface operation and reducing
Protection Relay MP-3000 Motor Protection can transmit information inventory
9 ● Monitors up to 11 RTDs uses this information for
monitoring, tripping and
using a three-conductor
shielded cable with a
● Standalone design permits
consisting of six motor mounting the module close
9 windings, two motor
bearings, two load
alarming. The MP-3000 Intel-
I-Trip overload algorithm will
maximum cable distance of
500 feet (152m). The fiber
to the motor, reducing RTD
wiring costs
adjust its trip characteristics optic link has a maximum
9 ●
bearings and one auxiliary
Works with 10 ohm copper, based on the actual motor distance of 400 feet (122m).
● RTD diagnostics detects
faulty RTDs and wiring,
temperature reported by the
9 100 ohm platinum, 100 ohm
nickel and 120 ohm nickel URTD Module. This improves The URTD Module may be
used with the IQ-1000 and
reducing unnecessary
tripping and alarming
type RTDs the protection by using an
IQ-1000 II motor relays. It
9 ● Include fiber optic and
actual temperature value
instead of the assumed may also be applied as a
electrical communication standalone temperature
9 interfaces to the MP-3000
NEMA Standard Ambient
Temperature. monitoring device
Motor Protection Relay communicating, for example,
9 The URTD Module may be
mounted close to the motor
transformer temperature
information back to a remote
9 or at the protective relay. computer or PLC. An optional
PONI (Product Operated
Network Interface) is required
9 for standalone applications.
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
9.4
Product Selection Options and Accessories Technical Data
Additional Related Products Input power requirements:
9
●
Universal RTD Module Universal RTD Module from Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
Series 120 Vac (±15%)
Catalog
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
9
●
Description Number The URTD Module must be
operated with an MP-3000 ● Power consumption: 6 VA
Universal RTD Module URTD
Motor Protection Relay, Operating temperature:
9
●
computer or programmable 32°–158°F (0°–70°C)

controller. Please refer to the Storage temperature:
9
●
MP-3000 Motor Protection, –4°–185°F(–20°–85°C)

PONI and PowerNet sections
9
● Humidity: 0–95% R.H.
for additional related product noncondensing
information.
Enclosure: Type 1
9
●
Eaton provides fiber optic

cables for connecting to the
MP-3000 or IQ-1000 II Motor 9
Protection Relays.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Wiring Diagram
9
9 RTD Wiring (Three-Lead Type)
Connect cable’s shield
9 Universal
and drain wire here. Do not connect cable’s shield and drain wire
RTD Module at this end. Use tape to insulate.
9 35 Motor terminals
9 Auxiliary
34
33
9 32
9 31
30
9 Load
29
Bearings
9
28
27
9 26
25
9 34
9 Motor
23
Bearings 22
9 21
9
20
19
9 18
17
9 4.
9 16
15
9 14
9
13
12
9 Motor
Windings
11
10
9 9
9 8
7
9 6
9 5 Note: Wiring between motor RTDs

and RTD Module must be
4 three-wire shielded cable.
9 3
Unused channels should
be shorted.
9
2
9
1. Each shielded cable’s conductors must be connected on Universal RTD Module as shown.
9 2. Use of three-lead RTDs is recommended.

3. RTDs must not be grounded at the motor, and no common connections between RTDs should be made at the
9
Universal RTD Module or the motor.
Terminal 16 or 32 should be connected to a suitable earth ground.
9 Note
Showing a typical three-lead type RTD wiring connection.
Protective Relays
9.4
Dimensions
Universal URTD Module 9
9
®
9
®
UNIVERSAL
9
STYLE NUMBER 2D78559
UNIVERSAL RTD MODULE
RTD MODULE
9
9
COM
DATA
1A49102H19 J2 STROBE
9
1
ac
120 2
Vac J3 Power Management Products
Customer Satisfaction
MW1 3
ACN
35
7.67
9
1-800-542-7883
1-800-809-2772
34 (+1)412-490-6800
5
AUX1 www.cutlerhammer.eaton.com/pmpc/
(194.8) MW2
33 6
32 7
9
GND
31 8
30
MW3 9
LB2
29 10
28
27
LB1
MW4
11
12 9
26 13
25
24
MB2
MW5
14
15 9
23 16
GND
22
21
MB1 MW6
17
18 9
20 19
9
3.60 2.00
9
(91.4)
9
(50.8)
4.32
(109.7)
Fiber
SW1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9
Optic
9
Link 0N INCOM Port
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0N
9
9
Note
Showing the URTD Module dimensions and terminal designations.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Protective Relays
Contents
9 IQ DC Power Supply
Description Page
9
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207

V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply
9
9
9
9
9 IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply
Product Description Features, Benefits Product Selection
9 Eaton’s IQ DC Power Supply and Functions
9
is a DC to AC inverter module ● Single, two-wire input— IQ DC Power Supply IQ DC Power Supply
intended for use where DC no need to set switches Catalog
power is available, but some or adjust jumpers
9
Description Number
AC is required. The unit will ● Four connections—two for IQ DC power supply module IQDCPS
operate Eaton’s MP-3000, or DC in, two for AC out
9 other AC powered IQ devices
requiring no more than 75 VA
● AC output is isolated from
the incoming power
9 of power at any power factor.
● Built-in protection features
The IQ DC power supply is protect against short
9 available in two styles, one to circuits while providing Technical Data and
be used with the MP-3000 ample power to start loads Specifications
9 and one for all other products. ● Sinusoidal wave ● Input voltage ranges from
105 Vdc to 140 Vdc
9 ● Rated power output—
75 VA at any power factor
9 ● Operating temperature—
–4ºF to 140ºF
9 (–20°C to 60°C)
9
9
9
9
9
9
Connectivity Options
9.5
Contents
Power Xpert Gateways
Description Page
9
Power Xpert Gateways 9
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-260
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-266 9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-271 9
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-272
Power Xpert Gateway 9
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . V3-T9-276
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies V3-T9-279
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-284
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285 9
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287 9
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-288
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290 9
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-293
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . . V3-T9-297 9
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
Power Xpert Gateways 9
The Power Xpert Gateway Power Xpert Gateways ● Voltage
400/600 is typically installed
in an electrical assembly—
provide data communications
to Eaton’s Power Xpert
● Current 9
a motor control center, low/ Software to facilitate ● Power
medium voltage switchgear centralizing and gathering data ● Power factor 9
or switchboard to consolidate for long-term data archival, ● Energy
data available from
components such as trip units,
analysis and trending features.
● Power quality 9
meters, motor controllers and The PXG is compatible with ● Temperature
protective relays. and facilitates integration
with many third-party building ● I/O states Bus Page 9
Power Xpert Gateways and factory automation
provide a cost-effective systems via Modbus TCP
and Web Services.
Power Xpert Gateway
Screenshots
9
method to easily Web-enable
Eaton and third-party products. The PXG600 allows you
to enable pre-selected
9
The Gateway consists of an
embedded Web server that
allows the user to connect
parameters to be trended
for each supported device. 9
to Eaton products such as Selecting the trend symbol
breakers, meters and relays
found in MCCs, LV and MV
will generate a real-time graph
for that parameter and can be
9
Device Page
viewed for the past 24 hours,
Switchgear and switchboards
—to name a few—that seven days, 30 days or all 9
communicate via Eaton past history. Home Page
protocols INCOM and
QCPort, in addition to
The PXG600 also offers direct 9
e-mail notifications to up to
third-party products that
communicate via Modbus
10 users. Select from event
notifications, data logs, event
9
RTU. The Gateway provides logs and heartbeat e-mails.
the central connection point
for the power metering/ Information is presented in
9
monitoring/protective organized, user-friendly Web
9
Trending Page (PXG600 Only)
devices, allowing their pages and includes, but is not
parameters to be limited to, the following:
monitored via the Web. ● Device status
Main Page
9
● Comm status
9

9
Data Acquisition and Integration Table for Supported Devices
9 Supported Devices
9
9
PXG 400 and PXG 600 PXG 600 Only
9 Web Modbus Pass- Pass-
HTTP Services TCP Through Through SMTP File Export File Export
9 Device
Type Device Name
(Web
Browser)
(Power Xpert
Software)
(BMS &
SCADA)
INCOM
(PowerNet)
QCPort
(CHStudio)
SNMP
(NMS)
(E-mail
Client)
(Data File
Format)
(Waveform
File Export)
9 INCOM
Drive Accutrol 400 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Drive AF97 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O Universal RTD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 I/O DIM ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
I/O DIM KYZ
Meter IQ DP-4000 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Meter IQ Energy Sentinel ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Meter IQ 220/IQ 320 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Meter IQ 230/IQ 330 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Meter IQ Analyzer (6000/6200) 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Meter IQ Analyzer (6400/6600) 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Meter IQ Data 1
Meter IQ Data Plus 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Meter IQ Data Plus II 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Meter Power Manager ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Meter IQ Power Sentinel ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Meter Point IQ MES II ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective Digitrip 3000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective
Protective
Digitrip 3200
FP-5000
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
9 Protective FP-4000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protective FP-6000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective MP-3000 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protective MP-4000 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective Digitrip 520MC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective NRX520 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protective IQ 500 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective MPCV Relay ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Protective Digitrip 1150/DT1150V ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective Digitrip 810 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Protective Digitrip 910
Protective Digitrip MV ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective Digitrip OPTIM 1050 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Protective Digitrip OPTIM 550 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Protective Digitrip OPTIM 750 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Starter Advantage 2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Starter Advantage ACM 2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Notes
1 Required IPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
9
2 Required a WPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest up-to-date details on connectivity.
9.5
Data Acquisition and Integration Table for Supported Devices, continued
Supported Devices
9
9
9
PXG 400 and PXG 600 PXG 600 Only
Web Modbus Pass- Pass- 9
HTTP Services TCP Through Through SMTP File Export File Export
Device Type Device Name

(Web
Browser)
(Power Xpert
Software)
(BMS &
SCADA)
INCOM
(PowerNet)
QCPort
(CHStudio)
SNMP
(NMS)
(E-mail
Client)
(Data File
Format)
(Waveform
File Export) 9
INCOM, continued
Sub-network Master AEM II 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Sub-network Master BIM II 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Sub-network Master CMU 2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Sub-network Master IQ CED II 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Sub-network Master IQ MES II ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Transfer Switch ATC-400 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Transfer Switch ATC-600 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Transfer Switch ATC-800 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Modbus
Drive MVX9000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Drive SVX9000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Insulation Monitor InsulGard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Meter IQ 130
Meter IQ 140 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Meter
Meter
IQ 150
IQ 230M/IQ 330M
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Meter
Meter
IQ 250
IQ 260
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Meter
Meter
Nexus 1262
SQD CM3000 Series
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Meter SQD CM4000 Series ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Meter SQD PM710 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Meter SQD PM850 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Meter PML 7350 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Meter PML 7550 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Meter PML 7650 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protective GE 369 Motor Relay ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Protective GE 469 Motor Relay ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protective FP-4000/FP-5000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Protective FP-6000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Overload Relay C441 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Temp Monitor Qualitrol 118 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Transformer Differential ABB TPU 2000 9
Relay ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
QCPort 9
I/O D77A-AI16 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
I/O D77A-AI8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
I/O D77A-DI16
I/O D77A-DI8 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Starter IT. S811 (MV811)
Starter IT. Starter 3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Starter IT. Starter QSNAP 3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Notes
1 Required IPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
2 Required a WPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
9
9
3 Requires a QSNAP for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
The table below represents many of the parameters displayed on the Web page for a given device, however it is not
9 exhaustive. For the complete list of parameters display, per device, refer to the Device Data Map file at HYPERLINK
http://www.eaton.com/powerxpert www.eaton.com/powerxpert.
9
Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway
9 IQ Meters
IQ IQ
9 IQ IQ Data IQ Data IQ
Analyzer
6000/
Analyzer IQ
6400/ DP-
IQ
220/
IQ
230/
IQ
230/ IQ IQ IQ IQ IQ
IQ
Power
IQ
Energy Power
Units MES II Plus II Plus Data 6200 6600 4000 320 330 330M 130 140 150 250 260 Sentinel Sentinel Manager
9 Voltage
■ ■
9
Average V
Voltage (Line-Line) V ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Voltage (Line-Neutral)
Current
V ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Average
Phase
A
A ■ ■ ■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Ground
Neutral
A
A
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■
9 Peak
Demand
A
A
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9 Power
Apparent VA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Reactive
Real
VAR
W ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■
9 Power Factor
Apparent PF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Displacement
Energy
PF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Real
Forward
Wh
Wh ■
■ ■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■
9 Reverse
Apparent
Wh
Vah
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
9 Reactive
Leading
VARh
VARh
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9 Lagging
Power Quality
VARh ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 THD
Current THD
%
%
■
■
9 Voltage THD
Frequency
%
Hz ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■ ■
9 Waveform Capture N/A ■ ■ ■

Temperature
9 Ambient C
Auxiliary C
9 Load Bearing C
Motor Bearing C
9 Winding C
Phase (L, C, R) C
9 Terminal Block C
Input Status
9 Number of Inputs ■ ■
Status/cause of trip
9 Thermal memory
Pole temperature
9 Winding temperature
9
Fan status
Alarm/trip relay
9.5
The table below represents many of the parameters displayed on the Web page for a given device, however it is not
exhaustive. For the complete list of parameters display, per device, refer to the Device Data Map file at HYPERLINK 9
http://www.eaton.com/powerxpert www.eaton.com/powerxpert.
9
Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway, continued
Circuit Breaker Protective 9
Trip Units Relays
Digitrip Digitrip
Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip
RMS RMS OPTIM OPTIM OPTIM Digitrip Digitrip IQ MPVCV FP- FP- FP- MP- MP-
9
9
Units 1150 520MC NRX520 910 810 1050 550 750 MV 3000 500 Relay 4000 5000 6000 3000 4000
Voltage
Average
Voltage (Line-Line)
V
V ■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Voltage (Line-Neutral) V ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Current
Average A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Phase A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ground A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Neutral A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Peak A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Demand A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Power 9
Apparent VA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Reactive VAR ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Real W ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Power Factor 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Apparent PF
Displacement PF ■ ■ ■ ■
Energy
Real Wh ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Forward
Reverse
Wh
Wh
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Apparent
Reactive
Vah
VARh
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Leading VARh ■ ■ ■
9
Lagging VARh ■ ■ ■
Power Quality 9
THD % ■
Current THD % ■ ■ ■ 9
Voltage THD % ■ ■ ■
Frequency Hz ■ ■ ■ 9
Waveform Capture N/A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Temperature 9
Ambient C
Auxiliary C ■ ■ 9
Load Bearing C ■ ■
Motor Bearing C ■ ■ 9
Winding C ■ ■
Phase (L, C, R) C 9
Terminal Block C
Input Status 9
Number of inputs ■ ■ ■ 2 2 2
Status/cause of trip ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Thermal memory
Pole temperature 9
Winding temperature
Fan status 9
Alarm/trip relay ■
9

9 Insulation Motor Starters Transfer
Monitor & VFDs Switches
9 Accutrol Advantage IT. Starters/ SVX & MVX
Units InsulGard 400 AF97 Starters IT. S811 QSNAP Drives ATC-400 ATC-600 ATC-800
9 Voltage
■ ■ ■
9
Average V
Voltage (Line-Line) V ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Voltage (Line-Neutral) V
Current
9 Average A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Phase A ■ ■ ■
9 Ground A
Neutral A
9 Peak A
9 Demand
Power
A
9 Apparent VA ■
Reactive VAR
9 Real W
Power Factor
9 Apparent PF
9 Displacement
Energy
PF
9 Real Wh
Forward Wh
9 Reverse Wh
Apparent Vah
9 Reactive VARh
Leading VARh
9 Lagging VARh
Power Quality
9 THD %
Current THD %
9 Voltage THD %
Frequency Hz ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9 Waveform Capture N/A
9
Temperature
Ambient C ■ ■
9 Auxiliary
Load Bearing
C
C
9 Motor Bearing
Winding
C
C
9 Phase (L, C, R) C
Terminal Block C
9 Input Status
Number of inputs ■ ■ ■
9 Status/cause of trip ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
9
Thermal memory
Pole temperature ■ ■ ■
9 Winding temperature
Fan status
9 Alarm/trip relay
9
Note
9.5
9
I/O Third-Party Devices
DIM
Digital
EDR- Input
Uni- C441 SQD SQD SQD
D77A- D77A- D77A- D77A- versal Overload CM 3000 CM 4000 PM
SQD
PM
GE 369 GE 469 ABB
PML PML PML Motor Motor TPU Qualitrol Nexus 9
Units KYZ 3000 Module AI16 AI8 DI16 DI8 RTD Relay Series Series 710 850 7350 7550 7650 Relay Relay 2000 118 1262/1272
Voltage 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Average V
Voltage (Line-Line) V ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Voltage
(Line-Neutral)
V ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Current
Average A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Phase A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ground A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
■ ■ ■ ■
9
Neutral A
Peak A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Demand
Power
A ■ ■ ■
9
Apparent
Reactive
VA
VAR
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
9
Real W ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Power Factor
Apparent PF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
Displacement PF ■ ■ ■
Energy 9
Real Wh ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Forward Wh ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Reverse Wh
Apparent Vah ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
Reactive VARh
Leading VARh ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Lagging
Power Quality
VARh ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
9
THD
Current THD
%
%
■
■
9
Voltage THD % ■
9
Frequency Hz ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Waveform Capture N/A 9
Temperature
Ambient C 9
Auxiliary C ■
Load Bearing C ■ ■ ■ 9
Motor Bearing C ■ ■ ■
Winding C ■ ■ ■ 9
■
9
Phase (L, C, R) C
Terminal Block C ■
Input Status
Number of inputs 4 8 16 8 16 8 8
9
Status/cause of
trip
■ ■ ■
9
Thermal memory ■
Pole temperature 9
Winding ■ ■
temperature 9
Fan status ■ ■
Alarm/trip relay ■ ■ ■ 9
Note
Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest up-to-date details on connectivity. 9
Features
9
The Eaton Power Xpert Gateway
9 400/600 Includes:
● The Power Xpert
9 Gateway Module
● Mounting provisions
9 and required hardware
for panel and DIN rail
9 ●
mounting
CD-ROM: contains the
9 User Manual, Modbus
Register Maps, USB Driver
and other associated files
9 Power Xpert Gateway 400 with DIN Rail
Mounting (Brackets Included)
9
Features of the Power Xpert Gateway 400 vs. 600
9 Features PXG 400 PXG 600
9 Total number of supported devices

Maximum number of INCOM devices supported
64
64
96
64
9 Protocols supported on downstream devices: INCOM, QCPort and Modbus RTU Yes Yes
Number of downstream communication ports 2 3
9 Number of downstream protocols supported simultaneously 2 3
9
USB port for configuration Yes Yes
Modbus TCP/IP protocols supported Yes Yes
9 SNMP client access Yes Yes

INCOM slave action commands supported Yes Yes
9 INCOM date and time settings supported Yes Yes
Modbus writes supported Yes Yes
9 Device summary screen per communication port Yes Yes
9
Device waveform access and storage—COMTRADE file format No Yes
Set user-defined events No Yes
9 Trend graphs displayed No Yes

Data logs—csv file format, downloadable to Excel No Yes
9 Interval logs—csv file format, downloadable to Excel No Yes
Event notification via the Web interface Yes Yes
9 Event logs—csv file format, downloadable to Excel No Yes
9 E-mail notification on events and threshold alarms

Secure ethernet communications—SSL encryption
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
9 Secure communication ports via access control/trusted host list Yes Yes
Save and restore configuration file Yes Yes
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Power Xpert Gateway 400/600
9
9
9
9
9
9
24 Vdc
COM 1 Port:
RS-485 Connection for
INCOM Port:
RS-485 Connection RJ-45 Connection
USB Connection
for Local Power and Traffic 9
Input Power up to Either (32) QCPort for up to 64 INCOM to the LAN Configuration Indicator Lights
or Modbus RTU Devices Devices Capability 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
COM 2 Port: Either RS-485 or
RS-232 Connection for up to
Either (32) QCPort or Modbus 9
RTU Devices
9
● UL 508, Standard ● EN 61000-6-2:2001 9
for Programmable Electromagnetic
Controller Equipment Compatibility (EMC)
Party 6-2: Immunity for
9
● FCC, Class A, Part 15,
Subpart B, Sections
15.107b & 15.109b
Industrial Environments
9
● EN55022: 1994 Class A,
Information Technology
9
Equipment
9
Product Selection 9
PXG Part Numbers
9
Style Catalog
9
PXG400 Power Xpert Gateway 400 66D2145G01 PXG400
9
9
PXG600 Power Xpert Gateway 600 66D2146G01 PXG600
9
9
Power supply—24 Vdc ELC-PS02 ELC-PS02
9
Low profile mounting bracket kit 66B2146G01 PXGACC01
9

9
Memory Serial Protocols Supported Power Input
9 ● Flash: 128 MB ● INCOM ● Input voltage, nominal:
● RAM: 64 MB ● QCPort 24 Vdc; 0.8 A
9 ● Modbus RTU ● Input voltage range:
Communication Ports ± 20% nominal
9 ● Network port: one Supported Devices
10/100Base-T Refer to www.eaton.com/ Power Consumption
9 RJ-45 connector powerxpert for most current ● 8 watts maximum
● Configuration port: list. Call for information on
9 one USB port additional devices. Operating Temperature
● 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C)
● Serial ports PXG 400
9 ● One dedicated RS-485
Web Browsers Recommended
● IE 6.0 or higher Ambient Storage Temperature
port for connection to
–40 to 185°F (–40 to 85°C)
9
●
INCOM devices ● Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or
● One RS-485 port for higher
Relative Humidity
9 connection to either
QCPort or Modbus RTU Number of Devices Supported ● 5 to 95% noncondensing
devices ● PXG 400 at 50°C
9 ● Serial ports PXG 600 ● 64 total with INCOM Note: Features and specifications
port + COM 1 port not listed in this document are
9 One dedicated RS-485
●
to exceed 64. Port subject to change without notice

port for connection to
limitations are as and represent the maximum
INCOM devices
9 ● One RS-485 port for
follows: capabilities of the product with all
options installed. Although every
connection to either – INCOM port: Up to 64 attempt has been made to ensure
9 QCPort or Modbus RTU INCOM devices the accuracy of information
contained within, Eaton makes no
devices – COM 1 port: Up to 32
9 ● One RS-485 or RS-232 QCPort or Modbus
RTU devices
representation about the
completeness, correctness or
(software selectable) accuracy and assumes no
9 port for connection
to either QCPort or
● PXG 600 responsibility for any errors or
omissions. Features and
● 96 total with INCOM
9 Modbus RTU devices functionality may vary depending
port + COM 1 port + on selected options.
COM 2 port not to
Network Protocols Supported
9 ● Modbus TCP/IP: Supports
exceed 96. Port
limitations are
data access from Modbus
9 TCP clients
as follows:
– INCOM port: Up to 64
● Web server: Supports INCOM devices
9 data access from Web
– COM 1 port: Up to 32
browsers (HTTP and
QCPort or Modbus
9 HTTPS)
RTU devices
● DHCP: Supports automatic – COM 2 port: Up to 32
9 IP address assignments,
if enabled
QCPort or Modbus
RTU devices
9 ● SNMP: Supports common
network management
tools
9 ● NTP: Supports time
synchronization via a
9 network time server for
PXG synchronization
9 ● SMTP: Supports mail
server for e-mail
9 notification
9
9
9
9
9.5
General Wiring Guidelines—RS-485 Network
When communicating over Rule 3: System Topology, Rule 5: Cable Shielding ground path will be required since 9
RS-485 networks to Eaton Size and Capacity the effectiveness of this shield
products, the following
● Strict daisy chain must be
The cable shielding and outer
jacket should not be stripped
earth ground connection will
affect the integrity of data
9
General Wiring Guidelines
should be used. adhered to. A strict daisy
chain configuration is one
back beyond 1-1/2 inches.
Three-pole terminal blocks
transferred over the cable.
9
Rule 1: Cable Selection— where the transmission are used to ensure a Rule 7: Cable Termination
Twisted Shielded Pair (TSP) line connects from one continuous metallic shield End of Line Resistors (EOLR)
9
RS-485 receiver to the ground path. To ensure a
Note: Cables specifically
designed for RS-485 applications
next. The transmission line secure electrical connection
are necessary to maintain
signal strength and minimize 9
are highly recommended. appears as one continuous when daisy chaining devices reflections. EOLR must
line to the RS-485 driver that have built-in two-pole
terminal blocks, mechanically
match the impedance of the 9
The RS-485 bus is a length of ● Maximum 32 devices TSP. Two EOLR are needed
Twisted Shielded Pair (TSP)
that includes a third
● Line termination: crimp sleeves onto the two
shield path drain wires.
and should be located at both 9
Maximum cable lengths of ends of the RS-485 bus. If
conductor (used for the
common wire), a braided
4000 feet (1219m); longer
bus lengths will slow the
Rule 6: Cable Grounding there is only one device
connected to the Modbus
9
shield accompanied by a drain data rate Ground the communication master, it is considered the
wire, and nominal impedance network at only one point in last device in the network and 9
of 120 ohms. Rule 4: Cable Splicing the network, preferably by should be terminated with a
● Belden Wire and Cable The prime goal is to create a terminating the drain wire 120 ohm 1/4 watt terminating 9
secure electrical connection to ground at the EOL node resistor.
Company Part Number
3106A or equivalent while minimizing exposure to (same location as the EOLR).
A solid earth ground is Rule 8: Device Addressing 9
electrical transients. Ferrules
accomplished by connecting
Rule 2: Cable Intermixing are used to dress cable ends.
Most devices have built-in the shield ground path’s drain
● Each device must have a
unique slave address
9
Any cable in the Belden wire to a #14 AWG or larger
3106A family can be
terminal blocks that can be
used for splicing. Additionally, multi-stranded wire that has
● No two devices on the
same RS-485 network can
9
intermixed with each other an impedance path of 1 ohm
terminal blocks should be
in the Modbus network.
utilized when splicing or less to a known earth
ground.
have the same slave
address 9
elsewhere in the gear or
facility to ensure a secure Note: The building electrical Ethernet Cable Specifications 9
electrical connection. ground may not be effective since For complete specifications,
it may travel through many
connections and considerable
refer to the IEEE 802.3 9
distances before reaching earth Ethernet specification.
ground. In such cases, a new 9
RS-485 Wiring Guide—Three Terminal Devices 9
A B Common XCVR Data
Device Name (– Wire) (+ Wire) Wire Common 1 Bias 9
IQ 230M 12 (MOD2) 11 (MOD1) 10 (INCOM 3) I 26V None
IQ 250 (–) (+) SH I None 9
Older Models are Marked Older Models are Marked
B (–) A (–) or A(+)
9
IQ 260 (–) (+) SH I None
Older Models are Marked
B (–)
Older Models are Marked
A (–) or A (+) 9
IQ 330M
NETLINK
12 (MOD2)
1 (DATA–)
11 (MOD1)
2 (DATA+)
10 (INCOM 3)
5 (GND)
I 26V
E
None
None
9
InsulGard 2 B A None Floating None 9
Bushing Gard 2 B A None Floating None
(InsulGard G3 2)
9
Power Xpert Meter Data A Data B Shield I 300V 750 Ohm
4000/6000/8000 750B-S 750B-S (COM) Switch Sel
9
Power Xpert Gateway A(–) B(+) COM I —
400//600
9
Notes
1 Transceiver (XCVR) Common Connected to:
I = Isolated
9
9
NI = Non Isolated
E = Earth Ground
2 Center terminal on InsulGard (marked with Ground symbol) is for shield splicing only and is electrically floating.
INCOM Network ● Supports up to 1000 must be ensured by other A solid earth ground is
9 INCOM was specifically devices on a single means. Additional terminal accomplished by connecting
designed with the intention of network segment strips should be utilized when the shield ground path’s drain
9 delivering a comprehensive ● Supports sub-network splicing elsewhere in the wire to a #14 AWG or larger
and powerful energy master devices and electrical enclosure or facility multi-stranded wire that has
9 management solution for associated sub-networks to ensure secure electrical
connections. All devices, End
an impedance path of 1 ohm
or less to the building’s
use in electrical distribution ● Supports 1200 or
9 environments while ensuring
affordability, flexibility,
9600 baud rate of Line Termination Resistors
and Taps should be wired in
grounding electrode
conductor.
● Attenuation: parallel across the cable.
9 simplicity and noise immunity.
An INCOM network installed
● Total system capacity:
Rule 5: Cable Shielding
Rule 7: Cable Termination
per the following rules will 25 dB Each network segment
9 allow the user to fully realize ● Attenuation per device: The cable shielding and outer requires a minimum of two
all of the above advantages. 0.01 dB jacket should not be stripped End of Line Termination
9 (Refer to Eaton document
TD17513 for specific system
● Attenuation for approved back beyond 1.5 inches (38 Resistors (EOLTRs). The
wire types, see tables mm). Terminal blocks are EOLTRs maintain signal
9 layout recommendations
and details.)
below used at tap points to ensure a
continuous metallic shield
strength and minimize
reflections. The EOLTRs
ground path. To ensure a should be 1/2 watt 100 ohm
9 Rule 1: Cable Selection— Cable Attenuation
secure electrical connection non-inductive resistors, such
Twisted Shielded Pair Cable Attenuation/
when daisy-chaining INCOM as carbon composition or
9 Approved cable types:
Type 1000 Feet (305m)
devices that have built-in metal film. Wire-wound
IMPCABLE 1.6 dB two-pole terminal blocks, use resistors are not acceptable.
9 ● Any of the cables in the
Belden 9463 family
Belden 9463 family 2.0 dB crimp sleeves to join the two
shield drain wires. The cable
Taps on network segments
should not be terminated.
9 ●
●
Quabbin 6205
CommScope 9022
Attenuation at Star
shield ground path for a main
network and sub-network
Some INCOM devices have
the EOLTR permanently
Number of must not be joined. Each installed and must be located
9 ● Manhattan Electric M4154 Long Lines Attenuation should have a separate at the end of a main run.
● IMPCABLE—a 600V rated 3 3.5 dB connection to earth ground Other INCOM devices have
9 cable custom designed for
INCOM— 4 6 dB
reference. an EOLTR that can be
switched to optionally
Rule 6: Cable Grounding
9 Style # 2A95705G01 5 8 dB terminate the network
segment at the device. Care
Rule 2: Cable Intermixing ● Definitions: The shield should be
9 Due to impedance ● Daisy chain: point-to- continuous across a network
segment and connected to
must be exercised when
installing devices containing
differences between point wiring between termination resistors
9 IMPCABLE and the Belden devices or clusters of
devices
the building’s electrical
system grounding electrode that the switches are set
9463 family, the main cable conductor. The 2005 NEC appropriately. A minimum of
9 run(s) should be entirely
for the 9463 family OR
● Star: single point with a
number of long lines
provides the following two, up to a maximum of five
guidance on grounding EOLTRs must be installed on
9 IMPCABLE: do not alternate
between these types. The ●
emanating from it
Long line: >200-foot
communication cables: each network segment as
dictated by network topology.
cable used for taps can be 1. When a communication
9 different from the main run. ●
(61m) wire run
Simple tap: <200-foot cable enters a building, a Rule 8: Device Address
primary protector is required In order to avoid the
9 Rule 3: System Topology, (61m) connection to
cluster of devices and must be grounded as possibility of devices in a
Size and Capacity described in Section 800 IV. Main Network having the
9 Supports daisy chain, star Rule 4: Cable Splicing Specifically, Paragraphs
800.93 and 800.100 define
same addresses as those
and multi-level network The goal is to create a secure in Subnetworks, set Main
9 segment topologies. electrical connection while
grounding requirements for
the primary protector.
Network device addresses
at 100 or higher excluding
Note: Star Segment Topology is minimizing exposure to
9 not recommended for new
designs.
electrical transients. Ferrules
are used to dress cable ends
2. Grounding systems are
generally covered by Section
addresses 901 to 908.
9 See Page V3-T9-271. Surge

in order to avoid problems
associated with frayed and
250 III. The grounding
electrode conductor is
protection is required for loose wires. Besides specifically covered by
9 FSK networks that leave a facilitating cable installation, Paragraphs 250.62, 250.64,
building at the egress/ingress subsequent data line 250.66, 250.68 and 250.70.
9 of the building. troubleshooting and
3. Bonding requirements
downtime are minimized.
● Supports distances up to between communication
9 10,000 ft (3048m) per
Most INCOM devices have
built-in three-pole terminal systems and the power
segment when designed distribution system is
9 within the specifications of
blocks for data lines and
shield. For older INCOM specified by Paragraph
this guideline 250.94.
devices that have only two
9 terminals, shield continuity
9.5
Daisy Chain Segment Topology
9
INCOM Main Run
Master
9
Device 1 Device 2 Device 5 Device 10
9
EOLTR
EOLTR 9
Tap Tap 9
9
Device 3 Device 6
9
Device 8 Device 9
Note: Device 1 may be a PC with
internal CONI Card, a SubNetwork Master
(BIM, LDISP), an INCOM MINT (RS-232
MINTII, Ethernet MINT, Modbus RS-485 Device 4 9
MINT), an INCOM Gateway (NetLink,
Power Xpert Gateway). Device 7 9
Dimensions 9
Power Xpert Gateway 400/600 with Standard Panel Mounting (Brackets Included) 9
0.18
10.75
(273.1) 9
(6)
(4.6)
10.25
(260.4) 9
9
PXG 400
C
O IN 0.56
M C
1.12 O (14.2) 1.60
9
1 M
C
1.99
24
O
V
M
D
(28.4)
C
re
(40.6)
1
(50.5) set 0.24

(6.1)
9
IN
B (+)
A (-)
CMN
D1
D2
SHLD
GND
+V
C
O
M
9
0.56 0.25
8.75
(14.2) (6.4)
(222.3)
Power Xpert Gateway 400/600 with Low Profile Mounting (Optional Bracket Kit Available) 9
9
11.30
0.25 (287.0)
(6.35)
10.80
ø0.19
(274.3) 0.56 9
(6) 8.75 (14.2)
(4.83)
(222.3) 9
9
0.80
(20.3)
3.23
9
2.75 (82.0)
(69.9) Top 4.30
(109.2)
9
1.38
(35.1) 9
0.75
(19.1) 9
0.60
(15.2) 1.03 0.51 9
(26.2) (12.9)
Power Xpert Gateway 400/600

9
Width Height Depth Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 9
8.90 (226.1) 2.10 (53.3) 4.50 (114.3) 1.50 (0.6)
9
Contents
9 Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Description Page
9 Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-275
9 Power Xpert Gateway
9
Power Xpert Gateway
9 Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies

mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
9 Convenient Network Expansion MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
9 DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287
9 I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-288
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290
9 Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-293
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . . V3-T9-297
9 IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9 Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Product Description Features Standards and Certifications
9 Eaton’s Power Xpert
● Simultaneous, full-duplex, PXES 6-Port Switch—10/100 Mb ● UL Listed (UL 60950)
high-speed communication with Optional 100 Mb Fiber
cUL
9
●
Ethernet Switches are ideal
on all ports—no network This compact switch provides
for extending Ethernet ● CE
performance bottlenecks six Ethernet ports, with
networks via CAT5 wiring
9 Emissions meet FCC Part
●
● Hardened for factory flexible configurations. The
or fiber in harsh, industrial 15, Class A
floor—ideal for both base models have one of
environments. Built with
9 high-grade components and industrial or data center
applications
three options:
constructed using special ● Two 100 Mb fiber and
9 thermal techniques, PXE
Switches can withstand the
● Unmanaged, plug-and-play
implementation—no
four 10/100 copper ports
● One fiber and five
9 unpredictable conditions of
such environments.
software or additional
hardware required for
copper ports
● Six copper ports
configuration
9 ● Seamlessly integrates into PXES 4-Port Switch—10/100 Mb
Eaton’s Power Xpert
9 Architecture—quality
For smaller applications
requiring fewer connection
and reliability of Eaton
points and no fiber, the 4-port
9 guaranteed
Power Xpert Ethernet Switch
● Mounting options include is a versatile option. It
9 standalone panel-
mounting, DIN rail
provides edge access
Ethernet ports in a convenient
9 mounting, or 19-inch
standard rack mounting
and compact package.
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Product Selection
9
Ethernet Switch Power Xpert Ethernet Switches 9
Description
Catalog
Number 9
4-port Ethernet switch—copper only
6-port Ethernet switch—copper only
PXES4P24V
PXES6P24V
9
6-port Ethernet switch—5 copper/1 fiber (ST connector) PXES6P24V1ST 9
6-port Ethernet switch—4 copper/2 fiber (ST connector) PXES6P24V2ST
Accessories
9
9
Ethernet Switch Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Catalog
9
9
Description Number
Power supply (preferred)—100–240 Vac input ELC-PS02
9
DIN rail mount with screw—24 Vdc output terminals
Power supply (alternate)—120 Vac input PXESPS12V
Wall plug-in type with 6 ft cord—12 Vdc output
DIN rail mounting bracket PXESDINRL
9
19-inch rack mount tray PXESTRAY
9
9
Operating Environment
9
Description Specifications 9
Ambient temperature ratings –25°C to 60°C long-term per independent agency tests (UL), or –40°C to 85°C short-term per IEC type tests
Storage temperature –40° to 185°F (–40°C to 85°C) 9
9
Cold start to –20°C
Ambient relative humidity 5%–95% (noncondensing)
Altitude –200 to 50,000 ft (–60 to 15,000m)
9
MTBF > 15 years
9
Network Standards
Description 9
9
Ethernet IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.3u; IEEE 802.1p, 100Base-TX, 10Base-T, 100Base-FX
Power Consumption
Description
9
7.0 watts typical—9 watts maximum 9
Packaging 9
Enclosure Robust sheet metal (steel)
9
Cooling method Case used as a heat sink
9
Mounting 9
Metal panel mounting clips Included 9
9
DIN rail mounting Optional
19-inch rack mount Optional
Copper Ethernet Cable ● When using conduit or a ● For Ethernet cable run near ● Ethernet connectors used
9 Wiring Guidelines metal cable tray, each conductors with potentially in harsh environments
The following information can section of the conduit or noisy power conductors must be robust enough
9 be used as a guide when tray must be bonded to carrying currents of greater to withstand vibration,
designing an Ethernet system each adjacent section and than 20A or voltages multiple connection cycles,
9 using Copper Ethernet Cable. the conduit or tray needs
to be bonded to earth
greater than 400V, maintain
the following distances.
temperature changes,
and provide a proper
● Cables should not be
9 routed near equipment that
ground. Do not allow the
shields to touch the
STP cable is recommended
● Conductors of less than
seal to protect against
moisture, dust/dirt and
generates strong electric conduit or metal tray at chemical attack
9 or magnetic fields such as any point ●
20A = 6 inches
Conductors of 20A ● Different cable media
motors, drive controllers, ● Only shielded (STP) or more and up to support different
9 ●
arc welders and conduit
Ethernet cable insulation
Ethernet cables should be 100 kVA = 12 inches bandwidth capabilities.
placed into metal conduit. ● Conductors greater than When installing cable in a
9 has a voltage rating of
300 Vac. Use of barriers,
Some UTP cables may not
function properly when
100 kVA = 24 inches network, care should be
taken to install the cable
cable trays or high voltage ● Route Ethernet cable at
9 sheathing with STP
installed in conduit, as the
metal conduit can affect the least 5 feet (1.5m) from
that will fill current network
loading requirements and
Ethernet cable may be electrical properties of an sources of rf/microwave future expansion needs. In
9 required in installations unshielded cable. Consult radiation. STP cable is general, fiber optic cable
with cables carrying the cable manufacturer required can support the greatest
9 voltages greater than
300 Vac. This may
when installing UTP cables ● Do not cascade more than bandwidth (upward of
in conduit four Ethernet repeaters 25,000 gigabits) and UTP
9 also be necessary in
order to comply with
● As a general rule for noise (router, switch or hub)
within a network segment
has the lowest. CAT5e
cabling is designed to
protection, Ethernet Cable
UL requirements. In
9 Environmentally sealed operate a bit rates up to
●
should maintain a minimum
installations where the connectors should be 1000 Mb and CAT6 cable
distance of 3 inches (8 cm)
cable cannot be physically specified for cables used up to 2000 Mb
9 separated from the power
from electric power
conductors for up to in outdoor installations ● Operating your cable at
cables (where a physical
100 volts and 1 inch (3 cm) ● Avoid pinching the cable maximum speed reduces
9 barrier is not practical) fiber
optic cable should be used
for each additional 100 volts when using cable ties the distance between
up to 400 volts. STP cable is ● Total distance between an network segments. Check
9 ● When crossing power
conductors with Ethernet
recommended Ethernet Transmitter and with your cable supplier for
● For Ethernet cable run Receiver at the end points specifications regarding
cable, cross at right angles
9 ● Shielded Twisted Pair (STP)
within conduit, but near
conductors with potentially
of the network should not
exceed 328 feet (100m)
segment distance vs.
speed
Ethernet cable should be
9 noisy power conductors Cable with 5% impedance
●
● Total distance from a patch
specified for use in high carrying currents of greater mismatch or return
panel to a wall jack (using
noise environments. than 20A or voltages loss of 27 to 32 dB is
9 Shielded shrouded greater than 400V, maintain
solid cable) shall not
exceed 295 feet (90m). recommended. Ethernet
connectors must be used the following distances. cable impedance can vary
Splices are not permitted
9 and the shield must be
connected at both ends of
STP cable is required. ● Patch cords used as cross-
by as much as 15%
● Conductors of less than (85 to 115 ohms). Average
connect jumpers in a patch
9 the wire. The mating plug
must have a shielded
20A = 3 inches panel should not exceed
Ethernet cable with 15%
impedance variation
shroud that is terminated
● Conductors of 20A or 20 feet (6m)
9 to ground at both ends. more and up to 100 kVA ● Patch cords from a wall
can have up to 10 dB
additional return loss.
Where there is a possibility = 6 inches jack to the work area PC This discontinuity is
9 of a difference in ground ● Conductors greater than
100 kVA = 12 inches
(or device) shall not exceed
16 feet (5m)
referred to as return loss,
potential (common mode) since it causes some of the
9 voltages between the
two terminated ends,
● Ethernet cable used in
harsh environments
signal to be reflected back
down the cable instead of
fiber optic cable is
9 recommended
must be selected to
withstand the following
propagating forward. It
is measured in decibels or
conditions: vibration, ratio of transmitted versus
9 air born contaminants, reflected signal
chemicals, temperature,
9 electromagnetic
interference, combustible
9 atmospheres and local
regulatory standards such
9 as UL and NEMA
9
9
9.5
Fiber Optic Technology up of three parts. The center ● Fiber optic cable is ● Multi-Mode Graded-Index
The use of fiber optics in core is composed of very available in various Fiber Cable is used for 9
telecommunications and wide pure glass. Core dimensions operating temperature communication over
area networking has been are usually in the range ranges. Care should be shorter distances of up 9
common for many years, but of 50 to 125 um for multi- taken to match the to 2 km
more recently fiber optics mode cables and 8-9 um for
single-mode cables. The
temperature rating of the
fiber to the environment it
● Fiber cable is composed of 9
have become increasingly glass and is not well suited
prevalent in industrial data
communications systems
surrounding glass, called
cladding, is a slightly less
will be exposed to. The
temperature specification
for applications requiring
tight bend radiuses. Cable
9
as well. High data rate pure glass. The diameter of for fiber may be narrower radius dimensions vary per
capabilities, noise rejection the core and cladding than copper cable. Consult manufacturer. If the 9
and electrical isolation are together is in the range of the cable manufacturer for manufacturer does not
just a few of the important 125 to 440 um. temperature specifications provide a bend radius, a 9
characteristics that make of your cable type typical rule of thumb is a
Surrounding the cladding is a
fiber optic technology ideal
for use in industrial and
protective layer of flexible
● Sealed fiber connectors are
available for use in harsh
radius not less than 15x the
cable diameter
9
silicone called the sheath.
commercial systems. environments to prevent
contamination from
● Fiber cable to connector
terminations can be
9
Although often used for point- Fiber Optic Cable
entering the connector and
to-point connections, fiber Wiring Guidelines
The following information
fiber. The type of seal
performed in the field
using special equipment. 9
optic links are being used to required will be application This method is not
extend the distance
limitations of RS-232, RS-422/
can be used as a guide
when designing an Ethernet
dependant and can vary recommended 9
from dust- and moisture- Tier One testing is
485 and Ethernet systems system using Fiber Optic ●
while ensuring high data rates Ethernet Cable:

proof to water-tight recommended when 9
and minimizing electrical
● Mixing fiber cable types is diagnosing system
Select a fiber cable that is
9
●
interference. not permitted. The same irregularities and should
suited for the application, core dimensions and mode be performed in all new
e.g., outdoor, aerial, duct,
9
Conventional electrical data must be used within installations
signals are converted into intra-building, risers, cable segments ● Tier Two testing is
a modulated light beam, general building and Care should be taken when
9
●
recommended to certify
introduced into the fiber and plenum applications purchasing connectors to that a system complies
transported via a very small ● Fiber optic cable is useful in include strain relief, which with standards set forth
diameter glass or plastic applications where the reduces mechanical strain by the owner/installer 9
fiber to a receiver that environment is combustible, (vibration) within the cable,
converts the light back into
electrical signals.
electrically noisy, the cable
must be bundles with high
as well as the connector.
Strain relief also provides
9
Optical fibers allow data
voltage wires or where
common mode voltages
support to the cable
to ensure proper bend 9
signals to propagate through may exist between the radius at the connector
them by ensuring that the
light signal enters the fiber
earth ground points of the ● Single-Mode Fiber is 9
terminating connectors used for long distance
at an angle greater than the
critical angle of the interface transmission of up to 9
between two types of glass. 120 km. Distance may vary
Optical fiber is actually made depending on speed and 9
type of converter used
9
Dimensions 9
Packaging 9
Dimensions of PXES4P series 3.5 in H x 3.0 in W x 1.0 in D (8.9 cm x 7.6 cm x 2.5 cm) 9
Weight of PXES4P series 8.6 oz. (243g)
Dimensions of PXES6P series 3.6 in H x 3.0 in W x 1.7 in D (9.2 cm x 7.6 cm x 4.3 cm) 9
Weight of PXES6P series 13 oz. (370g)
9
9
9
9
9
Contents
9 Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card
Description Page
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit
9 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-277
9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-278
Power Xpert Gateway
9 Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies

mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
9 MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
9 DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290
9 Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-293
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . . V3-T9-297
9 IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit
9 The Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card (PXGX
An integral part of the Power
Xpert Architecture, which
1000) provides Web-enabled, provides end-to-end
9 real-time monitoring of PowerChain solutions, the
Powerware Power PXGX 1000 provides a central
9 Distribution Units (PDUs), point to connect distribution
Rack Power Modules (RPM) products to an Ethernet
9 and Powerware Remote
Power Panels (RPPs) through
network.
Information is presented
9 standard on-board Web
pages, Power Xpert Software in organized, user-friendly
or third-party software. Web pages and include
9 the following:
● PDU system identification
9 ● Graphic panel layouts
Voltage
9
●
● Current
9 Frequency
●
● Energy
9 ● Power
● THD (current and voltage)
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
● Web-enabled monitoring of ● Save and Restore ● FCC Part 15, Class A
9
power quality data down to settings—configuring a CISPR 22, Class A
9
●
the branch circuit level— large PDU with EMS can ● ROHS Compliant
Data can be viewed take time. Once the effort
from any location with a is complete, the
● Telecom conducted via
EU Standard
9
Web browser configuration can be saved
● Configure and edit the for later use. It also allows
the user to duplicate panel
● EN 55022:1988+A1:
2000+A2:2003, Class A/
9
EMS remotely via the
EN55022:1988+A1:200
Web interface—supports
remote configuration,
identical configurations in
minimal time 0+A2:2003 9
including naming, alarm Supports the
9
●
and warning set points and Environmental Monitoring

percentages Probe—temperature,
● Data, interval and event humidity and contact 9
logging with time stamp— status can be viewed
accurate logging for power though the Web page 9
quality analysis
● Modbus TCP/IP and SNMP 9
Support—open
communication protocol
facilitates integration with
9
standard building
management systems and 9
network management
systems 9
● Customized e-mail PDU or RPP System Summary Page
messaging for events 9
notification, including data
and event logs and periodic
“heartbeat” e-mails—
9
direct alarm and event
notification to the
9
appropriate person(s)
in the organization 9
● Easy integration into
existing Ethernet PDU or RPP Panel Page
9
infrastructure—minimize
installation cost 9
● Securely access and view
information—password 9
authentication is required
at two levels. The card also
supports secure Web-
9
based communication
via SSL 9
Generate Modbus Register
9
●
Maps on the fly—all of the RPM Panel Page

data specific to the system
is immediately available 9
and can be generated with
one click of the mouse 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Product Selection
9
9 Power Xpert Gateway Ordering Information
Series 1000 Card Style Catalog
9
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card for use with Eaton 103005741-5591 PXGX1000
PDUs, RPPs, RPMs, PDRs and EMS-UGK
9
9 Technical Data and Specifications
9 The Power Xpert Gateway Communication Supported MIBs Mounting Configuration
Series 1000 Card Kit Includes Protocols Supported
9 Eaton PDU MIB X-Slot form factor fits
● ●
● Power Xpert Gateway ● Web server: supports ● Eaton EMP MIB directly into PDU/RPP/
Series 1000 Card
data access from Web RPM chassis
9 ● Ethernet cable browsers (HTTP and
● Eaton alarms and traps
MIB
● Local configuration cable HTTPS) Power Supply
9 ● Quick start guide ● Modbus TCP/IP: supports
●
●
RFC 4133 Entity MIB
RFC 4268 Entity State MIB
● Nominal input voltage:
data access from Modbus 12 Vdc, unregulated
9 Devices Supported
TCP clients ● RFC 4268 Entity State MIB
Part II
(provided by PDU/RPP)
● Powerware Power ● SNMP: supports common ● Input voltage range:
9 Distribution Units with
X-Slot® compatibility
network management
tools
● RFC 1213 MIB II 8–25 Vdc, unregulated
Web Browsers Supported Power Consumption
9 ● Powerware Remote Power
Panels with X-Slot
● SMTP: supports e-mail
notification ● IE 2.0 watts
9 ●
compatibility
Powerware Rack Power
● NTP: supports time
synchronization via an
● Mozilla Firefox
Note: Features and specifications
Environmental listed in this document are
9 Modules with X-Slot
compatibility
NTP server for card and
PDU synchronization
Specifications subject to change without notice
and represent the maximum
Ambient operating: 0 to capabilities of the software and
9 DHCP: supports automatic
● ●
Communication Ports products with all options
IP address assignments, +40°C (32 to 104°F)
● Ethernet ports: Two if enabled installed. This is not a complete
● Relative humidity: 10 to
9 independent RJ-45 ports: 80%, noncondensing
feature list. Features and
functionality may vary depending
supports 10/100Base-T ● Altitude: 10,000 ft on selected options.
9 for redundant network
configurations
● Enclosure rating: indoor
use only
9 ● Serial ports: One RJ-45
console part: supports
9 local configuration and
optional connection to an
Environmental Monitoring
9 Probe (EMP)
9
9 Dimensions
9
9 Weight
9 1.50 (39.0) 4.70 (120.0) 4.50 (114.0) 0.44 (0.2)
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Contents
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card
Description Page
9
Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259 9
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-280 9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-281 9
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-284 9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286 9
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-288 9
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
9
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299
9
9
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
Product Description
9
The Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card (PXGX
Information is presented
in organized, user-friendly
9
2000) provides Web-enabled, Web pages and include
real-time monitoring of the following: 9
Powerware Uninterruptible
Power Supplies (UPS)
●
●
UPS system identification
Voltage
9
through standard on-board
Web pages, Power Xpert
Software or third-party
●
●
Current
Frequency
9
software. ●
●
Energy
Output Power
9
An integral part of the Power
Xpert Architecture, which ●
●
Power—full load %
Battery information
9
provides end-to-end
PowerChain solutions, the
PXGX 2000 provides a central
● History and
maintenance
9
point to connect distribution Run time remaining
9
●
products to an Ethernet ● Voltage

network. % battery left
9
●
9
9
9
9
9
9

9 ● Web-enabled monitoring of ● Supports the ● FCC Part 15, Class A
power quality data—data Environmental Monitoring
9 CISPR 22, Class A
●
can be viewed from any Probe—temperature, ● ROHS Compliant

location with a Web humidity and contact
9 browser status can be viewed
● Telecom conducted via
EU Standard
● Data, event and system through the Web page
9 logging with time stamp— ● Two independent,
● EN 55022:1988+A1:
2000+A2:2003, Class A/
accurate logging for power redundant Ethernet
EN55022:1988+A1:200
9 quality analysis ports—designed to
support high reliability 0+A2:2003
● Modbus TCP/IP and SNMP
9 Support—open
communication protocol
systems
9
facilitates integration
with standard building
management systems and
9 network management
systems
9 ● Intelligent e-mail
communications—two
9 options for alarm and
event e-mail notification, UPS Summary Page
9 individual e-mails for each
alarm or event, or
collective notification,
9 providing the same
information with a
9 drastically reduced number
of e-mails
9 ● Easy integration into
existing Ethernet
9 infrastructure—minimize
installation cost Alarm Summary Page
9 Securely access and view

●
information—password
authentication is required
9 at two levels. The card also
supports secure Web-
9 based communication
via SSL
9 ● Generate Modbus Register
Maps on the fly—all of the
9 data specific to the UPS is
immediately available and
NetWatch Support Page
9 can be generated with one

click of the mouse
Save and Restore
9
●
settings—once the
configuration effort is
9 complete, it can be saved
for later use
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Product Selection
9
Ordering Information
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card Style Catalog
9
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card for use with 103005868-5591 PXGX 2000
9
Powerware UPSs
9
The Power Xpert Gateway Communication Supported MIBs Mounting Configuration 9
Series 2000 Card Kit Includes Protocols Supported
Eaton Power MIB X-Slot form factor fits
9
● ●
● Power Xpert Gateway ● Web server: supports ● RFC 1628 UPS MIB directly into UPS chassis
Series 2000 Card
data access from Web
● Ethernet cable browsers (HTTP and
●
●
Eaton EMP MIB
Eaton alarms and
Power Supply 9
● Local configuration cable HTTPS) ● Nominal input voltage:
● Quick start guide ● Modbus TCP/IP: supports
●
traps MIB
RFC 4133 Entity MIB
12 Vdc, unregulated 9
data access from Modbus (provided by UPS)
Devices Supported
TCP clients ● RFC 4268 Entity State
MIB; RFC 4268 Entity
● Input voltage range: 9
● Powerware uninterruptible ● SNMP: supports common 8–25 Vdc, unregulated
power supplies with X-Slot
compatibility; these include
network management
tools ●
State MIB Part 2
RFC 1213 MIB II Power Consumption 9
the Powerware 5115 RM,
5125, 9125, 9140, 9155,
● SMTP: supports e-mail
notification
Web Browsers Supported ● 2.0 watts 9
9315, 9355, 9330, 9390,
9
● NTP: supports time
● IE
9395, BladeUPST ● Mozilla Firefox
synchronization via an
Communication Ports NTP server for card and
UPS synchronization
Environmental 9
● Ethernet ports: two Specifications
DHCP: supports automatic
9
●
independent RJ-45 ports: IP address assignments, ● Ambient operating:
supports 10/100Base-T for if enabled 0 to +40°C (32 to 104°F)
redundant network
configurations
● Relative humidity: 9
10 to 80%, noncondensing
● Serial ports: one RJ-45
console port supports
● Altitude: 10,000 ft 9
local configuration and ● Enclosure rating: indoor
optional connection to an use only 9
Environmental Monitoring
Probe (EMP) 9
9
Dimensions
Physical Characteristics 9
9
Weight
9
1.50 (39.0) 4.70 (120.0) 4.50 (114.0) 0.44 (0.2)
9
9
9
9
9
9
Contents
9 mMINT Module
Description Page
9 mMINT
9
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-284
9 IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
9 MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287
9 Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290
9 Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . . V3-T9-297
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9
9
9 mMINT
The mMINT (Modbus Master
Features
The mMINT module is a ● Up to 32 products
● UL
9 INCOM Network Translator)
Module is an Eaton accessory
slave device on the Modbus
network and as such requires
connected to INCOM
network port (246 unique
●
●
CSA
CE mark
product that provides a master that will exchange addresses maximum)
9 communication between register objects with the ● Flashing Status LED to
a Modbus RTU network mMINT module. indicate an active module
9 and an INCOM (INdustrial
● Handles generic pass- ● LED indicators for INCOM
COMmunications) network transmit and receive
through commands
9 (see Page V3-T9-283). This
module is transparent to the (Modbus/INCOM/Modbus) communications
Product Selection
● Capable of passing exchanges
Modbus network. It
9 communicates to a master on Modbus register objects ● LED indicators for Modbus
The catalog number of this
product is mMINT.
the Modbus network using from Eaton’s existing RS-485 transmit and
9 the Modbus RTU (Remote products and newer PnP receive communications
exchanges
Terminal Unit) protocol. It (Plug-n-Play) products to a
9 communicates to slave
devices on the INCOM ●
Modbus RTU master
Data in IEEE Floating Point
● Input power for the module
from either 120 Vac or 24
to 125 Vdc
9 network using the IMPACC
(Integrated Monitoring, ●
format and fixed point
Modbus RTU ● DIN rail mount package
Protection, And Control
9 communications data 0ºC to 60ºC ambient
●
Communication) protocol. transfer rates of 1200, operation

9600 or 19,200 baud with
9 one start bit, eight data
bits, no parity, and either
9 one or two stop bits
9
9
9
9
9.5
9
Module Mounting ● Recommended INCOM Modbus RS-485 Network
9
RS-485
Modbus
When mounting the cable styles are Belden A B COM SHD
9463 or C-H style The following simplified rules
mMINT, verify that an
11 mm H x 28 mm W 2A957805G01 apply to a given system
consisting of a cable link J3
9
DIN rail is used and that it is ● The maximum system between master and slave
within an enclosed space. capacity is 10,000 feet of
communications cable and
devices (see below). For 9
more complex configurations, 4.25
Simplified Wiring Rules
INCOM Network
32 slave devices on the
INCOM network under
please refer to standard
Modbus RTU wiring
(108.0)
9
the mMINT
The following simplified rules ● Non-terminated taps, up to
specification rules for
the RS-485 network.
9
apply to a given system 200 feet in length, off the
J1 J2
consisting of a single daisy-
chained main cable link
main link are permitted, ● The recommended 9
but add to the total Modbus cable has twisted-
between master and slave
9
24 – 125 Vdc Shield INCOM
cable length pair wires (24 AWG 120 Vac
devices (see below). For stranded 7x32 conductors
3.54
more complex considerations

● Make sure that there is (89.9)
9
twisted-pair wire that is with PVC insulation) having
including star configurations, mMINT Module Dimensions
recommended for IMPACC an aluminum/mylar foil
please refer to the IMPACC shield with drain wire
9
network use. Use shielded Burden
wiring specification
twisted-pair wire to ● The maximum system ● 24 Vac/dc 3 VA
T.D. 17513.
connect each slave to the capacity is 4000 feet of
Modbus RTU Serial Network
INCOM network, daisy- communications cable and Communications Speed 9
chain style. The polarity 247 devices on the ■ INCOM: 1200, 9600 baud
of the twisted pair is Modbus RTU network
● N2 Bus: 9600 baud 9
not important ● Make sure that there is
(Slave)
Modbus
Modbus
Master
twisted-pair wire that is
recommended for Modbus
Note: Contact Eaton for
availability and support for the
9
mMINT N2 Gateway.
(Master)
RTU network use. Use
shielded twisted-pair wire 9
to connect each slave to
9
INCOM Network
the Modbus RTU network,
daisy-chain style. The
INCOM
polarity of the twisted pair 9
Slaves is critically important
mMINT in a Communications Network 9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Contents
9 MINTII RS-232 Converter
Description Page
9 mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282
MINTII RS-232 Converter
9 IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
9 MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9 MINTII RS-232 Converter
9 Product Description Application Description Product Selection Dimensions
Converts a network of Power The Master INCOM Network ● Suitable for panel
9 Management Software Translator II (MINTII) converts MINTII RS-232 Converter mounting or desktop use
devices to ASCII RS-232 the twisted shielded pair Catalog ● 120 Vac power cord
9 format for access through
a serial port of a personal
network of INCOM devices to
an RS-232 signal. This signal
Description Number included for plug-in to
Master INCOM Network MINTII
standard duplex receptacle
9 computer, laptop, or
Programmable Logic
can be accessed by PLCs,
computer serial ports,
Translator II ● Height: 2.25 inches
(57.2 mm)
Controller. building management system
9 serial interface cards. The
● Width: 11.5 inches
(292.1 mm)
Displayed Parameters MINTII is also often applied Technical Data and
9 ● Eaton’s MINTII provides as an interface to standard
line drivers and converters to
Specifications ● Depth: 4.25 inches
(108.0 mm)
access to all parameters
9 monitored over the Power
Management Software
allow communication through
dedicated telephone lines,
Temperature
● 0°C to 60°C
dial-up modems, fiber-optic
9 ●
network
Supports INCOM networks line drivers, radio frequency Humidity
or wireless modems.
9 up to 8500 feet (2590m) in 0% to 95%
●
distance and device counts

up to 1000 Power
9 ● 120V
9 Speed
● 1200, 2400 and 9600 baud
9 (INCOM), 19.2K baud
(RS-232)
9 Communications
9 INCOM, RS-232
●
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Contents
IPONI Communication Module
Description Page
9
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
IPONI 9
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287 9
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
IPONI 9
Product Selection Guide Product Description Technical Data and 9
The INCOM Product Specifications
IPONI Selection Chart Operated Network Interface
Temperature
9
INCOM card, or IPONI card, adds
Description IPONI on Product MPONI communication capability to
various Eaton products. Each
● –20°C to 70°C 9
IQ Analyzer Š1.06 — ■
IQ DP-4000 ■ — ■
IPONI has three 16-digit
address switches to uniquely
Humidity
● 5%–95% noncondensing
9
■ identify each device on the
9
IQ 200 — —
network. IPONIs are Power
IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II — ■ —
designed to be daisy-chained ● 20–30 Vdc maximum,
Energy Sentinel — ■ — throughout a unit substation
or equipment room to a
50 mA nominal, 9
Power Sentinel — ■ — 100 mA maximum
IQ Generator ■ — —
master device such as a
mMINT, MINTII or Power
9
Speed
IQ Data ■ — — Xpert Gateway. From the
IQ Data Plus II — — — master computer, information
● 1200 and 9600 baud 9
is distributed through the
IQ 500
IQ Transfer
—
■
—
—
—
—
facility’s TCP/IP Ethernet
Communications
● Three-position removable
9
network. A twisted shielded
AEMII ■ — — pair network connecting
IPONIs may extend up to
terminal block for twisted
shielded pair INCOM 9
BIM II ■ — —
CMU ■ — —
10,000 feet (3048m) before
terminating a master device. 9
■ The IPONI comes with
9
CED — —
MP-3000 ■ — ■ mounting hardware and
attaches to the back of its
Digitrip 3000 — ■ — associated device. 9
FP-5000 — ■ —
9
Product Selection
9
PONI Communication Modules
IPONI Card
Catalog
9
Description Number
INCOM PONI IPONI
9
9
9
Contents
9 Description Page
9 mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282
9 IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
DPONI
9 MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9 DPONI
9 Product Description Features
The DeviceNet Product Eaton’s DPONI
9 Operated Network
Interface (DPONI) enables DeviceNet
9 communication between a
DeviceNet network master DeviceNet
Status
Network
9 station and a host device in a DEVICE
MOUNTING
Connection
Master/Slave format over a (5 point plug)
DeviceNet network. The
9
T
DPONI is compatible with the

MP-3000 and the MP-4000. Data
9 The DPONI is powered both
by the host product to which
Code
9 it is attached and by the Earth

GND
DeviceNet network. The
DPONI uses opto-couplers
9 to isolate the two power
systems.
9 The DPONI communicates R
9 at 125, 250 or 500 Kbps

selected via a front panel
DIP switch. All products on
9
IQ Host
the DeviceNet network INCOM Device
must be set at the same Status Connection
9 communication rate.
Product Selection
The DPONI has a bi-color
9 network/module status
DPONI
LED that functions in
9 accordance with the
DeviceNet specification. Description
Catalog
Number
An additional monocolor
9 LED flashes while the DPONI The DeviceNet Product Operated Network Interface DPONI
is receiving a message from
9 the host device.
Temperature Power Communications

9 ● –20ºC to 70ºC ● 11–27 Vdc, 40 mA maximum ● Standard five-wire
Humidity Speed CAN connection
9 ● 5%–90% noncondensing ● 125, 250 or 500 Kbps
9.5
Contents
Description Page
9
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285 9
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI 9
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
MPONI 9
The MPONI Product Operated
Network Interface card, or
MPONI
9
MPONI card, enables Modbus Network Connection Address Function
communication capability to
various Eaton products. Each
(Green Phoenix
Connection) LED
Selector Selector 9
Switches Switch
MPONI contains two rotary
address switches to uniquely
TX 9
identify each device on the
9
RS-485 RX
network and a baud rate DIP NETWORK

1=A
switch. A 5-pin connector is
9
2=G
provided for wiring to the 3 = COMMON

STATUS
RS-485 network. Various 4 = SHIELD
9
5 = CHASSIS
baud rates are available for RS-485 IQ Host
networking flexibility, and P roduct Device
O perated Connection
onboard LEDs indicate
operation, error and N etwork 9
I nterface
communication status.
The MPONI is applied where LED
9
a device network exists
connected by a dedicated Recommended
18 gauge twisted pair IMPCABLE or 9
shielded twisted pair 20 gauge Belden 9463 class
conductor. Modbus RS-485
allows a single device or
9
multiple units in a daisy-chain Product Selection
configuration to communicate 9
with another local or remote MPONI
device and may extend up to Catalog 9
4000 feet (1219m) without a Description Number
repeater. The MPONI comes
with mounting hardware and
Modbus Product Operated Network Interface Card MPONI 9
attaches to the back of its
associated device. 9
Note: Please see IL for detailed
register support information for
9
9
each supported product. Not all
device functionality is supported
with the RS-485 PONI over the
Modbus Protocol.
9
9
Contents
9 Digital Input Module (DIM)
Description Page
9 mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282
9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
9 DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
9 I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-289
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9
9 I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM)
Eaton’s Digital Input Module
Functions
● UL 873
9 is a device that interfaces Reads four separate KYZ
● ● CE mark (48 Vdc operation)
with up to four standard utility equipped utility meters ● FCC Part 15, Class A
(electric, gas, water) meters
9 Pulse counts stored in non-
●
or monitors eight digital

● IEC 1000-4-x
volatile memory
inputs. It translates KYZ ● CISPR 22, Class A
9 Each channel
●
pulses from meters into a ● IEC 1000-4-2; 1995, Electro
independently monitors
register count that is Static Discharge
KYZ counts, pulse counts,
9 maintained and compiled
within the DIM module in
or digital indications ● IEC 1000-4-3; 1995,
Radiated RF Immunity
non-volatile memory. The ● Monitors a maximum of
9 pulse count can be accessed eight individual digital ● IEC 1000-4-6; 1996,
Conducted RF Immunity
from the DIM module inputs
9 remotely using Eaton Power ● Input channels are isolated ● FCC Part 15 Class A
(10 meters) Radiated
Management Software, ● Isolated 24 Vdc power
9 including the Energy Billing
application.
is provided on the I/O
●
Emissions
CISPR 22, Class A
connector
9 The DIM can also be used to ● LED indicators on the input
(30 meters); 1991,
Radiated Emissions
monitor eight digital inputs channels indicate when the
CISPR 22, Class A; 1991,
9
●
from switch closures. unit is counting
Conducted Emissions
● 10 LED status indicators,
(PowerPort)
9 100 ohm termination DIP
switch, address selector
switches
9 ● DIN rail mounting
9
9
9
9
9.5
Product Selection Dimensions
9
Ordering Information
DIM
Catalog
KYZ Input Module 9
Description Number
Digital Input Module DIM
9
9
9
Specifications 9
9
Description Rating
Operating temperature –20ºC to 60ºC
Storage temperature –20ºC to 70ºC
9
Operating Humidity 5 to 90% maximum noncondensing
Altitude 10,000 ft. (3048m) 9
Environment Indoor use only
Transient overvoltage Category 2 KYZ Input Module
9
Pollution
Equipment
1º
Class 1
Width Height Depth 9
3.54 (89.9) 4.25 (107.9) 3.50 (88.9) 1
Frequency Range Mounting Information Note

9
9
1 Does include DIN rail.
● 50/60 Hz The DIM module is designed
to be DIN rail mountable.
Power DIN rail must be 1/3 inches
● 85 to 138 Vac (120 Vac H x 1-3/8 inches W (8.5 mm 9
nominal) 50/60 Hz; 100 mA H x 34.9 mm W).
● 48–128 Vdc (48 Vdc 9
nominal); 100 mA Communications
● Brownout operation at The DIM is a fully compatible
Power Management Software
9
50% and 80% of nominal
AC and DC ratings communicating device
with built-in INCOM 9
● Power input is provided communications. The DIM
from a limited source, comes complete with a 9
isolated from the mains 3-pin connector to receive
●
by double isolation
Power for all inputs is
the shielded twisted pair 9
conductor.
supplied from an internal,
isolated 24 Vdc power All wiring must be complete 9
source as per Instruction Leaflet
TD17513, Wiring 9
Specification Base Rules.
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Contents
9 Addressable Relay II
Description Page
9 mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282
9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
9 DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
Addressable Relay II
9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-292
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9
9 Addressable Relay II
The Addressable Relay II is
Functions
Each Addressable Relay II The Addressable Relay II
9 designed for use where
information or control of non- includes two status indicating includes a feature called
Monitored Parameters
● Output relay energized/
communicating devices is circuits (IN1 and IN2) that can the “communications
9 required remotely. The relays be used to transmit the watchdog.” The ●
de-energized
Input 1 status
communicate at 9600/1200 contact status of devices communications watchdog
9 baud on the INCOM network. external to the Addressable monitors communications ● Input 2 status
Devices are assigned a three- Relay II. Each input is isolated between the Addressable ● Breaker status open/closed
9 digit address to uniquely
identify them on the daisy-
with its own return. A typical
installation using these report-
Relay II and the computer
control station. If
● Protective relay status
normal/tripped
chained twisted shielded pair
9 network.
back inputs to the Eaton
PowerNet system is shown in
communications are lost, the
communications watchdog Communications
the wiring example. Terminals will reset the relay to the de-
9 The Addressable Relay II is a Built-in INCOM
●
4 and 5 connect to the status energized (OFF) state. The communications for
Form C relay on terminals 1, 2
input 1 circuit (IN1) and Addressable Relay II must be monitoring in Eaton’s
9 and 3, with output contact
ratings as shown in the
terminals 6 and 7 connect to updated every 10 seconds PowerNet system
the status input 2 circuit (IN2). when the communications
Contact Ratings table. The The Addressable Relay II also
9 Addressable Relay II may be
These status indicating
circuits operate with input
watchdog is enabled or else
communications are
includes a feature called
powered by 48–120 Vac or “relay pulse.” The relay pulse
voltages of 48–120 Vac or assumed to be lost. The
9 48–125 Vdc through
48–125 Vdc circuits. communications watchdog
feature sets the Addressable
terminals 11 and 12 of the Relay II to a pulse mode
is enabled when DIP switch 3
9 terminal block. DC polarity is
not significant.
is set to the ON position.
where the relay is energized
(ON) for 10 seconds and then
When the communications
is de-energized (OFF). The
9 Application Description watchdog is not enabled, the
relay will remain in the state
relay pulse is enabled when
● Enables remote control of DIP switch 2 is set to the ON
9 non-communication
set by the last command
issued. See V3-T9-296 for
position and disabled when
capable devices on Eaton’s DIP switch 2 is set to the OFF
DIP switch configuration.
9 PowerNet system position. If this feature is not
enabled, the relay will remain
● Monitors two digital status
9 inputs on the PowerNet
system
in the state set by the last
command.
9.5
Product Selection
9
Addressable Relay
Addressable Relay II
Catalog
9
Description Number
Addressable Relay II ARII
9
9
9
Power: 48–120 Vac; 48–125 Vdc
9
●
● Operating temperature range: 32°–158°F (0°–70°C)
Contact Ratings
9
Contact
Ratings Make Break
9
120–240 Vac 4960 VA 828 VA
9
24–120 Vac 43A 7.2A
30 Vdc 10A 10A 9
9
Wiring Diagram
Power Bus
9
INCOM
L1 L2 L3
9
Network
9
9
Cpt
M1 M2 M3
9
9
OL OL OL
9
FL
T1 T2 T3
Hand
9
Communication and
Controlled Output Relay
Off M
OL 9
2
1 Auto 9
OL
3 9
M OL
9
AUX 5
Input 1
7 MA
6
Input 2
8
9
INCOM
Communications 9
12
9
Power
11
Addressable Relay
DIP Switch Functions

9
9
N
O 1 2 3
OFF ON
Baud Rate 9600 1200
9
D O O
Relay Pulse Disabled Enabled

Communications Watchdog
Disabled Enabled
9
Dimensions
9
Mounting
9 1.00
(25.4)
9 .50
(12.7)
9
9
Insert (3)
9 #8 Screws
for
9 Mounting 2.82
(71.6)
9
9
9
Back View
9
Addressable Relay
9 1.75 (44.5) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Contents
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II)
Description Page
9
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
9
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) 9
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) 9
Eaton’s Breaker Interface
● 810, 910, 750, 1050, 550, ● Test OPTIM Trip Unit 9
1150, 520MC, IQ Energy Performance:
Module is a panel-mounted
device that displays the Sentinels and Power ● Phase and ground 9
following parameters. Sentinels ● Trip/no trip
● Event logging 9
● Phase current ● Alarming
● Expanded Energy
● Energy ● High load indication
Monitoring:
● Set addresses for group
9
● Present demand watts ● Peak exceeded alarm
● Peak demand watts ● Grouping of meters ●
energy monitoring
Group energy readings
9
● Average demand current An operator can use the
● Cause and magnitude Breaker Interface Module to: ● Local and Remote 9
of trip Indication:
● Trip history
● Complete Initial System
Setup:
● Remote indication/ 9
● % Total Harmonic alarming
Distortion (THD) for
● Select system
frequency (50/60 Hz)
● Breaker status LED 9
each phase indication
Set password
9
●
● % Harmonic Content for ● Expanded
each phase (1st–27th ● Configure OPTIM Communications:
harmonic) Protective Settings. ● Communicate with: 9
● Custom circuit description ● Select protection – OPTIM Trip Units
Note: The Breaker Interface options
– Digitrip RMS 810, 910 9
Module displays only a portion of ● Select alarm levels and 1150 Trip Units
the information it receives from
the Digitrip RMS 910, 1150 and ● Display Information: – IQ Energy Sentinels 9
Power Sentinels. The balance of Metered values and Universal IQ
9
●
the information (such as Energy Sentinels

● Trip event information
Waveform Analysis and Power – A total of 50 devices
Factor) can be passed through the
unit to a master computer, where
● Breaker information
9
● Time-current set points
it can be viewed.
9
9

9 ● Monitors and displays Communications Password Protection Rear Access Area
parameters from any
9 combination of Digitrip
Depending upon the type of
communication protocol used
A user-defined password is
included for added security
All wiring connections to the
Breaker Interface Module
RMS 810, 910, 1150 and by the main network, an when changing settings or are made at the chassis’ rear
9 Digitrip OPTIM Trip Units, appropriate PONI module can performing breaker tests. and include:
F-/J-/K-Frame Energy be easily field-mounted to the
9 Sentinels, and Universal
Energy Sentinels,
back of the Breaker Interface Non-Volatile Memory
● Relay connection for
“alarm” condition, “high
Module, enabling the unit to The programmed functions,
load” condition, “peak
9 supporting as many as
50 of these devices up to
pass the information from its
subnetwork to a remote
addresses and circuit
exceed” for device or
descriptions are stored in
10,000 feet (3048 m) away group, and watthour pulse
9 ● Communicates the
master control unit up to
10,000 feet (3048 m) away.
non-volatile memory.
● Initiator
information from these No reprogramming of the External Power ● 24 Vdc input—BIM II
9 protective and energy unit is required when the A 24 Vdc supply is required ● 120 or 240 Vac input—
monitoring devices over PONI is added. for the BIM II. (No external BIMPS
9 Eaton INCOM network
The Breaker Interface Module power supply is required for ● DIP switches for selecting
to a computer or PLC the PONI Card.) A 120 or
can be mounted directly on an operating mode
9 ● Continuously monitors
breakers recording and
the assembly or at a remote 240 Vac supply is required ● Three-contact connector
location and can be used to for the BIMPS. with subnetwork
9 time-stamping trip events
along with approximate
access and configure and ● Connector for PONI
display information from card for remote
fault currents. Events are
9 logged into non-volatile
OPTIM Trip Units. communications Local
RAM Display Units
9
9 ● Graphical, glass plasma
display
9 ● Up to seven lines of
information
9 ● Membrane faceplate
NEMA 3R and 12 rated
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9.5
Product Selection
9
Breaker Interface Breaker Interface Module 9
Module II (BIM II)
Description
Catalog
Number 9
Breaker Interface Module BIMII
9
BIMPSII 9
9
Power Requirement Humidity 9
● 15 VA maximum ● 5% to 95% R.H.
Input Voltage
(noncondensing) 9
● 24 Vdc ±5%—BIM II Alarm Contact Ratings
● 10A at 277 Vac (resistive)
9
● 120 or 240 Vac ±10%—
BIMPS ● 10A at 30 Vdc (resistive) 9
● 1/3 hp at 125, 250 Vac
9
Operating Temperature
● 0°C to 70°C
(32°C to 158°F)
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Dimensions
9
Connections and DIP Switch Rear Label Diagram
9 5.56
Sub (141.2)
PONI
9 Network
Interface
Shield
1 10
PONI Power
WH Pulse
Initiator
Alarm
Learn/Run
2 11
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
3 12 .38
9
CATALOG # BIMPS
STYLE # 7801C61G02 (9.7)
4 13 Typical
Impulse
Sync.
Pulse
High Load
9 5 14
3.38 Customer Satisfaction
We have established a toll-free
.19 (85.9) 6 line for problems Unused 15
9
(4.8) Call 1-800-809-2772
PONI On
.11
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
7 Ground 16
(2.8) .19 5.06
Run
Exceeded
Peak
(4.8) (128.6) 8 24-30 Vac 17
9
.10 Typical
Learn
(2.5) 5 Places 9 18
Off
Sub PONI Common
Network Interface
.87
9 (22.1)
Sub PONI
Network Interface
9
2.04 1.69
Shield
PONI Power
Learn/Run
(51.8) (42.9)
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
H02
9 Expanded View
1.03 1.03
9 (26.2) (26.2)
General Layout and Dimensions
9
Breaker Interface Module
9
Without Communications Card
6.72 (170.7) 10.25 (260.4) 2.60 (66.0)
9 With Communications Card

6.72 (170.7) 10.25 (260.4) 3.85 (97.8)
9
Drilling Pattern
9
5.38
9
(136.7)
2.69
(68.3)
9 8.90
(226.1)
9 9.38
(238.3)
6.68
9 (169.7)
9 4.45
(113.0)
4.69
(119.1)
9
.06
(1.5) RAD
2.23 4 Places
(56.7)
9
2.53
9 (64.3)
5.06
(128.5)
9 .218 (5.5) DIA 10 Places
9
9
9.5
Contents
Sub-Network Master Local Display)
Description Page
9
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
9
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-293 9
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-298 9
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299
9
9
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) 9
Product Description Application Description ● Following devices are Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s Sub-Network Master
● Acquire and display data supported: ● Safety Standards— 9
(no control) from up to UL 61010B-1
IQ 200
9
●
Local Display (SMLD) is an
electronic submetering 100 devices that can ● EMC Susceptibility
● IQ Multipoint Energy
communicate on Eaton’s Standards—IEC 1000-4-3,
device that provides users Submeter II
the ability to view information INCOM network, used in
the PowerNet monitoring ● IQ Energy Sentinel
1995 Radiated RF 9
from sub-network connected Immunity
(F, J, K Frames)
devices locally at switchgear, system
● Universal Internal
● EMC Emissions 9
switchboards, panelboards, Features, Benefits Standards—FCC Part 15,
Energy Sentinel
motor control centers and
control panels, nearby or
and Functions ● Universal External
Class B Radiated
Emissions
9
● Auto-learn connected Energy Sentinel
thousands of feet away. The
SMLD has a built-in LCD devices ● IQ Power Sentinel 9
display with navigations ● Configuration stored in Digitrip OPTIM 1050L
9
●
for configuring, as well as non-volatile memory

monitoring. Auto-learn ● Host communications Physical Characteristics
capabilities complete the arbitration algorithm ● Keypad functions: 9
configuration requirements, enables seamless ● Menu
enabling customization by
use of user-defined
integration into existing
communication networks
● Scroll up 9
descriptions, as well as
● Scroll down
adding and deleting meters.
● Functions standalone or
networked
● Enter 9
Backlit LCD, 4-line x 20
9
●
The SMLD can be operated
standalone or in parallel with character
the new FetchIT™ software
application or the Power Xpert 9
complete energy monitoring
system solution software. 9
9
9
9
Product Selection
9
9 Sub-Network Master Ordering Information
Local Display Catalog
9
Description Number
Local Display (120 Vac) LDISP120
9
Local Display (24 Vac or Vdc) LDISP24
9
9
9 Frequency Range Ratings Communications
9 ● 50/60 Hz ● Operating temperature:
0°C to 60°C
● INCOM Frequency Shift
Key (FSK) network
Power
9 ● Storage temperature: compatible 9600 baud
● Power consumption: –20°C to 70°C ● Non-intrusive arbitration
200 mA (maximum) at algorithm
9 Operating humidity: 5 to
●
24 Vac, 24 Vdc 90% maximum non- ● Passive monitoring

● Power connector rating: condensing automatically enabled by
9 24 Vac or 24 Vdc at ● Altitude: 10,000 feet arbitration algorithm while
1 ampere (3048m) host PC is communicating
9 ● Power source: 120 Vac or ● Environment: indoor ● Master on INCOM network
24 Vdc, UL Class 2 or CSA use only upon data request from
9 Class III SELV transformer front panel if host PC is not
in accordance with C22.2 Mounting Information communicating
9 No. 1010-1. The voltage
range is 18 to 24 Vac or
● 4.37 H x 4.37 W x 1.50 D ● Addresses for sub-network
devices can be 001–044 hex
inches (111.0 H x 111.0 W x
Vdc, 200 mA (maximum)
9 38.1 D mm) (1–255 decimals)
● Door mount or panel
9 mount
9 Typical Use Diagram of SMLD
9 Computer
with Power
SMLD
9 Management
Software
9
9
9
IQ Digitrip
9 IQ 200 ES or
PS
OPTIM 1050C
9
9 Multiple Units as Required
9 Dimensions
9
Meter Base Unit
9 4.37 (111.0) 4.37 (111.0) 1.50 (38.1)
Note
9 DIN (92 mm x 92 mm) access cutout.
9.5
Contents
IMPCABLE
Description Page
9
Polyethylene Filler
Conductors Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-272
PVC
Outer Jacket
Tinned
Copper
Braid
Aluminum
Shield
Drain Wire Polyethylene Insulator Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies V3-T9-279
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 9
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285 9
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286
MPONI 9
IMPCABLE
9
IMPCABLE 9
Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications Product Selection 9
The IMPCABLE is an 18 AWG Eaton’s IMPCABLE was ● UL AWM 20253
cable with a 100 ohm designed to be run in ● NECT CM IMPCABLE 9
impedance at 100 kHz tuned switchgear where codes ● CSA Catalog
to work optimally with the
FSK signal from Eaton’s
require a 600 volt insulation
rating. Typical “blue hose”
● PCC-FT1 Description Number 9
● P-MSHA IMPCABLE IMPCABLE
devices. The cable has been
designed with characteristics
cables are rated at 300 volts.
9
that allow up to 1000 devices Features
or distances up to 10,000 feet
Technical Data and 9
(3048m) from the master. Specifications
Please refer to Eaton’s wiring
● Twisted shielded pair with
drain wire
● INCOM signal: attenuation 9
specification for instructions 1.6 db/1000 feet (305m)
on cable runs and calculating
● 600 volt at 80°C ● Long communication runs 9
maximum distances and
● 18 AWG, 20 AWG drain ● 600 volt required ratings
devices on a given network. UL AWM 20253
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Power System Studies, Field Services
and Conversions
10.1 Overview of Services
Full Service Providers
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-2
10
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
10
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8 10
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-11 10
10.2 Power System Studies 10
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-12
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-15
10
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17
10
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19
10.3 Field Engineering Services

10
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-23 10
10.4 Predictive Diagnostic
10
Partial Discharge Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29
Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics Online Monitoring 10
and Partial Discharge Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-32
10.5 Retrofit Services

10
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34 10
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-39
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41 10
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ Conversions. . . . . . . . . . .
10
V3-T10-45
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-46
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement . . . . . . . V3-T10-50 10
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52
10
10.6 Performance-Based Maintenance Services
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-55 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10.1 Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services
Contents
10 Experienced Professional Engineers
Description Page
10 Overview of Services
Overview
10 Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management
and Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
10 Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
10 Customized High Resistance Grounding Units V3-T10-11
10
10
10
10
10
10 Overview
10 Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems (EESS) provides
Also provided is a full
complement of services to
In addition to the local service
centers, aftermarket centers
Turnkey Project Management
intelligent PowerChain™ maintain and modernize of excellence can furnish the

10 solutions for existing, electrical power distribution, full complement of circuit
evolving, unexpected service and process control systems. breaker specialized services.
10 needs. The solutions can
End-users include industrials, Division-wide safety and
improve electrical system
10 reliability, reduce downtime,
extend the useful life of
commercial facilities,
utilities, municipalities,
quality programs ensure
customer satisfaction,
institutions, government while maintaining safety
10 the power distribution
system, and minimize and military locations. as a first priority.
electrical operating and
10 maintenance costs.
Service capabilities include: Experienced professional
engineers, graduate
● Turnkey project engineers, field engineers
10 General Description management and technicians are trained
Project Team
This organization supports ● System integration on both Eaton products and The following is a detailed
10 consultants and end-users on
new construction, integrated
● Training competitive electrical power listing of engineering
service offerings.
● Startup and commissioning distribution products. This
engineering solutions and
10 facility expansion projects. ● Predictive and preventive
cross-OEM experience allows
for the application
● Substation design,
maintenance management and
10 EESS can package a
complete power distribution
● Electrical system
of new products and services
to all manufacturer’s
construction
modernization electrical equipment.
● Electrical, mechanical and
10 system with Eaton
manufactured products,
● Circuit breaker instrumentation services
supplemented by other specialized services ● Power system studies:
10 OEM components to best Division-wide capabilities
● Short-circuit
satisfy the end-user support regional service ● Coordination
10 requirements. EESS can centers located throughout ● Arc flash
provide optimization of the U.S. and Canada. Service ● Load flow, etc.
10 owner’s electrical power
assets with guarantees
centers are equipped with the
most technologically
● Power quality and
and savings. harmonic studies
10 advanced test and diagnostic
equipment. The Power
● Renewable energy design
Systems Engineering Group and interconnection
10 uses industry standard analysis
software with advanced ● Failure/root-cause analysis
10 system modeling and ● CAD services
analysis capabilities. ● Equipment relocation
10 ● Turnkey transformer and
capacitor replacements
10
Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
10.1
System Integration and Training Predictive Diagnostics Services are implemented Startup, Commissioning
through the network of EESS and Maintenance 10
field locations.
● Medium voltage generator 10
and medium voltage motor
partial discharge (PD) 10
detection using existing
RTDs with temporary or
permanent sensors
10
● Medium voltage
switchgear PD detection
10
using temporary or
permanent sensors. 10
Permanent sensors
Computer Diagnostics Field Data Collection differentiate cable-related
Field Startup
10
PD to switchgear PD
Plant monitoring, Eaton’s predictive diagnostics
10
●
● Transformers (34.5 kV
● Installation support
protection and control: leads the industry in and supervision
predictive diagnostic tools primary and above) PD
Digitrip™/Advantage™
10
●
detection using permanent ● Acceptance testing
and services. With the
● PowerNet™/ sensors connected to ● Commissioning and
growing demand for reduced
●
Power Xpert®
DeviceNet/PLC interface
outages and increased
●
bushing capacitive taps
Transformer (34.5 kV ●
energizing
Startup, training and
10
uptime, online monitoring of
● Energy management/
load shedding
electrical insulation systems
is becoming an integral part
primary and above)
bushing monitoring, with ●
warranty support
Exclusive Eaton products
10
permanent sensors, of any
Distributed generation of efficient plant maintenance 2-year warranty
10
●
in the utility, industrial and change in power factor and

● Generator/emergency ● Ground fault certifications
commercial markets. Eaton bushing capacitance
●
power systems
PLC/PC control and open
predictive diagnostics
●
●
Ground grid testing
Cable testing and fault
10
provides online monitoring
10
automation systems identification
services of insulation
● Drive and MCC systems systems via the effective ● Relay testing and
training (scheduled and
on-site):
measurement and analysis of
partial discharges. This allows ●
calibration
PM program design and
10
● Distribution systems for detection of traditional
analysis corona damage, or surface ●
implementation
Thermograph surveys
10
● Power quality and tracking, prior to equipment
Predictive, preventive
10
●
grounding failure. This advanced
maintenance and
● Electrical equipment technology is applied to
troubleshooting
maintenance medium voltage systems
such as: generators, motors,
● Transformers and 10
● PLCs and drive systems tap changers
● Customized training
switchgear, transformers and
cable systems. ● High voltage systems 10
programs Substations medium
10
●
and low voltage

Relay systems
10
●
● Automatic transfer
schemes
● Battery systems 10
10
● Low/medium
voltage breakers
Motors
10
●
● SF6, OCB, WLI

components
● Network protectors 10
Motor control centers
10
●
and molded case

breakers
● Drive systems 10
● PLC/control and open
automation systems 10
● Nuclear Class 1E safety-
related field service 10
10
Electrical System Modernization ● Distribution and substation Circuit Breaker

10 automation systems Specialized Services
● Power factor control and ● Low and medium voltage
10 correction (filtered) replacement breakers
● Ground fault detection ● Low voltage retrofits (all
10 systems OEMs: Digitrip RMS kits)
● Surge/lightning ● Medium voltage vacuum
10 protection systems roll-in breakers (all OEMs)
● Automatic transfer ● Low and medium
10 scheme upgrades voltage recondition and
● Network protector service/ remanufacture
10 relaying systems ● MCC recondition
and remanufacture
● High resistance grounding
10 Equipment Inspection
and detection ● Network protector service
● Generator voltage ● Navy shipboard breakers
10 Switchgear bus
●
regulation ● Nuclear Class 1E safety-
MVA upgrading
● Generator static related circuit breakers
Bus insulation systems
10
●
excitation systems
● Medium voltage ● Cogeneration switchgear Manufacturer’s Brand
vacuum breaker roll-in Equipment Serviced
10 replacements
interface relaying
● Cutler-Hammer®
● Reduced voltage/
● Low voltage breaker
10 soft starters ● Westinghouse®
replacement ● Square D®
● Drive/PLC system
● Low and medium voltage
10 upgrades General Electric®
●
motor starting upgrades
● Synchronous field ● ITE®/BBC/ABB®
● Low voltage breaker
10 (all OEMs) trip system
application upgrades ● Allis Chalmers/Siemens®
upgrades—Digitrip ● Federal Pacific®
10 ● Low and medium voltage ● Challenger®
cell retrofits ● Obsolete equipment
10 ● Molded case breaker
References
upgrades
10 ● Motor control center Electrical System
Modernization uses advanced
buckets upgrades
10
Eaton products.
● Protection, metering,
and communications:
10 ● Low voltage breakers:
Digitrip/PowerNet
10 ● Overload protection
● Metering systems:
10 IQ family Trip Unit Upgrade
● PowerNet
10 ●
implementation
Harmonic
10 measurements
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10.1
Contents
Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems (EESS)
Description Page
10
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-2 10
Product Life Extension 10
Elements of a Performance-Based
Maintenance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-6 10
Asset Optimization Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-6
Knowledge Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-7 10
Power Systems Engineering Solutions . . . . . . . V3-T10-7
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8 10
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . . V3-T10-11 10
10
10
10
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and Product Life Extension 10
General Description 10
A company’s facilities exist Eaton knows that a Performance-Based 1. Planned Maintenance
for a single purpose: to successful maintenance Maintenance (PBM) Program Module: addressing 10
support the mission and program has the following Eaton offers centrally operational performance,
objectives of the company’s
business. It is essential that
characteristics: coordinated management of
all procurement, installation,
as-left conditions,
environmental
10
● Enables you to schedule
the power distribution
equipment and energy assets maintenance based on
startup and systems required
to implement powerful
considerations, and
testing and calibration 10
that sustain production and actual device operation results.
solutions. Whether you have
services are working as history
a single site or multiple sites,
2. Predictive Diagnostic
10
efficiently and effectively ● Eliminates unnecessary Eaton has the solutions that
as possible. maintenance work and
related production outages
fit various project needs.
Module: focusing on
visual observations, 10
The core business of Eaton’s The PBM Program offers a environmental and
Electrical Services & Systems
● Reduction of spare parts
requirements due to definitive result and at a thermal conditions, 10
(EESS) centers on power increased accuracy of guaranteed price. We and predictive indicator
distribution and energy equipment history integrate four proven results. 10
management. maintenance programs to
Reduction of overall 3. Reliability-Centered
10
●
positively impact your key
1. We offer Powerchain maintenance costs Maintenance Module:
business drivers and give you
Management solutions concentrating on the
and we take care of your
high returns on investment.
potential for injuries, 10
systems so you can take environmental hazards
care of your business. and product losses or
process interruptions.
10
2. One area of the
PowerChain™ is 4. Periodic Observations 10
maintenance solutions. Module: centering on
equipment loading, and
visual and environmental
10
observations.
10
10
10
10
10
10
Getting a Performance- Elements of a Performance- Asset Optimization Services

10 Based Maintenance Based Maintenance Program The Electrical Distribution With a reputation as the
Program Started System (EDS) not only best-in-class power solution
10 Site audit and maintenance
●
Getting started with a needs assessment represents a significant strategists, it is obvious why
PBM Program is easy. Highly Condition-based capital investment, it is more and more industry
10
●
qualified EESS engineers maintenance essential to maintaining leaders are turning to Eaton
visit your facility and perform production and critical for uncompromising safe
Reliability centered
10
●
a comprehensive site audit processes. In order to ensure and reliable electrical power
maintenance (RCM)
and needs assessment. the maximum possible return distribution systems, in the
● Predictive diagnostics
10 While implementing
electrical system testing ● Efficient algorithms to
on this investment and
ensure that power to critical
PowerChain.
integrate equipment processes is maintained, By providing the right

10 and maintenance, EESS
engineers review both condition results, EESS offers a suite of asset technology and intellectual
RCM input, predictive optimization services. This resources through
the “condition” and the
10 “criticality” of each diagnostics and periodic is not just a maintenance outsourcing the ownership,
operation and maintenance
component with plant observations program—we combine years
of the plant electrical
10 personnel. ● Recommendations
for immediate action,
of EDS experience, as well as
power system engineering distribution system, value
The condition is determined can be realized in three areas:
10 via traditional preventive
automation, remote
monitoring, life extension,
and power quality expertise,
with the latest in predictive 1. Capital funds previously
maintenance procedures spare parts or upgrading diagnostic and remote
10 (industry-standard, time- ● Periodic observations while monitoring, and knowledge
spent on non-core assets
are made available to
based) combined with management technology, invest in core processes
energized and operating
10 predictive diagnostic
technologies. The criticality ● Maintenance implemented
to deliver a comprehensive and/or increase
program designed to optimize shareholder value.
based on equipment
10 rating of each component
is established though condition and criticality
EDS assets. This means
lower operating and 2. Operation and
application of a reliability- ● Root-cause failure analysis maintenance costs and maintenance costs
10 centered maintenance ● Periodic scorecard and improved system reliability (salary/benefits; risk
approach, taking into customized reporting and uptime. By outsourcing and insurance related
10 account its potential impact of results responsibility for the electrical to NFPA and OSHA;
on critical processes, safety ● Continuous improvement distribution system assets training; engineering and
10 and the environment. ● Optional ensured to EESS, owners can focus
on their core business while
purchasing/procurement;
test equipment; tools;
Then, EESS recommends a performance improvements
10 maintenance interval (short-, and ensured savings— we deliver maximum return
on your investment via
safety equipment; and
parts inventory) are
mid- or long-term) for each typically, 15% savings over
increased uptime and significantly reduced or
10 component, as well as work
scopes and periodic
two performance cycles
decreased operation and eliminated completely.
maintenance costs. Energy
10 observation frequency.
management services and
3. Performance guarantees
and service level
Cost savings are realized performance contracts are
agreements related
10 when the long-term
maintenance interval is
also available by which we
will guarantee specific
to uptime, energy,
and operating and
10 lengthened or by the
scope of maintenance
measurable results related
to energy savings, system
maintenance costs
are realized.
work during scheduled uptime, equipment
10 outages is reduced. Uptime reliability, and operation and
and reliability improve when maintenance cost reductions.
10 preventive maintenance is
performed more frequently PBM Program Flowchart
10 on components with the
short-term designation. Continuous Periodic
Improvement Scorecard
10 Additional reliability
improvements can result Periodic Observations while
from redirecting some of Energized & Operating
10 the savings to performing Site Audit

& Needs Reliability-Centered Maintenance
Ensured
Savings
additional predictive Assessment nance
Condition-Based Maintenance
inte
10 diagnostics and equipment Predictive Diagnostics
Inte
grate
dM
a
modernization. Traditional-Planned Maintenance
10 EESS delivers a periodic Continuous

Improvement
Root-Cause
Failure Analysis
scorecard to plant
10 personnel, summarizing
the recommendations,
10 performance and results
of the program.
10
10.1
Knowledge Management Power Systems
Eaton has the expertise for Engineering Solutions 10
electrical distribution systems
with a variety of technologies
Not only do we have one
of the largest teams of 10
and expert analytical services power systems engineers
through our Instant Response strategically located 10
CenterSM. We aggregate data throughout the world, but
gathered from your system
and use the information to
many of these professionals
have influenced industry
10
predict equipment failure and
identify energy cost reduction
standards and are sought
after because of their
10
opportunities. expertise. With an emphasis
Our practices can help you:
on precision and accuracy, 10
Eaton’s highly trained
● Increase uptime: engineers provide the most 10
● Avoid outages by focused and systematic
predicting equipment approach available to
enhance your system’s
10
failure or system
problems performance. Your system
can save you money and 10
● Decrease duration increase productivity while
of outages (remote
troubleshooting 24/7)
meeting the growing and 10
changing demands of
● Reduce operating and
maintenance costs:
your business. 10
Through surveys, studies,
● Service equipment
based on real-time predictive maintenance 10
solutions, energy
10
information rather than
traditional time-based management, monitoring
maintenance and evaluation Eaton will
● Better maintenance
help you: 10
with less man-hours ● Maintain IEEE
● Reduce energy costs: recommended power 10
● Optimize utility rate quality levels, including
structure proper operating voltages 10
● Automated demand
● Reduce costly system
management disturbances 10
● Energy usage
● Minimize harmonic
accountability disturbances created
by nonlinear loads
10
● Provide arc flash levels
and personal protective
10
equipment to develop
customer safety programs 10
With virtually all types of
10
●
software packages
We offer more than 15
standard and specialized
10
power system studies to
precisely target and help 10
correct your specific power
issues, utilizing a variety of 10
measurement instruments
and specialized software
packages.
10
10
10
10
10
10
Contents
10 PSA Group
Description Page
10 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-2
10 Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
Power Systems Automation Group
10 General Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-9
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
10 Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . . V3-T10-11
10
10
10
10
10
10 Power Systems Automation Group
10 General Description Power Systems Automation
The Power Systems ● Bringing a wide range of ● Power monitoring,
10 Automation (PSA) group Eaton resources into a management and control
is a full-service systems project to address systems
10 integrator. Eaton ensures
your hardware, software and
geographic and technical
challenges, and managing
● Eaton’s Power Xpert,
Foreseer and PowerNet
10 communication networks
perform as a seamless
subcontractors and
manufacturers to handle
Systems including Power
Xpert Reporting
system. PSA provides a products and services
10 unique alternative to not provided directly by
● Energy cost allocation
conventional manufacturer- Eaton’s Electrical Services ● Lighting management
10 integrator-contractor
teams by:
& Systems systems (Eaton Pow-R-
Command™)
PSA provides turnkey
10 ● Offering project systems integration projects
● Load management
systems
management and single- including system design,
10 point responsibility direct programming, panel building,
● Load shed and load
transfer schemes
from a major manufacturer installation, project
10 Generator paralleling
●
of power management and management, startup,
control systems customer training and systems
10 complete documentation— Backup and emergency

●
● Providing unsurpassed
expertise in power integrating Eaton’s and all generation systems
management and power major OEM’s hardware,
10
● Demand management
system control applications software and systems. systems
across a broad range of The following is a summary
Generator and ATS system
10
●
industries and end users of services.

monitoring control and
● Focusing on applying remote testing
10 new products effectively ● Utility rate plan
and appropriately, and optimization
10 integrating seamlessly with
all major manufacturers’
● Health care emergency
power supply systems
10 equipment, new or existing
monitoring
● Web-based monitoring
10 services
10 Example of a Fully Automated

Generator Paralleling and Emergency
10 Power Transfer Scheme for a
Mission-Critical Application
10
10.1
General Capabilities
● Power Xpert ● Full service custom 10
panel shop:
Foreseer
10
●
● System design—functional ● UL® listing for industrial

specification control panels
● System network ● Motor starter panels 10
architecture ● PLC enclosures and
● CAD drawings operator consoles 10
● Design and testing
PC control and open
10
●
automation ● Turnkey capabilities

DeviceNet™ applications Project management—
10
● ●
● Open protocol systems contractors, systems

integrators, other
PLC design and
10
●
programming: OEMs, etc.

● Installation
Eaton
10
●
● Allen-Bradley®
● Startup and
commissioning
●
●
Modicon®
GE Fanuc®
● Instruction manuals 10
● Customized training
● Siemens ● Complete 10
● Human machine interface/ documentation
graphical user interface
design and configuration:
● Service contracts 10
and maintenance
● Eaton PanelMate® and
PanelMate PC
agreements 10
● Single-point
ICONICS GENESIS®
10
●
responsibility
and WebHMI®
Wonderware®
10
●
● Intellution
● PanelView™ and
RSView™
10
●
●
Citect
CIMPLICITY
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Contents
10 Eaton’s Instant Response Center
Description Page
10 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-2
10 Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
10 Instant Response Center Services
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . . V3-T10-11
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 Instant Response Center Services
10 General Description
Eaton’s Instant Response System outages can be The Instant Response Center Using the latest
10 CenterSM (IRC) is staffed by prevented or mitigated, is the vanguard of Eaton’s communications
power systems engineering equipment life extended, Knowledge Management technologies, such as
10 and power quality experts,
monitoring your electrical
and operating, maintenance
and energy costs reduced
Services. Knowledge
management is a broad term
wireless videography, it is
also possible to extend this
10 distribution system in real-
time. The IRC continuously
by monitoring key system
wellness parameters such as:
that describes the application
of a variety of related
high-end expertise to field
technicians or customer
monitors power distribution technologies and expert personnel to guide them
10 equipment for changes in
● Current, voltage
and energy
analytical services that through sophisticated
performance or other transform data into problem diagnosis,
10 conditions that could signal
an impending power failure.
● Power quality and
harmonic content
information, and information
into knowledge. Data is
troubleshooting or repairs.
10 When changes exceed

predetermined thresholds,
●
●
Partial discharge
Vibration
collected by remotely
monitoring customers’
Benefits of IRC:
● Experts are readily
the IRC issues alerts to electrical distribution and
10 service personnel via Internet
● Temperature
related systems via the ●
available
Eliminates the cost of
e-mail or wireless page.
● Environmental (such as Internet, and trending key
10 Eaton power systems
presence of water) parameters related to energy ●
bringing experts on site
Event analysis
● Power factor and utilities, power quality,
10 experts can then remotely No employee turnover
●
(transformer bushings) predictive diagnostics,
and securely access real-time environment and key events.
● Key events (oscilligraphy)
data from the subscriber’s
10 system, often correcting a
● Energy monitoring This data is converted to
information through expert
problem before electrical ● Inverter monitoring
analysis by power systems
10 service is impacted,
delivering to customers
● Environmental condition engineering, power quality
monitoring and energy management
10 a quantifiable return on
investment based on
experts. This information
is then transformed into
maximum uptime, extended
10 equipment lifetime, and
knowledge using data
mining techniques and the
reduced energy costs.
10 application of predictive
algorithms to extract trends
and patterns that will predict
10 equipment failure and identify
energy cost reduction
10 opportunities.
10
10
10.1
Contents
Oil Field HRG-3
Description Page
10
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-2 10
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5 10
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10 10
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units
10
10
10
10
10
10
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units 10
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems builds custom
● Oil field wells—electrical
submersible pumps used
10
medium voltage High in oil well applications
Resistance Grounding Units traditionally have been 10
(HRGUs). They eliminate designed to operate
the possibility of excessive ungrounded with the 10
transient overvoltages due expected history of
to arcing ground faults on
ungrounded systems. There
insulation type failures
due to arcing ground faults
10
are three categories: on ungrounded systems.
These HRGU versions are 10
● General industry—these custom designed to match
HRGUs typically are
freestanding and come
the unique voltages, size 10
and locations (land or
with a pulsing contactor
design to aid in finding
platforms) for the oil field 10
industry and supply the
the ground fault
● Medium voltage
proven service continuity
and safety high resistance
10
generators—new IEEE
research has proven high
grounding provides
10
risk for low resistance
grounded generators with 10
internal ground faults.
These systems require low
resistance grounding for
10
the system, but when an
internal generator ground 10
fault occurs, massive
damage can result. Eaton’s 10
Electrical Services &
Systems has developed 10
a hybrid high resistance
grounding unit (HHRG) that
allows the system to be
10
low resistance grounded
for external ground faults 10
but quickly reverts to high
resistance grounded only 10
for internal ground faults
10
10
Power System Studies
Contents
10 Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies
Description Page
Arc Flash Analysis Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-14
10 Protective Device Coordination Study. . . . . . . . V3-T10-13
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . . V3-T10-15
10 Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 General Description
Eaton’s Electrical Services & ● IEEE 1584, Methods ● The National Fire Protection Following the completion
10 Systems (EESS) can perform for calculating flash Association 70E, National of all studies, acceptance
short-circuit and coordination protection boundary Electrical Code®, latest testing and startup by EESS,
10 studies per the following
standards, and others.
distance and incident
energy values.
edition. Use methods to
calculate flash protection
a 2-year warranty will be
provided on all components
10 ● Institute of Electrical and
Determine hazard
risk category. Select
boundary distance and
incident energy values
manufactured by Eaton.
Electronics Engineers, Inc. protective clothing Sequencing and Scheduling
10 (IEEE): and PPE (Personal Eaton Quality Assurance The short-circuit and
● IEEE 141, Protective Equipment) The short-circuit and protective device
10 Recommended Practice
for Electric Power
● American National coordination studies will coordination studies will
Standards Institute (ANSI): be conducted under the be submitted to the design
10 Distribution for
Industrial Plants
● ANSI C57.12.00: supervision and approval
of a registered professional
engineer prior to receiving
final approval of the
Standard General
IEEE 242,
10
●
Requirements for Liquid- electrical engineer skilled in distribution equipment
Recommended Practice Immersed Distribution, performing and interpreting shop drawings and/or prior
for Protection and the power system studies. to release of equipment
10 Coordination of
Power, and Regulating
Transformers The registered professional drawings for manufacturing.
Industrial and electrical engineer will be a If formal completion of the
10 Commercial
● ANSI C37.13: Standard
full-time employee of EESS. studies may cause delay in
Power Systems for Low Voltage AC
equipment manufacturing,
Power Circuit Breakers The field engineering service
10 ● IEEE 399,
Recommended Practice
Used in Enclosures division can administer the
approval from the engineer
may be requested for
● ANSI C37.010: Standard power system studies,
10 for Industrial and preliminary submittal of
Application Guide for including acceptance and sufficient study data to
Commercial Power
AC High Voltage Circuit startup testing. Equipment ensure that the selection
System Analysis
10 ● IEEE 241,
Breakers Rated on
a Symmetrical
and component titles used in
the studies shall be identical
of device ratings and
Recommended characteristics will be
10 Practice for Electric ●
Current Basis
ANSI C37.41: Standard
to the equipment and
component titles shown on
satisfactory.
Power Systems in the customer’s one-line
10 Commercial Buildings Design Tests for
High Voltage Fuses, drawings. The power system
● IEEE 1015, Distribution Enclosed studies will be performed
10 Recommended Practice
for Applying Low Voltage
Single-Pole Air Switches, with the aid of a digital
Fuse Disconnecting computer program and will be
10 Circuit Breakers Used in
Industrial and
Switches and in accordance with the latest
applicable IEEE and ANSI
Accessories
Commercial Power standards.
10 Systems
10
10.2
Data Collection Short-Circuit and Protective Protective Device Evaluation
The owner’s contractor, Device Evaluation Study Details The protective device The following characteristics 10
under the direction of the Typical conductor evaluation portion of the will be plotted on the curves,
equipment manufacturer, impedances based on IEEE study will: where applicable: 10
shall furnish all data as Std. 141-1993 are utilized.
Evaluate equipment and Electric utility’s
10
● ●
required by the power
Transformer design protective devices short- protective device
system studies. The engineer
impedances are used circuit ratings and compare Medium voltage
10
●
performing the short-circuit
when test impedances to calculated available equipment relays
and coordination studies will
are not available. fault current
furnish the equipment Medium and low
10
●
manufacturer and contractor The following is included

● Determine the adequacy of voltage fuses, including
with a listing of required data as part of the study: switchgear, motor control manufacturer’s minimum
after award of the contract. centers, and panelboard melt, total clearing, 10
The contractor should ● Calculation methods bus bars to withstand tolerance and damage
expedite collection
of the data to ensure
and assumptions
Selected base per
short-circuit stresses bands 10
● ● Determine the adequacy ● Low voltage equipment
completion of the studies as
required for final approval of ●
unit quantities
One-line diagram of the
of transformer windings
to withstand short-circuit
circuit breaker trip devices,
including manufacturer’s
10
the distribution equipment stresses
shop drawings and/or prior to ●
system being evaluated
Source impedance data, ● Determine the adequacy ●
tolerance bands
Transformer full-load
10
the release of the equipment of cable and busway sizes
for manufacturing. Provisions
including electric utility
system and motor fault to withstand short-circuit
current, magnetizing
inrush current and ANSI 10
shall be included by the contribution characteristics heating transformer withstand
contractor to obtain the
services of the equipment
● Tabulations of calculated ● Notify owner in writing, of parameters 10
quantities existing circuit protective ● Conductor damage curves
manufacturer to support
the proper data collection. ● Results, conclusions devices improperly rated ● Ground fault protective 10
and recommendations for the calculated available devices, as applicable
Fault contribution of
existing motors is included A calculation of short-circuit
fault current
● Pertinent motor starting 10
Protective Device characteristics and motor
10
in the study, with motors momentary and interrupting
duties for a three-phase Coordination Study damage points
<100 horsepower typically
grouped together. The bolted fault is made for the ● Proposed protective device ● Pertinent generator
contractor shall obtain following locations: coordination time-current short-circuit decrement 10
required existing equipment curves will be displayed curve and generator
Electric utility’s supply
10
●
data, if necessary, to satisfy on log-log damage point
termination point ● Other system load
the study requirements. ● Included on each curve
Incoming switchgear
10
●
sheet will be a complete protective devices for the
● Unit substation primary title and one-line diagram largest branch circuit and
and secondary terminals the largest feeder circuit
● Low voltage switchgear
with legend identifying the
specific portion of the breaker in each motor 10
system covered control center
Motor control centers
10
●
● Standby generators and ● The device characteristic Where possible, adequate

curves will be terminated
automatic transfer
switches at a point reflecting
time margins will be provided
between device characteristics 10
Branch circuit panelboards maximum symmetrical or such that selective operation
10
●
asymmetrical fault current is provided, while providing
● Other significant locations to which device is exposed
throughout the system proper protection.
● Identification of the device 10
For grounded systems, a associated with each curve
bolted line-to-ground fault
current study for areas as
by manufacturer type and
function, and generated
10
using a commercially
10
defined for the three-phase
bolted fault short-circuit study available software program
will be provided.
10
10
10
10
10
10
Arc Flash Analysis Details Short-Circuit Data

10
Background
● Source fault impedance ● Tabulations of circuit
10 NFPA 70E Standard, the worker from a potential
and generator
contributions
breaker, fuse and other
protective device ratings
Article 110.7 (F), states that arc flash hazard and the versus calculated short-
10 an electrical safety program equipment enclosure should
●
●
X to R ratios
Asymmetry factors circuit duties
shall identify a hazard/risk not be opened unless the
Protective device time
10
●
evaluation procedure to be equipment is de-energized, ● Motor contributions
used before work is started tagged-out and locked-out. versus current coordination
● Short-circuit kVA curves, tabulations of relay
10 on or near live parts. Article
130.7 (A) states that The arc flash analysis ● Symmetrical and and circuit breaker trip unit
considers each medium and asymmetrical fault currents settings, fuse selection
employees working in areas
10 where electrical hazards are low voltage system location
within the scope of the work.
Recommended Protective ● Fault current calculations
present shall be provided Device Settings including a definition of
10 with, and shall use, protective IEEE Std. 1584™-2002 states
that equipment below 240V ● Phase and ground relays:
terms and guide for
interpretation of the
equipment that is designed
need not be considered
10 Current transformer ratio computer printout
●
and constructed for the
specific part of the body to unless it involves at least one ● Arc flash analysis
● Current setting
be protected and for the work 125 kVA or larger low- calculations including a
10 to be performed. impedance transformer in
● Time setting
definition of terms and
its immediate power supply. ● Instantaneous setting
guide for interpretation
10 Procedure Therefore, no detailed
calculations will be performed
● Specialty non-
overcurrent
of calculated values
In accordance with NFPA 70E ● Recommendations for
10 and IEEE 1584, commercially
for 120/208V locations
supplied by a transformer ●
device settings
Recommendations
system improvements,
available software packages where needed
smaller than 125 kVA,
10 provide the calculation of
incident energy and flash
however, labels will be
on improved relaying
systems, if applicable
● Executive summary
provided for these locations In addition to the report, EESS
10 protection boundary. The Circuit breakers:
●
and will be labeled as hazard can provide field services
equations used in these ● Adjustable pickups and
risk category zero. For the (at additional cost) to:
calculations are based on time delays (long time,
10 actual test values. These
detailed calculations, the
software determines the short time, ground) ● Adjust relay and protective
tests measured the calories Adjustable time-current
available fault currents for
10
●
device settings according
per square centimeter characteristic
each location and the clearing to the recommended
(cal/cm2) radiating from
time of the device protecting ● Adjustable settings table provided
10 a simulated arcing fault.
The measurements were
the same location. From instantaneous pickup by the coordination
these determinations, the study. Field adjustments
performed at a theorized
10 working distance of
potential incident energy is
calculated for each location.
Arc Flash Results to be completed by the
engineering service
18.00 inches (457.2 mm). ● Arcing fault magnitude
10 The intent of the NFPA 70E
Arc flash computations
shall include both line and
● Device clearing time
division of the equipment
manufacturer under the
load side of main breaker ● Duration of arc startup and acceptance
10 and IEEE 1584 guidelines
is to establish standard calculations, where necessary. ● Arc flash boundary testing contract portion
calculations to determine an ● Working distance ● Make minor modifications
10 Approach Boundary and an Tabulations ● Incident energy to equipment as required to
associated PPE Hazard Level The following tabulations accomplish conformance
10
● Recommendations for new
that will limit the injury to the will be provided as part of with the short-circuit and
equipment and/or system
onset of a second-degree the study: protective device
changes to reduce the
10 burn to the face and the torso
of the worker. An incident Input Data calculated arc flash energy coordination studies
level below 40 cal/cm2 ● Notify owner in writing
energy of 1.2 cal/cm2
10 represents the onset of a
● Short-circuit reactance
of rotating machines
where possible of any required major
equipment modifications
second-degree burn. The
10 Cable and conduit Submittals Provide arc flash solution
● ●
various PPE Hazard Levels
materials The results of the short- engineering and
are described in the NFPA
recommendations to lower
10 Bus ducts circuit, coordination and
●
70E standard on a scale of
● Transformers arc flash study will be the incident energy at
0 to 4. An incident energy
summarized in a final report. specific locations where
greater than 40 cal/cm2 will
10 be described in this study as
●
●
Reactors
Aerial lines The report will include the
the hazard is unacceptable
“Dangerous” and no Hazard
10 Level can be applied. Thus,
● Circuit resistance and
reactance values
following sections:
no PPE is approved to protect ● One-line diagram
10 ● Descriptions, purpose,
basis and scope of
10 the study
10
10.2
Contents
Description Page
10
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies . V3-T10-12 10
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study 10
Background Study Procedure 10
The primary function of Study results include real Investigate the system The study for the electrical
the electrical power
distribution system is to
(kW) and reactive (kVAR)
power flow through
loading conditions for the
normal and contingent
system is based on both
present and future loading
10
provide real and reactive transformers and cables, operating conditions. All considerations and switching
powers demanded by the voltage levels at system system loads (kW and kVAR configurations. A maximum 10
various loads connected to buses, power factor and components) and power of three load flow study
the system. Simultaneously, system losses. These values sources are included in cases are performed to 10
the frequency and various allow the power system the analysis. analyze power flow, voltage
bus voltages must be kept
within specified tolerances,
engineer to identify
overloaded transformers The study is processed using
regulation, power factor,
transformer tap settings and
10
state-of-the-art software,
even though the load
demands may undergo large
and cables, provide
recommendations for proper which utilizes an iterative
other load considerations.
10
and unpredictable changes. transformer tap settings, and technique to calculate real An evaluation of the existing
determine the need for and reactive power flows, utility billing contract will 10
The Load Flow Study is an power factor correction and bus voltage levels determine whether power
analysis of the system
capability to supply the
capacitors. throughout the system. factor correction should be
incorporated in the power
10
connected load under steady- The Load Flow Study is a The data base for the load system. If power factor
state conditions. Optimal prerequisite to developing flow analysis is established correction is needed, the 10
management of the power optimum generating strategies from existing design or appropriate hardware is
system can be achieved and systems controls. nameplate load data or by
monitoring the existing
recommended and located to 10
through the use of this maintain desired power factor
analytical tool. Necessary in
the planning or expansion of
feeders with a digital power
monitor. Each feeder is
at the metering point. The
study also indicates any
10
monitored for a minimum
electrical power systems, a
load flow study demonstrates of two hours, during typical
switching of power factor
correction equipment that 10
the distribution of power and operating periods. The may be necessary to maintain
voltage levels throughout the following system data is proper voltage levels. 10
system for selected operating utilized as input to the load
scenarios. These scenarios flow program: If the study results indicate
that power factor correction
10
may include normal and ● Current and voltage equipment is necessary,
emergency operating modes,
present and future circuit
● kW, kVAR and kVA the approximate payback 10
● Power factor period will be calculated
arrangements, and alternative
designs and equipment for equipment purchase 10
components. and installation.
10
10
Results Data Requirements

10 The Load Flow Study includes In addition to the data
the following for each circuit required for the short-circuit
10 condition analyzed: study, the following data is
required to complete the load
10 ● Bus voltages, line
currents, power factor
flow study:
and transformer loading Design, nameplate or
10
●
in actual quantities and in measured load data

percent of the device ● Ratings and connections
10 base values of all power factor
● Recommended correction capacitors
10 transformer tap settings ● Reactor impedance
● Recommended generator and ratings
10 dispatch schedules ● Power flow measurements
● Complete set of capacitor (when available) at
10 recommendations,
including calculated
utilization transformers
10 payback period based

upon energy savings,
if additional shunt
10 compensation is
required for power
10 factor improvement or
voltage support
10 ● Recommended equipment
upgrades or circuit
10 reconfigurations to
optimize the power
10 flow from the source
to the loads
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10.2
Contents
Harmonic Analysis Study
Description Page
10
Harmonic Analysis Study 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Harmonic Analysis Study 10
Background 10
The operation of nonlinear Harmonic studies can provide Power factor correction A serious condition, with
loads and in particular variable
frequency drives (VFDs) in a
calculation of the current
and voltage harmonics
capacitor banks are
particularly vulnerable to the
potential for substantial
damage, occurs as a result of
10
power distribution system throughout the electrical detrimental effects of power harmonic parallel resonance.
creates harmonic currents distribution system when system harmonics. Most As frequency increases, 10
that flow throughout the the generated harmonic capacitors are designed to capacitive reactance
power system. When current magnitudes and the operate at a maximum of decreases and inductive 10
considering VFDs, the system 60 Hz impedances 110% of rated voltage and reactance increases.
frequencies and magnitudes
of the harmonic currents are
are known. 135% of rated kVAR. Large
magnitudes of voltage and
Harmonic resonance occurs
at the frequency when the
10
Significant harmonic current
functions of the number
of drive rectifier pulses, and voltage magnitudes can
current harmonics can
exceed these design limits,
inductive reactance of the
source-side circuit equals the 10
as well as the AC system have adverse effects on and cause severe capacitor capacitive reactance of the
impedances. Harmonic system components and bank damage. Since power factor correction 10
voltages result from the overall system operation. capacitive reactance is capacitor. Looking back into
harmonic current flowing Harmonic currents cause
increased power losses in
inversely proportional to the circuit from the harmonic 10
back into the harmonic frequency, capacitor banks source, the capacitor is in
transformers, motors and
impedances of the
distribution system. The cables. The higher power
act as sinks for current
harmonics in the system. This
parallel with the substation
transformer. The circuit total
10
losses increase equipment-
order of the harmonic
currents generated is np ± 1, operating temperatures,
often causes capacitor fuses
to open or capacitor damage
impedance (including the
capacitor) is very high at the 10
where n is any integer and p increasing the possibility of when fuses are not present resonance frequency. If the
is the number of drive pulses. overload, increasing thermal
stress on insulation, and
or improperly sized. VFDs generate harmonic 10
Therefore, for 6-pulse drive, current at the resonance
the order of harmonics is 5th, reducing overall system
efficiency.
frequency, large harmonic 10
7th, 11th, 13th, 17th, 19th, voltages will be developed at
etc. For 12-pulse drive, the
order of harmonics is 11th,
the capacitor and transformer
bus, and serious equipment
10
13th, 23rd, 25th, 35th,
10
damage can occur.
37th, etc.
IEEE Std. 519-1992
establishes recommended
limits for harmonic voltages
10
and currents in power
systems. 10
10
10
Study Procedure Results Data Requirements

10 Harmonic analysis of the In addition, the drive’s At the conclusion of the In addition to the data
electrical distribution system harmonic generation based Harmonic Analysis, the required for a load flow
10 for the circuit conditions upon the drive’s loading and following will be submitted analysis, the following data
listed below. characteristics is calculated. If for each circuit condition is also required:
10 ● Existing system
specified, field measurement analyzed:
● Complete text report of
of the VFD current harmonic
configuration Description, purpose, basis each measurement
10
●
generation during the process
● System with new VFDs or operation can be made. Each and scope of the harmonic location sorted by voltage
other nonlinear harmonic study and a single-line and current, and listing
10 creating loads in operation
harmonic component is then
successively injected into the diagram of the portion of the individual harmonic
simulated system, and the the power system that is component and the total
10 The power system is
modeled for the fundamental
resulting harmonic currents included within the scope
of the study
harmonic distortion (THD)
and voltages are computed ● Waveforms of each
frequency and appropriate
10 harmonic frequencies.
throughout the system. ● Tables listing the individual
harmonic voltages and
measurement sample
System impedances are
● Detailed harmonic
If the calculated magnitudes
10 calculated for the of harmonic voltages and/or
currents and total harmonic
distortions (THDs) for all
spectrums of the harmonic
generating loads
fundamental frequency as currents are excessive, the major buses within the
10 well as for each appropriate
harmonic frequency.
optimal corrective solution will electrical distribution
be determined to reduce the system. Waveforms for all
10 The following is calculated for
harmonic quantities to within
acceptable limits.
of the calculated harmonic
each study: voltages and currents will
10 ● System harmonic voltages
When a harmonic filter is
●
be displayed
Plots of frequency versus
recommended, a complete
in rms and % THD
10 ● System harmonic currents
equipment specification will
be provided. A final study
impedance (harmonic
resonance scans) for all
in rms and % THD shunt capacitor locations
10 ● An IEEE 519 analysis at the
case is conducted to verify
that the harmonic filtering ● Complete
point of common coupling equipment will reduce recommendations for
10 with incoming utility harmonic levels to within harmonic filters, shunt
● Capacitor bank evaluations acceptable standards. capacitors and series
10 on the basis of voltage, reactors, required for
current and kVA harmonic suppression
10 ● The payback period of the ● All computer output and
an interpretation guide
total cost (filter equipment,
10 installation and/or
relocation) for the three
10 most feasible filter options
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10.2
Contents
Description Page
10
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17 10
Advanced Analysis and Design Services
Transient Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19 10
Switching Transient Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-20
Transient Motor Starting Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-21 10
10
Ground Grid Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-21
Electrical Design Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-22
10
10
10
10
Advanced Analysis and Design Services 10
Transient Stability 10
Background Study Procedure 10
Power system stability is a The Transient Stability Study engineers will analyze and angle. These are
condition where the various
synchronous machines of a
Study provides an analysis
of the transient response
system disturbance scenarios
using state-of-the-art
summarized for each
machine in time
10
system remain in synchronism, of the system and rotating software. Protective device increments over the
or in step, with one another. machines following system fault clearing times will be nominal transient time 10
Instability is the condition disturbances, and the behavior included in the computer interval of one or two
when one or more of the of the system in relation to simulations and the seconds. For the load 10
machines fall out of step. the power company tie. generator, motor, and tie-line shedding study analysis,
With a sudden increment Data from the study can be
protection and coordination
will be evaluated from a
the time interval would be
extended to five seconds
10
in load, there is a definite used to determine the effect
upper limit to the load that a of generator and/or motor
system stability perspective.
●
or longer
Plotted swing curves of
10
machine will carry without performance, system voltage Load-shedding schemes will
pulling out of step. This is and frequency, all as a be evaluated or developed, power angle over the
transient time period for 10
defined as the transient function of time. Generator based upon the operating
each machine
stability limit of the system
for the given condition.
and motor performance are
affected by:
requirements of the
customer facility. ● The magnitude and angle 10
The transient stability limit of voltage and frequency
may have different values
● Abrupt changes in load Results deviation for any bus in 10
for the same system, and including the starting the system
At the conclusion of the
depending upon the nature and accelerating effect of
large motors
Transient Stability Analysis, ● Summary of line currents, 10
and magnitude of the Eaton will submit the power flows and apparent
disturbance. Disturbance
types include a sudden
● Short Circuits, from which
effect the critical operating
following: impedance on any line 10
● If required, details of the
time for protective relays Machine variables,
10
●
increase in load, by the load shedding scheme,
disconnection of a parallel line can be determined including turbine input including the sequence
or disconnection of the utility Partial loss of generation or and generator output
10
●
of load separation, critical
source. The most severe loss of power company tie, power, accelerating power, clearing time and type
disturbance subjected to the and the corrective effect of frequency deviation, rotor of relay
electrical distribution system a load shedding scheme angle, field voltage and
current, terminal voltage
10
is a short circuit.
All transient stability
studies should include
magnitude and angle,
and generator current 10
computer simulations that
determine the effects of 10
short circuits upon the
system transient stability. 10
10
Switching Transient Analysis

10
Background Study Procedure Results
10 A transient is initiated Eaton engineers will discuss At the conclusion of the
whenever there is a sudden with customer personnel all Switching Transient Analysis,
10 change of circuit conditions. aspects of the disturbance Eaton will submit the
This most often occurs when that is being investigated. The following:
10 a switching operation occurs,
such as capacitor switching,
circuit configuration
and system loading prior
● Detailed description of the
sequence of events that
10 transformer energizing and
fault current interruption.
to the disturbance and any
subsequent equipment preceded the switching
Some of the most severe damage incurred will transient that disrupted the
10 and damaging transients are be examined. electrical system operation
and caused equipment
produced by lightning strikes.
10 Voltage transients will result Engineers will develop a
computer model of the ●
damage
Magnitudes and
when loads on an electrical
electrical circuit with EMTP,
10 distribution system are
switched. Industrial and Electromagnetic Transients
waveforms of transient
voltages and currents
commercial power systems Program. All circuit calculated by the
10 comprise capacitive and components, including surge computer simulations
inductive components. The capacitors, equipment ● Recommendations for
10 transient disturbance occurs capacitance, bushing
capacitance, CT and PT
surge protection, such
because the currents and as surge arresters, surge
10 voltages do not reach their
final value instantaneously.
capacitance, and transformer
saturation characteristics will
capacitors, RC suppression,
damping resistors or
be modeled in detail.
10 The severity of a voltage
The suspect switching
TVSSs, for all affected
equipment
transient is a function of the
10 operations, including all Results of the insulation
●
relative power level of the
load being switched, and reasonable perturbations such coordination study to
as current chopping, circuit evaluate the degree of
10 the available fault current
magnitude in the supply breaker restrike and prestrike, protection afforded by
circuit where the switching will be simulated with the the recommended surge
10 takes place. Some circuit computer. Voltage and protection system
components such as motors current transient magnitudes ● Appendix, including one-
10 and transformers are will be calculated, and the
waveforms will be displayed
line diagrams, computer
adversely affected by the program output sheets
10 speed (frequency) of the
voltage transient as well
for all of the transients caused
by the switching operation.
and all other pertinent
supporting documentation
10 as its magnitude. Voltage
transient magnitudes
If excessive transient
voltages or currents are
should not exceed twice
10 the system voltage when
observed, the study engineer
will propose corrective
they occur from normal measures, which may
10 switching operations. include surge protection,
Properly rated equipment damping resistors or modified
10 BIL provides adequate
transient or surge protection
switching procedures. These
measures will be analyzed
10 for these instances. with additional simulations
to ensure that excessive
Complex voltage transients
10 result from abnormal
switching operations and
switching transients are
avoided or reduced to
acceptable levels.
10 current chopping, prestrikes
and restrikes cause these Finally, an insulation
disturbances. Voltage
10 magnitudes may approach
coordination study, which
compares surge arrester
ten times the system voltage ratings with equipment BIL,
10 and must be controlled by will be completed to confirm
surge arresters, surge the recommended surge
10 capacitors and/or resistors.
These surges can damage
protection system for the
circuit being investigated.
10 the most rugged system
components.
10
10
10.2
Transient Motor Starting Analysis Ground Grid Analysis
10
Background Study Procedure Background
A motor starting study is A Motor Starting Study will A Ground Grid Analysis ● Substation ground grid 10
conducted to evaluate the determine the system effects ensures that the ground grid layout design, ground grid
motor’s impact on the power of starting and accelerating design provides adequate equipment specifications, 10
system and the power the motor and associated safety for personnel during bills-of-materials,
system’s impact on the
motor. Motor starting studies
load from time zero to full
speed. The study will
ground fault conditions.
When fault current flows
requirements to meet
IEEE Std. 80
10
are usually performed for
new motor installations
calculate the terminal
voltages of the motor and
through the earth from the
ground grid of the plant
● Recommendations for
improving existing grids
10
to ensure system reliability, other buses when the motor substation, the potential of
provide data for motor and load is started. the plant substation ground is Results 10
protection, and to identify any elevated. Voltage potentials At the conclusion of the
system modifications that Eaton will develop the circuit
model on the digital computer.
along the ground surface Ground Grid Analysis, Eaton 10
may be necessary to avoid may be severe enough to will submit the following:
The procedure requires
starting problems.
a Load Flow analysis to
endanger a person walking on
the surface, and dangerous ● Executive summary,
10
Starting a large motor on a be completed initially to potential differences may including findings and
distribution grid with limited determine system conditions exist between grounded recommendations 10
capacity may cause severe prior to motor starting. apparatus, structures, ● Study procedures
voltage reduction and not
produce enough motor Computer simulations of fences and nearby earth. ● Calculation results, 10
various motor starting including GPR and Step
torque to accelerate the
motor. One of the most methods, motor starting Study Procedure
and Touch Potentials 10
noticeable effects is light sequences and circuit Eaton engineers will evaluate ● Data summary, including
flicker during motor starting. configurations will follow.
From these results, Eaton
your switchyard or substation
ground grid to ensure that the
computer report output 10
Voltage dips may cause ● Appendix, including one-
problems with voltage will recommend the best
means of starting motors
performance of the grid
adheres to IEEE Standard 80, line diagrams, computer 10
sensitive electronic program output sheets,
at that circuit location. “Guide for Safety in AC
equipment to such as
computers and Substation Grounding.” and all other pertinent
supporting documentation
10
microprocessors. Results This will involve utilizing a
At the conclusion of the computer software program 10
The study will recommend Motor Starting Study, Eaton that models the ground grid
solutions to any problem
discovered. One possible
will submit the following for
each method analyzed:
under fault conditions. All
voltages at the surface are
10
calculated, allowing
solution may be to install a
reduced voltage starter to ● Tables listing voltages at evaluation of Step and Touch 10
decrease the motor inrush the motor terminals and at potentials, to ensure the
current and minimize the other significant locations safety of plant personnel. 10
voltage drop. A system within the electrical The Ground Potential Rise
balance must be maintained distribution system
Plots of motor speed,
is also calculated to evaluate
the potential of damage to
10
to minimize impact on the ●
system and allow sufficient

motor torque to perform
motor current, motor
torque, load torque,
interconnected equipment.
The following services are 10
its function. accelerating torque, available and are an integral
accelerating time, power part of doing a complete 10
Eaton will investigate various factor, and voltages at evaluation:
methods for minimizing
system disturbances when
the motor terminals and ● Inspection and evaluation
10
other significant locations
of existing grid conductors
starting of motors. These
methods include:
in the system
and connectors and 10
● Recommendations of continuity
● Reduced voltage starting
methods such as: auto-
various options to correct
any problems found in
● Soil resistive 10
measurements and
transformer, reactor,
wye-delta, primary
starting and accelerating
the motor and load interpretation 10
resistor, part winding
● Measurement of ground
and solid state grid impedance 10
● System modifications,
● Safety assessments—step
including paralleling and touch voltage criteria 10
circuits, addition of shunt
capacitors, adjusting 10
transformer taps and
relocating loads
10
10
Electrical Design Services

10 Eaton’s electrical design Typical construction drawings
services can extend from and documentation for design
10 the point of utility connect projects include:
to the equipment. Design
10 services are integrated with
● Demolition plans for the
existing equipment and
analysis services, resulting
10 in a complete engineered
solution. The level of design ●
building (if applicable)
New proposed switchgear
arrangement plans and
10 detail can be customized
from minimal design elevation views
consultation and advice ● Specifications for all
10 to a complete design new AC and DC
package with specifications distribution equipment
10 and drawings. ● All necessary engineering
Typical design services calculations (load flow,
10 include: short-circuit, etc.)
● Single line diagrams for
10 ● Distribution System
Design—Design and
the AC and DC distribution
and auxiliary equipment
10 specification of the
● Arrangement plans and
details for new structures,
system from the point
10 of utility interconnection
bus systems, auxiliary and
DC equipment
to the downstream
10 Conduit raceway drawings
●
utilization equipment
and schedules
● Substation Design—
10 Control panel and terminal
●
Complete substation
design service is available, board panel design
drawings
10 including ground grid
analysis and design, ● Lighting and grounding
substation layout, modifications for the
10 equipment specification, new installation
protection and control ● Building modification
10 ● Protection and Control— for garage doors,
Design of advanced air ventilation, etc.
10 electrical protection
and control, including
10 transmission line
protection, system
automation and
10 advanced metering
Renewable energy
10
●
design, including the

AC and DC distribution
10 systems, collector
substation and utility
10 interconnection design
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Field Engineering Services
10.3
Contents
Description
10
Field Engineering Services 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Selection Guide 10
The following tables present the relationship between Eaton’s Electrical Sector capabilities and the user’s needs:
10
Consulting and Turnkey Project Management
10
Engineering Services New Construction Improved Reliability Life Extension
Capabilities and Facility Growth and Reduced Downtime and Cost Reductions
10
New substation design, Support consultant or end-user by offering one-stop — Design and construction costs are reduced by a
management and construction shopping and an exclusive 2-year warranty on all
Eaton products supplied.
single-source contract. In addition, end-user internal
engineering resources can be applied to core-business 10
process improvements, rather than the electrical
10
Electrical, mechanical and Through networking the experiences of our — distribution system.
instrumentation services many service locations, we can add mechanical
and instrumentation services to our
construction capabilities.
10
Power system studies New construction requires the proper set of A short-circuit study is required for protection of Extending the life of an electrical distribution system
Short circuit
Device evaluation
power system studies. We can review your current
and future power needs: reliability, loading profiles,
personnel and equipment. In addition, coordination
studies reduce downtime by limiting the power loss to
should include an updated single-line diagram and the
proper complement of Power System Studies to 10
Coordination emergency power requirements, etc., and determine only the faulted feeder. Power quality studies are address your current and future needs.
Load flow
Power factor
the necessary studies. necessary due to the many new nonlinear loads and
their potential effect on critical equipment.
10
Harmonics
Power quality
Grounding
10
Reliability
Switching transient 10
Others
Failure/root-cause analysis — Electrical outages can result in extensive downtime An investigation of critical outages can result in long- 10
and loss production. Critical systems should be range cost reductions by preventing the repeat of such
investigated to determine the cause of such outages,
and corrective actions planned and implemented.
occurrences, and allowing system improvements
while funding is available. 10
Equipment relocation Changing production needs can be satisfied by
the relocation of power distribution components,
— Costs can be reduced for new production projects
by the allocation of existing equipment, thereby 10
either by use of internal or sister-plant equipment. eliminating the need for new purchases.
10
10
10
10
10
10
System Integration
10 Engineering Services New Construction Improved Reliability Life Extension
10 Plant monitoring, protection Plant-wide electrical power distribution system Real-time monitoring, and remote control of circuit Plant electrical distribution systems are being
and control monitoring and control can be cost-effectively breakers can greatly improve reliability by providing subjected to higher loads, and greater harmonics.
10 Digitrip
PowerNet
implemented during new construction. New
Eaton electrical products allow for communications
immediate indication of a problem, allowing for a
quick resolution; and if necessary, remote control
Plant-wide monitoring can help identify these areas
of rapid deterioration, and implement corrective
10 Advantage starters
DeviceNet
through all levels of the power distribution network.
Eaton’s PowerNet system allows for plant-wide
of power distribution equipment. actions to extend the life of the electrical system.
Taking such action will also prevent costly outages
PLC interface monitoring and control from a single workstation and the resultant downtime. In addition, with the
10 or from any number of workstations connected to a
plant LAN, company, intranet or Internet.
advent of utility deregulation, having accurate power
usage values will allow for improved negotiating on
power purchases.
10 PLC/PC control and open New process and discrete control systems The real-time, self-diagnostic information PC control/open automation systems provide the
automation systems currently employ PLCs for control and monitoring. available with a PC control/open automation greatest level of flexibility when implementing a
10 Eaton PC control and open automation products
can be applied for many of these systems with full
system significantly reduces system downtime
by allowing the operator to proactively respond to
control system. The open automation concept allows
the user to select the “best in class” components
integration into plant-wide control and information system problems before a shutdown occurs. without being tied to a single OEM. PC control systems
10 management systems. Integration to other OEM’s can provide a wealth of information that
equipment is also available. can be easily integrated into manufacturing and
10 enterprise systems allowing the user to optimize

process efficiency.
10
Drive systems motor control Eaton drive systems, as well as modernized Modern drive systems and motor control will The electrical portion of the process-line can have
motor control, provide critical hardware for greatly improve system reliability by the application extended life, and develop a lower cost of production.
new efficient process system construction. of new technology, and allowing for plant-wide This can be combined with the life extension of the
10 communications and control. mechanical components.
Energy management Eaton maintains application expertise and a full — With the advent of utility deregulation, in-house
10 load shedding line of products to support energy management

systems. Our energy management experts can
power generation and load shedding capabilities
can aid your negotiations for reduced electric rates.
design and implement an energy management In-house generation voltage regulation and excitation
10 program including financial analysis and justification. systems can also add to system life.
Generator/emergency New power reliability needs may require modern Reliability can be improved for critical processes
10 power systems emergency power systems. with improved standby power systems.
10 Training
10 Engineering Services
Capabilities
New Construction
and Facility Growth
Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime
Life Extension
and Cost Reductions
10 New product training

Electrical power equipment
Training is offered on all new products supplied
by Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The construction
— —
Drive systems phase is a beneficial time to incorporate training,

10 PLC systems from equipment and a funding standpoint.
Distribution systems — Plant engineers require an understanding of the Life extension of the power distribution system
10 analysis training dynamics of electrical power distribution systems.
This training addresses topics to improve existing
requires a proper analysis by the plant electrical
engineer. Appropriate investigations can be completed
10
electrical systems, as well as plan for future and recommendations planned for implementation.
expansions.
Power quality and — Power quality and grounding issues are affecting —
10 grounding training new sensitive process equipment. This training
can provide short- and long-term solutions, as well
10 as recommending methods to accurately measure

power quality.
10
Electrical equipment — Completing proper and timely maintenance on Proper equipment maintenance will result in system
maintenance training electrical equipment will improve reliability and life extension, indirectly by reducing failures. In
reduce downtime. This training shall identify simple, addition, training in-house personnel to complete
10 yet effective, maintenance tasks, which can be
completed by plant personnel.
several maintenance duties can reduce costs.
10 Customized training
Scheduled
In conjunction with new construction, training can
also be integrated to include existing electrical
A plant-wide custom training program can
address specific reliability needs, as well as
Cost reductions can be achieved by providing
maintenance training to operation personnel, thereby
On-site components, regardless of manufacturer. This allows goals for reduced downtime. possibly combining operating and maintenance duties.
10 for effective one-time training, on-site if desired, and
incorporated into the construction project. A site review
This training will also provide operators with a
better understanding of the needs of electrical
would be conducted to identify the training needs, and equipment, thereby resulting in life extension
10 associated equipment. through reduced fatigue.
10
10
10
10.3
Startup and Commissioning
10
Installation support Electrical construction of sophisticated power Proper installation techniques have been proven Proper installation will result in an extended life,
10
and supervision distribution equipment requires support and/or to reduce short-term operation problems and the through the proper application of stress and
supervision by factory trained personnel. resultant downtime. tensions on various electrical components. 10
Acceptance testing Startup testing should be completed by an Proper acceptance testing provides baseline Proper acceptance testing will identify any areas
Electrical power
equipment:
independent division of a major electrical
equipment manufacturer. Eaton provides an exclusive
data for future maintenance. This allows the
development of predictive maintenance programs,
requiring corrective action, thereby resulting in a
system with the longest life expectancy.
10
10
Switchgear 2-year warranty on all Cutler-Hammer brand products thereby anticipating outages, and identifying
Outdoor units supplied, when EESS completes engineering studies, correction actions. EESS offers comprehensive
Circuit breakers startup and acceptance testing. ongoing predictive and preventive maintenance
PowerNet, etc.
Starters
programs.
10
Motor control
Transformers
Tap changers
10
Network protection
Drive systems
PLC systems
10
Nuclear safety related 1E
Startup, training and Trained individuals should complete equipment Long-term reliability is ensured by the proper Allowing the training cycle to commence
10
10
warranty support startup. Voltage levels, phasing and proper startup, training and warranty support, all of immediately following, or during, the startup
grounding requires attention to ensure a safe which are provided by EESS. of the equipment can reduce training costs.
startup. Specific equipment testing and adjustments Travel and setup costs are minimized, and
are also necessary to ensure all electrical safety
interlocks are operational and ready for long-term
plant personnel witness the operation of all
associated electrical equipment, as part of the 10
service. Training can be provided immediately training session.
following, or during the startup process. Warranty
issues can be quickly identified and corrected by
10
factory trained personnel.
Exclusive 2-year warranty Eaton has identified that warranty-related costs may be associated with improper startup and acceptance Startup costs are reduced by allowing EESS to
10
testing by groups that are not factory trained. This results in construction delays, as well as possible complete all functions since the required OEM
long-term reliability issues. Eaton offers an exclusive 2-year warranty on Cutler-Hammer
brand products, when all engineering studies, startup and acceptance testing is completed by EESS.
presence for equipment installation support can
be incorporated into the acceptance testing.
10
10
Predictive and Preventive Maintenance
10
10
PM program design and Following construction, EESS can develop a Predictive maintenance involves identifying A properly designed program will take advantage
implementation
Electrical power equipment:
long-term predictive/preventive maintenance
program. This allows for recording of the necessary
measurable parameters, which when trended,
provide an indication of the reliability and the life
of in-house personnel, thereby providing a cost-
effective plan. Program implementation and 10
Switchgear baseline data required for effective predictive expectancy of the subject equipment. required corrective actions will result in the
Outdoor units
Circuit breakers
maintenance programs.
Preventive maintenance includes specific
longest life expectancy possible. 10
PowerNet, etc. Partial discharge sensors installed in new medium maintenance tasks that extend the useful life EESS can provide a complete short- and long-
Starters voltage switchgear provide years of predictive of the subject equipment. range PM program to satisfy your life extension 10
Motor control diagnostics. and cost reduction needs.
Transformers
Tap changers
A comprehensive program can be developed,
whereby plant personnel complete portions, Partial discharge detection identifies insulation 10
Network protection supplemented by EESS personnel. Plant personnel deterioration prior to permanent damage and
Medium voltage generators
Medium voltage motors
would perform observations, minor maintenance
and data recording. Tasks would be developed to
ultimate failure. Efficient outage correction
actions can be implemented.
10
Drive systems complement plant personnel’s existing daily duties.
PLC systems
Nuclear safety related Periodic reports would be issued addressing
10
10
1E equipment all trends. Immediate corrective actions would
be identified, as well as long-term predictive
maintenance requirements.
Reliability is improved and downtime reduced 10

by the proper and regular implementation
of predictive and preventive maintenance programs. 10
10
10
10
10
Electrical System Modernization

10 Switchgear bus Existing switchgear and bus duct can be With possibly greater utility fault currents, new in-house cogeneration and additional motor loads
MVA upgrading retrofitted with partial discharge sensors, available, existing bus MVA ratings may be exceeded. Engineering inspection, testing and analysis are
10 therefore allowing for online predictive
diagnostics.
employed by experienced engineers to determine corrective measures to improve bus MVA ratings. Life
extension is achieved for the entire switchgear lineup when combined with breaker MVA upgrading by
10 Bus insulation systems Existing switchgear and bus duct can be

vacuum replacements.
Replacement fluidized insulated bus systems are supplied to improve the reliability and extend the
10
retrofitted with partial discharge sensors, life expectancy of the switchgear bus system. During the preliminary inspection, the sources of
therefore allowing for online predictive bus contamination, or environmental factors, are reviewed and long-term system corrections are
diagnostics. also implemented.
10 Medium voltage vacuum
retrofit and low voltage
— As presented in Circuit Breaker Specialized Services, medium voltage vacuum replacements improve the
reliability and life expectancy of medium voltage breakers; as well as low voltage Digitrip RMS retrofits do the
10 Digitrip RMS retrofits

Low and medium voltage —
same for low voltage breakers.
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer aftermarket products Life extension is achieved for medium and low voltage
include AMPGARD® retrofit kits with air to
10
motor starting upgrades motor control centers by replacing the worn
vacuum replacements. In addition, for low voltage components with new production units. In addition,
motor control and DS switchgear, replacement improved motor protection and communications can be
10 units are manufactured as direct replacements for
Westinghouse and other OEM’s MCC buckets.
incorporated into the upgrade package.
Reliability is improved by the replacement of the

10 operating coils and associated contact assemblies.
Low and medium voltage — To assist in improving reliability of individual Costs are reduced in comparison to modernizing
10 cell retrofit feeder cubicles, Eaton can supply a complete
circuit breaker and supporting cell for installation
the entire switchgear lineup. Life extension is
achieved for a single cubicle feeder only.
into existing switchgear. The result is a new
10 production unit, custom installed into an existing
older vintage switchgear lineup. A site inspection
10
is required to determine the best breaker/cell
combination to satisfy the system requirement.
Molded case circuit — Older style molded case breakers can be replaced Life extension is achieved for the entire lineup by
10 breaker upgrades with new Eaton standard or the high interrupting application of new production units into the existing
Series C® class of molded case breakers. switchboard lineup.
10 Plant monitoring, protection —
Long-term reliability is improved.
Real-time monitoring and remote control of Plant electrical system life extension can be achieved
10
and control circuit breakers can greatly improve reliability by improving the monitoring, protection and control
Digitrip by providing immediate indication of a problem, of the individual components in a planned and unified
PowerNet allowing for a quick resolution; and if necessary, manner. Plant electrical distribution systems are being
10 Advantage starters
DeviceNet
remote control of power distribution equipment. subjected to higher loads and greater harmonics.
Plantwide monitoring can help identify these areas of
PLC interface rapid deterioration, and implement corrective actions
10 to extend the life of the electrical system. In addition,
with the advent of utility deregulation, having accurate
10
power usage values will allow for improved
negotiating on power purchases.
Power factor control — — Utility rates, as well as internal electrical system
10 and correction losses, are related to power factor. Cost reductions
are achieved through proper power factor control
10 and correction. For systems with harmonics, filtered

power factor capacitor banks should be designed
and installed.
10 Ground fault detection — Improved system reliability and personnel safety Costly outages, and faults related to repeated arcing
systems are achieved by a properly applied ground fault grounds, can be eliminated, as well as providing an
10 detection system. Systems can be applied at MV,
or low voltage levels by the use of Eaton products.
improved environment for personnel safety.
10 High resistance grounding

and detection
— High resistance grounding systems can be
installed on ungrounded systems. These systems
Costs are reduced by limiting the damaging
effects of ground fault current and reducing the
will limit the ground fault current, thereby reducing troubleshooting time to locate grounds. Ground
10 ground fault damage. The advantages of an
ungrounded system are maintained with the
fault pulsing allows for locating the ground,
with portable hand-held sensing devices, during
added feature of ground detection and correction online operation.
10 while maintaining system operation.
Surge/lightning — Outages can be prevented, related to surges Costly equipment damage can be eliminated.
10 protection systems or lightning by the proper application of
protective devices.
10 Automatic transfer
scheme upgrades
— Older automatic transfer schemes employ
old relay systems. The relay coils may be at
Cost reductions related to downtime are eliminated,
by a review and upgrade of older transfer schemes,
the end of their useful life, and operation can before the first failed automatic transfer operation
10 not be assured for the next required automatic
transfer. Unfortunately, most defective transfer
occurs.
10 schemes are not detected until a failed operation

has occurred.
10.3
Electrical System Modernization, continued
10
Network protector — Network protector relaying systems require Life extension is achieved by proper servicing,
10
service/relaying systems service and testing to ensure continued proper and/or upgrading of network protector components.
operation. Older relaying systems can be upgraded,
and complete network protector service is
Complete network protector reconditioning is also
available from Eaton.
10
10
available to improve reliability.
Generator voltage regulation — Many older in-house cogeneration units have With the advent of utility deregulation, in-house
10
and static excitation systems antiquated voltage regulation and excitation cogeneration has become a critical source of
systems. These older systems can not function supplemental electrical power, for peak-shaving
with the precision of modern replacements, and and negotiating competitive power usage rates.
often require extensive maintenance. Eaton offers
a complete range of products to apply to these
With the associated maintenance of the mechanical
and rotating components, the life expectancy can be 10
older systems, thereby improving overall system extended with the inclusion of a modern electrical
reliability and reducing downtime. control system. 10
Reduced voltage and — Application of current production starters will Starter retrofits can be easily justified based on
soft starters improve reliability due to the new components
installed.
energy cost savings, and reduced wear-and-tear
on the process line during starting.
10
Synchronous motor
field application
— Many older synchronous motors employ field
application panels that are obsolete, with parts
Life extension can be achieved for the synchronous
motor field application system by applying new 10
support no longer available. Applying a new Eaton Eaton products.
field application package will improve reliability
and reduce future downtime.
10
Drive systems PLC
process systems
— Retrofitting older drive and relay-logic process
systems with new drives and PLCs provides for
Process cost reductions will be realized by drive
system PLC improvements due to greater control
10
greater reliability and reduced downtime. Older of production parameters. Eaton sensors, in
devices are eliminated, thereby eliminating
nuisance control problems.
conjunction with drive and PLCs, can provide a
complete modernized production system.
10
All OEMs upgraded
Westinghouse/GE/ITE
— Field personnel are experienced in Eaton equipment, as well as other manufacturer’s equipment.
This cross-OEM experience allows the application of singular new products to satisfy many OEM
10
BBC/ABB/Square D upgrading needs and provide uniformity across the various OEM’s equipment.
Allis Chalmers/Siemens/ 10
Federal Pacific/Roller Smith
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Circuit Breaker Specialized Services

10 Low and medium voltage Spare cubicles, part of new construction with Downtime can be substantially reduced by Aging circuit breakers can be replaced with direct
replacement circuit breakers a planned expansion, can be equipped with low allowing our Aftermarket Centers of Excellence roll-in replacements, thereby extending the life of
10 voltage and medium voltage replacement breakers.
Eaton circuit breakers and other OEM circuit
to provide spare replacement breakers. the entire switchgear assembly.
10 AR-Series low voltage

breakers can be supplied.
— Eaton’s AR-Series low voltage replacement Life extension is achieved by upgrading existing
10
replacement breakers breakers provide a solution tailored to meet breakers to the most current breaker technology. The
Westinghouse safety and reliability concerns while eliminating AR-Series solution will result in a number of reduced
Allis-Chalmers the need for new switchgear. AR-Series breakers costs associated with maintaining or replacing vintage
10 Federal Pacific
and others
are 100% new and are designed to be electrical
and mechanical equivalents of the vintage
equipment. These cost reductions include: reduced
maintenance time, decreased outages due to readily
breakers they replace. They are not “retrofits” available parts, elimination of field engineering costs,
10 and do not reuse any parts from the original breaker.
The same safety, reliability and maintainability of
reduced spare parts investment increase safety.
new switchgear are obtained for a fraction of the

10 total installed cost.
Low voltage retrofits — Eaton Digitrip RMS kits have been widely used Life extension is achieved by upgrading the critical trip
10 Digitrip RMS kits
Westinghouse
to modernized low voltage circuit breakers. They
offer advanced RMS sensing, digital display of
system on low voltage circuit breakers. In addition,
future testing costs are reduced, and in-house testing
10
Cutler-Hammer current, improved protection, fault indication, can be applied by the purchase of a portable test set.
GE self-testing and communications to Eaton’s
ITE/BBC/ABB PowerNet system. Retrofits greatly improve
10 Allis-Chalmers
Siemens
reliability by applying the latest technology to
existing circuit breakers.
Federal Pacific
10 Square D
Roller Smith
10 Medium voltage vacuum roll-in —

circuit breakers
Older air circuit breaker contacts, arc chutes,
mechanisms, secondary disconnects, etc.,
Life extension of medium voltage switchgear
assemblies can be accomplished by the replacement
Eaton new production are replaced with current production vacuum of existing air circuit breakers with new vacuum
10 breaker element
Full ANSI design testing
breakers, incorporating all of the above into a
single, fully ANSI tested device. Long-term
breakers. Eaton’s Electrical Sector manufactures
widely used vacuum breaker elements for this
10 Increased MVA
ratings available
reliability is improved. purpose.
Field installation and startup

10 Low and medium voltage — All components are refurbished, or replaced, The low and medium voltage breaker life is
recondition depending on the extent of service contracted. substantially extended. In addition, the service can
10 Aftermarket centers of
excellence (ACE)
Spares are available for interchanging units during
scheduled outages, resulting in long-term reliability
include the application of modernized rms sensing trip
systems. Specialized Navy, or Nuclear Safety Related
gains without costly unexpected outages. 1E units are also serviced.
10 MCC motor starter buckets — Replacements provide all new components and Spares are available to provide extended life,
added reliability. during schedule outages.
10 MCC replacement buckets Add buckets or increase starter sizes in Replacement units are newly manufactured Many designs of vintage MCC are no longer
for other manufacturers existing equipment. including stabs and all breaker and control supported. Eaton’s replacement units offer a cost-
10 components. They utilize state-of-the-art
technology increasingly reliability and uptime.
effective means to extend the life or modernize
existing equipment without the need to replace the
original MCC.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Predictive Diagnostic
10.4
Contents
Partial Discharge Testing
Description Page
10
Predictive Diagnostic 10
Partial Discharge Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29
Medium and High Voltage Predictive 10
Diagnostics Online Monitoring and
Partial Discharge Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-32 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Partial Discharge Testing 10
Application Functionality PD Analysis Instrumentation
(for use during periodic
10
Eaton’s Electrical Services & PD sensors detect partial Eaton provides a PD sensor
PD measurements)
Systems has developed
state-of-the-art technology
discharges, which are the
initial indicators of corona
for each cubicle within the
switchgear lineup. Sensing Eaton measurement and 10
to allow for the long-term or surface tracking. Corona for PD at the ends of the analysis instrumentation is
predictive diagnostics of and surface tracking are switchgear lineups only is capable of periodically 10
medium voltage equipment. the primary root-causes of not acceptable due to the detecting partial discharges
New or existing medium insulation deterioration in signal attenuation of PD. The related to medium voltage 10
voltage switchgear lineups medium voltage electrical sensing must occur in each switchgear, medium voltage
are equipped with partial
discharge (PD) sensors to
equipment. The sensitivity
of PD sensors and
individual cubicle to ensure
maximum sensitivity and
motors and generators,
medium voltage cables,
10
transformers and other
measure PD within the
cubicles. The sensing
measurement technology
is sufficient to detect
predictive value of the
measurements. medium voltage electrical 10
technology provides early stages of defect equipment. It completes
measurement of all development by measuring Calibration and Baseline concurrent sampling of a 10
discharges through PD of low levels (less than Measurements minimum of four channels,
noninvasive sensing of 50 pico-coulombs). PD New switchgear can be able to effectively suppress
electrical noise, eliminate
10
the electrical power signal. occurring within the cubicles monitored at the factory
Measurements are performed
online, while switchgear
as well as PD emanated
by external sources (cable
prior to shipment, and a
baseline signature of PD is
cross-coupling of measured
PD signals, maintain a 10
detection sensitivity of 50 pC
equipment is energized under
normal operational conditions,
terminations, cables,
bus ducts, connected
provided with the switchgear.
Field startup service includes or better, and disseminate 10
using measurement transformers, motors, etc.) obtaining a post-installation the type of discharge
equipment specifically within a limited distance is signature of the PD. In-service measured. Immediate 10
designed for this purpose. identified. Sensors allow for medium voltage switchgear, report documentation is
periodic partial discharge which is retrofitted with PD incorporated within the
instrumentation software,
10
sensing from the front of sensors, will have an initial
each switchgear cubicle
without the need to open
baseline measurement
obtained, whereas our
with analysis and
recommendations included 10
cubicle doors, using in the final report.
measurement equipment
database of switchgear PD
measurements does allow 10
specifically for this purpose. us to provide immediate
results concerning the 10
insulation condition.
10
10
10
Transformer Transformer Bushing Monitoring System

10 Predictive Diagnostics Eaton’s system monitors Instrumentation Calibration, Manuals and
the changes in the bushing Baseline Measurements
10 (Bushing Power Factor, Partial insulation, for the set of
Eaton’s predictive analysis
instrumentation is capable Eaton provides full field
Discharge and Vibro-Acoustics) three bushings in a group, calibration and startup. A
of precise continuous
10 Transformers, with a primary based on changes in bushing measurement of the separate independent PF
voltage at or above 68 kV, capacitance or bushing capacitive current through test is performed of each
10 and containing capacitive
taps on the primary bushing,
power factor. the bushing insulation while bushing as part of the startup
the transformer is energized. and calibration process.
The system detects changes
10 should be equipped with
a continuous monitoring of the power frequency The minimum detectable
change in current is 0.1%
Transformer bushings are
calibrated and baseline
system to allow for pre- and current through the bushing
measurements obtained.
10 post-shipment measurement insulation. If the transformer of the initial current. The
temperature deviation of Part of the field startup
of bushing power factor and has 6 or 9 bushings (two or
the signal is the same order. service includes obtaining a
10 internal PD. In addition, three windings), additional
systems can be installed The display is available from post-installation baseline
vibro-acoustics testing can the bushing monitoring measurements to ensure
as required. The measured
10 be completed both prior to
shipment and after final current through the bushing instrumentation for one no detects have resulted
during bushing installation
insulation can not be less complex PF signal per
installation. Vibro-acoustics
10 testing will indicate any initial than 2 mA. The system bushing group, which will
include the display of the
and/or transformer
transportation, installation
internal winding or core also provides provisions
current PF value. The and startup. A report with
10 looseness prior to shipment, for the connection of
instrumentation for periodical following output signals any recommendations is
and confirm that no additional can also be provided as also provided. A complete
10 internal stress has occurred
during shipment and
PD measurements using
portable equipment without required: Two alarm signals manual is supplied for
(dry contacts) for a local both the instrumentation
requiring a transformer
10 installation. This additional
field-testing provides for outage, or any modifications alarm system, and
additionally 4–20 mA DC
and the software describing
the operation of the
immediate indication of any to the sensing circuit.
10 problem related to the
output for an analog re-
transmitting or serial interface
instrumentation, calibration
and troubleshooting.
manufacturer, transportation, Sensors
for digital re-transmitting.
10 installation and startup. Vibro- The power factor (PF)
sensors are connected to the
Instrumentation is completely Remote Monitoring
acoustics also provides isolated from high voltages Eaton can monitor any asset
10 indication of internal
looseness related to over-
bushing capacitance taps. All
sensors are designed for
and feature immunity to using partial discharge
high voltage transients. equipment by several secure
outdoor installation within the
10 drying out of insulation during
oil processing, and ambient temperature minus
Full field calibration
procedures are supplied
methods including cellular,
Ethernet or dial-in. Eaton has a
can provide diagnostic 50°C to plus 50°C. Insulation
10 information in preparation level (withstand 1 minute
with the instrument’s
operation manual. All
secure APN that enables the
most secure connections
for a transformer internal AC voltage) between primary necessary connections for available and can provide
10 inspection. In addition, these and secondary circuits is:
bushing sensor 1.5 kV plus
the selected options are monthly reporting, alarms
systems provide a method supplied with startup and and product support.
10 to complete future predictive
diagnostics, online, without
overvoltage protection;
neutral sensor 15 kV;
baseline calibration.
any equipment outage, tank, core or cable shield
10 therefore providing grounding 2.5 kV; and
Software (Digital Option)
Eaton’s monitoring software
extended life and increased 5 sheath 1.5 kV. The sensor
10 equipment uptime. system also includes is compatible with Microsoft®
Windows® 95 or high O/S
overvoltage protection to
based systems with the
10 suppress all overvoltages,
arising during transformer following features: display
of the PF value for the group
10
operation, below this level.
Temperature sensor, if used of three bushings (up to three
with a digital device, is of a groups), storage and trending
10 standard RTD type. Sensors of the PF value for all
monitored groups (up to
also provide provisions for
10 periodic PD measurements
online, using separate
three), trending PF readings
versus temperature, alarm
threshold setting, alarming
10 instrumentation designed
for this purpose. upon PF reaching the preset
thresholds, printing and
10 plotting of the historical data.
10
10
10
10.4
Online Transformer Partial Discharge Monitoring
Eaton also installs PD Part of the field startup Periodic Partial Discharge After the unit is loaded to
10
sensors to allow for online service includes obtaining Analysis Software approximately 50%, or greater,
PD measurements within post-installation baseline Eaton’s expert monitoring a second set of measurements 10
a transformer. PD measurements to ensure no system applies analysis shall be obtained. Two
measurement can be defects have resulted during software, during periodic subsequent measurements, 10
periodically obtained while bushing installation and/or measurements, with the at 6 and 12 months, following
the transformer is online and
in normal operation, using
transformer transportation,
installation and startup.
following features: display
of PD data, statistical
continuous online operation,
are recommended. Further
10
separate instrumentation
designed for this purpose.
A report with any
recommendations is
processing of the PD data,
data storage and editing,
follow-up measurements will
be on an as-determined basis. 10
The measurement system also provided. and instrumentation control. Measurements are made at
can assess the insulation All data from the test is 12 locations on the transformer 10
condition based on PD Measurement Parameters automatically saved to a hard tank, 6 on the HV side of the
measurement of the Eaton’s instrumentation disk in a database format. transformer tank and 6 on the 10
bushings and the transformer measures the following: The stored data format is LV side (the HV side indicates
windings insulation. The
system is also capable of
apparent PD magnitude of
each impulse, number of
compatible with Microsoft
Windows applications Word®,
the side with HV bushings, and
the LV side indicates the side
10
10
detecting sparking in the impulses per cycle, phase Excel®, Access® and others. with the LV bushings).
core, sparking associated position of each discharge All standard “Microsoft
with connections, and impulse, impulse repetition Windows” control functions Traditional Transformer Startup
sparking associated with the rate, impulse discharge power, such as printing, and cut and and Acceptance Testing 10
static electrical discharges. and peak discharge magnitude paste operations are available The above transformer
Sensors and Instrumentation

of the impulses. The following within the software. Upon predictive diagnostic 10
quantities are plotted and initiation, the software systems and field startup
Sensors are noninvasive and
have no connection to the
displayed in a report format:
apparent discharge magnitude
performs self-diagnostic
procedures to ensure all
testing is completed by
Eaton in addition to traditional
10
transformer factory and
energized components.
Sensors are designed for
of each impulse, number of
impulses per cycle, phase
components are operating
correctly. field acceptance testing in 10
outdoor installation within the position of each discharge accordance with ANSI, IEEE,
ambient installation within impulse, impulse repletion Calibration, Manuals and and other applicable testing 10
the ambient temperature rate, impulse discharge power, Baseline Measurements standards. For example, a
–50ºC to +50ºC. Sensors are peak discharge magnitude of Part of the field startup separate independent power
factor test is required of each
10
connected, as required based the impulses, impulse count service includes obtaining
on the field conditions, to the
following locations: bushing
and PD magnitude vs. phase
position representation and
post-installation baseline
measurements to ensure no
bushing as part of the startup
and calibration process. 10
capacitor taps, transformer defects have resulted during These additional tests provide
10
impulse PD power. The above
neutral connection, tank information is provided to bushing installation and/or for immediate indication
grounding, core grounding, support the findings and transformer transportation, of any problem related to
electrostatic shield recommendations, which are installation and startup. A report manufacturer, transportation, 10
grounding, surge arresters, contained in a field report. with recommendations is also installation and startup. In
isophase bus enclosure
bonds and grounds. The Vibro-Acoustic Analysis
provided. addition, Eaton’s predictive
diagnostics provides a
10
sensor frequency range
of operation is 500 kHz to
of Transformers
Eaton can perform vibro-
Measurements
Vibro-acoustics is based on
method to complete future
predictive diagnostics, online, 10
50 MHz. Insulation level acoustics testing prior to without any equipment
(withstand 1 minute AC shipment and after final
collecting steady-state vibro-
acoustic data from the outside outage, therefore providing 10
voltage) between primary installation. Vibro-acoustics of the transformer tank under extended life and increased
and secondary circuits is: testing indicates any initial two load conditions and equipment uptime. 10
bushing sensor 1.5 kV plus internal winding or core subsequent automated
overvoltage protection;
neutral sensor 15 kV; tank,
looseness prior to shipment,
and confirms that no
analysis of the energy 10
distribution among different
core or cable shield grounding
2.5 kV; and isophase sheath
additional internal stress
has occurred during shipment
frequencies in this vibration
data. The first measurement
10
1.5 kV. The sensor system and installation. at no-load will be obtained prior
also includes overvoltage to shipment. A subsequent, 10
protection to suppress all post-installation, no-load, vibro-
overvoltages, arising during acoustic measurement is also 10
transformer operation, below completed on-site to verify
this level. no internal stresses resulted
during shipment or installation.
10
10
10
10
Contents
10 InsulGard Predictive Relay
Description Page
10 Partial Discharge Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29
Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics
10 Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis
10 General Description Application Description
Eaton’s predictive diagnostics Certainly, a well-designed,
10 offers predictive diagnostic time-based preventive InsulGard Predictive Relay for
Continuous Monitoring and
equipment and systems for maintenance program will
Analysis of PD
10 medium and high voltage
equipment. Much of Eaton’s
have a profound positive
effect on failure rates, but Applications of the InsulGard
system are available for
10 technology is based on the
measurement and analysis
they are generally invasive
in nature. This invasiveness equipment that are rated
of partial discharges (PD). has a tendency to increase for 4000V to 38,000V
10 PD is a well-known and an failure rates due to the and include:
industry-accepted indicator of introduction of new defects, ● Motors/generators (RTDs
10 insulation deterioration that
leads to equipment failure.
resulting in infant-mortality are also used as sensors)
failure patterns. ● Switchgear systems
10 Studies have shown that With industry moving toward ● Bus ducts
approximately 80 percent of fewer and shorter outages, Power center transformers
10
●
all equipment failures occur companies are looking for
on a random basis and are not alternative and predictive
● Gas insulated substations
10 Splices and terminations

●
age related. The statistic technologies to protect
indicates that whatever we their investment, lower of cables
10 are doing today in terms of

preventive maintenance is
maintenance costs and
increase system reliability.
not overly effective and that Use of the technologies
10 there are opportunities for provided by Eaton will do
major improvements. just that.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10.4
10
InsulGard—Transformer Benefits of Using the Benefits of Remote Monitoring
Monitoring System InsulGard System ● Relieves the burden 10
Data gathered from Doble ● Saves money of data analysis
conferences and other
scientific papers indicate
● No labor is required to ● Experts are readily 10
conduct test available
that bushing failures are
responsible for up to
● More efficient deployment ● Safe, secure and reliable 10
of personnel. Labor can be data collection
35 percent of all large
power transformer failures.
reallocated to fix problems
(instead of look for them)
● Cost-effective—eliminates 10
This data also states that cost of expert traveling
52 percent of bushing failures
and take care of other
important matters
to site 10
are violent in nature, which ● Automatic, easy to
Tests are performed online
10
●
presents safety concerns, as understand reports
well as concerns related to ● No loss of asset
productivity
environmental damage.
● More accurate data as 10
Among Eaton’s capabilities tests are conducted under
is the ability to continuously
monitor the changes in the
actual operating conditions 10
● No infant-mortality patterns
C1 capacitance, as well as
any changes in the dielectric that are commonly 10
losses of the bushing (bushing introduced
power factor). It’s like having via invasive testing 10
a continuous online Doble procedures
test of the bushings under ● Tests are continuous 10
true electrical stress and ● Finding a problem is not
temperature. We also have
the ability to test the bushings
left to chance (like interval
testing). You will know
10
and the power transformer
windings for PD on a periodic
when a problem started
and how rapidly it is 10
basis, while the equipment progressing
is in operation. ● No surprises and no 10
forced outages. Increased
Eaton’s comprehensive
transformer monitoring safety—you will always be 10
system incorporates aware of conditions/
permanent PD sensors to problems 10
timely detect a wide range ● Allows trending of other
of electrical problems (PDs, variables that affect PD
activity such as load,
10
surface tracking, arcing,
sparking) in bushings,
winding insulation, core, ●
temperature and humidity
Unnecessary maintenance
10
laminations, tap changer
connections, ground
is reduced because you are
constantly testing and have 10
connections, pressboard more accurate data on
barriers, etc. Ideal system which to base decisions 10
for critical transformers or ● You have achieved
to keep your troublesome predictive/conditioned- 10
unit out of trouble! based maintenance
Implementation of Eaton’s
predictive diagnostics
versus interval/chance 10
maintenance
provides an analysis of
your critical equipment to
● You can prioritize which
equipment receives
10
reduce the risk of failure and
increase uptime.
service first—a true
maintenance planning tool
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
Contents
10 VR-Series Breakers
Description Page
10 Retrofit Services
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers
10 AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . V3-T10-39
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
10 Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
10 Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . V3-T10-46
10 Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
10 MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52
10
10
10
10 Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers
Eaton’s vacuum replacement
10 History and Technology (VR) circuit breakers are fully
Most medium voltage air The market responded by engineered and tested to
10 magnetic power circuit
breakers have been in service
offering “retrofits” that
utilized the existing breaker
provide the user with a means
of modernizing electrical
for 25 years and some for as trucks (frames) and vacuum
10 long as 60 years. They were circuit breaker modules.
power distribution systems,
and in most cases, extending
reliable and for many years These alternatives provided the life of the equipment while
10 maintainable. Increased extended life for electrical improving performance and
short-circuit capabilities in equipment, reduced system reliability.
10 utility and industrial power
systems have created “over-
maintenance, and allowed
increased capabilities for Medium voltage Type VR
circuit breakers are available
10 duty” situations with many
of these breakers. Parts
many distribution systems.
IEEE/ANSI established for 5 kV through 15 kV
availability has also increased a standard for retrofits distribution systems.
10 the cost of maintaining the (IEEE/ANSI C37.59) in 1991
breakers in peak condition. that put consistency in the
10 In the mid 1970s, circuit
retrofit process. However,
retrofits were costly, caused
breaker manufacturers
10 began introducing vacuum
inconvenience for users,
required months to complete,
technology for medium
10 voltage power circuit
and the lack of configuration
control made it difficult to
breakers. It was desirable standardize designs.
10 and feasible to incorporate
the advantages of vacuum Eaton now offers new VR
10 technology into replacement
breakers that would directly
circuit breakers that can be
supplied in place of the old
interchange with the existing retrofit technology. Unlike
10 medium voltage air magnetic retrofits, VR power circuit
power circuit breakers to breakers are new from the
10 extend the useful life of their ground up and offer improved
existing switchgear. Most performance, maintainability
10 users wanted a replacement
that was functionally
and convenience over
retrofits. They can be
10 interchangeable, both
electrically and mechanically,
supplied in large quantities to
facilitate complete substation
with their existing medium upgrades in a single outage.
10 voltage air magnetic power System upgrades to handle
circuit breakers. higher short-circuit levels
10 are available.
Retrofit Services
10.5
Features, Benefits and Functions Detailed Requirements
Eaton is a world leader in Service Life
10
circuit breaker technology. General MVA Ratings
The same reliable vacuum
Most medium voltage air
magnetic circuit breakers This section covers the The available MVA rating of 10
technology is used have been in service for design, testing and the VR circuit breakers are
in our VR circuit breakers. 25 to 60 years. As long manufacturing requirements as follows: 10
Eaton’s vacuum interrupter is as the bus structures, for new vacuum replacement
All Eaton switchgear
used in many manufacturers’
switchgear breakers
insulation systems and (VR) circuit breakers for use
in medium voltage metal-clad structures designated for 10
general mechanical condition VR circuit breakers with
worldwide. Many of the
components and sub-
of the switchgear cells/
structures are maintained in
switchgear. The VR circuit
breakers will be functional increased MVA levels will 10
assemblies in Eaton medium replacements (both have the existing bus bracing
voltage VacClad-W metal-clad
good condition, equipment
life can easily be prolonged mechanically and electrically) analyzed. EESS will determine
if bus bracing is capable of
10
switchgear are the same as with the addition of VR for the air magnetic circuit
those used to manufacture circuit breakers. breakers they replace. The withstanding the maximum
(peak) momentary ratings 10
the VR product line. This helps VR circuit breakers will be
per ANSI C37.09 and
reduce spare parts inventories
and the amount of required
Availability interchangeable (within
the limits of the original ANSI C37.20.2 capabilities 10
VR breakers are available in of the new VR circuit
switchgear) between
10
maintenance training. a wide range of ratings and
different types of cells breakers. EESS will provide
Eaton vacuum technology models to replace medium documentation to verify
(structures) of the same
reduces maintenance since
the contacts are sealed
voltage, air magnetic circuit
breakers originally voltage, MVA and ampere that the switchgear bus is
sufficiently braced to handle
10
manufactured by: class without cell (structure)
from contaminants in the
environment, no adjustments ● Westinghouse
modifications. the new ratings or supply the
cost as a separate item to 10
or cleaning of the main Note: Retrofits, as defined by increase the bus bracing of
contacts are required, and
● General Electric IEEE/ANSI C37.59-1996 6.1.4.2 all designated switchgear 10
the main contacts require ● Allis-Chalmers/Siemens are not covered and will not be structures in the lineup to
no special gauges or devices ● Federal Pacific Electric considered as an alternative or
substitute for new VR circuit
comply with the increased 10
to measure wear or contact ● ITE/ABB breakers. MVA ratings. Following the
pressure. Annual lubrication
and testing can be performed
● McGraw-Edison study and/or the bracing
modifications, Eaton’s
10
Scope of Work
service engineer will affix
10
in a fraction of the time Required Information Eaton’s Electrical Sector
required for air magnetic a nameplate to each
In order to obtain the correct will provide all project
circuit breakers. switchgear structure stating
Eaton’s non-sliding current
VR circuit breaker, the
following information should
management, factory and
field engineering, short-circuit
the new MVA rating, the 10
manufacturer’s name and
and coordination studies (if
transfer system eliminates
the need to check and tighten
be provided to Eaton:
required and at an additional
the date of verification
or upgrade.
10
connections between the
● Original switchgear charge), supervision, labor,
vacuum interrupter stem manufacturer material, tools, rental, test
VR Ratings
10
and the main conductors ● Original breaker equipment and transportation
or the circuit breaker. The manufacturer as defined for a complete VR
circuit breaker replacement of
Volts
kV
Original
MVA 1
New
MVA
10
connection is permanent and ● Breaker type or
provides high conductivity
without creating hotspots and ●
catalog number
Maximum voltage rating
the required existing medium
voltage switchgear circuit
4.76 100–250 2 250 10
4.77 100–250 2 350
Holm effect as found in half- breakers. The VR circuit
clamp connections.
continuous current rating
and maximum short-circuit breakers will be designed for 8.25 150–500 500 10
or MVA rating maximum voltages of either 15 150–500 500
SURE CLOSE MOC operators
are available to provide ● Control voltages
4.76 kV, 8.25 kV or 15 kV
150–500 750
10
as required.
dependable MOC operation List of options and/or
10
●
150–500 1000
that is decoupled from the modifications
750 1000
main closing function of
10
● Copy of schematic and
the VR circuit breaker 150–1000 1500
wiring diagram
mechanism. This prevents Year of manufacture of
10
● Notes
the VR circuit breaker from original breaker and 1 MVA is obsolete switchgear terminology
stalling or failing to latch switchgear and is used for reference only in this
during the closing operation.
SURE CLOSE mechanisms
● MOC requirement
document.
2 26-inch (660.4 mm) wide cells only.
10
also have adjustable stop
positions to control over-
For site-specific
specifications, contact your
10
travel of MOC switch local General Field Sales
operators. Force office, or your local 10
Engineering Services center.
10
10
Retrofit Services
Cubicle Modifications Manufacturer’s Qualifications Common Pole Shaft Manual Trip and Close
10 The VR circuit breakers Eaton is currently engaged in The circuit breaker The mechanism has front
are designed to be the design and manufacturing mechanism will open and accessible manual close and
10 interchangeable with of medium voltage vacuum close all three phases and trip operators that are directly
existing breakers of the circuit breakers and any auxiliary devices via a connected to the breaker
10 same continuous current switchgear structures. Eaton common operating shaft operating mechanism and
and MVA ratings without has a minimum of 50 years to ensure consistent and are an integral part of the
10 required modifications to
the existing cubicles in most
experience in switchgear
manufacturing, is a member
simultaneous operation of
the main contacts. The
electrical close and trip coils.
10 cases. Any required cell of the National Electrical shaft will be supported at Operations Counter
modifications are designed Manufacturers Association the ends and along its Each VR circuit breaker
to be reversible. Existing cell (NEMA), and has representation length with bearings. The mechanism has a five digit
10 coding systems are retained on IEEE C37 Switchgear main drive shaft will be non-resetting mechanical
where possible. Working and Balloting connected to the individual operations counter connected
10 VR circuit breakers with
Groups, and owns and
operates an engineering
vacuum interrupters via to the operating shaft.
insulated drive links.
upgraded/increased MVA
10 or continuous current ratings
services organization.
Insulated Drive Links
Spring Charged Indicator
do require modifications to Each operating mechanism
Eaton’s Electrical Services
10 the cubicle coding system & Systems (EESS)
The mechanism drive shaft
will be connected to each
will be equipped with a
visible indicator to show the
to prevent the insertion of ● Experienced, factory- moving contact via an
10 breakers that do not have the state of the stored energy
trained field engineers and insulated drive link made of mechanism. The indicator will
same ratings as the upgraded technicians familiar with glass-reinforced polyester for show when the spring is fully
10 VR circuit breakers. the installation and startup
of medium voltage VR
element types VCP-18WR, charged or discharged.
Applicable Standards VCP-20WR and VCP-29WR
10 All VR breakers will be ●
circuit breakers
A minimum of 30 field
and cycloaliphatic epoxy for
the VCP-29WRSE. The
Auxiliary Contacts
designed, manufactured and The breaker will have a
10 service locations staffed insulated link material is non- low inertia, rotary operated
tested in accordance with the hydroscopic and meets the
with engineers that are auxiliary switch connected
applicable sections of: flame-retardant requirements
available on a 24-hour basis
10 ● IEEE C37.59-2007 for emergency service as set forth in IEEE C37.20.2.
to the main pole shaft
assembly. Connections
(cell interface and ● Capabilities of on-site cell The drive links are easily will be made via insulated
10 testing criteria) alignment, breaker levering removable with single clevis
pins at each end and spring
ring-tongue terminals.
● IEEE C37.04 system repairs and control
10 ● IEEE C37.06 system modifications retaining clips. Vacuum Bottle Assembly
IEEE C37.09
● Capabilities to perform The vacuum bottle assembly
●
Shock Absorber System
10 ● IEEE C37.20.2
computer-generated short-
circuit, coordination and The mechanism will contain
will be constructed from
virgin materials and
IEEE C37.100 a shock absorber system to
10
●
load flow studies for final manufactured by Eaton. The
● IEEE C37.100.1 breaker trip settings. All dampen the opening force contacts will be principally
studies will be conducted of the circuit breaker. The composed of powdered
10 IEEE STD 4-1995
●
under the supervision and shock absorber has sufficient metal, chromium-copper
approval of a registered resilience to prevent contact contact material. The
Materials
10 All materials used in the professional electrical bounce that could cause a
restrike of the main contacts
powdered metal is fused
manufacturing of the new engineer skilled in under high pressure to form
during the opening of the
10 VR circuit breakers will be interpreting studies and
test results regarding circuit breaker or during
a consistent contact material.
The contacts are machined to
new and unused. No parts a spring discharge. The
10 or materials from the original medium voltage VR circuit form spiral petal contacts to
breakers. The Registered VCP-20WR, VCP-29WR assist in the swirling of the
air-magnetic circuit breakers and VCP-29WRSE vacuum
Professional Electrical arc during interruption.
10 will be reconditioned and
reused in the manufacture of Engineer is a full-time conversion element’s
mechanism consists of a The edges of the ceramic
the new VR circuit breakers. employee of EESS
10 All components used in the
Vacuum Circuit Breaker
series of parallel steel plates
with spring separators that
components will be
“metallized” and fired
manufacturing of the new spread the plates during prior to assembly. The
10 VR circuit breakers including,
Module Features
The VR circuit breakers will breaker opening. The shock components are inspected
mechanism, vacuum absorber has a design life of and assembled in a Class
10 interrupters and frame
components will all be
utilize vacuum circuit breaker
modules manufactured by 10,000 breaker opening and 1000 clean room prior to
closing cycles without the sealing the components. The
Eaton. Acceptable conversion
10 manufactured by Eaton
to ensure single-source modules are the VCP-18WR, need for repair, replacement
or adjustment. The VCP-
components are inserted into
a vacuum heat chamber and
reliability and responsibility. VCP-20WR, VCP-29WR and
10 18WR has a sealed sealed under vacuum. No
the VCP-29WRSE.
replaceable shock absorber “pinch tubes” are used.
and is capable of being
10 adjusted if replaced or during
initial mechanism assembly.
10
Retrofit Services
10.5
A stainless steel corrugated Mechanical Status Indicator Insulation Systems Control Circuit Wiring
bellow achieves isolation Each new VR circuit breaker All bushings utilize either Control wiring is SIS 10
of the ambient air and the has a mechanical status glass-reinforced polyester cross-linked polyethylene,
vacuum. The moving indicator with the word or molded cycloaliphatic epoxy #14 AWG minimum except 10
contact stem of the vacuum “CLOSED” on a red insulation systems or engineer for short runs such as coil and
interrupter has a machined
groove to prevent rotation
background when the approved equal. Fluidized motor leads. Insulated ring 10
breakers are closed and the epoxy coatings are used to tongue terminals are used.
of the contact within the
vacuum chamber.
word “OPEN” on a green
background when the
insulate interface conductors
when necessary.
Solder or “fast-on” type
connections are not used.
10
10
The vacuum interrupter has a breakers are open. Upfront, easy access
Phase barriers are terminal blocks are provided
visual method of identifying manufactured from GPO-3
Breaker Truck/Frame Assembly for maintenance and
contact wear without the use
of gauges or other devices.
glass-reinforced polyester or
equivalent and designed to
troubleshooting. 10
Frame Materials and Plating
In addition, a separate visual
“T-cutout” is used to verify The frame is constructed
from steel, utilizing a
isolate individual phase
conductors. Openings are
Stored Energy Discharge 10
that the mechanism is The replacement breaker
minimized to reduce the
applying adequate spring combination of bolting and
welding to assemble the possibility of ionized gas
incorporates a manual and
an automatic system to
10
pressure to the contacts propagation between phases.
frames. All frames are
when the breaker is in the
closed position. zinc-plated with a yellow
Corona Shields
completely discharge all
stored energy before the 10
dichromate finish (commonly circuit breaker is fully
The contacts are self- referred to as yellow-zinc All 8.25 kV and 15 kV class
breakers have internal corona
withdrawn from the 10
aligning and do not require dichromate). switchgear housing.
adjustments for the life of the
vacuum interrupter assembly. Wheels and Casters
shields when bushings are
mounted on metallic back
The system will never 10
intentionally discharge the
for Transport planes. The corona shields
The contacts also have
a spring system to apply VR circuit breakers are are permanently grounded.
stored energy while in the
connected position.
10
proper contact pressure. supplied with a transport Bushings mounted on
The operation of the contacts system that is a functional nonmetallic back planes Passive Interlocks 10
cause a wiping action to clean replacement of the do not have internal
The mechanism will have
the contact surfaces. transport system of the corona shields.
a passive interlock to block 10
original design. The transport the insertion or removal of a
10
Insulated Pole Assemblies system conforms to the Primary Connections
closed breaker. The system
Pole assemblies are insulated requirements of the original Primary connections also prevents the insertion
(finger clusters) are new
from ground with non-
hydroscopic insulating
design.
and designed to carry the
of the levering tool at any
time the breaker is in the
10
materials manufactured from Hardware full nameplate rating of the
glass-reinforced polyester. All hardware is a minimum replacement breaker without
closed position.
10
grade five, zinc-plated with a exceeding the allowable Active Interlocks
Current Transfer System yellow dichromate finish or temperature rise as stated
in ANSI C37.04.5.4.2-1979.
Each breaker has an active 10
The current transfer from the black oxide. interlock system. The system
conductor stem to the primary
Bushing and Interface
In addition, the primary
connections are capable
is operated by the insertion or 10
bushing assemblies is via a removal of the VR circuit
Conductor Material of withstanding the full
non-sliding current transfer
system consisting of a fused Primary and power frequency momentary/close and latch
breaker. In the event the
passive interlock is defeated,
10
stem assembly and a V-Flex™ interface conductors are rating as well as the K*I
silver-plated copper leaf constructed of 100% IACS current rating for two
active interlock system will
trip and open a connected, 10
conductor or folded leaf electrical grade conductive seconds without melting,
closed breaker if an attempt
copper shunts. The stems copper. Conductors are arcing or pitting the
contact surface.
is made to remove it from 10
have the adjoining conductors either silver- or tin-plated to the connected position.
mechanically fused with the
stem material. This junction
a thickness of 0.0001–0.0002
for non-sliding surfaces and Ground Contacts The system also holds the 10
breaker in the “trip-free”
A metal-plated, self-coupling,
forms a solid current transfer. 0.001–0.002 for sliding
surfaces. The power separable grounding contact
position at all times between
the test and fully connected
10
Trip-Free Operation frequency conductors are shall be supplied.
The new VR circuit breaker sized to carry the full load
positions.
10
operation mechanism is a ampacity of the circuit
“true Trip-Free” design. breaker without exceeding 10
When the trip function is the temperature rise
mechanically engaged and established in IEEE C37.09.
10
held, and the close function
is initiated either electrically
or mechanically, the contacts
10
do not close. The contacts
are restricted to 10% of the 10
total travel.
10
Retrofit Services
Locking Means Design and Certification This test is to prove the Technical Data
10 Locking means is provided (Type) Testing mechanical strength and and Specifications
to lock the circuit breaker Each new VR circuit breaker integrity of the conductor
10 while in the fully connected supplied will have type tests and frame assembly of the Ratings
or disconnected positions. performed on its base design complete new vacuum ● Maximum voltages:
10 The lock prevents the to certify it to IEEE/ANSI
standards. All Certification
replacement breaker.
This test is performed in a
4.76 kV, 8.25 kV and 15 kV
insertion or removal of the ● Interrupting ratings:
10 breaker. The lock will not

prevent the breaker from
(Type) shall be performed in
a switchgear cell/structure
switchgear cell designed
to accommodate the circuit 4.76 kV: 250 MVA (29 kA)
breaker being tested. Anti- 4.77 kV: 350 MVA (41 kA)
when required or an
10 being operated while in the
fully connected position. equivalent structure where rotation devices may be added 8.25 kV: 500 MVA (33 kA)
15 kV: 500 MVA (18 kA)
permitted by ANSI C37.09. to the cell if required
10 Secondary Contact Block Written test reports, data logs to prevent rotation. If anti- 750 MVA (28 kA)
1000 MVA (37 kA)
Control wiring connections and digital reproductions of rotation devices are used in
1500 MVA (63 kA)
10 between stationary structure the pulse used to perform the
BIL test will be on hand for
the test breaker, then they
will be installed in all the ● Continuous current:
and the removable breaker 1200A, 2000A, 3000A
10 are provided with automatic, review by the buyer. switchgear cells intended
to accommodate the (5–15 kV)
self-coupling contacts. The BIL—60 kV for 4.76 kV 4000A forced cooled
new breakers.
10 secondary blocks will be mold
cycloaliphatic epoxy
applications, 95 kV for
8.25 and 15 kV applications Short time current tests for
(5–15 kV)
insulation. The pins are
10 drilled and tapped to accept
as a minimum> crest with
1.2 μsec x 50 μsec x 50%
three seconds at K*I current
will be performed to confirm
standard 8-32 screws for wave shape per IEEE C37.09. the breakers I2t capability.
10 ease of maintenance The tests will be conducted The test will be performed in
and wiring changes. The per IEEE STD 4-1995. This a switchgear cell.
10 secondary contact block is
made of cycloaliphatic epoxy.
test shall be performed in a
Continuous rated current
breaker cell or cell equivalent
testing per ANSI C37.04-1979
10 MOC Operator
with controlled humidity
levels. Corrections for
without exceeding 65°C
All breakers will be furnished hotspot rise with a maximum
10 with MOC operators unless
barometric pressure and
ambient temperature will
ambient not to exceed 40°C.
specified. The MOC operator This test is performed in a
be applied to the test
10 will have sufficient power to parameters. The breaker
breaker cell or a cell structure
of the same equivalent
operate the largest MOC must pass a total of 54 shots.
10 switch or combination of
switches in the switchgear Mechanical operations
volume, dimensions and
ventilation as the original
tests of each breaker switchgear structure.
10 lineup without affecting the
breaker’s ability to completely design are performed in
Low Frequency Withstand—
close and latch. The MOC a switchgear cell designed
10 driver is completely to accommodate MOC
19 kV rms for 4.76 kV
applications, 36 kV rms
“decoupled” from the main switches. The maximum
for 8.25 kV and 15 kV
10 breaker operating shaft and number of auxiliary MOC
devices or their equivalent
applications—per
shall be powered by separate IEEE C37.09.
10 operating springs. The
system is SURE CLOSE as
force will be applied during
the test to ensure that the Interlock functional test per
manufactured by Eaton’s vacuum breaker has IEEE C37.20.2.
10 Electrical Sector. sufficient power to operate
the auxiliary devices, All production tests as stated
10 Cell Coding System successfully closes and in IEEE C37.09. Timing values
per pole will be provided for
Eaton will supply or interface latches during each
10 with the cell coding system operation, and that no
fatigue or failure occurs.
the vacuum element in msec.
to prevent the accidental Execution
10 insertion of a breaker into
a cell of a different voltage,
Consideration is given to
designing a system that Eaton’s factory trained
will not damage the MOC and certified field service
10 current, interrupting capacity
or physical arrangement switch in the switchgear engineer(s) can perform the
than the type intended for cell structure. commissioning of each
10 the switchgear cell receiving Momentary tests per IEEE
breaker at the customer’s
site. The field engineer will
the breaker. C37.20.2 will be performed
10 of the completed vacuum
be familiar with the VR circuit
breaker to the point that he/
replacement breaker including she can offer initial training to
10 the vacuum breaker element, the owner’s on-site operators
bushings, primary disconnects and maintenance personnel
10 (finger clusters), all bus in the
breaker unit, and all insulators
while performing the
commissioning.
and braces per IEEE C37.09.
10
Retrofit Services
10.5
Contents
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers
Description Page
10
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement 10
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers 10
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-40
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-40 10
Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41 10
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45 10
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . V3-T10-46
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum 10
FP-25 Original Magnetic FP25-AR Air Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
Circuit Breaker Replacement Breaker
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52 10
10
10
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers 10
Application Reduce Maintenance Cost
and Downtime with Reliable
Increase Interruption Rating Increase Continuous
Current Rating
10
Maximum life extension. All Dynamic changes resulting
Magnum™ DS Breaker
AR-Series breakers are brand
new from the ground up. They
Technology
from larger transformers,
bus ties, parallel generation,
Changes to industrial and
commercial facilities, such 10
are designed to be electrical Maintenance procedures and new sources of incoming as increased manufacturing
and mechanical equivalents commonly associated with power can drastically operations, will typically 10
of the breakers they replace. vintage air magnetic circuit increase the level of available increase the demand for
Cell modifications, if required, breakers take 8–12 hours
on average per breaker.
short-circuit current in low electrical power within the 10
are kept to a minimum. They voltage power distribution facility. Often, an increase
are not “Retrofits” and no
parts are reused from the
Eaton’s Magnum DS breaker
technology reduces normal
systems. The bus system’s
momentary capability can
in electrical demand can
cause the load on a circuit to
10
maintenance to 2–6 hours per
original breakers. This reduces
out-of-service time, yielding breaker. The arc chutes,
be increased and the entire
switchgear structure can
exceed the circuit breaker’s
continuous current rating. 10
consistent product designs, contacts, mechanism and be re-certified to the new Eaton’s factory qualified
while reducing initial control components can be higher levels by Eaton’s service engineers can inspect 10
installation costs. AR-Series easily inspected and minor factory qualified service existing low voltage metal-
breakers correctly interface maintenance (such as
lubricating the mechanism)
engineers. Many of the enclosed switchgear, 10
with compartment cell AR-Series breakers are including the existing breaker
switches, and safety
interlocks are maintained
can be easily accomplished.
Arc chutes can easily be
available to increase
interrupting capabilities
cubicles, line and load power
stabs, load cables, and
10
removed with two bolts and bus system to verify the
or improved.
visually inspected or replaced.
while still maintaining the
original circuit breaker application for a circuit 10
Solve Parts Availability By removing the arc chutes, dimensions. This provides breaker ampacity upgrade.
Problems for Old Breakers viewing the main contacts
along with their contact wear
a savings versus the cost Many of the AR-Series 10
Replacement parts for of replacing the switchgear. breakers are available
old breakers are becoming indicator results in a quick and
simple decision to replace if
Cell-to-breaker coding with increased continuous
current ratings.
10
harder and harder to find systems are maintained or
necessary. Spare parts
as technology continually
advances. Parts availability inventory is considerably
corrected to comply with
IEEE/ANSI standards.
10
reduced because AR-Series
issues are basically
eliminated with AR-Series breakers use common parts 10
breakers. Mechanism parts throughout the entire product
and control components are line, including new Magnum
DS Switchgear assemblies.
10
current production items and
are in stock. Additionally,
AR-Series breakers use
For more information 10
on Magnum DS breaker
common components
across the product line.
elements, see
Volume 3, Tab 4.
10
This can save in future spare
parts investment. 10
Retrofit Services

10 ● AR replacement breakers ● Installation savings and All AR-Series low voltage
are 100% rated, UL listed robust interface reduce power air circuit breakers are
10 (check factory), and built installation and designed and tested to meet
and tested in an ISO 9001 commissioning time with or exceed IEEE/ANSI C37.59-
10 and 14001 certified facility our unique design concept. 2002 standards. This ensures
● Safety: the cell door can No modifications required compatibility with existing
10 remain closed with the to the original line/load
power stabs or secondary
installations and IEEE/ANSI
application guidelines.
breaker in connect, test
10 or disconnect position.
Simultaneously, the trip
disconnect contacts.
Modifications to the
IEEE/ANSI certification and
certified factory production
original cubicle are often test reports are available.
10 unit, open-close controls,
and breaker nameplate eliminated with an easy-to-
data are all readily visible install cubicle adapter
10 ● Designed for easy access, (cassette). The cassette
inspection and minimal includes new extension
10 maintenance. The stored rails and levering-in
adapters, resulting in a
energy mechanism, control
10 devices, accessories and
secondary contacts are
more robust breaker-to-
cubicle interface. We also
provide a new door to
10 easily accessible by
removing the front cover. match the replacement
The contact wear indicator breaker
10 eliminates the need for
Availability
elaborate testing to
10 determine if the contact Designs available for:
assembly needs replacing. ● Westinghouse
10 The arc chutes can also
be easily removed and
● General Electric
● Allis-Chalmers
10 inspected
● Federal Pacific
10 ITE/ABB
●
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
10.5
Contents
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning
Description Page
10
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit 10
Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . V3-T10-39 10
Reconditioning 10
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ 10
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . V3-T10-46 10
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50 10
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52
10
10
10
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning 10
Low voltage power circuit These breakers contain Additional common options Class 1 reconditioning of the
breakers are designed to insulation systems (600 Vac to low voltage power circuit low voltage power circuit 10
be serviceable devices over normal three-phase voltage or breakers include electric breaker is a cost-effective
a long service life. These
breakers and the associated
less), conductors (from 225 to
over 5000A continuous),
operation of the mechanism,
shunt trip and close coils for
method to restore all of the
breaker’s subsystems to full
10
switchgear have been
available in the industry for
a mechanism to open and
close the breaker, a trip
remote operation of the
breaker, undervoltage trip
functionality and prolong the
life of the breaker for many 10
over 50 years, and a large system to provide protection systems, and additional additional years.
installed base of equipment of the circuit and the circuit auxiliary switches for 10
by many manufacturers breaker, and an interruption annunciation and control Manufacturers
exists throughout the
United States and Canada.
system (arc chutes and schemes. Class 1 reconditioning is 10
contact structures) that can available for all major
Factors that affect the life
The low voltage switchgear is
handle fault currents as high
as 100,000A. of these circuit breaker
manufacturers’ low voltage
power circuit breakers that
10
essentially static. It consists subsystems include time,
of structures, buswork, While some breakers are ambient temperature,
have been produced over the
last 50 years. These breakers 10
control wiring and metering fixed mounted (bolted into the humidity, cleanliness of the
are rated at 600 Vac, 225 to
components. If periodically
cleaned, it will last almost
switchgear), the vast majority
are drawout for ease of
environment (contamination
and corrosive elements),
5000A continuous, 15,000 to 10
100,000A interrupting. The
indefinitely. inspection and maintenance
of the breaker, as well as to
number of normal load
operations, number of fault
manufacturers include, but 10
The low voltage power are not limited to:
provide maximum isolation current interruptions, load
breakers are the essential
elements of the switchgear.
of the load. These drawout current magnitude, and ● Westinghouse 10
breakers include primary maintenance cycle. ● Cutler-Hammer
They are required to properly
conduct the normal load
disconnects (for the three-
phase conductors), secondary While periodic maintenance, ● General Electric 10
current for the vast majority cleaning, lubrication and ITE
10
●
disconnects (for breaker
of time, and still provide the control wiring), a levering-in testing of the circuit breaker ● ABB
means of interrupting an mechanism (to assist in the can and will prolong its life,
Allis-Chalmers
10
●
overload or fault current insertion and withdrawal of at some point, the circuit
whenever it may occur. breaker must either be ● Siemens
the breaker) and an interlock
system (to ensure that a completely reconditioned
or replaced. Failure or mis-
● Square D
10
closed breaker cannot be ● Federal Pacific
inserted or withdrawn from
the connected position).
operation of any of the
breaker’s subsystems will
● Federal Pioneer 10
render it to be ineffective
for its intended purpose and 10
dangerous for personnel or
downstream equipment. 10
10
Retrofit Services
Advantages Quality Control and Preliminary Testing Centralized Database

10 Eaton’s Electrical Sector National Standards and Inspection The results of all the above
is the world leader in low All reconditioning will be The breaker will be manually tests and measurements shall
10 voltage power circuit conducted under the and/or electrically operated. be entered into the Eaton
breaker and trip systems direction of a quality control The following tests will be centralized database.
10 technology. EESS is uniquely and reconditioning standard,
pursuant to ISO® 9001
performed.
positioned to provide Class 1 Breaker Disassembly, Cleaning
● All breakers:
10 reconditioning of low voltage
power circuit breakers.
certification. A quality
certificate will document the ● Each primary pole
and Preparation
● The circuit breaker will be
progress of each breaker insulator will be tested
10 All Class 1 reconditioning is through the reconditioning for dielectric integrity
completely disassembled
to its component parts. All
done at facilities dedicated process. Eaton has multiple by applying 1000 Vdc parts will be inspected for
10 to the purpose. These are
known as Aftermarket
locations (minimum of five) between each
conductor and ground
wear and physical damage
strategically located ● All heavily carbonized
10 Centers of Excellence (ACEs).
These facilities utilize state-
throughout North America
that share best practices of
and between line
and load
components will be
of-the-art equipment in cleaned and degreased in a
10 reconditioning and work to a With the breaker closed,
●
cleaning, plating, assembly Vaque® Wet Blast System

consistent national standard. the contact resistance to produce a smooth finish
and testing of the breakers. They utilize the same task- using a 10 ampere
10 Each facility utilizes identical specific equipment for conductor will be
without degrading the
component’s surface
standards and procedures in cleaning and testing at all measured
10 All current carrying parts,
●
the reconditioning process. locations to ensure the quality ● Measure the trip bar main/arcing contacts,
The reconditioned breakers of the product. force using a force ground contacts and
10 are tested to the same
standards as new production Receiving and Data Collection
gauge primary disconnects will
breakers. The breaker test ● Measure the trip button/ be cleaned, burnished
10 results are stored in a North
Upon receipt at the
reconditioning center, the
actuator device force
using a force gauge
and polished in a TOREX®
American database (Pow-R vibratory system loaded
following process will be
10 Test), facilitating predictive
maintenance and trending.
performed on each breaker.
● Verify continuity of
current limiting fuses (if
with a medium specifically
designed to clean silver
10 All manufacturers’ breaker
information is stored in our
● Assign a unique job and
breaker identification
equipped) and measure
the resistance using a 10
plating. Dry blasting or
other abrasive cleaning
Pow-R Master Database number ampere conductor; systems that can remove
10 and available to every ACE ● Record all nameplate data, check blown fuse silver plating or distort the
performing the work. Breaker customer identification, indicators’ integrity contacts’ surfaces will not
10 trip systems are upgraded to existing trip settings, and ● Verify overcurrent trip be used
the latest Digitrip technology, all numbers unique to each device operation via ● All pole piece moldings and
10 the same trip system used
in new production DS and
breaker by direct entry into primary injection (not insulating components will
be cleaned in a Giant™
a national computer required if a trip unit
10 SPB breakers. Original
OEM replacement parts are
database archive for future
use and retrieval ●
retrofit is to be installed)
Additional tests for
ceramic polisher that
cleans and polishes the
exclusively used to replace components surface
10 broken, out of specification
● If electrically operated,
record all accessories
Electrically Operated
Breakers: without scratching
or missing components.
10 included on the circuit Charge the breaker;
●
breaker, as well as the close and trip electrically

close, trip and charge volts.
10 Verify undervoltage,
●
The latest copy of the pickup and dropout (if

customer’s control equipped)
10 schematic will be obtained
prior to disassembly and/or
● Check auxiliary switch
operation and condition
10 test. Eaton will have the
capability of retrieving
control schematics for the
10 breakers it manufactured
● The circuit breaker will be
10 inspected for physical
damage. Parts that need to
10 be replaced will be
recorded. A quotation will
10 be issued to the customer
for replacement of the
10 defective part(s)
10
10
Retrofit Services
10.5
● After cleaning, each ● Arc chutes will be hand- Circuit Breaker Reassembly ● Install all electrical
component shall be dried wiped and cleaned with a and Adjustment will Include: components and secure 10
to obtain 1000 megohms clean dry cloth. They will ● The circuit breaker frame wiring harness (if
when megger tested at be megger tested at 1000 will be reassembled using applicable) 10
1000 Vdc. They will be Vdc. If the megger value is new yellow zinc dichromate ● Align the contacts for
sealed with a dielectric
grade sealant
less than 1000 megohms,
the arc chute assembly will
plated hardware proper surface wipe and 10
● A database of instruction mating. Perform a contact
● All heavily soiled and/or
greasy items including
be dried and retested. If the
retest value is greater than
books that list the original
manufacturer’s information
wipe test. Verify that the
percent contact wipe and
10
mechanisms will be initially 1000 megohms, then arc the wipe width are per the
cleaned in a non-abrasive chute surface will be sealed
on recommended
lubricants. When the original manufacturer’s 10
agitator filled with a with the manufacturer’s recommended lubricants information
biodegradable cleaning recommended dielectric are no longer available or ● Adjust the main contacts 10
solution capable of grade clear sealant. If the have been changed, the for proper gap, pressure
degreasing, de-scaling
and de-burring without
retest value is still less
than 1000 megohms,
reconditioner’s new and contact resistance, 10
breaker design group may and adjust arcing contacts
then the arc chute will
degrading the components
surface and without the be replaced
analyze and recommend
newer, high technology
for proper gap per the
original manufacturer’s
10
introduction or embedding ● Charging motor (if so
10
lubricants as a substitute information
of grit or other abrasive equipped) will be removed. ● The operating mechanism ● Install new Eaton Digitrip
materials The drive shaft bushings will be reassembled,
● All frames will be stripped will be inspected and lubricated and reinstalled
microprocessor trip system
where specified 10
to bare metal in replaced if worn. The on the circuit breaker When a new trip device is
10
●
preparation for plating motor will be cleaned and frame
reconditioned. All ratchet added to the breaker or
● After cleaning, all ferrous ● Reassemble and install the when changes are made to
metal frames, mechanism pawls and springs will be
inspected and replaced or
main and arcing contact the original mechanism or 10
parts and linkages will be components, and lubricate arc interruption system, an
repaired if necessary.
yellow zinc dichromate
plated to provide superior ● Gearbox (if equipped) will
as recommended by the
original manufacturer’s
additional nameplate shall
be installed in accordance
10
rust resistance to exposed be removed, disassembled
and hidden surfaces. and fully inspected. Any ●
information
Reassemble, lubricate,
with IEEE/ANSI C37.59-
1996 Section 8.3 and shall 10
Painting of covers, handles defective or leaking include the unique serial/
install and align the racking
and indicators will be done components will be
repaired and cleaned
mechanism and the identification number 10
● A detailed inspection will electrical and/or
be performed of all mechanical charging 10
mechanism components mechanism (if applicable)
and linkages to detect
stress fractures and
10
excessive wear that can
cause premature failure. 10
Magnification will be used
on small components if 10
necessary
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services

10 The retrofitted breaker will direct output of the test 3. 1000 Vac for new or Interlock and Cell Interface
be designed, manufactured, results to a printer or storage reconditioned motors.
10 applied, installed and device. The applicable tests
Verify the functional
operation of all circuit breaker
certification tested in will be performed. 4. 500 Vac momentary
interlocks and cell interfaces
10 accordance with the latest
● Long-time-delay-element
for control devices and
circuitry operating at in a cell structure, preferably
applicable sections of: a cell in the reconditioner’s
10 ● IEEE/ANSI C37.13 ●
pickup
Short-time-delay-element
80 Vac rms (110 Vdc)
or less that are not facility.
IEEE/ANSI C37.16 pickup connected directly to the
10
●
Test Position Dielectric
● IEEE/ANSI C37.17 ● Instantaneous-element primary circuit or external, Withstand (UL Listed
pickup secondary control circuits. Breakers Only)
10 IEEE/ANSI C37.50
●
● IEEE/ANSI C37.59-1996 ● Time delay of long-time- 5. Twice rated voltage Original UL listed breakers
delay-element plus 1000 Vac for will have their dielectric
10 ●
●
IEEE/ANSI C37.100
UL 1066 (For originally UL
● Time delay of short-time- undervoltage trip devices withstand verified by placing
delay-element operating at a voltage the breaker in the test
10 listed and labeled designs)
● Ground-element pickup above 250 Vac. position, closing the breaker,
and applying 2200 Vac across
Test Procedures Time delay of the ground
10
●
No-Load Operation Test the cell’s primary conductors
element for 1 minute. No dielectric
General Production Testing Perform no-load operation
breakdown shall occur.
10 Each reconditioned low
voltage power circuit breaker
Control, Secondary Wiring test per IEEE/ANSI
C37.50.6.5.1 (for electrically
and Devices Check Test Open-Fuse Trip Device
operated breakers).
10 will be tested to the applicable
sections of IEEE/ANSI C37.50
Perform control, secondary
wiring and devices checks
(If Included)
● Five closing and five Test the trip device
Section 6 and UL 1066 if the
10 breaker was originally UL
per IEEE/ANSI C37.50.6.3
to verify that all connections
opening operations at
minimum control voltage
mechanically or by application
of proper voltage to the device
labeled. The testing will are correct per the wiring
10 include, but not be limited to: diagram. Those circuits for
● Five closing, five opening
and five trip-free operations
to establish positive tripping of
the fused circuit breaker.
● Measuring and recording which operation or testing is at maximum control voltage
10 trip bar force not feasible will be checked ● Two operations to check Undervoltage Test
for continuity. The undervoltage device
● Setting of the antipumping, which will be
10 microprocessor trip
Dielectric Withstand Tests performed in the following will be tested for pickup and
● Performing control and manner: dropout voltages.
10 secondary wiring and
Perform dielectric withstand
tests per IEEE/ANSI
● Apply uninterrupted
Breaker Data History
device check tests control power to the
C37.50.6.4. The applied test
10 ● Performing dielectric voltages will be essentially closing circuit of the All breaker information,
unique identification number,
withstand tests sinusoidal (within 20% of the open circuit breaker
10 ● Performing no-load rated frequency of the circuit
●
as the closing signal
Trip the circuit breaker;
and Eaton test results
shall be recorded on the
operations tests breaker being tested) and reconditioner test form
10 ● Verifying interlock and will have a minimum crest
value equal to 1.414 times
the circuit to remain
open until closing and in the Eaton centralized
cell interface database to track each breaker
circuit power has
10 ● Test position dielectric the specified test voltage
potentials. The potential been interrupted and for predictive maintenance. A
withstand (original UL then restored copy of the test form, with
will be increased gradually
10 labeled breakers only)
from zero so as to reach the ● Check all other devices,
the test results and a quality
certificate, shall be delivered
Trip Bar Force Measurement required test value in 5 to both electrical and
10
with each circuit breaker.
10 seconds, and will be held mechanical, for proper
Measure and record the circuit
at that value for 1 minute, operation Warranty
breaker’s trip bar force.
10 except for the momentary
control voltages (listed in Perform no-load operation Each Class 1 reconditioned
Microprocessor Trip tests per IEEE/ANSI low voltage power circuit
10 Device Setting number 4 below). The
following test values C37.50.6.5.2 (for manually breaker will include Eaton’s
Direct-acting trip devices are applied to Class 1 operated breakers): 2-year warranty.
10 will be tested/calibrated to
determine their conformance
reconditioned low voltage ● Five closing and five
power circuit breakers. opening operations
10 to published trip characteristic
curves. Each breaker will be 1. 2200 Vac for the primary ● When shunt trip is used, a
primary injection tested using circuit of a completely minimum of five openings
10 a sinusoidal-wave-shape, assembled circuit breaker. using the shunt trip at the
single-phase 60 Hz current minimum control voltage
10 at a convenient voltage. The 2. 1500 Vac for secondary
control wiring and control
specified for the coil
primary injection test device ● Five trip-free operations
devices, including
10 will be computer controlled to
ensure accuracy in the applied current sensors and
● Check all other devices
magnetic latch, except for proper mechanical
currents. The primary injection
10 test device will be capable of (3), (4) and (5). operation
Retrofit Services
10.5
Contents
ARMS Conversions
Description Page
10
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit 10
Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . V3-T10-39 10
Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41 10
Conversions 10
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum 10
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52 10
10
10
10
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ Conversions 10
Product Description Features, Benefits 10
A circuit breaker equipped and Functions
with an Arcflash Reduction ● Increases worker safety 10
Maintenance System retrofit by limiting exposure to
can improve safety by
providing the worker with a
arc flash energy 10
● Extremely easy to use
simple and reliable method to
reduce fault clearing time. A
● Enabled with the circuit 10
breaker door closed by a
lockable switch that can be
incorporated into a Lock Out
door-mounted lockable
switch (no special
10
Tag Out (LOTO) procedure
10
PPE required)
controls the Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance ● Used only for the time
required to perform the
System. Workers can easily
create and control fast work and is not enabled 10
tripping time at the work continuously
location by using this new ● Preserves overcurrent 10
solution. Work locations coordination under
downstream of a circuit normal conditions 10
breaker with this retrofit ● Reduces the arc flash
can have a significantly
lower incident energy level.
hazard level for the time 10
to perform the work task
The Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System can
● Improves worker comfort
and mobility via reduction
10
be applied to any retrofitted
low voltage power breaker
in incident energy levels
that may permit reduced
10
by modifying an existing levels of PPE
Digitrip trip unit or retrofitting 10
a breaker with a Digitrip
retrofit kit.
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
Contents
10 Retrofit Kits
Description Page
10 Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
10 AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . V3-T10-39
10 Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41
10 Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
10 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-47
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-49
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
10 Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
10
10
10 Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
10 Application Ratings
Eaton’s Digitrip RMS retrofit Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are EM trip units were initially used conditions. They caused
10 kits are fully engineered, field
installable retrofit kits that
available for a wide variety of
both Eaton and non-Eaton
in the early 1950s and phased
out by all manufacturers in the
nuisance tripping and
unnecessary downtime.
enable the user to completely low voltage power breaker mid-1970s. EM trip units were
10 replace an existing tripping frames. Ratings range from composed of a solenoid, True rms trip units enable
system. They are applicable 100 to 4000A. Digitrip retrofit springs, a diaphragm, seals and the measuring of current
10 to (600 Vac) low voltage kits provide the user with air venting apertures. Three rather than the sensing
of current. Since they are
power breakers and are adaptive flexibility due to trip units were required per
10 designed for application
on both Eaton power
multi-tapped current sensors
and interchangeable rating
breaker. Due to age or harsh
environments, these devices
microprocessor-based digital
devices, they are capable of
taking discrete samples of
10 breakers and non-Eaton
power breakers.
plugs and programmable
pickup and time delay
would fail or lose calibration.
They required a great deal of the current waveform in
settings. preventive maintenance. each phase. By applying a
10 Digitrip RMS retrofit kits mathematical algorithm,
provide true rms sensing, the History and Technology Peak sensing trip units the current is accurately
10 most accurate and current
state-of-the-art technology for
In the past, there have been
were an improvement and
provided improved reliability
mapped out and measured.
This method of measurement
three types of automatic
measuring amperage loads. and accuracy. Only one provides the ability to adapt
10 True rms sensing removes the
control for low voltage power
trip unit was required per to a changing harmonic
breakers. Electromechanical
possibility of false tripping due breaker; however, peak content while providing
10 to harmonic distortion of the
(EM) trip units, solid-state
peak sensing trip units, and
sensing trip units were not repeatable and reliable
power waveform and enables able to handle harmonic protection.
state-of-the-art true rms
10 greater accuracy in selective
coordination of the power
sensing trip units.
10 distribution system. The

microprocessor-based Digitrip
trip unit also allows
10 communications for remote
monitoring to a host computer
10 or local AEM via the
PowerNet communication
10 system.
10
10
10 Kit Components
Retrofit Services
10.5
Features
Digitrip retrofit kits come Trip Functions Application and Availability
10
in several different model Service Condition
types. Among these types,
All Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
types are available with the In order to ensure that
Digitrip retrofit kits are
currently available for select 10
they provide a variety of necessary combinations of Digitrip RMS retrofit kits breaker frames for the
accommodating features long, short, instantaneous are successfully applied, following manufacturers: 10
(see Kit Type table on and ground fault (LSIG) installation must only be
Page V3-T10-48). modes of protection as done by a qualified individual.
Appropriate testing must
●
●
Eaton
Westinghouse
10
True rms measurement depicted and deemed
and protection. Extremely necessary by industry
standards.
be performed to qualify the
retrofitted breaker prior to
● General Electric 10
accurate and able to ● ITE
placing the breaker in service.
accommodate harmonic
content and disturbances.
The combinations of modes Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
● Allis-Chalmers 10
of protection are: will provide protection in ● Federal Pacific
Ground fault protection ● LI accordance with their ● Roller Smith 10
may be added to an existing published time-current ● Siemens-Allis
LS
10
●
power breaker. Ground characteristic curves and in
fault protection is offered
● LSI accordance with the original Additional Offerings
LIG breaker manufacturers
10
●
in a three-wire and a four- ● Retrofit kits using
wire version. ● LSG specifications on breakers OPTIM™ 750 and 1050 trip
that have been properly
Zone interlocking is available
● LSIG
maintained and operate in
units are available for use
on DS breakers
10
on the short time and ground accordance with the original
The Packaged Kit
fault modes of protection.
This enables enhanced Each Digitrip RMS retrofit
manufacturer’s operating 10
instructions.
kit includes a Digitrip trip unit,
selectivity for high fault and
ground fault coordination an auxiliary CT module, a Service Life
10
between the main and feeder Direct Trip Actuator (DTA),
breakers. quantity (three or four) The physical structure, the
bus assemblies and control 10
current sensors, a rating
wiring of switchgear are
Local monitoring via a
display. A red LED display
plug, interconnecting wiring
harnesses, mounting normally in good condition. 10
enables the user to step The replacement of the trip
through and read currents
brackets, copper connectors
(when required), hardware system coupled along with 10
and energy readings for and installation instructions. either refurbishment or
each phase and ground. Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are reconditioning of the breaker
will prolong the life of the
10
complete tripping systems
Communications via
the PowerNet system.
specifically engineered for switchgear and provide
modern state-of-the-art 10
each breaker type and frame
This allows all pertinent protection.
information, regarding static
rating. All kits are designed
for field installation.
10
and dynamic operation of
the breaker, to be remotely
monitored either by a host
10
computer or local display
monitor. This facilitates 10
energy management and
power management. 10
Remember: “If you can't
measure it, you can't 10
manage it.”
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Breaker 10
10
Retrofit Services
Kit Type
10 RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS
Digitrip Kit Features 510 510 Zone 610 810 910
10 Cause of trip LED indicators ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
10 Integral self test ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Trip reset button ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
10 Thermal memory hardware driven — — — — —
Thermal memory software driven selectable (on/off) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
10 Discriminator circuit on LS and LSG protection modes — — — — —
10 Discriminator circuit on LS and LSG protection modes selectable (on/off)

Zone protective interlocking for short-time and ground fault modes of protection
■
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
10 Auxiliary contact for long time, short-circuit and ground fault functions — ■ ■ ■ ■
Local display of phase currents — — ■ ■ ■
10 Local display of ground currents — — ■ ■ ■
10 Local display of cause of trip — — ■ ■

■
■
■
Local display of energy (MWh) — — —
10 Local display of peak demand (MW) — — — ■ ■
Local display of present demand (MW) — — — ■ ■
10 Communication with PowerNet communicated data includes: — — — ■ ■
All display values
10 Trip unit status
High load alarm
Cause of trip
10 Rating plug status
Breaker status
10 Reason for breaker status

Trip settings — — — ■ ■
10 Power factor — — — ■ ■
Control via the PowerNet system (open/close) — — — ■ ■
10 Voltage phase-to-phase, displayed on trip unit and communicated via PowerNet communication — — — — ■
10 Total current harmonic distortion (THD); phase A, B, C. Displayed on trip unit and communicated via
PowerNet communication
— — — — ■
■
10
Total current harmonic distortion per harmonic from the 2nd through the 27th harmonic displayed on trip — — — —
unit and communicated via PowerNet communication
System power factor. Displayed on trip unit and communicated via PowerNet communication — — — — ■
10 Waveform analysis data to PowerNet computer — — — — ■
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
10.5
Reference Information Product Selection
Sales Brochure for 10
Digitrip RMS Retrofit Customer Required Information
Kits: B.22D.01.S.E In order to obtain the proper 10
kit, the following information
Instructions for the
Application of Digitrip RMS
should be provided to Eaton: 10
Breaker nameplate
10
Retrofit Kits on Power Circuit ●
Breakers: AD 33-855- 4 information:

● Manufacturer
Digitrip RMS 510
Trip Unit: IL 29-885-B ● Breaker type 10
Ampere frame size
10
●
Digitrip RMS 610 ● Manually or electrically

Trip Unit: IL 29-886-A
operated
Digitrip RMS 810 ● Drawout or fixed mounting 10
Trip Unit: IL 29-888-A Fused or non-fused
10
●
Digitrip RMS 910 ● Digitrip trip unit type

Trip Unit: IL 29-889-A
●
required: 510, 610, 810, 910
Protective functions
10
Time Current Curves
required: LI, LSI, LS, LIG,
for DS and DSL Circuit
LSG, LSIG 10
Breakers: AD 32-870
Continuous current rating
10
●
Retrofit Kit Product Guide required (trip rating of

call 1-800-937-5487: breaker)
Doc. #9375487 ● Three-wire or four-wire 10
Illustrates catalog number system (determines
system for each engineered number of sensors 10
kit: YES Catalog Tab 17 required)
To properly select options, 10
the following questions need
to be answered: 10
Will customer supply
10
●
120 Vac control power or

is breaker-mounted CPT
needed? Applies only to 10
Digitrip 610, 810 and 910
● Are zone interlocks 10
required?
● Does the application 10
require relay outputs from
the Digitrip 610, 810 or 910
for remote indication?
10
● Does the breaker have an
existing Amptector or
10
Digitrip trip unit installed?
If so, what is it? 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
Contents
10 DB-25 LV-VSR
Description Page
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
10 Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
10 Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter
Replacement
10
10
10
10 Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement
10 General Description Features
Eaton’s low voltage VSR
10 is a self-contained vacuum Advantages Series Current Limiting Fuses
starter replacement for a low The use of an LV-VSR The integral, solid-state, trip Class J current limiting fuses
10 voltage drawout air circuit
breaker used for motor
vacuum starter can prolong
device life and significantly
units used on the air circuit
breakers are designed
provide short-circuit
protection and allow a
reduce maintenance repair primarily for cable and combination rating of
10 starting applications.
and downtime. transformer protection. 100 kA at 480 or 600V.
In some cases, LV air circuit Motors require more precisely
10 breakers are used for motor
starting applications. Air
A low voltage air circuit
breaker has an effective life
set overcurrent devices that C440 Electronic Overload Relay
prevent motor damage as well Eaton’s C440 multi-function
10 circuit breakers are not
designed to withstand the
of 4000 operations while an
LV-VSR vacuum starter has
as avoiding nuisance tripping.
A solid-state relay, Eaton
electronic, motor protection
relay provides the following
frequent switching service an effective life of 1,000,000
10 and mechanical stresses operations. For example, a
Type C440, provides
overload protection and
features:
associated with repetitive motor starting application that phase unbalance protection. ● Overload protection,
10 motor starting duty. This is required two starts per hour This relay was exclusively Class 10A, 10, 20 or 30
due to the breaker mechanism on continuous duty would designed for motor protection. ● Phase unbalance
10 that must be designed to
close and latch against a
require a major rebuild of
the LV breaker within three
protection, selectable
Motor Starter (ON/OFF)
months. The expected life of
10 fault. In order to meet these
requirements, the mechanism an LV-VSR vacuum starter
The LV-VSR consists of ● Ground fault selectable
an Eaton V201 vacuum (ON/OFF)
must close at high speeds would be over 50 years.
10 with a great deal of force.
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
contactor, Class J current
limiting fuses, multi-function
● Remote reset
Frequent closing operations ● Alarm relay output contact
motor protective relay,
10 stress and deteriorate the
breaker mechanisms.
uses state-of-the-art Eaton
vacuum interrupters. The three current transformers
● LED status indication
interrupters employ the and an integral control ● Communication modules
10 Eaton’s LV-VSR is a self- latest vacuum technology power transformer. ● Modbus RTU RS-485
contained replacement with long life, resistance to ● DeviceNet with IO
10 vacuum starter for an LV environmental contaminants, Vacuum Contactor ● PROFIBUS with IO
drawout air circuit breaker. and positive contact wear Eaton’s V201 vacuum
10 The LV-VSR is interchangeable
with the drawout breaker
indicators. contactor is designed for
starting and controlling
10 element and requires no
cell modifications.
three-phase, 50/60 Hz AC
motors. Current interruption
is contained within the
10 vacuum bottles and no arc
byproducts are vented to
10 the outside environment.
Contact condition is given
10 by wear indicators.
Retrofit Services
10.5
VSR Designs Safety Features LV-VSR Control Features Technical Data and
● Westinghouse DS The LV-VSR vacuum starter LV-VSR vacuum starter offers Specifications 10
retains all the safety features the following standard control
GE
10
●
of the LV switchgear including: features. Other devices can Ratings

● ITE
be supplied on request. The LV-VSR vacuum starter is
and others Racking the LV-VSR
10
● ●
rated as follows:
vacuum starter is ● Start-stop pushbuttons
Contact EESS at 877-276-9379 prevented while the and run pilot light Maximum continuous
10
●
for more details. contactor is in the closed ● Eaton C440 electronic current—425A
position. Closing the overload relay Maximum voltage
10
●
Life LV-VSR vacuum starter is
Exceptional electrical and
● 2A/2B auxiliary contact rating—600V
prevented while racking
1A/1B trip contact Short-circuit rating at
10
● ●
mechanical life is offered ● Breaker position indication
by the V201 contactor— (overload or short circuit) 240–600V 200 kA
is provided (connected,
up to 1,000,000 electrical ● Provision for remote ● Maximum motor hp at
operations and 2,500,000
test, disconnect, remove)
control operation 480V 235 hp 10
mechanical operations, even
● The LV-VSR vacuum starter
● Integral control power ● Maximum motor hp at
under harsh conditions. is padlockable (optional) in
either the connect, test or transformer 240V 117 hp 10
disconnect positions ● Custom designed wiring ● Maximum motor hp at
Drawout Capability
The LV-VSR is mounted on a
● Positive ground connection schemes 600V 294 hp 10
is maintained
drawout frame and maintains
the safety interlocking ● Closed door tripping
Ease of Maintenance 10
The LV-VSR control
system of the LV switchgear. Closed-door control, if
10
●
components are front
existing, can be maintained mounted for easy access.
Ease of Installation
The LV-VSR may be inserted The LV-VSR uses the 10
into a standard breaker same line and load finger
compartment without clusters, secondary contact 10
modification to the assemblies and drawout
compartment. The primary
and secondary contact
mechanism as the original
circuit breaker. Renewal
10
parts are readily available.
10
structures and drawout
mechanism are identical.
The LV-VSR control scheme
will interface with standard 10
switchgear wiring with no cell
modifications and remote
control schemes, if existing,
10
are maintained.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
Contents
10 ITE 5600 Series Motor Control Center Replacement Unit
Description Page
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
10 Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
10 Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
10 MCC Replacement Units
10
10
10 MCC Replacement Units
10 General Description Features
Eaton’s motor control center Complete replacement
10 (MCC) replacement units of the MCC involves costly Brand New Replacement Unit—
Not a Retrofit
Solve Parts Availability
Problems for Old
are newly manufactured, demolition, removal and
Unsupported Products
10 UL labeled units designed for
easy installation into existing
re-installation. Downtime
is extensive. The MCC
All motor control units,
removable or fixed mounted, We can also provide
are assembled with Eaton additional inventory reduction
10 MCCs. We manufacture units
to fit into Westinghouse,
assembly often is in good
condition since there is very components of proven for the customer by using
Cutler-Hammer and other little deterioration of the safety, quality and reliability. components, such as
10 manufacturers such as GE, enclosure, the bus or the All components are wired in starters, which are currently
Square D and ITE. control wiring with normal accordance with NEMA and being used in other Eaton
10 Replacement units allow
maintenance and proper UL 845 standards. MCCs. Unit starter types
include many options
installation.
new starters and feeders Eaton has specifically including: Freedom, A200
10 to be added to existing Replacement units are designed bus stabs to form and Soft Start. Additional
motor control centers to newly manufactured and a standardization plug-in cell modifications include solid-
10 replace defective units or have no used or fatigued that meets the highest safety
standards. These units fit into
state overloads,
to upgrade units. parts. Because they can be communication possibilities
10 Advantages
manufactured to existing
wiring diagrams, the
the existing space of the
customer’s original MCC.
and several cover control
options.
10 Motor starters are used in
applications where continuous
installation time is minimal.
Only the power connections HMCP, HFD, HJD, HKD
operation and frequent and those wiring terminations breakers and 10250T series
10 opening and closing are external to the MCC are pilot devices will provide
required. These conditions required to be disconnected the customer with standard
10 lead to eventual mechanical and reconnected. The
replacement unit
features and current product
to adequately maintain their
failure of contactors despite
MCCs for many years
10 best maintenance efforts. interchanges with the
existing unit without field to come.
Replacement MCC units are modifications. Downtime is
10 the most time-efficient and significantly reduced.
For additional information,
contact 1-800-OLD-UNIT
cost-effective way to restore
10 the original assembly to
operational condition.
or your local Eaton
Service Center.
10
10
10
10
Retrofit Services
10.5
New Stab Design
● Tin-plated clip surface 10
Spring clip for extra
10
●
pressure
Sufficient insulating surface
10
●
10
Eaton FlashGard® F2100 Replacement Starter Unit Advantage Replacement Starter Unit
(2008 to Present) (1995 to Present) (1992 to Present) 10
Eaton Designed Stabs
10
Unit Features
● Holes for top and bottom 10
incoming line
● Self-aligning stab to bus 10
● Door device panel
● Knockout for terminal blocks 10
F-10 Unitrol Replacement Starter Unit Freedom Unitrol Replacement Starter 9800 Unitrol Replacement Starter Unit
(1972 to 1989) Unit (1988 to 1994) (1956 to 1974) 10
10
10
10
10
Side Item Stab 11-300 Replacement Starter Unit
(1935 to 1965)
Type W Replacement Starter Unit
(1965 to 1975)
5-Star/Series 2100 Replacement
Starter Unit (1975 to 1995) 10
Door Features
● Door latch—1/4 turn 10
● Door hinge opens farther UL 845 Eaton MCC Aftermarket Units
Name Brand MCC Vintage Type 10
10
Westinghouse 11-300 1935 to 1965
Cutler-Hammer 9800 Unitrol 1956 to 1974
ITE 5600 Series 1957 to 1976
10
Gould 5600 Series 1957 to 1976
Telemecanique 5600 Series 1957 to 1976 10
Door Latch Closed Westinghouse Type W 1965 to 1975
Unit Features Cutler-Hammer F10 Unitrol 1972 to 1989 10
Easy lock-out handle
10
●
Westinghouse 5 Star 1975 to 1986
mechanism Cutler-Hammer Freedom Unitrol 1989 to 1994
● Easy lock-in bucket tabs
● HMCP/HFD breakers
Westinghouse 2100 Series 1 1986 to 1995 10
Westinghouse Advantage™ 1 1991 to present
65k rated
● Additional ground clip Cutler-Hammer Freedom 2100 1 1995 to present 10
10250T series cover Cutler-Hammer IT. MCC 2002 to present
10
●
controls GE 7700/8000 1975 to present

Allen-Bradley
Square D
Centerline
Model 6
1971 to present
1992 to present
10
Siemens/Furnas 89 Series 89 1979 to 2001 10
Eaton IT. FlashGard 2006 to present
Eaton Freedom FlashGard 2007 to present 10
Note
1 FlashGard replacement units available.
10
10
Retrofit Services

10
Designed and Tested to
10 NEMA/UL Standards
Eaton MCC replacement
10 units have passed all UL
required short-circuit and
10 heat tests. This high standard
of testing is important to
provide confidence to our
10 customers that UL 845 units
mean something for the
10 upkeep of their equipment.
10
10
10 Product Selection
10 Availability
Replacement units are
Communication Capability
Eaton’s MCC communication
10
available for all MCCs solutions include DeviceNet,
manufactured by Eaton, EtherNet/IP, Modbus RTU,
Cutler-Hammer or Modbus TCP, PROFIBUS,
10 Westinghouse. Units are and Web interface using
available as follows: Eaton’s Power Xpert®
10 Eaton:
Architecture.
10 ● F2100: 1995 to present Information Required

In order to obtain the
● Freedom Unitro:
10 1988 to 1994 proper replacement unit,
the following information
● F-10 Unitrol: 1972 to 1989
should be provided to Eaton:
10 ● 9800 Unitrol: 1956 to 1974
● MCC manufacturer
Westinghouse:
10 ● MCC type
● Advantage: 1992 to present ● Required starter hp rating
10 ● Series 2100: 1987 to 1995 ● Type of starter (i.e., FVNR,
● 5 Star: 1975 to 1987 FVR, 2S2W, etc.)
10 ● Type W: 1965 to 1975 ● Desired protective features
● 11-300: 1935 to 1965 ● Desired control devices
10 All replacement units utilize ● Desired control scheme
Eaton HMCP motor circuit
10 protectors allowing the units
to be UL 508 combination
10 rated 65 kA. The units can
be supplied with either
Freedom, Advantage,
10 A200 or Citation starters.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Performance-Based Maintenance Services
10.6
Contents
Description
10
Performance-Based Maintenance Services 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Performance-Based Maintenance Services 10
General Description Performance-Based Maintenance (PBM) Program 10
Approximately 80 percent of Under pressure to deliver Eaton offers Performance- It is easy to get started
all equipment failures occur on ever higher levels of Based Maintenance (PBM) on Performance-Based 10
a random basis and are not availability, facilities solutions that fit various Maintenance program.
age-related. Certainly, a well-
designed, time-based
managers are looking for a
better way. An optimal
project needs, for single sites
or multiple sites, and a full
EESS engineers visit your
facility and perform a
10
preventive maintenance
program can reduce failure
maintenance program would: range of equipment types.
This maintenance strategy
comprehensive site audit
and needs assessment. 10
rates, but what about these
● Enable you to schedule actually integrates four While implementing
80 percent of equipment maintenance based on
actual device operation
proven maintenance electrical system testing 10
failures that occur on no programs to deliver and maintenance, EESS
timetable? You could increase
the rate of preventive
history, rather than
arbitrary calendar dates
quantifiable results at a
guaranteed price:
engineers review both the
“condition” and “criticality”
10
Eliminate unnecessary
10
●
maintenance activities, but of each component with plant
that is no panacea. These maintenance work and ● The Planned personnel. The condition is
maintenance activities tend to related production outages Maintenance Module determined via traditional
be invasive, introducing new ● Reduce spare parts addresses operational preventive maintenance 10
defects that can actually requirements due to performance, as-left procedures (industry-
increase failure rates. increased accuracy of conditions, environmental
considerations, and testing
standard, time-based) 10
equipment history combined with predictive
● Reduce overall ●
and calibration results
The Predictive Diagnostic
diagnostic technologies. The
criticality rating of each
10
maintenance costs
Module focuses on visual
You can achieve these results observations,
component is established
through application of a 10
by having Eaton apply environmental and thermal reliability-centered
predictive analytic
technologies to the
conditions, and predictive maintenance approach, taking 10
indicator results into account its potential
maintenance program. The
result is a strategy that Eaton
● The Reliability-Centered impact on critical processes, 10
Maintenance Module safety and the environment.
calls “Performance-Based
Maintenance.” Services are concentrates on the
potential for injuries,
Then, EESS engineers
recommend a maintenance
10
scheduled and performed
based on actual device environmental hazards and
product losses or process
interval (short-, mid- or long-
term) for each component, as 10
operating history, not on
interruptions well as work scopes and
arbitrary calendar dates. This
knowledge-based approach ● The Periodic periodic observation 10
Observations Module frequency.
reduces maintenance time,
cost and spare parts centers on equipment 10
requirements. loading, and visual and
environmental
observations
10
10
Performance-Based Maintenance Services
You save money when this Elements of a Performance- Our knowledge management
10 analysis reveals an Based Maintenance Program practices—when applied to
opportunity to lengthen ● Site audit and maintenance optimize the maintenance
10 maintenance interviews or needs assessment program—reduce the
reduce the scope of ● Condition-based potential for outages by
10 maintenance work performed
during scheduled outages.
maintenance predicting equipment failure
or system problems,
● Reliability-centered
10 You improve uptime and
reliability when this analysis
maintenance (RCM)
decrease the duration of
outages by providing 24/7
reveals components on ● Predictive diagnostics remote troubleshooting, and
10 which preventive ● Efficient algorithms to reduce operating and
maintenance should be integrate equipment maintenance costs by basing
10 performed more frequently. condition results, RCM
input, predictive
service on real-time
You can increase reliability equipment information rather
10 even more by redirecting
some of your cost savings
diagnostics and periodic
observations
than arbitrary timelines. The
bottom-line is more effective
10
into additional predictive ● Recommendations for maintenance service at
diagnostics and equipment immediate action, lower cost.
modernization. EESS delivers automation, remote
10 a periodic scorecard to plant monitoring, life extension,
personnel, summarizing spare parts or upgrading
10 the recommendations,
performance and results
● Periodic observations while
energized and operating
10 of the program. ● Maintenance implemented
based on equipment
10 condition and criticality
● Root-cause failure analysis
10 ● Periodic scorecard and
customized reporting
10 of results
● Continuous improvement
10 ● Optional ensured
performance
10 improvements and
ensured savings—typically,
15 percent savings over
10 two performance cycles
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Eaton Terms & Conditions Contents

Description Page
Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A1-1
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A1-2
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A1-3
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-A1-3
Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated February 20, 2006)
Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of THE CONTRACT FOR SALE Quotations Termination and Cancellation
Sale set forth herein, and any OF THE PRODUCTS OR Written quotations are valid Any order may be terminated
supplements which may be SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY for 30 days from its date by the Buyer only by written
attached hereto, constitute LIMITED TO THE TERMS unless otherwise stated in notice and upon payment
the full and final expression AND CONDITIONS OF SALE the quotation or terminated of reasonable termination
of the contract for the sale STATED HEREIN. ANY sooner by notice. charges, including all costs
of products or services ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT plus profit.
(hereinafter referred to as TERMS PROPOSED BY Verbal quotations, unless
Product(s) or Services by BUYER ARE REJECTED accepted, expire the same Seller shall have the right to
Eaton Corporation UNLESS EXPRESSLY day they are made. cancel any order at any time
(hereinafter referred to as AGREED TO IN WRITING BY by written notice if Buyer
A complete signed order breaches any of the terms
Seller) to the Buyer, and SELLER. No contract shall
must be received by Seller hereof, becomes the subject
supersedes all prior exist except as herein
within 20 calendar days of of any proceeding under state
quotations, purchase orders, provided.
notification of award, or federal law for the relief
correspondence or otherwise the price and
communications whether Complete Agreement of debtors, or otherwise
shipment will be subject to becomes insolvent or
written or oral between the No amendment or re-negotiation.
Seller and the Buyer. modification hereto nor any bankrupt, generally does not
Notwithstanding any contrary statement, representation or pay its debts as they become
language in the Buyer’s warranty not contained herein due or makes an assignment
purchase order, shall be binding on the Seller for the benefit of creditors.
correspondence or other unless made in writing by an
form of acknowledgment, authorized representative of
Buyer shall be bound by the Seller. Prior dealings,
these Terms and Conditions usage of the trade or a course
of Sale when it sends a of performance shall not be
purchase order or otherwise relevant to determine the
indicates acceptance of this meaning of this contract even
contract, or when it accepts though the accepting or
delivery from Seller of the acquiescing party had
Products or Services. knowledge of the nature
of the performance and
opportunity for objection.
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100002E—December 2011 www.eaton.com V3-A1-1
Prices If the Buyer initiates or in Terms of Payment

All prices are subject to any way causes delays Products Except for work performed (i)
change without notice. In the in shipment, provision of under a firm fixed price basis
Services or return of approval Acceptance of all orders is
event of a price change, the subject to the Buyer meeting or (ii) pursuant to terms of a
effective date of the change drawings beyond the periods previously priced existing
stated above, the price of the Seller’s credit requirements.
will be the date of the new Terms of payment are subject contract between Seller and
price or discount sheet, letter Products or Services will be Buyer, invoices for work
increased 1% per month to change for failure to meet
or telegram. All quotations such requirements. Seller performed by Seller shall
made or orders accepted or fraction thereof up to a have added and noted on
maximum of 18 months from reserves the right at any time
after the effective date will be to demand full or partial each invoice a charge of 3%
on the new basis. For existing the date of the Buyer’s order. (over and above the price of
For delays resulting in payment before proceeding
orders, the price of the with a contract of sale as a the work) which is related
unshipped portion of an order shipment or provision of to Seller compliance with
Services beyond 18 months result of changes in the
will be the price in effect at financial condition of the present and proposed
time of shipment. from the date of the Buyer’s environmental, health, and
order, the price must be Buyer. Terms of Payment are
either Net 30 days from the safety regulations associated
Price Policy—Products and renegotiated. with prescribed requirements
Services date of invoice of each
shipment or carry a cash covering hazardous materials
When prices are quoted as Price Policy—BLS management and employee
discount based on Product
firm for quoted shipment, they Refer to Price Policy 25-050. training, communications,
type. Specific payment terms
are firm provided the following for Products are outlined in personal protective
conditions are met: Minimum Billing equipment, documentation
the applicable Product
Orders less than $1,000 will discount schedules. and record keeping
1. The order is released be assessed a shipping and associated therewith.
with complete handling charge of 5% of the
engineering details. Services
price of the order, with a Adequate Assurances
Terms of payment are net
2. Shipment of Products are minimum charge of $25.00 If, in the judgment of Seller,
within 30 days from date of
made, and Services unless noted differently on the financial condition of the
invoice for orders amounting
purchased are provided Product discount sheets. Buyer, at any time during the
to less than $50,000.00.
within the quoted period of the contract, does
lead time. Taxes Terms of payment for orders not justify the terms of
The price does not include exceeding $50,000.00 shall payment specified, Seller
3. When drawings for any taxes. Buyer shall be be made according to the may require full or partial
approval are required responsible for the payment following: payment in advance.
for any Products, the of all taxes applicable to, or
drawings applicable to arising from the transaction, 1. Twenty percent (20%) of Delayed Payment
those Products must be the Products, its sale, value, order value with the
purchase order payable If payments are not made in
returned within 30* or use, or any Services
30 days from date of accordance with these terms,
calendar days from the performed in connection
invoice. a service charge will, without
date of the original therewith regardless of prejudice to the right of Seller
mailing of the drawings the person or entity 2. Eighty percent (80%) of to immediate payment, be
by Seller. The return actually taxed. order value in equal added in an amount equal to
drawings must be
monthly payments over the lower of 1.5% per month
released for manufacture
the performance period or fraction thereof or the
and shipment and must
payable 30 days from highest legal rate on the
be marked “APPROVED”
date of invoice. unpaid balance.
or “APPROVED AS
NOTED.” Drawing
re-submittals which are
required for any other
reason than to correct
Seller errors will not
extend the 30-day period.
* 60 days for orders
through contractors
to allow time for their
review and approval
before and after
transmitting them
to their customers.
V3-A1-2 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100002E—December 2011 www.eaton.com
Freight Warranty
Freight policy will be listed on Risk of Loss Held Orders Warranty for Products
the Product discount sheets, Risk of loss or damage to the For any order held, delayed Seller warrants that the
or at option of Seller one of Products shall pass to Buyer or rescheduled at the request Products manufactured by
the following freight terms at the F.O.B. point. of the Buyer, Seller may, at it will conform to Seller’s
will be quoted. its sole option (1) require applicable specifications and
Concealed Damage payment to be based on any be free from failure due to
F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and Except in the event of F.O.B. reasonable basis, including defects in workmanship and
Invoiced but not limited to the contract
destination shipments, Seller material for one (1) year from
Products are sold F.O.B. point will not participate in any price, and any additional the date of installation of
of shipment freight prepaid settlement of claims for expenses, or cost resulting the Product or eighteen (18)
and invoiced to the Buyer. concealed damage. from such a delay; (2) store months from the date of
Products at the sole cost and shipment of the Product,
F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. When shipment has been risk of loss of the Buyer; and/ whichever occurs first.
and Allowed made on an F.O.B. destination or (3) charge to the Buyer
Products sold are delivered basis, the Buyer must unpack those prices under the In the event any Product fails
F.O.B. point of shipment, immediately and, if damage is applicable price policy. to comply with the foregoing
freight prepaid and included discovered must: Payment for such price, warranty Seller will, at its
in the price. expenses and costs, in any option, either (a) repair or
1. Not move the Products replace the defective
from the point of such event, shall be due by
F.O.B. Destination—Frt./Ppd. Buyer within thirty (30) days Product, or defective part or
and Allowed examination. component thereof, F.O.B.
from date of Seller’s invoice.
At Buyer’s option, Seller will 2. Retain shipping container Any order so held delayed or Seller’s facility freight
deliver the Products F.O.B. and packing material. rescheduled beyond six (6) prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer
destination freight prepaid months will be treated as a for the purchase price of the
and 2% will be added to the 3. Notify the carrier in Buyer termination. Product. All warranty claims
net price. writing of any apparent shall be made in writing.
damage. Drawing Approval
The term “freight prepaid” Seller requires all non-
means that freight charges 4. Notify Seller Seller will design the conforming Products be
will be prepaid to the representative within Products in line with, in returned at Seller’s expense
accessible common carrier 72 hours of delivery. Seller’s judgment, good for evaluation unless
delivery point nearest the commercial practice. If at specifically stated otherwise
5. Send Seller a copy of drawing approval Buyer in writing by Seller.
destination for shipments the carrier’s inspection
within the United States and makes changes outside of
report. the design as covered in their This warranty does not
Puerto Rico unless noted cover failure or damage
differently on the Product specifications, Seller will then
Witness Tests/Customer be paid reasonable charges due to storage, installation,
discount sheets. For any Inspection operation or maintenance not
other destination contact and allowed a commensurate
Standard factory tests may be delay in shipping date based in conformance with Seller’s
Seller’s representative. witnessed by the Buyer recommendations and
on the changes made.
at Seller’s factory for an industry standard practice
Shipment and Routing
additional charge calculated Drawing Re-Submittal or due to accident, misuse,
Seller shall select the point of at the rate of $2,500 per day abuse or negligence. This
origin of shipment, the When Seller agrees to do so
(not to exceed eight (8) hours) in its quotation, Seller shall warranty does not cover
method of transportation, the per Product type. Buyer may reimbursement for labor,
type of carrier equipment and provide Buyer with the first
final inspect Products at the set of factory customer gaining access, removal,
the routing of the shipment. Seller’s factory for $500 per installation, temporary power
approval drawing(s) at Seller’s
If the Buyer specifies a day per Product type. expense. The customer or any other expenses, which
special method of approval drawing(s) will be may be incurred in connection
Witness tests will add one (1) with repair or replacement.
transportation, type of carrier week to the scheduled delivered at the quoted
equipment, routing, or shipping date. Seller will delivery date. If Buyer This warranty does not
delivery requirement, Buyer notify Buyer fourteen (14) requests drawing changes apply to equipment not
shall pay all special freight calendar days prior to or additions after the initial manufactured by Seller.
and handling charges. scheduled witness testing factory customer approval Seller limits itself to
or inspection. In the event drawing(s) have been extending the same warranty
When freight is included in submitted by Seller, the
the price, no allowance will Buyer is unable to attend, the it receives from the supplier.
Parties shall mutually agree Seller, at its option, may
be made in lieu of assess Buyer drawing
transportation if the Buyer on a rescheduled date.
However, Seller reserves charges. Factory customer
accepts shipment at factory, approval drawing changes
warehouse, or freight station the right to deem the witness
tests waived with the right to required due to
or otherwise supplies its own misinterpretation by Seller
transportation. ship and invoice Products.
will be at Seller’s expense.
Approval drawings generated
by Bid Manager are excluded
from this provision.
Extended Warranty for Products Warranty for Services Warranty for Power Systems Asbestos
If requested by the Buyer and Seller warrants that the Studies Federal Law requires that
specifically accepted in Services performed by it Seller warrants that any building or facility owners
writing by Seller, the hereunder will be performed power systems studies identify the presence,
foregoing standard warranty in accordance with generally performed by it will conform location and quantity of
for Products will be extended accepted professional to generally accepted asbestos containing material
from the date of shipment for standards. professional standards. Any (hereinafter “ACM”) at work
the period and price indicated portion of the study, which sites. Seller is not licensed to
below: The Services, which do not does not so conform, shall abate ACM. Accordingly, for
so conform, shall be be corrected by Seller upon any contract which includes
● 24 months—2% of corrected by Seller upon notification in writing by the the provision of Services,
Contract Price notification in writing by the Buyer within six (6) months prior to (i) commencement of
● 30 months—3% of Buyer within one (1) year after completion of the study. work at any site under a
Contract Price after completion of the All warranty work shall be specific Purchase Order, (ii) a
● 36 months—4% of Services. performed in a single shift change in the work scope of
Contract Price Unless otherwise agreed to in straight time basis Monday any Purchase Order, the
writing by Seller, Seller through Friday. In the event Buyer will certify that the
Special Warranty (In and Out) assumes no responsibility that the study requires work area associated with the
for Products with respect to the suitability correction of warranty items Seller’s scope of work
If requested by the Buyer of the Buyer’s, or its on an overtime schedule, includes the handling of Class
and specifically accepted in customer’s, equipment or the premium portion of such II ACM, including but not
writing by Seller, Seller will, with respect to any latent overtime shall be for the limited to generator wedges
during the warranty period defects in equipment not Buyer’s account. and high temperature gaskets
for Products, at an additional supplied by Seller. This which include asbestos
cost of 2% of the contract warranty does not cover Limitation on Warranties for materials. The Buyer shall, at
price, be responsible for the Products, Services and Power its expense, conduct
damage to Buyer’s, or its Systems Studies
direct cost of: customer’s, equipment, abatement should the
components or parts THE FOREGOING removal, handling,
1. Removing the Product WARRANTIES ARE modification or reinstallation,
resulting in whole or in part
from the installed EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR or some or all of them, of said
from improper maintenance
location. WARRANTY OF TITLE. Class II ACM be likely to
or operation or from their
deteriorated condition. Buyer SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL generate airborne asbestos
2. Transportation to the
will, at its cost, provide Seller OTHER WARRANTIES fibers; and should such
repair facility and return
with unobstructed access INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED abatement affect the cost
to the site.
to the defective Services, WARRANTIES OF of or time of performance
3. Reinstallation on site. as well as adequate free MERCHANTABILITY of the work then Seller shall
working space in the AND FITNESS FOR A be entitled to an equitable
The total liability of Seller for PARTICULAR PURPOSE. adjustment in the schedule,
this Special Warranty for immediate vicinity of the
defective Services and such price and other pertinent
Products is limited to 50% CORRECTION OF NON-
facilities and systems, affected provisions of
of the contract price of the CONFORMITIES IN THE
including, without limitation, the contract.
particular Product being MANNER AND FOR THE
repaired and excludes docks, cranes and utility PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED
disconnects and connects, Compliance with Nuclear
expenses for removing ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE Regulation
adjacent apparatus, walls, as may be necessary in order SELLER’S SOLE LIABILITY
that Seller may perform its Seller’s Products are sold as
piping, structures, temporary AND BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE
warranty obligations. The commercial grade Products
service, etc. REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF
conducting of any tests shall SELLER TO MEET ITS not intended for application in
be mutually agreed upon and facilities or activities licensed
WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS,
Seller shall be notified of, and by the United States Nuclear
WHETHER CLAIMS OF
may be present at, all tests THE BUYER ARE BASED Regulatory Commission for
that may be made. atomic purposes. Further
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
certification will be required
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR for use of the Products in any
OTHERWISE. safety-related application in
any nuclear facility licensed
by the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission.
V3-A1-4 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100002E—December 2011 www.eaton.com
Returning Products Patent Infringement Limitation of Liability

Authorization and shipping Seller will defend or, at its The preceding paragraph THE REMEDIES OF THE
instructions for the return option, settle any suit or does not apply to any claim of BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS
of any Products must be proceeding brought against infringement based upon: (a) CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE
obtained from Seller before Buyer, or Buyer’s customers, any modification made to a AND ARE ITS SOLE
returning the Products. to the extent it is based upon Product other than by Seller; REMEDIES FOR ANY
a claim that any Product or (b) any design and/or FAILURE OF SELLER
When return is occasioned part thereof, manufactured by specifications of Buyer to TO COMPLY WITH ITS
due to Seller error, full credit Seller or its subsidiaries and which a Product was OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
including all transportation furnished hereunder, manufactured; or (c) the use
charges will be allowed. infringes any United States or combination of Product NOTWITHSTANDING
patent, other than a claim of with other products where ANY PROVISION IN THIS
Product Notices infringement based upon use CONTRACT TO THE
the Product does not itself
Buyer shall provide the user of a Product or part thereof in infringe. As to the above- CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT
(including its employees) of a process, provided Seller is identified claim situations SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE
the Products with all Seller notified in reasonable time where the preceding IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
supplied Product notices, and given authority, paragraph does not apply, (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
warnings, instructions, information and assistance Buyer shall defend and hold OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
recommendations, and (at Seller’s expense) for the Seller harmless in the same OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE
similar materials. defense of same. Seller shall manner and to the extent as TO PROPERTY OR
pay all legal and court costs Seller’s obligations described EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN
Force Majeure and expenses and court- in the preceding paragraph. PRODUCTS SOLD
Seller shall not be liable for assessed damages awarded Buyer shall be responsible for HEREUNDER, LOSS OF
failure to perform or delay therein against Buyer obtaining (at Buyer’s PROFITS OR REVENUE,
in performance due to fire, resulting from or incident to expense) all license rights LOSS OF USE OF
flood, strike or other labor such suit or proceeding. In required for Seller to be able PRODUCTS, COST OF
difficulty, act of God, act of addition to the foregoing, if at to use software products in CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF
any governmental authority or any time Seller determines the possession of Buyer CUSTOMERS OF THE
of the Buyer, riot, embargo, there is a substantial question where such use is required in BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL,
fuel or energy shortage, car of infringement of any United order to perform any Service INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
shortage, wrecks or delays in States patent, and the use of for Buyer. CONSEQUENTIAL
transportation, or due to any such Product is or may be DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
other cause beyond Seller’s enjoined, Seller may, at its With respect to a Product or
part thereof not manufactured REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
reasonable control. In the option and expense: either (a) SUCH POTENTIAL
event of delay in performance procure for Buyer the right to by Seller or its subsidiaries,
Seller will attempt to obtain DAMAGES ARE
due to any such cause, the continue using and selling the FORESEEABLE OR IF
date of delivery or time for Product; (b) replace the for Buyer, from the supplier(s),
the patent indemnification SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
completion will be extended Product with non-infringing OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
by a period of time reasonably apparatus; (c) modify the protection normally provided
by the supplier(s) to SUCH DAMAGES.
necessary to overcome the Product so it becomes non-
effect of such delay. infringing; or (d) as a last customers. THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE
resort, remove the Product LIABILITY OF SELLER
Liquidated Damages and refund the purchase ARISING FROM OR
Contracts which include price, equitably adjusted for RELATED TO THIS
liquidated damage clauses for use and obsolescence. In no CONTRACT WHETHER
failure to meet shipping or job case does Seller agree to pay THE CLAIMS ARE BASED
completion promises are not any recovery based upon its IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
acceptable or binding on Buyer’s savings or profit (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
Seller, unless such clauses through use of Seller’s OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
are specifically accepted in Products whether the use be OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT
writing by an authorized special or ordinary. The EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE
representative of the Seller at foregoing states the entire PRODUCT OR SERVICES
its headquarters office. liability of Seller for patent ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY
infringement. IS BASED.
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
A M05 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-124
ARII . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-291 M06 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-125
M08 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-125
B
BIM . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-295 P
BLR . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-5 PCRMA . . . . . . . V3-T2-39
PCSR231 . . . . . . V3-T2-60
D PHRMA . . . . . . . V3-T2-39
DIM . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-289 PMURF . . . . . . . V3-T2-46–V3-T2-49
DPONI . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286 PX . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-19
DP4 . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-89 PXD . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
DT3 . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210 PXE . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
PXGA . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-267
E PXGX 2. . . . . . . . V3-T9-281
PXGX1 . . . . . . . . V3-T9-278
ELC-P . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-267, V3-T9-273
PXG4 . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-267
PXG6 . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-267
F
PXM . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
FP6 . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-165
PXM2 . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55, V3-T9-62
FTA . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-70
PX-P . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
FTE . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-70
PXR . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-19
PXS . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-19
G
GFR . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-251, V3-T9-252
Q
Q250 . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
H
HMURF . . . . . . . . V3-T2-51
S
HURF. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-50
SP1 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-22, V3-T5-5
SP2 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-24
I
SRT . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-34, V3-T2-35
IMPC . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299 S02. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-123
IPONI. . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-285 S05. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-123
IQA . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-132 S06. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-123
IQD . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-89 S08. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-123
IQDC . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258 S09. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-123
IQES . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-116 S21. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-5
IQF . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-134 S61. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-5
IQM . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89
IQ2 . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-95 U
IQ25 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55, V3-T9-62, V3-T9-67 URTD . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-255
IQ3 . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-77
Numerics
J 100M . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56
JMR. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-42 100T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60
1000T. . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
L 1100T. . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
LDIS . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-298 1200T. . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
1234. . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
M 125M . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56
MD3 . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-204 125T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60
MINTII . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-284 1255. . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-251
MP. . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89 1256. . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-251
MPONI . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-287 1257. . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-251
MP3. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-190 1283. . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-251
MP4. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-201 150M . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56
M00. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-124 150T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
M03. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-125 175M . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56
M04. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-125 179C . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-251
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V3-A2-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
200M . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56 500T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65

200T . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65 550T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
225M . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56 600T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
25M . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56 660T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
250M . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56 700T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
250T . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65 720T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
300M . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56 75M . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56
300T . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65 75T. . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60
350T . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65 752B . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
400T . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65 800T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
450T . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65 840T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
50M . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-56 900T. . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-A2-2 Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
A Aftermarket Products
11-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
9800 Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Automatic Insulation Tester (Motorguard) . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
F10 Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
DIN Rail Mounting Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Freedom Unitrol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Rack Mount Tray, 19-inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
IT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Control and Distribution Equipment Packaging. . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Series 2100/5 Star . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
FlashGard Locking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
FlashGard Remote Racking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
XT and XT FlashGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Ground and Test Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 Ammeter Kit
Optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Supplemental Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 AMPGARD Motor Control
Metering Devices, IQ 130/140/150 Series Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies . . V3-T5-2–V3-T5-6
Panel Mounting Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67 AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers
Metering Devices, IQ 250/260 Meter Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-39
Panel Mounting Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies
PXM 2000 Gateway Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-12
Metering Devices, IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
IQ Auxiliary Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83 Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Conversions
Metering Devices, IQ DP-4000 Series Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-89 Arc-Resistant AMPGARD
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series AMPGARD Motor Control
Panel Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55 Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
PXM 2000 Gateway Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55 Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Product Life Extension
Communication Expansion Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 Power System Studies, Field Services and
Digital I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
Graphic Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 Automatic Insulation Tester (Motorguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Panel Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
AUTOVAR 300
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 License
Upgrade Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-55
Protective Relays, Digitrip 3000 AUTOVAR 600
Drawout Case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210 Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58
Dual-Source Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210 AUTOVAR Filter
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-63
Ammeter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Face Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252 B
Ground Fault Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252 Bid Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
Test Panel (120 Vac). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252 Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II)
Protective Relays, MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . V3-T9-190 Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity . . . V3-T9-293
Protective Relays, MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . V3-T9-201 Busway Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1–V3-T1-7
Protective Relays, Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . V3-T9-255 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2–V3-T1-7
Voltage Presence Indicator (VoltageVision). . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7 Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit— Phase Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2–V3-T1-7
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71 C
Addressable Relay II C-HRG Free-Standing NEMA 1 Unit
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-290 High Resistance Grounding System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Advanced Analysis and Design Services Circuit Breaker Specialized Services
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19 Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-28
Advantage Clamp-On Current Transformers
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3 Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
AEGIS Powerline Filters CM52
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25 Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2
Commercial and Light Industrial Surge Protection Drawout Case

PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 Protective Relays, Digitrip 3000
Communication Expansion Card Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Dual-Source Power Supply
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 Protective Relays, Digitrip 3000
Connectivity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259–V3-T9-299 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity

Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-290
E
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II). . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-293 Eaton Terms & Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-286 Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-288 Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-5
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-299 Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1
IPONI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-285 Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-284 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-3
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-282 EDR-3000 Feeder Protection
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-287 Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-272
Electrical System Modernization
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card—
Field Engineering Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-26
Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-276
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card— Electronic Self-Enclosed Meters
Uninterruptible Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-279 IQ 150S/250S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71
Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259 Electronic Voltage Regulator
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . . . V3-T9-297 Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
Consulting and Turnkey Project Management Enclosed Meters
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-23 Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
Control and Distribution Equipment Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7 ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay
Critical Load Protection Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
Current Transformers (CTs) F
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122 F10 Unitrol
Customer Manufacturing and Solutions Centers . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units Face Plate
Power System Studies, Field Services and Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-11 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
CVL Surge Protective Device Field Engineering Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-23–V3-T10-28
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16 Circuit Breaker Specialized Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-28
CVX050/100 Consulting and Turnkey Project Management. . . . . . V3-T10-23
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18 Electrical System Modernization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-26
Predictive and Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25
D Startup and Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25
System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24
Digital I/O Card
Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 FlashGard Locking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Digitrip 3000 FlashGard Remote Racking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7

Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207 FP-4000 Feeder Protection
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-180
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-46 FP-5000 Feeder Protection
DIN Rail Mounting Bracket Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches FP-6000 Feeder Protection
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273 Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay Freedom
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-221 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
DPONI Freedom Unitrol
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-286 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard
Network Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2, V3-T8-3 Motor Control Centers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-8
G IQ Flange
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Graphic Display Module
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 IT.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Ground and Test Device

L
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-15
Ground Fault Relay
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250 Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
Ground Fault Warning Indicator
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252 Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-1–V3-T4-8
H Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-2–V3-T4-6
Harmonic Analysis Study Primary Unit Substations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17 Secondary Unit Substations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8

M
C-HRG Free-Standing NEMA 1 Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18–V3-T7-26 Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-2–V3-T4-6
I Main Breaker AMPGARD
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM)
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-288
MCC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
I/O Module
Metering Devices, IQ DP-4000 Series MCC Replacement Units
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-89 Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52
IMPCABLE MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay

Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-299 Protective Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-204
Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2 Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis
Predictive Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-32
Instant Response Center Services
Medium Voltage Busway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1–V3-T1-7
Power System Studies, Field Services and
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10 Nonsegregated Phase Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2
IPONI Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-285 Busway Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2–V3-T1-7
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . . . . V3-T6-1–V3-T6-11

Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258 Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB . V3-T6-4, V3-T6-5
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-2, V3-T6-3
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-6, V3-T6-7
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-66
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—
IQ 210/220/230 Meters MVS-C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-10, V3-T6-11
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 Unitized Power Centers—UPC . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-8, V3-T6-9
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies . . . . . . V3-T5-1–V3-T5-6
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-60 AMPGARD Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-2–V3-T5-6
IQ 35M Arc-Resistant AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76 Main Breaker AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Reduced Voltage Solid-State Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
SC 9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-2
IQ Auxiliary Power Supply Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . V3-T6-4, V3-T6-5
Metering Devices, IQ Analyzer
Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-1–V3-T7-26
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83
High Resistance Grounding System . . . . . . V3-T7-18–V3-T7-26
IQ DP-4000 Series 4200V Delta Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87 4200V Wye Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
IQ Energy Sentinel Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4–V3-T7-17
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112 26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear . . . V3-T7-7
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8 MPCV

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 Network Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS MPONI
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches . . V3-T6-2, V3-T6-3 Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity . . . V3-T9-287
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34 N
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Medium Voltage Switchgear Network Protector Aftermarket
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear . . . V3-T7-7 Rebuild and Parts Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8 Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-1–V3-T8-5
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear, VCP-W CM52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2
Accessories Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design. . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2, V3-T8-3
Ground and Test Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 Network Protector Aftermarket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4–V3-T7-17 Network Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB Network Relay
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches . . V3-T6-6, V3-T6-7 MPCV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-21–V3-T9-78
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131 Nonsegregated Phase Bus
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122 Medium Voltage Busway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . V3-T9-66 O
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71 OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
IQ 210/220/230 Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93 Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . . . . V3-T9-60 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-10, V3-T6-11
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79 P
IQ DP-4000 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
Panel Mounting Adapter
IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
Metering Devices, IQ 130/140/150 Series
IQ Flange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series
Metering Devices, IQ 250/260 Meter
and PXM 2000 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-30
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-49 Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series and
PXM 2000 Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-22
Panel Mounting Bracket
Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-1–V3-T9-299 Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Connectivity Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-21 Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Monitoring Software and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Power Xpert Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-2 Partial Discharge Testing
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158 Predictive Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29
MINTII RS-232 Converter PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-284 Commercial and Light Industrial Surge Protection . . . . V3-T2-2
Critical Load Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
mMINT
Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-3
Monitoring Software and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14–V3-T9-20
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
Power Xpert Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14
Power Conditioning
Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-1–V3-T3-39
Electronic Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-3
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and
Sag Ride-Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-30
Freedom FlashGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-8
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and
MP-3000 Motor Protection Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2–V3-T2-37
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-188
Power Factor Correction Capacitors
MP-4000 Motor Protection Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-198 NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71
AUTOVAR 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-55 Primary Unit Substations

AUTOVAR 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58 Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8
AUTOVAR Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-63 Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158–V3-T9-258
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-38–V3-T2-77 DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . . V3-T9-221
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor EDR-3000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67 ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44 FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-180
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41 FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172
Power Supply FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273 IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . . . . V3-T9-204
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19–V3-T10-22
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-188
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-198
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies. . . V3-T10-12
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17
Universal RTD Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . . . V3-T10-15
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217
PXM 2000 Gateway Upgrade Kit
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-1–V3-T10-54
Metering Devices, IQ 250/260 Meter
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . . . . V3-T10-11
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
Overview of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
R
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
Rack Mount Tray, 19-inch
Power Systems Automation Group
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
Rebuild and Parts Program
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series
Network Protector Aftermarket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5
Reduced Voltage Solid-State Starters
Power Xpert Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-2–V3-T9-13
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34–V3-T10-54
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . . V3-T10-39
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
Power Supplies Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-279 Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits. . . . . . V3-T10-46
Power Xpert Gateways Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning . V3-T10-41
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-49 Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 License Upgrade Key Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43 S
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Sag Ride-Through
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100 Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-30
Power Xpert Software SC 9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive
Monitoring Software and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14 AMPGARD Motor Control
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-2
Predictive and Preventive Maintenance
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25 Secondary Unit Substations
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8
Predictive Diagnostic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-32–V3-T10-33
Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics Seismic Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis . V3-T10-32 Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters
Partial Discharge Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29 IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71
Series 2100/5 Star Unitized Power Centers—UPC

Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3 Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . V3-T6-8, V3-T6-9
Shunt Trip Universal RTD Module
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
SP1 Surge Protective Device V
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21 VCP-W, Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4–V3-T7-17
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23 Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1
SPD Series Integrated Units Voltage Presence Indicator (VoltageVision) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7

Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-7 VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay
SPD Series Sidemount Units Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-11
X
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-1–V3-T2-77 XT
Power Conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2–V3-T2-37 XT and XT FlashGard
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . V3-T2-38–V3-T2-77 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5–V3-T2-22
Startup and Commissioning
Numerics
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25 11-300
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD)
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-297 26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
Supplemental Devices
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-7
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6 38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
Surge Protective Devices
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25
4200V Delta Systems
CVL Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23 4200V Wye Systems
SPD Series Integrated Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-7 High Resistance Grounding System
SPD Series Sidemount Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-11 Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and 9800 Unitrol
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5–V3-T2-22 Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
System Integration
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24
T
Test Panel (120 Vac)
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Training
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor Correction Units
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67
Type W
U
UNIPAK
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . V3-T2-44–V3-T2-54
UNIPUMP
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . V3-T2-41–V3-T2-43

Power Distribution and Control Assemblies Volume 3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Power Distribution and Control Assemblies Volume 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 3 Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

© 2010 Eaton Corporation

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Terms and Conditions

Technical and Descriptive Publications

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com i

ii Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com

1.1 Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

nonsegregated phase bus A variety of terminations is

Medium Voltage Nonsegregated Phase Bus—Standard Configurations

1 Optional CL Optional CL Optional CL

1 Steel Enclosures (Steel, Stainless Steel and Galvanized Steel)

For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

27 kV/38 kV Nonsegregated Phase Bus—–Standard Configurations

1 27 kV Bus Rated up to 108 kA Peak Momentary, 40 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Second

1 38 kV Bus Rated up to 104 kA Peak Momentary, 40 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Second

For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

within Eaton’s electrical protection Surges (also known as

2 Application Type Eaton’s Surge Product Features and Competitive Advantages

2 Including: SPD Series integrated units in panelboards, switchboards,

2 WWTP SPD Series sidemount units

2 AEGIS units for critical load applications such as PLCs,

2 Any OEM customer including:

Standards and Certifications

2 SPD Series Units Mounted Internal to Electrical Distribution Equipment

2 SPD 250 480D 2 J

FORM “C” CONTACTS

2 2.52 3.42 0.22

2 (86.9) 3.42 CAUTION 5.40

4.85 Terminals 0.22

5.78 9.50 4x #10–32 x 0.38 DP

Catalog Number Selection

2 SPD 250 480D 2 K

2 240H = 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) on ‘B’ phase 1 1 = Basic

2 250–400 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure,

0.76 3.36 10.18 Ø0.33

Technical Data and Specifications 2

Surge current 50 kA 80 kA 100 kA 120 kA 160 kA 200 kA

Surge current 25 kA 40 kA 50 kA 60 kA 80 kA 100 kA

CVX050/100 Voltage Ratings

2 125DC Direct current 125 Vdc 2 288 — 144 — — — — —

CVX050/100 Standard Dimensions

2 Lid Removed 1.00 (25.4)

2 Mounting Hole Shafts

Dimensions are in Inches (mm)

Catalog Number Selection

2 Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

2 Single split-phase 120/240

SP1-480D 640 L-G, 640 L-L

2 ANSI/UL 1449 3rd Edition Voltage Protection Ratings

2 SP1-600D N/A 2500 2500

superior surge protection ● IEEE C62.41.1

2 MCOV 150–550 Vac (see table above) 2.06 2.06

2 Maximum discharge current (8 x 20 μs) Imax 45 kA per phase

2 Enclosure rating NEMA 4X—UL 94-5VA

2 Maximum operating altitude

Features, Benefits and Functions

2 Voltage 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac